West Africa Gas Pipeline - Benin EIA

Disclosure Locations
Venues at which the Environmental Impact Assessments, Appendices, and Resettlement Action
Plans and Other Documents Supporting the West African Gas Pipeline Project have been
Disclosed to the Public are as Follows:
Country Event or Disclosure Locations Date or Location
UNITED STATES Public Display Start 07 July 2004
World Bank Offices Washington, DC
MIGA Washington, DC
BENIN Public Notice Period 4 May to 14 May 2004
Public Display Period 30 April to 14 May 2004
Public Hearings 15 May and 29 May 2004
Public Notice Period (Draft Final Report Revision 1) 13 July to 19 August 2004
Public Display Period (Draft Final Report Revision 1) 8 July to 13 September 2004
WAGP EA Rep Office Cotonou
Documentation Center of the Ministry of Environment, of Cotonou

Habitat and Urbanism (MEHU)
Beninese Agency for Environment (ABE) Cotonou
Documentation Center of Ministry of Mines, Energy and Cotonou

Hydraulic (MMEH)
Mayoralty of Abomey-Calavi Abomey-Calavi
Mayoralty of Ouidah Ouidah
Institute of Endogenous Development and Exchanges Ouidah

(IDEE)
Documentation Center of the University of Abomey-Calavi Abomey-Calavi
Table of Contents
Acronyms and Abbreviations
Authors and Contributors
Acknowledgements
Executive Summary ......................................................................................................... ES-1

Project Benefits...................................................................................................... ES-1
Project Description................................................................................................. ES-4
Pipeline and Facilities ................................................................................ ES-4
Construction............................................................................................... ES-6
Alternatives ............................................................................................................ ES-6
Baseline Information.............................................................................................. ES-8
Natural Environment.................................................................................. ES-8
Onshore Environment ................................................................................ ES-8
Soil Organism Abundance and Diversity .................................................. ES-9
Offshore Environment ............................................................................... ES-9
Human Environment................................................................................ ES-10
Impacts and Mitigation ........................................................................................ ES-11
Impacts..................................................................................................... ES-11
Emergency and Upset Conditions............................................................ ES-14
Secondary and Cumulative Impacts......................................................... ES-15
Mitigation................................................................................................. ES-16
Results ...................................................................................................... ES-18
Management and Monitoring Plan....................................................................... ES-18
Summary and Conclusion .................................................................................... ES-22
Chapter 1 Introduction....................................................................................................... 1-1

1.1 Project Overview .......................................................................................... 1-1
1.2 Project Justification..................................................................................... 1-11
1.2.1 WAGP Benefits for Benin .............................................................. 1-11
1.2.2 Project Implementation................................................................... 1-19
1.3 Legal and Policy Framework ...................................................................... 1-20
1.3.1 Summary of the Relevant Environmental Laws in Benin .............. 1-20
1.3.2 Summary of the Relevant Regional and International Regulatory
Instruments...................................................................................... 1-23
1.3.3 Relationship of Project to World Bank Safeguard Policies
and OPIC Prohibitions. ............................................................................... 1-35
Chapter 2 Project Description ........................................................................................... 2-1

Summary for WAGP in Benin.................................................................................. 2-1
2.1 General Layout and Physical Description..................................................... 2-2
2.2 Natural Gas Sources (Upstream of WAGP).............................................. 2-7
2.3 Natural Gas Consumption (Downstream of WAGP) .............................. 2-10
2.4 Facility and Process Description................................................................. 2-12
2.4.1 Alagbado Tee .............................................................................. 2-12
2.4.2 Onshore Mainline in Nigeria .......................................................... 2-12
Table of Contents
2.4.3 Lagos Beach Compressor Station and Primary Control System .... 2-12
2.4.4 Offshore Main Trunk Line and Laterals ......................................... 2-12
2.4.5 R&M Stations and Onshore Portions of Laterals and Trunk.......... 2-15
2.5 Solid and Hazardous Waste from Pipeline Operations............................... 2-25
2.5.1 Domestic Solid Waste..................................................................... 2-26
2.5.2 Non-Hazardous Industrial Solid Waste .......................................... 2-26
2.5.3 Hazardous Waste ............................................................................ 2-26
2.5.4 Semi-Solid Waste............................................................................ 2-26
2.6 Operational Control and Safety Systems .................................................... 2-27
2.6.1 Operational Control Systems .......................................................... 2-27
2.6.2 Fire and Gas Detection and Protection Systems ............................. 2-28
2.6.3 Emergency Shutdown Systems....................................................... 2-29
2.6.4 Venting, Flaring, and Blowdown.................................................... 2-32
2.7 Design and Other Pre-Construction Activities ........................................... 2-34
2.7.1 Front End Engineering Design (FEED).......................................... 2-34
2.7.2 Design Basis: Philosophy and Standards........................................ 2-35
2.7.3 Other Pre-construction Activities ................................................... 2-37
2.8 Construction................................................................................................ 2-39
2.8.1 Alagbado "Tee"............................................................................... 2-39
2.8.2 Onshore Lateral and Marshalling Yards ......................................... 2-40
2.8.3 Lagos Beach Compressor Station and Primary Control System .... 2-55
2.8.4 Shore Crossings .............................................................................. 2-55
2.8.5 Offshore Main Trunk and Lateral Lines ......................................... 2-59
2.8.6 R&M Stations ................................................................................. 2-62
2.8.7 Weight Coating Plant...................................................................... 2-63
2.9 Commissioning ........................................................................................... 2-64
2.9.1 Flooding, Cleaning, Gauging, and Reflooding ............................... 2-64
2.9.2 Hydrostatic Testing......................................................................... 2-65
2.9.3 Dewatering and Drying................................................................... 2-65
2.9.4 Air Expulsion and Nitrogen Packing .............................................. 2-66
2.9.5 Hiring and Training......................................................................... 2-66
2.9.6 Ongoing Maintenance and Testing ................................................. 2-67
2.9.7 Regulatory Review and Participation ............................................. 2-67
2.10 Start-up........................................................................................................ 2-67
2.10.1 Line Fill with Gas ........................................................................... 2-67
2.10.2 Ongoing Maintenance and Testing ................................................. 2-67
2.10.3 Regulatory Review and Participation ............................................. 2-67
2.11 Pipeline Operations..................................................................................... 2-68
2.12 Decommissioning and Abandonment ......................................................... 2-69
2.12.1 Alagbado Tee .............................................................................. 2-69
2.12.2 Onshore Pipeline............................................................................. 2-69
2.12.3 Compressor Station......................................................................... 2-69
2.12.4 Offshore Pipeline ............................................................................ 2-69
2.12.5 R&M Stations ................................................................................. 2-69
2.13 Remaining Uncertainties............................................................................. 2-70
Chapter 3 Project Alternatives .......................................................................................... 3-1
October 2004 Benin Final EIA ii

Table of Contents
3.1 Introduction................................................................................................... 3-1

3.2 Project Alternatives....................................................................................... 3-2
3.2.1 World Bank Regional Energy Sector Project Alternatives............... 3-2
3.2.2 EIA Project-Level Alternatives......................................................... 3-3
3.3 World Bank Regional Energy Sector Alternatives Analysis ........................ 3-4
3.4 EIA Project-Level Alternatives Analysis...................................................... 3-6
3.4.1 No-Project Alternative ...................................................................... 3-9
3.4.2 The Proposed Project Alternative: Developing a Gas Pipeline
and Piping Gas from Nigeria to Benin, Togo, and Ghana ................ 3-9
3.4.3 Power Generation and Delivery Alternative: Developing Gas-
Powered Electricity Generating Stations in Nigeria, and
Transmitting the Electrical Power to Benin, Ghana, and Togo ...... 3-10
3.4.4 Natural Gas Fuel Export Alternative: Converting the Gas to
LNG or CNG and Exporting via Tanker or Road from Nigeria
to Benin, Togo, and Ghana ............................................................. 3-11
3.4.5 Renewable Fuels Alternative: Meeting Electricity Generating
Demands in Benin, Ghana, and Togo with Renewable Resources
(Hydropower, Solar, Wind, Agrofuels) .......................................... 3-12
3.4.6 Project-Level Alternatives Rankings .............................................. 3-13
3.5 Overall Pipeline Routing Options............................................................... 3-18
3.5.1 Onshore Option............................................................................... 3-20
3.5.2 Offshore Option .............................................................................. 3-21
3.5.3 Onshore/Offshore Option Selected Overall Routing Option ....... 3-21
3.5.4 Comparison and Selection of Proposed Option .............................. 3-22
3.6 Conclusion .................................................................................................. 3-23
Chapter 4 Project Design Alternatives ............................................................................. 4-1

4.1 Introduction................................................................................................... 4-1
4.2 Evaluation Criteria for Alternatives.............................................................. 4-1
4.3 Routing Options from Existing Gas Transmission Network to Coastal
Compressor Station....................................................................................... 4-7
4.3.1 Selection Criteria for Onshore .......................................................... 4-7
4.3.2 Onshore Routing Options within Nigeria ......................................... 4-7
4.3.3 Extending Pipeline Onshore for Gas Delivery to Benin................... 4-7
4.4 Onshore Lateral and R&M Station Alternatives......................................... 4-11
4.4.1 Onshore Lateral and R&M Station Alternatives in Benin .............. 4-11
4.4.2 Onshore Lateral Alternatives in Togo............................................. 4-19
4.5 Design Considerations ................................................................................ 4-19
4.5.1 Sizing of Offshore Pipeline and Midline Compression Facilities .. 4-19
4.5.2 Future Compression Facilities at Takoradi ..................................... 4-20
4.6 Construction................................................................................................ 4-20
4.6.1 Pipeline Construction Methods....................................................... 4-20
4.6.2 Equipment Transport to Compressor Station.................................. 4-21
4.6.3 Ancillary Facility Construction....................................................... 4-22
4.7 Commissioning and Start-up....................................................................... 4-22
4.7.1 Treatment of Hydrotest Water prior to Discharge .......................... 4-22
4.7.2 Discharge of Hydrotest Water ........................................................ 4-23
October 2004 Benin Final EIA iii

Table of Contents
4.8 Project Operations....................................................................................... 4-23

4.8.1 Liquid Storage Tanks...................................................................... 4-23
4.8.2 Waste Management......................................................................... 4-23
4.8.3 Sanitary Waste Water Disposal ...................................................... 4-23
4.8.4 Stormwater Management ................................................................ 4-24
4.8.5 Utilities............................................................................................ 4-24
Chapter 5 Existing Situation.............................................................................................. 5-1

Overview................................................................................................................... 5-1
Natural Environment..................................................................................... 5-1
Onshore Environment ................................................................................... 5-1
Soil Organism Abandance and Diversity...................................................... 5-2
Offshore Environment .................................................................................. 5-2
Human Environment..................................................................................... 5-3
5.1 Existing Environment and Resources ........................................................... 5-4
5.1.1 Onshore Environment ....................................................................... 5-9
5.1.2 Offshore Environment .................................................................... 5-38
5.1.3 Ecologically Sensitive Areas .......................................................... 5-71
5.2 Existing Socioeconomic Situation .............................................................. 5-71
5.2.1 Introduction to Data Sources and SIA Methodology...................... 5-71
5.2.2 Background and Geographic Detail................................................ 5-74
5.2.3 Macroeconomic Overview Benin ................................................ 5-79
5.2.4 Population and Demographics National, Regional, and Local .... 5-79
5.2.5 Ethnic and Cultural Background..................................................... 5-81
5.2.6 Historical and Cultural Resources .................................................. 5-84
5.2.7 Infrastructure and Quality of Life ................................................... 5-85
5.2.8 Education ........................................................................................ 5-87
5.2.9 Land Tenure and Household Ownership ........................................ 5-88
5.2.10 Land and Water Use........................................................................ 5-91
5.2.11 Energy Consumption ...................................................................... 5-91
5.2.12 Microeconomic Situation................................................................ 5-93
5.3 Existing Public Health Situation............................................................... 5-100
5.3.1 Health Infrastructure ..................................................................... 5-100
5.3.2 Health Indicators........................................................................... 5-104
5.3.3 Food and Nutrition........................................................................ 5-105
5.4 Existing Safety Situation........................................................................... 5-106
5.4.1 Overview....................................................................................... 5-106
5.4.2 Institutions Responsible for Health Care Delivery ....................... 5-107
5.4.3 Institutions Responsible for Fire Fighting .................................... 5-107
5.4.4 Institutions Responsible for Disaster Management ...................... 5-108
5.5 Stakeholder Consultations ........................................................................ 5-109
5.6 Oversight and Monitoring Agencies......................................................... 5-112
Chapter 6 Impact Assessment............................................................................................ 6-1

Overview................................................................................................................... 6-1
Beneficial Impacts ........................................................................................ 6-1
Direct Negative Impacts ............................................................................... 6-2
October 2004 Benin Final EIA iv

Table of Contents
Emergency and Upset Conditions................................................................. 6-4

Secondary and Cumulative Impacts.............................................................. 6-5
6.1 Introduction................................................................................................... 6-6
6.2 Project Activities and Affected Media.......................................................... 6-8
6.2.1 Project Activities............................................................................... 6-8
6.2.2 Affected Media ................................................................................. 6-8
6.3 Comprehensive Impacts Identification/Screening ...................................... 6-11
6.3.1 Overview......................................................................................... 6-11
6.3.2 Impact Identification Process.......................................................... 6-11
6.3.3 Impact Screening/Identification of Focus Areas............................. 6-17
6.3.4 Impact Screening Results................................................................ 6-18
6.4 Impact Severity Assessment Methodology................................................. 6-18
6.4.1 Significance Criteria ....................................................................... 6-19
6.4.2 Likelihood Criteria.......................................................................... 6-29
6.4.3 Severity Matrix and Conclusions.................................................... 6-29
6.4.4 Application of the Severity Assessment Methodology................... 6-30
6.4.5 Uncertainties ................................................................................... 6-32
6.5 Beneficial Impacts ...................................................................................... 6-32
6.5.1 Beneficial Environmental Impacts.................................................. 6-34
6.5.2 Beneficial Socioeconomic Impacts................................................. 6-34
6.5.3 Community Development/Health and Safety Benefits................... 6-40
6.6 Potential Onshore Impacts .......................................................................... 6-42
6.6.1 Site Preparation and Construction .................................................. 6-46
6.6.2 Commissioning and Start-up......................................................... 6-125
6.6.3 Operations and Maintenance......................................................... 6-129
6.6.4 Decommissioning and Abandonment ........................................... 6-138
6.7 Potential Offshore Impacts ....................................................................... 6-142
6.7.1 Site Preparation and Construction ................................................ 6-142
6.7.2 Commissioning and Start-up......................................................... 6-164
6.7.3 Operations and Maintenance......................................................... 6-168
6.7.4 Decommissioning ......................................................................... 6-170
6.8 Emergency and Upset Conditions............................................................. 6-171
6.8.1 Controlled Gas Release................................................................. 6-171
6.8.2 Uncontrolled Gas Release............................................................. 6-172
6.8.3 Fire ................................................................................................ 6-175
6.8.4 Explosion ...................................................................................... 6-176
6.8.5 Offshore Fuel Spills ...................................................................... 6-178
6.9 Secondary and Cumulative Impacts.......................................................... 6-179
6.9.1 Environmental Secondary Impacts ............................................... 6-179
6.9.2 Socioeconomic Secondary Impacts .............................................. 6-181
6.9.3 Upstream and Downstream Development Impacts....................... 6-181
6.9.4 Health and Safety Secondary Impacts .......................................... 6-187
6.9.5 Cumulative Impacts ...................................................................... 6-187
Chapter 7 Mitigation and Amelioration Measures.......................................................... 7-1

7.1 Introduction................................................................................................... 7-1
7.2 Required General Mitigation Measures ........................................................ 7-3
October 2004 Benin Final EIA v

Table of Contents
7.3 Required Specific Mitigation Measures........................................................ 7-3

7.4 Potential Mitigation Measures .................................................................... 7-17
7.4.1 Utilize Horizontal Directional Drilling for Wetland Crossing ....... 7-17
7.4.2 Utilize Horizontal Directional Drilling for Lagoon Crossing......... 7-19
Chapter 8 Health, Safety, and Environmental Management Plan................................. 8-1

8.1 Health, Safety, and Environmental Management System ............................ 8-3
8.1.1 Operational Controls......................................................................... 8-5
8.1.2 Change Management ...................................................................... 8-11
8.1.3 Biological and Cultural Resource Chance Finds ............................ 8-13
8.2 Monitoring .................................................................................................. 8-14
8.2.1 Performance/Implementation Monitoring ...................................... 8-14
8.2.2 Empirical Monitoring...................................................................... 8-16
8.2.3 Monitoring Oversight Responsibilities ........................................... 8-22
8.3 WAPCo Human Resources, Roles, Responsibilities, and Authority.......... 8-22
8.4 EPC Contractors.......................................................................................... 8-27
8.5 Government Regulatory Agencies.............................................................. 8-29
8.6 Financial Resources .................................................................................... 8-30
8.7 Institutional Strengthening and Capacity Building..................................... 8-32
8.8 Reporting..................................................................................................... 8-32
8.9 Health, Safety, and Environment Management Plan Sections ................... 8-34
8.9.1 Land Use ......................................................................................... 8-34
8.9.2 Topography, Geology, and Soils .................................................... 8-38
8.9.3 Habitats, Biological Resources, Water Resources, and
Hydrology ....................................................................................... 8-43
8.9.4 Air Quality ...................................................................................... 8-51
8.9.5 Solid, Liquid, and Hazardous Waste............................................... 8-56
8.9.6 Cultural Conditions......................................................................... 8-60
8.9.7 Socioeconomic Conditions ............................................................. 8-64
8.9.8 Public and Worker Health and Safety............................................. 8-69
8.9.9 Emergency Preparedness and Response ......................................... 8-73
Chapter 9 Benin Conclusion .............................................................................................. 9-1
References
Appendices
Appendix 1-A: EIA Terms of Reference

Appendix 1-B: Nigeria Applicable Local and International Regulations
Appendix 2A-1: Air Pollution and Greenhouse Gas Emissions Analysis
Appendix 2A-2: Natural Gas Source and Transmission Infrastructure (Upstream of
WAGP)
Appendix 2-B: WAGP Waste Estimates
Appendix 2-C: Onshore-Offshore Commissioning Procedures and Specifications List
October 2004 Benin Final EIA vi

Table of Contents
Appendix 2-D: Potential Hazardous Materials

Appendix 5-A: First Season EBS
Appendix 5-B: Second Season EBS
Appendix 5-C: SPI Study Report
Appendix 5-D: Stakeholder Consultations
Appendix 5-E: Archaeology Survey
Appendix 6-A: Anchor Handling
Appendix 6-B: Air Quality Impact Assessment
Appendix 6-C: Qualitative Risk Assessments
Appendix 7-A: HIV/AIDS Policy
Appendix 8-A: Project Execution Plan Chapter 15: HSE Plan
Appendix 8-B: Operational Controls
8B1.0 Tier 1: WAGP HSE Policy Statement
8B2.0 Tier 2: WAGP HSE Management System Procedures
8B2.1 WAGP External Communications Procedures
(To Be Developed after FID)
8B2.2 HES Training
8B2.3 HES Audit Protocol
8B2.4 WAGP Management of Change
8B2.5 WAGP Compliance and Permitting Plan
8B2.5.1 WAGP Project Authorizations
8B2.5.2 WAGP Pipelines Hydrotesting Discharge Ecotoxicity Testing Plan
(Rev A)
8B2.5.3 WAGP Waste Water Discharge Controls
(To Be Developed after Ecotoxicity Assessment)
8B2.5.4 WAGP Stormwater Management Plan
8B2.5.5 WAGP Air Emissions Management Procedure
8B2.5.6 WAGP Project Execution Plan Chapter 21: Operations Plan
8B2.6 WAGP Waste Management Plan
8B2.7 Emergency Response
8B2.7.1 WAGP Spill Prevention and Control Procedure
8B2.8 WAGP Habitat, Biological, Cultural Resource Management Procedures
8B 2.8.1 ROW Reinstatement Criteria
8B 2.8.2 Proposed Wetland PL Construction Methods Study
8B 2.8.3 WAGP Sea Turtle Nesting Protection Procedure
8B 2.8.4 WAGP Chance Finds and Archeological Salvage Procedure
8B 2.8.5 WAGP Anchor Handling
8B 2.8.6 WAGP Procedure for Preventing Salt Water Intrusion into Fresh
Water Lagoons and Creeks
8B2.9 Incident Investigation Procedure
8B3.0 WAGP Land Acquisition and Right of Way (ROW) Management Procedure
October 2004 Benin Final EIA vii

Table of Contents
8B3.1 WAGP Resettlement Action Plan

8B3.2 WAGP ROW Access Policy
8B4.0 Risk Management
8B4.1 Onshore Pipeline and Facilities Design Basis
8B4.2 WAGP Environmental Design Basis
8B4.3 WAGP Loss Prevention Design Basis
8B4.4 Onshore Offshore Specifications List
8B5.0 WAGP Contractor Management Procedures
8B5.1 Exhibit F: HSE Standards
8B5.2 Exhibit N: WAGP Security Plan
8B5.3 Exhibit K: Drugs Standard-IFT
Appendix 8-C: Environmental and Social Advisory Panel Terms of Reference
October 2004 Benin Final EIA viii

Table of Contents
List of Figures
Figure ES-1 West Africa Gas Pipeline Project Area................................................. ES-2
Figure 1.1-1 West African Gas Pipeline Project Route................................................ 1-3
Figure 1.1-2 WAGP Onshore Route in Benin .............................................................. 1-5
Figure 1.1-3 WAGP Reserved Capacity With VALCO Scenario ......................... 1-9
Figure 1.1-4 WAGP Reserved Capacity No VALCO Scenario ............................ 1-9
Figure 1.1-5 WAGP Reserved Capacity (Benin) With VALCO Scenario .......... 1-10
Figure 1.1-6 WAGP Reserved Capacity (Benin) No VALCO Scenario ............. 1-10
Figure 2.1-2 Overall WAGP System Schematic Diagram ........................................... 2-5
Figure 2.4-1 Cotonou R&M Station ........................................................................... 2-17
Figure 2.8-1 Pipeline Installation Methods in Uplands: Trenching ........................... 2-44
Figure 2.8-2 Pipeline Installation Methods for Road Crossings: Thrust Boring........ 2-46
Figure 2.8-3 Typical Trenching Operation in Wetlands............................................. 2-49
Figure 2.8-4 Typical HDD Operation......................................................................... 2-51
Figure 2.8-5 Shore Crossing by HDD ........................................................................ 2-57
Figure 3.5-1 Overall Routing Options ........................................................................ 3-20
Figure 4.3-1 Benin Onshore Routing Alternatives ....................................................... 4-9
Figure 4.4-1 Options for Spur at Cotonou on the Basis of R&M Station
Locations................................................................................................ 4-13
Figure 5.1-1 Location of the WAGP Project in Benin ................................................. 5-5
Figure 5.1-2 WAGP Proposed ROW in Benin............................................................. 5-7
Figure 5.1-3a Emissions of Various Air Pollutants in the Coastal Plain...................... 5-20
Figure 5.1-3b Measured and Estimated Annual NOx Emissions.................................. 5-20
Figure 5.1-4 Offshore Sampling Locations ................................................................ 5-39
Figure 5.1-5 Offshore Stations Surface Water Metal Concentrations....................... 5-41
October 2004 Benin Final EIA ix

Table of Contents
Figure 5.1-6 Offshore Stations Surface Water Nutrient Concentrations................... 5-41
Figure 5.1-7 Offshore Stations Surface Water Alkalinity and

COD Concentrations.............................................................................. 5-42
Figure 5.1-8 Distribution of Aliphatic Hydrocarbons for Station B01....................... 5-43
Figure 5.1-9 Comparison of Mean PAHs Across Benin Sampling Locations ........... 5-43
Figure 5.1-10 Distribution of Total Phytoplankton Abundance at Sampling

Stations Off Benin.................................................................................. 5-48
Figure 5.1-11 Distribution of Total Zooplankton Abundance at Sampling

Stations Off Benin.................................................................................. 5-48
Figure 5.1-12 Distribution of Species Richness (S) by Country - Wet Season EBS.... 5-49
Figure 5.1-13 Benthic Macrofauna Distribution on Main Pipeline Route in Benin..... 5-51
Figure 5.1-14 Offshore Benthic Macrofauna Diversity Index Distribution on

Main Pipeline Route in Benin................................................................ 5-51
Figure 5.1-15 Benthic Macrofauna Distribution Along the Benin Lateral................... 5-52
Figure 5.1-16 Offshore Benthic Macrofauna Diversity Index Distribution

Along the Benin Lateral......................................................................... 5-52
Figure 5.1-17 Occurrence of Dominant Sedentary Polychaetes by Country................ 5-54
Figure 5.1-18 Occurrence of Dominant Errant Polychaetes by Country...................... 5-54
Figure 5.1-19 Occurrence of Dominant Sedentary Polychaetes................................... 5-55
Figure 5.1-20 Occurrence of Dominant Errant Polychaetes......................................... 5-55
Figure 5.1-21 Offshore Benthic Macrofauna Distribution Along the Main Pipeline
Route of Benin Wet Season EBS........................................................ 5-57
Figure 5.1-22 Offshore Benthic Macrofauna Diversity index Distribution

Along the Main Pipeline Route of Benin Wet Season EBS ............... 5-57
Figure 5.1-23 Offshore Benthic Macrofauna Distribution Along the Lateral of Benin
Wet Season EBS .................................................................................... 5-58
Figure 5.1-24 Offshore Benthic Macrofauna Diversity Index Distribution

Along the Benin Lateral Wet Season EBS ......................................... 5-58
Figure 5.1-25 Catch Rates at Indicated Depth Ranges Along the Laterals .................. 5-60
October 2004 Benin Final EIA x

Table of Contents
Figure 5.1-26 Shannon Diversity Index of Fisheries Species Along the Laterals,
By Country, and Main Pipeline ............................................................. 5-60
Figure 5.1-27 Occurrence of Common Species in Offshore Benin Waters ................. 5-61
Figure 5.1-28 Shannon Diversity Index Wet Season EBS ........................................ 5-63
Figure 5.1-29 Catch Rates at Stations Off Benin ......................................................... 5-63
Figure 5.1-30 Catch Rates at Stations Along Main WAGP Pipeline Route
Wet Season EBS .................................................................................... 5-64
Figure 5.1-31 Catch Rates by Depth Range on the Laterals Wet Season EBS ......... 5-64
Figure 5.1-32 Black Tern.............................................................................................. 5-65
Figure 5.1-33 Royal Tern ............................................................................................. 5-65
Figure 5.1-34 Black Tern.............................................................................................. 5-66
Figure 5.1-35 Royal Tern ............................................................................................. 5-66
Figure 5.1-36 Humpback Whale................................................................................... 5-67
Figure 5.1-37 Humpback Whale Breaching ................................................................. 5-67
Figure 5.2-1 Beach Crossing Point............................................................................. 5-76
Figure 5.2-2 Communities Along the Proposed WAGP ROW in Benin ................... 5-77
Figure 6.1-1 Impact Assessment Methodology ............................................................ 6-7
Figure 6.4-1 Severity Matrix ...................................................................................... 6-30
Figure 6.6-1 Location of R&M Station ...................................................................... 6-46
Figure 6.6-2 Land Use in Benin ................................................................................. 6-49
Figure 6.6-3 ROW North of Cococodji ...................................................................... 6-51
Figure 6.6-4 Pipeline Installation in Upland Areas .................................................... 6-57
Figure 6.6-5 Location of Port of Cotonou Relative to R&M Station Site.................. 6-60
Figure 6.6-6 Backfilling in Upland Construction ....................................................... 6-73
Figure 6.7-1 Multi-Person Fishing Boat Typical of Nearshore Area ....................... 6-147
October 2004 Benin Final EIA xi

Table of Contents
Figure 6.7-2a Distribution of Total Phytoplankton Abundance at Sampling

Stations Offshore Benin During the EBS (Dry Season) ...................... 6-148
Figure 6-7-2b Distribution of Total Zooplankton Abundance at Sampling

Stations Offshore Benin During the EBS (Dry Season) ...................... 6-149
Figure 6.7-3 Documenting Water Quality (Color) During First Season EBS.......... 6-155
Figure 8.3-1a WAPCo HSE Organization Chart .8-23
Figure 8.3-1b WAGP Construction Management Agreement Organization8-23
Figure 8.3-1c WAPCo O&M Organization, Phase 4/5....8-24
October 2004 Benin Final EIA xii

Table of Contents
List of Tables
Table ES-1 Summary of WAGP Project High and Moderate Severity
Impact by Affected Country, Project Activity, Planned
Mitigation, and Residual Impact Severity .......................................... ES-19
Table 1.2-1 Basic Development Indicators ............................................................... 1-11
Table 1.2-2 Value of Global Warming Damages Avoided Due to WAGP GHG
Emission Reductions.............................................................................. 1-15
Table 1.2-3 Estimated Air Pollutant Emission Reductions Due to WAGP .............. 1-16
Table 1.2-4 Current and Projected Electric Power Gaps........................................... 1-16
Table 1.3-1 National Regulations on the Environment Signed by Benin

Objectives/Key Provisions of the Regulations ...................................... 1-24
Table 1.3-2 International Conventions and Treaties on the Environment

Signed by Benin..................................................................................... 1-27
Table 1.3-3 WAGP and World Bank Safeguard Issues ............................................ 1-35
Table 1.3-4 WAGP and OPIC Prohibitions .............................................................. 1-41
Table 2.1-1 Pipeline Lengths and Lateral Sizes .......................................................... 2-4
Table 2.1-2 Ancillary Systems and Facilities and Their Locations ............................ 2-7
Table 2.2-1 Predicted Fuel Gas Compositions............................................................ 2-9
Table 2.2-2 Predicted Fuel Gas Property .................................................................... 2-9
Table 2.2-3 WAGP Gas Pipeline Receipt Gas Quality Specification......................... 2-9
Table 2.3-1 Expected Gas Delivery Demand............................................................ 2-10
Table 2.3-2 High-Case Demand and Maximum Capacity of Pipeline...................... 2-11
Table 2.3-3 Foundation Customer Developments..................................................... 2-11
Table 2.4-1 Offshore Pipeline ................................................................................... 2-13
Table 2.4-2 Cotonou R&M Station ........................................................................... 2-16
Table 2.6-1 Blowdown Volume and Rates for All Segments ................................... 2-33
Table 2.7-1 Preliminary Engineering Phase Reviews ............................................... 2-35
October 2004 Benin Final EIA xiii

Table of Contents
Table 2.7-2 Design Codes for Major Pipeline Components ..................................... 2-36
Table 2.8-1 Occurrence of River, Stream and Wetland Crossings Along

Pipeline Lateral ROW in Benin ............................................................. 2-53
Table 2.8-2 Raw Materials Required for Installation of Onshore Pipeline (not
including shore crossings)...................................................................... 2-55
Table 2.8-3 Raw Materials Required for Installation of

Shore Crossings by HDD....................................................................... 2-59
Table 2.8-4 Raw Materials Required for Installation of Offshore Pipeline .............. 2-62
Table 2.8-5 Raw Materials Required for Construction of R&M Station .................. 2-63
Table 2.9-1 Location and Volume of Water Displacement/Discharge ..................... 2-64
Table 2.9-2 Location and Volume of Hydrotest Water Discharge............................ 2-66
Table 2.13-1 Remaining Uncertainties........................................................................ 2-70
Table 3.3-1 World Bank Draft EFA Summary of Alternatives .................................. 3-7
Table 3.4-1 Cost Comparison of Fuels...................................................................... 3-13
Table 3.4-2 Comparative Assessment of Project-Level Alternatives ....................... 3-14
Table 3.4-3 Comparative Evaluation of Project-Level Alternatives......................... 3-19
Table 3.5-1 Overall Routing Options Critical Factors ........................................... 3-22
Table 4.1-1 Overview of Alternatives Relating to Design Aspects ............................ 4-2
Table 4.4-1 Options for Benin Onshore Pipeline Spur Critical Factors.................. 4-15
Table 5.1-1 Land Cover Estimates for the Proposed ROW in Benin........................ 5-10
Table 5.1-2 Use of Medicinal Plants ......................................................................... 5-11
Table 5.1-3a Result of Heavy Metal Analysis of Soil - Dry Season EBS .................. 5-16
Table 5.1-3b Comparisons of Heavy Metal Analyses of Soil Between the

Dry and Wet Season EBSs..................................................................... 5-17
Table 5.1-4 Surface Water Chemical Analysis Results for Nutrients

Dry Season EBS..................................................................................... 5-19
Table 5.1-5 Wildlife Census Results......................................................................... 5-24
October 2004 Benin Final EIA xiv

Table of Contents
Table 5.1-6 Results of the Bird Census in the Degraded Swamp Forest .................. 5-25
Table 5.1-7 Results of the Bird Census in the Swamp Grassland............................. 5-26
Table 5.1-8 Results of the Bird Census in the Coastal Coconut Plantation .............. 5-27
Table 5.1-9 Results of the Bird Census in the Crop Fields on Sandy Soil................ 5-28
Table 5.1-10 Results of the Bird Census in the Crop Field on a Poorly Developed
Soil ........................................................................................................ 5-29
Table 5.1-11 Soil Organisms Found Dry Season EBS............................................. 5-31
Table 5.1-12 Fish Catch Data from Multiple Methods of Fishing, Coastal Benin ..... 5-32
Table 5.1-13 Trophic and Commercial Characteristics of Estuarine Fish in Benin.... 5-34
Table 5.1-14 Summary of Offshore Sediment Physicochemical Measurements

for All Countries .................................................................................... 5-44
Table 5.1-15 Rapid Field Assessment of Sediment, Benin Stations ........................... 5-46
Table 5.1-16 Results of Primary Productivity Recorded at Stations Along

the WAGP Pipeline in July, 2003 .......................................................... 5-50
Table 5.1-17 Dominant Species Recorded Along the Benin Lateral and Main
WAGP Pipeline Route and their Catch Rates Wet Season EBS ........ 5-62
Table 5.1-18 Marine Mammal Sightings During the October 2002

Geophysical Survey ............................................................................... 5-67
Table 5.1-19 State of Knowledge of Sea Turtle Presence in the Project Area
and Environs .......................................................................................... 5-68
Table 5.1-20 Species of Concern Known to Occur in the Project Area...................... 5-69
Table 5.2-1 Distribution of the Survey Households by Village and

Community Type ................................................................................... 5-72
Table 5.2-2 Migratory Status of the Population in the Survey Communities ........... 5-80
Table 5.2-3 Ethnic Composition of Survey Communities ........................................ 5-81
Table 5.2-4 Distribution of the Population by Language.......................................... 5-81
Table 5.2-5 Gender of the Head of Households in Survey Communities................. 5-82
Table 5.2-6 Telecommunications .............................................................................. 5-86
October 2004 Benin Final EIA xv

Table of Contents
Table 5.2-7 School Attendance Among School-Age Children by Gender and

Community Type ................................................................................... 5-88
Table 5.2-8 Percent Household Land and/or Water Ownership Type by

Community Type ................................................................................... 5-90
Table 5.2-9 Survey Households Indicating that the Proposed Pipeline Route
Crosses Their Land or Water Areas....................................................... 5-90
Table 5.2-10 Ownership Status of Residence in Survey Communities ...................... 5-91
Table 5.2-11 Source of Electricity in the Survey Communities by

Community Type ................................................................................... 5-92
Table 5.2-12 Employment Distribution by Type of Employer and Community

in the Survey Communities (population aged 14 and over) .................. 5-93
Table 5.2-13 Employment Distribution by Occupation and Community in the

Survey Communities (age 14 and over)................................................. 5-94
Table 5.2-14 Crop Production Among Survey Households, by Community Type .... 5-95
Table 5.2-15 Fishing Methods Within Survey Rural Fishing Communities............... 5-96
Table 5.2-16 Income Earners per Household.............................................................. 5-98
Table 5.2-17 Median Household Annual Incomes by Community Type ................... 5-98
Table 5.2-18 Household Annual Income Distribution ................................................ 5-99
Table 5.3-1 Water: Percent of Surveyed Population Relying on Each Source Type
..............................................................................................................5-100
Table 5.3-2 Sanitation: Human Waste Disposal Method ........................................ 5-101
Table 5.3-3 Sanitation: Percent of Household (Non-Sewage) Waste Disposal

Methods in the Surveyed Communities............................................... 5-102
Table 5.3-4 Household Health Care Utilization by Type of Provider and

Community .......................................................................................... 5-103
Table 5.3-5 Distribution of Health Care Utilization by Type of Facility

and Community.................................................................................... 5-103
Table 5.3-6 Incidence of Illness and Disease in Households, 2002 ........................ 5-105
Table 5.3-7 Food/Nutrition: Average Consumption ............................................... 5-106
October 2004 Benin Final EIA xvi

Table of Contents
Table 5.3-8 Food/Nutrition: Average Percentage of Diet ....................................... 5-106
Table 5.5-1 WAGP Stakeholder Consultation Summary-All WAGP Countries.... 5-109
Table 5.5-2 WAGP Stakeholder Consultation Summary - Benin........................... 5-110
Table 5.5-3 WAGP Consultation Summary of Stakeholder Group and

Number of Consultations - Benin ........................................................ 5-110
Table 5.6-1 Government Agencies and Responsibilities for Regulatory

Oversight in Benin ............................................................................... 5-112
Table 6.2-1 General On- and Offshore Project Activities........................................... 6-9
Table 6.2-2 Initial Screening List of Affected Media ............................................... 6-10
Table 6.2-3 Post Screening List of Affected Media.................................................. 6-10
Table 6.3-1 Screening Results: Environmental, Socioeconomic, and

Health and Safety Impact Focus Areas.................................................. 6-12
Table 6.4-1 Negative Impact Significance Levels and Criteria ................................ 6-23
Table 6.4-2 Likelihood Criteria................................................................................. 6-29
Table 6.5-1 Local Content Value in Millions of Dollars .......................................... 6-36
Table 6.6-1 Severity Assessment: Benin Environmental, Socioeconomic,

and Health and Safety Impacts .............................................................. 6-43
Table 6.6-2 Construction Equipment Noise Levels .................................................. 6-63
Table 6.6-3 Estimated Total Air Emissions for Site Preparation and
Construction Phase................................................................................. 6-92
Table 6.6-4 Diesel Exhaust Emissions Arising from Truck Movements

To and From Upland Construction Sites ............................................... 6-94
Table 6.6-5 Diesel Exhaust Emissions Arising from Mobile Generator

Operation at ROW Construction Sites................................................... 6-95
Table 6.6-6 Diesel Exhaust Emissions Arising from Truck Movements

To and From R&M Station .................................................................... 6-97
Table 6.6-7 Diesel Exhaust Emissions Arising from Mobile Generator

Operation at R&M Station ..................................................................... 6-98
Table 6.7-1 Severity Assessment: Environmental, Socioeconomic, and

Health and Safety Impacts ................................................................... 6-143
October 2004 Benin Final EIA xvii

Table of Contents
Table 6.7-2 Air Emissions per Day per Offshore Fleet........................................... 6-159
Table 6.7-3 Air Emissions per Day per Nearshore Fleet ........................................ 6-160
Table 6.8-1 Possible Causes of an Uncontrolled Gas Release ................................ 6-172
Table 6.8-2 Receptors Potentially Affected by Gas Release................................... 6-173
Table 6.8-3 Possible Causes of Fire ........................................................................ 6-175
Table 6.8-4 Receptors Potentially Affected by Fire................................................ 6-176
Table 6.8-5 Receptors Potentially Affected by Explosion ...................................... 6-177
Table 6.9-1 Foundation Customer Development .................................................... 6-184
Table 6.9-2 Other Potential Induced Development................................................. 6-186
Table 7.2-1 Required General Mitigation Measures by Impact Category

and Potential Impact ................................................................................ 7-4
Table 7.3-1 Required Specific Mitigation Measures by Impact Category................ 7-11
Table 8-1 [Impact] Section of the WAPCo HSEMP................................................ 8-3
Table 8.2-1 Summary of WAPCo Empirical Monitoring ......................................... 8-17
Table 8.9-1a Land Use Section of the WAPCo HSEMP ............................................ 8-35
Table 8.9-1b Land Use Section of the WAPCo HSEMP ............................................ 8-36
Table 8.9-2a Topography, Geology, and Soils Section of the WAPCo HSEMP ....... 8-39
Table 8.9-2b Topography, Geology, and Soils Section of the WAPCo HSEMP ....... 8-41
Table 8.9-3a Habitats, Biological Resources, Water Resources, and Hydrology

Section of the WAPCo HSEMP ............................................................ 8-44
Table 8.9-3b Habitats, Biological Resources, Water Resources, and Hydrology Section
of the WAPCo HSEMP ......................................................................... 8-47
Table 8.9-4a Air Quality Section of the WAPCo HSEMP ......................................... 8-52
Table 8.9-4b Air Quality Section of the WAPCo HSEMP ......................................... 8-54
Table 8.9-5a Solid, Liquid, and Hazardous Waste Section of the

WAPCo HSEMP.................................................................................... 8-57
October 2004 Benin Final EIA xviii

Table of Contents
Table 8.9-5b Solid, Liquid, and Hazardous Waste Section of the

WAPCo HSEMP.................................................................................... 8-58
Table 8.9-6a Cultural Conditions Section of the WAPCo HSEMP............................ 8-61
Table 8.9-6b Cultural Conditions Section of the WAPCo HSEMP............................ 8-62
Table 8.9-7a Socioeconomic Conditions Section of the WAPCo HSEMP ................ 8-65
Table 8.9-7b Socioeconomic Conditions Section of the WAPCo HSEMP ................ 8-66
Table 8.9-8a Public and Worker Health and Safety Section of the
WAPCo HSEMP.................................................................................... 8-70
Table 8.9-8b Public and Worker Health and Safety Section of the
WAPCo HSEMP.................................................................................... 8-71
Table 8.9-9a Emergency Preparedness and Response Section of the

WAPCo HSEMP.................................................................................... 8-74
Table 8.9-9b Emergency Preparedness and Response Section of the

WAPCo HSEMP.................................................................................... 8-75
October 2004 Benin Final EIA xix

Acronym or Abbreviation Meaning
American Association of Highway and Transportation
AASHTO
Officials
ABE Benin Environmental Agency
ABS American Bureau of Shipping
AC Alternating Current
acfh Actual Cubic Feet per Hour
ACI American Concrete Institute
AES Engineering Company
Ag Silver
AGI Above Ground Installation
AID Agency for International Development
AIDS Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
AIT Auto Ignition Temperature
AIW Atlantic Intermediate Water
Al Aluminum
ALARP As Low As Reasonably Practical
AML Approved Manufacturers List
ANSI American National Standard Institute
API American Petroleum Institute
As Arsenic
ASCE American Society for Civil Engineers
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASNT American Society of Non-Destructive Testing
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
atm Atmosphere
AVR Automatic Voltage Regulation
AWS American Welding Society

B Boron
Ba Barium
BA Breathing Air
BAT Best Available Technology
Bbl API Barrel
Bcf Billion cubic feet
BDV Blowdown Valve
BHP Break Horse Power
BME Benin Ministere de lEnvironnement
BMP Best Management Practice
BOD Biological Oxygen Demand
BP Best Practice
BPT Best Practicable Control Technology
Br Bromine
BS British Standard
BS EN British Standard Euro-Norm
Btu British Thermal Units
C Celsius
C Celsius
Ca Calcium
CaCO3 Calcium Carbonate
CADD Computer Aided Design and Drafting
CAE Computer Aided Engineering
CAPEX Capital Expenditure
CBD Convention on Biological Diversity
CBO Community Based Organization
cc Cubic Centimeter
CCR Central Control Room
CCTV Closed Circuit Television
October 2004 Benin Final EIA AA-2


Cd Cadmium
CDC Centralized Dispatch Center
Clean Development Mechanism (Kyoto protocols
CDM
Greenhouse Gas Reduction)
CEB Communaut Elctrique du Bnin
CEDA Center for Environment and Development in Africa
Communaute Financiere Africaine (African Financial
CFA
Community)
CFAF Communaute Financiere Africaine Franc
CFC Chlorofluorocarbon
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CFU Colony Forming Unit
CH4 Methane
CIA Central Intelligence Agency
CII Construction Industry Institute
Convention on International Trade in Endangered
CITES
Species of Wild Fauna and Flora
Cl- Chloride
cm Centimeters
CMMS Computerized Maintenance Management System
CMS Consortium Electric Power
CMT Consortium Management Team
CNG Compressed Natural Gas
CNL Chevron Nigeria Limited
CO Carbon Monoxide
CO2 Carbon Dioxide
COD Chemical Oxygen Demand
Convention on the International Regulations for
COLREG
Preventing Collisions at Sea
CP Cathodic Protection
ChevronTexaco Project Development and Execution
CPDEP
Plan


CPI Chemical Process Industries
CPT Cone Penetration Test
CPU Central Processor Unit
CPUE Catch per unit effort
Cr Chromium
CR Critically Endangered
CRA Corrosion Resistant Alloy
CRT Cathode Ray Tube
CSC Convention on the Continental Shelf
Cu Copper
CWAG Chevron West African Gas
D Normal Outside Diameter
dbh Diameter Breast Height
dB Decibels
dBA Decibels weighted to A scale
DC Direct Current
DCS Distributed Control System
DD Due Diligence
DDET Department of Properties, Registration and of Stamps
DGPS Digital Global Positioning System
DIN Deutsche Industrie-Norm (German Industrial Standard)
DNV Det Norske Veritas
DO Dissolved Oxygen
DOI Declaration of Isolation
DP Dynamic Positioning
DPR Department of Petroleum Resources
DPS Dynamic Positioning System
DSC Decision Support Center
E East


EA External Affairs
EAP Environmental Action Plan
EBS Environmental Baseline Survey
EC Electrical Conductivity
ECC Equatorial Counter Current
ECOWAS Economic Community of West African States
Engineering Equipment and Materials Users
EEMUA
Association
EFAT Emergency First Aid Teams
EFD Engineering Flow Diagram
Environmental Guidelines and Standards for the
EGASPIN
Petroleum Industry in Nigeria
EG&S Environmental Guidelines and Standards
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EIS Environmental Impact Study
EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association
ELP Escravos Lagos Pipeline
EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility
EMP Environmental Management Plan
EMS Environmental Management System
EN Endangered
EN Euronorm
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
EPC Engineering, Procurement, Construction
EPZ Export Processing Zone
ER Emergency Response
ERML Environmental Resources Managers Limited
ERP Emergency Response Plan
ERT Emergency Response Team
ESD Emergency Shutdown


ESDV Emergency Shutdown Valve
ESI Environmental Sensitivity Index
ESIA Environmental and Social Impact Assessment
ESL Environmental Solutions, Ltd.
ESS Emergency Support System
et al. Et alli (and others)
ETZ Eastern Tropical Zone
F Fahrenheit
F&G Fire and Gas
F&S Fire and Smoke
Food and Agricultural Organisation of the United
FAO
Nations
FAT Factory Acceptance Testing
FAU Formazin Attenuation Unit
FBE Fusion Bonded Epoxy
FC Fail Closed
FCA Failure Characteristic Analysis
Fe Iron
FEED Front End Engineering Design
FEL Front End Loading
FEPA Federal Environmental Protection Agency
FID Final Investment Decision
FIN Facilities Information Network
FMEA Failure Mode and Effect Analysis
FMEnv Federal Ministry of the Environment
FMOE Federal Minister of the Environment
FO Fail Open
FOB Free on Board
FOS Federal Office of Statistics


FRP Fiber Reinforced Plastic
Ft Feet
G Gram
Gal Gallon
GC Guinea Current
GDP Gross Domestic Product
GEF Global Environment Fund
GEPA Ghana Environmental Protection Agency
Ghana Ministry of Environment, Science, and
GEST
Technology
Gg Gigagram
GHG Greenhouse Gas
GIEC International Group of Experts on the Climate
GNPC Ghana National Petroleum Corporation
GOG LME Gulf of Guinea Large Marine Ecosystem
GPHA Ghana Ports and Harbors Authority
GRE Glass Reinforced Epoxy
GRP Glass Reinforced Plastic
GSS Ghana Statistical Service
GTA Gas Transportation Agreement
GTG Gas Turbine Generator
H2CO3 Carbonic Acid
H2S Hydrogen Sulfide
ha Hectare
HAT Highest Astronomical Tide
Hazard Analysis - (A formal procedure used to identify
HAZAN hazards, quantify their impact, and analyze problems
associated with a given process)
HAZID Hazard Identification


Hazard and Operability Study (A formal procedure
HAZOP used to identify hazards and operability problems
associated with a given process)
HAZOPS Hazardous Operations
HCO3 Hydrogen Carbonate
HDD Horizontal Directional Drill
He Helium
HFE Human Factors Engineering
HFIP Human Factors Implementation Plan
Hg Mercury
HIC Hydrogen Induced Cracking
HIPP High Integrity Pressure Protection
HIPPS High Integrity Pressure Protection System
HIPS High Integrity Protection System
HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus
HMI Human Machine Interface
HOA Heads of Agreement
HOCNS Harmonised Chemical Offshore Notification Scheme
HP High Pressure
HP High Power
hp Horsepower
hr Hour
HR Human Resources
HRc Hardness Rockwell (C Scale)
HSE Health, Safety, and Environmental
HSEMP Health, Safety, and Environmental Management Plan
HSEMS Health, Safety, and Environmental Management System
HV High Voltage
HVAC Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning
I/C Interconnect


I/O Input and Output
IBCG Industrie Bninoise des Corps Gras
IC Institute of Corrosion
ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.
ID Inside diameter
IEC International Electrotechnical Council
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of America
IFA Issued for Approval
IFC International Finance Corporation
IFD Issued for Design
IFH Issued for HAZOP
IFI International Finance Institution
IFO Incident Free Operations
IGA Inter Government Agency
IGN tablissement Gographique National
IITA International Institute of Tropical Agriculture
IM Information Management
IME Integration Management Entity
IMO International Maritime Organization
in Inches
International Convention on the Establishment of an
IOPCFund International Fund for Compensation for Oil Pollution
Damage
IPA International Project Agreement
IPCC Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
IRI Industrial Risk Insurers
IRR Internal Rate of Return
IRRR Impoverishment Risks and Reconstruction
IS Intrinsically Safe


ISA Instrument Society of America
ISO International Organization for Standardization
ISSER Institute of Statistical, Social, and Economic Research
IT Information Technology
ITB Invitation to Bid
ITCZ Inter-tropical Convergence Zone
ITD Inter-tropical discontinuity
ITF Inter-tropical front
IUCN The World Conservation Union
JHA Job Hazard Analysis
J.O.R.T. Official Journal
JVA Joint Venture Agreement
K Potassium
kg Kilogram
khz Kilohertz
km Kilometers
km2 Kilometer Squared
KO Knock Out
KP Kilometer Post
kW Kilowatt
kWh Kilowatt Hour
L Liter
LAN Local Area Network
LAT Lowest Astronomical Tide
lb Pound
lbs/MWh Pounds per Megawatt Hour
LC50 Lethal Concentration, 50 Percent
LCN Local Country Nationals
LCO Light Crude Oil


LCR Local Control Room
LDC Local Gas Distribution Company
LEL Lower Explosive Limit
LFL Lower Flammability Limit.
LGAs Local Government Areas
Li Lithium
LME Large Marine Ecosystem
LNG Liquid Natural Gas
LOI Letter of Intent
LP Low Pressure
LPG Liquid Petroleum Gas
LPP Low Point of Paving
LR Lower Risk
LV Low Voltage
LVB Land Valuation Board
m Meter
m2 Square Meter
m3 Cubic Meter
M&E Monitoring and Evaluation
MAC Manual Alarm Call
MARPOL Marine Pollution Convention
MAOP Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure
MC Metal Clad
MCC Motor Control Center
MCDA Multi-Criterion Decision Analysis
MCR Main Control Room
MDAs Ministries, Departments, and Agencies
MDT Mean Down Time
Ministry of the Environment, Housing, and Town
MEHU
Planning


mEq Milliequivalent
Mg Magnesium
mg Milligram
mg C/m2/day Mg carbon per square meters per day
MIGA Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency
MIS Management Information System
mL Milliliter
mm Millimeter
Million when used in the context of gas flow or heating
MM
value. Thus MMBtu implies million Btus.
MMm3D Million meters cubed per day
MMcmd Million cubic meters per day
MMS Maintenance Management System
MMscfd Million Standard Cubic Feet per Day
MMTPA Million Metric Tons per Annum
Mn Manganese
Mo Molybdenum
MOC Management of Change
MoLGRD Ministry of Local Government and Rural Development
MOU Memorandum of Understanding
MP Medium Pressure
Ms Millisecond
MSC Ministerial Steering Committee
MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet
MTons Million tons
MTBF Mean Time Between Failure
Mtpa Million Tons per Annum
MTTR Mean Time To Repair
mV Millivolt


MV Medium Voltage
MVAR Mega Volt Amps Regulation
MW Megawatts
MWh Mega Watt Hour
N Naira
N Newton
N Nitrogen
N North
N2 Main coastal road in Togo
Na Sodium
NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers
NaCl Sodium Chloride
NADMO National Disaster Management Organization
NADW North Atlantic Deep Water
Nigeria National Agency for Food and Drug
NAFDAC
Administration and Control
NAPCA National Association of Pipe Coating Applicators
NB Nominal Bore
NDPR Nigeria Federal Department of Petroleum Resources
NDT Non Destructive Testing
NE North East
NEC National Electric Code
NEMA National Engineering Manufacturers Association
NEPA National Electric Power Authority
NFME Nigeria Federal Ministry of Environment
NGC Nigerian Gas Company
NGO Non-Government Organizations
NH3 Ammonia
Ni Nickel


NISER Nigerian Institute of Social and Economic Research
nm Nanometer
NNPC Nigerian National Petroleum Corporation
NO2 Nitrite
NO3 Nitrate
NOx Nitrous Oxides
NOEC No Observable Effect Concentration
NPA Nigerian Ports Authority
NPDES National Pollution Discharge Elimination System
NPS Nominal Pipe Size
NPV Net Present Value
NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Units
NW North West
O&M Operations and Maintenance
OAU Organization of African Unity
OD Operational Directive
ODS Ozone Depleting Substance
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution
OILPOL
of the Sea by Oil
OJT On-the-Job-Training
OP Operational Policy
OPEX Operating Expenditure
OPIC Overseas Private Investment Corporation
ORP Oxygen Reduction Potential
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
OSPARCOM Commissions of Oslo and Paris
OTC Overhead Traveling Crane
OTP LOffice Togolaise des Phosphates
P Phosphorus


P&ID Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams
PAA Project Affected Area
PAGA Public Address/General Alarm
PAH Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons
PALL Pressure Alarm Low Low
PAP Project Affected People
PAR Pre-assembled Piperack
PAS Process Automation System
Pb Lead
PCBs Poly Chlorinated Biphenyls
PCS Process Control System
PDP Public Display Package
PEP Project Execution Plan
PES Project Execution Strategy
PFD Process Flow Diagrams
PFP Passive Fire Protection
PHA Process Hazards Analysis
PI Profitability Index
PIC Project Implementation Committee
PID Proportional Integral Derivative
PLC Programmable Logic Controller
PLE German Engineering Company Feasibility study
PM10 Less than or equal to 10 micro meters
PO4 Phosphate
POB People on Board
POP Persistent Organic Pollutants
PNDCL Provisional National Defense Council Law
PP&E Protecting People and the Environment CT Policy 530
ppb Parts Per Billion


PPE Personal Protective Equipment
ppm Parts Per Million
PSI Pounds per square inch
PSIA Pounds per Square Inch Absolute
psig Pounds per Square Inch Gauge
PSS Plant Safeguarding System
PSV Pressure Safety Valve
PVC Polyvinyl chloride
PWHT Post Weld Heat Treatment
QA Quality Assurance
QC Quality Control
QRA Quantified Risk Assessment
R&M Stations Regulating and Metering Stations
RAM Reliability, Availability, and Maintenance
RAP Resettlement Action Plan
RBI Risk Based Inspection
RCM Reliability Centered Maintenance
Redox Reduction/Oxidation
RF Raised Face
RFQ Request for Quotation
RGPH Recensement General de la Population ed de LHabitat
ROV Remotely Operated Vehicle
ROW Right of Way
RP Recommended Practice
RPD Redox Potential Discontinuity
RTD Resistance Temperature Device
RTJ Ring Type Joint
RV Relief Valve
RVP Reid Vapor Pressure


S South
s Seconds
SACW South Atlantic Central Water
SAEMA Shama-Ahanta East Metropolis Area
SAFE Safety Analysis Function Evaluation Chart
SAFOPS Safety and Operability Studies
SAS Statistical Analysis System
SAZOF Societe dAdministration des Zones Franches
SBC Structured Breakdown of Costs
SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
Scf Standard cubic foot
SDV Shut Down Valve
Se Selenium
SE South East
sec Seconds
SHE Safety, Health and Environment
Si Silicon
SIA Socioeconomic Impact Assessment
SID Safety In Design
SIL Safety Integrity Level
SIMOPS Simultaneous Operations
SiO2 Silicate oxide
SIS Safety Instrumented System
SIT Systems Integration Test
SMC Sponsor Management Committee
SNGL Shell Nigeria Gas Limited
SO2 Sulfur Dioxide
SO4 Sulfate
SOx Sulfur Oxides


SoBeBra Socit Bninoise des Brasserie
SOBEGAZ Socit Bninoise de Gaz S.A.
SOE Sequence of Events
Protocol Relating to the International Regulations for
SOLAS PROT
the Safety of Life at Sea
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
SOTOGAZ Socit Togolaise de Gaz S.A.
SPDC Shell Petroleum Development Company
SPI Sediment Profile Images
SPM Single Point Mooring
SPPM Safe Practices and Procedures Manual
SPSS Statistics Package for the Social Sciences
Sr Strontium
SSS Safety Shutdown System
SST Sea Surface Temperature
SSW South-Southwest
STD Sexually Transmitted Disease
Standards of Training Certification and Watch-keeping
STWC
for Seafarer
SW South West
TBA To Be Advised
TBD To Be Determined
TCA Total Corrosion Allowance
TCN Third Country Nationals
TDC Tema Development Corporation
TEG Tri-ethylene Glycol
TEMA Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association, Inc.
THC Total Hydrocarbons
THPS Tetrakis(hydroxymethyl)phosphonium Sulfate
TLV Threshold Limit Value


TMA Tema Municipal Authority
TME Tema Municipal Executive
Togo Ministere de lEnvironnement et des Ressources
TMERF
Forestieres
tn Ton
TNT Tema New Town
TOC Total Organic Carbon
TOM Total Organic Matter
TOR Terms of Reference
TPM Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
TQM Total Quality Management
TSS Total Suspended Solids
TSW Tropical Surface Water
TTC Tema Traditional Council
TTPP Takoradi Thermal Plant
TVP True Vapor Pressure
g Microgram
m Micrometer
S/cm MicroSiemens per centimeter
UBC Uniform Building Code
UES Uniform Effluent Standards
UJV Unincorporated Joint Venture
UL Underwriters Laboratory
United Nations Conference on Environment and
UNCED
Development
UNCLOS United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea
United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural
UNESCO
Organization
UNO United Nations Organization
UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply
US United States


USEPA United States Environment Protection Agency
V Vanadium
V Volt
VAC Volts Alternating Current
VALCO Volta Aluminum Company
VDC Volts Direct Current
VDU Video Display Unit
VES Vertical Electrical Sounding
VIP Value Improvement Practices
VRA Volta River Authority
Very Small Aperture Terminal/Supervisory Control and
VSAT/SCADA
Data Acquisition
VSDS Variable Speed Drive System
VU Vulnerable
W West
WAGP West African Gas Pipeline
WAGPA West African Gas Pipeline Authority
WAPCo West African Pipeline Company
WAPP West African Power Pool
WB World Bank
WD Water Depth
WHRU Waste Heat Recovery Unit
WHO World Health Organization
WMP Waste Management Plan
WP Whispering Palms
WT Wall Thickness
yr Year
ZH Hydrographical zero
Zn Zinc

Benin Environmental Impact Assessment
Benin
Sikirou K. Adam Geomorphology, Land Use, Study Coordinator
Jacques Adjakpa Ornithology
Akpovi Akoegninou Vegetation
Thrse Ali Biology
Michel Boko Climate, Meteorology
Clment Bonou Plankton
Moussa Boukari Hydrogeology
Emile Fiogbe Marine Biology and Oceanography
Lazare Gnonlonfin Oceanography
Constant Houndenou Climate, Air Quality
Marc Oyede Geology, Pedology
Nestor G. Sakiti Mammals, Reptiles, and Amphibians
Henri Soclo Chemistry
Alphonse Tchabi Mammals, Reptiles, and Amphibians
Zephirin Acakpo Survey Specialist
Brice S. Adigbonon Survey Specialist
Bernadette Ahouantchede Survey Specialist
Amour Assou Survey Specialist
Adrien Biaou Survey Specialist
Sylvain H. Boko Socioeconomic Study Coordinator

Jacques I. Boni Survey Specialist
Comlan B. Codjo Survey Specialist
Corneille Dessouassi Survey Specialist
Darius Dessouassi Survey Specialist
Castule Djenontin Survey Specialist
Chantal Dossou-Yovo Field Controller
Virginie Gnansounou Survey Specialist
Crespin Guidi Survey Specialist
Assogba Hodonou National Supervisor
Pierre Hodonou Field Controller
Hilaire Houeninvo Survey Specialist
Toussaint Houeninvo National Supervisor
Rubens Laourou Survey Specialist
Emile L. Mensah Survey Specialist
NDah P. Ntounti Survey Specialist
Jerome Oza Field Controller
Benin
Philippe Sededji Field Controller
Nicole Tchokpon Survey Specialist
Mathieu Zinsou Survey Specialist
Therese Zounon Survey Specialist
United States
Henry Camp Existing Condition, Offshore and
Onshore Environment, Impacts Analysis
Ed Carr Air Quality Modeling
Marlene Cole Senior Ecologist
Theodore Coogan Geographic Information Systems
James Gardiner Engineering Author
William Gibson Habitats, Biological Resources, and
Environmental Management
Gavin Hogge Existing Environmental Conditions
Sakina Khan Socioeconomic Impact Analysis, Reviewer
Johanna Kollar Project Manager, Coastal Zone Management,
Wetlands Ecology, and Hydrology
J. Renee Morin Environmental Impacts Analysis, Editor
Nnenna Nnoli Socioeconomic Existing Conditions
Walter Palmer Technical Director/Reviewer and Socioeconomics
Egon Terplan Socioeconomics Impacts Analysis
Kathy Thrun Program Director, Chemistry
October 2004 Benin Final EIA AC-2

Acknowledgements
The West African Gas Pipeline (WAGP) Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) team
wishes to acknowledge and thank the West African Pipeline Gas Company Ltd. (WAPCo)
and their WAGP engineering and front end engineering design (FEED) (Paragon and PCS
Engineering) teams for their support throughout this project and, in particular, for providing
the technical and project planning information necessary to produce a sound EIA for the
proposed WAGP. We particularly wish to thank Mr. John Cornwell of WAPCo for his
continuous guidance and encouragement. We were fortunate to receive constructive
contributions and comments from a large number of West African and international agencies
and organizations; we offer our deep appreciation to:
Benin
Agence Bninoise pour LEnvironnement
Ministre des Mines, de lEnergie et de lHydraulique
Ministre de LEnvironnement de LHabitat et de LUrbanisme
Office Beninois de Recherches Geologiques et Mineres
West Africa
Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS)
International
World Bank
World Bank Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency (MIGA)
Overseas Private Investment Corporation (OPIC)
United States of America

The United States Agency for International Development and their technical support
contractor, Nexant
Executive Summary
The proposed West African Gas Pipeline (WAGP) will transport natural gas from Nigeria to
Benin, Ghana, and Togo by way of a newly constructed 620 kilometer (km) (385 mile) long
pipeline. The proposed pipeline will originate in Itoki, Nigeria, where it will connect to an
existing natural gas system at the Alagbado Tee facility, traverse to the Nigeria coastline,
and then run offshore to a distribution point near Takoradi, Ghana. Lateral branches will
bring the gas to onshore distribution points near Cotonou, Benin; Lome, Togo; and Tema,
Ghana to supply industrial and commercial gas customers, including electric power utilities.
The map provided as Figure ES-1 shows the overall project area and the pipeline route.
The WAGP project proponent is the West African Gas Pipeline Company Limited
(WAPCo), an incorporated joint venture partnership formed in May 2003 between an
affiliate of Chevron Nigeria Limited (CNL), Nigerian National Petroleum Corporation
(NNPC), an affiliate of The Shell Petroleum Development Company of Nigeria Limited
(SPDC), Socit Beninoise de Gaz S.A. (SOBEGAZ), Socit Togolaise de Gaz S.A
(SOTOGAZ), and a subsidiary of the Volta River Authority (VRA). The total capital
investment for WAGP, estimated at US$500 million, is being financed by the joint venture
partners, each holding a percentage of the shares in the project.
WAGP will be a gas transportation facility and WAPCo will neither own nor sell the product
moved through WAGP, but will instead charge tariffs to its customers who move gas through
WAGP. The primary anticipated gas transportation customer is another incorporated joint
venture, N-Gas Limited (N-Gas), which is owned directly or by other affiliates of NNPC,
CNL, and SPDC. The natural gas to be moved through WAGP will primarily come from the
Niger Delta and will consist of associated and non-associated gas from various gas fields in
the Delta region. In order to maximize gas transport capacity, the great majority of the
WAGP system will be a high-pressure system. Gas transport capacity of WAGP as initially
built is 190 million standard cubic feet per day (MMscfd) and the project design capacity
with all planned compressors, including a midline compressor in Togo, would be
578MMscfd. The actual rate of gas transport through WAGP will depend on end-user
customer demand for natural gas.
Project Benefits
WAGP has the potential to bring about social and economic benefits at the global, regional,
national, and local levels. From a global perspective, the WAGP project represents a major
investment in infrastructure in a region that is one of the least developed in the world.
Development of regionally integrated energy infrastructure and clean, reliable energy sources
is vital to the economic development of the region. WAGP will provide another important
global benefit by providing a means for bringing to market currently flared gas in the Niger
Delta. In doing so, WAGP will contribute to the Global Flare Reduction Initiative, an
initiative led by the World Bank that seeks to eliminate gas flaring worldwide. Elimination
of gas flaring has many potential benefits, including reducing air pollution, and related
impacts on communities; capturing and providing fuel for power and industry;
Figure ES-1
West Africa Gas Pipeline Project Area
October 2004 Benin Final EIA ES-2

Executive Summary
spurring economic development; and, at the global level, reducing greenhouse gas (GHG)
emissions and combating global warming (Appendix 2A-1 describes expected reductions in
GHG emissions). WAGP will also provide additional reduction in GHG emissions and
associated global warming impacts by inducing a switch to gas fuel from other fossil fuels
(primarily light crude oil) among end-user gas customers.
WAGP is a major initiative to integrate the regional energy sector and there is evidence that
such regional integration provides benefits of increased flexibility, resilience, distribution,
abundance, and diversity of energy supplies. The development of WAGP to date has broken
new ground in bringing together governments and private sector enterprises and generally
enhancing regional collaboration in the four countries. The project has started Benin, Ghana,
Nigeria, and Togo on a path of extensive economic cooperation and energy integration, as
well as cooperation and harmonization on many levels. Once approved, built, and put into
operation, WAGP will become a permanent basis for cooperation among the countries and
one that has the potential to lead to broader economic cooperation and development.
By supplying gas to regional power providers, WAGP will support the West Africa Power
Pool (WAPP), another regional energy sector initiative that will also bring about substantial
cooperation and integration. The natural gas source provided by WAGP will allow the
WAPP to make reliable electricity available to many more areas and customers in the region,
allow migration to cleaner gas-fired power generation to satisfy regional power demand, and
cut power generation costs roughly in half. Switching from more polluting fuels to natural
gas by end-user gas customers in Benin, Ghana, and Togo will bring about a substantial
reduction in air pollutant emissions of sulfur dioxide, nitrogen oxides, and particulates.
WAGP will provide a number of important benefits at the local and national level for the
people of Benin, Ghana, Nigeria, and Togo. WAGP provides a clean, reliable energy source
for expanding power generation in Benin, Ghana, and Togo and thus reduces the energy
supply gaps in these countries. Monetary benefits to the countries are also realized through
taxes paid by WAPCo. The gas producers will realize additional revenue from the sale of
gas transported by WAGP. Local economies will benefit from WAPCos commitment to
hiring employees and contractors from surrounding communities to staff construction and
operations workforce (total workforce estimated at more than 1,000); from WAPCos
commitment to purchase 15 percent of supplies and materials locally; and from planned
community development programs.
WAGP will have a number of positive impacts in Benin that provide a clear justification for
the project and in certain respects offset some of the negative impacts. These include
environmental and socioeconomic benefits during the construction as well as the operation
and maintenance periods, and those associated with WAGPs Community Development
Program.
Reduced GHG emissions are expected to occur as a result of WAGP and represent an
environmental specifically, global climate change benefit as a result of fuel-switching
that will occur in the power and commercial/industrial sectors when natural gas is used in
Benin.

Executive Summary
The majority of beneficial impacts associated with WAGP are socioeconomic effects. The
project will provide an abundant, relatively clean, relatively low-priced source of energy.
Additionally, taxes paid by WAPCo to Benin will help strengthen the national economy and
support economic development. Total tax benefits received by Benin over the lifetime of the
project are expected to be in the range of US$158 million to US$198 million (WAGP, 2004).
More socioeconomic benefits both direct and indirect will be generated through Benins
limited participation in the pipeline project and return on equity investments and
infrastructure improvements. To involve and benefit local communities, WAPCo has made a
commitment to purchase 15 percent of all goods and services required during construction
from local businesses. This local content value for all construction procurement in Benin
(onshore and offshore) is estimated at US$4.3 million.
Short-term employment income perhaps the largest contribution to socioeconomic benefits

at the local level will be generated in communities surrounding WAGP as local jobs are
created both temporarily during construction and permanently throughout the operation and
maintenance of the project. Workers from surrounding communities will be hired by
contractors for several aspects of construction. In general, increased employment levels are
expected to boost personal income and strengthen the local economy. Moreover, payments
for local contract work will be substantial, generating direct, indirect, and induced benefits
for the surrounding communities.
Community Development and Health and Safety Benefits will occur through WAGPs
planned Community Development Program and improved infrastructure. This program will
target education and healthcare support during the construction period. Participatory needs
assessments have identified future opportunities in terms of income generation and capacity
building that can be incorporated into later year operations.
Secondary benefits will be realized through new industrial development and the associated
creation of employment opportunities and income facilitated by the availability of reliable
energy transported through WAGP. Industrial development may also spur economic and
land development, particularly in areas around major towns and cities. Local businesses such
as food markets and household goods stores may see secondary benefits resulting from
spending of wages earned in jobs directly and indirectly created by the project.
Project Description
Pipeline and Facilities
The main feature of WAGP is the 620km (385 mile) natural gas pipeline itself. The pipeline
will connect to the existing Escravos-Lagos Pipeline (ELP) at the existing Alagbado Tee
facility near Itoki, Nigeria. From there, a 30 inch (in) (76.2 centimeter (cm)) diameter pipe
will traverse 56km to a new compression facility near Badagry Beach, termed the Lagos
Beach Compressor Station. A 20in (50.8cm) diameter pipe will be routed from the
compression facility to the sea and run offshore for more than 500km (311 miles),
terminating near Takoradi, Ghana. Lateral branches off the main offshore line will bring the
gas to new onshore distribution points near Cotonou, Benin; Lom, Togo; and Tema, Ghana.

Executive Summary
Sources of available natural gas volumes from existing oil and gas operations in Nigeria have
been identified to provide the initial pipeline system capacity of 190MMscfd (Appendix 2A-
2 describes natural gas sources and transmission infrastructure upstream of WAGP). Most
of this available natural gas is associated gas (i.e., produced with oil from the same
reservoir or wellhead source), which is currently flared. Non-associated gas will also be
produced as needed to supply WAGP, particularly as associated gas supply sources decline
over time. The demand for WAGP gas is expected to increase with time and WAPCo plans
corresponding increases in system capacity with the installation of additional compressors.
The WAGP Treaty and International Project Agreement (IPA) give exclusive transport rights
to the NNPC, CNL, and SPDC joint ventures for the first 200MMscfd of capacity for 10
years and make provisions for development of open commercial access above these limits.
Sources for gas volumes above 200MMscfd are not specifically known at this time and could
involve existing or new oil and gas facilities.
The existing ELP system can deliver up to 200MMscfd of natural gas to the Alagbado Tee
without a need for upgrades or repairs. WAPCo is conducting a joint, due diligence
assessment to ensure that the ELP can transport gas volumes up to the WAGP design
capacity. The Alagbado Tee is the point where the WAGP transmission system is
connected to the ELP transmission system. The Alagbado Tee will be improved to
integrate WAGP and provide custody transfer, metering, and monitoring of the natural gas.
WAGP will begin at the connection at the Alagbado Tee and extend southwesterly
approximately 56km (35 miles) to the Lagos Beach Compressor Station in Nigeria. The
route will either share or run adjacent to an existing natural gas pipeline Right of Way
(ROW) for the first 36km (22 miles) and then continue on land previously unoccupied by or
adjacent to any pipeline ROW.
Natural gas will be transported from the Alagbado Tee under low pressure to the planned
Lagos Beach Compressor Station to boost gas pressure for transmission offshore. The
compressor station will be built on an 8.5 hectare (ha) site west of the village of Ajido,
located approximately 12km (7.5 miles) east of Badagry, Nigeria and approximately 0.85km
(0.53 mile) north of Badagry Creek. The compressor station will be one of two locations for
system controls and the Emergency Shutdown (ESD) systems, the other located at WAPCo
headquarters.
Gas compression will initially occur only in Nigeria but provisions are being made in the
design of the transmission system for expansion of compression capability in the future
through the possible installation of midline compression facilities at Lom, Togo, as well as
additional compressors at the Lagos Beach Compressor Station. Should requirements
necessitate extending the pipeline past Ghana, future compression facilities can be installed
at the Takoradi location.
Compressed natural gas will be sent from the Lagos Beach Compressor Station via a 20in
(50.8cm) pipeline for 567km (352 miles) to the Takoradi Thermal Power Plant. At three
points along the pipeline route, tie-ins will be made for laterals to extend from the main
offshore trunk line to distribution points near Cotonou, Benin; Lom, Togo; and Tema,

Executive Summary
Ghana. The pipeline route does not cross any shipping lanes and avoids passing through
anchorage areas.
Regulating and metering (R&M) stations at the end point of the offshore laterals in Benin,
Togo, and Ghana as well as the terminus of the main trunk line at Takoradi, Ghana are where
the WAPCo transmission system will end and customer usage and/or local gas distribution
by local gas distribution companies will begin. Pipeline pressure is reduced at the station and
custody transfer and metering of the natural gas from WAPCo to the customer or local gas
distributor will occur.
A link line will extend 9.5km (5.9 miles) from the Benin R&M station to a relocated electric
power facility at Maria Gleta. The link line is considered in this Environment Impact
Assessment (EIA) because WAPCo will build it, but it may be permitted separately from the
rest of the pipeline.
Construction
The pipeline itself will be constructed by linking 12 foot (ft) (3.7 meter (m)) sections of steel
pipe having a wall thickness of approximately 0.5in (1.3cm), coated on the outside for
corrosion protection. An external concrete weight coating is added to the pipeline where the
pipeline is installed in saturated or marsh environments. The onshore pipeline will be
installed in an excavated trench within a 25m (82ft) ROW to a nominal depth of 0.9m (3.0ft)
in upland areas, wetlands and marshes, and stream crossings. Onshore pipeline construction
activities in Benin are expected to last 2 months and involve approximately 50 workers.
Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD) techniques will be used to install the pipeline at the
Benin shore crossings. The Cotonou R&M station will be constructed over a period of 4
months with an average workforce of 50 to 100.
The offshore pipeline will be placed directly on the seafloor in water depths in excess of 8m
(26ft). In sections of the route where the water depth is less than 8m, the pipeline will be
buried below the seafloor as a result of either HDD or trenching. This design alternative was
selected given that it would reduce the impact to the benthic environment, among other
reasons. For the great majority of its route, the pipeline will lie in waters 30m to 50m (98ft
to 164ft) deep; the deepest point will be 70m (230ft) below sea level.
Commissioning of the pipeline segments will involve flooding with water; cleaning, gauging,
and reflooding with chemically treated water to prevent corrosion; hydrostatic testing;
dewatering and drying; and air expulsion and nitrogen packing. Water for hydrostatic testing
will be drawn from surface water bodies. Any biocides used for corrosion protection will be
neutralized prior to discharge into the ocean.
Alternatives
The need for alternative energy supplies in Benin, Ghana, and Togo is established by the
coincidence of future energy deficits forecast in these countries and the comparatively high
cost of thermal electricity generation using imported fuels. This need, together with the
supply of natural gas, the requirement to reduce gas flaring in Nigeria, and the technical
feasibility of delivering natural gas from Nigeria to Ghana, Togo, and Benin, provides a

Executive Summary
compelling rationale to proceed with the WAGP project. Even while using different
approaches, both the World Banks draft Economic and Financial Analysis (EFA) and
WAPCos project alternatives analysis conclude that the proposed WAGP design is the
optimal solution.
The World Banks draft EFA identified alternatives as part of a regional energy sector
optimization strategy and studied domestic power development alternatives (hydroelectric,
oil and gas, coal, nuclear, wind, and solar), power importation alternatives (Cte dIvoire,
Nigeria), and gas resource and transportation alternatives (gas source other than Nigeria,
Liquid Natural Gas (LNG) or Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) transportation, alternate routes
for the pipeline).
The project alternatives considered in this EIA reflect the business capabilities and objectives
of WAPCo and a limited number of competing power options and/or alternative energy
resources. Besides the No-Project and Proposed Project Alternatives, the EIA evaluated a
select number of alternate scenarios. Two alternatives considered developing gas-fueled
power generation and export stations in Nigeria and exporting natural gas as LNG meet
some of these objectives but do not provide comparable benefits. These alternatives would
produce more substantial environmental and socioeconomic impacts than WAGP, do not
provide as timely a solution, and/or incur higher costs and the same benefits as WAGP. A
renewable fuels alternative does not contribute to flare reduction in Nigeria and presents
challenges in terms of reliability, security, and feasibility for Benin, Ghana, and Togo. In
addition, it is doubtful that the renewable fuels alternative could provide sufficient power for
industrial uses.
Alternatives for the pipeline routing were considered: onshore/offshore, onshore, and
offshore. The selected option, a combination of onshore and offshore routes, provides the
greatest benefits at the lowest level of environmental and socioeconomic impacts and least
cost.
The EIA considered design alternatives for nearly every aspect of the project. Selection of
preferred alternatives when devising, considering, and choosing between design options were
based on a number of factors including: overall safety of the public and workers;
environmental impact; potential impacts to communities; acceptance by stakeholders; best
available practicable technologies; feasibility of construction, operation, and maintenance;
and cost of construction, operation, and maintenance.
Final design of the pipeline route was given considerable attention due to the linear nature of
the project and the extensive overall length. Within the preferred Onshore/Offshore Option,
more specific routing options were considered and chosen in order to minimize
environmental and socioeconomic impacts.
Alternate construction techniques for installing the pipeline across the shorelines were
considered. In Benin, HDD was selected as it created the least disturbance at the shore
crossing.

Executive Summary
Baseline Information
Natural Environment
The climate in the area is tropical with alternating rainy and dry seasons. Air quality is
generally poor, largely attributable to the transportation sector (motorbikes); air quality
criteria are not being met in Cotonou. Estimated greenhouse loading was 17,179 tons per
year from 1994 to 1999. Air quality in the rural areas is generally good, while air quality in
the cities is poor.
Onshore Environment
Satellite images of the onshore pipeline ROW proposed in each of the four countries,
including Benin, are shown in the oversized maps attached at the end of the Regional EIA
report. The proposed high-pressure lateral crosses the shore near Hio Houta west of
Cotonou, passing through a barrier island, a lagoon fringed with mangrove, a saltwater marsh
with occassional hummocks of mangroves, and an ancient beach ridge that supports supports
shrubby savanna vegetation and palm oil trees. It ends in a freshwater marsh vegetated by
herbaceous vegetation. Rising inland from this marsh, the ROW enters a geomorphological
feature called a glacis that has a yellow sand substrate and is vegetated by shrubby savanna
interspersed with patches of cultivated crops. The location of the proposed R&M station is
on this upland area, bordered by the Interstate Cotonou-Lom railway. Across the adjacent
Lom-Cotonou highway, the proposed low-pressure link line ROW passes around the edge
of a major plantation area. From this plantation to Maria Gleta, the route continues along the
edge of a fresh/brackish marsh. When the ROW reaches the high-voltage electrical
transmission lines, it bends southeast and runs parallel to the transmission corridor until it
reaches the site of a future power plant at Maria Gleta, to be relocated from downtown
Cotonou by CEB.
The barrier island is used largely for small-scale agriculture and coconut plantations. The
beach intertidal zone is sandy with no vegetation, while the upper beach has patchy grasses
and coconut trees. Fecal coliform bacteria was detected on the beach, most likely due to
human use. Gray and brown sands are found along lagoon depressions, with increasing clay
content along the depressions. At the lagoon edge, there are organic soils that are seasonally
saline and open to colonization by mangrove; less saline soils are vegetated with grasses.
The mangrove system around the coastal lagoon is an ecologically sensitive area. Surface
water becomes increasingly acidic and turbid moving inland from the lagoon to the saltwater
marsh and finally the freshwater marsh. The dissolved oxygen content in the lagoon is low,
possibly due to dumping of household waste in the lagoon (the household waste presumably
contains organic compounds that are easily degraded by bacteria, resulting in uncontrolled
growth of bacteria and the subsequent reduction of dissolved oxygen).
The inland areas along the proposed ROW are characterized by poor, ferric, unsaturated
clayey-sandy soils. Plant community types include fallow land (degraded coastal thicket
with shrubs and herb stratum), degraded swamp forest (trees, shrubs, and herbs), thicket
(fallow oil palm plantation overgrown with weedy shrubs), swampy grassland (degraded
mangrove habitat with sparse shrubs and herbs), mangrove (in peaty brackish conditions

Executive Summary
along the coastal lagoon), coastal coconut plantation (sandbar between the lagoon and the
Gulf), and coastal grassland (small patches). A number of plant species are used for
medicinal purposes. Soils in the study area are generally free from metals contamination.
There are two main aquifers above the 200m (656ft) depth: a homogeneous upper aquifer 1m
to 3m (3.3ft to 9.8ft) below the surface between the coast and the boundary of the coastal
plane and a heterogeneous lower aquifer separated from the upper aquifer by a clayey layer
about 20m (66ft) thick. The lower aquifer is fresh and potable.
Soil Organism Abundance and Diversity

Abundance and diversity of soil organisms tended to be low in very sandy soils and saturated
soils and higher in upland soils with diverse vegetation cover. Plankton community samples
indicate that the brackish waters have high productivity. All the major macroinvertebrate
groups were represented in the salt and freshwater marshes. The finfish fauna reflects the
mixed nature of the water environment comprising marine, brackish, and freshwater species.
The relatively high number of intermediate and top predatory fish species indicate generally
healthy onshore aquatic environments.
A wide variety of birds, amphibians, reptiles, and mammals inhabit the area, particularly the
mangrove. Urbanized areas, like the coastal coconut plantation near Cococodji, support few
animals (some squirrels and rats). Protected species include bush pig (Potamochoerus
porcus) and the red-bellied monkey (Cercopithecus erythrogaster), which was observed in
the study area. A Ramsar wetland of international significance (Ramsar 1017 Site) is located
in Benin, but is well outside the project area.
Offshore Environment
The offshore region is classified as a Large Marine Ecosystem (LME) by the United Nations
Conference on the Environment and Development. The northern portion is thermally
unstable and undergoes intensive seasonal upwellings; the southern portion is thermally
stable and depends on the nutrient input from land drainage, river flows, and wave
turbulence. These characteristics make the area highly productive and rich in fishery
resources and biological diversity.
The shoreline segment where the pipeline lateral will cross, between Djgbadji and
Adounko-Plage, is generally a stable area, although some areas (near Togbin for example)
are susceptible to erosion. A reef of dead madreporarian coral (stony, reef-building corals)
lines the seaward edge of the continental shelf throughout the project area. While there are
some living corals at the present time, these are soft gorgonian corals, mostly sea fans. There
is no evidence of living reef-forming corals in the project area.
Species diversity and abundance of plankton is linked to seasonal variation of the

oceanographic regime and the rapid development of plankton has a rippling effect on fish
populations. Fish production in the Gulf of Guinea is high and the migration of important
fish stocks (e.g., herrings, shads, mackerels, tunas, and jacks) is dependent on upwelling
events and the movement of climatic fronts and ocean currents. The rich fishery resource

Executive Summary
supports artisanal fisheries, local industrial fleets, and large international commercial
offshore fishing fleets. Shrimping grounds cover 470 square kilometers (180 square miles)
off Benin, representing an important export species.
Physicochemical properties of the water column in the ocean indicate a healthy marine
environment. Turbidity is generally low in the offshore, oceanic waters; however, there is a
coastal zone of turbid, greenish water, which meets the clearer oceanic water 6km to 8km
(3.7 to 5.0 miles) from the coast. On the seabed, the benthic communities are mature and in
equilibrium with local physical conditions indicating little disturbance; biological
composition of the benthos is generally homogeneous. Concentrations of metals and
hydrocarbons were similar to region-wide averages, indicating little or no contamination.
Elevated levels of hydrocarbon and lead were found in some sediment samples, suggesting
localized areas of contamination related to port activities.
Olive ridley, green, and leatherback turtle nests have been reported on Benin sandy beaches
and specimens of hawksbill have been recorded in the literature off Benin. Other marine
species of concern include cetaceans (whales) and dolphins. Humpback whales (Megaptera
novaeangliae) have been observed recently off the coast of Benin.
Human Environment
Surveys were carried out in 13 villages representing rural fishing and urban/semi-urban
communities. Along the proposed ROW, community sizes range from a cluster of a few
houses to complete towns. Approximately 2,270 people live within 200m (656ft) of the
proposed ROW centerline between the seashore and the proposed R&M station. An
additional 25,750 people live within 200m of the ROW centerline along the link line from the
R&M station to Maria Gleta, although the populations within the proposed ROW are low.
Facilities identified (within 200m but outside the 25m (82ft) ROW) during the surveys
included a school at Akadjamey, a church at Vinawa Adjovicodjii, and a recreational facility
and church at Hio Houta. The proposed pipeline route and link line will cross coconut
plantations, cultivated palm tree stands, cashew nut farms, tomato farms, cornfields, cassava
fields, roads, railroad track, many footpaths, private lands, and sections of swampland and
lagoons. The shoreline crossing point of the pipeline is close to several villages and within a
few kilometers of tourist activities and infrastructure including hotels, guesthouses,
restaurants, picnic areas, and art displays along the beach. A sacred water site is also located
near the village of Hio Houta, at a distance more than 100m (328ft) from the ROW.
Transportation in the project area tends to be by motorcycle or canoe. Residents in the 200m
survey zone regularly cross the proposed pipeline area and link line in order to conduct daily
activities. The most common form of energy for domestic needs is fuel wood, with
petroleum products being a secondary source.
The ethnic composition of the communities tends to be dominated by Fon, Goun, and Oueme
socio-cultural groups. The major languages spoken are Fon and Adja/Mina. Residents in the
rural non-fishing and urban/semi-urban communities indicated higher education levels than
those in the rural fishing communities. Some residents are well educated, due to the nearby

Executive Summary
university (Abomey-Calavey campus) and research institution (IITA). Many commute to

Cotonou for work. A higher percentage of households own property in rural non-fishing and
urban/semi-urban communities than in rural fishing communities.
Most of the rural fishing and non-fishing communities in the pipeline project area lack basic
infrastructure such as electricity, running water, roads, or telephones. Households in the
urban/semi-urban communities generally have electricity and some have running water.
Construction of dwellings range from bamboo and palm branches with thatched roofs, to
mud and/or cement brick with corrugated aluminum roofs.
The economy of the rural non-fishing villages is centered on trade and commerce. The
economy of the urban/semi-urban communities consists mainly of trade, various cottage
industries, and services industries. Fishing is the main economic activity in rural fishing
communities. Most diets consist of cereals, tubers, vegetables, and fish.
Along the proposed WAGP pipeline and link line, about 77 percent of the population have
access to potable water. Wells within the survey area are generally open-air, hand-dug deep
wells, typically not equipped with pumping or purification systems. Sanitation is
substantially better in urban and rural non-fishing areas than in rural fishing areas. Most
human and household wastes are disposed in waterways, marsh areas, around dwellings, and
into the ocean.
In the Atlantique region there are a few health clinics and two hospitals. The most common
disease in the Lower Benin zone is malaria. Health Centres at Cococodji and Pahou
(administering first aid) are the closest to the WAGP ROW. Hospitals in Cotonou would be
required for any serious injuries and/or emergencies. The closest sites with fire fighting
capability are St. Jean, Calavi, and Agla.
Impacts and Mitigation

Impacts
Initial screening was conducted to identify impacts that affect environmental and socio-
economic conditions. WAPCo participated in this initial step to identify impacts and issues
that may affect project implementation or siting; cycle these back to the project design
engineers; and recognize impacts that may warrant mitigation measures.
A methodical and rigorous impact assessment was conducted to establish severity levels of
specific project activities on each of the potentially affected environmental media and
socioeconomic aspects. This resulted in 506 potential impacts being evaluated (46 activities,
11 impact media) using the methodology described in Chapter 6 of this EIA report. The
impact assessment process took into account information on mitigation measures that was
available at the time and was described in the project design specifications. When potential
impacts were initially judged to be high or moderate even with the implementation of
planned mitigation measures, additional measures were recommended to reduce the
anticipated impacts to lower levels. In assessing socioeconomic impacts, it was assumed that
the Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) would be properly implemented. The RAP intends to

Executive Summary
mitigate displacement of current land and reduction in means of livelihood for people
affected by the project.
Direct negative impacts associated with the WAGP project include potential onshore and
potential offshore impacts to the environment, socioeconomic conditions, and health and
safety of workers and members of the general public.
Onshore Environmental Impacts
Thirty-two different activities were evaluated in detail across five categories of potential
environmental impacts: land use; habitat and biological resources; soils, topography, and
geology; water resources and hydrology; and air. Of the 160 impact possibilities that were
assessed, 104 (65 percent) were determined to be of negligible concern and 45 (28 percent)
were evaluated as being of low or moderate severity because they are short-term in duration,
reversible, localized in area affected, and/or unlikely to occur given planned management
practices. Many possible high severity impacts have been entirely avoided through the
alternatives review and selection process, described in Chapter 4. However, some
environmental impacts are inevitable with a project of this nature and scale.
As explained in this chapter, the potential environmental impacts of greatest concern in

Benin involve the following.
The conversion of farmland to pipeline ROW for the project duration and perhaps
longer. This would include a 25m by 400m (1.0ha) stretch on the barrier island that is
currently used as a coconut plantation. Another 12.5ha of agricultural land would
also be taken within the 14.6km pipeline ROW in upland areas.
Disturbance of habitats and possible changes to hydrology as a result of trenching to

install the pipeline in wetlands areas. Approximately 1.4km (0.9 mile) of the pipeline
route onshore in Benin will cross streams and pass through wetland areas.
Disturbance of lagoon bottom habitat as a result of trenching to install the pipeline

across the lagoon separating the barrier island from the mainland near Adjahedji.
This stretch across the lagoon is approximately 455m (1,493ft).
Even these impacts, however, would be limited to the small areas noted above and should not
pose any concern at a national or regional level. Moreover, the areas affected by pipeline
trenching will be reinstated to the extent possible and should not exhibit long-term impacts.
Overall, the environmental assessment indicates that adverse impacts to individual species,
including species of conservation concern (e.g., sea turtles), are not likely.
During the course of this assessment, as activities of potentially high concern were identified,
already-proposed mitigation and monitoring measures were strengthened (e.g., WAPCo
Turtle Impact Monitoring and Mitigation Plan for Construction and Maintenance
Operations), or entirely new measures developed (e.g., WAGP Storm Water Management
Plan, Air Emissions Management Procedure, Spill Prevention and Control Procedure, and
Procedure for Preventing Salt Water Intrusion into Fresh Water Lagoons and Creeks).
Implementation of these measures will minimize, and in some cases prevent, potential

Executive Summary
adverse impacts identified in this assessment. See Chapters 7 and 8 for additional details
regarding these mitigation measures.
Onshore Socioeconomic and Health and Safety Impacts
The WAGP project is expected to result in the following categories of negative

socioeconomic impacts to varying degrees: transportation and other infrastructure; social and
cultural conditions; access to goods and services; means of livelihood; and public/worker
health and safety. These impacts are evaluated and assessed in detail, with all impacts
considered to be of low to moderate severity and occurring during the construction phase.
There are no anticipated socioeconomic impacts of high severity associated with the project
in Benin.
The influx of workers and equipment for the onshore pipeline (including the link line) and
for the R&M station may increase the pressure on existing infrastructure systems,
particularly transportation. Transport of pipe and other construction-related materials from
the port at Cotonou to the pipeline construction sites will require a total of 200 truck trips
(160 for pipe and 40 for other materials) over a 2 month pipeline construction period, or
roughly 4 to 5 truck trips per workday. Transport of skid-mounted construction equipment
from the port at Cotonou to the R&M site will require a total of 60 to 100 truck trips over a 3
to 4 month construction period or an additional 1 to 2 truck trips per day on average.
Various mitigation measures are planned by WAPCo that will ameliorate impacts on
transportation infrastructure, such as delivery of material during off-peak times and
avoidance of congested roads.
In terms of social and cultural conditions, the influx of construction workers at the pipeline
and R&M station construction sites has the potential to result in impacts such as social unrest
due to differentials in incomes and price inflation for surrounding communities. These
effects are expected to be moderate in severity but will be localized to construction areas and
of relatively short duration at any one site.
There is also the potential for disruption of community access to goods and services as the
influx of construction workers places strains on services and results in price inflation and as
the increased construction traffic impedes access. For both the pipeline construction areas
and the R&M station area these impacts are expected to be minor, however.
Means of livelihood may be moderately impacted by the influx of construction workers, by

construction traffic, and by road/pathway obstruction, all of which have the potential to
disrupt economic activity in communities. The clearing of land and preclusion of farming
and other economic activity on the ROW and R&M station footprint is also expected to result
in some economic displacement. Impacts of economic displacement will be mitigated
through the framework of the RAP.
As trenching takes place in wetland areas and across the lagoon, minor impacts to fisheries
and loss of economic activity may occur. The termination of construction may also cause
moderate economic dislocation, both from job losses and the removal of markets for goods
and services.

Executive Summary
The increase in accident and illness rates associated with the transportation of equipment
poses a potential impact on public health and safety. Mitigation measures include driver
training and avoidance of congested roads. The influx of construction workers could also
result in increased incidence of life-threatening or incurable illnesses such as HIV/AIDS,
although this increased risk is very low because the project will cause few workers or drivers
to make overnight stays or trips. Potential impacts of HIV/AIDS transmission will be
ameliorated by targeted mitigation measures such as HIV/AIDS awareness programs for
workers. Accidents also pose a potential impact on worker health and safety due to higher
exposure of occupational risk during construction activities, particularly from earthmoving
equipment. However, these risks are mitigated through overt environmental, safety, and
health management system requirements of the Engineering, Procurement, Construction
(EPC) contractors.
Offshore Environmental, Socioeconomic, and Health and Safety Impacts
The 20in (50.8cm) main pipeline will enter the territorial waters of Benin (from the east)
continuing into the waters of Togo, with the 8in (20.3cm) lateral branching onshore west of
the Cotonou port. The total offshore pipeline main trunk length in Benin waters is
approximately 106km (65.8 miles).
None of the activities associated with the offshore pipeline is expected to result in high
severity environmental, socioeconomic, or health and safety impacts. Activities of most
concern include the passive installation of the pipeline in water that is greater than 8m (26ft)
deep (i.e., the pipeline will be laid on the sea floor in waters this deep), the movement of
barges and vessels near the shoreline and ports, and discharge and treatment of hydrotest
waters used in the commissioning of the Benin lateral. The receptors primarily affected by
these activities are benthic habitats, water quality, and fishing resources.
Overall, 14 offshore activities over the life of the project were analyzed for Benin across 11
different potentially affected media. Of these 154 media and activity combinations, 129
activities (84 percent) were found to have no impacts, 17 (11 percent) low severity impacts,
and 8 (5 percent) moderate severity impacts. None of the proposed offshore activities are
expected to cause high severity impacts.
Emergency and Upset Conditions

Emergency and upset conditions may, in a low probability, high consequence worst-case
scenario, lead to events with a potential for impact to human and environmental receptors.
The most serious possible events are:
Controlled gas release: Blow-downs and other controlled gas releases may occur at
the Cotonou R&M station. Because controlled blow-downs are expected to be very
infrequent and will be conducted at rates that will ensure effective dispersion, the
impacts to environmental receptors and to the health and safety of workers and the
general public are expected to be minor, if any.

Executive Summary
Uncontrolled gas release: Uncontrolled gas releases may occur anywhere along the
pipeline due to a rupture or at WAGP facilities due to a rupture of piping or poor
maintenance. The WAGP pipeline and facilities have been designed with safeguards
to prevent uncontrolled releases and with mitigation measures to minimize their
impacts, should they occur.
Fire: The potential sources of fires include the uncontrolled release of gas or the
ingress of air into piping containing gas. Since the WAGP facilities have been
designed to avoid fire hazards, the likelihood of a fire occurring is considered low to
very low. The significance of any resulting impacts would vary with the size and
duration of a fire, if one occurs. Worst-case conditions could involve impacts to
some workers but could affect members of the general public only in the very
unlikely event of a fire extending beyond the R&M station boundaries.
Explosion: The likelihood of an explosion arising from the buried (or submerged),
corrosion-protected pipeline is very low. Also, equipment in the facilities will be
spark-proof in areas where the risk of explosion is high in order to minimize the
likelihood of explosion. Nevertheless, in the unlikely event of a large explosion,
public health and safety would be of highest concern at the R&M station, given its
proximity to residential and industrial buildings. There also could be a variety of
socioeconomic effects from an explosion.
WAPCo has conducted studies to maximize the safety of the WAGP pipeline and facilities
and is developing an emergency-response strategy and system safeguards.
Secondary and Cumulative Impacts

In addition to the primary, direct impacts, there are various indirect consequences that may
occur. These indirect impacts may occur in areas beyond the immediate influence of the
WAGP Project, at an undetermined time in the future, or as a result of complex pathways
(second- or third-level impacts). Secondary impacts affect the same qualities identified for
direct impacts (e.g., land use, water quality, livelihood, etc.). Many secondary effects were
not considered to be significant. Several identified secondary impacts attributable to the
proposed WAGP project include the following: in the onshore environment, change in land
use within the vicinity of the R&M station, potential for incremental changes in ecology due
to solid waste generation, changes in wetlands vegetation, and decrease in groundwater
quality; and in the offshore environment, the potential for a localized increase in fisheries
production. Secondary downstream impacts associated with induced development are also
addressed, including the planned relocation of the CEB power station from Cotonou to
Maria-Gleta.
Cumulative impacts are the incremental effects of proposed development activities evaluated
in tandem with pre-existing or additional proposed development activities. They may be
considered distinct from direct (primary) and indirect (secondary) impacts from the proposed
project in that cumulative impacts may occur when a receptor is already impacted by existing
sources and/or from other separate, planned sources. Benin has few existing industrial
development projects that are currently additive to any direct WAGP project impacts.
Therefore, few cumulative impacts have been identified; the ones described in this report

Executive Summary
consist of short term increased marine traffic and a strain on waste management
infrastructure (more so during construction rather than operations). It is not possible to
assess cumulative impacts from downstream development at this time, other than the CEB
plant relocation and a qualitative projection of other power generation or industrial
development.
Mitigation
The following general mitigation principles were applied to address the linear nature of the
design and construction of the onshore pipeline installation.
Avoid sensitive receptors in site and route design. Observe protective perimeters
around steep and erosion-sensitive gradients, water supply basins, and wet areas.
Avoid deforestation or other vegetation losses.
Minimize the footprint in site and route design. Limit the expropriation of ROW,
fragmentation of properties, and agricultural and forestry areas.
Conserve and reuse topsoil during the burial of the pipe, coordinate the work with
other land users.
Control access to work sites, use adequate road signs on the routes leading to the
work sites.
Establish adequate human and environment protection personnel training.
Perform reinstatement at the end of the work to clean and return the elements of the
environment that were affected to their original condition.
Formulate an emergency action plan in coordination with the interested authorities in
the event of an accidental spill during the construction and operational phases.
Develop and maintain alignment sheets that reduce impacts by making all relevant
operational control information available by operation and geographic location.
Compensate for major residual impacts.
Wastes generated during construction could include vegetation removed during clearing and
minimal amount of fluids related to equipment operations. Mosquitoes will be controlled in
the areas of construction operations by limited spraying of pesticides. Potential impacts from
any hazardous materials and wastes are mitigated by adherence to the Hazardous Materials
Management Plan and a Spill Prevention and Control Plan.
The project has the potential to impact land use, habitat and biological resources, topography
and soils, water resources, and air quality. For the most part, these impacts are expected to
be minor and limited to the immediate vicinity of the project. A few potential impacts were
assessed to be of moderate or high severity, but these can be adequately mitigated as
described below and should not pose any concern at the regional level. The mitigation and
monitoring in place to minimize the potential environmental impacts includes:

Executive Summary
Clearly defining the cut zones in order to limit deforestation and establishing
protective perimeters around productive habitats such as wetland areas and spawning
beds.
Restoring vegetation at end of the work.
Avoiding deforestation and destruction of bordering vegetation, including clearing the
ROW in such a way that trees fall within the ROW and refraining from disturbing
mangrove trees and vegetation outside the ROW.
Not working in breeding grounds during breeding seasons.
Scheduling work and setting the calendar of activities taking into account the use that
wildlife makes of the land.
Protecting known productive habitats, wet areas, and spawning beds.
Developing and maintaining policies and related training programs regarding fishing,
hunting, and tree harvesting.
Developing and maintaining effective protection of sea turtles during the construction
at the shoreline crossing.
Potential impacts in the social and economic aspects are related to loss of land or land use,
interruptions to means of livelihood (farming and fishing), disturbances to cultural resources,
and influx of workers. The project has developed plans to mitigate these potential impacts
that include:
Providing for a work schedule that will avoid disturbing the traditional life of
communities (e.g., sowing, growing, and harvesting seasons in or adjacent to
cultivated lands or festivals and other celebrations in the places they are held).
Establishing a communication program to inform communities of on-going work and
establish appropriate measures to minimize the disturbance caused by the work.
Guaranteeing access to private property and the safety of residents and passersby
during the course of the work by enacting appropriate measures (fencing, guards,
etc.).
Minimizing service interruptions during the work by notifying the concerned
jurisdictions and taking the appropriate measures to keep interruptions to a minimum
for the residents of the affected area.
Minimizing disruption to road traffic, farming, fishing, forestry, tourist, and other
community activities by avoiding blocking public access, including blocking access
to fishing when crossing inland surface water.
Developing and maintaining an external communication procedure that minimizes
impacts through proper training, public notices, designations on nautical maps, etc.

Executive Summary
Reducing depletion of energy resources and creation of pollution by maintaining

transportation vehicles, compressor engines, and power generators in good working
order.
Following the maintenance approach in the previous item for all other equipment and
machinery needing periodic inspection and maintenance to attain optimal efficiency
and reduction in fuel consumption.
Conducting regular and frequent HIV/AIDS awareness training for construction
workers, with more frequent and focused training for workers with higher risk
(truckers, offshore crew change, etc.).
Avoiding impacts to archaeologic resources by completing a literature review for
such resources, conducting an archaeologic walk-through, implementing a chance
finds procedure throughout the construction phase (adherence to this procedure will
be an explicit term of construction contracts), and providing appropriate training to
construction workers.
Public and worker health and safety is a central concern for all project activities and was
given a high degree of attention in the assessment of potential impacts and development of
the following mitigation measures and plans:
Heightening the safety of workers and of the surrounding communities by
establishing safety and emergency action plans and related training programs.
Ensuring that all employees adhere to the safety program.
Providing for the establishment of emergency plans and action plans in the event of
fire, accidents causing injury, accidental spills of contaminants, or gas leaks.
Results
The result of the assessment was that no potentially high severity impacts (as defined by the
methodology) would remain after the planned mitigation measures are applied in accordance
with current commitments and plans. All of the residual impacts become either moderate or
low severity. Those that were initially ranked high and moderate are presented in Table ES-1
with the residual severity after application of the planned mitigation.
Management and Monitoring Plan

A comprehensive Health, Safety, and Environment Management Plan (HSEMP) has been
established to achieve regulatory compliance, institutional responsibilities (e.g., World Bank
Safeguard Policies and Guidelines), and other related commitments. For each potentially
severe impact (high or moderate severity), the HSEMP identifies and describes the linkage
between:
Regulatory requirements, institutional responsibilities and other commitments;
WAPCo operational controls (e.g., best management practices (BMPs), construction
and operation specifications, procedures, and work instructions);

Executive Summary
Table ES-1
Summary of WAGP Project High and Moderate Severity Impact by
Affected Country, Project Activity, Planned Mitigation, and Residual Impact Severity
Project Residual Impact
Impact Category/Potential Impact Planned Mitigation
Activity Severity
High Severity Impacts
Conversion of current land use Construction Perform reinstatement and at the end of the work clean and Moderate
within pipeline ROW and facility return the elements of the environment that were affected to their
footprints original condition.
Conserve and reuse topsoil during the burial of the pipe,
coordinate the work with other land users.
Implement appropriate operational controls/procedures (such as
ROW Access Policy).
Compensate for major residual impacts (as described in the RAP).
Impacts to wetlands, forests, streams, Construction Avoid sensitive receptors in site and route design. Observe Low
lagoons, barrier island, and gulf protective perimeters around steep and erosion-sensitive gradients,
waters habitats water supply basins, and wet areas.
Avoid deforestation or other vegetation losses and/or reinstate
vegetation.
Conserve and reuse topsoil during the burial of the pipe,
coordinate the work with other land users.
Perform reinstatement and at the end of the work clean and
return the elements of the environment that were affected to their
original condition.
Implement appropriate operational controls/procedures, such as
Compliance and Permitting, Turtle Nest Protection, Wetland
Construction Methods, and Prevention of Salt Water Intrusion.

Executive Summary
Table ES-1
Activity Severity
Moderate Severity Impacts
Changes in air quality, noise and Construction, Train staff in human and environment protection. Low
vibration Operation Implement appropriate operational controls/procedures (such as
Air Emissions Management, Contractor Management, Compliance
and Permitting)
Incidental destruction or alteration of Construction Train staff in human and environment protection. Low
significant cultural, historical, or Avoid disruption of known or potential cultural or archeological
archeological sites sites.
Implement appropriate operational controls/procedures (such as
Chance Finds and Archeological Salvage).
Disruption of community activities, Construction Minimize disruption to road traffic, farming, fishing, forestry, Low
impairment of maritime traffic, and tourist, and other community activities
perturbation of fishing Implement appropriate operational controls/procedures (such as
External Communications and Contractor Management).
Strains on infrastructure, social and Construction Recruitment of labor from surrounding communities, as Moderate
cultural conditions, access to goods appropriate.
and services and means of livelihood Presence of workers during working hours only and for limited
due to influx of construction workers construction period.
Maintenance of closed construction camps (as appropriate) and
restriction of access to camps and work locations to authorized
personnel only.
Implementation of HIV/AIDS awareness programs for workers.
Development of special service facilities by work crews and
contractors to meet worker service needs.
Improvements to local infrastructure such as transportation
upgrades in order to improve worker access.

Executive Summary
Table ES-1
Activity Severity
Compensate for major residual impacts (as described in the RAP).
Adverse health risk to general Construction Formulate an emergency action plan in coordination with the Low
population and construction workers interested authorities in the event of an accidental spill during the
due to hazardous material spill in a construction and operational phases.
densely populated area or from other Train staff in human and environment protection.
mishaps associated with installation Implement appropriate operational controls/procedures (such as
of pipeline External Communications, Emergency Response, Spill Prevention
and Control, Loss Prevention Design Basis, and Contractor
Management).
Adverse health risk to general Operation Same as immediately above. Low
population and construction workers
due to gas leak from the pipeline
Adverse health risk to general Construction Same as immediately above. Low
population and construction workers
due to presence, movement, and
anchoring of barges in Gulf waters
and general operation of vessels and
equipment

Executive Summary
Monitoring approach; mitigation and regulatory role; and

Mitigation measures.
The HSEMP describes an HSE organization and outlines approaches for training, auditing,
independent reviews, waste management practices, emergency response, construction
activities, contractor requirements, air emissions, preventive maintenance, and change
management. WAPCo has developed roles, responsibilities, and authorities and committed
the financial resources to implement the HSEMP.
Potential socioeconomic impacts will be addressed through the RAP prepared by WAPCo.
The RAP will ensure that affected peoples receive compensation for lost land and resources.
Summary and Conclusion

For Benin, WAGP has the potential to bring about social and economic benefits at the global,
regional, national, and local levels. For a project of its size and complexity, after application
of appropriate mitigation measures, WAGPs potential negative impacts are relatively minor
and the project is largely benign from the standpoint of environmental and socioeconomic
impacts. Thus the potential benefits of the project substantially outweigh the potential
negative impacts.

Chapter 1
Introduction
1.1 Project Overview

The West Africa Gas Pipeline (WAGP) project proposes to construct and operate a natural
gas transmission pipeline to transport natural gas from Nigeria to three other West African
countries: Benin, Ghana, and Togo. WAGP will originate at a connection to an existing
natural gas pipeline just west of Lagos in Itoki, Nigeria, and extend 620 kilometers (km, or
385 miles), predominantly offshore in the Gulf of Guinea, to a point near Takoradi, Ghana.
Lateral pipelines will branch off along this route to transport gas to locations near Cotonou,
Benin; Lom, Togo; and Tema, Ghana. The proposed overall pipeline route is presented on a
map in Figure 1.1-1.
The Benin portion of WAGP includes:
The main trunk line as it passes through Benin territorial waters, running roughly
parallel to the shoreline at a distance of approximately 15km (9.3 miles) from shore;
The Benin offshore lateral, running north from the subsea tie-in with the main trunk
line, for 14.7km (9.1 miles) to the beachhead at Ahoungbagbe, about 10km (6.2
miles) west of Cotonou;
The onshore high-pressure line, extending north from the beachhead for a distance of
about 5.1km (3.2 miles) to the regulation and metering (R&M) station, located
adjacent to the Lom-Cotonou highway approximately 28km (17.4 miles) west of
Cotonou;
The R&M station; and
The onshore low-pressure link line, running from the R&M station, under the Lom-
Cotonou highway and northeast for a distance of 9.5km (5.9 miles) to a future
Communaut Elctrique du Bnin (CEB) facility at Maria Gleta (relocated from its
existing location in Cotonou).
A map of the WAGP route onshore in Benin is presented in Figure 1.1-2.
The WAGP project proponent is the West African Gas Pipeline Company Limited
(WAPCo), an incorporated joint venture between an affiliate of Chevron Nigeria Limited
(CNL), Nigerian National Petroleum Corporation (NNPC), an affiliate of The Shell
Petroleum Development Company of Nigeria Limited (SPDC), and a subsidiary of the Volta
River Authority (VRA). In addition, two companies incorporated in Benin and Togo,
respectively Socit Beninoise de Gaz S.A. (SOBEGAZ), and Socit Togolaise de Gaz S.A.
(SOTOGAZ), have options to participate in the ownership of WAPCo.
Chapter 1
This page is intentionally left blank
October 2004 Benin Final EIA 1-2

Chapter 1
Figure 1.1-1
West African Gas Pipeline Project Route

Chapter 1

Figure 1.1-2
WAGP Onshore Route in Benin
Maria-Gleta
Zoketomey
Limit of Available
Satellite Coverage
Awake
Sodo
Gbankanhoue
Dalenou
R&M Station
Akouehonou
Cococodji
Adboganhouhoue
Akpagbegon
Akadjame
Adjahedji
Hio Houta
Ahoungbagbe
Proposed WAGP ROW
Kilometers
0 0.5 1 1.5 2

Chapter 1

Chapter 1
WAPCo was formed in May, 2003 specifically to construct, maintain, and operate WAGP.
Prior to that time, development of WAGP was carried out by an unincorporated joint venture
of these companies referred to as the Joint Venture or the Commercial Group. The
project has been and will continue to be financed by the joint venture participants, with each
participant originally holding a percentage of the project and now holding a percentage of the
shares in WAPCo. The total capital investment for WAGP is estimated at US$500 million.
WAGP will be a gas transportation facility. WAPCo will not sell the product moved through
WAGP, but will instead derive revenue by charging tariffs from its customers for moving
their gas through WAGP. The primary anticipated gas transportation customer is another
incorporated joint venture, N-Gas Limited (N-Gas), which is owned directly by, or by other
affiliates of NNPC, CNL, and SPDC. The natural gas to be moved through WAGP will
primarily come from the Niger Delta region of Nigeria, and will consist of associated gas
from various oil fields and non-associated gas from various gas fields in the Delta region.
Associated natural gas shipped via WAGP is currently being flared at its point of origin.
N-Gas will transport natural gas from the Delta region to the Alagbado Tee via the existing
Escravos-Lagos Pipeline (ELP), which is owned by NNPC and operated by the Nigerian Gas
Company (NGC), a subsidiary of NNPC.
Anticipated end users of the natural gas transported through WAGP include electric power
utilities and industrial and commercial gas customers in the three receiving countries. In
Benin, the primary foundation gas customer is a relocated electric power station proposed
by CEB at Maria Gleta, Benin. The power plant will have a 25 megawatt (MW) gas turbine,
and may possibly add another 25MW gas turbine and steam tail for a combined cycle
operation with a total capacity of 75MW. Other potential customers currently use oil to fuel
their furnaces or boilers. This secondary network of gas customers is sensitive to price
competitiveness. In Cotonou, possible industrial users include:
Socit Bninoise des Brasserie;

Socit Bninoise des Textiles; and
Industrie Bninoise des Corp Gras.
Another possible industrial user is SCO Lafarge Kiln Clinker in Onigbolo (with later
expansion to Porto Novo). However, this would require substantial production growth since
the distance from the WAGP delivery point is about 100km (62 miles).
The great majority of the WAGP system will be a high-pressure system in order to maximize
gas transport capacity. A compressor to be built in Nigeria, the Lagos Beach Compressor
Station, will pressurize the gas. WAPCo has made provision for the installation of up to six
compressors at Badagry, and for the eventual construction of a midline compressor station in
Lom, Togo to enhance the capacity of the system. This additional compressor capacity will
be installed/built some time in the future (i.e., after the initial construction stage of the
project), once growing demand for natural gas from WAGP justifies the increase in system
capacity.
Gas transport capacity of WAGP as initially built is expected to be 190 million standard
cubic feet per day (MMscfd, or 5.3 million cubic meters per day (MMcmd)). The system

Chapter 1
design capacity assuming additional compressors installed near Badagry will be 462MMscfd
(13.1MMcmd), at a maximum operating pressure of 153 barg. Ultimate system capacity
would be 578MMscfd (16.4MMcdm) with midline compression at Lom.
The actual rate of gas throughput by WAGP will depend on end-user customer demand for
natural gas. There is some question, for example, as to whether the Volta Aluminum
Company (VALCO) aluminum smelter in Ghana will continue operation. This smelter
would purchase substantial amounts of electric power from the VRA Takoradi power plants,
which are a key WAGP foundation customer. The question of VALCOs continued
operation therefore has a significant bearing on the demand for gas from WAGP as will be
shown in data presented below.
Projected WAGP reserved capacities (throughput capacity reserved by customers) under

various scenarios are presented in Figures 1.1-3 and 1.1-4. These projections are based on
two main scenarios: the with VALCO scenario, in which the VALCO smelter is assumed
to continue in operation (resulting in higher demand for natural gas-fueled power generation
Figure 1.1-3); and the no VALCO scenario, in which the VALCO smelter is assumed to
cease operation (resulting in lower gas-fueled power demand in the near term Figure 1.1-4).
Within each of these two main scenarios, low, high, and mid-range gas demand projections
are presented, termed respectively the P90, P10, and P50 projections.1
Figures 1.1-5 and 1.1-6 break out the reserved capacity projections for Benin for the
VALCO and no-VALCO scenarios respectively. The reader should note that the vertical
scale for Figures 1.1-5 and 1.1-6 is different than that in Figures 1.1-3 and 1.1-4.
1
The P10 demand projection is a high-end projection and is considered to have a 10 percent chance of being
equaled or exceeded. The P90 demand projection is a low-end projection and is a level considered to have a 90
percent chance of being equaled or exceeded. The P50 demand projection is a mid-range projection that is
considered to have a 50 percent chance of being equaled or exceeded. These projections are from Purvin and
Gertz (2003). The Purvin & Gertz report is an independent market analysis commissioned by the West Africa
Gas Pipeline Authority and WAPCo to establish a mid-market forecast as an input to determining the gas
pipeline tariffs. In the remainder of this chapter emission reductions and other economic benefit projections
that are based on gas demand are all based on mid-range demand projections.

Chapter 1
Figure 1.1-3
WAGP Reserved Capacity With VALCO Scenario
800
P50 Reserved Capacity
700
600
500
MMscf/d
400
300
200
100
-
2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020 2022 2024 2026
Figure 1.1-4
WAGP Reserved Capacity No VALCO Scenario
800
700
600
500
MMscf/d
400
300
200
100
-
2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020 2022 2024 2026

Chapter 1
Figure 1.1-5
WAGP Reserved Capacity (Benin) With VALCO Scenario
100
90 P10 Reserved Capacity
80
70
60
MMscf/d
50
40
30
20
10
0
2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020 2022 2024 2026
Figure 1.1-6
WAGP Reserved Capacity (Benin) No VALCO Scenario
100
90 P10 Reserved Capacity
80
70
60
MMscf/d
50
40
30
20
10
0
2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020 2022 2024 2026

Chapter 1
1.2 Project Justification

WAGP has the potential to bring about significant benefits well beyond the financial returns
for its shareholders. These include substantial social and economic benefits for society at
large at the global, regional, national, and local levels. The WAGP Regional Final
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) details beneficial and detrimental project impacts at
the global and regional level and summarizes impacts at the national and local level. That
report indicates that for a project of its size, complexity, and potential benefits, WAGPs
negative environmental and socioeconomic impacts are relatively benign (after application of
appropriate mitigation measures) and that overall the significant potential benefits of the
project substantially outweigh the potential detrimental impacts.
This Benin EIA report focuses on the positive and negative impacts of WAGP in Benin. The
potential negative impacts, and the corresponding mitigation measures, are addressed in
detail in the remainder of this volume. The ultimate conclusion of this analysis is that within
Benin, the project is also largely benign from the standpoint of environmental and
socioeconomic impacts and that the significant potential benefits of the project to Benin
substantially outweigh the potential negative impacts. Potential benefits of the project to
Benin are summarized in the following subsections.
1.2.1 WAGP Benefits for Benin

The WAGP project represents a significant investment in infrastructure development in
Benin, which by most economic and social indicators is among the less-developed countries
of the world (see Table 1.2-1). Based on World Banks World Development Indicators
(World Bank, 2004), Benin falls within the lowest income group among countries
worldwide, with a per-capita gross national income (GNI) of US$380, compared to the
global average of US$5,120. Benins and the West Africa regions energy sector is
considered among the least developed in the world (Yartley, 2003). Development of
regionally integrated energy infrastructure and clean, reliable energy sources is widely
viewed as vital to the acceleration of overall economic development in Benin and all
countries in the region (WEC, 2003).
Table 1.2-1
Basic Development Indicators
GNI per capita Life Expectancy
Country/Region
(US$, Atlas method) (Years)
Benin 380 52.7
Sub-Saharan Africa 450 45.8
World 5,120 66.7
European Union 20,320 78.3
Source: World Bank, 2003. All data are for 2002.
Clearly, significant investment in infrastructure development, particularly in the energy

sector, is highly desirable in this region of the world and in Benin. Such investment has the

Chapter 1
potential to contribute to general economic growth, general improvement in social indicators,

and stability in Benin and the region.
The following subsections summarize additional specific benefits for Benin that will be
brought about by WAGP.
1.2.1.1 Enhanced Integration into the Regional Economy
It has long been recognized that cooperation among the countries of West Africa is key to
accelerating the rate of development in the region and can yield benefits to all countries
involved, including Benin. To this end the Economic Community of West African States
(ECOWAS) was formed in 1975 with the objective of increasing economic cooperation
among the countries of the region, and it continues to work toward that goal. It is clearly to
Benins benefit to participate as fully as possible in an integrated regional economy.
In the energy sector, there is strong evidence that regional integration of energy development
provides many benefits in terms of increasing the flexibility, resilience, distribution,
abundance, and diversity of energy supplies, and also in enhancing regional collaboration and
increasing economic inter-dependence among countries of a region (WEC, 2003). As stated
above, development of regionally integrated energy infrastructure is recognized as a vital
step in the acceleration of overall economic development in the West Africa region (ibid).
This understanding has led to two major initiatives for energy integration in West Africa:
WAGP; and
The West Africa Power Pool (WAPP), an initiative to develop integrated electric
power infrastructure throughout the West Africa region (discussed in more detail
below).
The development of WAGP has broken considerable new ground in bringing the government
and private sector enterprises in Benin together with those in the other three WAGP
countries. It has brought about unprecedented collaboration among the energy planners and
economic policymakers from all four WAGP countries, initiated formally with the signing of
a Heads of Agreement (HOA) among the governments of the four countries in 1995 mapping
out plans for the commercial development of WAGP.
Intensive, collaborative planning since that time among the involved governments and the
Commercial Group of WAGP partners has resulted in comprehensive joint plans for project
development, and further formalized agreement among the WAGP countries. The
Governments of the WAGP countries signed the Treaty On The West African Gas Pipeline
Project in January 2003, which:
Established the WAGP Authority, an administrative body to act on behalf of the four
WAGP countries to oversee the regulation of WAGP, together with associated
governance and appeal processes; and
Laid the groundwork providing for a harmonized investment regime to apply to

WAGP in all four countries.

Chapter 1
Comprehensive provisions setting out the detail of the fiscal, legal, regulatory, and pricing
regimes to apply to the project were agreed in a formal agreement, the International Project
Agreement (IPA), signed in May of 2003 by the four Governments and WAPCo (World
Bank, 2004c).
The Treaty and IPA provide for the WAGP Authority to have jurisdiction across all four
countries, as the oversight agency for WAGP.2 WAPCo itself, formed in 2003, represents an
international partnership of private sector entities and government corporations that is unique
in the region.
The project has therefore started Benin on a path of extensive economic cooperation and
energy integration with Ghana, Nigeria, and Togo, as well as cooperation and harmonization
on many levels. Once approved, built, and put into operation, WAGP will become a
permanent basis for cooperation among the four WAGP countries, and one that has the
potential to lead to broader economic cooperation and development benefits in Benin and the
region.
1.2.1.2 Contribution to WAPP
As stated above, WAPP will also bring about substantial energy cooperation and integration
in the region. It will provide the infrastructure for electrical cooperation among 14 West
African nations. WAPP will make reliable electricity available to many more areas and
customers in the region, allow for the migration to cleaner hydropower and gas-fired power
generation for much of the regions power generation, and cut power generation costs
roughly in half compared to current costs (World Bank, 2004a). The scheme will be
dependant on two primary energy sources (WEC, 2003):
Hydropower, mainly on the Niger (Nigeria), Volta (Ghana), Bafing (Mali), and
Bandama (Cte DIvoire) Rivers; and
Natural gas for thermal power stations including Nigerian gas delivered by WAGP
to power plants in Benin, Togo, and Ghana.
In view of the substantial potential benefits WAPP will bring to Benin, WAGP objectives
complementing WAPPs represent a benefit of WAGP for Benin.
1.2.1.3 Income Taxes
Benin will benefit from income taxes from WAGP. After a 60-month tax holiday, WAPCo
will pay a 35 percent income tax in all four WAGP countries. In accordance with the IPA,
WAPCo income taxes will be apportioned to each WAGP country according to a formula
that takes into account the pipeline length in each country (45 percent) and the capacity
reservations for delivery in each country (45 percent), with a small portion of the income tax
2
Note that environmental oversight for WAGP, including approval of the country-specific EIAs, remains with
the national environmental authorities

Chapter 1
(5 percent) shared equally. Projected income taxes to be paid by WAPCo to Benin over the
lifetime of the project is in the range of US$158 million to US$198 million3 (WAGP, 2004).
1.2.1.4 Revenue Benefits
Benin will benefit indirectly from WAGP through the possible equity investment in the
pipeline of SOBEGAZ. Possible business revenues from local organizations (e.g., Socit
Bninoise des Brasserie, Socit Bninoise des Textiles, Industrie Bninoise des Corp Gras,
and SCO Lafarge Kiln Clinker in Onigbolo), facilitated by WAGP gas, will also benefit
Benin through increased economic prosperity and revenues.
1.2.1.5 Environmental Benefits
WAGP will provide an important environmental benefit to Benin and globally by providing a
means for bringing currently flared gas in the Niger Delta region to markets. In doing so,
WAGP will contribute to the Global Flare Reduction Initiative, a worldwide initiative led by
the World Bank that seeks to eliminate gas flaring worldwide.
Promoters of the Global Flare Reduction Initiative indicate that the greatest challenges for
flare reduction worldwide are in the lesser-developed countries that carry out significant
flaring, including Nigeria. A key to success of the initiative in less developed counties is
increased investment in energy infrastructure aimed at bringing flared gas to markets and
enhancing gas market efficiency (Kaldany, 2001). WAGP constitutes precisely this kind of
investment in one of the countries and regions of the world that presents the greatest
challenge for flare reduction and therefore most needs this type of investment.
WAGP will provide additional reduction in greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and associated
global warming impacts by inducing a switch to natural gas fuel from other fossil fuels
(primarily light crude oil) among end-user gas customers in Benin, Ghana, and Togo. The
use of natural gas fuel results in approximately 20 percent lower GHG emissions per unit of
energy than does the use of other liquid fossil fuels. Benin will participate in the global
benefits associated with these GHG reductions.
Table 1.2-2 presents the economic value4 of projected GHG emission reductions brought
about by WAGP over the projects lifetime, considering reductions associated with both flare
reduction in Nigeria and fuel switching in the other three WAGP countries. The estimated
value of GHG emission reductions worldwide, and Benins share of this benefit, are
presented.
3
Undiscounted nominal 2003 US$; not adjusted for inflation. Based on mid-level gas demand projection
(modified P50). Low and high values reflect no VALCO and with VALCO scenarios respectively.
4
This is an estimate of the net present value of global climate change damages that will be avoided as a result of
the GHG emission reductions achieved by the project. The values are not based on global GHG trading market
values, but rather on an evaluation of damages caused by global climate change. The high-end and low-end
estimates of the value of these damages are presented in the Asian Development Bank workbook: Economic
Evaluation of Environmental Impacts - A Workbook (ADB, 1996). The first two rows of data in Table 1.2-1
present estimated values of damages avoided globally due to the projects GHG reductions.

Chapter 1
Table 1.2-2
Value of Global Warming Damages Avoided
Due to WAGP GHG Emission Reductions
(Million US$)
Low value 224.6
Worldwide
High value 505.4
Low value 0.30
Benins Share
High value 0.67
Notes: 1. Discounted at 12%
2. Based on P50 gas demand projection and maximum
baseline scenario5
3. Benins share of benefits based on ratio of Benins
population to world population (CIA, 2004)
WAGP will bring about additional environmental benefits to Benin in the form of reduced
emissions of specific air pollutants. Emissions of sulfur dioxide (SO2), nitrogen oxides
(NOx), and suspended particulates (expressed here as the respirable fraction, PM10) will be
reduced in Benin due to fuel switching by power utilities and industrial and commercial
customers to gas fuel from more polluting energy sources (Jet-A fuel in the case of the BEC
powerplant, and light crude oil (LCO) for other industrial and commercial customers). This
represents an important environmental benefit in terms of improved air quality, associated
human health benefits, and reduced air pollutant-related property damage.
Emissions of SO2, NOx, and PM10 will also be reduced in Nigeria, Ghana, and Togo as a
result of WAGP, due to fuel switching at power plants and industrial and commercial
facilities in Ghana and Togo, and due to a reduction of gas flaring in Nigeria. Reductions in
SO2, NOx, and PM10 emissions in Nigeria, Togo, and Ghana will benefit Benin because these
atmospheric pollutants not only affect areas immediately surrounding their emission points,
but can also be transported long distances in the atmosphere and can affect air quality far
from the point of origin (EPA, 2004). Reduction in the regional load of these pollutants will
benefit overall regional air quality including that of Benin.
Table 1.2-3, presents the SO2, NOx, and PM10 emissions reductions expected to be brought
about by WAGP over the lifetime of the project.
5
See Appendix 2A-1 for details regarding assumptions and CO2eq emission reduction estimates used in
deriving the values in Table 1.2-2. Emission reduction estimates have been adjusted to reflect declining
associated gas input to WAGP over project lifetime.

Chapter 1
Table 1.2-3
Estimated Air Pollutant Emission Reductions due to WAGP
(thousand tonnes over 20 years)
Country SO2 NOx PM10
Benin 123 62.7 2.5
Ghana 571 297 1.9
Nigeria 0.42 27.3 3.8
Togo 147 66.8 12.8
Total 842 454 21.0
Source: Appendix 2A-1
Notes: 1. Country numbers may not add up to total due to rounding.
2. Based on P50 gas demand projection and maximum baseline
scenario. See Appendix 2A-1.
1.2.1.6 Meeting Energy Demand in Benin
Electricity consumption is the primary driver of energy demand growth in the WAGP project
region. Availability of reliable, reasonably priced electric power is seen as a vital key to
economic growth in the region. Power demand can be expected to increase with economic
development in a mutually sustaining upward spiral as long as primary energy delivery
infrastructure expands to meet demand. Extensive analysis of project alternatives has
determined that regardless of the other socioeconomic and environmental benefits
associated with WAGP delivery of natural gas by WAGP is the most cost-effective means
of providing the primary energy needed to fuel power stations and satisfy the growing
demand for electric power in Benin, as well as Ghana and Togo.
Natural gas delivered by WAGP will help to alleviate already existing and rapidly expanding
energy gaps in these countries. Electricity demand in the three WAGP end-user countries is
presented in Table 1.2-4. These demand levels already exceed generation capacity. Without
rapid development of new generation capacity, the energy gaps in these three countries will
continue to expand to levels that will have serious implications for economic growth.
Table 1.2-4
Current and Projected Electric Power Gaps (MW)
Current Forecasted Demand
Demand (2004) 2015 2025
Benin 211 450 952
Ghana 1,150 1,989 3,473
Source: WAGP (2004)
WAGP-delivered natural gas will also allow for increased stability in electrical power
supplies. Much of the current power generation in the end-user countries relies on
hydroelectric power generation (for example, Benin obtains electrical energy from Ghana
and 65 percent of Ghanas installed power generating capacity is hydroelectric). Due to
fluctuations in the amount of rain and water available to these hydroelectric facilities, these

Chapter 1
sources have historically been unreliable, resulting in power blackouts. Availability of a

stable natural gas fuel supply will help to alleviate this situation.
1.2.1.7 Fuel Cost Savings
As a result of WAGP, fuel cost savings will be realized in the power, industrial, and
commercial sectors in Benin. These savings result from the price differential between the
natural gas delivered by WAGP and the fuels currently used in these sectors. Projected fuel
cost savings over the lifetime of the project are expected to be between US$94 million and
US$109 million, based on the mid-level gas demand projection (modified P50) (WAGP,
2004).6
1.2.1.8 Jobs and Materials Procurement
WAPCo is committed to maximizing the hiring of employees and contractors from

surrounding communities, for both construction and operation of WAGP. The terms of the
IPA formally commits WAGP to a minimum local content requirement of at least 15
percent of the total capital cost. It is anticipated that this requirement will be easily met
through construction labor hiring, selected services contracts, and materials procurement
from surrounding communities. The total value of labor and materials procurement in Benin
during the construction of WAGP is projected to be US$4.3 million (WAGP, 2004).
With regard to labor, WAGP has contractual requirements and will strongly influence its
Engineering, Procurement, Construction (EPC) contractors to hire construction crewmembers
from communities local to the construction sites to the extent practicable. Contractors will
also draw labor as needed for both construction and operation from larger population centers
and cities within each WAGP country.
The majority of the jobs created by WAGP will be shorter-term jobs during the construction
phase. Opportunities for employment of people from the local area during the WAGP
operational phase are more limited, although a small number of long-term jobs will be
created by WAGP.
Job creation has benefits at the local and national levels that go well beyond welfare
improvements for employees themselves. Infusion of cash into the local communities has a
ripple effect throughout the local economies, resulting in increased demand for goods and
services and secondary and tertiary opportunities for business, employment, or income
improvement. Employment in Benin on the level anticipated by WAGP has the potential to
bring about some economic development within the affected Benin communities.
Sourcing of certain materials from within Benin will also benefit local businesses and their
employees. As with local hiring, the infusion of cash to local communities associated with
materials procurement will have a ripple effect throughout the local economies and has the
potential to bring about some degree of economic development within these Benin
communities.
6
Discounted real US$; not adjusted for inflation. Range based on with-VALCO and no-VALCO scenarios.

Chapter 1
1.2.1.9 Community Development

In order to support WAPCos role and efforts with regard to corporate responsibility to the
communities in which it operates, WAPCo intends to establish a community development
program. This program is carried out at the sole discretion of WAPCo, in consultation with
the surrounding communities, and supplements compliance requirements to address socio-
economic impacts of the project. The community development program will emphasize
capacity-building, training, and institutional strengthening. The overall objective will be to
help communities increase their productivity and competitiveness in the marketplace so that
they can make long-term social and economic improvements.
WAPCo has developed a list of priority community development areas via a participatory
needs assessments (PNA) process (Terra, 2003). WAPCo has also encouraged community
members to identify and rank in order of priority their own needs, and these have then been
assessed and ranked in order of priority by WAPCo based on greatest impact on health,
education, income generation, etc.
The results of the PNA work and community consultations indicate the following initial
priority areas for community development in Benin during WAGP construction and in the
first few years of operation (Ibid):
Adult literacy training;
Preventive health education and support;
School transport support;
Micro-enterprise support;
Boreholes; and
Education infrastructure support (books and supplies, teacher training).
WAPCos focus during this initial timeframe will be on education and healthcare support and
overall fixed budget commitments towards these objectives are being finalized. The PNA
work also identified future opportunities in terms of income generation and capacity building
that can be incorporated into later year operating budgets.
Distribution of benefits will be based on a geographic allocation in terms of community

impact of WAGP operations, initially established as follows:
20 percent Benin
20 percent Ghana
10 percent Togo
50 percent Nigeria
Implementation plans are being developed, with initial efforts scheduled for before and after
the Final Investment Decision. This voluntary community development program will
provide direct benefits to communities in the WAGP countries, in terms of quality of life
improvements, and long-term social and economic improvements.

Chapter 1
1.2.1.10 Enhancement of Environmental Knowledge Base
An additional benefit already provided by WAGP is a significant contribution to the

scientific knowledge about the terrestrial environment in Benin and the marine environment
in Benins territorial waters. The environmental baseline survey (EBS) conducted in support
of this EIA included extensive sampling and analysis of sediment, water, soil, and biota
along the entire onshore and offshore WAGP route in Benin over both of the two main
climatic seasons. Thousands of samples were collected and analyzed and the results have
been catalogued and entered into databases. These data represent a significant resource for
understanding and managing the related areas.
1.2.2 Project Implementation

On 5 September 1995, the HOA was signed by the Countries to construct a pipeline to
transport natural gas from Nigeria to Ghana through Benin and Togo. The HOA required
that an independent feasibility study be conducted to determine the viability of the pipeline.
The Engineering Feasibility Study was carried out by Pipeline Engineering GmbH of
Germany and documented in a report issued in March 1999. This study determined that
WAGP was technically and commercially feasible, pending additional evaluation.
In a formal Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) dated 11 August 1999, the Countries

appointed a consortium known collectively as the Commercial Group to be the Project
Developer for WAGP. At that time the Commercial Group included CNL, the Ghana
National Petroleum Company (GNPC), NNPC, SPDC, SOBEGAZ, and SOTOGAZ. In May
2001, VRA replaced GNPC as a member of the Commercial Group. In the MOU, the
Countries confirmed the exclusive designation of the Commercial Group as the Project
Developer. This definitional phase was intended to fully establish the commercial viability
of the pipeline and execute certain technical studies, including a detailed EIA.
On 31 January 2003 in Dakar, Senegal, the Countries signed the WAGP Treaty, which will
operate under international law. This treaty commits the countries to establishing a
harmonized investment regime for WAGP across the four countries and sets up a single
regional entity (the WAGP Authority) with administrative authority, under the control of the
states, to regulate pipeline construction and operation. Functionally, the WAGP Authority
will report to the relevant Energy/Petroleum Ministries in each of the four countries.
On 19 May 2003, the four funding sponsors signed a Shareholders Agreement forming
WAPCo.
On 22 May 2003, WAPCo executed an IPA with the governments of Benin, Ghana, Nigeria,
and Togo. The IPA sets out the commercial and regulatory structure applicable to the
project, to be harmonized across all four countries, consistent with the intentions of the
WAGP Treaty. WAPCo is the legal entity that will build, own, and operate WAGP in all
four countries.
The Countries are currently proceeding with the legal and administrative steps necessary to
ratify the WAGP Treaty and introduce WAGP-specific legislation as required by the IPA.

Chapter 1
These activities need to be completed before WAPCo takes a Final Investment Decision to
build the pipeline.
The current objective for implementation of the WAGP project is completing the current pre-
development activities, such as the front-end engineering design (FEED), that will be
approved by the Countries. Once the design and Pipeline Development Plan are approved,
licenses to construct the pipeline shall be granted by each relevant Energy/Petroleum
Ministry, based on a recommendation from the WAGP Authority. Along the same schedule,
the EIA is being submitted for public disclosure and then finalized upon receipt of and
response to public comments. WAPCo forecasts pipeline construction activities
commencing in 2004 and for first gas, or gas delivery, to occur in 2006.
1.3 Legal and Policy Framework

In Benin, several legislation and regulations guide the operations of the oil and gas industry.
These regulations include local laws as well as some international treaties, acts, and
conventions. In this section, an overview of the laws pursuant to the WAGP project is
presented. Table 1.3-1 present local and national legislation for Benin. A more detailed
discussion of local and national legislation is included in Section 1.3.1. Table 1.3-2 contains
a synopsis of international legislation relevant to air, water, and land-based environmental
issues and is discussed in Section 1.3.2.
In addition to conforming to each countrys regulations, policies, and guidelines that are
applicable to the project, this EIA must also adhere to World Bank and the U.S. Overseas
Private Investment Corporation (OPIC) policies because the project proponent may apply for
multilateral institutional loan guarantees or funding. The World Banks environmental and
socioeconomic safeguard policies, and OPIC prohibitions, and their implications for the
WAGP project are discussed in more detail in Section 1.3.3.
1.3.1 Summary of the Relevant Environmental Laws in Benin

Many laws and regulations have been passed by the Government of Benin to protect the
quality of the national environment: Loi Foncire (Land Act), Loi de la Vaine Pture, la
Garde des Animaux Domestiques et la Transhumance (Law on Common Grazing, Ownership
of Domestic Animals, and Seasonal Migration), the Public Hygiene Code, the Water Code,
and the Forest Code, etc. Constitutional provisions (Articles 27, 28, 29, 74, and 98 of the
Constitution of 11 December 1990) as well as the provisions of the Loi-Cadre sur
lEnvironnement (Principal Law on the Environment) are illustrations of the political
commitment of the Republic of Benin to ensure good management of its environment. That
political commitment is shown in Article 27 of the Constitution that states: All people have
the right to a clean, satisfying, and sustainable environment and have the right to defend it.
The Government ensures protection of the environment.
A careful observation of the various laws on the protection and management of the
environment shows that many sectors have been taken into account although some are more
favored than others. The coastal environment is one of the favored sectors in Benin because
it is recognized for its diversity, complexity, and frailty. A total of some forty regulations on

Chapter 1
local as well as coastal environments, together with almost twenty international agreements,
treaties, and conventions, have been signed, ratified, and implemented by Benin to date.
These laws help to improve the management and protection of the general environment and,
more specifically, protection of the coastal area due to its strategic position.
Benin has adopted an Environmental Action Plan (EAP) that is part of the overall
development policy of the country. The first application of that plan is the promulgation of
the Principal Law on the Environment and the creation of Benin Environmental Agency
(ABE) that is in charge of implementing an effective environmental policy. This is proof that
people and authorities of Benin are willing to make the environment one of their priorities.
Recent regulations addressing management of the environment include the following:
The Principal Law on the Environment, recently passed;
The Loi dOrientation Foncire (Land Orientation Act), whose objective is to reform
the legal and development framework;
The Loi dUrbanisme (Urban Planning Law), Loi Littorale (Coastal Law);
Decree Number (N) 2001 110 of 4 April 2001 on air quality standards in the
Republic of Benin; and
Decree N2001 190 of 19 June 2001 on the organization of the public hearing
procedure in the Republic of Benin.
The Principal Law on the Environment is a national legal instrument; therefore, it is

important to outline its content by presenting briefly its main titles.
Title I defines and standardizes the key environmental concepts in order to avoid
interpretation difficulties.
Title II defines methods for the protection of receiving environments such as soil,
groundwater, air, and the continental and seawaters against any form of degradation,
as well as guidance for wise management of such environments.
Title III contains provisions for the protection and sustainable management of
wildlife and flora in order to preserve biodiversity.
Title IV, pollution and nuisance, outlines major provisions regarding waste
management and key rules on the control and management of business or industrial
companies that are potential threats, either for security or health, in the neighborhood.
Title V describes major administrative tools for environmental management. It

outlines four key tools:
An environmental impact assessment procedure;

An environmental audit;

Chapter 1
A public hearing procedure on the environment; and

Emergency plans.
The last two Titles (VI and VII) are respectively devoted to sanctions and final provisions of
the law.
1.3.1.1 EIA Guidelines in Benin
According to Articles 28, 29, and 98 of the Constitution of 11 December 1990, the National
Assembly has the power to orient and define the general policy and legal framework and to
control the protection of the environment and natural resources. The Economic and Social
Council, created in accordance with Articles 139, 140, and 141 of the Constitution and the
Organic Law N92-10 of 1 July 1992, provides a political support to the actions of the
ministry of the environment.
The Ministry of the Environment, Housing, and Town Planning (MEHU), created by Decree
N92-27 of 28 January 1992, defines and implements the policy of the Government in the
fields of environment, housing, and town planning and seeks to protect the natural
environment. For a better-integrated management of the coast, the MEHU has established a
Technical Committee for Coastal Management, which is primarily charged with designing
and implementing a development program for the coastal environment.
Finally, ABE, created in 1995 by Decree N95-047 of 20 February 1995, is a public

institution with legal status and financial autonomy and its mission is to support the national
policy in the field of environment protection. Five sectoral guides provide support for the
implementation of the Principal Law on the Environment published by ABE:
The guide on environmental impact assessment;
The sectoral guide on the environmental impact assessment of gas pipeline projects;
The sectoral guide on the environmental impact assessment of water supply projects;
The sectoral guide on the environmental impact assessment of road projects; and
The sectoral guide on the environmental impact assessment of forests, protected

areas, and development projects.
The most relevant document for the WAGP project is the guide on gas pipeline projects.
Through this document, ABE defines the EIA as the first stage of the environmental
assessment, which is a combination of procedures that contribute to the design,
implementation, and monitoring of programs, projects, and activities in accordance with
established environmental standards.
An EIA allows for prior identification of negative and positive impacts that proposed projects
may have on the environment and for the development of appropriate mitigation measures. It
serves as a planning instrument that takes into account all significant environmental factors
and focuses on the interests and expectations of stakeholders so as to enlighten choices and

Chapter 1
decision-making. ABE has defined procedures and steps to be followed while conducting an
impact assessment. It has also formulated specific indications related to gas pipeline
projects. The monitoring program should document:
Evolution of erosion phenomena and the restoration of natural draining before and
after the laying and burying of the pipes;
Re-vegetation of restored cultivation areas;
Effectiveness of measures taken to cross sensitive areas (rivers, peat bogs, and
marshes) and to avoid protected natural sites during the construction phase;
Invasion of sensitive areas by exotic plants;
Use of the corridors by wildlife;
Short- and long-term impact on regional development and human populations moved
or significantly affected;
Frequency of gas leaks and their impact on the environment; and
Impact on biodiversity and use of natural resources by local population following

increased access to new areas.
A comprehensive listing of the local and national laws, regulations, and treaties that have
been adopted or ratified by Benin is presented in Table 1.3-1. Short descriptions of the
regulations are included in the table when available.
1.3.2 Summary of the Relevant Regional and International Regulatory

Instruments
The regional and international guidelines in Table 1.3-2 are treaties and conventions the
country of Benin has ratified. More specifically, regulations such as: the Convention on
Biological Diversity (CBD) (Rio de Janeiro, 1992); the Convention on the Conservation of
Migratory Species of Wild Animals (Bonn, 1979); the Convention on Wetlands of
International Importance Especially as Waterfowl Habitat (Ramsar, 1971); the United
Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS) (Montego Bay, 1982); and
International Convention on the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the
Protocol of 1978 (Marine Pollution Convention (MARPOL) 73/78) are cited among the
World Banks list of key international agreements on environment and natural resources
(Environmental Assessment Sourcebook Update, Number 10, Environment Department,
World Bank).
In addition to Benins laws, regulations, and international treaty commitments, this EIA is
also structured to address the World Banks environmental and socioeconomic safeguard
policies and the U.S. Overseas Private Investment Corporation (OPIC) prohibitions. Their
applicability to the WAGP project is discussed in more detail in Section 1.3.3 below.

Chapter 1
Table 1.3-1
National Regulations on the Environment Signed by Benin
Regulations Date of Institution in Components
Objectives/Key Provisions of the Regulations
(type, reference, years) Adoption Charge Covered
Vegetation
Law N 93-009 02/07/1993 PR/MDR/MJL Forest Forest regulations in the Republic of Benin
Copy
Resources Management
Law N 87-016 21/09/1987 DNPS Water Water Code
Copy Ministry of
Health
Interdepartmental Order N 09/10/1953 MDR River and sea Setting of boundaries between sea and river waters in
2470 IM waters Porto-Novo Lagoon
Land
Decree-Copy 24/07/1906 MDR Land use Organization of Land Ownership in West Africa
JOAOF 1906
Decree-Copy 08/10/1925 MDR Land use Method of recording land ownership in French-speaking
JOAOF 1925 West Africa (AOF)
Decree-Copy 29/09/1928 MDR/PR/MI Land use Regulation of the public domain and public utility
JOAOF 1928 easement in AOF
Decree-copy 25/11/1930 MDR/MI Land use Regulation of expropriation for public purposes and
temporary occupation of the domain
Decree-Copy 02/09/1936 MDR/MI Land use Constitution of public utility easement
Decree 15/05/1941 MDR/MI Land use Visibility servitude
Decree N55-490-copy 15/05/1955 MDR/MI Land use Regulation of the domain and public utility servitude
Decree N55-580-copy 20/05/1955 MDR/MI Land use Land and estate reorganisation in AOF
Order N 223-copy 16/02/1937 JOAOF 1937 Land use Land regulation, alienation, leasing, and expropriation in
Dahomey
Decree N 422F 19/03/1943 JOAOF 1943 Land use Condition of land alienation, leasing, and expropriation in
Dahomey
Water and Sea Management
Ordinance N 68-38/PR/ 18/06/1968 MTPT/DMM Sea/territorial Merchant Navy Code/regulation of fishing and the
MTPT waters Merchant Navy
Ordinance N 68-49/PR/ 09/06/1968 MTPT/DMM Sea/territorial Amendment N 68/38 to the Merchant Navy Code
MTPT waters

Chapter 1
Table 1.3-1
Ordinance N 75-13/PR/ 25/02/1975 MTPT/DMM Sea/territorial Ratification of the convention on the prevention of sea
MTPT-copy waters pollution resulting from waste disposal
Decree N 74/PR/MTPT 07/03/1968 Ministry of Delimitation of
transports Dahomey
territorial waters
Decree N 172/PR/MTPT 18/06/1968 MTPT/DMM Sea/territorial Creation of the Department of the Merchant Navy
waters (DMM)
Decree N 76-92/PR/MTPT 02/04/1976 MTPT/DMM Sea/territorial Extension of Benin territorial of Benin over 200 nautical
waters miles and fishing regulation
Article 1: distance from territorial waters
Interdepartmental order N 09/10/1953 Sea and river Definitions of the boundaries between sea and river
24 70 IM waters waters
Order N 22/MTPT/MM 13/06/1970 MTPT/DMM Sea/territorial Regulation of the external signs on trade and fishing
waters vessels
Order N 31/MTPT/MM 09/06/1970 MTPT/DMM Sea/territorial Regulation of navigation police in Dahomey maritime
waters areas
Order N 0053/MET/DGM/ 13/11/1989 MTPT/DMM Sea/territorial Regulation of maritime navigation
DEP/DMM/SRD waters Article 1 and 2: conditions of issue of validity of free pass
Order N 0055/MET/DGM/ 13/11/1989 MTPT/DMM Sea/territorial Regulation of maritime navigation
DEP/DMM/SRD waters Article 1, 2 and 3: conditions and modalities of issue of
navigation licenses
Order N 0056/MET/DGM/ 13/11/1989 MTPT/DMM Sea/territorial Regulation of the navigation of canoes and trawlers in
DEP/DMM/SRD waters Benin
Conditions and modalities of registration of canoes and
trawlers in Benin
Convention coastal fishing 02/04/1969 Dahomey/ Sea/territorial Convention on economic and commercial feasibility
in Dahomey France waters studies of the creation of a semi-public coastal fishing
company in Dahomey

Chapter 1
Table 1.3-1
Ordinance N20/ PR/ 25/04/1966 MDR/ MJL Fishing products General regulation on fishing in the continental waters of
MDR/SP JORD 1966 and aquatic Dahomey
wildlife
Ordinance N 73-40 05/05/1973 MDR/MF/MPT/ Fishing products Organization and status of the fish traders profession
MJL/PR (fish trade)
Order N 207 EF/APA 30/01/1950 MDR/MI Natural aquatic Prohibition of the use firearms or explosives as fishing
environment means
and aquatic
fauna
Order N 5/MDRAC/MEF 16/01/1974 MDRAC/MEF Fishing Regulation of fishing and marketing of lagoon and lake
products: shrimps in Dahomey
shrimps
Ordinance August 1961 AOF Sea Regulation of sea and coastal management
Administrative
Code
Decree N 86-516 15/12/1986 MTPT/PAC Coast Definition of liabilities related to coastal management
du 15/12/1986
Order N 0014/MET/DGM/ 05/05/1987 MET Coast Organization and management of the Fonds Ctier
DEP of 5/12/1987 (Coastal Fund)
Law N 98-030* 12/02/1999 JORB All aspects of The Principal Law on the Environment has 123 articles
(April 1999) the environment and 7 titles. It defines the basic environmental principles
and endeavours to solve problems resulting from the
existence of various and scattered sectoral regulations.
Decree N 2001-110 04/04/2001 PR Air quality Setting of air quality standards in the Republic of Benin
Decree N 2001-190 19/06/2001 PR Public Hearing Organization of the public hearing procedure in the
Republic of Benin

Chapter 1
Table 1.3-2
International Conventions and Treaties on the Environment Signed by Benin
Date and
Regulations Institution in Effective Date Components
Place of Objectives/Key Provisions of Regulation
(type, reference, years) Charge in Benin Covered
Adoption
Convention on Wetlands of 24/11/1999 Ramsar 24/11/2000 Wetlands Promote the rational use of wetlands
International Importance Convention Integrate the convention of wetlands to
especially as Waterfowl Bureau, development plans
Habitat (Ramsar Switzerland Create reserves of wetlands
Convention)
Gulf of Guinea Large Project, not GEF/UNDP December 1999 Marine The objective of the project is to improve the
Marine Ecosystem Project enforceable environment marine environment along the western coast
(GOG-LME) treaty of Africa that is influenced by the Guinea
current. Goals such as assessing and
mitigating the pollution of the environment,
and improving the biodiversity of the
ecosystem are two focal points of the project.
Bamako Convention on 11/01/1991 16/10/1997 Hazardous Strictly control the cross-border movements
Hazardous Wastes Bamako wastes of hazardous wastes
Reduce the quantities of hazardous wastes
produced from their production source
Manage hazardous wastes in an ecologically
appropriate manner
Convention on 13/06/1962 United 11/07/1996 Fight against desertification
Desertification and Drought Rio de Janeiro Nations Mitigate the effect of drought in countries
Organization severely affected by drought, especially in
(UNO) Africa, and shall be done in accordance with
the provisions of chapter 12 of Agenda 21
Fight against Water Vienna ONUDI 1995 Coastal Zone Definition of measures to mitigate the
Pollution and Conservation 1992 pollution of water and measures to prevent
of Biological Diversity in degradation and conserve marine ecosystem
the Great Marine Ecosystem
of the Gulf of Guinea GOG-
LME

Chapter 1
Table 1.3-2
Date and
Adoption
United Nations (UN) 13/06/1992 UNO 30/06/1994 Conserve biological diversity and define the
Convention on Biological Rio de Janeiro sustainable use of its elements and the
Diversity equitable and fair sharing of benefits
deriving from the exploitation of genetic
resources
UN Framework Convention 13/06/1992 30/06/1994 Stabilize the concentrations of flaring gas in
on Climate Change Rio de Janeiro the atmosphere at a level which can prevent
any kind of hazardous anthropic disturbances
of the climatic system in accordance with
relevant provisions of the convention, food
production should not be threatened and the
economic development should be sustained
Montreal Protocol (1987) on UNEP 16/03/1993 Conserve biological diversity and define the
Ozone-Depleting Substances sustainable use of its elements and the
including London equitable and fair sharing of benefits
Amendment (1990) deriving from the exploitation of genetic
resources.
International Head Office of the Convention
Montreal, Quebec
Montreal Protocol on 1987 16/03/1993
Substances that Deplete the
Ozone Layer
Vienna Convention on the 1985 16/03/1993
Ozone Layer

Chapter 1
Table 1.3-2
Date and
Adoption
Convention of Fisheries 1991
Cooperation among African
States Bordering the Atlantic
Ocean
International Convention on 29/11/1969 International 30/01/1986 Sea waters Ensure an adequate compensation to victims
Civil Liability due to Brussels Maritime of damage caused by pollution deriving from
Hydrocarbons (and Organization leak and spill of hydrocarbons from ships
amendments) (IMO) and harmonise the procedural rules
Article 3: liability of the ship owner
Article 4: joint liability of owners of two or
several ships which have caused damages
Article 7: ships carrying more than 2,000
tonnes of hydrocarbons must be insured
Article 8: 3 to 6 year limits for the rights of
action
Article 11: warships are not covered
International Convention on 29/11/1969 IMO 30/01/1986 Sea waters Allow countries to take measures on the
Intervention on Open Seas Brussels open sea in case of accident entailing or
likely to entail the hazard of sea or coastal
pollution by hydrocarbons without affecting
the principle of freedom on the open sea
Article 1: the parties can take preventive
measures on the open sea, the coastal State
must in any case protect human lives and
assist persons in danger
Article 5: measures must be proportional to
damages

Chapter 1
Table 1.3-2
Date and
Adoption
Treaty Banning Placement 11/01/1971 United States 07/07/1986 Seafloors Exclude from the arms race, sea and oceanic
of Nuclear Arms and Other London, of America, floors as well as their subsoil
Weapons of Mass Moscow United Article 1: parties are agreed not to place any
Destruction on or in the Sea Washington Kingdom, nuclear weapons or other weapons of
or Ocean Floor Northern massive destruction on sea or ocean floor
Ireland, Article 2: the limit of the seafloor
USSR corresponds to 12 miles
Article 3: right of any party to verify the
activities of others on the seafloor
Convention on the 23/06/1979 Federal 01/04/1986 Migrating
Conservation of Migratory Bonn Republic of wildlife
Species of Wild Animals Germany species

Chapter 1
Table 1.3-2
Date and
Adoption
International Convention for 02/11/1973 IMO 01/11/1985 Sea Prevention of marine environment through
the Prevention of Pollution London total elimination of intentional pollution by
from Ships (MARPOL hydrocarbons and other harmful substances
73/78) [note: supercedes Protocol 1: reports on incidents relating to
OILPOL, 1954] damaging substances
Annex 1: regulation of the prevention of
pollution caused by hydrocarbons
Annex 2: regulation of the fight against
pollution caused by random harmful liquid
substances
Annex 3: regulation for the prevention of
pollution caused by harmful substances
carried offshore
pollution caused by waste water from ships
pollution caused by garbage from ships
Convention on International 03/03/1973 Switzerland 28/05/1984 Fauna and Protect some endangered species through a
Trade of Endangered Flora Washington flora: system of importation and exportation
and Fauna Species endangered license
species Article 1: covers all animals and plants, dead
or living and concerns all their recognisable
parts or derivatives
Article 3 and 4: importation and exportation
certificate
United Nations (UN) 10/12/1982 UNO 30/08/1983 Addressed rules of use for the oceans and
Convention on the Law of Montego Bay their resources. Gives coastal states
the Sea (UNCLOS) sovereign rights over the continental shelf
extending 200 nautical miles from the shore.

Chapter 1
Table 1.3-2
Date and
Adoption
Convention of United 16/11/1972 UNESCO 14/09/1982
Nations Educational, Paris
Scientific, and Cultural
Organization (UNESCO) on
the Protection of the World
Cultural and National
Heritage
Convention on International 23/03/1981 Ivory Coast Definition of diplomatic measures for the
Co-operation in Protection Abidjan joint protection of West African shoreline
and Development of the
Marine and Coastal
Environment in West and
Central Africa
(WACAF)
Protocol Concerning 23/03/1981 Ivory Coast Definition of measures of community
Cooperation in Combating Abidjan emergency plans in case of unusual disasters
Pollution in Cases of
Emergency in the West and
Central African Region
International Convention for 1974 United Measures for the protection and safeguard of
the Safety of Life at Sea London Kingdom human being at sea
(SOLAS)

Chapter 1
Table 1.3-2
Date and
Adoption
African Phytosanitary 13/09/1967 Organization 01/04/1974 Flora Combat and eliminate plant diseases in
Convention Kinshasa of African Africa and prevent the appearance of new
(ZAIRE) Unity (OAU) diseases
The parties agree to:
Control plant importation;
Take quarantine measures, certification or
inspection in connection with living
organisms, plants, vegetative material,
seeds, soils, composts or packaging
material; and
Take measures to effectively treat plant
diseases and parasite insects.
Convention between France 02/04/1969 Dahomey, 02/04/1969 Economic and commercial study of the
and Dahomey Cotonou France possibilities to create a semi-public fishing
company in Dahomey
International Convention for 14/05/1968 Food and 02/07/1968 Sea fauna: Campaign against the destruction of the
the Conservation of the Rio de Janeiro Agricultural tuna and Atlantic tuna and related fish
Atlantic Tuna Organization related Article 1: conducted in all Atlantic and
of the U.S. species adjacent waters
(FAO) Article 3: creation of the international
commission for the conservation of the
Atlantic Tuna
Article 4: commission in charge of
monitoring fish abundance, ecology, and
biometry
Article 8: recommendations for the
conservation of thornidae populations

Chapter 1
Table 1.3-2
Date and
Adoption
Memorandum of 29/05/1999 UNEP/CMS 01/07/1999 Marine Endeavour to put in place measures for the
Understanding Concerning Abidjan, Cote Turtles conservation and, where necessary and
Conservation Measure for dIvoire appropriate, strict protection of marine turtles
Marine Turtles of the at all stages of their life cycle (including
Atlantic Coast of Africa eggs, hatchlings, juveniles, sub-adults and
adults) through national legislation,
implementation of the Conservation Plan,
exchange of information

Chapter 1
1.3.3 Relationship of Project to World Bank Safeguard Policies and OPIC

Prohibitions
In this section the features of the overall WAGP project are compared to the specific
provisions of the World Banks environmental and socioeconomic safeguard policies and to
the OPIC prohibitions. The results of this comparison are presented in Tables 1.3-3 and
1.3-4.
Table 1.3-3
WAGP and World Bank Safeguard Issues
World Bank Policy WAGP Response
GENERAL POLICY POINTS
The Bank requires an environmental This EIA document constitutes the EA for the
assessment (EA) of projects proposed for Bank WAGP project. It contains an assessment of all
financing to ensure they are environmentally of the specified points, as follows:
sound and sustainable, and thus improve a) Risks and impacts evaluation - Chapter 6;
decision-making. The EA:
b) Project alternatives analysis Chapters 3
a) Evaluates a projects potential and 4; and
environmental risks and impacts in its
c) Mitigation measures and environmental
area of influence;
management plan Chapters 7 and 8.
b) Examines project alternatives,
The Terms of Reference for this EIA are
identifies ways of improving project
presented in Appendix 1-A.
selection siting, planning, design; and
c) Proposes implementation by
preventing, minimizing, mitigating, or
compensating for adverse
environmental impacts and enhancing
positive impacts; includes mitigating
and managing adverse environmental
impacts throughout project
implementation.
EA takes into account the natural environment; This EIA takes into account all of these aspects,
human health and safety; social aspects; and in the following sections:
transboundary and global environmental a) Natural environment Sections 5.1, and
aspects. Sections 6.5 6.8;
b) Health and safety and social aspects
Sections 5.2, 5.3 and 6.5-6.8;
c) Transboundary effects Section 6.6; and
d) Global effects Chapter 1 of the
Regional EIA report provides a general
discussion and Appendix 2A-2 of this
EIA report provides a greenhouse gas
analysis.

Chapter 1
Table 1.3-3
Borrower is responsible for carrying out the This EIA has been carried out by ICF
EA. The borrower retains independent EA Consulting, an independent consulting firm of
experts not affiliated with the project to carry EA experts under contract to WAPCo and by
out the EA. Advisory panel of independent local EIA experts subcontracted by ICF
experts. Consulting.
The Bank advises the borrower on the Banks World Bank action item.
EA requirements. The Bank reviews the
findings and recommendations. The Bank
may, if appropriate, require additional EA
work, including public consultation and
disclosure.
The Pollution Prevention and Abatement This EIA describes all emissions associated with
Handbook describes pollution prevention and WAGP and the emission levels (Chapter 2),
abatement measures and emission levels that assesses associated impacts (Chapter 6), and
are normally acceptable to the Bank. The EA presents justification for these emission levels
report must provide full and detailed (Chapters 7 and 8).
justification for the levels and approaches
chosen for the particular project or site.
Depending on the project, a range of The Regional EIA for WAGP satisfies this
instruments can be used to satisfy the Banks requirement. The WAGP EIA summarizes 4
EA requirement. OP 4.01 Paragraph 7 requires separate, country-specific EIAs, this being one
a Regional EA for projects spanning several of those four. The project is further supported
countries. by four country-specific Resettlement Action
Plans.
When the borrower has inadequate legal or This EIA addresses Bank Policy by identifying
technical capacity to carry out key EA-related key government institutional roles with respect
functions (EA review, monitoring, and to the oversight and management of WAGP, and
inspection) the project should include government agencies currently responsible for
components to strengthen that capacity. these roles in the WAGP countries.
The borrower consults project-affected groups A comprehensive program of stakeholder
and local non-governmental organizations consultation has been carried out in conjunction
about the projects environmental aspects and with WAGP and this EIA. See Chapter 5 for a
takes their view into account. summary of this program for details.
For meaningful consultation, the borrower Throughout the stakeholder consultation process
provides relevant material in a timely manner information has been provided to stakeholders
prior to consultation and in a form and by WAPCo in a timely manner as specified
language that are understandable and accessible (Chapter 5).
to the groups being consulted.
The borrower provides for the initial Information has been provided in the initial
consultation a summary of the proposed stages as specified (Chapter 5). The draft EIA,
projects objectives, description, and potential including a summary, will be made available in
impacts, and for consultation after the draft EA, publicly accessible places.
a summary of EAs conclusions and the draft
available in a public accessible place.

Chapter 1
Table 1.3-3
The executive summary is distributed to the World Bank action item.
executive directors and makes the reports
available through the Infoshop.
During project implementation, the borrower The Environmental Management Plan (Chapter
reports on compliance, status of mitigation 8) specifies a plan for status and compliance
measures, findings of monitoring programs. monitoring and reporting.
NATURAL HABITATS (OP 4.04, September 1995)
Bank does not support projects that involve the WAGP will not result in the significant
significant conversion of critical natural conversion of critical natural habitat, as indicated
habitat. in Chapters 5 and 6 of the EIA.
Projects are sited on land already converted Significant care was taken in siting WAGP
when feasible. onshore components to use existing pipeline
ROWs or land already converted. This was done
wherever feasible. Siting considerations and
assessment of siting alternatives are presented in
Chapters 2, 3, and 4.
If natural habitats would be significantly Every effort was made to avoid habitat loss in
converted, acceptable mitigation measures are the design and siting of WAGP (Chapters 2
included in design: minimizing habitat loss and through 4). Mitigation measures have been
establishing and maintaining ecologically adopted to mitigate any minimal habitat loss
similar protected area. associated with the project as specified in
Chapter 7.
Institutional capacity of implementing WAPCo is a private sector entity and a member
organization should be taken into account. of the regulated community, and is not in a
position to propose changes to government
regulatory bodies or regulations.
Project needs to take into account the views, A comprehensive program of stakeholder
roles of affected groups (NGOs, communities) consultation has been carried out in conjunction
in project design/implementation. with this EIA. Views expressed by stakeholders
were taken into account in the design of WAGP
(Section 5.5).
PEST MANAGEMENT (OP 4.09, July 1996)
In Bank financed public health projects, the NA WAGP is not a public health project.
Bank supports controlling pests primarily
through environmental methods. Where
environmental methods alone are not effective,
the Bank may finance use of pesticides for
control of disease vectors.

Chapter 1
Table 1.3-3
Use of a pesticide is contingent on an WAGP will limit its use of pesticides to the
assessment of associate risks (made in context control of mosquitoes and mosquito-borne
of projects EA) taking into account proposed diseases during the construction phase. Pesticide
use and the intended users. The following Management Plan policy requirements are met
criteria apply to the selection and use of via mitigation measures and operational controls
pesticides: a) have negligible adverse health as described in this EIA (Chapters 7 and 8).
effects, b) effective against target species,
Herbicides will not be used to remove or control
c) minimal effect on non target species and
vegetation in the pipeline ROW. This is an
environment, d) takes into account need to
explicit term of ROW clearing and maintenance
prevent development of resistance in pests.
contracts.
Pesticides must be manufactured, packaged, Pesticide Management Plan policy requirements
labeled, handled, stored, disposed of, and are met via mitigation measures and operational
applied in acceptable standards. controls as described in this EIA (Chapters 7 and
8).
INVOLUNTARY RESETTLEMENT (OP 4.12, 2001)
The objective of the Banks resettlement policy A comprehensive WAGP Resettlement Action
is to ensure that the persons displaced by a Plan (RAP) is being prepared to supplement
project benefit from it. WAGP land acquisition procedures. This plan
details measures to ensure that all project-
affected people will be addressed properly.
Involuntary resettlement should be avoidable or Involuntarily resettlement has been avoided to
minimized where feasible. the extent possible in the planning of WAGP.
Extensive measures were taken to avoid
displacement of people or other resettlement
impacts, particularly in the routing of the
pipeline and siting of ancillary facilities
(Chapters 2 and 3). Involuntary resettlement for
WAGP is considered minimal.
Where displacement is unavoidable, A comprehensive WAGP RAP is being prepared
resettlement plans should be developed to: to supplement WAGP land acquisition
1) Compensate for losses; procedures. This plan details measures to ensure
that project-affected people are:
2) Assist with the move and support during
the transition period; and 1) Compensated for losses;
3) Assist in their efforts to improve or at 2) As determined, assisted with any move
least to restore earning capacity and and supported during the transition
production levels. period; and
3) As determined, assisted in their efforts to
improve or at least to restore earning
capacity and production levels.
Community participation in planning and Comprehensive community consultation is being
implementing resettlement. carried out in conjunction with the development
of the RAP. This is detailed in the RAP. A
participatory approach is being used in
development of the RAP.

Chapter 1
Table 1.3-3
Resettlers should be integrated. Physical displacement is low to non-existent. To
the very limited extent that resettler
integration will be required; the RAP provides
measures to ensure that resettlers will be
integrated into host communities.
Land, housing, and infrastructure compensation The project will not resettle or displace or affect
provided to adversely affected population, any indigenous populations or ethnic minorities.
indigenous groups, ethnic minorities (where The RAP details plans to provide compensation
appropriate). and/or in-kind restitution to all project-affected
people.
Resettlement plan, timetable, and budget. The RAP will provide a detailed schedule and
budget for resettlement associated with WAGP.
Content and level of resettlement plan: The WAGP RAP reflects this organization and
a. Organization responsibilities will provide all content specified.
b. Community participation and integration
with lost population
c. Socioeconomic surveys
d. Legal framework
e. Alternative sites and selection
f. Valuation and compensation for lost
assets
g. Land tenure, acquisition, and transfer
h. Access to training employment and credit
i. Shelter infrastructure and social services
j. Environmental protection and
management
k. Information schedule
PROTECTION OF CULTURAL PROPERTY (OP NOTE 11.03, Sept. 1996)
The WB general policy is to assist in WAGP will affect very few known cultural
preservation and to avoid elimination: properties or sites.
The Bank declines to finance projects WAGP will not significantly damage non-
that will significantly damage non- replicable cultural property; and
replicable cultural property; WAPCo will have a Chance Finds
The Bank will assist in the protection and procedure in place throughout the
enhancement of cultural properties in construction phase and adherence to this
WB financed projects; procedure will be an explicit term of
Deviation justified only where project construction contracts. WAGP does not
benefits are great and unavoidable; and and will not deviate from the WB policy on
the Protection of Cultural Property.
Policy pertains to any WB project.

Chapter 1
Table 1.3-3
Management of cultural properties is the Reconnaissance has been performed by
responsibility of government: engineering, environmental baseline, estate, and
Need to determine what is known about socioeconomic survey teams, which have
cultural properties; and surveyed all construction sites in detail. In
addition, a literature review and archeological
Reconnaissance survey is to be
walk through has been conducted. Based on this
undertaken.
reconnaissance and on consultation with
stakeholders in and around the project footprint,
WAPCo has identified a limited number of
cultural properties on the surface (which are
listed in Chapter 5 and are being addressed by
the RAP). WAPCo also will have a Chance
Finds procedure in place throughout the
construction phase (adherence to this procedure
will be an explicit term of construction
contracts), and will provide cultural properties
protection training to construction workers.
PROJECTS ON INTERNATIONAL WATERWAYS (OP 7.50)
The Policy applies to projects on bodies of WAGP does affect international waterways; in-
water on their tributaries that form a boundary country regulatory approvals will be obtained.
between or flow through two or more states. World Bank advises that (1) the Policy is
It sets out notification requirements. triggered by WAGP and (2) the WAGP Treaty
satisfies the notification requirements of OP 7.50
because all four of the affected Riparian states
are party to the Treaty and therefore specific
notification and details about the Project would
be redundant.
PROJECTS ON DISPUTED AREAS OP 7.60)
Is there any dispute among Riparian including WAPCo is not aware of any Riparian disputes
demarcation of sea (continental Shelf, in the proposed project area.
economic exclusive zone or other)?
DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION
WAPCo and the WAGP project team will disclose this EIA in conformance with the World Bank
Disclosure Policy and with the legally required EIA public notice and review procedures in each
state. Disclosure implementation steps include:
Providing copies of earlier EIA drafts to relevant stakeholders (completed following
submittal of the Preliminary Draft EIA report in March, 2003);
Advertisements in newspapers and print media, particularly in Project Affected Areas,
announcing the project and the availability of this Final Draft EIA;
Placement of the draft EIA in town halls, libraries and other public facilities of Project
Affected Areas;
Stakeholder consultations in Project Affected Areas to present and discuss the EIA content
prior to legally required Public Hearings; and
Public hearings.

Chapter 1
Table 1.3-4
WAGP and OPIC Prohibitions
OPIC Prohibition WAGP Response
I. Infrastructure and extractive projects located WAGP will not traverse or result in
in primary tropical forests. Extractive increased human access to otherwise
projects include oil, gas, mineral resources, inaccessible areas of primary tropical
steam/geothermal and surface resources forests.
such as timber. Infrastructure refers to
roads, pipelines, and, in some cases,
transmission lines, to the extent that these
provide human access to otherwise
inaccessible areas.
II. Projects involving the construction of large Not applicable. WAGP will not involve
dams that significantly and irreversibly: the construction of dams.
(A) disrupt natural ecosystems upstream or
downstream of the dam, or (B) alter natural
hydrology, or (C) inundate large land areas,
or (D) impact biodiversity, or (E) displace
large numbers of inhabitants (5,000 persons
or more) or (F) impact local inhabitants
ability to earn a livelihood.
III. Projects involving the commercial Not applicable. WAGP will not involve
manufacturing of ozone-depleting the commercial manufacturing of ODS or
substances (ODS) or the production or use the production or use of POPS.
of persistent organic pollutants (POPS) that
are banned or scheduled to be phased out of
production and use by international
agreement during the life of the project. A
list of these substances and chemicals can be
obtained from OPIC on request. The ODS
list is defined by the Montreal Protocol as
amended and US implementing regulations.
The POPs prohibition refers to 12 products
whose ban and phase out are currently
subject to negotiation leading to an
internationally legally binding agreement by
the year 2000. OPICs prohibition is
consistent with the position of the U.S.
government in these negotiations with
respect to the various categories of POPs,
which include pesticides, industrial
chemicals and unintentional by-products.
IV. Projects that require resettlement of 5,000 or WAGP will not require resettlement of
more persons. 5,000 or more persons.
V. Projects in or impacting natural World WAGP is not located near and does not
Heritage Sites (areas of significant affect any World Heritage sites.
ecological value that have been
internationally recognized as necessary for
strict protection by members of the World
Heritage Convention).

Chapter 1
Table 1.3-4
WAGP and OPIC Prohibitions
OPIC Prohibition WAGP Response
VI. Projects in or impacting areas on the United Based on available information WAGP
Nations List of National Parks and Protected will not be located near or affect any areas
Areas. on the 1997 United Nations List of
National Parks and Protected Areas.
VII. Extraction or infrastructure projects in or Based on available information WAGP
impacting: protected area Categories I, II, will not be located near or affect any
III, and IV (Strict Nature protected area Categories I, II, III, IV, V,
Reserve/Wilderness Areas and National or VI.
Parks; Natural Monuments and Habitat/ WAGP will not be located in or near any
Species Management Areas), as defined by areas protected by the Ramsar Convention.
the International Union for the Conservation
of Nature. Projects in IUCN Categories V
(Protected Landscape/Seascape) and VI
(Managed Resource Protected Area) must
be consistent with IUCN management
objectives. Areas protected by the Ramsar
Convention are considered within the
appropriate IUCN Category to which they
are assigned.

Chapter 2
Project Description
Summary for WAGP in Benin

West African Gas Pipeline (WAGP) facilities and installations in Benin will consist of:
Facilities and Installations Construction Summary

Offshore main line Duration: 6-8 months (for all mainline to Ghana)
A weight-coated pipeline of diameter 20 Workforce: 300 to 920
inches (in) (50.8cm) or 18in (45.7cm)and Fleet Size: 14 to 18 vessels
length 567km lying on the ocean floor Accommodation: onboard vessels
carrying gas from a compressor station in
the vicinity of Ajido, Nigeria to Takoradi,
Ghana (Section 2.4.4).
Lateral pipeline (offshore portion) Shore-crossing method: Horizontal Directional
A weight-coated pipeline of diameter 8in Drilling
(20.3cm) and length 14.7km lying on the Duration: 4 weeks
ocean floor carrying gas from the main Workforce: 270 to 380
trunkline onshore to the Cotonou regulating Fleet Size: 7 to 9 vessels
and metering (R&M) station (Section 2.4.4) Accommodation: onboard vessels
Lateral pipeline (onshore portion) Footprint: 35ha (86 acres)
A subterranean pipeline of diameter 8in Duration: 2 months
(20.3 cm) and length 5.1km (3.2 miles) Workforce: 50
carrying gas from the offshore main Installation methods: trenching (uplands), push-
trunkline onshore to the Cotonou R&M method trenching (wetlands), thrust boring (road
station (Section 2.4.5). crossings),
Crossings: 1 road and rail, 6 wetland or water-body
Staging Area: temporary area adjacent to Cotonou
R&M Station (about 25 percent of the size of the
ROW station
Accommodation: homes and hotels
Cotonou R&M station Footprint: 3.3ha (8.1 acres)
A facility for regulating and metering gas Duration: 4 months
prior to delivery to future customers Staging Area within Right of Way (ROW)
marshalling yard
Workforce: 50 to 100
In addition, a 9.5km-long ROW will be required for a future link line to a future
Communaut Elctrique du Bnin (CEB) facility at Maria Gleta.
The Offshore mainline and Cotonou lateral segments will be commissioned and started-up
by:
Flooding, cleaning, gauging and reflooding;
Hydrostatic testing;
Dewatering and drying; and
Chapter 2
Air expulsion, nitrogen packing and fill with natural gas (start-up).
For the offshore mainline pipeline, the source of flood water will be the Badagry Creek and
the source of reflood water will be the Atlantic Ocean. For the Cotonou lateral, the source of
flood water and reflood water will be the Atlantic Ocean. Flood water will be filtered but not
chemically treated; reflood water will be treated with a biocide to prevent corrosion. Flood
and reflood water from the offshore mainline will be discharged at the offshore pipeline
terminus near Takoradi, Ghana. Flood and reflood water from the Cotonou lateral will be
discharged at the beach at Cotonou.
Gas transport capacity of WAGP as initially built is expected to be 190 million standard
cubic feet per day (MMscfd, or 5.3 million cubic meters per day (MMcmd)). The system
design capacity assuming additional compressors installed near Badagry will be 462MMscfd
(13.1MMcmd), at a maximum operating pressure of 153 barg. Ultimate system capacity
would be 578MMscfd (16.4MMcdm) with the planned midline compression at Lom, Togo.
Detailed plans for facility decommissioning, abandonment, and facility and ROW
reinstatement will be developed towards the end of the lifetime of the project.
2.1 General Layout and Physical Description

The West African Pipeline Company (WAPCo) has proposed a pipeline route that extends
from a connection at an existing Escravos-Lagos Pipeline (ELP) junction at the Alagbado
Tee near Itoki, Nigeria to a beach head in Ajido, Nigeria (near Badagry, Nigeria) and, from
there, offshore to the Takoradi Thermal Plant at Takoradi, Ghana. (The ELP is owned by
Nigerian National Petroleum Corporation (NNPC) and operated by the Nigerian Gas
Company (NGC), a subsidiary of NNPC.) Lateral connections will extend from the offshore
trunk to intermediate locations in neighboring countries: Benin, Ghana, and Togo. Figure
2.1-1 (oversized plate image) in the Regional Final EIA illustrates the proposed pipeline
route.
WAPCo will provide the connection to the ELP at the Alagbado Tee. From the WAPCo
connection, a 30in (76 centimeter (cm)) pipeline will extend southwesterly approximately 56
kilometers (km) (35 miles) to Lagos Beach in Nigeria where the gas will be compressed on
land for transmission offshore. Between the Alagbado Tee and Agbara Estate, a distance
of approximately 36km (22 miles), the first 4km of the onshore pipeline route will share an
existing ROW with NGC and Shell Nigeria Gas. For 31km (19 miles) of the next 32km the
WAGP ROW will run adjacent to the Shell Nigeria Gas pipeline ROW for the first 4km (2.5
miles). For 1km (0.6 mile) of these 32km (20 miles) there will be a 25m (82 feet (ft))
separation between the two ROWs to allow for installations for construction in this wetland
stretch. From the point where the WAGP and Shell Nigeria Gas pipeline route diverge to the
Lagos Beach Compressor Station, a distance of about 18km (11 miles), and proceeding from
there 2km (1.2 miles) to the shoreline downstream of the compressor station after crossing
the lagoon, the pipeline will be constructed on land previously unoccupied by or adjacent to
any pipeline ROW.
A compressor station to be known as the Lagos Beach Compressor Station will be built at
Ajido, near Badagry to boost gas pressure for transmission offshore. Gas compression will

Chapter 2
initially occur only in Nigeria, but provisions are being made in the design of the
transmission system for expansion of compression capability in the future through the
possible installation of midline compression facilities at Lom, Togo as well as additional
compressors at the Lagos Beach Compressor Station. Should requirements necessitate
extending the pipeline past Takoradi, Ghana, future supplementary compression facilities can
be installed at Takoradi. While the initial design calls for a compression station at the Lagos
Beach station, a temporary bypass pipeline will be installed around the compressor station to
expedite initial gas deliveries to customers while the construction of the permanent station
bypass and compressor station is completed. This will allow a minimal flow of gas to
downstream customers. Based on anticipated delivery rates and pressures from the upstream
ELP system, delivery rates in the range of 30 million standard cubic feet per day (MMscfd)
to 60MMscfd will be possible without compression. Initial pipelines capacity with
compression at Lagos Beach will be 190MMscfd.
From the Lagos Beach Compressor Station, the gas will be transmitted through a 20in or 18in
(50.8cm or 45.7cm) pipeline offshore a distance of approximately 15km (9 miles). There the
route will turn west and extend through the territorial waters of Benin, Ghana, Nigeria, and
Togo, terminating at Takoradi, Ghana. The offshore pipeline will be placed on the seafloor
in 24m to 72m (78 ft to 236ft) water depths, its distance from shore varying between
approximately 15km and 25km (9 miles and 15 miles). At three locations, connections will
be made in the main offshore trunk to 8in to 18in (20.3cm to 45.7cm) laterals, which will
transmit the gas to targeted delivery points at Cotonou, Benin; Lom, Togo; and Tema,
Ghana. These laterals are in addition to the main trunk line terminus at Takoradi, Ghana.
Table 2.1-1 summarizes the pipeline lengths and diameters between the various points along
the pipeline system. Figure 2.1-2 is an engineering schematic of the whole system. Table
2.1-2 shows the ancillary systems and facilities of the WAGP.
Shore crossings to all onshore destinations will occur through directionally drilled boreholes
from onshore drilling sites or by conventional trenching methods where directional drilling
methods are not possible. For example, this could be due to the hardness of the rock at the
site of the shore crossing. Section 2.8.4 explains those circumstances in more detail. The
laterals will extend onshore a distance of 0.5km to 1km (0.3 mile to 0.6 mile) except in Benin
where the lateral will extend a distance of approximately 5.0km (3.1 miles) to the R&M
station. A link line will extend 9.5km (5.9 miles) from the Benin R&M station to a future
Communaut Elctrique du Bnin (CEB) facility at Maria Gleta and 0.8km (0.5 mile) from
the Togo R&M station to an existing CEB facility across the Lom-Cotonou road. These
link lines are considered in this EIA because WAPCo will build them, but will be permitted
separately from the rest of the pipeline. At the R&M stations, the gas will undergo heating
(to prevent hydrate formation), pressure reduction, and sales metering and custody transfer to
customers and/or local gas distribution companies (Table 2.1-2).
The description of the WAGP project given in this chapter is as thorough a description as can
provided at this time, prior to detailed design and engineering. However, there are a number
of aspects of the WAGP system design and construction where WAPCo will choose from
several existing options, depending on further site investigation and construction contractor
preferences. These options are described in the appropriate subsections of Chapter 2 (where
the facilities themselves are described) and summarized in Table 2.13-1 in Section 2.13.

Chapter 2
Table 2.1-1
Pipeline Lengths and Lateral Sizes
Segment Type From To Length Diameter
Onshore
Mainline ELP Badagry Beach 56.0km 30in (76.2cm)
(Nigeria)
Cotonou
20in (50.8cm) basecase
Badagry Beach Offshore Subsea 86.0km
or 18in (45.7cm)
Tie-in
Cotonou Offshore Lom Offshore 20in (50.8cm) basecase
Offshore 106.6km
Subsea Tie-in Subsea Tie-in or 18in (45.7cm)
Mainline
Lom Offshore Tema Offshore 20in (50.8cm) basecase
153.4km
Subsea Tie-in Subsea Tie-in or 18in (45.7cm)
Tema Offshore Takoradi Shore
221.0km 20in (50.8cm)
Subsea Tie-in Crossing
Offshore
567.0km
Mainline
Subtotal
Cotonou Offshore Cotonou Shore
14.7km 8in (20.3cm)
Offshore Lom Offshore Lom Shore 10in (25.4 cm) base case
18.3km
Laterals Subsea Tie-in Crossing or 18in (45.7cm)
Tema Offshore Tema Shore
16.4km 18in (45.7cm)
Offshore
Laterals 49.4km
Subtotal
Offshore Total 616.4km
Cotonou Shore Cotonou R&M
5.1km 8in (20.3cm)
Crossing Station
Lom Shore Lom R&M 10in (25.4 cm) base case
0.25km
Onshore Crossing Station or 18in (45.7cm)
Laterals Tema Shore Tema R&M
0.52km 18in (45.7cm)
Crossing Station
Takoradi Shore Takoradi R&M 20in (50.8cm) basecase
0.9km
Crossing Station or 18in (45.7cm)
Onshore
Lateral 6.77km
Subtotal
Site of Future
Cotonou R&M 10in (25.4cm) base case
CEB Facility at 9.5km
Station or 8in (20.3cm)
Link Lines Maria Gleta
8in (20.3cm) base case
Lom R&M Station CEB power plant 0.32km
or 10in (25.4cm)
Link Lines
9.82km
Total
Grand Total 689km

Chapter 2
This page intentionally left blank

Chapter 2
Table 2.1-2
Ancillary Systems and Facilities and Their Locations
Alagbado Lagos Beach Delivery Point R&M
Ancillary System
Tee Compressor Station Stations
Control Room/Facilities,
X X
including Supervisory
Main Facility SCADA control facility
Control and Data X
Back-up SCADA control at WAPCo headquarters
Acquisition (SCADA) and
system (Accra, Ghana)
Communications Center
Workshop, Offices,
X X X
Sanitary Facilities
Gas Filtration, Cleaning,
X X X
Scrubbing Equipment
Midline compressors
Compressor(s) X possible at Lom
subject to gas demand
Fuel Gas Supply System
(for compressors, gas X
X X
heaters, generators, and Except at Takoradi
instrumentation, etc.)
Air Compression
X
For Instrumentation
If Midline Compressors
Gas Coolers X
are Installed at Lom
Gas Heaters X X
Electrical Systems X X X
Emergency Shutdown,
Flare/Vent, Fire & Gas X X X
Detection Systems
X
Gas Metering Run X X
(for control purposes)
Gas Quality Measurement
(as required by X X X
Transportation Agreements)
Pressure Regulating Run X X X
Odorization
Groundwater Wells and
X X X
Water Treatment Plant
X = To be installed after additional design and analysis.
2.2 Natural Gas Sources (Upstream of WAGP)

The initial pipeline capacity, following construction and startup, of WAGP is expected to be
190MMscfd (5.3 million cubic meters per day (MMcmd)) with compression, with an initial
delivery volume of 140MMscfd. The ultimate system design capacity is for 462MMscfd
(13.1MMcmd) with supplementary compression at Takoradi and a maximum operating
pressure of 153 barg for the 20in mainline. The initial delivery volume rate and the ultimate

Chapter 2
system design capacity are based on an assumed demand scenario. The actual rates, up to the
ultimate design capacity, will depend on market demand.
To support this initial capacity and some of the expected future gas demand, WAPCo has
identified available gas volume sufficient for the transport of up to 200MMscfd (5.7MMcmd)
from existing oil and gas operations in Nigeria. Most of this available natural gas is
associated gas (i.e., produced with oil from the same reservoir or wellhead source). The
utilization of this gas after transporting it through WAGP will contribute to a reduction in
greenhouse gas emissions as most of the associated gas is currently flared. Appendix 2A-1
provides details on greenhouse gas emission reductions calculations and assumptions.
As gas demand increases and the WAGP system is expanded via additional compressors,
associated gas reserves may become depleted or may not be able to completely provide for
the increased demand. Subsequent delivery requirements are likely to be supplemented with
non-associated gas.1 The ability to eventually increase the volume of gas transmitted to serve
a potentially larger customer base has been incorporated in the design of the proposed system
up to a design capacity of 462MMscfd (13.1MMcmd). The project design calls for up to 6
compressors to be installed at the Lagos Beach location over time.
Oil and gas facilities associated with the available gas volume identified above 200MMscfd
(5.7MMcmd) are already in place or are expected to be installed before the end of WAGP
construction. Consequently, no new field or well developments are envisaged for the initial
WAGP supply, even though minor existing facility upgrades may occur within facility
footprints to ensure a reliable supply (e.g., new compressors replacing older compressors).
The sources for gas volumes above 200MMscfd (5.7MMcmd) are not specifically known at
this time and could involve existing or new oil and gas facilities. Appendix 2-A-2 provides
additional information regarding oil and gas facilities operated by the Chevron Nigeria
Limited (CNL)-NNPC and Shell Petroleum Development Company (SPDC)-NNPC
operating joint ventures, who, per the WAGP Treaty and International Project Agreement
(IPA), have an exclusive right to transport their gas up to a volume of 200MMscfd or 10
years, which ever occurs first. Meeting either criterion, the WAGP Treaty and IPA also
dictate the gas transport would then convert to an open access system, where gas transport
from any source could occur if certain technical and economic criteria are met (criteria to be
developed via an Access Code agreed to between the States and WAPCo). There is little to
no information at this time regarding potential open access gas sources outside of the CNL-
NNPC and SPDC-NNPC operating joint ventures.
WAGP gas from the CNL-NNPC and SPDC-NNPC operating joint ventures will be
delivered to the Alagbado Tee via the existing Escravos to Lagos Pipeline (ELP) system
without a need for upgrades or repairs to the ELP system to meet a WAGP demand of up to
200MMscfd. Information regarding this system can also be found in Appendix 2A-2 of the
Regional EIA Report. Currently, WAPCo and NGC are conducting a joint, due diligence
assessment to ensure that the ELP can transport gas volumes up to the WAGP design
1
Greenhouse gas emission reduction estimates in Appendix 2A-1 have been adjusted to reflect declining
associated gas input overtime.

Chapter 2
capacity of 462MMscfd. The predicted gas composition and other properties are listed in
Tables 2.2-1 to 2.2-3.
Table 2.2-1
Predicted Fuel Gas Compositions
Components Mole Fraction
Methane 88.75 percent
Ethane 5.93 percent
Propane 1.28 percent
i-Butane 0.26 percent
n-Butane 0.26 percent
i-Pentane 0.09 percent
n-Pentane 0.06 percent
Hexanes 0.06 percent
Heptane+ 0.10 percent
CO2 2.55 percent
N2 0.66 percent
Table 2.2-2
Predicted Fuel Gas Property
Properties Values
Molecular Weight 18.46
Lower Heating Value (mass) 19,770btu/lb
Lower Heating Value (volume) 962btu/scf
Wobbe Index 1,205
Modified Wobbe Index 50.0 (at 120 Fahrenheit (F))
Fuel Volume Ratio 1.013
Fuel Mass Ratio 1.09
Table 2.2-3
WAGP Gas Pipeline Receipt Gas Quality Specification
Parameter Limitations
H2S, Maximum 4ppmv
Total Sulfur Maximum 28ppm
CO2, Maximum 4.0 volume percent
N2, Maximum 3.0 volume percent
O2, Maximum 10ppmv
Total Inert (CO2 + N2), Maximum 5.0 volume percent
Solid, Dust, Gums, Other Solids Free by normal commercial standards
Water Content, Maximum 7lb/MMscfd
Under the International Project Agreement (IPA) for WAGP, there is a provision for open
access (i.e., that access to the pipeline is available to other producers and consumers). For
total sales volume requirements below 200MMscfd, gas supply is reserved for Nigerian
sources. For total incremental sales volumes above 200MMscfd, gas supply may come from
any source along the pipeline route up to the tie-in with WAPCo if the appropriate

Chapter 2
contractual relationships are in place between gas sellers, shippers, and users and WAPCo.
These contractual relationships include facility interconnection agreements, gas composition,
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) requirements, up to the tie-ins, etc. with WAPCo.
This EIA addresses the environmental impacts associated with all potential rates of gas
transport, from the minimum viable rate to the design capacity of 462MMscfd
(13.1MMcmd). WAPCo intends to address any project expansion over 462MMscfd
(13.1MMcmd) via a supplementary EIA.
2.3 Natural Gas Consumption (Downstream of WAGP)

Electrical power producers and industries with the capability to use natural gas are the
primary consumers that could benefit from the construction of the pipeline. According to a
recent market report, close to 80 percent of potential natural-gas demand would come from
the modification of existing power-generation plants or from new power-generation plants.
Negotiations have started with potential gas sales and purchase customers, and to date the
Takoradi Thermal Plant in Ghana and CEB in Cotonou, Benin and Lom, Togo have signed
letters of intent with the WAGP consortium to purchase natural gas. In terms of industrial
use of natural gas the Tema oil refinery in Ghana and LOffice Togolaise des Phosphates
(OTP) in Togo appear to be the most significant industrial users (Purvin and Gertz, 2003).
Table 2.3-1 shows the expected gas delivery volumes based on current market analyses
(WAGP, 2002b), when gas demand reaches the 462MMscfd (13.1MMcmd) design capacity.
Table 2.3-1
Expected Gas Delivery Demand
Outlet Anticipated Delivery
Cotonou, Benin 27MMscfd (0.76MMcmd)
Lom, Togo 57MMscfd (1.61MMcmd)
Tema, Ghana 252MMscfd (7.14MMcmd)
Takoradi, Ghana 126MMscfd (3.58MMcmd)
Total 462MMscfd (13.1MMcmd)
The WAGP system can be configured to deliver higher or lower volumes to individual
customers, based on the maximum hydraulic design capacity of each individual lateral, and
the system hydraulic relationships between the laterals (i.e., higher demand in Benin and/or
Togo would reduce the capacity for Tema due to pressure drops). The total capacity of the
system, however, is designed to deliver 462MMscfd.
The high-case demand forecast, based on current market analyses and future installation of
midline compression facilities at the Lom R&M station site (beyond the initial design
capacity) is provided in Table 2.3-2, below.

Chapter 2
Table 2.3-2
High-Case Demand and Maximum Capacity of Pipeline
High Case
Segment Maximum Capacity
Demand Forecast
34MMscfd 100MMscfd
Cotonou Lateral
(0.962MMcmd) (2.83MMcmd)
57MMscfd 105MMscfd
Lom Lateral
333MMscfd 342MMscfd
Tema Lateral
126MMscfd N/A
Takoradi
(3.58MMcmd)
550MMScfd 578MMscfda
Total
a
Total system capacity would be 578MMscfd (16.4MMcdm) with a 20in
diameter mainline and midline compression at Lom. A future system
incorporating these elements is beyond the scope of this EIA other than the initial
land use impacts associated with acquiring the future Togo compressor station
site.
The development activities encouraged by the WAGP project and taken on by the initial
foundation customers (Volta River Authority (VRA) in Ghana at Takoradi and CEB in Togo
and Benin) are summarized in Table 2.3-3. Other additional gas consumers have not been
definitively identified at the time of this EIA, nor has the scope of local distribution systems
to deliver gas to future customers. Foundation customers and induced developments are
described further in Section 6.9.2.2. Other than the specific Beninese and Togolese link lines
to CEB referenced in this EIA, future local distribution systems would not be constructed or
operated by WAPCo. However, the R&M stations have been located in as optimal a manner
as possible to minimize future impacts from downstream gas transmission facilities (Section
6.9).
Table 2.3-3
Foundation Customer Developments
Location Developments
Relocation of CEB power plant from Cotonou to Maria Gleta 25 MW gas
turbine, possible later addition of a 25MW gas turbine and steam tail for
Maria Gleta, Benin
combined-cycle operation with total capacity increasing to 75MW. The
proposed site for relocation would have a footprint of 20ha.
Currently, these facilities use light crude oil (Bonny Light from Nigeria) in 4
gas turbines and will switch to natural gas as fuel. A steam tail will be added
Takoradi, Ghana to two of the turbines to generate additional power via combined cycle
operations. Anticipated expansion is within the current footprint. WAPCo
R&M station located on plant property. (Purvin and Gertz, 2001)
Retrofit the single 25MW gas turbine (nominal capacity at Lom) currently
fueled by jet kerosene, with the possibility of installing an additional 25MW
Lom, Togo gas turbine and steam tail for 75MW total generating capacity from com-
bined cycle operations. (Purvin and Gertz, 2002). Anticipated expansion/
upgrades will occur on plant property, within the existing footprint.

Chapter 2
2.4 Facility and Process Description

This section describes the major permanent facilities making up the WAGP transmission
system, the major components of those facilities, and their operation. In this section, less
emphasis is placed on construction of the facilities and their components. Section 2.8 deals
with construction aspects of the WAGP transmission system.
The principal facilities of the proposed transmission system are as follows:
Alagbado Tee;
Onshore pipeline in Nigeria;
Lagos Beach Compressor Station and primary control center;
Offshore main trunk and lateral lines;
R&M stations and onshore trunk and lateral lines;
Backup control center located at WAPCo Headquarters.
The facilities that will operate in Benin are:
Offshore main trunk and lateral line; and

R&M station and onshore lateral and link line.
The following subsections describe the location, processes, and emission inventories
expected during facility operation.
2.4.1 Alagbado Tee

The Alagbado Tee is described in Section 2.4.1 of the Nigeria Final EIA (Nigeria 2.4.1).
2.4.2 Onshore Mainline in Nigeria

The onshore pipeline between the Alagbado Tee and the Lagos Beach Compressor Station is
described in Section 2.4.2 of the Nigeria Final EIA (Nigeria 2.4.2).
2.4.3 Lagos Beach Compressor Station and Primary Control System

The Lagos Beach Compressor Station is described in Section 2.4.3 of the Nigeria Final EIA
(Nigeria 2.4.3).
2.4.4 Offshore Main Trunk Line and Laterals

Table 2.4-1 provides an overview of the Offshore Pipeline.

Chapter 2
Table 2.4-1
Offshore Pipeline
Aspect Description Figures/Further Descriptions
Location From Ajido, Nigeria to Takoradi, Ghana Figure 2.1-1
Site Area 567km (352 miles) Figure 2.1-1
The purpose of the offshore pipeline is to Section 2.4.4.2.1
carry the compressed natural gas between
the Lagos Beach Compressor Station and
Purpose
Takoradi R&M station and along the
laterals to the intervening R&M stations
in Benin, Ghana and Togo.
20in or 18in (50.8cm or 45.7cm) Section 2.4.4.2.1
Concrete Weight Coated Main Trunk
Main Equipment Line and Laterals (various widths)
Subsea Lateral Take-Off and Provision Section 2.4.4.2.2
for Temporary Line Pig Launcher
Monitoring and Corrosion Protection System Section 2.4.4.2.3
Control Systems
2.4.4.1 Facility Location
The pipeline will be placed directly on the seafloor and, for certain shore crossings, in jetted
trenches a distance of 567km (352 miles) from the Lagos Beach Compressor Station to the
Takoradi Thermal Plant. At three points along the pipeline route, ties will be made for
laterals to extend from the main offshore trunk line to Cotonou, Benin; Lom, Togo; and
Tema, Ghana; in addition to the terminus of the main trunk line at Takoradi, Ghana. Figure
2.1-1 illustrates the offshore pipeline route. It is currently envisaged that the diameter of the
line pipe comprising the mainline will be 20in (50.8cm). Even with a pipe diameter of 20in
midline compressor facilities may be required at Lom sometime during the middle of the
life of the project as the market demand increased (Chapter 4). The diameter of each lateral
is given in Table 2.1-1.
2.4.4.2 Process Description
The offshore transmission system components to be installed include:
20in (50.8cm) concrete weight-coated main trunk line and laterals;
Subsea lateral line take off and provision for temporary installation of a pig launcher;
and
Corrosion protection system.
The following paragraphs explain the function of the significant offshore pipeline
components.

Chapter 2
2.4.4.2.1 20in (50.8cm) Concrete Weight-Coated Main Trunk Line and Laterals (various
widths)
The purpose of the offshore pipeline is to carry the compressed natural gas between the
Lagos Beach Compressor Station and Takoradi R&M station and along the laterals to the
intervening R&M stations in Benin, Ghana, and Togo. The maximum allowable operating
pressure between these points will be 153 barg. In addition, the offshore pipeline will be
entirely coated with concrete to overcome buoyancy forces as well as lateral drag force due
to waves and currents. The thickness of the cement coating will be determined during
detailed design, but is anticipated to average 3in (7.6cm) as described further in Section
2.8.7.2 of the Ghana Final EIA (Ghana 2.8.7.2).
The offshore pipeline will be placed directly on the seafloor in water depths in excess of 8m
(26ft). In sections of the route in Benin that are less than 8m (26ft) deep the pipeline will be
either buried below the seafloor using horizontal directional drilling (HDD) (for the shore
crossing) or covered with concrete mats, such as in areas of hard bottom substrate. Section
2.8.5 describes the basis for these specifications and other aspects of the offshore pipeline
construction in more detail. The preferred minimum depth for unburied (or uncovered) line
pipe is 8m below sea level. An alternative, deeper minimum depth of 30m (98ft) is discussed
in Chapter 4.
For the great majority of its route, the pipeline will lie 30m to 50m (98ft to 164ft) below sea
level. At the deepest point it will be 70m (230ft) below sea level. The pipeline route does
not cross any shipping lanes and avoids passing through anchorage areas.
2.4.4.2.2 Lateral Line Pig Launcher
To facilitate the maintenance and inspections of the lateral lines, flanges capable of accepting
pig launchers will be installed at each subsea tie-in approximately 10km to 16km (6 miles to
10 miles) offshore. The pig launchers will be attached when needed to the flange assemblies
by divers. The pig launchers will normally not be attached unless maintenance or inspection
activities are underway. The laterals will be pigged as needed on the basis of the results of
any pigging of the mainline the need for pigging the mainline being determined on the
basis of pigging the Alagbado to Lagos Beach stretch annually for the first five years and
then adjusted as necessary thereafter depending on quantities of liquids and solids removed.
2.4.4.2.3 Corrosion Protection System
All offshore line pipe will be coated externally with a fusion bond epoxy (FBE) coating by an
FBE coating vendor. The FBE is intended to provide the first line of corrosion protection in
the subsea environment. Like the onshore pipeline, shrink-wrap sleeves will be applied at the
weld joints as the line pipe is being assembled. Furthermore, all 20in line pipe downstream
from the Lagos Beach Compressor Station will be coated internally with an FBE.
In addition to the physical protection methods described above, the offshore line pipe will be
protected by a sacrificial-anode cathodic protection system, in which a sacrificial
zinc/aluminum anode will be attached to the offshore line pipe at a frequency of one anode
for every 25 joints (approximately 305m or 1000ft) of line pipe and corrode in preference to

Chapter 2
other metal components of the line pipe. Cathodic protection potential measurements can be
performed on the onshore pipeline ends on a periodic basis to ensure the cathodic system is
protecting the pipeline. (The onshore portion of each lateral will also be protected by
sacrificial galvanic anodes.)
2.4.4.3 Facility Material Management Summary
With the exception of an upset condition such as during a leak or rupture, there will be no
emissions including those from solid or liquid sources from the operation of the offshore
pipeline. A small amount of gas will be released from the subsea pig launcher each time it is
disconnected from the subsea tie-in during pigging, approximately 0.34m3 to 1.27m3 (12ft3 to
45ft3).
2.4.5 R&M Stations and Onshore Portions of Laterals and Trunk

An R&M station will be installed onshore at: Cotonou, Benin; Lom, Togo; and Tema,
Ghana, and Takoradi, Ghana, the terminus of the main offshore trunk.
With few exceptions, resulting mainly from capacity variation, all R&M stations will be
designed, constructed, and operated the same. Equipment sizing will be different from one
station to the next and will be proportional to the anticipated delivery rates to each (Table
2.3-1). Primary power for the Cotonou R&M stations will be provided by natural gas-fueled
generator. Table 2.4-2 summarizes the main aspects of the Cotonou R&M station.
2.4.5.1 Facility Location in Benin
The Cotonou R&M station is located west of Cotonou, approximately 28km (17 miles) from
the city center. The facility will be 150m by 220m (492ft by 721ft) and occupy 3.3ha (8.1
acres). A 25m (82ft) buffer zone will surround the facility. Figure 2.4-1 is a site location
map for the Cotonou R&M station. Access to the facility will be from the Cotonou to Lom
highway; the adjacent railway may also be used to transport goods to the site during
construction. To the south of the station, a 25m ROW approximately 5km (3.1 miles) in
length, is required for the onshore portion of the lateral linking the R&M station to the
offshore mainline. To the northeast of the R&M station, a 25m ROW approximately 9.5km
(5.9 miles) in length, is required for a lateral to a future CEB facility at Maria Gleta.

Chapter 2
Table 2.4-2
Cotonou R&M Station
Aspect Description Figures/Further Descriptions
Location 28km west of Cotonou, Benin Figure 2.4-1
Site Area 3.3ha (8.1 acres) Figure 2.4-1
The R&M stations are: (1) the end point of the
offshore laterals in Togo, Benin, and Ghana as
well as the terminus of the main trunk line at
Takoradi, Ghana; (2) the points where the
WAPCo transmission system ends and
Purpose customer usage and/or local gas distribution by
local gas distribution companies begins. Their
purpose is to reduce pipeline pressure and
provide custody transfer and metering of the
natural gas from WAPCo to the customer or
local gas distribution company. Section 2.4.5.3
Gas Scrubber Section 2.4.5.3.1
Liquid Storage Tanks Section 2.4.5.3.2
Gas Heater Section 2.4.5.3.3
Pressure Reduction Valve Section 2.4.5.3.4
Main Equipment
Custody Transfer and Metering Section 2.4.5.3.5
Vent System Section 2.4.5.3.6
Pig Launcher/Receiver Section 2.4.5.3.7
Fuel and Instrument Gas Systems Sections 2.4.5.3.8 and 2.4.5.3.9
2.4.5.2 Onshore Portion of Lateral
For most of their route, the onshore portions of the laterals and trunk will be buried to a depth
of 1m (3.3ft) and 1.2m (4ft) at road crossings.2 The WAPCo ROW Access Policy (Appendix
8B3.2) will govern access to the ROW by the local population.
In view of the onshore length of the Benin lateral, there will be a temporary marshalling yard
site to stage and dispatch equipment and materials used in onshore pipeline construction and
provide temporary field office locations for the construction contractors. This staging yard
will be adjacent to the Cotonou R&M station. The construction of the pipeline and
temporary facilities is described in more detail in Section 2.8.2.
The transmission system components to be installed in the onshore pipeline include:
8in pipe (with corrosion protection coating and cement weight coating in wetlands,
seasonal swamps, or marshes, possibly also in river crossings) within a pipeline ROW
with an average width of 25m;
Corrosion protection system; and
2
Per API recommended Practice 1102.

Figure 2.4-1
Cotonou R&M Station
Limit of Available Maria-Gleta
Satellite Coverage
Gbankanhoue
Dalenou Sado
R&M Station
Area Enlarged at Right
Cococodji
Adboganhouhoue
Akpagbegon
Cotonou R&M Station
Adjahedji
Hio Houegbo Proposed WAGP ROW
Hio Houta
Benin_Ikonos_Asize.mxd
Last Edited: 5/5/2004 7:18:41 AM

Kilometers
0 0.5 1 1.5 2

Chapter 2

Chapter 2
Temporary marshalling yard.
The following paragraphs explain the function of the significant onshore pipeline
components.
2.4.5.2.1 8in Pipe (Cement Weight Coated in Wetlands or Marshes)
The onshore lateral pipeline will provide the connection from the shore crossing to the R&M
station. The following areas, through which the onshore pipeline will pass, warrant special
consideration during the construction phase:
Streambeds/river crossings;
Road crossings; and
Significant wetlands areas.
An inventory of each of these areas is given in Section 2.8.2.2 where they are discussed
further.
2.4.5.2.2 Corrosion Protection Systems
All onshore line pipe will be externally coated with a FBE coating. This will be applied at a
coating yard likely to be located outside of West Africa and thus aspects of the FBE coating
operations are not within the scope of this EIA.
The FBE is intended to provide the first line of corrosion protection for all line pipe, simply
in the form of a barrier. Shrink-wrap will be applied on all weld joints as the line pipe is
being assembled at the installation site as further corrosion protection.
In addition to FBE coating and shrink-wrap, added corrosion protection will be achieved
electrochemically by means of impressed-current cathodic protection systems in which a low
voltage DC current is applied to counterbalance the corrosion process. The components of
these systems will be a transformer rectifier unit (to transform AC to DC) at the Tee and
the compressor station and impressed current groundbed anodes to transmit current across
pipeline, preventing external corrosion from occurring and maintaining pipeline integrity.
2.4.5.2.3 Water and Waste Water (Onshore Lateral and ROW)
There will be no consumption of water and no sources of process waste water during the
operation of the onshore portions of the laterals and trunk themselves. Nonetheless,
incremental stormwater run-off may occur until reinstatement of the ROW is complete
(Section 2.8.2.3).
2.4.5.2.4 Solid and Hazardous Waste (Onshore Lateral and ROW)
During the lifetime of the transmission system, the wastes to be removed and disposed of
during maintenance of the 25m (82ft) wide ROW would be overgrowth and illegally dumped
wastes. Vegetation clearance will be performed four times a year by hand. No herbicides
will be used for vegetation clearance. For the Benin lateral, it is expected that local

Chapter 2
inhabitants would remove overgrowth debris from this maintenance for use as a fuel source.
Provisions will be made for the management of this overgrowth debris, including possibly
accumulation and burning. Other wastes would be managed off-site in accordance with local
regulations and an approved waste-management plan. Hazardous wastes will not be
generated by operation of the onshore pipeline. An explanation of how wastes will be
managed is provided in Section 2.5.
2.4.5.2.5 Onshore Lateral and ROW Material Management Summary
Under routine operations there will be no emissions to the atmosphere other than incidental
fugitive emissions at valves or flanges or waste water discharges. As a highly implausible
worst-case scenario, all of the vegetation cleared along the ROW would require disposal four
times per year. In Benin this would be an area of 35ha. Assuming an average height of 1m
and four times per year, the worst-case waste volume requiring a landfill would be 0.14
million cubic meters per year (Mm3/yr).
2.4.5.3 Process Description
The R&M station is the end point of the offshore laterals in Benin and is the point where the
WAPCo transmission system ends and customer usage and/or local gas distribution by local
gas distribution companies begins in Benin. Its purpose is to reduce pipeline pressure and
provide custody transfer and metering of the natural gas from WAPCo to the customer or
local gas distribution company. The major components of the R&M station will be skid-
mounted under roof and installed in two parallel equipment runs to provide 100 percent,
uninterruptible operational back up, accompanied by single installation of non-operationally
critical components (i.e., no spare or redundant equipment). The station will be manned 24
hours a day, seven days a week. The facility will also have 24-hour security. Figure 2.4-1 is
the site plan view illustrating the R&M station configuration. The components of the R&M
station are as follows:
Filter/separators/liquids knockout vessels;

Over-pressure protection (e.g., relief valves, excess pressure control valves, etc.);
Under-pressure protection;
Low pressure protection against air ingress;
Automated shut down valves;
Safety and emergency shutdown (ESD) system;
Custody transfer metering;
Gas pre-heater module;
Pressure regulation/reduction system;
Process pressure and temperature measurement;
Pig receiving traps/barrels from lateral line;
Venting system for sectional and complete station de-pressurization;
Venting/blowdown of a section of the lateral line at the R&M station;
Fuel gas system;
Fuel gas scrubber;
Vent header, vent scrubber, and vent stack system;
Pipeline liquids handling tank;

Chapter 2
Metering runs;
Instrument gas system;
SCADA/Very Small Aperture Terminal (VSAT) operating systems;
Corrosion protection system;
Offices and control room;
Cathodic/corrosion protection system;
Waste management compound; and
Sanitary septic system.
The following paragraphs explain the function of the significant R&M station components.
2.4.5.3.1 Gas Scrubber
As with other transmission system scrubbers, undesirable solids or liquids, if any, from
upstream sources will be first removed at a gas scrubber and drained to the facility liquids
handling tank via a pressurized drain system. Liquids from the scrubber are expected to
consist of water and gas condensates, and the solids are expected to consist of pipe scale
solids. As entrained solids and liquids will be present in the gas only during upset
conditions, the quantities involved are expected to be incidental and may accumulate very
slowly over time, although liquid evaporation is more likely. The scrubber will be vented
through the vent system. All accumulated liquids will be sent via a gravity and pressurized
drain to a liquid tank and managed as hazardous waste.
2.4.5.3.2 Liquid Storage Tanks
Removed liquids and entrained solids at the gas scrubber or other facility drainage points will
be pressure and gravity drained via a header system and vent stack to a 16,000L (4,200gal)
liquids handling tank. The liquids handling tank will be placed in a secondary containment
vault. At the tank, liquids will await periodic removal by a local waste removal contractor.
The liquids handling tank will be equipped with a high-level gauge and will be vented to the
atmosphere. The secondary contaminant vault will be equipped with a drain valve that will
be operated normally closed.
2.4.5.3.3 Gas Heater
One of the primary functions of the R&M station is to depressurize the natural gas.
However, reducing the pressure of natural gas also lowers its temperature. The inlet
temperature of the gas at the R&M station is expected to be approximately 14.4 Celsius (C)
(57.9F), the average ambient offshore water temperature. Allowing the temperature of the
natural gas to fall below this temperature could lead to the formation of ice-like methane
hydrates if any water is present in the gas. It is important to prevent this from happening
because hydrates can block system lines and interrupt equipment functions. To prevent
hydrate formation the gas will be passed through a heat exchanger to be warmed before being
depressurized (Section 2.4.5.3.4).
The heat exchanger is a vessel in which hot water circulates in pipes. Incoming natural gas
will come into contact with these pipes and is warmed. The water in the pipes will be
potable water, which is heated by natural gas fuel and maintained at the required temperature.

Chapter 2
As a worst-case alternative, corrosion inhibitor and biocide will be added. The power rating
of the heat exchanger is 1150 kilowatts (kW).
2.4.5.3.4 Pressure Reduction Valve
Pressure control valves will be used to reduce the pressure of the natural gas between the
upstream transmission side of the system and downstream customer side of the system. The
process has the potential to result in the creation of significant, continuous noise; however,
the control valves will be designed so that the noise level will be less than 55 decibels
(weighted to A scale) (dBA) at the property line and less than 85dBA in the R&M station
building.
2.4.5.3.5 Custody Transfer Metering
Custody transfer metering runs and associated equipment will be installed to gauge and
record gas pressure, temperature, and volumes transferred at the R&M station. All R&M
stations will have auto samplers and a dew-point measurement system; in addition to this,
Takoradi will have a gas chromatograph. The metering system will consist of two parallel
meter runs sized to cover the entire range of design flow rates. These meter runs will be skid
mounted and uncovered and will be connected to the vent system.
2.4.5.3.6 Vent System
In response to start-up, emergency, or upset conditions and to allow for system blowdown
during these and other events, all pressurized vessels, lines, and operating components at the
R&M station will be connected to the R&M station vent system. The R&M station vent
system will consist of a relief header, vent scrubber, and vent stack designed to be capable of
gathering and disposing of hydrocarbons released during the largest single contingency relief
or blowdown event at the facility when operating at design capacity. The largest blowdown
event for the R&M station will involve the blowdown of gas contained within the offshore
lateral leading to the R&M station and the R&M station itself (Section 2.6.4.1). In an upset
condition, the R&M station lateral will be isolated from the R&M station by a valve using
the ESD system. A subsea valve can be used in isolating the lateral and metering station
from the main line.
At a release rate of 100MMscfd (2.83MMcmd) a controlled blowdown of the lateral would

release 4.8MMscf (0.136MMcm) of gas and last 1.2 hours. Blowdown of the R&M station
by itself would result in the release of no more than 40m3 of gas and take only a few minutes.
A complete description of blowdown events and the ESD system to control such events is
provided in Section 2.6.
All relief valves shall discharge into the relief header with released gas routed to the vent
scrubber. Carryover and flashed liquids collected in the vent scrubber shall gravity flow to

Chapter 2
the non-pressurized sump tank and be commingled with the liquids from the atmospheric
drains system.3
Though the vent will normally not be operating at the R&M station, to prevent backflash
from an unplanned ignition, a small amount of purge gas will be continuously injected into
the vent header piping at the extremities to ensure that the header system remains free of
oxygen. Purge gas velocity will be approximately 0.05ft/sec (0.015m/sec). The R&M
station will have a 10in (25.4cm) vent header, which will yield purge gas at a rate of
approximately 155 actual cubic feet per hour (acfh), equivalent to approximately 0.003
percent of initial pipeline capacity. Purge gas shall be metered and reported for mass balance
documentation.
2.4.5.3.7 Pig Launcher/Receiver
To enable removal of liquids as well as to monitor pipeline integrity, the R&M station will be
equipped with a pig receiver to accept pigs launched from the offshore subsea tie-in. The
laterals will be pigged as needed on the basis of the results of any pigging of the mainline
the need for pigging the mainline being determined on the basis of pigging the Alagbado to
Lagos Beach stretch annually for the first five years and will be adjusted as necessary
thereafter depending on quantities of liquids and solids removed. Accumulated liquids from
pigging operation between the main trunk liner and the R&M station will be managed at the
R&M station. The pig receiver will be vented to the facility vent stack.
2.4.5.3.8 Instrument Gas
Each pneumatic user (instrument) should use approximately 1scfm. With this estimate, it is
expected that the pneumatic users should use approximately 20scfm at the R&M station.
Unlike at the Lagos Beach Compressor Station there are few enough pneumatic users to
justify the installation of flameproof equipment rather than air compressors for an instrument
air system. The fugitive emissions are not expected to exceed 5 percent of the usage rate.
Natural gas will be taken from the system at the R&M station to be used as the control
medium for pneumatic instrumentation, pumps and some valve actuation.
2.4.5.3.9 Fuel Gas System
Gas will be taken from the system at the R&M station to provide fuel for gas-powered
electrical generators and gas heaters. Fuel gas consumption is expected to total 1.5MMscfd.
Fugitive emissions are not expected to exceed 5 percent of this figure.
2.4.5.3.10 Water and Waste Water
Normally the R&M station will be manned only by a small security team (1 to 2 people) but
other workers will occasionally be present to maintain the SCADA and VSAT systems
housed there. Consequently, a domestic water source will be provided for occasional use by
3
See WAGP-P-P-SA-0017, Functional Specification for Drain Systems.

Chapter 2
up to four workers. This will necessitate the sinking of a well, most likely before
construction. Groundwater will be treated in an on-site treatment plant (including chemical
treatment systems, filtrations systems, and reverse-osmosis modules) to applicable treatment
standards suitable for its intended use. The estimated expected daily use of water from each
well is 159L (42gal) per day per person. No firewater will be provided at the R&M station at
Cotonou.
Sanitary waste water from occasional usage by up to four workers will be treated through a
septic tank system that is capable of collecting and holding the waste water. The design of
the sanitary waste septic system will be done in accordance with the design parameters
contained in the environmental standards adopted for this project and applicable local
requirements. It will be sized to cope with six facility operators (i.e., 1,135L (300gal) per
day). The preferred option for disposing of treated sanitary waste water is discharge into the
soil by means of a properly designed and sized drainage field. Other options for disposing of
treated sanitary waste water are:
Discharging into nearby receiving waters; and

Hauling off-site for disposal.
Although the facility will require no process water and thus produce no process waste water,
other waste water sources will exist, including equipment washdown water and incidental
process-area stormwater that may come into contact with operating equipment. To minimize
the latter, system components subject to maintenance will be placed under a roof to limit
exposure to stormwater. Waste water from these sources will be gathered beneath the system
components on drip pans and drained via gravity drains to the liquids handling tank where it
will await removal be a waste vendor. Non-contact stormwater will not be collected and
allowed to flow freely from the facility.
2.4.5.3.11 Solid and Hazardous Waste
See Section 2.5 for complete description of the sources of solid and hazardous waste at the
various WAPCo facilities and explanation of how they will be managed. Rates and volumes
for wastes generated during operations (including accumulated in the liquids-handling tank)
are given in Appendix 2-B.
2.4.5.3.12 Electrical Power
Two 40kW, 230V natural gas-powered generators with an emergency 20kW, 230V diesel
generator backup system will provide primary electrical power to the R&M station. The
emergency diesel power plant will be provided with a 159L (42gal) diesel supply tank,
sufficient to maintain the R&M in continuous operations for 24 hours.
2.4.5.3.13 Other Facility Components
Other significant components of the R&M stations include:
Security gate house;

Chapter 2
Equipment and control room;
SCADA/Distributed Control System (DCS)/VSAT system;
Fire detection; and
Corrosion protection system consisting of sacrificially corroding galvanic anodes and

sacrificially corroding coupon corrosion indicators (Section 2.4.4.2.3).
2.4.5.4 Facility Material Management Summary
Rates and volumes for wastes generated during operations (including liquids accumulated in
the liquids-handling tank) are given in Appendix 2-B.
Sanitary waste water is discussed in Section 2.4.5.3.10.
2.5 Solid and Hazardous Waste from Pipeline Operations

Solid waste generated at the R&M station can be divided into the following categories:
Domestic solid waste;

Non-hazardous industrial waste;
Hazardous industrial waste; and
Semi-solid waste.
These wastes will be generated during the construction and operation phases, although the
quantities generated in the operations phase will be much less. This section outlines the
types and quantities of waste generated in the operations phase. The quantities and types of
waste generated are described in Appendix 2-B. WAPCos Waste Management plan is
described in Appendix 8B2.6. WAPCo has identified existing waste management facilities
that will be audited. These facilities will be audited and formally approved by WAPCo prior
to use. In cases where audits identify the potential for mismanagement of wastes, WAPCo
will consider one or more of the following:
Work with proposed waste management facility to correct identified deficiencies;

Consider alternative in-region waste management facilities, including those used by
WAPCo Sponsors; and
Consider out-of-region waste management facilities or consider development of on-
site waste management facilities at WAPCo facilities in accordance with World Bank
requirements.
WAPCo will assume its responsibilities as a waste generator, from the generation to ultimate
disposal.

Chapter 2
2.5.1 Domestic Solid Waste

Included in this type of waste are food scraps, pruning, grass or tree clippings, paper,
cardboard, wood scraps, and all other biodegradable refuse that is generated in facilities such
as offices and eating facilities at the site. This domestic waste may be stored in properly
labeled plastic or metal drums located at strategic locations at the site. Domestic waste at the
facility will be disposed of at an approved off-site landfill by waste carriers and operators
who have been duly authorized by appropriate environmental authorities.
2.5.2 Non-Hazardous Industrial Solid Waste

Included in non-hazardous solid waste are waste materials generated in operating or
maintenance areas that did not come in contact with hydrocarbons, solvents, etc. This non-
hazardous waste will be stored in properly identified plastic or metal drums that are
strategically located throughout the facility. Non-hazardous waste will be periodically
collected and taken to a designated waste material storage location on-site. Non-hazardous
waste materials will be used and/or recycled as much as possible and any remaining non-
hazardous wastes will be occasionally transported by an approved waste carrier for disposal
or recycling at a to-be-determined approved off-site disposal or recycling facility.
2.5.3 Hazardous Waste

Hazardous wastes are typically identified via laboratory testing of hazardous characteristics
or are designated as hazardous by local regulations. For WAGP, these wastes are likely to
include sediment sludge, packing, belts, hoses, fireproofing, paint cans, activated carbon
filters, mineral wool, grease, rags, gloves, oakum and other materials commingled with oil,
hydrocarbons, solvent, paint, and any other material that contains hydrocarbon residue
including pigging wastes.
Hazardous waste will be stored in properly labeled and sealed plastic or metal drums that are
strategically located throughout the facility where this waste may be generated. Pigging
fluids will be contained in the liquids handling tank, awaiting removal by a waste removal
vendor. Periodically, the hazardous waste will be collected and taken to hazardous waste
temporary storage locations on-site. The temporary hazardous waste storage facility will
have a concrete floor and a continuous concrete barrier approximately six inches high around
the perimeter of the concrete floor. The storage site will contain a roof to protect the drums
from the weather. The storage site will also be lighted and contain adequate ventilation.
Hazardous waste carriers and operators, who have been duly authorized by appropriate
environmental authorities, will perform the treatment and final disposal of this hazardous
waste at a to-be-determined, approved off-site treatment plant or disposal location. Appendix
2-D lists potentially hazardous materials.
2.5.4 Semi-Solid Waste

Semi-solid waste generated will include sludge from the sanitary and industrial waste water
treatment plants. Sludge from the industrial waste treatment plant shall be periodically

Chapter 2
extracted and placed into properly identified and sealed metal or plastic drums or vessels.
Semi-solid waste shall be treated and disposed of at an approved off-site treatment plant not
yet identified.
2.6 Operational Control and Safety Systems

2.6.1 Operational Control Systems
WAGP facilities will be capable of continuous and automatic operations across the entire
pipeline system. Pipeline and facilities control will primarily be from a Central Dispatch
Center (CDC) located at the Lagos Beach Compressor Station and, in event of an emergency
situation, from a backup CDC co-located with WAPCo Headquarters. The CDC shall be
capable of complete pipeline and facility operation, start-up, shutdown, and initiation of
emergency shutdown and blowdown systems. All information necessary to achieve these
requirements shall be available within the CDC and at the backup CDC.
R&M stations will be monitored and controlled from the CDC or backup CDC with the
ability to be controlled locally. Gas compressors will have a local control station at Lagos
Beach, which will be linked to the CDC. Pipeline, plant facilities, and personnel shall be
protected from hazardous conditions by appropriate safety devices and procedural controls.
The Process Control System (PCS) will serve as the central point for the process control
operations at the Alagbado Custody Transfer Station, the Lagos Beach Control and Dispatch
Center (CDC), and at each of the four R&M stations. The backup CDC located within
WAPCo Headquarters will have the ability to perform identical functions.
The PCS shall provide the following functions as a minimum:
Centralized control of the process facilities from each sites control room;
Remote control of process valves, motors, compressors, etc.;
Interface with other plant systems which include, but are not limited to, the Safety
Shutdown System (SSS), compressor control panels, and SCADA system;
Continuous capacity and pressure control of the control loops defined in the piping
and instrument diagrams and cause and effect diagrams;
Measurement and calculations associated with gas flow, volumes, and composition;
and
Sequencing, configuration, and logic control of all control sequencing and control
loops (control sequencing includes the necessary logic to accomplish all Level 2 and
Level 3 shutdowns of the process system controlled and sequenced by the PCS).
The control system will consist of three tiers:

Chapter 2
Primary and backup SCADA computers located in the central control center at the
Lagos Beach Compressor Station. The main function of the SCADA system will be
operational interface to support operation of the complete pipeline network. The
SCADA system will report pipeline system status to the control center, showing
normal, abnormal, or alarm conditions, so operators can monitor and take action if
needed. Remote terminal units at each field compressor, metering, or pigging station
will receive and execute commands from the control centers.
Communications/control computers also located in the dispatching and backup

dispatching centers for the purpose of communications and issuing control commands
and initiating corrective actions. Operators will be able to view the entire system and
ensure that the demand for product flow is met and that pipeline-operating conditions
are safe and optimized. Corrective actions can be initiated, either automatically or
with operator over-ride, if necessary. The backup dispatch center will be located at
WAPCo Headquarters.
The remote stations will have a degree of local automation and control which will
ensure safe and continuous operation of the station independent of whether the
operator is present on-site and whether he will take the required corrective action.
Similarly, the individual stations will be able to operate safely with or without
communications from the central dispatch or backup dispatch centers.
Local control of the facilities from the plant for at least maintenance purposes.
The SCADA system will provide the mechanism by which the data will be collated,
transferred, and stored and will utilize VSAT telecommunications technology for data
transmission and voice communications as it provides the lowest total cost of ownership.
The system will be designed to serve only the pipelines telecommunications needs. VSAT
facilities will be located at each pressure reduction, metering, and compressor station. Local
and international communications system where available will also be utilized as a back up.
Voice Communication from the R&M stations to customers facilities will be provided by
line of sight radio link.
2.6.2 Fire and Gas Detection and Protection Systems

The Fire and Gas Detection and Protection System (the F&G system) will provide a
common central facility for all fire and gas detection and protection equipment and will be
dedicated only to the detection of and protection against fire and gas. No other monitoring
control or shutdown function shall be incorporated into this stand-alone system. It will be
designed to operate under normal conditions with minimum operator interface. The process
and essential-services areas within each WAGP site will be continually monitored by
detectors that initiate alarms upon detection of a hazard. All F&G detection equipment will
be provided with line monitoring facilities on both input and output circuits.
Common facilities such as power supplies will be duplicated, but the system shall be
designed utilizing simplex fail-safe input and output (I/O) units and functional logic modules.
The F&G System will operate normally from an external 24 volts direct current (VDC)

Chapter 2
system with a backup battery within each panel for four hours of operation. The F&G
system will be capable of operating for up to eight hours without air conditioning in an
ambient temperature of 40C.
The F&G system shall have the capability to annunciate two different types of alarm tones.
One alarm tone shall alert the operator of confirmed fire detection within the perimeter of the
facility. A different alarm tone will alert the operator of confirmed high-gas detection within
the perimeter of the facility. The F&G system will generate a low-level gas-detected alarm at
20 percent of the lower explosive limit (LEL) and a high-level gas-detected alarm at 60
percent LEL. Actions resulting from detection of fire or gas will result in alarms, equipment
shutdown, or facility shutdown, depending on the level of the alarm and its location.
Fire detection will employ various detection methods including UV detectors, heat detectors,
smoke detectors, and rate of rise detectors depending on application or location. Gas
detection will employ conventional point detection methods; open path line-of-sight gas
detectors will be utilized within the Lagos Beach Compressor Station. Outputs from the
F&G system will be processed in the SSS for executive actions.
Depending on location and application, suppression systems may include handheld fire
extinguishers (either CO2 or dry powder), trolley-mounted extinguishers (dry powder), hose
reels, fixed monitors, and inert-gas suppression systems. No Halon will be used in WAGP
facilities. The fire fighting system for the compressor station is described in Section
2.4.3.2.7 of the Nigeria Final EIA (Nigeria 2.4.3.2.7).
2.6.3 Emergency Shutdown Systems

All WAGP sites shall include ESD systems to alarm and shut down systems in the event of
process upsets, power failures, and emergencies such as fires or accidental releases of
flammable vapors. These ESD systems shall be independent of PCSs described in Section
2.6.1.
Emergency Shutdown and Control of WAGP Facilities will be managed by two separate
systems: the SSS4 and the PCS.5 The principal aims and objectives of the SSS and the PCS
are to minimize the consequence of an incident, hazard, or accident, in order to ensure the
following:
Protection of personnel and public;

Minimization of potential for adverse environmental impact;
Protection of the installation, equipment and facilities infrastructure; and
Maintain safe operations compatible with business requirements.
4
Described in WAGP Technical Specification WAGP-P-I-SA-0070 ESD System Specification.
5
Described in WAGP Technical Specification WAGP-P-I-SA-0073 Process Control System Specification.

Chapter 2
2.6.3.1 Safety Shutdown System (SSS)
The SSS for WAGP facilities will be designed for high integrity operation. It shall be a
stand-alone system that initiates the shutdown and blowdown/depressurization of systems
and facilities during upset or abnormal conditions.
The system components, such as sensors, logic, actuators, etc., shall be designed to operate
independently of other control and monitoring systems. Since reliability of safe operation is
of primary importance, the system shall be designed on an inherently fail-safe principle.
The WAGP facilities will have four levels of shutdown. Starting with the highest, these are:
Manual Emergency Shutdown shutdown, isolation and depressurization of all

WAGP facilities;
Level 1 for localized shutdown, isolation, and depressurization of the relevant

facility;
Level 2 for localized shutdown and isolation without depressurization of the

relevant facility; and
Level 3 for localized individual equipment shutdown and isolation without

depressurization at the relevant facility.
A Level 3 shutdown may result in escalation to a Level 2, which in turn to may escalate to a
Level 1 shutdown. This is called cascading when one executive action initiates further
higher level shutdowns.
2.6.3.1.1 Manual Emergency Shutdown
Manual ESD is the highest level of shutdown. ESD activation will result in the shutdown,
isolation, and automatic depressurization of all process and utility systems throughout the
WAGP system. This will include electrical isolation of non-essential equipment to minimize
the potential for ignition sources. This will normally be initiated at either of the CDCs by
Operator intervention and only in extreme circumstances. It will result in the following:
Shutdown and isolation of gas feed from the ELP and closure of ESD valves at
Alagbado Tee facility;
Equipment shutdown, closure of ESD valves, and depressurization of facilities via

flare system at Lagos Beach;
Equipment shutdown, closure of ESD valves, and facilities depressurization via vent
system at the R&M stations;
Electrical isolation of all non-essential equipment; and

Chapter 2
Activation of audible and visual alarms located around the facility such that in event
of an ESD, personnel will be alerted to the situation. These alarms will be specific to
a Manual ESD.
2.6.3.1.2 Level 1 Shutdown
Alagbado Tee
The events that will initiate a Level 1 Shutdown at Alagbado Tee are described in Section
2.6.3.1.2 of the Nigeria Final EIA (Nigeria 2.6.3.1.2), as are the resulting actions.
Lagos Beach Compressor Station
The events that will initiate a Level 1 Shutdown at Lagos Beach Compressor Station are
described in Section 2.6.3.1.2 of the Nigeria Final EIA (Nigeria 2.6.3.1.2), as are the
resulting actions.
R&M Stations
A Level 1 shutdown at an R&M station will be initiated by the following events:
Manual initiation (from the local station control room);

Receipt of an ESD signal from Lagos Beach or the backup CDC;
Fire detection inside hazardous area; and
Total loss of instrument electrical power.
A Level 1 shutdown at an R&M station will result in the following actions:
Equipment shutdown, closure of ESD valves, and facilities depressurization via vent
system at the R&M stations;
Isolation of electrical power to non-essential equipment; and
Activation of audible and visual alarms located around the facility such that in event
of a Level 1 shutdown, personnel will be alerted to the situation. These alarms will
be specific to a Level 1 shutdown.
2.6.3.1.3 Level 2 Shutdown All Facilities
A Level 2 shutdown at any facility will be initiated by the following events:
Manual initiation (from the local station control room);
High liquid level in the gas scrubbers/vessels;
Complete loss of backup power from the Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS); and
Failure of any equipment or process system that results in the complete loss of gas
feed to the facility or the ability to control it.

Chapter 2
A Level 2 shutdown at any facility will result in:
A complete localized plant shutdown, and will cause the entire process to shutdown,
rotating equipment to stop, and heaters to be shutdown;
Level 2 shutdown functions are limited to blocking in the affected system;
Manual depressurization may be initiated from the local control room; and
Each process and utility subsystem will be capable of being shutdown from the local
control room.
2.6.3.1.4 Level 3 Shutdown All Facilities
Level 3 shutdown refers to automatic equipment shutdowns resulting from protection

of individual equipment items or process trips (e.g., air compressor, generator, etc.)
shutdown by equipment protection systems supplied as part of equipment package;
Each unit of electrical equipment package shall also have a local push-button for
shutdown; and
Alarms will be built into control loops to sound audible warnings for deviation from
operating conditions for those controlled variables that will give the operator
sufficient time to take remedial action.
2.6.4 Venting, Flaring, and Blowdown

2.6.4.1 Depressurization Events
Worst-case depressurization events in Benin are outlined in Section 2.4.5.3.6. Flaring will
not take place in Benin. The overall philosophy is to isolate and depressurize equipment and
facilities using the SSS and PCS functions as outlined in Section 2.6.2. A table of rates and
volumes for the blowdown of each segment is given in Table 2.6-1.
2.6.4.1.1 Depressurization of Onshore Line in Nigeria
The depressurization of the onshore line in Nigeria is described in Section 2.6.4.1.1 of the
Nigeria Final EIA (Nigeria 2.6.4.1.1).
2.6.4.1.2 Depressurization of Lagos Beach Compressor Station
The depressurization of the Lagos Compressor Station is described in Section 2.6.4.1.2 of the
Nigeria Final EIA (Nigeria 2.6.4.1.2).

Chapter 2
Table 2.6-1
Blowdown Volume and Rates for All Segments
Blowdown Interval (Hours) at: Blowdown Interval (Days) at:
Section 50 75 100 50 75 100 Volume Released
MMscfd MMscfd MMscfd MMscfd MMscfd MMscfd
Onshore Pipeline
17.5 MMscfd
Alagbado Tee to Midline valve 8.4 5.6 4.2 0.3 0.2 0.2
0.496Mcmd
17.5 MMscfd
Midline valve to Lagos Beach 8.4 5.6 4.2 0.3 0.2 0.2
0.496Mcmd
35.0 MMscfd
Alagbado Tee to Lagos Beach 16.8 11.2 8.4 0.7 0.5 0.4
0.991Mcmd
Offshore Pipeline (18in Case)
649 MMscfd
Lagos Beach to Takoradi (without laterals) 311.6 207.7 155.8 13.0 8.7 6.5
18.4Mcmd
711 MMscfd
Lagos Beach to all R&Ms (with spurs) 341.2 227.4 170.6 14.2 9.5 7.1
20.1Mcmd
Offshore Pipeline (20in Case)
801 MMscfd
Lagos Beach to Takoradi (without laterals) 384.7 256.4 192.3 16.0 10.7 8.0
22.7Mcmd
876 MMscfd
Lagos Beach to all R&Ms (with laterals) 421.2 280.8 210.6 17.5 11.7 8.8
24.8Mcmd
Lagos Beach to Takoradi (without laterals) 170 MMscfd
81.5 54.4 40.8 3.4 2.3 1.7
(40 barg initial pressure) 4.81Mcmd
Lagos Beach to all R&Ms (with laterals) 186 MMscfd
89.3 59.5 44.6 3.7 2.5 1.9
(40 barg initial pressure) 5.27Mcmd
Laterals
4.8 MMscfd
Cotonou Lateral 2.4 1.6 1.2 0.1 0.1 0.1
0.136MMcm
6.54 MMscfd
Lom Lateral 3.5 2.3 1.7 0.1 0.1 0.1
0.185MMcm
16.3 MMscfd
Tema Lateral 8.8 5.9 4.4 0.4 0.2 0.2
0.461MMcm

Chapter 2
2.6.4.1.3 Depressurization of Offshore Mainline (including Laterals)
The offshore section, including laterals, can be manually depressurized under controlled
conditions at Lagos Beach Compressor Station. Should the Lagos Beach Compressor Station
facility be unavailable for depressurization, the stack at Takoradi has been designed to
accommodate a controlled manual depressurization of the offshore section including laterals.
Depressurization of the offshore line is a highly unlikely occurrence and would in all
probability be carried out to facilitate major repairs to the offshore line. This would be a
planned and controlled event (Section 2.4.3.2.4 of the Nigeria Final EIA (Nigeria 2.4.3.2.4)).
2.6.4.1.4 Depressurization of Laterals
R&M laterals can be manually depressurized under controlled conditions by closing the
Subsea valve, which would require intervention either by diver or remotely operated vehicle
(ROV) and venting at the R&M station (Section 2.4.5.3.6).
2.6.4.1.5 Depressurization of R&M Stations
R&M stations can be individually depressurized by closing the inlet and outlet ESD valves
and releasing the contained volume of the station to the vent stack (Section 2.4.5.3.6).
2.6.4.2 Depressurization Equipment Performance
The vent scrubbers shall be designed to remove 99.9 percent of entrained liquid droplets 450
microns or larger from the hydrocarbon gas streams prior to releasing the gas to the vent
stack. The minimum design pressure for vent system piping and equipment shall be 10.3
barg.
2.7 Design and Other Pre-Construction Activities

2.7.1 Front End Engineering Design (FEED)
WAPCo began a number of technical studies following the August 2002 Preliminary
Commercial Evaluation. Immediate efforts focused on risk reduction (e.g., geotechnical and
geophysical surveys and the EIA). Concurrent with this phase, Front End Engineering
Design (FEED) is being conducted in Houston, Texas USA. In this phase of the engineering,
the design was driven through the development of the following:
Process designs;
Piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&ID's);
System safety systems designs;
Project equipment specifications as described above;
Preliminary drawings;
Design reports;
Alternatives analysis for issues likely to be considered significant in this EIA; and
Other key project documentation.

Chapter 2
During this phase, WAPCo proactively solicited stakeholder input and evaluated Best
Available Technology (BAT) for incorporation into the designs, to ensure that the project
minimizes health, safety, and environmental (HSE) impacts. Several detailed reviews were
conducted during the preliminary engineering phase including those in Table 2.7-1.
Table 2.7-1
Preliminary Engineering Phase Reviews
Week of Week of Week of
Review Item
11 November 2002 27 January 2003 2 June 2003
Hazard Identification (HAZID) X Follow Up
Process Flow Diagrams (PFD) X Updates Updates if any
Facility Route and Siting Preliminary Survey Results
Conceptual Safety Evaluation Design Basis
Updates if any
Studies/Reviews Documents
Qualitative Risk Assessment Training X
Drawing Reviews, including P&ID X As changes occur
Project Specifications List As needed
Preliminary
Instrument Protective Function SD/Control
Update
(IPF) Classification Philosophy
HAZARDS ANALYSIS
(follow-up to HAZID & Training X
Qualitative Risk Assessment)
Preliminary Conceptual and FEED Level
Equipment Layout X Changes
Hazardous Area Classification X
Fire & Explosion Study X
Fire Protection Analysis X Update
Escape/Evac/Rescue X
X indicates review took place that week
During these and other reviews, representatives from EIA and permit/license approval
agencies in each of the countries participated to provide relevant input and guidance on
regulatory compliance issues and prudent protective measures. Development of the detailed
information to support the EIA process was a critical engineering and FEED activity to
ensure timely EIA approval before the start of construction. An iterative process of
stakeholder input, design adjustment, impact analysis, and follow-up stakeholder
consultations was used to develop the FEED and a detailed HSE plan (WAGP, 2002b). The
HSE plan developed at this stage will be ultimately incorporated into the EIA Environmental
Management Plan.
2.7.2 Design Basis: Philosophy and Standards

Design, fabrication, and construction of the transmission system is being done in accordance
with the requirements of the environmental laws and regulations of the host country; WAGP
regulations; approved, certified design and specification documentation; and restrictions
imposed by the environmental management plan of the final EIA.

Chapter 2
2.7.2.1 Design Philosophy
A number of design philosophies were observed throughout the design of the transmission
system. These were:
Protection of personnel and public;

Minimization of potential for adverse environmental impact;
Protection of the installation, equipment, and facilities infrastructure; and
Maintain safe operations compatible with business requirements.
Since reliability of safe operation is of primary importance, the system was designed on an
inherently fail-safe principle. This section of the EIA will summarize the elements of the
design that were incorporated to achieve that principle.
Ultimately, in order to uphold the design philosophy tenets, the design process included the
development of documented design basis criteria that will be observed throughout
construction, start-up, and operation of the transmission system. These documents are
available at the WAPCo Operations Office for inspection.
2.7.2.2 Design Standards
The technical standards for the engineering, design, and construction of the WAGP system
are proposed to be based on the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), American
Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), and American Petroleum Institute (API) systems.
The primary design code of reference will be the ANSI/ASME B31.8 Gas Transmission and
Distribution Piping Systems design code. The ANSI/ASME B31.8 design code is the only
general pipeline code that covers both onshore and offshore gas pipeline systems as well as
metering and compressor stations. The B31.8 code is the most widely used design code in
the industry for natural gas pipelines and is the predominant code of reference for WAGP
installations.
The components of the pipeline system will be designed and installed using API, ASME, or
ANSI design codes that are specific for the component. Listed below in Table 2.7-2 are the
design codes for major pipeline components as agreed to between the States and incorporated
into the IPA:
Table 2.7-2
Design Codes for Major Pipeline Components
Pipeline Component Design Codea
Onshore/Offshore Pipeline Design
ANSI/ ASME B31.8
(including Materials)
Offshore Pipeline Construction API RP 1111, Det Norske Veritas (DNV) OS-F101
Line Pipe Specification API Spec 5L
Pipeline Welding Specification API Stand 1104
National Association of Corrosion Engineers
Corrosion Protection
(NACE) RP0675, NACE RP0169
Other Pipeline Components (Valves,
API 6D, ASME B16.5, ASME 16.9
Flanges, Fittings)

Chapter 2
Table 2.7-2
Design Codes for Major Pipeline Components
Pipeline Component Design Codea
Process Piping Welding Spec ASME Sec IX (Boilers & Pressure Vessels)
Compression Spec API Spec 617
Gas Measurement Spec API MPMS Spec 14.3 or ISO 5167
Safety System Spec API RP Spec 14C
Power Turbines API 616
Fire protection National Fire Protection Association
Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society,
Instrumentation API RP 551, International Electrotechnical Council
(IEC), NEMA
Pressure Vessels ASME VIII D1
API RP 540/IEC International Electrotechnical
Commission, British Standards, IEC, International
Electrical systems
Organization for Standardization (ISO) CENELEC,
National Engineering Manufacturers Association
Buildings Local Building Codes
Civil Works British Standards, Euronorm, ISO
a
The above listed design codes are being established as the minimum design standards for the
WAGP system. However, ISO, DNV, or other high quality equivalent specifications may be
substituted if warranted.
The technical specifications devised by WAGP are listed in Appendix 8B-4.4.
2.7.3 Other Pre-construction Activities

In addition to design activities, WAPCo conducted the activities described in Sections 2.7.3.1
through 2.7.3.5 and these activities are integrated with the EIA processes and deliverables.
2.7.3.1 Routing and Siting Surveys
Onshore engineering surveys were conducted to determine ELP tie-in, pipeline routing,
Lagos Beach Compressor Station, and R&M locations in Benin, Ghana, and Togo. Offshore
surveys were conducted to determine appropriate marine routing of the pipeline. Relatively
non-invasive survey techniques were utilized, although soil and seabed coring operations
were used for geotechnical evaluation in both the onshore and offshore environments.
WAPCo coordinated External Affairs, Engineering, and EIA consulting resources in

implementing the surveys to ensure that all issues and impacts associated with routing and
siting were comprehensively and consistently identified. An appropriately scoped HSE
Management plan was prepared prior to routing and survey work to minimize the impacts of
these activities. Local communities and other stakeholders were advised of the survey
activities prior to commencement.

Chapter 2
2.7.3.2 Estate Surveying and Identification of Real Estate Titles
These activities will determine land tenure aspects of the project for the Nigerian onshore
portion of the project and gas delivery points in Benin, Ghana, and Togo. This determination
will include assessments of land ownership and other existing rights associated with potential
routing or siting options for the pipeline and facilities. The results of these activities will be
incorporated into a Resettlement Action Plan following World Bank requirements.
2.7.3.3 Land and ROW Acquisition
Land and ROW acquisition activities started via the Estate Survey process described above.
Based on this work, WAPCo will negotiate the acquisition of permanent land rights (for
facilities such as the compressor and R&M stations) and ROWs (for the pipeline itself).
Other temporary and permanent estate acquisitions (camps, staging areas, roads, etc.) will be
pursued either directly by WAPCo or through contractors or other third parties, with
appropriate compensation guidelines established.
WAPCo was advised that legal ownership and control of the offshore area, which the
pipeline will traverse, is vested in each of the countries on the national government.
Accordingly, WAPCo will negotiate for ROWs over these offshore areas with the
governments concerned.
Compensation for acquisition of permanent land rights and ROWs will be in accordance with
local and international best practices. WAPCo will deal closely with appropriate
government, community, and traditional leaders during negotiations to acquire land or
ROWs. WAPCo expects to find few resettlement issues associated with the construction of
the pipeline, particularly physical dislocation of people affected by the project. Resettlement
plans, which are a World Bank requirement, however, will be provided as a supplement to
this EIA Report.
WAPCo also recognized that initial land and ROW target areas might not be suitable at the
time of construction and that alternative routes should be considered as a contingency.
Proposed and alternative sites and routes were pursued in a manner consistent with the
description above, and all agreements included terms and conditions such as acquisition
contingent on EIA approval, Permit issuance etc.
2.7.3.4 Material Procurement, Staging, and Transportation
The line pipe itself, along with compressors, vessels, meter runs, and pressure-regulating
equipment will be fabricated at off-site fabrication yards. The fabrication yard(s) will be
located outside West Africa. The location of staging areas is discussed in Section 2.8.
2.7.3.5 Other Activities
Additional Safety and Operational Reviews with EIA and Permitting Agencies will occur
during project implementation including:
Critical safety equipment and quality assurance inspection and testing; and

Chapter 2
Functional testing of corrosion and fire protection equipment.
Other activities include logistical planning, contracting for construction, and cost
minimization studies. Prior to commencing construction, WAPCo and/or the construction
contractors will obtain the necessary access permits and approvals in line with the legal
framework described in Chapter 1.
2.8 Construction
This section describes the major construction and installation aspects of the WAGP
transmission system.
The principal elements of the proposed transmission system and major associated temporary
facilities are as follows:
Alagbado Tee;
Onshore pipeline (including onshore laterals) and marshalling yards;
Lagos Beach Compressor Station and primary control complex;
Concrete batch plant (likely to be located adjacent to the Lagos Beach Compressor
Station);
Offshore main trunk and lateral lines;
R&M stations; and
Weight coating plant.
The facilities that will be constructed and installed in Benin are:
Offshore main trunk and lateral line; and

R&M station and onshore lateral and link line.
The following subsections describe major aspects associated with the construction and
installation of each of these elements.
2.8.1 Alagbado Tee

The construction of the Tee is described in Section 2.8.1 of the Nigeria Final EIA (Nigeria
2.8.1).

Chapter 2
2.8.2 Onshore Pipeline and Marshalling Yards

2.8.2.1 Mobilization, Labor, Duration
Pipeline lengths and construction equipment will be transported by truck to wherever they
are needed on the ROW. Each truck can carry three pipeline lengths. There will be only one
crew of 50 people in Benin who will be housed locally. Duration of installation (including
the link line to the site of the future CEB facility) is expected to be two months.
The main plant equipment to be installed is listed in Section 2.4.5.2. Construction equipment
and facilities will include:
Earth moving equipment;

A temporary office;
Temporary sanitation facilities (for 50 people); and
A 500kW diesel-fueled generator.
2.8.2.2 Onshore Pipeline Installation Methods

The onshore pipeline will be installed in an excavated trench within a 25m (82ft) ROW to a
nominal depth of 1m (3.3ft), and 1.2m (4 ft) at road crossings or, for certain wetlands and
marshes, in directionally drilled horizontal boreholes. The majority of the onshore pipeline
will be in upland areas; the theoretical maximum ROW acreage in Benin is 35ha (based on a
length of approximately 14km, and average width of 25m).
The pipe itself will consist of 12m (40ft) lengths with wall thickness ranging from 0.469in
(1.19cm) to 0.562in (1.43cm) that have been pre-coated with a FBE for corrosion protection
and weight coated in saturated or marsh environments.
Plastic sheeting and hay bales will likely be used to control rainfall runoff until all earth work
is completed. Washdown areas will be designated and controlled for concrete trucks utilized
for foundation slab pours. Sanitation waste similar to that for normal operations is expected.
Biocide use will be limited to common pesticides (e.g., diazinon), to be used to control
mosquitoes and mosquito-borne diseases within the construction zone.
2.8.2.2.1 Pipeline Installation Methods (Uplands)
The main method that will be used to install the pipeline in upland terrain is trenching.
Thrust boring, similar to horizontal directional drilling (HDD) (Section 2.8.2.3.3) will be
used to cross major roads, the railroad, and the Lom-Cotonou road for the link line lateral to
CEB.
Trenching
The following is a summary of the basic steps undertaken to install a pipeline in upland
terrain by trenching.

Chapter 2
Onshore pipeline construction will typically begin with the surveying or staking of the
construction ROW. After surveying is complete, the construction crew will perform the
following operations: clearing, grading, fencing (as necessary), digging of trench, stringing,
bending, welding, pipe coating, lowering-in, backfilling, hydrostatic testing, and cleanup and
restoration. Areas that typically require special construction techniques may be one or more
of the following: agricultural areas; crossings including road, railroad, or foreign lines
(pipelines or utilities); water bodies and wetlands; unusual topographies such as unstable
soils and trench conditions; residential or urban areas; and areas requiring rock removal.
Surveying
This step involves identification of the ROW, determining its legal location (as described in
Section 2.7.3.3) and performing soil evaluation. Normal modes of transportation are used to
the locations for these activities. Along remote pipeline routes, visual inspection may be
done by air.
Land survey crews will mark by flags or stakes the boundaries of the construction ROW and
extra workspaces to show the approved work areas. Also, areas to be avoided, such as
wetlands, cultural resource sites, and sensitive species habitat, will be marked with
appropriate fencing or flagging based on environmental and archaeology surveys.
The centerline for the pipeline will be marked at 61m (200ft) intervals, at known crossings of
foreign pipelines (pipelines owned by other operators), and at points of intersection, where
the line changes horizontal direction. Pipeline locators and other methods will be used to
identify these crossings.
Clearing and Grading
The construction ROW will be cleared and graded to remove brush, trees, roots, and other
obstructions such as large rocks and stumps. Crops and other non-wooded vegetation may be
mowed while other crops, such as grain, may be left in place to limit soil erosion. The
construction ROW will be graded in some places to create a safe working area, accommodate
pipe-bending equipment and allow the operation and travel of construction equipment. The
natural drainage will be preserved to the extent possible. If necessary, a fence crew, typically
operating in conjunction with the clearing crews, will cut and brace fences that intersect or
cross the proposed route. Fences may be installed to keep livestock out of the working area.
Where necessary, temporary gates will be constructed to allow landowners to move livestock
from pasture to pasture, and to allow construction crews access along the ROW.
Timber will only be removed when absolutely necessary for construction purposes.
Commercially saleable timber may be cut and removed from the ROW. Timber that is not
merchantable and other vegetative debris may be chipped, burned, or disposed of according
to the landowners wishes. Burning, if used, will be conducted in compliance with local
regulations and also performed in a manner to minimize fire hazard and prevent heat damage
to surrounding vegetation. Stumps may be buried only in non-tilled land on the construction
ROW and only with the agreement of the landowner. Stumps and other timber considered to
be non-merchantable may be used to construct off-road vehicle barriers at the request of the

Chapter 2
landowner. Disposal of materials taken off-site will be done at facilities or locations

approved by WAPCo.
After the ROW has been cleared and the stumps removed, grading may be necessary.
Minimum grading will be required in flat terrain. In areas with steep terrain, more extensive
grading may be required. A maximum of 12in of topsoil will typically be removed or
stripped and segregated. Topsoil that has been removed or stripped will typically be stored
on the spoil side (i.e., opposite of the working side of the trench) of the construction ROW.
However, circumstances may require the topsoil be stored or placed on the working side
adjacent to the ditch or at the edge of the construction ROW.
Digging of Trench
The pipe trench will be dug using track mounted trenchers or backhoes from the working
side of the ROW. Excavated spoils will be placed on the non-working side of the excavation
for reuse. Backhoes, rotary wheel ditching machines, or rippers will be used to excavate the
trench. The depth of the trench will vary depending on soil type and the class of pipe being
buried. Typically when backhoes are used, the trench will be excavated before the welding
of the pipe. On the other hand, when rotary wheel ditching machines are used, the trench
will be excavated after the welding of the pipe and shortly before the pipe laying. If
backhoes are used to excavate, the trench will typically be wider than a rotary wheel ditched
trench due to the trench being open for a longer period of time and due to soil stability
concerns.
Measures will be taken to minimize free flow of water into and through the trench. Ditch
plugs, or areas that are not trenched, will be left in place on either side of an approach to a
stream crossing or wetland crossing, or to provide free-range to livestock.
Road and certain river crossings may be done through thrust boring (in which a bore is
drilled from the end of a trench dug on one side of the road through to the end of another
trench dug on the other side) or directionally drill boreholes. Other river crossings may be
done by conventional open cut methods, particularly if they can be done during low flow or
dry season time frames.
Where they are to be trenched, construction through water bodies will be scheduled so that
the trench is cut just prior to pipe-laying activities. Where fluming or other similar measures
are used to maintain stream flow during construction, the crossing will be designed to pass
high flows and prevent excessive scouring. Trenching across rivers and streams will be
performed in accordance with all applicable country requirements.
Pipe Stringing
Prior to construction, the pipe will be moved into the project area by barge, rail, or truck and
placed in pipe storage yards. Within Benin, most likely, the majority of the pipe will be
stored at a marshalling yard adjacent to the Cotonou R&M Station site. The pipe laying or
stringing operation involves transporting pipe sections (joints) from pipe storage yards into
position along the prepared ROW. Typically trucks or other vehicles will travel along the
ROW and string the individual joints parallel to the centerline of the trench so they are easily

Chapter 2
accessible to construction personnel. The joints are usually strung on the working side of the
trench for bending, welding, inspection, coating, and lowering-in operations.
Bending, Welding, Coating, and Lowering-in
Typically, pipe will be delivered to the construction area in straight sections where it is bent
to conform to changes required for pipeline alignment and to conform with natural ground
contours. Track mounted hydraulic pipe-bending machines perform bending of the sections.
Alternatively, some of the special bends may be performed ahead of time, at the pipe factory.
After the pipe has been bent, it is aligned and welded. Typically, the joints will be welded
together with assistance of line-up clamps. As each weld is completed, the pipe will be
placed on supports adjacent to the trench. Each weld will be inspected visually and via X-ray
(or some other non-destructive test method) by qualified inspectors. All bending, welding,
and coating in the field shall comply with industry and company standards and specifications.
All pipes will be protected with an external coating designed to protect the pipe from
corrosion. Except for a small area at the end of the pipe joint, coating will be applied at the
pipe mill before shipment to the site. After welding together in the field, pipe joints are
coated with similar or compatible materials. Before lowering-in, the pipe coating will be
inspected for defects called holidays, with special attention given to all field applied coatings.
In compliance with construction specifications, all holidays will be repaired prior to
lowering-in.
To avoid kinks, up to three cranes are positioned along the working pipeline spread and used
to lower the pipeline into the excavation. Side boom tractors will also be used to lower the
pipe into the trench (Figure 2.8-1). The ditch will be free of debris and foreign material. If
the bottom of the trench is rocky, the pipe may be lowered onto sandbags or support pillows.
Alternative sources of padding for pipe in rocky soil may be sand, gravel, or screened soil,
excluding topsoil. In areas where the excavated trench material may damage the pipe, the
pipe will be protected with a protective wrap of rock shield. The pipe is placed in the ditch
so as to conform to the alignment of the ditch and to prevent damage to the coating.
Wherever rain or groundwater has infiltrated the trench, the trench will be dewatered in order
to prevent the pipe from floating and also to enable inspection of the pipe in the trench.
Usually the dewatering will be accomplished with a portable pump, and the outlet will be
placed near the edge of the ROW to prevent backflow into the ditch, while minimizing
erosion of surface soils.

Chapter 2
Figure 2.8-1
Pipeline Installation Methods in Uplands: Trenching
Hydrotesting
As part of the commissioning process the onshore pipeline will be hydrotested (Section 2.9).
Backfilling
Once the pipe is in the trench, the trench is backfilled using a bulldozer, backhoe, or other
suitable equipment. Backfill usually consists of the material originally excavated from the
trench. However, in some cases additional backfill from other sources may be required. Any
excess excavated materials or materials unsuitable for backfill will be spread evenly over the
ROW or disposed of in accordance with reasonable landowner requests. In areas where
topsoil has been segregated, the subsoil will be first placed in the trench and then the topsoil
will be placed over the subsoil. Backfilling will occur to grade or slightly higher to
accommodate any future soil settlement.
During backfilling and final grading, measures will be taken to minimize erosion, restore the
natural contour of the ground and restore surface drainage patterns as close to pre-
construction conditions as practicable. In order to minimize the possibility of subsurface
water flow on slopes along the pipeline trench, sand bags or foam-type trench breakers will
be placed across the trench prior to backfilling. In other areas like terrace, levee, and stream
crossings and the banks at streams and ditch crossings, the trench backfill will be solidly
compacted. When the trench crosses streams, wetlands, or groundwater, trench plugs may be
used to minimize the flow of water from the intersected body to and from the trench.

Chapter 2
Clean-up and Restoration

After the completion of backfilling, all disturbed areas will be finish graded and any
remaining trash and debris will be properly disposed of in compliance with country and local
regulations. After construction is completed, the entire ROW will be protected by the
implementation of erosion control measures, including the site-specific contouring,
permanent slope breakers (low profile berms constructed diagonally across the ROW to
divert runoff), mulch and reseeding, or sodding with soil holding grasses. Contouring will be
accomplished using acceptable excess soil from construction. The erosion control measures
used will comply with country regulations or guidelines.
Cathodic Protection Test, Bonding Leads, and Facilities
Cathodic protection test stations, rectifiers, block valves, and pipeline markers will be located
along the ROW as per Company requirements.
Line Markers and Signs
After construction is complete, line markers indicating the content of the pipeline will remain
at each road and river crossing as well as every 2km (6,560ft) along the entire onshore
pipeline ROW.
2.8.2.2.2 Crossings with Roads and Other Pipelines

Thrust Boring Method
Thrust boring is a hydraulic push method used to drive a pipeline under a road or railroad and
avoiding open trenching through the road. Thus, where the thrust-boring method is used,
traffic will not be disrupted. Figure 2.8-2 illustrates a typical thrust-boring operation.
Surveying
The surveying is the same as for the trenching method.
Clearing
Trenches will be dug either side of the road in the direction of the ROW. No clearing is
needed for this method except at the entry point and the exit point. However, extra
workspace will be needed to string the welded pipe. If any excavation is done in preparation
of equipment then proper erosion control measures will be followed.
Setup Drilling Equipment
The footprint required for the thrust-boring entry location is typically 50m (164ft) by 30m
(98ft), located in the approach trench. The drilling equipment, comprising a cutter head
attached to flighted auger shafts, is set up in the approach trench.

Chapter 2
Figure 2.8-2
Pipeline Installation Methods for Road Crossings: Thrust Boring
Drill Pilot Hole
The cutting head drills horizontally under the road or railroad and exits with high accuracy
near the pre-determined exit point in the trench on the other side. The auger pushes the soil
fragmented by the cutter out of the hole. The distance limitation of the drill is based upon the
size of the pipe and the composition of the substrate to be drilled but these road and rail
crossings, typically a few meters long, will be well within that limit.
String the Pipe
The pipe is pre-welded, inspected, and staged at the exit in a string as long as the thrust-bore
hole. Depending upon the diameter of the pipe, the hole may need to be reamed to a larger
diameter before the pipe string is pulled.
Pull the Pipe
The pipe is then attached to the drill string and is then pulled back through the hole by the
drill rig.

Chapter 2
Clean-up and Restoration, Reclamation of Surface Pits
After the completion of horizontal drilling, any remaining trash and debris will be properly
disposed of in compliance with country and local regulations. The site will be cleaned,
restored, and reinstated. The mud pits will be leveled and remediated. Backfill within the
boundary limits of a road crossing will be carried out in controlled layers of not more than
15cm thickness. Each layer will be thoroughly tamped and consolidated (using mechanical
rammers) to the satisfaction of a WAPCo representative and the Road Authorities concerned.
Any culverts and drainage ditches shall be restored to their original profile and condition.
Markers will be placed at the crossing on either side of the road or railroad.
The cost, specialized equipment needed, and potential for environmental harm in getting the
special equipment to isolated jobsites would outweigh the temporary ecological benefits of
using the thrust-bore method for small, infrequently used road crossings, which can be
crossed easily by normal, open-cut trenching and quickly re-instated.
Road and Railroad Crossings
A preliminary survey of the onshore route in Benin has identified one road and one railroad
crossing for the link line running from the R&M station to Maria Gleta. Both will be thrust
bored.
2.8.2.2.3 Temporary Marshalling Yards
In view of the onshore length of the Benin lateral and link line extension, there will be a
temporary marshalling yard site to stage and dispatch equipment and materials used in
onshore pipeline construction and provide temporary field office locations for the
construction contractors. This staging yard will be adjacent to the Cotonou R&M station site
(Section 2.8.6.1) and will be a temporary, incremental footprint of about 25 percent the size
of the R&M station itself.
2.8.2.2.4 Pipeline Installation Methods (Wetlands)
Some of the pipeline route onshore in Benin will cross streams and pass through wetland
areas. Installation at those locations will be in excavated trenches using a traditional push
method or, as an alternative method, through directionally drilled boreholes. Both methods
are described below. To overcome buoyancy forces in those areas, concrete weight-coated
pipe will be used. Application of the weight coating, which will take place in Ghana and
Nigeria, is explained in Section 2.8.7 of the Ghana Final EIA (Ghana 2.8.7).
Similarly, all shore crossings will be provided by means of directionally drilled boreholes or,
if found to be technically unfeasible, in excavated trenches. Horizontal methods are
preferred in these settings.

Chapter 2
Push Method6
The push method of constructing a pipeline through a wetland has many of the same steps as
constructing a pipeline on dry land. The main differences are that the heavy equipment may
have to be supported by mats or on a barge depending upon depth of water on the working
side of the ROW, and the pipe floated into place over the trench before installation rather
than lifted over the trench with cranes. The main steps are described below.
Surveying
This is essentially the same as on dry land, except special modes of transportation, such as
all-terrain vehicles or airboats, may have to be used to transport the surveyors and survey
equipment.
Clearing
This too is essentially the same as on dry land except that if the wetland is forested, the tree
stumps and root mass from all plants will be left intact on the non-working side of the ROW.
Trenching
The pipe trench will be dug using trenchers or backhoes on mats or pontoons or from barges.
For wetlands with saturated soils, or very shallow standing water, this equipment may have
to be supported on timber mats or on prefabricated equipment mats. If the ROW extends
over wetlands or open water, construction of a barge canal may be required and excavation
conducted from a barge. Long trenches may be excavated in spreads to minimize caving of
the trench wall prior to pipeline lowering.
Spoil from the trench will be stored within the ROW on the non-working side of the ROW.
Topsoil will be stored separately in zones where there is no standing water or saturated soils.
There, filter fences will be installed to control sediment runoff from spoil storage areas along
the work corridor. Stockpiling of soil will be interrupted at intervals to prevent change of
sheet flow. Figure 2.8-3 illustrates a typical trenching operation in wetlands.
6
In accordance with WAGP specification WAGP-P-Z-CA-0002-0.

Chapter 2
Figure 2.8-3
Typical Trenching Operation in Wetlands
If there is reason to believe the bottom of the pipe trench is at a lower elevation than the
wetland, a permanent trench plug of impervious clay will be placed into the trench at the
wetland boundaries.
Trenching will be conducted in a manner that does not significantly impact hydrology or
surface water flow of streams or wetlands and in a manner that will not result in saltwater
intrusion to a stream or wetland.
A spoils management program will be developed and implemented for temporary spoils
storage and a monitoring program will be implemented to ensure that significant impacts do
not occur, as approved by the government agencies.
Pipe Welding and Inspection
The welding and non-destructive inspection (e.g., X-raying) of the pipe will be performed in
the uplands or on a barge. Once welded, tested, and approved, a shrink-wrap is applied to
each joint and the pipe lowered into the excavation with cranes.
Add Floats and Push Pipe into Place
A series of floats, such as drums welded onto brackets, will be attached to the pipeline. For
short wetland crossings, the pipe string can then be pushed across the wetland. For longer

Chapter 2
crossings, a cable is also attached to the lead pipe and the pipe string is pushed and pulled
across the wetland.
Pipe Lowering
Once the pipe is in place above the pipe trench, the floats are removed and the pipe is
allowed to sink in place. The ends of the pipe segment are capped, pending hydrostatic
testing and tie-in with the upland portions of the pipeline.
Backfill
To stabilize the pipeline, the trench will be backfilled as soon as possible. Excavated
wetlands will be backfilled with either the same material as removed or a comparable
material that is capable of supporting similar wetland vegetation. Original marsh elevations
will be restored. Adequate material will be used so that following settling and compaction of
the material, the proper pre-project elevation is attained. If excavated materials are
insufficient to accomplish this, material with similar grain size will be purchased locally and
utilized in situ to restore the trench to the required elevation. After backfilling, erosion
protection measures will be implemented where needed to prevent fish and wildlife habitat
degradation and loss.
The spoils management program mentioned in the trenching step above will also describe
how all spoils will be used, giving preference to the use of spoils for backfill and determining
the source of additional backfill material in the event of a spoils shortage, and will provide
for the disposition of excess spoils materials.

Markers and sign boards will be placed at the ends of the wetlands.
The above steps outline the basic push-method. There may be some variations made
depending on the type of wetland or water body being crossed. These variations are
described in Section 2.8.2.2.5.
Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD) Method7
HDD is a pipeline installation method to minimize surface disturbance to ecologically

sensitive areas, such as wetlands, stream crossings and beach crossings. For WAPCo it is the
preferred method for shore crossings (Section 2.8.4). This method has been proven to be the
best for having little or no effect upon these environments. The drilled crossings will
eliminate the wave or storm action on the pipe and reduce the time of installation compared
to the conventional method of sheet pilling, excavating and backfilling. The HDD
construction technique has distance and soil limitations and has its own types of negative
impacts; thus the HDD method may not be suitable for all wetlands crossings. The basic
steps of an HDD pipeline installation are given below. Figure 2.8-4 illustrates a typical HDD
operation.
7
In accordance with WAGP specification WAGP-P-Z-CA-0002-0.

Chapter 2
Figure 2.8-4
Typical HDD Operation
Surveying
The surveying is the same as for the push method. However, if it is known early enough that
this method will be used, the survey points for surface locations only apply to the entry and
exit points. Survey points through the wetland would not be needed.
Clearing
No clearing is needed for this method except at the entry point and the exit point. However,
extra workspace will be needed to string the welded pipe. If any excavation is done in
preparation of equipment then proper erosion control measures will be followed.
Setup Drilling Equipment
The footprint required for the HDD operations is expected to depend on the contractor and
final design but could be up to 50m by 500m, located in the adjacent upland. An onshore
pipeline access and egress ROW is also required. The drill site would require leveling, fill,
and compaction in order to support the drilling equipment. Typically up to thirty large
truckloads of equipment and supplies are required at each HDD site. The driller will need to
excavate a bore pit for the entry hole. Non-hazardous bentonite (montmorillonite clay) will
be used as the drilling medium. The water source will be determined by the contractor at
each site. The driller will also install a lined return pit to collect the slurry of muds and
cuttings circulating back to the surface and prevent them from being washed into the wetland

Chapter 2
by stormwater runoff. The slurry is then pumped to a lined settling and containment pit
which is typically larger and varies in size. The slurry is then passed through shaking sieves
and/or hydrocyclones, which separate the drill cuttings from the slurry before being recycled
in the drilling operation. Mobile diesel generators provide power to the operation.
Depending upon available living accommodations, drilling crews may require temporary
living and sanitary facilities.
Drill Pilot Hole
The drill string drills an arc under the wetland or beach crossing and exits with high accuracy
near the pre-determined exit point. The distance limitation of the drill is based upon the size
of the pipe and the composition of the substrate to be drilled. A maximum distance of
1,500m (4,921ft) with a corresponding depth of 30m (98ft) is typical.
String the Pipe
If the HDD exits on land, the pipe is pre-welded, inspected, coated and staged at the exit in a
string as long as the HDD hole. Depending upon the diameter of the pipe, the hole may need
to be reamed to a larger diameter before the pipe string is pulled.
Pull the Pipe
The pipe is then attached to the drill string and is then pulled back through the hole by the
drill rig.
Recover the Drilling Muds
The drilling muds that were returned to the mud pit are then reclaimed into a tank and taken
off-site for disposal. Typically the used muds are recycled for the next HDD, if possible.
However, final disposal does not typically require much treatment, because the slurry of
muds and cuttings are primarily native soils, water, and bentonite clay. Bentonite clay is a
naturally occurring clay and is non-toxic. The disposal of the slurry will be performed in
accordance with a waste-management plan. Typically, the slurry is disposed of by
evacuation to an approved land dump site or spread onto the land for water retention
improvement. The amount of slurry requiring disposal is not expected to exceed 3800L
(1000gal) per HDD operation.
Clean-up and Restoration, Reclamation of Surface Pits
After the completion of HDD any remaining trash and debris will be properly disposed of in
compliance with country and local regulations. The site will be cleaned, restored, and
reinstated. The mud pits will be leveled and remediated.
Markers and sign boards will be placed at the ends of the wetlands.

Chapter 2
If the need to minimize surface disturbance is strong enough and the distance exceeds the
technically feasible drill distance for the diameter of pipe, the drill rig can be moved near the
first exit hole and the HDD process can be repeated. For shoreline approaches and to cross
the beach at the landfalls for each country, where it is technically feasible, the HDD process
will be used to minimize impact to the shallow water, beach, and dunes habitats. Use of the
HDD method is recommended for other isolated wetlands or fringe wetlands along lagoons
or rivers only if the ecological value of the wetland is verified as a regional or international
wetland (e.g., a Ramsar site). The cost, needed specialized equipment, and potential for
environmental harm in getting the special equipment to isolated jobsites would outweigh the
temporary ecological benefits of using the HDD method at small, isolated wetlands.
2.8.2.2.5 Crossing Wetlands and Water Bodies
Table 2.8-1 shows the wetland crossings identified by a preliminary survey of the route of the
pipeline lateral along the proposed ROW from the onshore/offshore interface tie-in to the
station inlet pipeline pig receiver at the Cotonou R&M station. Six wetland crossings have
been identified for the lateral and one for the link line. It is expected that these will be
trenched using the push method. (The same is the case for the lagoon, which WAPCo
believes can be trenched duing the dry season.)
Table 2.8-1
Occurrence of River, Stream and Wetland Crossings
Along Pipeline Lateral ROW in Benin
C/L C/L
Station Station Length Area
Begina End (m) (m2) Description Category
585 1040 455 11,375 Mangrove Swamp Perennial Swamp (PS)
1203 1750 547 13,675 Swampy Area PS
2111 2160 49 1,225 Swampy Area PS
2311 2353 42 1,050 Swampy Area PS
2548 2690 142 3,550 Swampy Area PS
3551 3739 188 4,700 Swampy Area PS
a
Survey marker, in relation to Benin Shore Crossing.
Additionally a swamp crossing approximately 800m (2,624.7ft) in length and 2ha in area has
been identified for the link line from the R&M station to Maria Gleta.
Perennial Swamp
Trenching in these areas can be performed by backhoes and thus barge-mounted equipment
is not expected to be required.
Lagoons
The other significant water body to be crossed is the lagoon south of the R&M station in
Benin. The lagoon is approximately 800m (0.5 mile) to 1km (0.6 mile) wide.

Chapter 2
HDD of the lagoon would possibly take only eight days since the 8in (20.3cm) diameter pipe
could be narrow enough for reaming not to be required. If reaming were required, then the
duration would be expected to be 15 days. However, WAPCo will use push-method
trenching to cross the lagoon as WAPCo believes that it would not result in significantly
worse inputs than HDD if it were performed during the dry season.
2.8.2.2.6 Re-Instatement8
Reinstatement will be undertaken to return the physical environment to a state similar to that
in which it was found in order to prevent erosion, encroachment by undesirable vegetation,
and damage to the pipeline from root systems of unplanned, colonizing plants or trees.
Potential land uses of the pipeline ROW area, such as farming or public space, will be
considered during reinstatement planning, as these may affect the level or type of appropriate
reinstatement.
All construction related materials (e.g., timber riprap, prefabricated equipment mats,
geotextile fabric) will be removed upon completion of construction. In upland areas, the
ROW will be restored by replacing stockpiled topsoil and excavated sediment. This material
will be compacted to limit erosion. Excess soil will be re-graded to conform to the
surrounding terrain and to limit erosion by wind and running water. The gradient of slopes
should not exceed 2:1.
The graded surface will be planted with native grasses only and routinely mowed to
minimize tendency for natural reforestation throughout the life of the project. The site to be
reinstated will be scarified (ripped and disked to a depth of 6in) and immediately broadcast
seeded. Where the pipeline trench may drain a wetland, trench breakers will be installed
and/or the trench bottom sealed as necessary to maintain the original wetland hydrology. A
permanent slope breaker will be installed at each wetland crossed, along with a trench
breaker at the base of the slopes near the boundary between the wetland and the adjacent
upland areas. Fertilizer, lime, or mulch will not be used in the ROW within a wetland, nor
immediately upslope from a wetland. Species suitable for seeding wherever brackish water
is present will be used wherever that is required.
For all forested wetlands (mangrove swamp) affected native trees will be planted to
ultimately restore the temporary construction ROW and the non-maintained portion of the
permanent ROW to its pre-construction state. Native shrubs and herbaceous species will also
be planted to re-vegetate a 9m wide portion of the permanent ROW, which for maintenance
purposes will not be allowed to revert to forested wetlands (mangrove) for the life of the
project. Revegetation will not occur on portions of land required for maintenance roads or
fire-breaks.
2.8.2.3 Onshore Pipeline Construction Material Management Summary

The precise quantities and types of raw materials will not be known for certain until the
construction contract has been awarded and construction planning and procurement is
undertaken. However, Table 2.8-2 provides a summary of estimated raw materials.
8
Reinstatement is described further in WAGP specification WAGP-P-Y-SA-0078-1.

Chapter 2
Table 2.8-2
Raw Materials Required for Installation of Onshore Pipeline
(not including shore crossings)
Type Quantity
12m 8in/10in line pipe sections 416/792 joints
Food and Bottled Water Daily supplies for 50 workers
Construction Water (possibly purchased
1,500L/day (400gal/day)
from local wells)
Diesel Fuel for Generators and Construction
5,000L/day (1,320gal/day)
Equipment
Solvents, Lubricating Oils, Greases, etc. Incidental volumes
Paint, Coatings, Welding Materials, Piping Quantities sufficient for approximately
Materials, Electrical Materials 1,125*12m lengths of pipe
Pesticides (e.g., diazinon) Small volumes
Drilling Muds 800 m3
Details of types and estimated quantities of wastes and waste water generated are presented
in Appendix 2-B.
Wastes will be treated and disposed of according to an approved waste management plan.
They are expected to consist principally of cleared vegetation from the ROW (i.e., the
vegetation cover of an area of 35ha in Benin). Vegetation wastes will first be made available
to the local population as a fuel source and, secondarily, disposed of by incineration (burnt
on-site).
2.8.3 Lagos Beach Compressor Station and Primary Control System

The construction of the Lagos Beach Compressor Station is described in Section 2.8.3 of the
Nigeria Final EIA (Nigeria 2.8.3).
2.8.4 Shore Crossings

2.8.4.1 Construction Activities
Shore crossings may be performed either by horizontal direction drilling (HDD) or if that
provides unfeasible, by open-cut trenching. WAPCo prefers HDD. Open-cut trenching is
described in Section 2.5.4.2.2 of the Regional Final EIA.
With HDD, a temporary work staging and construction area will be established for
approximately four to seven weeks. One or two drilling units will be brought in by truck as
discrete, land-transportable skids, requiring ten truck movements. Operations will be
performed on 24-hour basis. Once the shore crossing is completed and the equipment has
been removed, the area will be remediated. The base case is that HDD for the shore crossing
will be performed from the main land beach location out to sea. The HDD method has been
previously described in Sectio 2.8.2.2.4.

Chapter 2

Chapter 2

Chapter 2
2.8.4.2 Materials Management Summaries
Table 2.8-3
Raw Materials Required for Installation of Shore Crossings by HDD
Type Quantity
Food and bottled water Daily supplies for 10 workers
Diesel fuel for generators and construction 190L/day (50gal/day)
equipment
Solvents, lubricating oils, greases, etc Incidental volumes
Welding materials, piping materials, Quantities sufficient for approximately
electrical materials 100*12m lengths of pipe
Drilling muds for the crossing (estimated 1,700m3
length 1,200m)
Construction water (possibly purchased 1,700m3
from local wells)
Details of types and estimated quantities of wastes and waste water will be presented in
Appendix 2-B. Cuttings are expected to be approximately 5,400m3 and will be managed via
the waste management plan. (It is expected that solids will be buried but that liquids will
have to be drawn off and disposed of separately.)
2.8.5 Offshore Main Trunk and Lateral Lines

2.8.5.1 Mobilization
The offshore pipeline will be installed from a lay barge possessing an anchoring or dynamic
positioning system (DPS). A pipe barge, supply vessel, and anchor handling vessel will
support the anchoring lay barge, which will mobilize from the selected contractors nearest
port of availability. The vessels will arrive with all the equipment they need. It is expected
that smaller support vessels such as the survey vessel, dive support vessel, and supply boats
would mobilize from Tema, Warri, or Port Harcourt.
For the laying of the 20in trunk, the fleet will consist of:
Eight to ten cargo barges plus a tug (five crew members each);
One or two lay barges (200 to 400 crew members each);
Two or three anchor handling tugs (five crew members each);
A supply boat (five crew members);
A dive support vessel (25 crew members); and
A survey vessel (25 crew members).
For the laying of the lateral lines, the fleet will consist of:

Chapter 2
One to two cargo barges plus a tug (five crew members each);
One small lay barges (100 to 200 crew members);
Two or three anchoring tugs (five crew members each);
A supply boat (five crew members);
A dive support vessel (25 crew members); and
A survey vessel (25 crew members).
The same supply boat, dive support vessel, and survey vessel will be used in each fleet. The
lay vessel of the lateral fleet will be used to support the HDD shore crossing.
The lay barges are not expected to require any port visits during the duration of the WAGP
work. (Lay vessels do not come into port unless required by mechanical repairs, vessel
overhauls, or lack of work.) Due to the length of time that the lay barge will be in operation,
there will be a need for offshore bunkering (refueling). The bunkering procedures will be
consistent with standard international practice. The Engineering, Procurement, Construction
(EPC) contractor will have a spill prevention and response plan that will meet or exceed
industry code requirements.
The pipeline equipment to be installed consists of weight-coated pipeline lengths and lateral
tie-ins. Installation equipment includes lifting gear, welding equipment, and generators.
Typical fuel consumption rates are 2,000gal/day to 2,500gal/day for the range of proposed
WAGP lay vessels. All needed consumables (food, fuel, and water) will be provided by
supporting supply vessels. Water consumption is expected to be 12L/person/day
(3gal/person/day). A typical supply vessel can transfer up to 90,000gal of fuel. Supplies will
be shipped from Tema.
The offshore route has been previously surveyed to avoid obstacles during pipe laying.
However, a second survey will be performed to ensure suitable anchorages for the vessels.
2.8.5.2 Labor
The crew of the fleet laying the 20in trunk is expected to number between 300 and 920
members. They will live on the vessels. Crew rotation will occur every one to three months.
The crew of the fleet laying the laterals will number between 270 and 380 members.
2.8.5.3 Construction Methods/Equipment
The lay barge will begin installation by tying the pipeline into each directionally drilled or
excavated subsea exit point. From that location it will navigate along the main trunk or
lateral pipeline route tending up to eight anchors, two from each corner of the vessel, a
distance of up to 1km (0.6 mile) from the lay barge. An anchoring vessel will lift and place
anchors in accordance with an anchoring plan along which the lay barge will navigate.9 The
lay barge will guide itself forward along the tended anchor lines with a global positioning
satellite system.
9
In accordance with WAGP specification WAGP-R-X-SA-1011-0.

Chapter 2
Installation will occur on a 24 hours per day, seven days per week schedule. Assembly and
installation begins with the offloading of waiting pipe using self-contained overhead cranes
from the pipe barge to the lay barge. Line pipe will be staged and assembled along an
assembly line of welding, coating, and inspection process. Throughout the process, the
pipeline is continually advanced toward the stern of the vessels as the lay barge makes way
along the pipeline route.
The ends of the line pipe will be aligned and joined by an automatic welder, which when
advanced, a weld bead is applied at four separate welding stations. The welds will be
inspected via non-destructive techniques (X-Ray or ultrasonic testing (UT)) when the weld is
complete and any out of code defects repaired. Also much like the onshore process, each
approved weld joint is protected with shrink wrap sleeve. An additional coating of poly
foam injected into a bladder is placed over the shrink-wrap and will be added to the joint to
prevent it from catching on conveyor apparatuses. As the pipeline is lowered into the water,
over bend and under bend radii (arcs formed in the pipe as it exits the ship and before it
comes to rest on the seafloor) are constantly observed and monitored by divers to ensure the
pipeline is not overstressed during installation.
A protective guard extends below the pipeline-laying vessel to a depth of 6.1m (20ft) below
sea level to prevent it from becoming entangled in the nets of fishing vessels.
WAGP has performed a survey of seafloor obstructions and the pipeline route is selected to
avoid these features as far as possible. Occasionally, however, due to depressions in the
seafloor, there may be spans where the pipeline will be unsupported by the seabed. In these
instances, sandbags or concrete mats will be manually placed in the depression before being
crossed by the pipeline to provide support of the span. Where the pipeline route crosses
undersea cables, concrete mats will be used to achieve a 9in (23cm) separation.
Much like the tie-ins to the laterals at the their subsea exit point from shore crossings, tie-ins
to the main trunk line will be made by divers at preinstalled flanges on the main trunk line.
If the directionally drilled subsea exit point occurs in water depths less than 8m (26ft), jet
trenching will be used to ensure that the pipeline is installed below the seabed floor. The lay
barge vessel will deploy water-jetting equipment to cut a trench on the seabed by
displacing sediment after the pipeline has been laid on the sea bed. Water jets break up,
remove, or liquefy the soil from under the pipeline allowing it to settle at an elevation below
the seabed. The pipeline would eventually be covered due to the natural movements of the
sediments on the seabed floor. The jet machine ejects plumes of fluidized soil out of the
eductors on the sides of the machine to the bottom of the water column.
Once a water depth of 8m is reached, the passive (non-buried) pipe laying operations as
described above will resume.
2.8.5.4 Duration
Installation is expected to proceed at a rate of 2km to 3km (1.24 miles to 1.86 miles) per day.
Installation is expected to take 6 to 8 months for the main trunk line and two weeks for each
lateral and will be carried out so as to avoid the main wet season. As the shore crossing is

Chapter 2
planned to be undertaken by HDD, the lateral crew will stay in place for an extra two weeks.
Interruptions due to adverse meteorological conditions at sea are not expected to seriously
impact the overall schedule. In the event of storms, the vessels would move into protected
waters and return when the seas were safe to return to work.
2.8.5.5 Demobilization
Once pipeline laying is complete the vessels depart taking their equipment with them.
2.8.5.6 Offshore Main Trunk Line and Lateral Lines Construction Material Management
Summary
Table 2.8-4
Raw Materials Required for Installation of Offshore Pipeline
Type Quantity
Line pipe Approximately 600km
Lateral tie-ins with associated valves Three
Food and bottled water Daily supplies for between 300 and 920 workers
(mainline crew) and 270 and 380 workers (lateral crew)
Diesel fuel for ships, generators and 7,600 to 9,500L/day (2,000 to 2,500gal/day) per ship
construction equipment
Solvents, lubricating oils, greases, etc. Incidental volumes
Welding materials, piping materials, Quantities sufficient for approximately 600km of pipe
electrical materials
All wastes will be stored onboard and disposed of in accordance with Marine Pollution
Convention (MARPOL) 73/78.
2.8.6 R&M Stations

2.8.6.1 R&M Station Construction Activities
Between 50 and 100 truck movements will be required to bring to the site the materials and
equipment for construction and for operation of the R&M station. The main plant equipment
to be installed is listed in Section 2.4.5.2. Construction equipment and facilities include:
Temporary office;
Temporary sanitation facilities (for 50 people, see below); and
A 500kW diesel-fueled generator.
A temporary staging area equal to 25 percent of the layout area will be required. This area
will be included in the approximately 3ha marshalling yard to be used in construction of the
lateral.

Chapter 2
Construction activities will start with excavation, clearing, and backfill of the footprint.
Piling will be undertaken and concrete for the foundations will then be prepared and poured.
Plant equipment will be installed and a security fence erected allowing for a 25m wide buffer
zone around the facilities. A borehole to provide water will be sunk at the R&M station.
Unless a determination is made at a later date that there are insufficient groundwater
resources, groundwater will be used for construction purposes (dust control, freshwater
make-up water for HDD, etc.).
It is expected that construction of the R&M station will take four months. The number of
workers involved is expected to range between 50 and 100. Workers will be transported in
daily from local population centers. The construction of temporary housing facilities will not
be needed.
2.8.6.2 R&M Station Construction Material Management Summary

construction contract has been awarded and work is undertaken. However, Table 2.8-5
provides a summary of estimated raw materials.
Table 2.8-5
Raw Materials Required for Construction of R&M Station
Type Quantity
Food and bottled water Daily supplies for 50 to 100 workers
Construction water (possibly purchased 1,100L/day to 2,200L/day (290gal/day
from local wells) to 580gal/day)
Diesel fuel for generators and 230L/day to 450L/day (60gal/day to
construction equipment 120gal/day)
Solvents, lubricating oils, greases, etc. Incidental volumes
Paint, coatings, welding materials, Small quantities sufficient for
piping materials, electrical materials permanent equipment
Blockwall, concrete, framing lumber, Sufficient for foundations for footprint
asphalt, rebar of 3.3ha (8.1 acres)
Details of types and estimated quantities of wastes and waste water generated will be
presented in Appendix 2-B.
2.8.7 Weight Coating Plant

The line pipe destined to lie on the seabed or at the bottom of wetlands will be weight-coated
with concrete in order to suppress any buoyancy it may have. A new weight coating plant
will be built in Tema, Ghana and an existing weight coating business will be used in Choba,
Nigeria. These weight coating plants are described in Section 2.8.7 of the Ghana and Nigeria
Final EIAs (Ghana 2.8.7, Nigeria 2.8.7).

Chapter 2
2.9 Commissioning
Commissioning will be undertaken in all WAGP pipeline segments (offshore mainline,
onshore Nigeria pipeline, offshore laterals, onshore Benin, Ghana and Togo segments, and
onshore Nigeria) and will consist of the following steps:
Flooding, cleaning, gauging, and reflooding;10
Hydrostatic testing;11
Dewatering and drying;12 and
Air expulsion and nitrogen packing.11
It is envisaged that the main pipeline will be commissioned first and then the laterals.
2.9.1 Flooding, Cleaning, Gauging, and Reflooding

Upon completion of a pipeline segment and prior to connection with station piping,
temporary pigging and testing equipment will be installed at the pipeline ends. For offshore
segments, this will be done in such a way as to avoid inhibiting the normal passage of local
boat traffic.
A single train of pigs will be used to flood, clean, and gauge the segment. The segment will
be filled with untreated water that has been filtered to remove 99 percent of particles of
diameter 92 microns and larger and flushed by means of two bi-directional plain or poly pigs.
The source of the water will vary according to the segment: the Nigeria lagoon for the
offshore trunk and the Atlantic Ocean for the laterals. The receiving environment for
discharged water from these two segments will be the Atlantic Ocean. The volumes for each
portion of the pipeline are given in Table 2.9-1.
Table 2.9-1
Location and Volume of Water Displacement/Discharge
Segment Location Volume Discharge Rate
106,000m3 0.376m3/sec
Onshore and Offshore Mainline Takoradi Beach
(668,450 API Barrels (bbl)) 2.37bbl/sec
Cotonou Offshore 467m3 0.027m3/sec
Cotonou Beach
(2,940bbl) 0.175bbl/sec
Cleaning will be done by two wire-brush pigs next in the train. Finally in the run, a gauging
pig will then check the segment for dents, buckles, ovality, or other obstructions. The plate
on the gauging pig will be sized to 95 percent of the segments internal diameter and be
chamfered at the leading edge.
After gauging, the segment will be flooded with water into which a biocide chemical has
been injected downstream of the filters. This is in order to mitigate the effects of corrosive
10
In accordance with WAGP specification WAGP-P-Y-SA-0086-0.
11
WAGP-P-Y-SA-0087-0.
12
WAGP-P-Y-SA-0088-0.

Chapter 2
anaerobic bacteria entrained within the lagoon water or seawater used for testing activities.
The active ingredient of the biocide will be tetrakishydroxymethyl phosphonium sulphate
(THPS), which has been chosen as it is effective, is not expected to bioaccumulate, and has
superior biodegradability to other biocide active ingredients. For the lagoon water used for
the offshore mainline segment, the effective concentration there will be 190ppm. For the
ocean water used for the laterals, the effective concentration will be 125ppm.
2.9.2 Hydrostatic Testing

Hydrostatic pressure testing consists of verifying the integrity of the pipeline through
subjecting it to increasing internal pressure from water introduced during flooding for that
purpose. The testing procedure is described in detail in the WAGP technical specification
WAGP-P-Y-SA-0087-0 (Appendix 8B4.4), including the precautionary measures required to
avoid damaging the pipeline, e.g., supporting piping and anchoring temporary flexible
hosing.
Any leaks and bleeds of hydrotest water will be accounted for. At the end of successful
hydrotesting, the pipeline will be depressurized to 1 barg or less.
2.9.3 Dewatering and Drying

After hydrotesting is complete, temporary pigging and testing equipment will be removed
and blind flanges installed at ends until the pipeline tie-ins are ready to be installed. It could
take weeks or months until tie-in occurs. After tie-ins are installed the pipeline will be ready
for dewatering. This will be achieved by means of mechanical techniques using conventional
bi-directional pigs with hi-seal facilities in one pigging cycle.
Hydrotest water will be treated with a biocide whose active ingredient will be
tetrakishydroxymethyl phosphonium sulphate (THPS), which has been chosen as it is
effective, is not expected to bioaccummulate, and has superior biodegradability to other
biocide active ingredients.
WAPCo will discharge hydrotest water, at a minimum, in compliance with the effluent
discharge requirements of each country, including the acquisition of discharge permits. To
assure this, the THPS-containing hydrotest water will be appropriately treated with hydrogen
peroxide in an onshore train of neutralization tanks. Permissible discharge concentrations
will be based on the results of a suitable ecotox testing program (using local species).
Nigerian Environmental Guidelines and Standards (EGAS) protocols, and The West African
industry practice. Appendix 8B2.5.2 presents the WAGP Pipeline Hydrotesting Discharge
Ecotoxicity Leasing Plan. Appropriate waste water discharge controls, which will be
developed based on the results of the ecotoxicity and other testing, will be established as part
of specific applications for discharge permits appropriate within each country, likely in the 6
month to 12 month timeframe following the Final Investment Decision.
A total of approximately 130,500m3 (821,000bbl) of treated water will require discharge .

The pig speed will be 5ft/sec and hence the volumetric rate of discharge will vary according
to the diameter of the pipe. Proposed water discharge points for specific dewatering

Chapter 2
operations are shown in Table 2.9-2. These points will be 10m to 15m (33ft to 50ft) offshore
below sea level.
Table 2.9-2
Location and Volume of Hydrotest Water Discharge
Segment Location Volume Discharge Rate
Onshore and Offshore 130, 000m3 0.376m3/sec
Takoradi Beach
Mainline (818,000bbl) 2.37bbl/sec
Cotonou Offshore 467m3 0.027m3/sec
Cotonou Beach
(2,940bbls) 0.176bbl/sec
Sample points will also be established at these locations. All water shall be discharged
through multi-point discharges to maximize dispersion and aeration. Outlets will be below
water at all times.
During dewatering, the quantity of discharge water will be metered. Dewatering will be
considered complete once a target volume has been reached.
Dry air purging will be performed within two weeks of hydrotesting by blowing dry, filtered,
compressed air through the line to thus attain a dew point of -20C (-4F). Dryness will be
verified through tests before purging is commenced.
2.9.4 Air Expulsion and Nitrogen Packing

After drying is complete, the air inside the pipeline must be expelled before natural gas can
be introduced. Nitrogen will be the inert gas used to purge the pipeline. A temporary
nitrogen generation unit will be installed on the beach (for the mainline) or on an offshore
support vessel (for the laterals) and connected to the pig launcher and a hi-seal type pig will
be launched to displace air. Such a nitrogen generation unit would typically consist of a
2.4m by 3.7m (8ft by 12ft) nitrogen generator, a 1.2m by 1.8m (4ft by 6ft) electrical
generator, and three 2.1m by 5.8m (7ft by 19ft) air compressors, each with a 450hp diesel
engine and a spark arrestor). The typical fuel requirement for each engine is 2,000L/day
(530gal/day).
Once the pig is received at the receiver, the nitrogen will continue to purge the pipeline until
the gaseous mixture sampled at the receiving end meets the company specified limit of 99
percent nitrogen. The pipeline will then be packed with nitrogen up to a pressure of 0.33
barg (5 pounds per square inch gauge (psig)) in the case of the laterals and 0.5 barg (7.2psig)
in the case of the mainline. All temporary equipment will be disconnected and final
connections made to station piping. The contractor will then hand over the commissioning
process to WAGP.
2.9.5 Hiring and Training

Hiring of commissioning contractors will commence during the latter stages of construction.
The extent of personnel and other needs for commissioning will be determined during
execution phase of the project. WAPCo employees will receive comprehensive training in

Chapter 2
Health, Environment, Safety (HES), specific job skills (technical and non-technical), Plant
Operations, etc. This will be an ongoing process and will commence prior to start-
up/commissioning. WAPCo employees will work closely with the EPC contractor, suppliers,
and vendors during construction and commissioning.
2.9.6 Ongoing Maintenance and Testing

Ongoing maintenance will be undertaken throughout this phase: compressors and other
equipment will be lubricated, calibrated, and tested as well as all control and
telecommunications including the VSAT systems. Commissioning ends and start-up will
begin when the pipeline is ready for introduction of hydrocarbons.
2.9.7 Regulatory Review and Participation

EIA and Permitting Agency reviews and participation is expected to continue during the
construction stage including:
Project workshops;
Training;
Joint safety inspections;
Pre start-up safety audit; and
Review of specific operating permit requirements.
2.10 Start-up
Start-up will be undertaken by WAPCo. The main step will consist of filling the pipeline
with natural gas but ongoing testing and maintenance (e.g., of compressors and control
equipment) will continue from the commissioning phase.
2.10.1 Line Fill with Gas

A hi-seal pig will be inserted into the launcher and commence displacing the purge nitrogen
with high-pressure natural gas. The nitrogen will be vented to a safe location. Once the pig
arrives, the venting operation will cease and the pipeline will be filled up to a specified
pressure with natural gas.
2.10.2 Ongoing Maintenance and Testing

As with commissioning, hiring and training of start-up personnel will commence during the
latter stages of construction and be completed in time to support the schedule. The extent of
personnel and training needs will be determined.
2.10.3 Regulatory Review and Participation

As with commissioning, EIA and Permitting Agency reviews and participation is expected to
continue during this stage including:

Chapter 2
Project workshops;
Training;
Joint safety inspections;
Pre start-up safety audit; and
Review of specific operating permit requirements.
2.11 Pipeline Operations

The main pipeline operation, the transport of gas from Nigeria to Benin, Togo, and Ghana, is
described in the early sections of this chapter, Section 2.1 through 2.4, particularly through
the description of WAPCo facilities, Sections 2.4.1 through 2.4.5. Activities and facilities
associated with health and safety of both the workers and nearby communities are listed
below:
Ancillary equipment, particularly monitoring and control systems are discussed in

Section 2.6.1;
ESD systems are described in Section 2.6.3;
Fire prevention, detection, and suppression systems are described in Section 2.6.2;
Gas detection systems are described in Section 2.6.2;
Waste management (sanitary, non-hazardous and hazardous) is described in Section

2.5;
Hazardous materials management (see below);
Maintenance of ROWs is described in Section 2.4.5.2.4. Access roads will be graded

as required;
Corrosion control systems: cathodic protection is described in Section 2.4.4.2.3 and

pigging operations (see below); and
Training of employees (see below).
Regarding pigging operations, it is currently envisaged that an intelligent pig run will be
performed at least once during the first five years of operation to set a baseline and verify
that the corrosion mitigation program is working effectively. Subsequent intelligent pigging
will be performed on the basis of the risk assessments of the Pipeline Integrity Management
Plan rather than according to a pre-arranged time frame (Section 2.4.4.2.2).
The transportation, storage, and use of hazardous materials will be in accordance with
WAPCo HES procedures and local HES regulations. Their treatment and final disposal will
be according to WAPCos Waste Management Plan, which will conform to local HES
regulations. Appendix 2-D lists the kind of hazardous materials that will be used, mostly in
small quantities (i.e., not more than a few liters or kilograms and mostly much less).

Chapter 2
WAPCo employees will work closely with mentors to acquire the necessary skills required to
competently operate and maintain WAPCo facilities and meet all WAPCo business
requirements. Comprehensive training and development plans will be put in place as
WAPCo evolves.
2.12 Decommissioning and Abandonment

As described in the Concession Agreement, WAPCo intends to decommission and abandon
the pipeline consistent with local regulations and accepted industry practices prevailing at the
time of abandonment. Detailed plans for facility decommissioning, abandonment, and
facility/ROW reinstatement will be developed towards the end of the lifetime of the project.
Measures for each element of WAGP are outlined below.
2.12.1 Alagbado Tee

Decommissioning of the Alagbado Tee is described in Section 2.12.1 of the Nigeria Final
EIA (Nigeria 2.12.1).
2.12.2 Onshore Pipeline

The 56km stretch in Nigeria and the onshore laterals in the other countries will be cut at their
respective beaches, flushed, capped, and abandoned in place. If required by the regulations
in force at the end of the project lifetime or by the local communities or stakeholders, then
the pipeline will be removed and disposed of according to a management plan to be
developed and approved nearer the time. However, it may be presumed that the impacts of
disinterring an empty gas pipeline would be higher than leaving it in place.
2.12.3 Compressor Station

Decommissioning of the Lagos Beach Compressor Station is described in Section 2.12.3 of
the Nigeria Final EIA (Nigeria 2.12.3). A formal decommissioning plan will be developed at
the appropriate point in time; it will adhere to the current environmental regulations and
incorporate stakeholder concerns.
2.12.4 Offshore Pipeline

The offshore trunk and laterals will be cut at their respective beaches, flushed, capped, and
abandoned in place.
2.12.5 R&M Stations

Equipment will be dismantled and removed for appropriate disposal according to a
management plan to be developed and approved nearer the time. If required by the
regulations in force at the end of the project lifetime, the concrete foundations will also be
removed.

Chapter 2
2.13 Remaining Uncertainties

Table 2.13-1 summarizes the elements of the WAGP project execution in Benin that have yet
to be definitively determined. These were discussed within the above text, but are reiterated
here for the purpose of clarity. Decisions regarding project uncertainties at this point in time
will later be confirmed at the time of the final investment decision (FID) or within 6 to 9
months from that date.
Table 2.13-1
Remaining Uncertainties
Onshore Laterals and R&M Stations

Water Supply Sinking a well to groundwater (preferred), or
Alternatives Bringing in by tanker truck
Sanitary Waste Water Discharge into soil via drainage field (preferred); or
Disposal Alternativesa Discharge into nearby receiving waters; or
Hauling off-site for disposal
a
Chlorination not appropriate with drainage field, possibly appropriate with other two options
(dependent upon local regulations and requirements).

Chapter 3
Project Alternatives
3.1 Introduction
The purpose of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) project alternatives analysis is
to provide a transparent and objective basis for identifying optimal project alternatives
consistent with stakeholder, sponsor and regulatory goals. The alternatives analysis is
structured to accord a high priority to environmental and social concerns in the selection
process, in addition to considering technical and economic criteria. By explicitly
incorporating environmental and social impacts into a high-level, early-stage evaluation of
the proposed project, this analysis is expected to assist in identifying the approach to meeting
project objectives that offers the best combination (i.e., the minimum) of cost and negative
environmental/social impacts (World Bank, 1996).
The need for alternative energy supplies in Benin, Ghana, and Togo is established by the
coincidence of future energy deficits forecast in these countries and the comparatively high
cost of thermal electricity generation using imported liquid fuels. This need, together with the
supply of natural gas, the requirement to reduce gas flaring in Nigeria, and the technical
feasibility of delivering natural gas from Nigeria to Ghana, Togo, and Benin, provide a
compelling rationale to proceed with the West African Gas Pipeline (WAGP) project.
This chapter details the methodology by which WAGP was assessed to be the optimal
alternative to meet project objectives in separate analyses conducted by the World Bank
(pending finalization) and this EIA. The following sections list alternative project options
and comparatively evaluate a selection of them on a comprehensive array of criteria,
spanning technical, economic, environmental and social impacts of the project.
In the following analyses, project alternatives are identified by the World Bank and this EIA
using two differing, but not mutually exclusive, approaches.
The World Bank is preparing an Economic and Financial Analysis (EFA) analyzing project
alternatives to the WAGP project. While this report has not yet been completed, a summary
of an early draft of the report and its initial conclusions is provided in Section 3.3. The
alternatives being assessed by the World Bank, listed in Section 3.2.1 and evaluated in
Section 3.3, are an extensive range of options intended to examine alternatives across the
whole energy sector and to focus on the options that maximize net regional benefits in a
broader context of project as defined by the World Bank.
On the other hand, the project-level alternatives considered in this chapter as part of the EIA
for the most part reflect the business capabilities and objectives of the West African Pipeline
Company (WAPCo) and its joint venture partners. The primary objective of the proposed
WAGP project is to transport Nigerian-produced natural gas to commercially viable markets
in Benin, Ghana, and Togo. These project-level alternatives, listed in Section 3.2.2 and
Chapter 3
evaluated in Section 3.4, generally cover, and in some cases are a subset of, project
alternatives as identified by the World Bank.
Apart from differences in the approach used to identify project alternatives, the World Bank
EFA and this EIA also used different methodologies in evaluating the short-listed
alternatives. These methodologies are described in sections 3.3 and 3.4 respectively.
Section 3.5 describes the overall pipeline routing design options considered for the WAGP
project. Section 3.6 concludes.
3.2 Project Alternatives

As described in the introduction, project alternatives are identified by the World Bank and
this EIA using differing approaches. While the World Bank identifies alternatives as part of a
regional energy sector optimization strategy, this EIA focuses on project-level alternatives
consistent with WAPCos objectives. The EIA does not specifically address all the
alternatives that will be included in the World Bank Study; however, certain alternatives
were assessed that further validate the EFA screening conclusions as indicated below.
3.2.1 World Bank Regional Energy Sector Project Alternatives

The World Banks EFA is studying alternatives to (i) improve the competitiveness of the
energy sectors in Benin, Ghana, and Togo, and (ii) foster regional economic and political
integration that would support economic growth; in particular, the development of the West
Africa electricity market. As part of that study the World Bank is examining a number of
project alternatives, using the No-Project Alternative as the base case. The main alternatives,
and variations therein, have been grouped as follows, with cross-references provided to
options separately evaluated in the EIA. (The section where the same or similar alternative
was considered in this EIA is provided after the alternative in parenthesis.)
3.2.1.1 Domestic Power Development Alternatives
In this group the EFA examines power generation alternatives within Ghana, Benin and
Togo, considering:
Hydroelectric power Alternative 1 (see also Section 3.4.5 below)
Oil and gas fired generation Alternative 1 (see also Section 3.4.2 below)
Coal-fired generation Alternative 8
Nuclear generation Alternative 8
Wind power Alternative 2b (see also Section 3.4.5 below)
Solar photovoltaics Alternative 2b (see also Section 3.4.5 below)

Chapter 3
3.2.1.2 Power Importation Alternatives
In this group the EFA considers imports from:
Cte dIvoire Alternative 4
Burkina Faso Alternative 5
Nigeria Alternative 6
3.2.1.3 Gas Resource and Transportation Alternatives
In this group the EFA considers:
The use of indigenous Ghanaian Alternative 2a

and Beninoise gas
Natural gas imports from Cote Alternative 3

d'Ivoire
Liquid Natural Gas (LNG) Alternative 7/8 (see also Section 3.4.4 below)
transportation
Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Alternative 7/8 (see also Section 3.4.4 below)
transportation
Alternative pipeline routes Alternative 7 (see also Section 3.6
3.2.2 EIA Project-Level Alternatives

The project alternatives considered in this EIA for the most part reflect the business
capabilities and objectives of WAPCo and its joint venture partners. In addition, a limited
number of competing power options and/or alternative energy resources were also
considered.
The primary objective of the proposed WAGP project is to transport Nigerian-produced

natural gas to commercially viable markets in Benin, Ghana, and Togo, thereby:
Providing a reliable source of energy for electrical power generation and industrial
use in the three receiving countries;
Providing a commercially viable market for Nigerian natural gas produced at oil
wells, reducing the need to flare this gas; and
Facilitating regional cooperation and integration of reliable energy services through a

large-scale joint venture partnership among four nations in the region.

Chapter 3
Therefore, the project options that were considered as possible technology alternatives during
the planning of the WAGP project focused on alternative ways of bringing Nigerian natural
gas to market, and alternative means of providing energy resources to Benin, Ghana, and
Togo. The following alternatives were considered:
The No-Project Alternative;
The Proposed Project Alternative: Developing a gas pipeline (8 inch (in) to 30in
diameter) and piping gas from Nigeria to Benin, Togo, and Ghana (a total distance of
691 kilometers (km));
Energy Generation and Delivery Alternative: Developing gas-powered electricity

generating stations in Nigeria, and transmitting the electrical power to Benin, Ghana,
and Togo;
LNG Fuel Export Alternative: Converting the gas to LNG and exporting it to Benin,
Ghana, and Togo; and
Renewable Fuels Alternative: Meeting electricity generating demands in Benin,

Ghana, and Togo with renewable resources (hydropower, solar, wind, agrofuel).
Each project-level alternative is evaluated in Section 3.4.
3.3 World Bank Regional Energy Sector Alternatives Analysis

The World Banks draft EFA evaluates all of the reasonable alternatives to the WAGP
project. The draft EFA observes that while there are a broad range of options for delivering
energy to fill the potential energy gap in the West Africa region, not all are practical or
technically feasible at present. In order to focus the analysis on the most realistic options, the
draft EFA employs a filter process to eliminate impractical options, comprising technical,
physical, cost and implementation criteria.
The draft EFA states that it seeks to meet the following two objectives: In the context of the
World Bank Groups due diligence, there are two reasons for analyzing the project
alternatives. Firstly, to ensure that the Project, as formulated, represents the least-cost way
of bringing about the project benefits such that the expected present value of the projects
net benefits must be higher than or equal to the expected present value of mutually exclusive
project alternatives.1 Secondly, assuming that the Project is indeed the least-cost alternative,
for the purposes of assessing the incremental net benefits of the Project, it is necessary to
formulate the without project alternative the baseline against which the incremental
project benefits are compared.
The draft EFA considers three categories of alternatives: (i) domestic power development
alternatives (ii) power importation alternatives and (iii) gas resource and transportation
1
World Bank Operations Policy 10.04, Economic Evaluation of Investment Operations, September, 1994.

Chapter 3
alternatives. Specific project options within each of these categories have been previously
listed in section 3.2.1.
The methodology used in the draft EFA has minor differences from that used in the analysis
of WAPCo project-level alternatives later in this chapter. According to the EFA,
consideration has been made to a method of differentiating energy delivery options, while:
considering the value of any supply source in a diversified portfolio of energy supply
sources;
considering environmental/social impacts; and
not conducting extensive modeling of unlikely alternatives.
In the draft EFA analysis, each of the energy supply options are analysed against the
following criteria:
Technical Feasibility: Is it technically feasible to satisfy the development and energy

policy objectives with the energy delivery option under consideration?
Physical or Resource Constraints: Are there sufficient resources to be an alternative

to the delivery of natural gas from Nigeria?
Cost-effectiveness of Alternatives: Is the delivered cost of energy cost-effective in

comparison with electricity generated from gas delivered by WAGP?
Implementation Constraints: Are there significant financing, regulatory,

stakeholder acceptability or securitisation barriers that would prevent
implementation?
Environment and Social Impacts: If the above criteria have been satisfied, what is
the social and economic impact of the energy delivery methods?
The draft EFA filters out projects at each stage of analysis. It does not consider the cost-
effectiveness of alternatives which are not technically feasible or lack physical resources.
Domestic non-gas power generation and power import options have been considered for
meeting the regional power shortfall determined within the mid-market case of demand
forecast. (The mid-market case represents the median or 50th percentile of the modeled
statistical demand distribution.) The draft EFA concludes that at an assumed load factor of 80
percent, electricity generated from WAGP gas is more cost-effective than oil-based
generation or any other energy delivery option. If the capacity factor is less than
approximately 65 percent (at the World Bank oil price forecast), however, then oil-based
generation is more cost-effective than WAGP.
A range of gas-based resource and import options were considered in relation to the oil-based
scenario. The draft EFA observes that it is difficult to envisage an LNG supply scenario that
would yield a full cost of supply less than the equivalent cost estimated for oil and oil-

Chapter 3
product consumption. Further, doubts also exist as to the supply capacity of existing regional
LNG export projects. The draft EFA also observes that although the CNG option generates
estimates of unit cost that are less than the equivalent cost estimated for oil and oil-product,
the cost is higher than the proposed WAGP. In addition the technology is untried and this
option does not have a commercial sponsor. Project-level alternatives analysis in this EIA
further validates these conclusions in the context of environmental and social impacts
(Section 3.4.4 below).
On this basis, the draft EFA reaches the initial conclusion that pipeline delivery of natural gas
is the most cost-effective means of meeting the growth in regional energy demand when the
capacity factor is approximately 65 percent or greater. Substitution from oil to gas also yields
environmental benefits.
However, the draft EFA observes that future demand for gas-fired generation in the Ghanaian
electricity market is ambiguous due to uncertainties about the future operation of the
VALCO aluminum smelter. In response, the States and VALCO are finalizing with
VALCO and without VALCO tariff structures, where WAGP remains the preferred
alternative in either scenario.
A comprehensive summary of the performance of each alternative on each criteria of interest

is provided in Table 3.3-1, which is taken from a similar table in the draft EFA. More detail
on the advantages and disadvantages of each alternative is available in the draft EFA.
3.4 EIA Project-Level Alternatives Analysis

This section describes the methodology by which the project-level alternatives identified in
the EIA were comparatively assessed and reports the results of these evaluations.
For context, most alternatives were analyzed in terms of the primary project objective,
delivery of natural gas from Nigeria to markets in Benin, Ghana, and Togo (for a detailed
technical project description refer to Chapter 2, Project Description).
The following aggregate criteria were considered when evaluating alternatives:
The potential for both beneficial and negative environmental and socioeconomic
impacts;
Effectiveness in meeting the primary WAGP project objectives (detailed above);
Local and regional suitability, including stakeholder acceptance;
Technical feasibility; and
Costs (capital and operating).
Some of these criteria were disaggregated to generate the following list of specific criteria:
Greenhouse gas emissions reduction benefits;

Chapter 3
Table 3.3-1
World Bank Draft EFA Summary of Alternatives
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Traditional sources of energy Increased indigenous sources Gas imports Power imports Power Power imports Nigerian Gas Alternatives Overseas fuel imports
from Cte from Cte imports from from Nigeria
dIvoire dIvoire Burkina Faso
Hydro Liquid thermal Indigenous Indigenous Pipeline
LNG CNG Coal Nuclear
generation generation Gas Renewables Routes
Technical Feasibility Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes, in the short

Physical / Resource No term, subject to Yes - gas; Yes - Gas Yes - Gas
Yes Yes Site-specific No No Yes Yes Yes
Availability significant gas transmission No - electricity No - LNG No - CNG
resources constraints
Prior
satisfaction of Nigerian LNG Securing
Long lead
Nigerian export wayleaves for A nuclear
time for large- There are
No significant electricity volumes are onshore programme is
scale hydro No significant No significant presently no No significant
Implementation constraints demand is likely already routes would likely to face
development; N/A implementation N/A implementation N/A sponsors for a implementation
Constraints relative to gas- to significantly committed to impose significant
limited private constraints constraints CNG export constraints
fired electricity delay/constrain European & significant implementation
sector project.
the availability N. American delays to gas constraints
appetite.
of electricity buyers delivery
for export
LCO is more
New hydro is Existing
cost-effective At the current Base load
less cost- renewable LNG is Base load coal
than WAGP up import price of Alternative nuclear
effective than technologies are unlikely to be fired generation
to approx. 65% 6.6c/kWh is less routes are less generation is
gas-fired less cost- competitive is less cost-
Cost-Effectiveness LF (@ WB oil N/A N/A cost-effective N/A N/A N/A cost-effective less cost-
generation effective than with existing effective than
price forecast) than electricity than WAGP, effective than
from WAGP WAGP (wind - LCO thermal WAGP (approx.
but less cost generated by as designed. WAGP (approx.
(approx. 7 - 8 approx. generation 4.6c/kWh)
effective WAGP gas. 9 c/kWh)
c/kWh) 7.5c/kWh)
thereafter.
No CO2, SO2 Significant Similar No CO2, NOx
Similar savings
and NOx additional savings on Potential Emissions of and SO2
No damaging on CO2 e per
emissions, but emissions CO2e per negative NOx, SO2 and emissions but
greenhouse annum in the
potential relative to gas annum to that impact if particulates potential
gases but power sector,
resettlement of fired generation, of the pipeline is from coal-fired negative health
potential loss of but no benefit
Environmental/Social large numbers Gas flared: 2.7 proposed gas routed power stations /environmental
N/A visual amenity, N/A from flaring N/A N/A N/A
Impact of people & m tonnes CO2e pipeline from through areas are generally impacts if
aural intrusion reduction or
negative per annum. Fuel reduced gas of high greater than exposed to
and damage to from fuel
impact on use: additional flaring and population those from gas waste material
bird switching in the
ecological 0.8 m tonnes of from fuel density and oil-fired or following
populations. C&I sector.
resources. CO2 e per substitution. plants.
annum. malfunction.

Chapter 3
Environmental impact of construction;
Displacement/Land take;
Sociological/Public health impact of construction;
Economic benefits;
Effectiveness in meeting WAGP project objectives;
Local and regional suitability/Stakeholder acceptance;
Technical feasibility; and
Costs (capital and operating).
All of these criteria were used when comparing project alternatives; however, some criteria
were considered to be more important when comparing alternatives at the overall project
design level (e.g., technical feasibility), while other criteria were considered to be more
important when evaluating routing alternatives (e.g., stakeholder acceptance).
The alternatives described below were initially considered during the scoping and feasibility
stages of the project (1996 to 1999). Alternative assessment has continued into the current
pipeline planning and design stage incorporating socioeconomic and environmental concerns,
as well as investor objectives, project needs, and future gas markets. The reasoning behind
the alternatives analysis is presented here.
The assessment methodology employed in determining the optimal alternative relied on two
distinct but related approaches:
A qualitative assessment approach was used to discuss the advantages and

disadvantages of each project alternative on each criterion of interest. The
differential weighting of the different criteria used in the assessment methodology are
not explicitly quantified. These discussions are presented in sections 3.4.1 through
3.4.5 and summarized in Table 3.4-2.
A semi-quantitative approach was used to rank the performance of the different

alternatives on the specified criteria of interest on an ordinal scale. This approach is
described in Section 3.4.6 and the rankings are presented in Table 3.4-3. This
approach facilitates a transparent and readily accessible comparison of the different
project alternatives across the different criteria. No explicit weighting methodology
was used to assign differential weights to performance on each criterion; instead, each
alternatives performance over the diverse criteria was aggregated using an implicit
approach consistent with the values and preferences discussed in the alternatives
analysis in sections 3.4.1 through 3.4.5. The final optimization and selection process
used in this approach is presented in Section 3.4.6.

Chapter 3
3.4.1 No-Project Alternative

Taking no action would, naturally, be a feasible option. Under the No-Project Alternative,
gas would not be transported to markets in Benin, Ghana, and Togo. No action on any
alternative would mean a lack of a viable energy solution in Benin, Ghana, and Togo,
limiting economic growth. Advantages and disadvantages of the No-Project Alternative are
provided in Table 3.4-2 and certain key points discussed below.
Given the advantages and disadvantages summarized in Table 3.4-2, the No-Project
Alternative is not the preferred option because it does not help to alleviate the immediate
energy resource needs of Benin, Ghana, or Togo, nor provide a market for Nigerian natural
gas, nor advance regional integration. All of the alternatives examined here but one (the
supply-side management or renewables alternative) utilize the readily available gas excess in
Nigeria, which would result in flare reduction and economic and industrial growth in the
region. The possible energy generation scenarios that may occur if the proposed project is
not implemented would not provide lower cost or cleaner fuel in a timely, efficient, or
technically feasible manner. Based on current information, project alternatives exist that
could be commercially and technically viable and implemented with a tolerable level of
environmental and socioeconomic impacts; therefore, the No-Project Alternative was
rejected from further consideration. While this No-Project Alternative does avoid the
negative environmental and socioeconomic impacts associated with the other alternatives
(which in the case of the Proposed Project Alternative are limited and tolerable), this does not
justify foregoing the socioeconomic and environmental benefits associated with the primary
project objectives achieved by WAGP.
3.4.2 The Proposed Project Alternative: Developing a Gas Pipeline and

Piping Gas from Nigeria to Benin, Togo, and Ghana
The Proposed Project Alternative calls for a gas pipeline to be constructed to supply natural
gas from Nigeria to markets in Benin, Ghana, and Togo. For a detailed technical project
description, refer to Chapter 2. The advantages and disadvantages of this alternative are
provided in Table 3.4-2 and certain key points discussed below, along with some additional
specific information about the pipeline and potential demand for WAGP gas. Chapters 6 and
7 of this EIA report also provide more detail on potential positive and negative impacts and
the project sponsors commitment to reducing negative impacts.
The West African Gas Pipeline Feasibility Study (PLE, 1999) fundamentally established the
need for this project based on the following:
Potential demand for natural gas in Benin, Ghana, and Togo;
Technical feasibility to implement the project;
No major legal nor commercial aspects have been identified that could obstruct
project implementation; and
Feasibility to implement the project in a cost effective, efficient, and timely manner.

Chapter 3
WAPCo will meet the project objective to transport Nigerian produced natural gas to
commercially viable markets in Benin, Ghana, and Togo, providing a more reliable supply of
energy and feedstock for a variety of industrial processes, while accelerating regional
integration and stimulating foreign investment. At the same time, natural gas currently being
flared in Nigeria will be used (with a subsequent reduction of greenhouse gas emissions and
reduced dependence on less environmentally desirable fuels) and provide a market and
financial return. Economic growth in Benin, Ghana, and Togo is, in part, limited by the lack
of a stable energy supply. Thus, this project addresses the needs of all four countries,
provides natural gas to support a stable energy supply, reduces greenhouse gas emissions,
and provides a revenue stream to Nigeria for natural gas currently being wasted. Finally, a
new tax and tariff revenue stream would be enabled for the four countries. These benefits far
outweigh the costs associated with constructing WAGP, even when the cost for mitigating
any negative impacts is taken into account. The current cost of constructing WAGP is
estimated at US$500-$600 million.
The initial pipeline demand and capacity are expected to be about 140 and 190 million
standard cubic feet per day (MMscfd) respectively. The pipeline capacity will be augmented
to an ultimate design capacity of 462MMscfd with subsequent incorporation of additional
compression facilities as demand for gas rises. The aggregate potential gas demand in Benin,
Ghana, and Togo is forecasted to grow from 50MMscfd in 1999 to 328MMscfd in 2018, with
most of the demand coming from the power sector in Ghana (West African Gas Pipeline
Project, Market Report Update, 2003). Thus WAGP will meet the estimated demand, with
excess capacity for future growth. First gas is expected to be delivered in 2005. Potential
downstream customers for the gas, including gas-driven generating plants, are documented in
Chapter 6 and further substantiate the Feasibility Studys assertion that potential demand
exists and other sources of natural gas may not be available as soon as WAGP gas, and,
possibly, not at a competitive cost.
3.4.3 Power Generation and Delivery Alternative: Developing Gas-Powered

Electricity Generating Stations in Nigeria, and Transmitting the
Electrical Power to Benin, Ghana, and Togo
Table 3.4-2 provides the advantages and disadvantages associated with this alternative.
Certain key points are discussed below, as well as some information about power generation
and delivery.
In this alternative, many of the same benefits as described for the Proposed Project
Alternative are recognized in terms of reliable energy, regional integration, and reduction in
natural gas currently being wasted in Nigeria (if natural gas is used as the fuel for power
generation). In this alternative, natural gas would not be available as a feedstock for use by
industry in Benin, Togo, and Ghana, thus limiting flexibility in end use. Other possible
disadvantages include running additional transmission lines onshore with environmental and
socioeconomic impacts, particularly the need for permanent land acquisition not only for
incremental transmission lines, but also for possible additional generating stations or the
expansion of existing power plants. Another negative factor compared to the preferred
alternative is that long distance electric power transmission is less efficient due to the power

Chapter 3
loss in cables. There would be a substantial cost associated with construction, operation, and
maintenance of onshore transmission lines and increasing and improving the reliability of the
current installed capacity in Nigeria. Thus while the benefits are similar, costs may be higher
than any new power generation or transmission facilities built in association with WAGP.
Further, improvements to the power grids in Nigeria and the other three countries are
anticipated to take longer than delivering gas to existing generating plants in each country.
Nigeria has an installed capacity of about 5,800 megawatts (MW), although only about two-
thirds of this capacity is currently reliable. Nigeria itself has a considerable power supply
shortfall, thus additional capacity would need to be developed. There is a project to connect
grids of Benin and Togo with Nigeria, with an anticipated start-up date of 2006 and secured
funding, however there are concerns due to infrastructure constraints in Nigeria (West
African Gas Pipeline Project, Market Report Update, 2003). This power supply shortfall
indicates the need for new or expanded power plants. The objective of the West African
Power Pool (WAPP) project is to integrate the West African power grid, but this will occur
over several years. The World Bank is supporting the transmission infrastructure, while
generating plant investment is being sought from state utilities and/or the private sector. The
total investment requirements are significant, about US$13 billion over the next 20 years.
Construction of transmission lines are anticipated to occur between 2003 and 2012,
generation plants (mostly gas powered in Nigeria and hydropower in Guinea) between 2013
to 2018, and final organizational, regulatory, and investment activities between 2018 and
2023 (West African Gas Pipeline Project, Market Report Update, 2003). Thus, providing a
complete transmission infrastructure to export power to Benin, Ghana, and Togo will take
longer than the Proposed Project Alternative. The World Bank views the WAGP project as
complementary to the WAPP.
3.4.4 Natural Gas Fuel Export Alternative: Converting the Gas to LNG or CNG
and Exporting via Tanker or Road from Nigeria to Benin, Togo, and
Ghana
Table 3.4-2 provides the advantages and disadvantages of this alternative. Certain key points
from that table are discussed below with some additional information about costs associated
with LNG projects.
In this alternative too, many of the same benefits as described for the Proposed Project
Alternative are expected in terms of reliable energy, regional integration, and reduction in
natural gas currently being wasted in Nigeria; however, there are a number of negative
environmental impacts. These include impacts resulting from: the construction and operation
of terminals needed to receive LNG tankers (these would likely be more significant than
impacts from the Regulating and Metering [R&M] stations needed for WAGP), air emissions
from tanker and/or road transport, marine traffic, and construction and operation of onshore
pipelines to deliver either LNG or natural gas from LNG regasification facilities (similar to
impacts for WAGP). Moreover, massive infrastructure and technology investments would be
required for gas liquefaction, storage, and regasification facilities, as well as port upgrades,
including terminals, and/or roadways.

Chapter 3
Capital costs for LNG projects are generally higher than for CNG projects; however, LNG
projects are capable of transporting more gas at a faster rate than CNG. At the same time, the
payback from LNG is faster and may account for the capital costs more quickly. However,
the project must be large enough for that payback, such that dedicated markets need to exist,
which limits the capacity flexibility that the Proposed Project Alternative represents. For this
option, the consumers in Benin, Ghana, and Togo cannot provide the initial market demand
necessary.
3.4.5 Renewable Fuels Alternative: Meeting Electricity Generating Demands

in Benin, Ghana, and Togo with Renewable Resources (Hydropower,
Solar, Wind, Agrofuels)
The primary advantages and disadvantages of this alternative are summarized in Table 3.4-2.
Some of the key points about advantages and disadvantages, and additional information
about existing hydroelectric resources and costs associated with renewable resources are
provided below. Possible renewable resources include hydropower, solar, wind, and
agrofuels.
The benefits of renewable resources include: (i) the use of generally cleaner energy sources;
(ii) a decentralized power supply that may reach domestic consumers faster; and
(iii) resources that may complement power supply expansion. However, they would not
provide the added benefits of reducing flaring and venting of gas in Nigeria nor provide
natural gas for direct use by industrial consumers, as would the proposed alternative. Clearly
these options are dependent on the availability of the resources. With the possible exception
of hydropower, it is doubtful that wind, solar, or agrofuels would meet the energy demands
required for the economies of these expanding, developing countries.
The power sector in Ghana has developed around the Akosombo and Kpong hydroelectric
stations; the Bui hydroelectric project has been under consideration for years and its earliest
start-up date is 2010. But uncertainties exist, however, due to costs and environmental
impacts. Benin and Togo purchase imported electricity from VRA hydro facilities in Ghana.
Ghanas concerns about hydropower were exacerbated in 1997/1998 and 2001/2002 when as
a result of reduced rainfall, the Volta Lake water level dropped and Ghana was left in short
supply. Togo and Benin also import power from Ghanas hydroelectric plants.
The main source of indigenous generation (in Benin and Togo) is the Nagbeto hydroelectric
dam. Communaut Elctrique du Bnin (CEB) is also considering a hydroelectric station in
Adjarala, however no start-up date or financing has yet been arranged. Hydro production
cost in Benin and Togo is estimated between 0.600 cents/kWh and 11.131 cents/kWh; in
Ghana, from 0.600 cents/ kilowatt hour (kWh) to 9 cents/kWh. New supplies are represented
by the upper range of costs. By comparison, power production costs for gas turbines in Togo
and Benin range from 2.225 cents/kWh to 6.602 cents/kWh, and in Ghana, 1.486 cents/kWh
to 4.786 cents/kWh. According to a recent draft market study, gas-fueled thermal plants in
Ghana are the most cost-effective source of supply in contrast with any new hydroelectric
supplies (West African Gas Pipeline Project, Market Report Update, 2003). Hydropower
typically requires extensive land taking, with the potential displacement of a large number of
people.

Chapter 3
For the purposes of comparison, costs for a Combined Cycle Plant, which uses both gas
turbines and steam generators for energy generation, are provided below along with several
alternative fuels (Table 3.4-1). A brief review of the costs summarized below indicate that
estimated costs for gas-fueled generating plants are probably less than costs associated with
renewable resources.
Table 3.4-1
Cost Comparison of Fuels
Combined Solar Solar Biomass Landfill
Wind
Cycle Voltaic Thermal Gasification Gas
Size (MW) 400 10 5 100 100 100
Lead Time (yrs) 3 3 2 3 4 1
Capital ($/kW) 532 1,031-2,625 2,576 3,187 1,490 1,299
Fixed Operations &
Maintenance (O&M) 11.73 26.41 9.97 47.40 44.81 78.58
($/kW/yr)
Variable O&M
1.95 0 0 0 5.34 10.48
($/MwH)
Sources: EPA, July 2003; EPA, March 2002
3.4.6 Project-Level Alternatives Rankings

The approach in sections 3.4.1 through 3.4.5 has been to utilize a qualitative assessment
methodology to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of each project alternative. In
some instances, criteria have been aggregated and the negative and positive effects are
bundled together. While this line of reasoning leads to the clear conclusion that the proposed
project alternative outranks all other options, this section attempts to provide a disaggregated
semi-quantitative approach to the same problem. This section assigns explicit ranks to the
performance of each project alternative on each criterion of interest using an ordinal scale.
The ranks are assigned by ICF Consulting using professional judgment based on the
information presented in the previous sections. This approach facilitates ready comparison of
project alternatives with each other and with respect to the baseline No-Project Alternative.
While this approach bears similarity to the methods of multi-criteria decision analysis
(MCDA), it must be noted that this section does not attempt to aggregate the performance
scores on the diverse criteria using any of the MCDA algorithms. Instead, it relies on the
same implicit system of weighting used in sections 3.4.1 through 3.4.5 in choosing the
optimal alternative.
The alternatives were ranked in a manner consistent with the expected impacts described in
sections 3.4.1 through 3.4.5.

Chapter 3
Table 3.4-2
Comparative Assessment of Project-Level Alternatives
Project Alternative Advantages Disadvantages
No-Project Land that would otherwise be occupied by the pipeline (or Lack of energy solution for Benin, Ghana, and Togo (energy
other project alternatives) would continue to remain available; alternatives, such as the proposed pipeline, are required for
in some instances, the population employs this land for continued economic growth).
income-earning activities (e.g., agriculture).
No reduction in existing environmental impacts would occur.
With the reduced need for land acquisition and development, Existing gas resources are being flared, and ongoing flaring
the likelihood of people being displaced would be reduced. from Nigerian oil production would continue to contribute to
the production of greenhouse gases. Cleaner fuel (natural
No increase in likelihood of environmental impacts. Potential
gas) would not replace fuel oil in power plant turbines.
impacts that may be avoided if the No-Project Alternative
were implemented include: Ultimately, stopgap solutions to the energy demands in
Ghana, Nigeria, and Togo could be expected to be developed.
Habitat disruption; These solutions are likely to be less efficient and more
Contamination associated with construction; and environmentally damaging, and to have significantly lower
Resuspension of sediments (offshore) some sediments net benefits (or even have net economic costs) for these
could be contaminated. countries.
The Proposed Project: Low-cost fuel solution for Benin, Ghana, and Togo Land would be acquired for the pipeline ROW, and therefore
Developing a gas pipeline (Economic Implications of the West African Gas Pipeline). likelihood of people being displaced increased. Potential loss
and piping gas from Nigeria of income-earning activities on land developed for pipeline.
Reduction of associated gas flaring in Nigeria and reduction
to Benin, Togo, and Ghana
of greenhouse gas emissions. Boom town socioeconomic effects (pollution, disease,
inflation) associated with construction workers.
Cleaner energy matrix in three receiving countries.
Potential for water quality, ecological, and fisheries impacts,
Potential to spur industrial development, employment
in particular:
opportunities, and foreign investment (Economic Implications
of the West African Gas Pipeline). Habitat disruption;
Allows flexibility in destination countries with regard to Contamination associated with construction; and
energy type; can be used as gas fuel or (potentially) feedstock
or converted to electrical power. Resuspension of sediments (offshore) some sediment
could be contaminated.
Pipeline reinstatement criteria will consider multiple uses of
the pipeline Right of Way (ROW). Would require construction in sensitive habitat and
ecosystems (both onshore and offshore), such as wetlands,
mangroves, and lagoons.
Potential safety/security hazards associated with pipeline.

Chapter 3
Table 3.4-2
Power Generation and Low-cost energy solution for Benin, Ghana, and Togo Restriction in choices of energy for industry in Benin, Togo,
Delivery Alternative: (Economic Implications of the West African Gas Pipeline). and Ghana, and therefore loss of the more efficient option of
Developing gas-powered direct use of gas energy by end users.
Reduction of associated-gas flaring in Nigeria.
electricity-generating stations
Electricity transmission line would probably have to run
in Nigeria and transmitting Potential to spur industrial development, employment
onshore for ease of maintenance, leading to significant land-
the electrical power to Benin, opportunities, and foreign investment (Economic Implications
take and other impacts, e.g., loss of income-earning uses of
Ghana, and Togo of the West African Gas Pipeline).
land developed for transmission line.
Potential displacement of people, more extensive than those
associated with the gas pipeline, due to the extent of
transmission lines onshore.
Boom town socioeconomic effects (pollution, disease,
inflation) associated with construction workers, comparable to
gas pipeline.
Potential for negative environmental impacts as described
above would exist; severity dependent upon construction
location and scale of project.
Potential for power loss in cables.
More costly, lower welfare gains compared to gas pipeline.
Natural gas as a primary fuel or energy source for local
(mainly industrial) consumption would not be available, and
reliance on electrical power energy sources would continue,
possibly limiting economic development.

Chapter 3
Table 3.4-2
Natural Gas Fuel Export Provides fuel solution for Benin, Ghana, and Togo (Economic Massive infrastructure and technology investment required for
Alternative: Converting the Implications of the West African Gas Pipeline). LNG liquefaction, storage and re-gasification facilities and
gas to LNG or CNG and port upgrades. Terminals to receive LNG tankers do not exist
Reduction of associated gas flaring in Nigeria.
exporting from Nigeria to in Benin, Ghana, or Togo.
Benin, Ghana, and Togo Potential to spur industrial development, employment Onshore pipeline spurs required for gas transmission from
opportunities, and foreign investment (Economic Implications ports to delivery terminals and from delivery terminals to
of the West African Gas Pipeline). consumer facilities. Consequently onshore impacts associated
with the Proposed Project Option not avoided under this
option and local offshore impacts could be higher if the
terminal is installed offshore.
Local environmental impacts likely to be higher with terminal
installation compared to pipelines and Regulating/Metering
Stations.
Tankers are slow, subject to weather-induced delays, and emit
greenhouse gases.
Road transport inefficient, generating greenhouse gas
emissions so benefit of flaring reduction would be greatly
attenuated. Similar case, but less so, for rail.
Massive infrastructure investments required to upgrade roads
or create rail links and develop carrier-vehicle fleets.
Tanker related accidents could result in explosions, releases of
large quantities of greenhouse gas into atmosphere and other
high consequence events, more significant than the gas
pipeline.
Boom town socioeconomic effects (pollution, disease,
inflation) associated with construction workers. Scale of
onshore construction much greater than that of the pipeline
option; potential for boom town effects therefore greater.
Significant energy required to liquefy gas prior to transport
and for regasification after delivery. Significant energy
efficiency loss compared to the pipeline option.
More costly energy, so lower overall economic gains,
compared to gas pipeline.

Chapter 3
Table 3.4-2
Renewable Fuels Alternative: Cleaner energy for some options (reduced emissions for solar, Reliability/security issues (de-centralized power generation,
Meeting electricity- wind, hydropower). demand for technically sophisticated facilities beyond the
generating demands in Benin, capability of the host countries to maintain).
Sustainable development.
Ghana, and Togo with
Technically, not a feasible substitute for centralized, fossil-
renewable resources Complement power supply expansion progress by managing
fueled generation capacity expansion in developing countries
(hydropower, solar, wind, electricity demand.
with rapidly increasing energy demands (World Bank, 1996).
agro fuels)
Decentralization of power supply may increase the speed in
Potential for hydro, wind development dependent upon wind,
which energy reaches domestic consumers (versus
water resources, which are not available or sufficient in all
manufacturing).
countries.
Extensive land take requirements for hydro, solar, or agro
fuels options. Potential displacement of people can be a
severe negative impact relative to other options.
Generally higher energy production costs compared to the
proposed Project Option.
Massive infrastructure investments required for hydropower.
Ongoing flaring from Nigerian oil production would continue
to contribute to the production of greenhouse gases.

Chapter 3
The following reasoning was used to identify the proposed pipeline project as the optimal
alternative:
As may be observed in Table 3.4-3, it is evident that the proposed pipeline project
outranks or is equal in performance to the power generation and delivery alternative
in every criterion.
Similarly, the proposed pipeline project outranks or is equal in performance to the

natural gas fuel export alternative in every criterion.
The proposed pipeline project is marginally inferior in performance to the No-Project

Alternative (which envisages expansion of current oil-based power facilities to meet
power demand) in terms of environmental impact of construction, displacement/land-
take, sociological/public health impacts, and cost. However, the proposed pipeline
project is far superior in terms of greenhouse gas reduction benefits, economic
benefits and meeting WAGP objectives. Given that the environmental and social
impacts of the proposed alternative are relatively minor, and considering the
dominance on the economic benefits and greenhouse gas emissions reduction criteria,
the proposed project is considered superior to the No-Project Alternative.
It is unclear if the proposed pipeline project is inferior in performance to the

renewable fuels alternative in terms of environmental impact of construction,
displacement/land-take, and sociological/public health impacts. If the renewable fuels
mix were to include an incrementally larger hydroelectric component via new dam
construction, it may involve a far higher displacement/land-take and sociological cost
component than the proposed alternative. Regardless, the proposed pipeline project is
far superior in terms of greenhouse gas emissions reduction benefits, economic
benefits, meeting WAGP objectives, technical feasibility and cost. Given that the
environmental and social impacts of the proposed alternative are relatively minor, and
considering the overwhelming dominance on the economic benefits, greenhouse gas
emissions reduction, cost and technical feasibility criteria, the proposed project is
considered superior to the renewable fuels alternative.
3.5 Overall Pipeline Routing Options

WAPCo investigated three Overall Routing Options for feasibility: the Onshore Option,
the Offshore Option, and a hybrid Onshore/Offshore Option. These options are
illustrated in Figure 3.5-1. The main objective of the initial route selection process was to
identify the lowest-cost option that meets the safety requirements of both the general public
and pipeline workers while minimizing impacts to the environment and surrounding
communities (PLE, 1999). The three options are described in turn in sections 3.5.1 through
3.5.3 and then compared according to evaluation and selection criteria in section 3.5.4.

Chapter 3
Table 3.4-3
Comparative Evaluation of Project-level Alternatives
Criteria Scores
Local and
Greenhouse Sociological/ Effectiveness Regional
Gas Environmental Public Health in Meeting Suitability/
Project Reduction Impact of Displacement/ Impact of Economic WAGP Stakeholder Technical
Alternative Benefits Construction Land Take Construction Benefits Objectives Acceptance Feasibility Costs
No-Project --- 0/- 0/- 0/- - --- + ++ 0/-
Proposed
Pipeline ++ - - - ++ +++ + ++ -
Project
Power
Generation ++ -- -- -- + ++ - + --
and Delivery
Natural Gas
++ -- -- -- + ++ -/-- + ---
Fuel Export
Renewable
--- 0/- 0/-/-- 0/-/-- -- --- +/0/- -- ---
Fuels
Scale: +++ Considerable positive impact
++ Significant positive impact
+ Marginal positive impact
0 No expected impact
- Marginal negative impact
-- Significant negative impact
--- Considerable negative impact
/ Indicates Uncertainty Range

Chapter 3
Figure 3.5-1
Overall Routing Options2
Option 1 Existing Infrastructure and Onshore Route

Option 2 Existing Infrastructure and Offshore Route
Option 3 Existing Infrastructure and Onshore/Offshore Route
(Selected Option)
3.5.1 Onshore Option

The existing Escravos-Lagos Pipeline (ELP) would supply the proposed natural gas pipeline
to the connection at Alagbado Tee. The proposed pipeline would then traverse west
through Nigeria to the border with Benin. Offtakes would supply gas to the Cotonou
(Benin), Lom (Togo), Tema (Ghana), and Takoradi (Ghana) consumer areas3. The proposed
pipeline would be approximately 758km long.
Compressor stations would be located at Alagbado (Nigeria), west of Cotonou in Benin, and
at Tema in Ghana. R&M stations would be located at Alagbado and at offtake delivery sites
throughout the pipeline, including locations in Benin, Ghana, and Togo.
Potential impacts associated with onshore routing, as identified during preliminary project
planning in the West African Gas Pipeline Feasibility Study (PLE, 1999), would be the
disruption of areas of high ecological value, habitat destruction, and potential sabotage due to
social and ethnic tensions. Since the publication of the Feasibility Study, the potential for
2
Source: PLE, 1999.
3
At the time of the pipeline routing study was carried out, the pipeline route terminated in Effasu, Ghana (as
illustrated on Figure 3.5-1), rather than Takoradi, Ghana. Due to commercial and other considerations, the
proposed project, as analyzed in this EIA, now terminates in Takoradi, Ghana.

Chapter 3
negative environmental and socioeconomic impacts associated with onshore pipeline

construction and operations have been further considered (please refer to Chapter 6).
Similar to the proposed onshore/offshore hybrid option, an onshore pipeline route should
maximize the use of the existing ELP pipeline system, thereby minimizing the length of new
construction (PLE, 1999).
3.5.2 Offshore Option

The proposed natural gas pipeline would be supplied by the existing ELP at Escravos. The
pipeline would originate in the Niger Delta, traverse west for a short distance onshore from
the gas processing plant to reach landfall, and then head offshore in a southwesterly
direction, eventually turning northwest to follow the Nigerian coastline. As the pipeline
traverses westward, offtake spurs would supply consumer areas in Cotonou (Benin), Lom
(Togo), Tema (Ghana), and Takoradi (Ghana). The proposed pipeline would be
approximately 1,016km long.
Compressor stations would be located at Escravos Beach and on an offshore platform near
Lagos, both in Nigeria. R&M stations would be located at Escravos Beach and at offtake
delivery sites throughout the pipeline in Benin, Ghana, and Togo. Anywhere from 20km to
50km of onshore pipeline upgrades or new installation in the Warri-Escravos area, upstream
of the compressor, might also be required.
One of the significant potential impacts from offshore pipeline installation is the
resuspension of bottom sediments, particularly in areas where sediments could be
contaminated (e.g., zones around major cities and harbors). This movement could disturb
sediments and cause them to become suspended in the water column. However, the width of
the continental shelf allows for the proposed route to be installed a sufficient distance away
from nearshore areas, thus minimizing potential disturbance to contaminated sediments that
may occur near industrialized areas (PLE, 1999).
3.5.3 Onshore/Offshore Option Selected Overall Routing Option

In this scenario, the pipeline would run onshore in Nigeria before running offshore in the
waters of Benin, Ghana, and Togo. The pipeline would be supplied by the existing ELP at
Alagbado Tee before running 56km southwesterly to the coast at Lagos Beach in Nigeria.
It would then transverse westward offshore for approximately 616km, running parallel to the
coasts of Benin, Ghana, Nigeria, and Togo. Offtake spurs would supply consumer areas in
Cotonou (Benin), Lom (Togo), Tema (Ghana), and Takoradi (Ghana). The offshore section
of the pipeline would be approximately 616km long and the onshore sections of the pipeline
would total approximately 73km (including the onshore lateral spurs).
A compressor station would be located at Lagos Beach in Nigeria. R&M stations would be
located at the compressor station and at offtake delivery sites in Benin, Ghana, and Togo. As
with the all-offshore pipeline route, specific routing around areas of potentially contaminated
sediments would minimize offshore impacts from pipeline resuspension.

Chapter 3
3.5.4 Comparison and Selection of Proposed Option

From an economic standpoint, the Onshore/Offshore Routing Option emerges as the least
costly option and is technically feasible. The additional cost of the Offshore Routing Option
vs. the Onshore/Offshore Routing Option ranges between two and eight cents/Million British
thermal unit (MMBtu) for three different demand scenarios and the additional unit cost of the
Onshore Routing Option vs. the Onshore/Offshore Routing Option is on average 20
cents/MMBtu considering the same three demand scenarios (PLE, 1999).
The Onshore/Offshore Routing Option is also preferred over the Onshore Routing Option
because an offshore pipeline (for the preferred option, 616km of a total of approximately
689km) results in a lower level of significant impacts such as habitat destruction and
displacement of people when compared to onshore pipeline construction activities. The
potential for negative environmental and socioeconomic impacts resulting from onshore
construction activities will be minimized since the majority of the onshore pipeline in Nigeria
makes use of an existing pipeline ROW (see Chapter 4).
Of the criteria listed in Section 3.1, the potential for negative environmental and
socioeconomic impacts, stakeholder acceptance, and economic costs were considered most
important when weighing the overall routing options (PLE, 1999). Overall, the selected
option is preferred over the two other options because it has a lower level of anticipated
impacts, and is also the least expensive of the three options (Table 3.3-1). Chapter 4 provides
detailed routing and design information on this option.
Table 3.5-1
Overall Routing Options Critical Factors
Onshore/Offshore
Critical Factors Onshore Offshore
(Selected Option)
Environmental Minimal disruption of Potential disruption of Minimal disruption of
Onshore terrestrial habitat onshore ecologically significant terrestrial habitats
Terrestrial Habitat because of minimal habitat because pipeline onshore because of
onshore corridors, near would require over minimal onshore
and/or within existing 758km of onshore ROW corridors, near and/or
ROWs. corridor. within existing ROWs.
Environmental Minimal to moderate: Significant Minimal
Onshore Other Onshore sections are
Onshore Impact short but may affect
sensitive environments.
Environmental Moderate potential Not Applicable Moderate potential
Offshore impact on marine habitat. impact on marine
Marine Habitat Impacts localized, mostly habitat, mostly short
short-term. term and localized. The
greater offshore impact
than selected option due
to greater offshore
length.

Chapter 3
Table 3.5-1
Overall Routing Options Critical Factors
Onshore/Offshore
Critical Factors Onshore Offshore
(Selected Option)
Environmental Moderate potential Not Applicable Compared to selected
Offshore impact resulting from option, greater potential
Sediment habitat disruption, e.g., for suspension of
benthic smothering. contaminated sediments
Possible suspension of during construction, due
potentially contaminated to greater offshore
sediments during length.
construction.
Socioeconomic Minimal to moderate. Significant resettlement Minimal resettlement of
Resettlement Some resettlement may of people from areas of people required because
be required along the construction of onshore construction.
short onshore pipeline (particularly in Benin,
route sections. Some Ghana, and Togo).
land take and
socioeconomic disruption
likely.
Socioeconomic Moderate to significant. Significant due to great Minimal risk of
Sabotage Less than for Onshore onshore length. sabotage for offshore
due to shortness of pipeline, potential still
onshore sections. exists for onshore
portions but reduced due
to shortened length.
Economic Cost Least expensive, due Most expensive due to Between Onshore and
largely to easier land acquisition needs. Onshore/Offshore.
installation and minimal
land acquisition
requirements.
3.6 Conclusion
WAGP provides substantial benefits relative to the other options, including providing a
reliable source of energy to Benin, Ghana, and Togo; providing a viable market for Nigerian
natural gas produced at oil wells, thus reducing the need to flare this gas; and facilitating
regional cooperation and integration of reliable energy services through a large-scale fuel
delivery project among the four nations in West Africa. Two other alternatives considered --
developing gas-powered electricity generating stations and transmitting the electrical power,
and exporting natural gas as LNG -- meet some of these objectives but do not provide
comparable benefits. They either represent more substantial environmental and
socioeconomic impacts than WAGP, do not provide a timely solution, and/or incur costs
beyond the benefits. The renewable fuels alternative does not eliminate the flaring of gas in
Nigeria and represents some challenges in terms of reliability, security, and feasibility for all
three countries. In addition, it is doubtful that the renewable fuels alternative could provide
sufficient power for industrial uses. The No-Project Alternative avoids the environmental
and socioeconomic impacts associated with WAGP, but meets none of the project objectives.

Chapter 3
If no project were selected, then short-term, unsustainable solutions to energy demands could
be undertaken that could represent less efficient and more environmentally damaging
solutions with fewer net benefits to the four countries. As described in this chapter, both the
World Banks draft EFA and this EIA conclude that WAGP is the optimal project alternative.
Three options were considered for the pipeline routing: onshore/offshore, onshore, and
offshore. The selected option, a combination of onshore and offshore routes, provides the
greatest benefits at the lowest level of environmental and socioeconomic impacts and least
cost.

Chapter 4
Project Design Alternatives
4.1 Introduction
Chapter 2 presents a technical description of the Selected Project Alternative. The range of
alternatives from which the Selected Project Alternative was chosen is discussed in Chapter
3. This chapter discusses, in more detail, alternatives related to specific aspects of the design
of the Selected Project Alternative (e.g., pipeline routing, construction methods) that the
West African Gas Pipeline Company (WAPCo) considered, especially those that WAPCo
rejected or (where uncertainty remains about the implementability of the desired alternative)
disfavor. Selected alternatives, and those that WAPCo favors pending final determination of
their implementability, constitute part of the technical project description and, thus, are
described in Chapter 2. Table 4.1.1 provides an overview of WAPCos alternatives of each
design aspect, highlighting WAPCos selected alternative and WAPCos reasons for
selection.
4.2 Evaluation Criteria for Alternatives

The basic criteria used by WAPCo when devising, considering, and choosing between design
alternatives were the following:
Overall safety of the public and workers;

Environmental impact;
Potential impacts to communities (e.g., businesses, transportation, etc.);
Acceptance by stakeholders;
Best available/practicable technologies;
Feasibility of construction, operation, and maintenance;
Cost of construction, operation, and maintenance;
Future use of natural gas in the West Africa Region;
Monitoring requirements; and
Institutional requirements.
As discussed in the sections below, additional criteria or more specific aspects of the above
criteria were used to evaluate different components of the overall West African Gas Pipeline
(WAGP) design.
Chapter 4
Table 4.1-1
Overview of Alternatives Relating to Design Aspectsa
Selected (or Preferred) Alternatives and WAPCos
Design Aspect Rejected Alternatives and Reasons for Rejection Reason for Selection (or Provisional Selection)
Onshore 30 inch East-of-Lagos West-of-Lagos A
(in) Pipeline (Route approaches north bank of Lagos Lagoon from a (Route approaches north bank of Badagry Creek from
Routing Options position east of Lagos) a position west of Lagos)
(Section 4.3; Less economic than the West-of-Lagos alternatives More economic than East-of-Lagos
Figure 4.3-1)
Land east of Lagos is swampy limiting road access Better road access than with East-of-Lagos
West-of-Lagos Route B Location of compressor station better than with
(Route approaches north bank of Badagry Creek from a West-of-Lagos Routes B or C
position west of Lagos)
Location of compressor station sub-optimal
West-of-Lagos Route C
Location of compressor station sub-optimal
Benin Alternative 1
(Continuation of West-of-Lagos A, compressor station at
Krake)
Benin Alternative 2
(Continuation of West-of-Lagos B, compressor station at
Krake)
Benin alternatives both excluded because, relative to the
Nigeria-only onshore alternatives, they involve greater:
Risk management (to protect safety of workers)
Negative impacts to land use and habitats (including
outside existing Rights of Way [ROWs])
Cost
a
Design alternatives that involve one or more of the other three countries are discussed in Chapter 4 of the Regional Final EIA 1.

Chapter 4
Table 4.1-1
Onshore Lateral Original Base Case Option 4b
and Regulation and (R&M station at the Beach and low pressure distribution line (R&M station west of Cococodji; Link Line to Maria
Metering (R&M) to the existing Communaut Elctrique du Bnin (CEB) plant Gleta)
Station in Benin at Vedeko)
Options 4a and 4b preferred to Options 1 through 3
(Section 4.4.1; Potential coastal erosion threat at beach and Base Case for reasons given. However, spur line
Table 4.4-1;
Limited options for installing future gas distribution preferred to electrical transmission line (and hence
Figure 4.4-1)
routes Option 4b preferred to Option 4a) because of:
Distribution line passes through area that, though sparsely Greater flexibility in supply
habited, is experiencing high population growth Smaller ROW requirement
Option 1 CEB plant can be more easily expanded at Maria
(R&M and relocated CEB plant at Gbodje, east of Gleta than at existing Vedeko site
Cococodji; new electrical transmission line to Maria Gleta)
No power loss in electrical cables
Relatively high resettlement impacts beyond R&M station
due to installation of transmission line to Maria Gleta
Option 2
(R&M and relocated CEB plant at Gbodje; spur to Maria
Gleta)
Relatively high resettlement impacts beyond R&M station
due to installation of high-pressure link line to Maria
Gleta
Option 3 (R&M at Gbodje; spur to CEB at Vedeko)
Relatively high exposure of local population to safety
risks from spur passing through built-up area
Option 4a
(R&M and relocated CEB plant west of Cococodji; electrical
transmission line to Maria Gleta)
Preferred to above options for reasons given above but
not to Option 4b for reasons given in adjacent column

Chapter 4
Table 4.1-1
Sizing of Offshore 18in (45.7 centimeter (cm)) diameter pipeline 20in diameter pipeline (midline compressor station
Pipeline and (midline compressor station under mid-case demand under high-case demand scenario)
Midline scenario) Greater capacity than 18in pipeline
Compression Lower capacity than 20in (50.8cm) diameter pipeline Midline compressor station is required only under
Facilities high-case demand scenario.
Midline compressor station required (in Togo) under mid-
(Section 4.5.1)
case demand scenario (A midline compressor station
would require a supplemental Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) for impacts beyond what is described
in this EIA. However, land take for a future midline
compressor station is accounted for in this EIA.)
Offshore Pipeline Pipeline buried or covered in waters shallower than 30 Pipeline buried or covered in waters shallower
Burial Depth meters (m) (98.4 feet (ft)) than 8m
(Section 4.6.1.1) More sediment suspended than with 8m (26.2ft) Less sediment suspension
alternative Lower costs/tariff impact.
Trenching required for part of Benin and Togo shore
crossings
Insufficient information that additional burial will
definitively protect fishing operations, especially in view
of high-energy sediment transport and coastal erosion
Wetland Crossings Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD) Push-method trenching for wetlands
(Section 4.6.1.2) Higher probability of operational failure than with push- Better costbenefit than HDD
method trenching Lower negative impacts associated with
Higher costs mobilization for short wetland crossings

Chapter 4
Table 4.1-1
Lagoon Crossings Push-method trenching (Badagry Creek) HDD for Badagry Creek
(Section 4.6.1.3) Significant negative environmental impacts Avoids negative environmental impacts
HDD (Benin Lagoon) Push-method Trenching for Benin Lagoon
More expensive than push-method trenching without Does not result in significantly worse impacts if
offering relative advantage if crossing undertaken in performed during dry season
optimal dry season
Transport of Heavy By water through Badagry Creek to a purpose-built dock Still under consideration:
Equipment to within ROW and then along a purpose-built access road By road from Port of Lagos widening roads where
Compressor Station Longer access road 900m (2,952.8ft) entailing higher necessary
(Section 4.6.2) negative environmental impacts in wetlands By water through Badagry Creek to a purpose-built
Construction of bypass road around Ajido connecting an dock 200m (656.2ft) from compressor station and
existing road to the compressor station site then along a purpose-built access road
Likely environmental impacts to wetlands north of Ajido
Along existing roads from Port of Cotonou via Badagry
Risk of disruption due to border closures
Accommodation for None Off-site local accommodation preferred, i.e.
Construction commuting from home (for local workers) or hotels
Workers Provisions to be made for camp facilities for
(Section 4.6.3.4) Nigeria onshore ROW and compressors station
Treatment of No treatment Treatment with biocide
Hydrotest Water Risk of corrosion in event of water being left in pipe for a Prevents pipe corrosion in event of water being left
(Section 4.7.1) significant period. in pipe for a significantly long period
Discharge of Onshore disposal Offshore disposal
Hydrotest Water Impractical due to large volume involved: limited onshore Likely low impact from offshore disposal
(Section 4.7.2) disposal capacity Treatment with H2O2 prior to discharge prevents
undesirable effects when water is no longer needed

Chapter 4
Table 4.1-1
Liquid Storage Underground Aboveground
Tanks Risk of leaks to soil and groundwater Can easily provide secondary containment
(Section 4.8.1)
Open pits and sumps Ease of maintenance and inspection
Risk of leaks to soil and groundwater
Sanitary Waste Septic tank system and discharge into receiving waters Septic tank system and discharge into soil via
Water Treatment Impact on surface water suitably prepared drainage field (preferred)
and Disposal Cost-effective and least associated impacts to
Septic tank system and hauling offsite for disposal
(Section 4.8.3) environment
Associated environmental and cost impacts
Stormwater Separate stormwater collection systems including oil-water No oil-water separators
Management separators Process areas will be covered, limiting the amount of
(Section 4.8.4) o Stormwater collection facilities for sheet runoff will not stormwater contact. Site drainage piping will be such
be installed due to low probability of contact with that if stormwater comes into contact with operating
pollutants (and low concentration of pollutant contact) equipment it will drain into facility process liquids-
handling tanks and handled as a single waste stream.
Appropriate grading of the facilities will address non-
point source (sheet runoff).
Power Supply None On-site fossil-fuel generators at other facilities with
(Section 4.8.5.1) solar-power back up at Tee and other R&M
stations.
Water Supply Desalination Groundwater wells (preferred)
(Section 4.8.5.2) Cost Purchasing and trucking may be used at Tee if
sinking well proves impossible.

Chapter 4
4.3 Routing Options from Existing Gas Transmission Network to

Coastal Compressor Station
4.3.1 Selection Criteria for Onshore
In addition to the evaluation criteria listed in Section 4.2, the following criteria were
considered in the selection of specific onshore routing options:
Avoidance of area of high population density;

Availability of a ROW;
Distance/length of pipeline; and
Suitability of sites for a compressor station.
4.3.2 Onshore Routing Options within Nigeria

Onshore routing options within Nigeria are described in Section 4.3.2 of the Regional and
Nigeria Final Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) (Regional 4.3.2, Nigeria 4.3.2). They
are known as the East-of-Lagos and West-of-Lagos Route A, Route B and Route C
options. The two options that would involve the mainline passing onshore into Benin
(described in Section 4.3.3) are based on West-of-Lagos Route A and West-of-Lagos Route
B.
4.3.3 Extending Pipeline Onshore for Gas Delivery to Benin

After selecting the Onshore/Offshore Route as the Overall Routing Option (Section 3.5),
WAPCo considered modifying it to reroute the planned onshore section of pipeline through
both Benin and Nigeria and locate the compressor station in Krake, Benin, instead of limiting
the onshore section of the pipeline to Nigeria and locating the compressor station near Ajido
at Badagry Creek, Nigeria. In this permutation, WAGP would thus move offshore in Benin
rather than in Nigeria, and Benin would not be supplied by a spur from the offshore pipeline
(WAGP, 2002).
The main reason for running the pipeline to Benin onshore would be to consolidate facilities
and simplify the overall construction of WAGP. The compressor station facility would be
combined with the construction of the R&M station already planned as part of the
Onshore/Offshore Overall Routing Option, thus eliminating facilities at Badagry Creek and
minimizing the number of construction sites (WAGP, 2002).
Two revised options for delivering gas to Benin were thus compared against the original
options. Benin Onshore Alternative 1 is a modification of West-of-Lagos Route A (Section
4.3.3.1). Benin Onshore Alternative 2 is a modification of West-of-Lagos Route B (Section
4.3.3.2).
4.3.3.1 Benin Onshore Alternative 1
WAGP would begin at Alagbado Tee and run parallel to an existing Nigerian Gas
Company pipeline to Ewekoro; this section would be contained partially within the ROW of

Chapter 4
the existing pipeline. WAGP would then cross out of that ROW into a ROW parallel to
another existing pipeline, that of Shell Petroleum Development Company and Shell Nigeria
Gas Limited (SPDC/SNGL), and run alongside the SPDC/SNGL pipeline until it neared
Agbara, where it would then turn southwesterly and proceed towards a point near Anos Gas
Station and then continue onshore to a compressor station located in Krake, Benin (Figure
4.3-1) and then run offshore. This option would lengthen the onshore section of the
Onshore/Offshore Overall Routing Option by approximately 34km (21.1 miles) and shorten
the offshore section by 30km (18.6 miles) (WAGP, 2002).
4.3.3.2 Benin Onshore Alternative 2
WAGP would initially follow the route of Benin Onshore Alternative 1 but would turn
southwest just south of the Modern Gas Station at Igboloye. From there it would continue in
a straight line to a compressor station located in Krake, Benin (Figure 4.3-1), and then run
offshore. This option would lengthen the onshore section of the Onshore/Offshore Overall
Routing Option by approximately 29km (18.0 miles) and shorten the offshore section by
24km (14.9 miles) (WAGP, 2002).
4.3.3.3 Evaluation of Benin Onshore Alternatives
The advantage of onshore routing to Benin would be the reduction in personnel requirements
that could result from the combination of the compressor station facility and the R&M station
into a single location in Krake, rather than having a compressor station at Badagry Creek and
an R&M station for the Cotonou spur (from the offshore pipeline).
However, the complexity of the compressor station design would increase as a result of
interstage draw-off to meet demand in Benin. On one hand, this would reduce the need for
compression for the entire system downstream of Benin and would improve energy
efficiency. On the other hand, this would increase the risk management required to protect
the safety of workers. Furthermore, locating the compressor station at Krake rather than
Badagry Creek would increase the length of the onshore pipeline and reduce that of the
offshore pipeline. As well as requiring a greater land-take, a longer onshore pipeline might
have implications for ease of access for construction and maintenance and for potential
disruption to habitats. Furthermore, both Onshore Benin Alternatives would require land
outside of existing ROWs. Overall costs would be expected to increase by about US$9
million for both Benin Onshore Alternative 1 and Alternative 2. Also, there is an existing
employee base in Nigeria with experience in gas compression, regulation, and monitoring.
The benefit of operational experience of Nigerian personnel could thus be lost if the
compression station is moved to Krake (WAGP, 2000).
Therefore, on the basis of ease of operation of the system and consequent safety
considerations, minimizing potential environmental impacts, and cost advantage, the option
of retaining the proposed compressor station at Badagry Creek, and not extending the
onshore section of pipeline into Benin, is preferred.

Figure 4.3-1: Benin Onshore Routing Alternatives
Figure 4.3-1
Alternative 2
Alternative 1
Krake Compressor Station
Map Projection: UTM Zone 31N 0 4,000 8,000 16,000 24,000 32,000 West African Gas Pipeline
Meters
File Location Path: Q:\Projects\Benin\mxd\Figure 4.3-2.mxd

Projection Method: Transverse Mercator
Datum: World Geodetic System 1984
Ellipsoid: WGS 84 Figure 4.3-1
Latitude Origin: 0.000000000000000N
1 centimeter equals 3,000 meters
Longitude Origin: 3.000000000000000E Benin
False Easting: 500000.0000 Prepared By:
False Northing: 0.0000 Drawing Number:
Scale Factor: 0.9996 Scale: 1:300,000 06-May-04
GIS/RS Team File: Figure 4.3-2.mxd Drawn By: R.F. Bosley

Chapter 4

Chapter 4
4.4 Onshore Lateral and R&M Station Alternatives

4.4.1 Onshore Lateral and R&M Station Alternatives in Benin
In general, the routes of the offshore and onshore portions of the laterals and trunk pipelines
are determined by the location of the R&M station site, which has been located as close as
possible to known end-users of natural gas (usually power stations). In Benin, WAPCo is
considering supplying a CEB future power plant in Maria Gleta near Tankpe. Such a plant
would have implications for both the onshore ROW and the R&M station location.
The original pipeline routing plan for gas delivery to Benin terminated on the landward
(beach) side of the pipeline shoreline crossing. This option was deemed infeasible due to the
potential for negative secondary impacts. These impacts could result from future
construction activities (not part of the proposed WAGP project) arising from the need for a
connection of the pipeline stub to power plants and other industrial gas purchasers.
Therefore, in Cotonou, five options for extending the onshore delivery pipeline lateral (from
the offshore section of the pipeline) and locating the R&M station closer to end-users were
considered; these are known as the Base Case and Options 1 through 4 and are shown in
Figure 4.4-1 and outlined in Table 4.4-1. (The Base Case and Options 1 through 3 are the
subject of another detailed existing study (WAGP, 2002).) The following criteria were used
for assessing which of these five options should be selected:
Environmental and land-use impacts;

Accessibility to customer locations/premises;
Available land for R&M station;
Availability of line of sight and ROW between proposed metering station site and
customer premises;
Safety of personnel and the public;
Ease of access to site;
Ease of construction of pipeline and associated facilities; and
Potential impacts to communities (e.g., those to businesses, transportation).
4.4.1.1 The Original Base Case
The R&M station would be located at the shore crossing; a low-pressure onshore pipeline
would then extend for approximately 12km (7.5 miles) across the lagoon and marsh areas of
Cotonou to the existing CEB power plant at Vedeko within Cotonou.

Chapter 4

Figure 4.4-1: Options for Spur at Cotonou on the Basis of R&M Station Locations
ABOMEY CALAVI
Legend
WAGP ROW
Cotonou Customer Delivery Line
UAC Highway
Road - Primary
Road - Secondary
Maria Gleta
Power Line - High Tension
Populated Place
Adjakanme
Agrigulture
Lokagbe
Tchangbe Beach
Sahou
Womey Ocean/Water feature
Gbankanhoue
Agonkessa Houindohoue
Dodji
Djetchehoue Mangrove
Dalenou
Tovie
Kossavi Forest
Godomey
Home Home Gbodje
Cemetary
Wetlands
Alesse
Cococodji
Cocotome Cemetary
Gobodje
Cocotome
Agboganhouhoue
Zountakou
R&M Station
Zounga
Akpagbegon Aklakou
Tannou Yovokodji
Dekounbe
Route Options
Akadjame
Base Option
Hounguetome
Option 1
Option 2
Agbokpanzotome
Togbindenou Option 3
Adounko 1 Togbindaho
Adounko 2
Option 4
Adjahedji
Hio Houegbo
Possible Future Extension
Hio Houta
Kilometers
0 1 2 3 4 5

Chapter 4

Chapter 4
Table 4.4-1
Options for Benin Onshore Pipeline Spur Critical Factors
Critical Factors Base Case Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 Option 4
Impact on the Significant: Spur Moderate: Spur Moderate to Moderate to Moderate to
environment and passes through passes through 4.5km minimal: Spur passes minimal: Spur passes minimal: Spur
land use in the project 12.5km (7.8 miles) (2.8 miles) of through 4.5km of through 4.5km of passes through 4.5km
area of potentially potentially sensitive potentially sensitive potentially sensitive mainly agricultural
wetland habitat. wetland habitat and wetland habitat but land but requires a
sensitive wetland
Twice the ROW then 5km (3.1 miles) then 7km (4.3 miles) longer lagoon
habitat. required through through agricultural through built-up area. crossing
agricultural land for land through which (approximately 500m
electrical transmission access road is (1,640.4ft)) than other
line to Maria Gleta, as required. options.
for extended spur of
Option 2.
Accessibility to Poor: Spur goes to Good: CEB Good: Spur leads to Poor: Spur goes to Good: Alternatives
customer locations/ existing power plant transmission line relocated CEB power existing power plant are for CEB to run a
premises site at Vedeko rather leads from relocated plant at site of site at Vedeko rather transmission line from
than to site of CEB power plant at proposed major than to site of relocated power plant
proposed major Gbodje to site of transmission site at proposed major at Gbodje to Maria
transmission site at proposed major Maria Gleta, rather transmission site at Gleta, or else WAPCo
Maria Gleta. transmission site at than to existing power Maria Gleta. to extend the spur
Maria Gleta rather plant at Vedeko. from Gbodje to
than to existing power relocated power plant
plant at Vedeko. at Maria Gleta.
Land Availability Poor: Existing power Poor: New site to be Poor: New site to be Poor: New site to be Good: New site to be
for R&M station plant to be used, but used; necessary to used; necessary to used; necessary to used. Resettlement
space at Vedeko is relocate planned relocate planned relocate planned issues to be
limited thus international trade international trade international trade determined but
restricting future fair. fair. fair. Link line to expected to be lower
expansion of the existing power plant than for other options.
power plant. at Vedeko, where
limited space restricts
future expansion of
the power plant.

Chapter 4
Table 4.4-1
Line of sight and Good: Potentially Poor: Potentially Good: Potentially Good: First 4.5 km Good: Potentially
ROW availability available. available, but twice available. (2.8 miles) potentially available.
between proposed the ROW required for available.
metering station site electrical transmission Final 8.5km (5.3
and customer line to Maria Gleta as miles) available as
premises for extended spur of part of CEB ROW.
Option 2.
Relative exposure to Relatively Low: Relatively Low: Relatively Low: Relatively High: Relatively
safety risks of Minimal exposure for Minimal exposure as Relatively low Greatest exposure as Moderate: Pipeline
personnel and the spur passing through spur passes through exposure: spur passes pipeline passes passes through
public largely uninhabited largely uninhabited through largely through agricultural land but
area, but not known area. uninhabited area then approximately 7km R&M station to be
whether noise levels through agricultural (4.3 miles) of built-up sited in less densely
at expanded CEB land. area. Furthermore, populated area than
plant would be not known whether Options 1 & 2.
acceptable. noise levels at
expanded CEB plant
would be acceptable.
Ease of access to Relatively Difficult: Relatively Easy: Relatively Difficult: Relatively Easy: Relatively Easy:
site Spur passes through Spur passes through Spur passes through Spur passes through Spur passes through
12.5km (7.8 miles) of only 4.5km (2.8 only 4.5km of 4.5km of wetland, 4km (2.5 miles) of
wetland. Access to miles) of wetland. wetland, then 5km then through a built- agricultural land and
R&M station on the (3.1 miles) of up area for 8.5km (5.3 1km (0.6 miles) of
beach is along a agricultural land miles). wetland or lagoon.
coastal road that may through which access
become damaged by road required.
erosion.

Chapter 4
Table 4.4-1
Ease of Relatively Difficult: Relatively Easy: Moderate: Spur Moderate: Spur Relatively easy: Spur
construction of Spur passes through Spur passes through passes through 4.5km passes through 4.5km passes through 500m
pipeline and 12.5km (7.8 miles) 4.5km (2.8 miles) of of wetland, then 5km of wetland then (1,640.4 miles) of
associated facilities wetland. wetland; electrical (3.1 miles) of [8.5km (5.3 miles)] lagoon and a similar
transmission line agricultural land. through a built-up stretch of wetland,
needed. Villages may need to area. then 4.5km of
be traversed. agricultural land.
Potential impacts to Significant: 50 Minimal to Minimal to Moderate: Spur will Minimal: Spur has
communities, e.g., houses and a church moderate: Spur will moderate: Spur will pass through built-up purposely been routed
those to businesses, under construction lie pass over agricultural pass over agricultural area but along to avoid villages and
transportation, etc. on this route as it land. land. existing road. settlements to greatest
passes through extent possible,
Cotonou and may especially when
need to be demolished compared to all other
and the inhabitants options.
resettled resulting in
significant socio-
economic impacts.

Chapter 4
4.4.1.2 Option 1
The onshore pipeline lateral would extend almost directly north to the village of Gbodje,
about 200m (656.2ft) east of the town of Cococodji. The R&M station would be located just
outside of Gbodje. Access to the facilities would be from the Cotonou to Lom road.
In a secondary development, the CEB plant would eventually be relocated to be adjacent to

the R&M station. (This is a development that would be undertaken by CEB and downstream
of the R&M station and so is not assessed in this EIA other than for Secondary Impacts as
described in Section 6.9.) CEB would then run an electrical transmission line from Gbodje
to Maria Gleta near Tankpe to tie into existing distribution systems. CEB is considering
making the Maria Gleta location a major transmission station in its future development plans.
4.4.1.3 Option 2
Similar to Option 1, the R&M station would be located just outside Gbodje. Access to the
facilities would be from the Cotonou to Lom road. In a secondary development beyond the
scope of the WAGP project, the CEB plant would then be relocated to Maria Gleta near
Tankpe, rather than Gbodje, and WAPCo would run a spur extension, known as a link line,
from the R&M station to Maria Gleta.
With regard to the location of the R&M station, this option has the same advantage of ease of
access as Option 1. However, access to the CEB plant at Maria Gleta would not be easy and
would require the construction of a 5km (3.1 miles) access road; the transport of construction
materials for the gas-delivery line may also necessitate the traversing of villages.
Conversely, the ROW required for a gas-delivery line from Cococodji to Tankpe would be
shorter than that of an electrical transmission line.
4.4.1.4 Option 3
Option 3 would extend the onshore pipeline section to Gbodje first, with an additional
alternate delivery line to the existing power plant at Vedeko. Similar to Options 1 and 2, the
R&M station would be located near the town of Gbodje. However, the CEB power plant
would remain at Vedeko and the two would be linked by an additional 13.5km (8.4 miles)
gas-delivery line.
4.4.1.5 Option 4
The pipeline would come ashore 5km (3.1 miles) west of the other previously described
options and would run north to a point just south of the railway line that runs parallel to the
Cotonou to Lom road and just west of Cococodji. The R&M station would be situated at
this point. Access to the facilities would be from the Cotonou to Lom road.
Two alternatives for secondary development from this location are expected. The first,
Option 4a, is similar to Option 1: CEB would relocate their power plant from Vedeko to
be near the R&M station and then run an electrical transmission line from there to link with
the Benin electricity grid. The second, Option 4b, would be similar to Option 2: WAPCo

Chapter 4
would construct a link line from the R&M station to Maria Gleta, where the Vedeko plant
would be relocated.
4.4.1.6 Selected Option Option 4b (Option 4 with spur extension)
After considering the above factors, a decision was made to implement Option 4. This
decision was further supported by a combined consideration of environmental and
socioeconomic factors, cost analyses, and process simulations, which showed that Option 4
offered the optimal combination of cost, impacts, and process engineering. In particular, the
resettlement impacts associated with it are very significantly lower than for all the other
options.
Rather than CEB running a transmission line from the R&M station to the future power
station site, WAPCo will link the two by means of a pipeline spur, which may be diverted
from its planned route to avoid a coconut plantation just north of the R&M station. A link
line is preferred over an electricity transmission line because of:
Greater flexibility in supply;
Smaller ROW requirement;
Greater room for expansion of a power plant at Maria Gleta than at R&M station site;
and
Lack of power loss in electricity cables.
The spur extension from Cococodji to Maria Gleta was selected to avoid areas of high
population and the need to demolish properties to accommodate the pipeline. Additionally,
part of the route will share a 1.6km (1.0 mile) ROW with the CEB power line on the
approach to Maria Gleta, thereby taking advantage of previously developed lands.
4.4.2 Onshore Lateral Alternatives in Togo

Onshore lateral alternatives in Togo are described in Section 4.4.2 of the Regional and Togo
Final EIAs.
4.5 Design Considerations

4.5.1 Sizing of Offshore Pipeline and Midline Compression Facilities
The alternatives for the diameter of the offshore pipeline were 20in (50.8cm) and 18in
(45.7cm). The 20in pipeline alternative has been selected as it has a greater capacity than the
18in and requires no midline compression, based on the mid-case gas demand forecast. If the
18in alternative were to have been selected and implemented, then a midline compression
facility similar to the Lagos Beach Compressor Station (Section 2.4.3 of Nigeria Final EIA)
would have had to be installed at Lom (Section 2.4.5 of Togo Final EIA) in order to meet
the demand for the mid-case gas reserve forecast. This midline compressor station would not
have been built until at least 13 years after the beginning of the project.

Chapter 4
Even with a 20in pipeline, a midline compressor station will be required at Lom should gas
demands meet the high-case reserve forecast. Such a compressor station would require a
supplemental EIA to evaluate the associated environmental and social impacts beyond land
use and other footprint impacts described in this EIA. (WAPCo is acquiring the land for
the future midline compressor station as part of the initial development and will fence off the
area pending future demand and the need for compressor station construction.)
4.5.2 Future Compression Facilities at Takoradi

These are described in Section 4.5.2 of the Regional and Ghana Final EIA.
4.6 Construction
4.6.1 Pipeline Construction Methods
4.6.1.1 Offshore Lateral Burial
As stated in Section 2.4.4.2.1, the pipeline will be buried or covered to avoid exposure at
water depths shallower than 8m (26.2ft). This will be done to prevent scouring from high sea
currents in the shallow zones. Consistent with pipeline industry practice in the West African
region, the pipeline will lie exposed on the existing seabed at water depths deeper than 8m
(26.2ft).
As an alternative, WAPCo considered burying or covering the pipeline in all waters

shallower than 30m (98.4ft). Burying pipeline sections shallower than 30m provides the
additional benefits of reducing the potential entanglement of trawlers fishing gear and
hindering sabotage. These additional benefits were not fully achieved at shallower depths
and thus intermediate depths between 8m and 30m were not considered further.
Changing the cutoff between exposed and buried pipeline sections from an 8m depth to a
30m depth reduces the total length of exposed pipe. Thus the total stretch of artificial reef
that develops through the attraction of sessile organisms to the hard pipeline surface is also
reduced. Shortening the length of the reef results in fewer marine communities in the
surrounding areas. Although having fewer marine communities may be considered as a
smaller environmental advantage, it would result in a smaller attraction for fishing vessels;
therefore, the 30m alternative would pose a lesser risk of entanglement. Consequently, there
would be a health and safety advantage for the deeper cutoff between exposed and buried
pipeline sections.
The 30m alternative would, however, have the disadvantage of suspending more sediment
and smothering more benthos because trenching would be required over a longer distance at
Tema and Takoradi. Furthermore, trenching would be required for part of the shore
crossings at Cotonou and Lom because the distance from the shoreline to a point where the
ocean depth of 30m is too great for horizontal directional drilling (HDD) alone.
WAPCo rejected the 30m alternative on the basis of the above considerations. Options for
protecting the offshore pipeline are discussed further in Chapter 7.

Chapter 4
4.6.1.2 Wetland Crossings
WAPCo considered HDD as an alternative method to push-method trenching for crossing

larger or more sensitive wetland areas and perennially flowing streams. In the case of the
wetland areas, HDD would cause less of an impact overall because it would bypass the
wetlands. In the case of perennially flowing streams, HDD would be easier to perform.
However, WAPCo deemed that those advantages were not enough to warrant the extra cost
of HDD or offset the higher probability of operational failure with HDD and so decided to
use push-method trenching.
4.6.1.3 Lagoon Crossings
WAPCos favored alternative for the lagoon crossing in Nigeria is HDD, as described in
Section 2.8.2.2.5, because HDD would avoid impacts to the lagoon by bypassing it.
Nonetheless, push-method trenching may have to be used if it is found that the soil
conditions are not suitable for HDD. In Nigeria, the possibility exists for the lagoon crossing
to be combined with the shore crossing (i.e., HDD from north shore of lagoon out to the
ocean thus bypassing the barrier island); however, this alternative may prove technically
infeasible and a decision is pending until further detailed analyses are completed.
In Benin, WAPCos preferred alternative is to use push-method trenching rather than HDD to
cross the lagoon because WAPCo believes that it would not result in significantly worse
impacts than HDD for this lagoon if it were done in the dry season.
4.6.1.4 Nearshore Trenching and Shore Crossings
Nearshore trenching and shore crossing alternatives arise in Ghana and are discussed in
Section 4.6.1.4 of the Ghana Final EIA.
4.6.2 Equipment Transport to Compressor Station

Transport along existing roads from the Port in Cotonou via Badagry was rejected because of
the risk of disruption due to sudden border closures.
The two options under consideration for the transport of heavy equipment to the compressor
station site occur entirely within Nigeria and are discussed in Section 2.8.3.1 of the Regional
and Nigeria Final EIA, namely transport:
By road from the Port of Lagos; and
By water through Badagry Creek to a purpose-built dock 200m (656.2ft) from the
compressor station site and then along a purpose-built access road to the site.
WAPCo also considered but rejected:
Construction of a temporary dock in the lagoon within the ROW (with an associated
access road);

Chapter 4
Construction of a bypass road around Ajido connecting an existing road to the

compressor station site; and
Transport along existing roads from the Port of Cotonou via Badagry.
4.6.3 Ancillary Facility Construction

4.6.3.1 Weight Coating Plant(s)
Alternatives regarding weight-coating operations are discussed in Section 4.6.3.1 of the

Regional, Ghana, and Nigeria Final EIAs.
4.6.3.2 Marshalling Yard(s) in Nigeria
Alternatives regarding marshalling yards in Nigeria are discussed in Section 4.6.3.2

of the Regional and Nigeria Final EIA.
4.6.3.3 Concrete Supply for Compressor Station
Alternatives regarding the supply of concrete for the construction of the Lagos Beach
Compressor Station are discussed in Section 4.6.3.3 of the Regional and Nigeria Final EIA.
4.6.3.4 Construction Camps
WAPCo anticipate that it may not be possible to house all workers involved in construction
of the compressor station in existing local accommodations so provisions will be made for
closed camp facilities in the vicinity of the compressor station.
Similarly, as stated in Section 2.8.2.1, provision will be made for a camp to accommodate
construction workers working on the onshore Nigeria segment although WAPCos
preference is to use existing local off-site accommodations for workers who do not commute
from their own homes locally.
No other construction camps are planned, as fewer workers will be required at other
construction sites and they will be recruited locally and lodged in local accommodations.
4.7 Commissioning and Start-up

4.7.1 Treatment of Hydrotest Water prior to Discharge
It is currently envisioned that, once hydrotesting is complete but prior to discharge, hydrotest
water will be treated with hydrogen peroxide in an onshore train of neutralization tanks that
has not yet been designed. However, other alternatives may emerge as a result of the ecotox
testing program and review of West African industry best practice that WAPCo intends to
undertake.
The alternative of not treating the hydrotest water was considered and rejected because of the
risk of corrosion occurring if untreated water were left in the pipe for a significant period. A

Chapter 4
possible scenario for water being left in the pipe would be a delay in the construction of the
offshore pipeline leading to a delay in the discharge of hydrotest water from the onshore
mainline.
4.7.2 Discharge of Hydrotest Water

Hydrotest water will be discharged offshore in compliance with the effluent discharge
requirements of each country. The distance offshore of discharge will be determined after
ecotox testing, possible dispersion modeling, and stakeholder consultations as well as
permitting requirements. (In any case, the distance will be sufficient for the discharge to
remain offshore whatever the tide.) WAPCo rejected the alternative, onshore disposal, as
impractical considering the volumes involved (Section 2.9.3), the lack of treatment and
disposal capacity in-country, and the likely low impact of offshore discharge.
4.8 Project Operations

4.8.1 Liquid Storage Tanks
WAPCo has decided that there should be no buried storage tanks because of the risk of leaks
to soil and groundwater resources, e.g., in Lom where there is a shallow aquifer used by
local market gardeners. WAPCo has decided to use aboveground tanks, which are easier to
maintain and inspect, and for which secondary containment can be provided.
Open pits and sumps have been rejected for the same reasons. Lined sumps and pits were
considered but rejected due to the greater environmental risks and the higher construction
costs compared to tanks, particularly in light of the small liquid volumes expected.
4.8.2 Waste Management

Waste disposal is discussed in Section 2.5 and Chapter 8. One management option, on-site
incineration, has been rejected on grounds of potential impacts from atmospheric emissions.
4.8.3 Sanitary Waste Water Disposal

The general options for sanitary wastewater disposal at the Alagbado Tee, Lagos Beach
Compressor Station and Control Center, and the R&M Stations are as follows:
Treatment in a septic tank system and discharge into soil via a suitably prepared
drainage field;
Treatment in a septic tank system and discharge into receiving waters; and
Treatment in a septic tank system and hauling off-site for disposal.
WAPCo has not yet finally decided which option(s) to use. The first option is WAPCos
preferred option because it has the least associated impacts to the environment and is cost-
effective. The second option does have an associated impact to surface waters and, in any

Chapter 4
case, is not feasible at all sites (e.g., Lom). The third option would have environmental and
cost impacts associated with the transport of the wastewater along roads (Section 2.4.5.3.10).
4.8.4 Stormwater Management

WAPCo considered installing oil-water separators but rejected this alternative as unnecessary
on the grounds that process areas where stormwater could come into contact with operating
equipment will be covered and any stormwater (or washwater) from this area will drain to the
facility liquids-handling tanks (Section 2.4.5.3.10). Low stormwater volumes collected with
industrial process water would then be handled as industrial wastewater and disposed off-
site.
Stormwater collection facilities separate from the facility liquids-handling tanks were also
considered, but this design was rejected because the volume of collected stormwater is likely
to be low due to the covering of operating equipment.
4.8.5 Utilities
4.8.5.1 Power Supply
The Tee, the compressor station, and all the R&M stations except Takoradi will be
supplied by fossil-fuel generators. Power supply for the Takoradi R&M station will come
from the electrical grid.
The following alternatives were considered for energy supply to WAPCo facilities:
Fossil-fuel use (on-site natural-gas and back-up diesel generators);

Connecting to existing power grid; and
Off-grid solar power.
Each has its own merits but WAPCo judged that only a fossil-fuel generator would provide a
secure, sufficient, autonomous power supply.
The costs of connecting to a local power grid would be low, but WAPCo has judged that this
alternative grid supply would be reliable enough for operational and long-term needs only at
the Takoradi R&M station.
Off-grid solar power would provide an autonomous power supply with low environmental
impacts. At the Lagos Beach Compressor Station the cost of solar power would be
prohibitive due to the size and number of battery storage facilities and size of solar panel
equipment. However, solar power will be used as a partial back-up supply at the Alagbado
Tee and R&M stations.
4.8.5.2 Water Supply
Desalination to meet water needs was considered but rejected on costbenefit grounds for all
WAPCo facilities, particularly in light of relatively low volume needs for operations.
Instead, wells will be sunk to groundwater at all WAPCo facilities except at the Takoradi

Chapter 4
R&M, which will be tied into the existing Volta River Authority water system. There
remains a doubt as to whether sinking a well will be feasible at the Tee; should that prove
to be the case, water will be purchased locally and trucked in.

Chapter 5
Existing Situation
Overview
This chapter describes the existing environment and resources as relevant to the EIA. The
project study area includes both the onshore and offshore environments in Benin that could
potentially be impacted by the proposed West African Gas Pipeline (WAGP) project. The
proposed offshore section of the proposed pipeline extends about 100km along the coast of
Benin, with an offshore lateral approximately 15km long (see Figure 5.1-1). The proposed
onshore section of the pipeline in Benin runs approximately 5km from the beach near Hio
Houta to the proposed regulating and metering (R&M) station (high-pressure lateral), and
approximately 10km farther inland (low pressure link line) to the site of the future
Communaut Elctrique du Bnin (CEB) facility near Maria Gleta (see Figure 5.1-2).
Natural Environment
The climate in the area is tropical with alternating rainy and dry seasons. Air quality is
generally poor, largely attributable to the transportation sector (motorbikes); air quality
criteria are not being met in Cotonou. Estimated greenhouse loading was 17,179 tons/year
from 1994 to 1999. Air quality in the rural areas is generally good, while air quality in the
cities is poor.
Onshore Environment
The proposed high pressure lateral crosses the shore near Hio Houta west of Cotonou,
passing through a barrier island, a lagoon fringed with mangrove, a saltwater marsh with
occasional hummocks of mangroves, and an ancient beach ridge that supports supports
shrubby savanna vegetation and palm oil trees. This ends in a freshwater marsh vegetated by
herbaceous vegetation. Rising inland from this marsh, the Right of Way (ROW) enters a
geomorphological feature called a glacis that has a yellow sand substrate and is vegetated by
shrubby savanna interspersed with patches of cultivated crops. The location of the proposed
R&M station is on this upland area, bordered by the Interstate Cotonou-Lom railway.
Across the adjacent Lom-Cotonou highway, the proposed low pressure link line ROW
passes around the edge of a major plantation area. From this plantation to Maria Gleta, the
route continues along the edge of a fresh/brackish marsh. When the ROW reaches the high
voltage electrical transmission lines, it bends southeast and runs parallel to the transmission
corridor until it reaches the site of a future power plant at Maria Gleta, to be relocated from
downtown Cotonou by CEB.
The barrier island is used largely for small-scale agriculture and coconut plantations. The
beach intertidal zone is sandy with no vegetation, while the upper beach has patchy grasses
and coconut trees. Fecal coliform bacteria was detected on the beach, most likely due to
human use. Gray and brown sands are found along lagoon depressions, with increasing clay
content along the depressions. At the lagoon edge, there are organic soils that are seasonally
Chapter 5
saline and open to colonization by mangrove; less saline soils are vegetated with grasses.
The mangrove system around the coastal lagoon is an ecologically sensitive area. Surface
water becomes increasingly acidic and turbid moving inland from the lagoon to the saltwater
marsh and finally the freshwater marsh. The dissolved oxygen content in the lagoon is low,
possibly due to dumping of household waste in the lagoon (the household waste presumably
contains organic compounds that are easily degraded by bacteria, resulting in uncontrolled
growth of bactaria and the subsequent reduction of dissolved oxygen.
The inland areas along the proposed ROW are characterized by poor, ferric, unsaturated
clayey-sandy soils. Plant community types include fallow land (degraded coastal thicket
with shrubs and herb stratum), degraded swamp forest (trees, shrubs, herbs), thicket (fallow
oil palm plantation overgrown with weedy shrubs), swampy grassland (degraded mangrove
habitat with sparse shrubs and herbs), mangrove (in peaty brackish conditions along the
coastal lagoon), coastal coconut plantation (sandbar between the lagoon and the Gulf), and
coastal grassland (small patches). A number of plant species are used for medicinal
purposes. Soils in the study area are generally free from metals contamination.
There are two main aquifers above the 200m depth: a homogeneous upper aquifer 1m to 3m
below the surface between the coast and the boundary of the coastal plane and a
heterogeneous lower aquifer separated from the upper aquifer by a clayey layer about 20m
thick. The lower aquifer is fresh and potable.
Soil Organism Abundance and Diversity

Abundance and diversity of soil organisms tended to be low in very sandy soils and saturated
soils and higher in upland soils with diverse vegetation cover. Plankton community samples
indicate that the brackish waters have high productivity. All the major macroinvertebrate
groups were represented in the salt and freshwater marshes. The finfish fauna reflects the
mixed nature of the water environment comprising marine, brackish, and freshwater species.
The relatively high number of intermediate and top predatory fish species indicate generally
healthy onshore aquatic environments.
A wide variety of birds, amphibians, reptiles, and mammals inhabit the area, particularly the
mangrove. Urbanized areas, like the coastal coconut plantation near Cococodji, support few
animals (some squirrels and rats). Protected species include bush pig (Potamochoerus
porcus) and the red-bellied monkey (Cercopithecus erythrogaster), which was observed in
the study area. A Ramsar wetland of international significance (Ramsar 1017 Site) is located
in Benin, but is well outside the project area.
Offshore Environment
The offshore region is classified as a Large Marine Ecosystem (LME) by the United Nations
Conference on the Environment and Development. The northern portion is thermally
unstable and undergoes intensive seasonal upwellings; the southern portion is thermally
stable and depends on the nutrient input from land drainage, river flows, and wave
turbulence. These characteristics make the area highly productive and rich in fishery
resources and biological diversity.

Chapter 5
The shoreline segment where the pipeline lateral will cross, between Djgbadji and
Adounko-Plage, is generally a stable area, although some areas (near Togbin for example)
are susceptible to erosion. A reef of dead madreporarian coral (stony, reef-building corals)
lines the seaward edge of the continental shelf throughout the project area. While there are
some living corals at the present time, these are soft gorgonian corals, mostly sea fans. There
is no evidence of living reef-forming corals in the project area.
Species diversity and abundance of plankton is linked to seasonal variation of the

oceanographic regime and the rapid development of plankton has a rippling effect on fish
populations. Fish production in the Gulf of Guinea is high and the migration of important
fish stocks (e.g., herrings, shads, mackerels, tunas, and jacks) is dependent on upwelling
events and the movement of climatic fronts and ocean currents. The rich fishery resource
supports artisanal fisheries, local industrial fleets, and large international commercial
offshore fishing fleets. Shrimping grounds cover 180 square miles off Benin, representing an
important export species.
Physicochemical properties of the water column in the ocean indicate a healthy marine
environment. Turbidity is generally low in the offshore, oceanic waters; however, there is a
coastal zone of turbid, greenish water, which meets the clearer oceanic water 6-8km from the
coast. On the seabed, the benthic communities are mature and in equilibrium with local
physical conditions indicating little disturbance; biological composition of the benthos is
generally homogeneous. Concentrations of metals and hydrocarbons were similar to region-
wide averages, indicating little or no contamination. Elevated levels of hydrocarbon and lead
were found in some sediment samples, suggesting localized areas of contamination related to
port activities.
Olive ridley, green, and leatherback turtle nests have been reported on Benin sandy beaches
and specimens of hawksbill have been recorded in the literature off Benin. Other marine
species of concern include cetaceans (whales) and dolphins. Humpback whales (Megaptera
novaeangliae) have been observed recently off the coast of Benin.
Human Environment
Surveys were carried out in 13 villages representing rural fishing and urban/semi-urban
communities. Along the proposed ROW, community sizes range from a cluster of a few
houses to complete towns. Approximately 2,270 people live within 200m of the proposed
ROW centerline between the seashore and the proposed R&M station. An additional 25,750
people live within 200m of the ROW centerline along the link line from the R&M station to
Maria Gleta, although the populations within the proposed ROW are low.
Facilities identified (within 200m but outside the 25m ROW) during the surveys included a
school at Akadjamey, a church at Vinawa Adjovicodjii, and a recreational facility and church
at Hio Houta. The proposed pipeline route and link line will cross coconut plantations,
cultivated palm tree stands, cashew nut farms, tomato farms, cornfields, cassava fields, roads,
railroad track, many footpaths, private lands, and sections of swampland and lagoons. The
shoreline crossing point of the pipeline is close to several villages and within a few
kilometers of significant tourist activities and infrastructure including hotels, guesthouses,

Chapter 5
restaurants, picnic areas, and art displays along the beach. A sacred water site is also located
near the village of Hio Houta, at a distance more than 100m from the ROW.
Transportation in the project area tends to be by motorcycle or canoe. Residents in the 200m
survey zone regularly cross the proposed pipeline area and link line in order to conduct daily
activities. The most common form of energy for domestic needs is fuel wood, with
petroleum products being a secondary source.
The ethnic composition of the communities tends to be dominated by Fon, Goun, and Oueme
socio-cultural groups. The major languages spoken are Fon and Adja/Mina. Residents in the
rural non-fishing and urban/semi-urban communities indicated higher education levels than
those in the rural fishing communities. Some residents are well educated, due to the nearby
university (Abomey-Calavey campus) and research institution (IITA). Many commute to
Cotonou for work. A higher percentage of households own property in rural non-fishing and
urban/semi urban communities than in rural fishing communities.
infrastructure such as electricity, running water, roads, or telephones. Households in the
urban/semi-urban communities generally have electricity and some have running water.
Construction of dwellings range from bamboo and palm branches with thatched roofs, to
mud and/or cement brick with corrugated aluminum roofs.
The economy of the rural non-fishing villages is centered on trade and commerce. The
economy of the urban/semi-urban communities consists mainly of trade, various cottage
industries, and services industries. Fishing is the main economic activity in rural fishing
communities. Most diets consist of cereals, tubers, vegetables, and fish.
Along the proposed WAGP pipeline and link line, about 77 percent of the population have
access to potable water. Wells within the survey area are generally open-air, hand-dug deep
wells, typically not equipped with pumping or purification systems. Sanitation is
substantially better in urban and rural non-fishing areas, than in rural fishing areas. Most
human and household wastes are disposed in waterways, marsh areas, around dwellings, and
into the ocean.
In the Atlantique region there are a few health clinics and two hospitals. The most common
disease in the Lower Benin zone is malaria. Health Centres at Cococodji and Pahou
(administering first aid) are the closest to the WAGP ROW. Hospitals in Cotonou would be
required for any serious injuries and/or emergencies. The closest sites with fire fighting
capability are St. Jean, Calavi, and Agla.
5.1 Existing Environment and Resources

This section discusses the onshore and offshore environments of the WAGP project within
Benin. Figure 5.1-1 shows the proposed offshore pipeline route in Benin; Figure 5.1-2 shows
the proposed onshore pipeline route in Benin. A First (dry) Season Environmental Baseline
Survey (EBS) was conducted in December 2002, during the dry season, while a Second (wet)
Season EBS was conducted during the dry season in July 2003. Results o fieldwork

Chapter 5
Figure 5.1-1
Location of the WAGP Project in Benin

Chapter 5

Figure 5.1-2 WAGP proposed ROW in Benin
216'0"E 218'0"E 220'0"E
ABOMEY CALAVI Legend

WAGP ROW
Highway
626'0"N
626'0"N
Road - Primary
UAC
Road - Secondary
Maria Gelta Populated Place
Agriculture
Adjakanme Beach
Lokagbe
Tchangbe
Ocean/Water feature
Sahou Mangrove
Womey
624'0"N
624'0"N
Gbankanhoue
Agonkessa Dodji Houindohoue Forest
Djetchehoue
Dalenou
Tovie Wetlands
Kossavi
Godomey
Home Home Gbodje Cemetary
Alesse Cemetary
Cococodji Cocotome
Gobodje Cocotome
Agboganhouhoue
Zountakou
Zounga
Akpagbegon Aklakou Dekounbe
Tannou Yovokodji
Akadjame
622'0"N
622'0"N
Hounguetome
Agbokpanzotome
Togbindenou
Adounko 2 Adounko 1 Togbindaho
Hio Houegbo Adjahedji
Hio Houta Kilometers

0 1 2 3 4 5
216'0"E 218'0"E 220'0"E

Chapter 5

Chapter 5
discussed below come from the dry season EBS unless otherwise noted. Details of these two
studies can be found in the First Season EBS Report (Appendix 5-A), which documents the
dry season results, and the Second Season EBS Report (Appendix 5-B), which documents the
wet season results.
The EBS reports document in detail the scientific collections and analyses performed for
baseline purposes, scientific, and regulatory data collection expectations of the host
countries, and/or in the event of future liability challenges. Liability challenges could
include charges of pollution and or ecological impacts resulting from WAGP construction or
operations. Quantitative data are compared, where possible, to relevant reference levels
(including regulatory standards) in order to provide the reader with an understanding of the
current overall quality of the existing environment and resources. As directed by the legal
authorities identified in Chapter 1 (Section 1.3), certain impacts that are relevant to the
proposed gas pipeline are identified and assessed in this document (see Chapter 6). The
review of existing conditions is in accordance with the laws, regulations, and other guidelines
of Benin, as well as international guidelines.
5.1.1 Onshore Environment

The overall project area in Benin with the proposed pipeline ROW is shown in Figures 5.1-1
and 5.1-2. The proposed ROW passes through the beach intertidal zone, a sandy beige-
colored upper beach with patchy grasses and coconut trees, a road commonly called the
fishermens road, and a coconut plantation. Approximately 480m from the shoreline, the
land slopes downward towards a brackish lagoon. Between the coconut plantation and the
lagoon are wetlands used to grow market vegetables and for salt winning (extraction) during
the dry season. A mangrove area runs along the south edge of the lagoon. On the north side
of the lagoon, the sandy substrate slopes gently upward and is vegetated by coconut trees and
understory herbaceaous plants. Farther inland it becomes a brackish saltmarsh with
occassional hummocks of mangroves. The ROW next passes through the last of the onshore
ancient beach ridges, which supports shrubby savanna vegetation and oil palm trees. The
ROW ends in a freshwater marsh vegetated by herbaceous plants. Rising inland from this
marsh, the ROW enters a geomorphological feature called a glacis that has a yellow sand
substrate and is vegetated by shrubby savanna interspersed with patches of cultivated crops.
The location of the proposed R&M station is on this upland area, bordered by the Interstate
Cotonou-Lom Railway. Across the adjacent Lom-Cotonou highway, the ROW passes
around the edge of a major plantation area. From this plantation to Maria Gleta, the route
continues along the edge of a fresh/brackish marsh that lies adjacent to the southernmost
edge of the Allada plate, which has a red clayey sand substrate. In this most inland portion of
the route there is a marshy forest interspersed with patches of recently planted oil palm
groves. When the ROW reaches the high voltage electrical transmission lines it bends
southeast and runs parallel to the transmission corridor until it reaches the site of a future
power plant at Maria Gleta, to be relocated from downtown Cotonou by Communaut
Elctrique du Bnin (CEB).
Table 5.1-1 provides an estimate of the length in meters and area in hectares (ha) of each
habitat/land cover type within the proposed ROW.

Chapter 5
Table 5.1-1
Land Cover Estimates for the Proposed ROW in Benin
Habitat/Land Cover Total Length (m) Area (ha)

Beach 68 0.2
Salt/Brackish Marsh 648 1.6
Coconut 1,112 2.8
Savanna 4,623 14.5
Savanna Bordering Wetlands 6,301 15.8
Freshwater Forested Wetlands 144 0.4
Freshwater Marsh 1,232 3.0
Lagoon 300 0.8
Mangrove 164 0.4
Road 8 0.0
Total 14,600 39
5.1.1.1 Physical Environment
5.1.1.1.1 Climate
The climate in the Gulf of Guinea and Central Eastern Atlantic is strongly influenced by
inter-tropical convergence zone (ITCZ) weather patterns. Maritime tropical air masses,
characterized by warm, humid southwesterly winds, and the continental air mass,
characterized by hot, dry northeasterly winds, converge in the ITCZ. The alternating dry
season and dry season phenomenon is determined by the north-south oscillation of air masses
in the ITCZ. Winds from the southwest and south-southwest blow year round with monthly
averages between 2 meters per second (m/s) and 4m/s. While there are two main seasons
during the course of the year, the annual weather patterns are somewhat more complicated
due to a short break in dry season in August.
The typical weather is as follows:
Long, summer rainy period stretches from April to July and starts with storms and
strong, humid southwesterly winds. There is an upwelling event along the shoreline
in July;
Short dry period occurs in August as rainfall amounts suddenly decline about 75
percent;
Short rainy period is associated with decreasing winds and a weak upwelling during
October and November. Ocean surface temperatures increase during September,
reaching 28 degrees Celsius (C); and
Long dry season stretches from December to March and is characterized by persistent
Harmattan winds, which derive from anticyclone systems in the north.

Chapter 5
The mean annual rainfall in the region ranges from 500 millimeters (mm) to 2,000mm.
During the dry season, rainfall events can be as much as 140mm per day. Along the coast,
the mean annual rainfall ranges between 920mm and 1491mm.
As one would expect near sea level in the equatorial zone, temperatures are high and only
vary approximately 8C throughout the year. Maximum temperatures are 32C during the
dry season (February, March), and a minimum of 22C often occurs in August.
5.1.1.1.2 Land Use
Small-scale agriculture is common in the project area. However, for most farms,
productivity is limited by arid conditions and poor soil. Cultivation on the barrier islands
consists predominately of large-scale, privately owned, coconut plantations. These
plantations provide relatively substantial incomes to the landlords, most of whom are absent,
or else devote their time to fishing in the lagoons or sea. The lagoon is a privileged place for
small-scale fishing by women and old men who are not able to go to the sea. Along both
inland margins of the lagoon, vegetables, grains, and pulses (e.g., cassava, maize, and
cowpeas) are grown.
From the lagoon area, towards the north, stretches a sandy strip covered with coconut
plantations before reaching the brackish marsh. From there to the R&M Station, bordered by
the railway, there are a variety of swampy grasslands, fallow lands, and lands on which food
crops are grown.
From the railway to the northern upland swamps, land use includes primitive housing
interrupted by bush (on the outskirts of Cococodji City), food crop farms, upland swampy
grassland, and degraded swamp forests.
5.1.1.1.3 Cultural Resources
While there are no cultural sites located within the immediate vicinity of the WAGP project,
numerous plant species used by local residents for medicinal purposes are found in the
region. Out of 171 different plants that grow in the region, 22 are used to treat 23 ailments.
Table 5.1-2 presents a summary of information on local use of medicinal plants.
Table 5.1-2
Use of Medicinal Plants
Diseases Treated and Abundance of
N Species Part Used
Modes of Preparation the Species
Abrus precatorius Cough
1 Leaves +
(Fabaceae)
The liquid obtained by boiling
together with the leaves of
Alchornea cordifolia
2 Leaves Ocimum basilicum is +
(Euphorbiaceae)
administered orally in the
treatment of drepanocytosis.
Annona senegalensis Used in the treatment of snake
3 Roots +++
(Annonaceae) bites and insect stings

Chapter 5
Table 5.1-2
N Species Part Used
together with the leaves of
Asystasia gangetica
4 Fresh leaves Croton zambesicus is +
(Acanthaceae)
administered orally for the
treatment of gonorrhea
Bridelia ferruginea is used for the treatment of
5 Bark and roots ++
(Euphorbiaceae) oedema and irritability among
children
The liquid obtained by
maceration is used for the
Byrsocarpus coccineus Leaves and
6 treatment of oligospermia, ++
(Connaraceae) stem
sexual weakness (asthenia),
sterility and gonorrhea
Carissa edulis Maceration in alcohol is used
7 Roots ++
(Apocynaceae) as an aphrodisiac
Cassia occidentalis
8 Whole plant is used for the treatment of ++
(Caesalpiniaceae)
malaria and soar throat
Cassia rotundifolia
9 Leaves is used for the treatment of +++
(Caesapiniaceae)
malaria
Cassytha filiformis Its ground form is used in the
10 Whole plant +++
(Lauraceae) treatment of oligospermia
Centella asiatica Used for the treatment of cough
11 Whole plant +
(Apiaceae) and leprosy
Cocos nucifera The liquid obtained by boiling
12 Root +++
(Arecaceae) reduces jaundice
Croton lobatus together with Xylopia
13 Leaves +++
(Euphorbiaceae) aethiopica is used against high
blood pressure
Flacourtia flavescens
14 Leaves is used in the treatment of ++
(Flacourtiaceae)
diarrhea, dysentery and cough
Hybanthus enneaspermus Eases childbirth
15 Whole plant +
(Violaceae)
Mangifera indica The liquid obtained by boiling
16 Bark +
(Anacardiaceae) is used against anemia
Morinda lucida Leaves and Used in the treatment of
17 +
(Rubiaceae) roots malaria and inguinal hernia
Phyllanthus amarus Malaria and stomach troubles
18 Whole plant +
(Euphorbiaceae)
Rauvolfia vomitoria Used to soothe nervous pains
19 Roots +
(Apocyanaceae)

Chapter 5
Table 5.1-2
N Species Part Used
Remirea maritima The liquid obtained by boiling
20 Whole plant +++
(Cyperaceae) facilitates dentition
Sorindeia warneckei Its brush is used against tooth
21 Stem +
(Anacardiaceae) decay
Uvaria chamae
22 Root is used for the treatment of +++
(Annonaceae)
anemia
+ : low abundance; ++ : average abundance; +++ : high abundance
5.1.1.1.4 Geology and Hydrogeology
The formation of the coast of West Africa dates back to the Cretaceous Era with the
formation of the Atlantic Ocean when the coasts of South America were separated from the
coasts of West Africa. During the Tertiary Era, clayey-sandy deposits formed the present
continent adjacent to the Gulf of Guinea. This plateau, between 20m and 60m high, became
interspersed with rivers during the Pleistocene Era. The Pleistocene deposits constitute the
layers underlying the present coastal sands. The glacial era brought about a 100m drop in sea
level and led to increased river cutting.
During the Inchirian encroachment (Mid-Pliocene in Europe), sea levels rose above current
levels, reshaped the deposits of the continental terminus, and created cliffs. Sea levels later
subsided during the Ogolian period (Preflandrian in Europe).
During the last major Nouakchottan encroachment (Flandrian in Europe), approximately

6,000 years ago, the sea invaded the continent inland approximately 2.5km. Sandbars
resulting from coastal drift closed the elongated depressions to create lagoons.
In the area of study, there are two main aquifers above 200m depth:
A homogeneous upper aquifer about 1m to 3m below the surface that is 10m to 20m
thick between the coast and the boundary of the coastal plane; and
A more or less heterogeneous lower aquifer with a captive water table separated from
the upper aquifer by a clayey layer about 20m thick; its substratum has not been
reached by existing surveys.
The porosity of the aquifer reservoirs (more or less gravelous or clayey-silty sand) ranges
between 34 and 40 percent for the overall porosity and 7 to 20 percent for the useful porosity
(SGI, 1981 and Serhau-Burgeap, 1989). The hydraulic conductivity ranges between 10-4m/s
and 10-3m/s.
The upper water table in the coastal plane is highly mineralized. The conductivity ranged
from 200 to 600 microsiemens per centimeter (S/cm). Near the shore the conductivity rises

Chapter 5
above 600S/cm. The groundwater is vulnerable to contamination because of its proximity

to the surface. The lower water table can exhibit conductivity as low as 100S/cm. The
water is fresh and potable.
5.1.1.1.5 Soils and Terrain/Topography
The pipeline ROW crosses three bands of upland with intervening depressions. From the
south of the shore crossing to north, they are as follows:
Pipeline ROW
A narrow brown sandbar that stretches parallel to the sea. Its plane morphology
exhibits intertwining ripples on a local scale.
An initial depression that becomes a lagoon, such as the one south of Togbin and
Adounko villages.
A gray sandbar, 2m to 4m high, such as that which lies between the Wegba
depression in the north and the coastal lagoon in the south. The edge of the
lagoon is made up of wetlands and sandy spits. The area can become nearly
flooded during the wet seasons.
A second depression named Wegba, such as that between Godomey and

Dekoungbe. This depression is connected to Lake Nokoue.
R&M Station
A yellow sandbar such as that which lies between Ouidah and Cotonou. Its
height usually varies from 5m to 6m, with some ridges reaching 7m high.
Link Line to CEB
A third depression, which is about 400m wide, stretches along the south edge of
the plateau. Known as the Djonou depression, it extends from Cococodji to
Godomey. The Towo, Todouba, and Date Rivers, tablelands en route to Lake
Nokoue, contribute to its flowing water.
A plateau with altitudes reaching 40m to 50m in the southern part of Abomey
Calavi. There are poor, ferric, unsaturated clayey-sandy soils with fairly well-
develped sediment profiles toward here along the continental terminus.
The glacis, which is of the Ogolian age, is comprised of yellow sands. According to Volkoff
(1976) and Agassounon (2002), these are average to fine-grained sands with small amounts
of clay (i.e., less than 10 percent). They are very poor soils with very low cation exchange
and water retention capacity. As a sand bar, it has a lateritic-clay-sand formation and a well-
pronounced sedimentology. The pH of these soils tends to be basic and under the influence
of the sea. The adjacent lagoon environment tends to be slightly acidic.

Chapter 5
As indicated above, the gray and brown quartzite sands, which are average to coarse in
texture, are found in the depressions. They are increasingly mixed with clay toward the
bottom of the depression. The clay content generally varies between 5 and 25 percent.
The soils at the lagoon edge, occupied by mangrove, are gley, hydromorphic, organic soils.
They are seasonally salty and therefore open to colonization by mangrove. The soils are
slightly acidic, pH 6 to 7, and contain some sulfuric acid. Upon drying in the laboratory, the
soil can have a pH of less than 4. The less salty soils in this same area are usually vegetated
with grasses (Paspalum vaginatum) rather than mangrove.
Soil Chemistry
All concentrations of trace metals measured during the dry season EBS were lower than
United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) Generic Soil Screening Levels
(see Table 5.1-3a). A number of heavy metals, including Pb, Cr, Ni, Cu, and Zn, were higher
during the wet season than the dry season (Table 5.1-3b). The higher wet season
concentrations of some heavy metals may be due to the force of increased surface waters,
causing migrations, as well as the acidity of the rains. Concentrations of heavy metals were
generally lower than European standards, except for mercury in certain sandbar soil samples,
which had concentrations up to 12 parts per million (ppm), compared with the UK
Contaminated Land Exposure Assessment (CLEA) Soil Guideline Values (SEVs) standard of
8 ppm for residential soils use including gardening (Table 5.1-3a).
Concentrations of certain chemicals measured, including nitrites and nitrates, were

reasonably lower during the wet season EBS due to the dilution resulting from higher
precipitation rates. Other parameters, including pH, redox potential, sulfates, and TSS did
not vary substantially between the two seasons.
Microbiology
Soil microbiology was investigated during the dry season EBS. Soil samples taken at 18
sample points arranged along five transects were cultured in the laboratory for total bacteria
counts, counts of yeasts and molds, coliform bacteria, and sulfite reducing bacteria. The soil
microbial communities included coliform bacteria in the beach sand samples. This is likely
to be a result of intense use of this area by humans. Detailed results of the soil microbiology
investigation are provided in the First Season EBS Report, and show no significant
microbiological issues. Similar results can be seen in the Second Season EBS Report for the
wet season.
5.1.1.1.6 Distinct Watersheds and Water Quality
Surface water in the Benin project area is considered relatively good; however, due to salt
water mixing, it is not typically sought for drinking water (Sirkou Adam, personal
communication, 29 April 2004). For the context of the project, the elongated depressions in
the topography, arranged parallel to the coastline, are occupied by open lagoons or saltwater
or freshwater marshes. The surface water becomes increasingly acidic and turbid as one
moves inland from the lagoons to the freshwater marshes. Measurement of physico-chemical

Chapter 5
Table 5.1-3a
Result of Heavy Metal Analysis of Soil - Dry Season EBS
Pb Fe Cd Cr Ni Al Cu Hg V Zn
Ingestion 400 NA 78 390 1600 NA NA 23 550 23000
Inhalation NA NA 1800 270 13000 NA NA 10 NA NA
Sample Longitude
Groundwater DAF*=1 NA NA 0.4 2 7 NA NA 0.1 300 620
Migration DAF*=20 NA NA 8 38 130 NA NA 2 6000 12000
Latitude: ppm ppt ppm ppm ppm ppt ppm ppm ppm ppm
B1B <10.0 <4.0 <0.8 6.1 <4.0 3.5 4.5 <1.0 <0.04 7.8
B1B 021525.4" 062255.1" <10.0 <4.0 <0.8 6.1 <4.0 3.2 2 <1.0 <0.04 5.9
B1 021524.8" 062255.1" <10.0 <4.0 <0.8 12.1 <4.0 3.2 4.5 <1.0 <0.04 10.3
B1 021525.4" 062255.7" <10.0 <4.0 <0.8 7.3 <4.0 1.9 2.9 <1.0 <0.04 5.5
B1C 021525.4" 062254.4" <10.0 <4.0 <0.8 8.5 4 2.3 3.7 2.3 <0.04 19.2
B1C 021525.4" 062254.4" <10.0 <4.0 <0.8 8.5 <4.0 8.7 2 <1.0 <0.04 10.9
B1E 062255.1" <10.0 <4.0 <0.8 9.7 <4.0 2.6 2.9 1.3 <0.04 5.9
B3B 021522.7" 062212.1" <10.0 <4.0 <0.8 5.6 <4.0 6.8 2 1.3 <0.04 4.3
B3B 021522.7" 062212.1" <10.0 <4.0 <0.8 7.3 <4.0 <0.2 2 <1.0 <0.04 4.3
B3 021522.1 062212.1" <10.0 <4.0 <0.8 6.7 <4.0 2.3 <2.0 <1.0 <0.04 5.2
B3 021522.7" 062212.7" <10.0 <4.0 <0.8 8.5 <4.0 2.6 3.7 3.3 <0.04 <2.0
B3C 021522.7" 062211.3" <10.0 <4.0 <0.8 13.8 5.5 6.8 4.5 4.1 <0.04 9.7
B3C 021522.7" 062211.3" <10.0 12.2 <0.8 6.1 <4.0 1.8 2.1 1.3 <0.04 4.3
B3E 021523.3" 062212.1" <10.0 <4.0 <0.8 7.9 <4.0 3.5 3.7 2.5 <0.04 3.9
B6B 021517.5" 062046.8" <10.0 <4.0 <0.8 6.7 <4.0 1.8 2.9 <1.0 <0.04 3.6
B6B 021517.5" 062046.8" <10.0 <4.0 <0.8 13.8 4 6.5 3.7 12 <0.04 11.3
B6 021517.0" 062046.8" 13.4 8.7 <0.8 16.1 5.5 3.8 4.5 1.5 <0.04 1.6
B6 021517.3" 062047.3" <10.0 9.7 <0.8 7.9 <4.0 3 3.7 <1.0 <0.04 11.9
B6C 021517.1" 062046.1" 12.1 7.7 <0.8 22.1 6.3 3 7.7 <1.0 <0.04 18.5
B6E 021517.9" 062046.8" <10.0 17.8 <0.8 9.6 <4.0 3.8 3.7 <1.0 <0.04 8.1
* DAF = dilution attenuation factor

Chapter 5
Table 5.1-3b
Comparisons of Heavy Metal Analyses of Soil Between the Dry and Wet Season EBSs
Sampling Sampling Location
Season Metal B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6
Pb (ppm) < 10 < 10 < 10 < 10 13.40 < 10
Fe (ppt) <4 <4 <4 9.7 8.7 <4
Mg (ppt)
Cd (ppm) < 0.8 < 0.8 < 0.8 < 0.80 < 0.8 < 0.8
Cr (ppm) 6.1 12.1 7.9 7.3 - 8.5 7.90 16.10 6.7 13.8
December 2002 Ni (ppm) <4 <4 4.00 <4 5.50 4
Al (ppt) 3.2 3.50 1.9 8.70 3 3.80 1.80 6.50
Cu (ppm) 2.00 4.50 3.70 2.00 3.70 3.70 4.50 2.90 3.70
Hg (ppm) <1 2.50 1.00 2.30 <1 1.50 1 12
V (ppm) < 0.04 < 0.04 < 0.04 < 0.04 < 0.04 < 0.04
Zn (ppm) 5.90 10.30 3.90 5.50 19.20 11.90 1.60 3.60 11.3
Pb (ppm) < 20 < 20 < 20 < 20 < 20 20.00 40.00
Fe (ppt) 8.00 3.61 3.09 4.48 2.83 10.58 1.29 5.16 3.09 9.54
Mg (ppt) 0.1
Cd (ppm) < 0.80 < 0.8 < 0.8 < 0.8 < 0.8 <0.8
Cr (ppm) 35.42 20.57 < 21.71 26.0 9.14 28.57 11.43 25.14 11.43 54.85
July 2003 Ni (ppm) 18.60 9.92 9.13 11.8 5.58 16.74 4.00 10.54 7.44 31.62
Al (ppt) 3.78 2.57 4.58 5.52 1.58 4.60 1.94 6.47 2.28 7.65
Cu (ppm) 9.01 3.63 3.01 9.69 4.24 10.90 3.03 4.24 4.24 30.30
Hg (ppm)
V (ppm) 0.04 0.04 <0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.08
Zn (ppm) 32.61 19.76 24.07 37.19 17.77 36.57 14.02 34.74 36.27 57.90

Chapter 5
parameters for the coastal lagoon, a salt marsh, and a freshwater marsh in Benin was
conducted by the dry season EBS and wet season EBS. The water temperature varied
between 26.4C and 32.3C in the lagoon, 30.1C and 36.1C in the salt marsh, and 28.1C
and 31.2C in the freshwater marsh. Average temperatures tended to be higher at the surface
than at greater depths, and higher during the dry season than during the wet season, on the
order of a 5C difference. Dry season EBS values of dissolved oxygen (DO) ranged between
0.98 parts per million (ppm) and 10.08ppm of water, with those values ranging from
0.14ppm to 6.17ppm in the wet season EBS. This variation in oxygen content depends on
the temperature, atmospheric pressure, and abundance of phytoplankton. The lagoon
increasingly serves as a dumping ground for household waste, which also plays a major role
in decreasing DO. In the dry season EBS, the pH range in the lagoon was 7.73 to 7.95,
between 7.78 and 8.03 in the salt marsh, and between 6.16 and 6.51 in the freshwater marsh.
The values of water electrical conductivity varied from 5992S/cm to 6043S/cm in the
coastal lagoon, 18,930S/cm to 26,900S/cm in the salt marsh, and 686S/cm to 838S/cm
in the freshwater marsh, which all indicate a functional marsh environment. While during
the dry season EBS, salinity was higher in the brackish marsh than in the lagoon, during the
wet season EBS, this trend was reversed. In general, there was decreased conductivity,
salinity, and total dissolved solids (TDS), while biological oxygen demand (BOD), turbidity,
total organic carbon (TOC), and primary production increased from the dry to wet season
EBS.
Table 5.1-4 shows the surface water chemical analysis results for nutrients and total
suspended solids (TSS) in the dry season EBS. The nitrite and nitrate concentrations tended
to be low in all three water bodies. Conversely, ammonia nitrogen and phosphate
concentrations indicated nutrient-rich conditions. TSS were also high. During the wet
season EBS nitrogen oxides tended to be higher on average in those habitat types measured
in both seasons. PO4 was higher in the Second than First Season, except in the freshwater
marsh, while DO was lower in certain habitats in the coastal area. More detail can be found
in the Second Season EBS Report.

Chapter 5
Table 5.1-4
Surface Water Chemical Analysis Results for Nutrients - Dry Season EBS
Parameters
Sites NO2- NO3- NH4+ PO43- TSS
Coordinates
(ppm) (ppm) (ppm) (ppm) (ppm)
LC1 0.04 1.83 18.43 0.095 12.50
LC2 0.05 1.81 19.01 1.10 15.00
LC3 0.05 1.85 18.3 1.10 10.00
LC4 0.07 2.04 21.2 1.40 7.50
Coastal Lagoon N 62087.5"
LC5 0.071 1.93 20.97 1.40 17.50
(LC) E 0021512.4"
LC6 0.069 1.87 20.5 1.30 21.25
LC7 0.03 1.79 17.02 0.09 3.75
LC8 0.032 0.97 18.2 0.087 10.75
LC9 0.029 1.01 17.3 0.083 7.50
MAR1.1 0.39 1.49 15.8 0.96 22.50
MAR1.2 0.37 1.52 16.02 1.13 27.50
Salt Marsh N 62245.9"
MAR1.3 0.37 1.47 16.11 0.91 24.25
(MAR1) E 0021539.9"
MAR1.4 0.41 1.50 15.9 0.91 20.25
MAR1.5 0.40 1.52 15.8 0.89 25.50
MAR2.1 0.45 2.96 22.01 0.087 33.00
MAR2.2 0.48 3.01 21.96 0.091 31.75
Freshwater N 62087.8"
MAR2.3 0.39 3.0 22.00 0.10 32.50
Marsh (MAR2) E 0021518.4"
MAR2.4 0.44 2.95 20.98 0.13 31.00
MAR2.5 0.46 3.04 22.06 0.11 37.75
5.1.1.1.7 Distinct Airsheds and Air Quality
In Benin, nitrogen oxides have been increasing since at least 1994 (Ajavon et Amgankpo,
1998) and, at present, air quality on the coastal plain in cities like Cotonou is very poor.
Pollution loading is from transportation, industry, domestic cooking, and bush fires. The
transportation sector alone now produces 45 percent of the air pollution (Adjavo, 1997). In
Cotonou, on the coastal plain, air quality criteria are not being met (Communication
Nationale Initiale du Benin, 2001). A recent study coordinated by the World Bank to
evaluate air pollution (Clean Air Initiative in Sub-Saharan African Cities) indicates that
Benin has major air quality concerns, particularly in Cotonou. In the study, concentrations of
carbon monoxide (CO), lead (Pb), volatile hydrocarbons (HC), and ozone (O3) exceeded
European air quality standards. The study indicated that increased economic expansion,
particularly as it relates to transportation, is largely behind the degrading air quality (World
Bank, 2001). An estimate of greenhouse gas (GHG) and trace gas loading in Benin by the
International Group of Experts on the Climate (GIEC) and the 1996 revised version of
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), is 17,179 ton/year during the period
from 1994 to 1999 (Figure 5.1-3a).

Chapter 5
Figure 5.1-3a
Emissions of Various Air Pollutants in the Coastal Plain (1994 1999)
NOx concentrations have been increasing since 1994 and are expected to continue to increase
between 2004 and 2010 (Figure 5.1-3b).
Figure 5.1-3b
Measured and Estimated Annual NOx Emissions (Ajavon et Amgankpo, 1998)
In Cotonou, on the coastal plain, air quality criteria are not being met (communication
Nationale Initiale du Benin, 2001). As a result, city dwellers may develop acute respiratory
diseases, which occurred at a rate of 5.11 percent in 1999. The costs of respiratory diseases
are estimated to be 600,000 African financial community francs (CFA) per year. The air
pollution cost in Cotonou takes 1.2 percent of the gross domestic product (GDP) (Tractebel,
2000).

Chapter 5
5.1.1.1.8 Noise
There are no data available that pertain to noise in the project area in Benin.
5.1.1.2 Biological Environment
5.1.1.2.1 Vegetation
Vegetation (trees, shrubs, and understory) composition, abundance, and diversity was
sampled during the dry season EBS at 18 sample points arranged along five transects. The
transects sampled from Djokpotomegon up to Ahouangagbe near the sea represented the
following plant community types described in more detail below: fallow land, degraded
swampy forest, thicket, swampy grassland, mangrove, and coastal coconut grove. Species
richness represents the number of species present. The Shannon Diversity Index combines
measures of species richness and relative abundance to identify situations in which there may
be large numbers of species, but only a few make up the greatest numbers of individuals.
Plants identified included 171 species in 136 genera and 55 families. Herbaceous species
dominate the vegetation with 117 (68.42 percent) of the species. Shrubs and trees are
represented by 34 species (19.88 percent) and 20 species (11.70 percent), respectively. The
families with the largest representation by species are, in decreasing order: Poaceae with
24 species (14.03 percent), Fabaceae with 21 species (12.28 percent), Cyperaceae with
18 species (10.52 percent), and Rubiaceae with 7 species (4.09 percent). Two families
possess 5 species each (2.92 percent). Abundance parameters and diversity indices are
provided in the First Season EBS Report.
The vegetation community results reported here represent the dry season EBS, which were
comparable to the wet season EBS, except where otherwise noted. Results from the wet
season EBS can be seen in detail in the Second Season EBS Report. Overall, in the wet
season EBS (which was conducted during the dry season) there were 222 species from 61
families, clearly dominated by the 150 herbaceous species. Shrubs and trees were
represented by 47 and 26 species, respectively. The most represented families with regard to
the number of species in descending order are: Poaceae with 36 species (16.22 percent);
Fabceae with 24 species (10.81 percent); Cyperaceae with 22species (09.91 percent);
Rubiaceae with 15 species (06.76 percent); Euphorbiaceae with 9 species (04.05 percent);
Mimosaceae with 7 species (03.15 percent); and Commelinaceae with 6 species (2.70
percent). The other families were represented with 1 to 4 species. Except in the mangrove
and grassland, species richness was higher during the wet season EBS than the dry season
EBS. Many plant species were observed only during the wet season EBS, while a smaller
number was observed only during the dry season EBS.
Fallow Land (2ha)
The fallow land habitat derives from degraded coastal thicket, which was derived from
degraded coastal forest. The structural profile has two strata. One is a shrub stratum, from
1m to 2m in height, with an average cover of 20 percent. The most frequent species are: wild
custard apple (Annona senegalensis), Lonchocarpus cyanescens, African serpentwood
(Rauvolfia vomitoria), Clerodendrum capitatum, Uvaria chamae, Dalbergia setifera,

Chapter 5
Trichoscypha oba, and Psorospermum senegalense. The other is an herb stratum, from 0m
to 1m in height, with an average cover of 75 percent. It is made up of many species. The
most dominant are: yellow bristlegrass (Setaria pumila), Wynns cassia (Cassia
rotundifolia), whorled dropseed (Sporobolus pyramidalis), Perotis indica, Cyperus
margaritaceum, and crimson bluestem (Schyzachyrium sanguineum). Trees with diameter at
breast height (dbh) of 7.5cm are absent in this habitat. The density of shrubs of dbh less than
7.5cm and with a height greater than 1m is 6,700 individuals per hectare. The species
richness is 53. The Shannon Diversity Index, calculated for the shrub stratum and herb
stratum is 1.54, and 2.88, respectively.
Degraded Swamp Forest (0.5ha)
The degraded swamp forest habitat has three strata. The tree stratum, from 4m to 8m in
height, has an average cover of 15 percent. It is characterized by coconut (Cocos nucifera),
ear pod wattle acacia (Acacia auriculiformis) and Syzygium guineense var. coastale. The
shrub stratum, from 1m to 4m in height, has an average cover of 63 percent. The most
predominant species are Mussaenda isertiana, water tree (Tetracera alnifolia), Alchornea
cordifolia, and Syzygium guineense var. littorale. The herb stratum, from 0m to 1m in
height, with an average cover of 65 percent, is made up of many species. The most
predominant are Fuirena (=Scirpus) umbellata, Eleocharis complanata, Scleria achtenii, and
southern cut grass (Leersia hexandra). The density of shrubs with dbh less than 7.5cm and
heights greater than 1m is 4,100 individuals per hectare. The species richness is 55. The
Shannon Diversity Index for the trees, shrubs and herbs is 0.35, 0.32, and 2.34, respectively.
Thicket (5ha)
The thicket habitat develops in areas where oil palm plantations are left fallow and become
overgrown with weedy shrub species. There are two distinct strata. The shrub stratum, 1m
to 2m in height, has an average cover of 70 percent. The predominant species are Uvaria
chamae, artar root (Zanthoxylum zanthoxyloides), elende or lihandjo (Cnestis ferruginea),
Agelaea obliqua(=pentagyna), Rhaphiostylis beninensis, water tree, Rourea coccinea, Olax
scorpioides, white rubber vine (Landolphia owariensis), Sorindeia warneckei, velvet
tamarind (Dialium guineense), Diospyros tricolor, Flacourtia flavescens, kisni (Bridelia
ferruginea), Carpolobia lutea, and Lannea nigritania. The herb stratum, 0m to 1m in height,
with an average cover of 87 percent, is made up of many species, most predominantly
Perotis indica, love vine (Cassytha filiformis), Pseudovigna argentea, and flattop mille
graines (Oldenlandia corymbosa). Fig trees (Ficus spp.) are sparsely distributed. The
density of shrubs with dbh less than 7.5cm and height greater than 1m is 35,700 individuals
per hectare. This very high stem density results in a closed shrub canopy. Species richness
is 78. The Shannon Diversity Index of trees, shrubs, and herbs is 0.19, 2.27, and 3.54,
respectively.
Swampy Grassland (6ha)
The swampy grassland habitat derives from mangrove habitat that has degraded. The shrub
stratum, which is very open and 1m to 2m in height, has an average cover of 2 percent. The
characteristic species are golden leather fern (Acrostichum aureum) and coinvine (Dalbergia

Chapter 5
ecastaphyllum). The herb stratum, 0m to 1m in height, has an average cover of 73 percent.

The most predominant species include seashore paspalum (Paspalum vaginatum), Fuirena
umbellata, gotu kola (Centella asiatica), and Guinea rush or jointed flatsedge (Cyperus
articulatus). There are no trees (dbh greater than 7.5cm). The density of shrubs with dbh
less than 7.5cm and height greater than 1m is 220 individuals per hectare. The species
richness is 19, the dominant species belong to the Cyperaceae and Poaceae families. The
dominance of these two families explains the prairie nature of this formation. The
Shannon Diversity Index for shrubs and herbs is 0.22 and 0.72, respectively.
Mangrove
Mangrove habitat is situated along the coastal lagoon, inland from the coastal coconut
plantation habitat. The mangrove has three strata. The woody stratum, with a height of 6m
and a more closed canopy along the lagoon, has an average cover of 60 percent. Red
mangrove (Rhizophora racemosa) is the dominant species. Pterocarpus santalinoides has
been planted along the edges of the mangrove. The shrub stratum, 1m to 2m in height, has
an average cover of 20 percent. The most predominant species are red mangrove along the
lagoon and black mangrove (Avicennia germinans), golden leather fern, coinvine,
Cassipourea barteri, reticulated leaf-flower (Phyllanthus reticulatus), and Syzygium
guineense in the background of the red mangrove strip. The herb stratum, which is from 0m
to 1m in height, has an average cover of 85 percent. The predominant species include
seashore paspalum, manyspike flatsedge (Cyperus polystachyos), scallion grass (Eleocharis
mutata), Hales pentodon (Pentodon pentandrus), and Fuirena umbellata. The topography
shows that the mangrove habitat is made up of two parallel units: a non-specific plantation
for red mangrove along the lagoon and a mixed plantation of black mangrove and golden
leather fern behind the red mangrove plantation. Mangrove trees with dbh greater than
7.5cm have been cut for firewood in the production of salt. The density of shrubs with dbh
less than 7.5cm and height greater than 1m is 17,500 individuals per hectare. The species
richness is 26. The Shannon Diversity Index is 0.21 for trees, 0.88 for shrubs, and 1.51 for
herbaceous plants. This low diversity is explained by the fact that few species are adapted to
live in peaty, brackish conditions, typical normal conditions of the mangrove environment.
During the wet season EBS, many of the saplings of black mangrove, red mangrove, and ear
pod wattle acacia observed in dry season were dead, decreasing their density from 17,500 to
1,103 stems/ha.
Coastal Coconut Plantation (1.5ha)
The coastal coconut plantation habitat occupies a sand bar that lies between the lagoon and
the Gulf. Coconut trees are the only tree species, except for rare shoots of neem tree
(Azadirachta indica) and ear pod wattle acacia, which occur in the areas where coconut trees
have been cut. The average height of coconut trees is 12m. The shrub stratum, 1m to 2m in
height, has an average cover of 30 percent. The predominant species are neem tree and
Uvaria chamae. The herb stratum, which is less than 1m in height, has an average cover of
50 percent. The predominant species include common periwinkle (Catharanthus roseus),
tephrosia (Tephrosia purpurea), three-awn grass (Aristida adscensionis), Wynns cassia,
fiddleleaf morning glory (Ipomoea stolonifera), love vine, cactus tuna (Opuntia tuna),
Spermacoce stachydea, and lobed croton (Croton lobatus). The density of trees with dbh

Chapter 5
greater than 7.5cm is 1.44m2 per hectare. The density of shrubs with dbh less than 7.5cm and
heights greater than 1m is 3,400 individuals per hectare. The species richness is 32. The
Shannon Diversity Index is 0.55 for trees, 0.52 for shrubs, and 2.42 for herbaceous plants.
The wet season EBS also noted the presence of maize (Zea mays), which constituted 50
percent of the herb stratum.
Coastal Grassland (0.06ha)
There are also small patches of coastal grassland habitat in the study. The grassland has an
average cover of only 30 percent. Only three species were found there: West Indian sedge or
beachstar Remirea maritima (the most dominant), seashore dropseed (Sporobolus virginicus),
and Cyperus maritimus. The Shannon Diversity Index is 0.84.
5.1.1.2.2 Terrestrial Fauna and Wildlife
There have been few systematic scientific studies of terrestrial wildlife in Benin. Therefore,
the results of the dry season EBS are an important contribution to describing the existing
conditions. The dry season EBS included a census of amphibians, reptiles, and mammals in
the study area. Table 5.1-5 lists species, by scientific and common name, and relative
abundance of animals encountered during the dry season EBS. Also provided are bird
censuses by habitat (in the vicinity of Adjahindji, Hio Houta, Vinawa, and Akadjam
villages) for degraded swamp forest, swamp grassland, coastal coconut plantation, crop fields
on sandy soil, and crop fields on poorly developed soil (Tables 5.1-6 through 5.1-10).
Table 5.1-5
Wildlife Census Results (January 2003)
Number
Local Common Name Scientific Name
(Abundance)
Crapaud Bufo regularis +++
Grenouille Dicroglossus occipitalis +++
Rainette Hyla sp. ++
Ptychadena Ptychadena spp. ++
Python royal Python regius +
Python de Seba ou faux boa Python sebae +
Vipre Causus rhombeatus +
Naja Naja nigricollis +
Mamba Dendrospis viridis +
Couleuvre Philotamnus heteropidotus +++
Lzard Varanus niloticus ++
Crocodile Crocoyilus niloticus +
Tortue terrestre Kinixys belliana ++
Tortue deau douce Pelusios subniger ++
Tortue luth (marine) Dermochelys coriacea +
Tortue imbrique (marine) Erectmochelys imbricata +
Tortue verte (marine) Chelonia mydas +
Camelon Chameleon sp. ++
Sitatunga Tragelaphus spekei +
Potamochre Potamochoerus porcus ++

Chapter 5
Table 5.1-5
Wildlife Census Results (January 2003)
Number
Local Common Name Scientific Name
(Abundance)
Porc-pic Hystrix cristata +
Guib harnach Tragelaphus scriptus +
Ecureuil (arbre) ++
Ecureuil (sol) Xerus erythropus ++
Rat de Gambie Cricetomys gambianus +++
Aulacode Thryonomis swinderianus ++
Livre Lepus crawshayi D
Vervet Cercopithecus aethiops +
Singe ventre rouge Cercopithecus erythrogaster D
+: Rare
++: Present
+++: Abundant
D: Declining Severely
Table 5.1-6
Results of the Bird Census in the Degraded Swamp Forest (January 2003)
Local Common Name Scientific Name Number
Cormoran africain Phalacrocorax africanus 1
Hron crabbier Ardeola ralloides 7
Hron garde-buf Ardeola ibis 25
Hron dos vert Butorides striatus 1
Hron pourpr Ardea purpurea 1
Hron cendr Ardea cinerea 3
Aigrette garzette Egretta garzetta 3
Dendrocygne veuf Dendrocygna viduata 8
Sarcelle oreillons Nettapus auritus 10
Elanion blanc Elanus caeruleus 1
Milan noir Milvus migrans 5
Busard des roseaux Circus aeruginosus 1
Jacana Actophilornis africana 26
Chevalier sylvain Tringa glareola 3
Vanneau terne Vanellus lugubris 24
Emerauldine bec rouge Turtur afer 2
Tourterelle maille Streptopelia senegalensis 5
Coucou de levaillant Clamator levaillantii 1
Coucal du sngal Centropus senegalensis 3
Martinet des palmes Cypsiurus parvus 9
Martin-chasseur tte grise Halcyon leucocephala 8
Martin-chasseur du Sngal Halcyon senegalensis 4
Martin pcheur pie Ceryle rudis 7

Chapter 5
Table 5.1-6
Results of the Bird Census in the Degraded Swamp Forest (January 2003)
Petit martin-pcheur hupp Alcedo cristata 1
Gupier nain Merops pusillus 13
Gupier gorge blanche Merops albicollis 6
Hirondelle ventre roux Hirundo semirufa 6
Bulbul bec grle Andropadus gracilirostris 2
Bulbul commun Pycnonotus barbatus 5
Soui-manga brun Anthreptes gabonicus 1
Pie-griche fiscale Lanius collaris 2
Spermte nonnette Lonchura cucullata 32
Spermte pie Lonchura fringilloides 13
Table 5.1-7
Results of the Bird Census in the Swamp Grassland (January 2003)
Cormoran africain Phalacrocorax africanus 3
Hron dos vert Butorides striatus 1
Hron pourpr Ardea purpurea 4
Hron cendr Ardea cinerea 2
Aigrette dimorphe Egretta gularis 3
Aigrette garzette Egretta garzetta 17
Grande aigrette Egretta alba 6
Aigrette intermdiaire Egretta intermedia 1
Dendrocygne veuf Dendrocygna viduata 3
Busard des roseaux Circus aeruginosus 2
Balbuzard pcheur Pandion haliaetus 1
Hibou des marais africain Asio capensis 1
Rle noir Limnocorax flavirostra 2
Poule d'Allen Porphyrio alleni 1
Poule sultane Porphyrio porphyrio 6
Petite poule deau africaine Gallinula angulata 1
Jacana Actophilornis africana 11
Echasse blanche Himantopus himantopus 4
Oedicnme du Sngal Burhinus senegalensis 2
Grand gravelot Charadrius hiaticula 1
Chevalier aboyeur Tringa nebularia 4
Chevalier sylvain Tringa glareola 4
Chevalier guignette Actitis hypoleucos 6
Martinet des palmes Cypsiurus parvus 8

Chapter 5
Table 5.1-7
Results of the Bird Census in the Swamp Grassland (January 2003)
Martin pcheur pie Ceryle rudis 10
Petit martin-pcheur hupp Alcedo cristata 1
Gupier nain Merops pusillus 2
Gupier gorge blanche Merops albicollis 7
Rollier vari Coracias naevia 2
Rolle africain Eurystomus glaucurus 4
Hirondelle de rivage Riparia riparia 2
Hirondelle ventre roux Hirundo semirufa 14
Alouette sentinelle Macronyx croceus 2
Cisticole rousstre Cisticola galactotes 2
Cisticole tte rousse Cisticola ruficeps 3
Camaroptre dos gris Camaroptera brachyura 2
Gobemouche caroncul collier Platysteira cyanea 2
Tlphone tchagra Tchagra senegala 1
Table 5.1-8
Results of the Bird Census in the Coastal Coconut Plantation (January 2003)
Buse unibande Kaupifalco monogrammicus 1
Tourterelle vineuse Streptopelia vinacea 2
Moqueur Phoeniculus purpureus 2
Pic dos vert Campethera cailliautii 2
Pic gris Mesopicos goertae 4
Alouette sentinelle Macronyx croceus 2
Grive kurrichane Turdus pelios 2
Camaroptre dos gris Camaroptera brachyura 1
Soui-manga poitrine rouge Nectarinia senegalensis 1

Chapter 5
Table 5.1-8
Results of the Bird Census in the Coastal Coconut Plantation (January 2003)
Soui-manga ventre jaune Nectarinia venusta 1
Soui-manga ventre olive Nectarinia chloropygia 2
Soui-manga cuivr Nectarinia cuprea 3
Soui-manga clatant Nectarinia coccinigaster 2
Corvinelle Corvinella corvina 6
Gonolek de barbarie Laniarius barbarus 5
Piac piac Ptilostomus afer 6
Moineau gris Passer griseus 1
Tisserin gendarme Ploceus cucullatus 32
Amarante commun Lagonosticta senegala 5
Joues oranges Estrilda melpoda 1
Table 5.1-9
Results of the Bird Census in the Crop Fields on Sandy Soil (January 2003)
Local Common Name Biological Name Number
Corvinelle Corvinella corniva 8
Merle mtallique il blanc Lamprotornis splendidus 4
Moineau tisserin Plocepasser superciliosus 5
Tisserin noir de vieillot Ploceus nigerrimus 2
Travailleur bec rouge Quelea quelea 1
Spermte pie Lonchura fringilloides 13

Chapter 5
Table 5.1-10
Results of the Bird Census in the Crop Field
on a Poorly Developed Soil (January 2003)
Epervier shikra Accipiter badius 3
Buse unibande Kaupifalco monogrammicus 1
Crecerelle Falco tinnunculus 1
Francolin commun Francolinus bicalcaratus 4
Vanneau terne Vanellus lugubris 16
Tourterelle collier Streptopelia semitorquata 1
Insparable tte rouge Agapornis pullaria 2
Touraco gris Crinifer piscator 1
Petit barbu de vieillot Lybius vieilloti 1
Pic dos vert Campethera cailliautii 2
Pic gris Mesopicos goertae 2
Grive kurrichane Turdus pelios 1
Soui-manga poitrine rouge Nectarinia senegalensis 1
Soui-manga ventre jaune Nectarinia venusta 1
Soui-manga ventre olive Nectarinia chloropygia 1
Soui-manga cuivr Nectarinia cuprea 2
Soui-manga clatant Nectarinia coccinigaster 2
Corvinelle Corvinella corniva 8
Corbeau pie Corvus albus 2
Merle mtallique il blanc Lamprotornis splendidus 4
Moineau tisserin Plocepasser superciliosus 5
Tisserin noir de vieillot Ploceus nigerrimus 2
Travailleur bec rouge Quelea quelea 2
Veuve dominicaine Vidua macroura 2

Chapter 5
Fallow Land, Degraded Swamp Forest, Thicket, and Swamp Grassland
A number of habitats are reverting after abandonment of use by humans. They stretch from
the north of Adjahindji through Vinaura to Akadjame. These include patches of fallow land,
swamp grassland, and thicket. The patches are scattered over a large sandy area, crossed by
small streams, where people once caught fresh water turtles. Rats, squirrels, monkeys, grass
snakes, and land turtles are found in this habitat.
Other abandoned habitat types in the area include palm groves and cashew plantations. They
provide habitat for squirrels, ground squirrels, monkeys, grass snakes, cobras, porcupines,
and other animals. Furrows, fields, and market gardens, also in the area, provide habitat for
rats, grass snakes, pythons, and some amphibians.
Mangrove
The mangrove provides habitat for a variety of animals. The most common are reptiles, e.g.,
royal python (Python regis), African rock python (Python sebae), Nile monitor lizard
(Varanus niloticus), spitting cobra (Naja nigricollis), and Nile crocodile (Crocodylus
niloticus). Mammals are represented by bush pig (Potamochoerus porcus). This habitat
supports populations of bush pig and red-bellied monkey (Cercopithecus erythrogaster).
Other monkey species have been extirpated.
Coastal Coconut Plantation
There are very few animals in this habitat, most have dispersed because of the urbanization in
Cococodji. However, it still supports squirrels, rats, and other animals that use the coconut
trees as habitat.
Coastal Grassland
This habitat is a stretch of grass along the sea vegetated with West Indian sedge and seashore
dropseed. Green sea turtles (Chelonia mydas) and olive ridley (Lepidochelys olivacea) are
reported to visit this habitat to lay eggs.
5.1.1.2.3 Soil Organisms
Soil organisms were investigated during the First and Season EBSs. Soil samples taken at 18
sample points arranged along 5 transects were extracted using a Berlese funnel and identified
to either species, genus, or family. Abundance and diversity of soil organisms tends to be
low in very sandy soils and in water-saturated soils. Table 5.1-11 shows the organisms that
were found during the dry season EBS, mostly in upland soils with diverse vegetation cover.
Results of the wet season EBS were not inconsistent with the dry season results.

Chapter 5
Table 5.1-11
Soil Organisms Found Dry Season EBS (January 2003)a
Mallophages Lepidoptera
Haematomyzidae Papilionidae
Hymenoptera Arachnida
Formicidae Pisauridae
Myrmicidae Mollusks
Dorylidae Arca afra
Heteroptera Cardita tankervillei
Plesiocoris sp. Dreissena africana
Capsidae Tellina nymphalis
Orthoptera Donax pulchellus
Acridoidea Veneridae
Tettigonioidea Pitaria tumens
Coleoptera Ungulinidae
Hydrophilidae Diplodonta diaphana
Dermestidae Crustacea
Silphidae Portunidae
Annelida Ocypoda africana
Achtes
a
Species names are italic, genus names are regular, and family names are bold.
5.1.1.2.4 Hydrobiology and Fisheries
The First Season EBS characterized the benthic macroinvertebrates for onshore water bodies.
The main taxa found were insects (Diptera, Plecoptera, Tricoptera, Heteroptera, Coleoptera,
Odonates, Ephemeroptera, and Arachnida). Also found were mollusks (gastropods and
bivalves) and planarians. All the major macroinvertebrate groups were represented in the salt
and fresh water marshes. Complete lists of benthic macroinvertebrates are provided in the
First Season EBS Report. Mussels (Mytilus perna), venus clams (Pitaria tumens), ungulinid
clams (Diplodonta diaphana), tellinid clams (Tellina nymphalis), ligar turritella (Turritella
ligar), and projecting turritella (Turritella torulosa) were dominant species. Crustaceans,
such as those from the families Corophidae and Haustoridae, were also present in the lagoon
during the dry season EBS. Macroinvertebrates observed during the wet season EBS
included comparatively fewer mollusks and crustaceans in the lagoon. The wet season in the
freshwater marsh differed from the dry season in that stoneflies (plecoptera), but no
caddisflies (trichoptera) or beetles (coleoptera) were observed. In the brackish marsh, fewer
mollusks and true flies (dipteran) taxa were observed during the wet season EBS, while more
crustaceans and polychaetes were observed compared to the dry season EBS.
Plankton assemblages were similar between the dry season and wet season EBSs. However,
in the freshwater marsh approximately 25 percent fewer taxa were observed. Furthermore, in
both the brackish marsh and the lagoon, approximately 25 percent more taxa were observed
during the wet season EBS compared to the first season EBS.

Chapter 5
Fisheries
The EBS relied on a recent study conducted between March 2000 and September 2001 in the
Benin coastal zone by A. Adite. One of the eight sites sampled (Hio) is located in the WAGP
area. Overall, 7,894 individual fishes comprising 51 species and belonging to 26 families
were collected. The most species rich families were Eleotridae (7 species), Cichlidae (5
species), and Mugilidae (5 species). The families Eleotridae, Cichlidae, Mugilidae,
Cyprinotontidae, Gerreidae, and Clupeidae dominated the sample in abundance and
accounted for 92.96 percent. In terms of species, six dominated the sample and accounted
for 80.27 percent: Kribia nana, blackchin tilapia (Sarotherodon melanotheron), flagfin
mojarra (Gerres melanopterus), bonga shad (Ethmalosa fimbriata), banded jewelfish
(Hemichromis fasciatus), and banded lampeye (Aplocheilichthys spilauchen). Blackchin
tilapia, alone, constituted 28.98 percent of the total sample followed by Kribia nana (15.19
percent), banded lampeye (13.71 percent), flagfin mojarra (12.90 percent), bonga shad (4.84
percent), and banded jewelfish (4.65 percent). The remaining (19.73 percent) was shared by
45 species and none of them had an individual relative abundance more than 2.65 percent. In
term of biomass, the 7,894 fishes collected weighed 95.1kg. Blackchin tilapia, Kribia nana,
banded lampeye, flagfin mojarra, bonga shad, and banded jewelfish constituted 79.11 percent
of the total biomass. Blackchin tilapia, alone, constituted 46.66 percent of the total biomass.
The remaining 20.89 percent was shared by 43 species, none of which had a biomass of more
than 3.62 percent (Table 5.1-12).
Table 5.1-12
Fish Catch Data from Multiple Methods of Fishing, Coastal Benin (Fiogbe et. al., 2003)
SL Weight Weight Total
Total SL Mean
Species Family Range Range Mean Weight
Number (g)
(mm) (g) (g) (g)
Belonidae
Strongylura senegalensis 6 242-275 257.3 25-33 28.5 171
Bothidae
Citharichthys stampflii 86 30-130 79.7 0.5-50 10.8 933
Carangidae
Caranx hippos 88 50-82 64.6 2-50 7.6 671
Cichlidae
Sarotherodon melanotheron 2288 8-189 72.1 0.1-220 19.3 44375
Tilapia zillii 109 47-175 83.1 4-250 31.5 3440
Tilapia guineensis 180 13-220 56.6 0.25-455 12.1 2182
Hemichromis fasciatus 367 15-158 74.1 0.1-150 16.5 6088
Hemichromis bimaculatus 102 21-67 36.3 0.3-15 2.5 253
Clariidae
Clarias gariepinus 5 215-440 279 65-520 203.6 1018
Claroteidae
Chrysichthys nigrodigitatus 107 62-275 118.7 4-420 41.5 4446
Clupeidae
Ethmalosa fimbriata 382 49-130 76.8 2-48 10 3832
Pellonula sp. 209 29-95 71 0.15-10 5 1061

Chapter 5
Table 5.1-12
Total SL Mean
Number (g)
(mm) (g) (g) (g)
Cynoglossidae
Cynoglossus senegalensis 2 313-315 314 86-94 90 180
Cyprinodontidae
Aplocheilichthys spilauchen 1082 14-83 31.4 0.1-51 1068
Epiplatys sp. 2 19-26 22.5 0.1-0.1 0.1 0.2
Eleotridae
Kriba nana 1199 19-80 51.8 0.2-13 3.8 4650
Dormitator lebretonis 39 21-65 35 0.3-9 1.4 56
Dormitator pleurops 30-30 30 0.8-0.8 0.8 0.8
Eleotris daganensis 2 93-93 93 21-25 23 46
Eleotris vitatta 7 78-155 97.8 9-100 54.5 205
Eleotris senegalensis 6 29-105 48.6 0.3-34 7 42
Eleotris sp. 77 30-180 85.8 0.5-190 24.2 1867
Elopidae
Elops lacerta 36 100-190 136.7 10-90 30.5 1101
Elops senegalensis 5 131-176 155.2 24-50 37.2 186
Gerreidae
Gerres melanopterus 1018 7-118 59.8 0.1-30 6.2 6388
Gerres nigri 2 74-89 81.5 9-17 13 26
Gobiidae
Oxyurichthys occidentalis 87 43-130 95.2 2-31 12.5 1091
Progobius schlegeli 25 40-99 72.5 1-22 9.1 228
Lutjanidae
Lutjanus goriensis 11 30-118 62.4 3-70 14.7 162
Lutjanus agennes 4 48-72 57.7 4-13 6.5 26
Lutjanus sp. 4 60-114 83.5 5-144 20.3 81
Mochokidae
Synodontis sp. 1 93-93 93 14-14 14 14
Monodactylidae
Psettia sebae 9 27-55 41.6 2-15 9 81
Mugilidae
Liza falcipinnis 179 23-195 100.1 0.4-135 27.8 4979
Mugil curema 62 52-160 101.8 3-92 24.5 1521
Mugil bananensis 2 102-255 178.5 21-240 130.5 261
Mugil cephalus 163-163 63 92-92 92 92
Mugil sp. 25 77-162 102.7 9-76 24.5 612.5
Liza sp. 22 15-29 22.4 0.2-0.4 0.28 6.2
Ophichthyidae
Myrophis plumbeus 395-395 395 46-46 46 46
Dalophiss sp. 1 475-475 475 32-32 32 32
Ophiocephalidae
Parachana obscura 240-240 240 220-220 220 220

Chapter 5
Table 5.1-12
Total SL Mean
Number (g)
(mm) (g) (g) (g)
Polynemidae
Galeoides decadactylus 2 50-78 64 3-10 6.5 13
Pomadasydae (Haemulidae)
Pomadasys jubelini 4 84-145 116 12-80 50 200
Pomadasys peroteti 1 92-92 92 13-13 13 13
Pomadasys sp. 11 57-113 83.4 6-40 16.1 117
Protopteridae
Protopterus annectens 1 340-340 340 165-165 165 165
Scombridae
Cybium sp. 14 88-120 108.2 8-20 14.8 208
Serranidae
Epinephelus aeneus 2 145-250 197.5 68-340 204 408
Syngnathidae
Microphis brachyurus
Aculeatus sp. 5 100-116 108.2 0.5-3 15
Sphyraenidae
Sphyraena guachancho 12 60-98 80 7-34 19.9 239
Total Number of Families 26
Total Number of Species 51
Total Number of Individuals 7894
Species richness and species diversity for the mangrove fish, caught from March 2000 to
September 2001, in the Benin estuarine/coastal zone. Site 1 = Aido; Site 2=Djondji; Site
3=Djegbame; Site 4=Grand-Popo; Site 5=Onkuiwe; Site 6=Hio; Site 7=Togbin; Site 8=Djegbadji.
The Shannon-Wiener Diversity Index, which measures species richness and relative
abundance, at the mangrove sites ranged from 0.108 to 2.206 (mean = 1.444). Diversity was
lower at degraded sites, and higher at less degraded sites. A restored mangrove site had a
high species diversity of 2.087 and species richness (37) (Table 5.1-13).
Table 5.1-13
Trophic and Commercial Characteristics of
Estuarine Fish in Benin (Adite, 2002)
(J: Juvenile; A: Adult; HC: Highly Commercial;
MC: Moderately Commercial; NV: No Value)
Relative Percent Life
Fisheries
Trophic Category/Species Abundance of Total History
Importance
(percent) Weight Stage
Detritivores
Chrysichthys nigrodigitatus 1.35 4.66 J/A HC
Dormitator lebretonis 0.49 0.06 J MC
Dormitator pleurops 0.01 0.0008 J MD
Ethmalosa fimbriata 4.84 4.03 J/A HC

Chapter 5
Table 5.1-13
Fisheries
Importance
Liza falcipinnis 2.27 5.23 J/A HC
Liza sp. 0.29 0.007 J HC
Mugil curema 0.79 1.60 J/A HC
Mugil bananensis 0.02 0.27 A HC
Mugil cephalus 0.01 0.1 A HC
Mugil sp. 0.32 0.64 J/A HC
Sarotherodon melanotheron 28.98 46.66 J/A HC
Synodontis sp. 0.01 0.01 A MC
Planktonovores/microcarnivores
Aplocheilichthys spilauchen 13.71 1.12 J/A NV
Epiplatys sp. 0.02 0.0002 J ND
Gerres melanopterus 12.90 6.12 J/A HC
Gerres nigri 0.02 0.03 A HC
Kriba nana 15.19 4.89 J/A HC
Oxyurichthys occidentalis 1.10 1.12 J/A HC
Pellonula sp. 2.65 1.12 J/A MC
Herbivores
Tilapia guineensis 2.28 2.29 J/A HC
Tilapia zillii 1.38 3.62 J/A HC
Intermediate carnivores
Caranx hippos 1.11 0.71 J/A HC
Citharichthys stampflii 1.09 0.98 J/A MD
Clarias gariepinus 0.06 1.07 A HC
Cynoglossus senegalensis 0.02 0.19 A MC
Dalophis sp. 0.01 0.03 A MC
Elops lacerta 0.46 1.16 A HC
Elops senegalensis 0.06 0.20 A HC
Hemichromis bimaculatus 1.29 0.27 J/A MC
Microphis brachyurus Aculeatus 0.06 0.005 A NV
Myrophis plumbeus 0.01 0.05 A MC
Pomadasys jubelini 0.05 0.2 J/A HC
Pomadasys peroteti 0.01 0.01 J/A HC
Pomadsys sp. 0.14 0.12 A HC
Protopterus annectens 0.01 0.17 A MC
Progobius schlegeli 0.32 0.24 J/A HC
Predators
Cybium sp. 0.18 0.22 J/A HC
Eleotris daganensis 0.02 0.05 A MC
Eleotris senegalensis 0.08 0.04 J/A MC
Eleotris sp. 0.98 1.96 J/A MC

Chapter 5
Table 5.1-13
Fisheries
Importance
Eleotris vitatta 0.09 0.22 J/A MC
Epinephelus aeneus 0.02 0.43 J/A MC
Hemichromis fasciatus 4.65 6.40 J/A HC
Galeoides decadactylus 0.02 0.01 J MC
Lutjanus agennes 0.05 0.03 J/A HC
Lutjanus goriensis 0.14 0.17 J/A HC
Lutjanus sp. 0.05 0.09 J/A HC
Parachana obscura 0.01 0.23 A MC
Psettia sebae 0.11 0.09 J/A MC
Strongylura senegalensis 0.08 0.18 A MC
Sphyraena guachancho 0.15 0.25 J/A MC
TOTAL INDIVIDUALS 7,894
Of a total of 51 fish species gathered from the coastal zone (Anato 1990), only 11 species (20
percent) originated from the inland water. The remaining (80 percent) originated from the
marine or estuarine environment. Consequently, fish composition tends to be greatly
dominated by marine-estuarine fishes, whereas the number of inland (rivers) fish species was
lower. This situation is likely due to the relatively new water quality and hydrological
regimes caused by the construction of the hydroelectric dam of the Mono River.
Distribution of the Fishes in the Habitats
The species richness for the four habitat categories: adjacent open water, mangrove fringe,
channel, and adjacent marginal vegetation were 38, 30, 16, and 19, respectively (Adite,
2002). Within the mangrove fringe, the families such as Cichlidae, Mugilidae, Elopidae,
Cyprinotontidae, Claroteidae, Cynoglossidae, and Clariidae were best represented; while
Cichlidae, Gerreidae, Eleotridae, Bagridae, Clupeidae, Belonidae, Carangidae, and Gobiidae
were most prevalent in adjacent open water. The jewel cichlid (Hemichromis bimaculatus),
occurred in the shallow environments, including the vegetation, channel, and mangrove roots
system where water can become turbid. Though occurring in the four habitats, banded
jewelfish and banded lampeye tend to be more abundant at the mangrove fringe. Blackchin
tilapia is always abundant in all habitats. This species occurs abundantly in most of the
brackish water of Benin such as Lake Nokoue, Porto-Novo Lagoon, and Lake Aheme, where
blackchin tilapia is always the first dominant species (Van Thielen et al., 1987). According
to Gbaguidi and Pfeiffer (1988), blackchin tilapia accounts for about 30 percent of the annual
total catches. The species Kribia nana, bonga shad, and flagfin mojarra, while present at all
sites, were more abundant in the adjacent open water. In particular, Kribia nana occurred
primarily in open water during flooding. During both the dry and wet seasons, this species
inhabits muddy, vegetated environments and mangrove root systems. The relatively high

Chapter 5
abundance of banded jewelfish at the mangrove fringe, compared to the other habitats, may
indicate a relatively high predation in and around the mangrove forest. Primarily a freshwater
resident, Pellonula sp. usually occurred in the Mono River mouth where salinities are always
low.
The First Season EBS Report contains data on the species composition and abundance by
habitat in the mangrove zone only. Adjacent open water and mangrove habitat exhibited
higher species abundance and species richness than the channel and adjacent marginal
vegetation, where mangrove has been destroyed.
Trophic Structure of Fish Composition
The mangrove fish community (Adite, 2002) was dominated in abundance by detritivores
(39.4 percent) and planktonivores/microcarnivores (45.6 percent). Though not numerically
important, the intermediate carnivores (4.7 percent) and the top predators (6.6 percent)
comprised a relatively high species number of 15 each. Herbivore species including Guinea
tilapia (Tilapia guineensis) and redbelly tilapia (Tilapia zillii), comprised 3.67 percent. In
terms of biomass, detritivores dominated the sample (63.3 percent of the total biomass) due
to the predominance of blackchin tilapia, which constituted 46.66 percent of the total
biomass. The intermediate carnivores and the top predators, despite their number (30
species), had a relatively low biomass proportion (5.5 percent and 10.4 percent, respectively).
Relative to economic value of the fish species, fish were classified into three categories
according to their commercial value: (1) fishes of high commercial value (HC), (2) fishes of
moderate commercial value (MC), and (3) fishes with no commercial value, including those
not utilized as food nor sold in the fish market (NV). Of the fish sampled, about 74 percent
had a high economic value, from which 74 percent were juveniles and adults. Only three
species, including banded lampeye, killifishes (Epyplatys sp.), and pipefish (Microphis
brachyurus aculeatus), had no commercial value when they are of small size. This indicates
that the mangrove zone is a multi-species fishery where about 94 percent of the fish species
are exploited.
Table 5.1-13 lists the trophic categories, relative abundance, and fisheries importance of the
fish caught on the Benin estuarine/coastal zone. Detritivores and planktonivores dominated
the sample.
Size Structure
Overall, fish size (total length) in the mangrove zone ranged from 7mm (flagfin mojarra) to
440mm (sharptooth catfish, Clarias gariepinus), with corresponding weights of 0.1g and
525g, respectively. Larger fish were found in the adjacent open water and at the mangrove
fringe. Larger sizes were found among Cichlidae, Mugilidae, Clariidae, Elopidae, Belonidae,
Bagridae, and Cynoglossidae. Smaller fish (banded lampeye, Kribia nana, Epyplatys sp.)
and pellonula (Pellonula sp.) were found in the channel and vegetation. In particular, trends
of size by habitat type for dominant species are as follows: smaller sizes of blackchin tilapia
were found in vegetation, mangrove and open water; while larger sizes tended to be
associated with colonization of the mangrove fringe. Smaller sized Kribia nana occurred in
vegetation, whereas larger individuals were prevalent in open water. Flagfin mojarra and

Chapter 5
bonga shad occurred in open water regardless of size. Smaller sized individuals of banded
jewelfish occurred in channels and vegetation whereas larger individuals were found in
mangrove. Banded lampeye were found in all habitats regardless of size. Kribia nana,
blackchin tilapia, flagfin mojarra, bonga shad, banded jewelfish, and banded lampeye
showed unimodal size distributions as dominant species. In general, small individuals
inhabit calm and shallow environments to avoid strong currents. Fish sizes are generally
relatively small in the Benin mangrove-lined estuary, possibly due to high fishing effort and
overexploitation.
5.1.2 Offshore Environment

5.1.2.1 Physical Environment
5.1.2.1.1 Climate
The offshore climate is similar to that discussed for the onshore environment in Section
5.1.1.1.
5.1.2.1.2 Bathymetry and Coastal Geology
The project area from Nigeria to Ghana lies along the Gulf of Guinea shelf, which is part of
the narrow protrusion of the Equatorial Atlantic shelf. The continental shelf is narrow in the
project area, ranging from 10km to 90km in width. The Benin continental shelf covers an
area of 3,100km2 out to the 100m isobath. Its average width is 27km, and its length is 121km
between neighbouring countries (Nigeria and Togo). The shelf breaks into the slope at
approximately the 100m isobath. A reef of dead madreporarian coral (stony, reef-building
corals) lines the seaward edge of the continental shelf throughout the project area. While
there are some living corals at the present time, these are soft gorgonian corals, mostly sea
fans. There is no evidence of living reef-forming corals in the project area. Along the
coastline currents move sands from west to east, forming a barrier beach system along much
of the coastline.
5.1.2.1.3 Currents and Tidal Patterns
The Guinea Current (GC) is the dominant circulation feature in the Gulf of Guinea. It is fed
by the North Equatorial Counter Current off the Liberian coast, and flows eastward along the
coastlines of Benin, Ghana, Nigeria, and Togo. The concave topography of the Gulf of
Guinea causes the GC to jackknife back towards the west as the South Equatorial Current.
Seasonal upwelling occurs from June to late September along the coast. The upwelling
weakens in September.
Coastal configuration is generally west to east. Generally, the waves approaching the
coastline of the Gulf of Guinea are produced by the south-southwesterly winds, which are
most pronounced during the rainy months of May to July. These winds produce
southwesterly swells. The waves break obliquely on the western barrier coast, thereby
generating west-to-east longshore currents. The currents sweep sediments along the west
coast. Velocities of longshore current as estimated by Allen (1964) ranged from 0.22m/s to

Chapter 5
1.0m/s. Waves usually break at oblique angles to the shore at angles ranging from 10 to
30, open mostly to the east. The tides are also from the southwest and are predominantly
semi-diurnal with two inequalities. Weak swells whose mean range varies between 0.9m to
1.3m occur between December and March, and those whose mean range varies from 1.6m to
1.9m occur between June and August. Larger swells, as high as 4.5m, can be observed
between June and September.
5.1.2.1.4 Marine Traffic Patterns
Cotonou Harbor is located on the coast east of the ROW and has a capacity of 2 million
tons/year. It has a commercial quay whose length is 1,300m divided into six conventional
stations, one containers station, and one jetty of 450m.
5.1.2.1.5 Water Quality and Water Column Characteristics
Water column profiles of temperature, turbidity, chlorophyll-a, DO, pH, oxidation reduction
potential, and specific conductivity were taken during the dry season EBS at 50 offshore
sampling stations in the study area. Data collected during this effort are provided in the First
Season EBS Report. A brief description of the data is provided below. Figure 5.1-4 shows
the offshore Benin region with the locations sampled in the dry (December 2002) and wet
season EBSs (July 2003).
Figure 5.1-4
Offshore Sampling Locations

Chapter 5
Temperature profiles taken in Fall 2002 showed a thermally stratified water column. Surface
temperatures of the photic zone were similar throughout the proposed pipeline ROW area,
and averaged 27.8C. Surface waters are generally expected to be cooling in the late fall
months, relative to late summer, when surface waters have reached the annual maximum.
The minimum temperature on the pipeline route was 16.3C (off Togo, bottom 65m), while
the maximum was 28.8C (off Nigeria, surface 5m).
Many of the deeper sites exhibited numerous distinctly stratified thermoclines. The shallow,
nearshore sites demonstrated a distinct primary thermocline with a linear temperature
gradient to the bottom, indicating mixing of stratified layers already present. A strong
density gradient in the euphotic zone, limiting the vertical exchange of nutrients between
surface and deeper waters, is likely to exist under these conditions during the fall and winter
months.
Turbidity, as measured in Nephelometric Turbidity Units (NTUs), was used to determine the
relative ambient concentration of suspended particulate matter in the water column. In
general, turbidity values were comparable throughout the proposed pipeline ROW area (both
trunkline and lateral), with a slight elevation in upper surface water during the start of the
down cast, decreasing in values down to the thermocline, and stabilizing toward the bottom.
The general trend in turbidity was low (3 to 5 NTU range), with minor changes and low
standard deviations.
Chlorophyll-a concentrations ranged from 0.0ppb and 62.8ppb throughout the water column.
Relatively higher concentrations were measured above the thermocline throughout most of
the sampling area. A typical series of observations was 36.8ppb at the surface, decreasing by
half to 18ppb at 1.5m depth. Readings dropped after the thermocline at 15m along the lateral
to a stable 0.7ppb and continued to be stable at that range to a final depth of approximately
27m.
Dissolved oxygen concentrations throughout the proposed pipeline route ranged from 0 to
91.6 percent saturation. The highest DO profiles observed in surface waters were close to
supersaturated concentrations, with a concentration of 91.6 percent. Supersaturated
conditions typically occur in shallow productive areas along the pipeline lateral, since
oxygen is a by-product of both the phytoplankton photosynthesis and the physical mixing
effects of wave action at the surface interface. DO values generally decreased below the
thermocline. DO declined steadily with depth, reaching lower concentrations around 2 to 10
percent in the deeper waters (greater than 53m). This decline is likely due to the
consumption of oxygen by fauna and bacteria and to the lack of mixing between oxygen-rich
surface waters and depleted subsurface waters.
Water column profiles of pH were uniform throughout the sampling area. A slight but
insignificant decrease in pH was observed below the thermocline, and the lowest pH values
were observed at the deeper water stations. Increased pH values were found at the primary
thermocline of many stations. The station with the lowest pH value was 7.69 (depth 72m in
Nigeria) and the station with the highest pH value was 8.87 (depth 2min Ghana). The overall
average pH of all stations was 8.4 with a standard deviation of 0.1.

Chapter 5
Oxidation reduction potential (ORP) tended to decrease from the upper surface water after
the primary thermocline to the deepest points at the stations in shallow water. As station
depths increased to deeper water (greater than 53m), several sites demonstrated an increase in
ORP values (sometimes higher than surface water levels). The stations exhibiting this
characteristic ORP profile appear to coincide with nearby steep drops in depth.
Figures 5.1-5 through 5.1-7 show the results of metal concentrations, nutrient concentrations,
and alkalinity and COD concentrations for surface water at the 50 offshore sampling stations.
Figure 5.1-5
Offshore Stations Surface Water Metal Concentrations
12000.00
10000.00
8000.00
Concentration
Calcium (ppm)
Magnesium (ppm)
6000.00
Potassium (ppm)
Sodium (ppm)
4000.00
2000.00
0.00
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Sample ID
Figure 5.1-6
Offshore Stations Surface Water Nutrient Concentrations
1.6
1.4
1.2
1
Concentration
Ammonia Nitrogen (mg/L)

0.8 Total Nitrogen (mg/L)
Total Phosphorous (mg/L)
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Sample ID

Chapter 5
Figure 5.1-7
Offshore Stations Surface Water Alkalinity and COD Concentrations
180
160
140
120
Concentration
100
Alkalinity (ppm)
COD (mg/L)
80
60
40
20
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Sample ID
5.1.2.1.6 Sediment Quality and Sediment Characterization
Sediment data collected from the offshore environment during the dry season EBS are
presented in this section. Characterization data from the Sediment Profile Image (SPI) study
is presented below, and the entire SPI Study Report can be found in Appendix 5-C.
Chemical Characterization
The dry season EBS analyzed hydrocarbons at each of the offshore stations for total
hydrocarbons (THC), selected aliphatic hydrocarbons, and selected polynuclear aromatic
hydrocarbon (PAH) constituents.
Low levels of hydrocarbons, measured as THC, were observed throughout the entire offshore
area from Ghana to Nigeria, with slightly elevated concentrations in some stations off of
Benin and a select few other localized areas. Benin concentrations ranged from 11.72ppm to
70.23ppm with a mean THC concentration of 39.06ppm (comparable to the region-wide
average of 24.38ppm). Relatively elevated concentrations (defined as greater than the
region-wide mean plus standard error, or 38.07ppm) were detected in stations off the coast of
Benin along the pipeline lateral and the main line.
For aliphatic hydrocarbons, relatively high levels were detected at the five stations off of
Benin (average of 32.36ppm). Distribution of the targeted saturated hydrocarbons can be
used to provide information about the type of source. Concentrations were plotted and
evaluated to determine whether patterns could be observed. Although the pattern detected
was not completely consistent across these five locations, all indicated aliphatic
hydrocarbons focused in the heavy fuel oil range, from tetradecane (n-C14) through
triacontane (n-C30). The fact that heavier saturated hydrocarbons (i.e., hexatriacontane n-
C36) were not detected in these five locations implies that the hydrocarbon source is

Chapter 5
primarily petroleum and not due to naturally occurring (biogenic) sources. Figure 5.1-8
presents the elevated aliphatic hydrocarbon concentrations from Station B01, which
represents a typical location of offshore Benin.
Figure 5.1-8
Distribution of Aliphatic Hydrocarbons for Station B01
Analyte Profile Histogram
"B01: B01 Sediment"
6
5
Concentration mg/Kg
0
9)
)
)
)
)
10
12
16
19
22
28
14
18
20
26
30
36
24
-C
-C
C
-C
-C
-C
-C
-C
-C
-C
-C
-C
-C
(n
n-
(n
(n
(n
(n
(n
(n
(n
(n
(n
(n
(n
(n
(
e
an
ne
e
e
e
ne
an
an
an
an
an
an
an
an
an
an
an
on
sa
sa
ec
ec
ec
ec
ec
os
os
os
nt
nt
c
co
de
co
N
co
co
ad
D
od
ad
ad
oc
ac
ac
Ei
tra
tra
ia
ria
D
ex
ct
D
on
ex
ct
Tr
Te
Te
O
O
at
H
H
ex
H
Compounds
For the PAH fraction, targeted individual PAHs, and total PAHs (i.e., the sum of the targeted
concentrations), were detected at low levels (Figure 5.1-9). Primarily detected were lower
molecular weight PAHs (naphthalene through benzo(a)anthracene). Relatively elevated
concentrations (defined as greater than the region-wide mean plus standard error, or
7.44ppm) were detected in three of ten Benin locations. On average, the detected PAHs in
Benin locations were higher than the region-wide average (average total PAHs for Benin of
7.02ppm compared to region-wide average total PAH of 5.1ppm). The concentrations
detected, however, remain likely negligible.
Figure 5.1-9
Comparison of Mean PAHs Across Benin Sampling Locations
Com parison of Benin Mean PAHs to Region-Wide Mean PAHs
8.0
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
ne
s
ne
Ac aph ne
ne
o( nth n e
pe ne
e
ap ne
e
C en e
e
Fl ne
Be Be ant e
ne
ne
e
e
AH
e n en
an re n
To len
en
en
uo en
le
le
An thre
e
he
en yle
le
e
he
n z n zo hre
en tha
Ph uor
h, ac
lP
c
de )fl u )pyr
flu rys
l N ha
e n 1,2 nthr
Fl rac
Be a,h pery
ry
y
nt
a
ht
Ac hth
r
a
ta
hy pht
ra
h
th
th
(a
ra
ap
or
zo ,3)
i)
a
n z )a
o
N
a)
g,
o(
b)
k
o(
(
nz
o(
o(
et
n
nz
M
Be
2-
Be
In
ib
D
Region-Wide Average Benin Average

Chapter 5
Heavy Metals and Other Elements
Concentrations of 11 elements were measured and analyzed for the offshore sampling
stations along the proposed pipeline route. Concentrations of all metals, except lead, were
similar to average continental crust concentrations (Wedepohl, 1995). Mercury and zinc
appeared to be slightly elevated over levels reported for average global continental crust
(0.04ppm, and 65ppb, respectively). However, the results of analyzing quality control
samples indicated a high bias for these values.
Physicochemical Properties
Sediment samples were analyzed for a variety of physicochemical properties to establish

baseline conditions. At the time of sample collection (i.e., aboard the survey vessel),
measurements of sediment pH, temperature, redox potential, and electrolytic conductivity
(EC) were taken. The samples were analyzed again for pH and EC in a fixed laboratory.
In addition, sediment samples were analyzed for exchangeable acidity, sulfate, total
phosphorus, total nitrogen, and cations (Na, K, Ca, and Mg). A summary of the results is
provided as Table 5.1-14.
Table 5.1-14
Summary of Offshore Sediment Physicochemical Measurements for All Countries
EC Exch. Acid SO42- Total P
Parameter pH
(microSiemens/cm) (mEq/ 100g)* (ppm) (ppm)
Mean 8.25 16.38 0.38 1051.64 130.24
Minimum 7.60 7.79 0.10 175.11 3.97
Mean 8.70 42.40 0.80 4038.71 1304.69
Total-N Na K Ca Mg
Parameter
(percent) (mEq/100g) (mEq/100g) (mEq/100g) (mEq/100g)
Mean 0.14 28.45 1.75 7.33 9.58
Minimum 0.03 0.90 0.09 1.87 0.71
Mean 0.52 87.64 5.12 16.54 27.01
* milliequivalents per 100g of sediment
Physical Characterization
The bulk properties of the sediments were measured by analysis for TOC and grain size.
These physical parameters influence the chemical distribution and benthic community
structure of the sediment and are important for the interpretation of data. Sediment samples
were primarily sand, with over half of the samples comprised of greater than 70 percent sand.
Another large percentage of samples was comprised of sand mixed with clay. Distributions
of sediment types over the study area varied as would be expected considering the large area
evaluated. Additional sediment physical characterization from the SPI data is discussed later
in this section.

Chapter 5
Total organic carbon (TOC) concentrations ranged from 0.08 percent to 5.09 percent and
averaged 1.09 percent. More than 90 percent of the samples had a moderate TOC
concentration (less than 3 percent) with notably higher concentrations at some stations
outside of Benin.
Sediment Profile Imagery
As part of offshore survey, a sediment profile imagery (SPI) survey was conducted to
provide a rapid assessment of sediment features such as sediment grain size, depth of the
redox potential discontinuity (RPD), and biological community type. The results of the
analysis were used to assist in decisions concerning number and location for grab sampling
stations. In addition, the analysis provides additional physical, chemical, and biological data
collected which are presented here.
During the survey, team scientists made visual assessments by examining the individual
images using a light table with a film magnifying loupe. The results from the rapid field
assessment are presented in Table 5.1-15.
One representative image from each location was selected for complete image analysis. The
results from this comprehensive analysis provide the basis for the spatial characterization of
the sediments and benthic habitat presented below.
Sediment Grain Size and Bottom Kinetic Gradients
The sediments throughout the entire pipeline ROW area surveyed range from fine-grained
silt-clays (representing low-energy, depositional environments) to coarse sand or granules on
rippled bottoms or with shell lag deposits at the sediment-water interface (representing high-
energy, sediment transport zones). Water depths throughout the area surveyed ranged from
approximately 14m to 77m. While there were a few exceptions, most fine-grained stations
occurred at depths exceeding 37m. However, in this nearshore, relatively shallow, and
generally high-energy regime parallel to the coast, sediment type is more a function of
kinetic gradients resulting from a combination of bottom currents, shoreline slope, and
transport patterns than of water depth. Sandy and/or hard cobble/ancient, fossilized coral
bottoms were found throughout the entire depth range sampled. These are probably more a
factor of geographic location in relation to longshore transport and wave energy profiles in
the nearshore zone.
Regional patterns of bottom kinetic gradients indicate that as one moves in toward shore
along the perpendicular transects sampled in each of the countries under study (two transects
in Ghana, one each in Benin, Nigeria, and Togo), the sediments along all five show evidence
of either active or aperiodic sediment transport. All of the stations sampled along these five
shoreward transects have either sandy sediments or hard, cobble bottom reflecting the
relatively high energy regimes in these areas.

Chapter 5
Table 5.1-15
Rapid Field Assessment of Sediment, Benin Stations
Station Position Description
B10 C Silt clay, very little sand, Stage 3, extensive bioturbation
S Pure silt clay, no sand, Stage 3
N Silt clay, Stage 3, deep reworking
B9 C Silt clay, Stage 3, extensive reworking
S Silt clay, Stage 3, deep reworking
N Silt clay, Stage 3, extensive reworking
B8 C Silt clay, Stage 3
S Silt clay, Stage 3
N Silt clay, Stage 3, minor sand fraction
B7 C Sandy muds, Stage 3
N Muddy sands, rippled bottom
B6 C Sandy bottom, sand waves
E Sandy bottom, sand waves
W Sandy bottom, sand waves
B5 C Sandy bottom, medium sand, rippled bottom
E Sandy bottom, medium sand, rippled bottom
W Sandy bottom, medium sand, rippled bottom
B4 C Sandy mud, Stage 3
E Sandy mud, Stage 3
W Sandy mud, Stage 3
B3 C Medium sand, low penetration, rippled bottom
S Medium sand, low penetration, rippled bottom
N Medium sand, low penetration, rippled bottom
B2 C Sandy mud, Stage 3
S Sandy mud, Stage 3
N Sand
B1 C Silt clay, Stage 3, healthy bottom
N Silt clay, Stage 3
Bottom Hazards and Areas of Existing Pollution
The entire pipeline length was examined with sidescan sonar, to 500m on either side, for
bottom characteristics, including bottom hazards. Where significant bottom hazards were
detected, the pipeline location was shifted around the obstacle. There are two categories of
bottom hazards related to the hard sea floor:
Bottoms with gorgonian1 coral located at less than 15 m of depth to the east of Grand-
Popo and close to Godomey. Some places are partly covered by microconglomerates
with iron-containing clay cement of fossilized gorgonian coral. Beyond 15m to the
fossilized coral barrier, they remain in isolated patches.
1
Gorgonian coral is a category of hexacorallian, or soft coral. Gorgonian corals do not build reefs. Species
present in the project are largely sea fans.

Chapter 5
Ancient, fossilized madreporarian coral bottoms, represented by a coral barrier, which

is present between Ouidah and Cotonou in 52m to 56m water depth. Going from the
barrier up to the edge of the shelf, there are many pointed rock peaks. These ancient
coral formations probably date back to the Holocene, similar to those studied in
Nigeria (Allen and Wells, 1962).
The potential threat of pollution in the marine environment is mainly from industrial,
agricultural, and domestic sources. There is evidence of heavy metal concentrations, as well
as increasing effects of DDT, aldrin, heptachlor, and tributylin in the coastal waters of Ghana
(Ihenyen, 1998; Biney, 1986; Joiris et al., 1997; Nyarko and Evans, 1997). In addition, the
relatively recent increase in human population levels in the coastal areas has been
accompanied by fecal and nutrient-pollution of the marine environment (e.g., Afoakwa et al.,
1988; Wiafe and Quist, 2002).
5.1.2.2 Biological Environment
5.1.2.2.1 Plankton
Microalgae or phytoplankton, grouped as diatoms, dinoflagellates, and coccolithophores, are

microscopic and range between 30m and 60m in size. Their occurrence is limited to the
euphotic zone of the pelagic environment. Species diversity and abundance is linked to
seasonal variation of the oceanographic regime; namely, high diversity and low abundance
during thermal stratification, and low diversity but high abundance during upwelling periods
(Wiafe, 2002). The explosive development of these plankton groups in the offshore and
inshore locations has a rippling effect on the development of the fishery of the nearshore and
adjoining coastal water bodies, as this large production is made available to the fishery of the
nearshore habitats.
The dry season EBS investigated abundance and diversity of plankton in the offshore
environment. Twenty-five plankton samples were collected from the upper 20m to 30m
column of the sea, and the zooplankton species identified were predominantly epipelagic. It
has been observed that a thermocline exists between 30m and 40m of the water column in the
project area during this season (Bainbridge, 1972). This serves as a barrier to the
zooplankton during vertical migration.
In all, 69 taxa (mostly species) of phytoplankton and 52 taxa of zooplankton were identified.
The phytoplankton community was dominated by Chaetoceros spp. Penilia avirostris
dominated the zooplankton, which may have been a result of planktonic responses to
seasonality of the hydrographic regime (e.g., Wiafe, 2002). Among the phytoplankton
species identified in the samples was Dinophysis acuta, which is a harmful microalga with
the potential to cause diarrhetic shellfish poisoning in bloom condition. At concentrations
above 500x10 plankton counts per cubic meters (m3), Dinophysis acuta is considered as
being in bloom condition (Anderson et al., 2001). For the samples analyzed, peak abundance
of Dinophysis spp. did not exceed 10x10m3 at any station and is not currently harmful to the
fisheries. The distributions of total phytoplankton and zooplankton abundance across sample
stations in Benin are presented in Figure 5.1-10 and 5.1-11, respectively.

Chapter 5
Figure 5.1-10
Distribution of Total Phytoplankton Abundance
at Sampling Stations Off Benin (cells/m3)
160,000
140,000
120,000
100,000
80,000
60,000
40,000
20,000
0
B01PHY B02PHY B03PHY B04PHY B05PHY
Figure 5.1-11
Distribution of Total Zooplankton Abundance
at Sampling Stations Off Benin (cells/m3)
8,000
7,000
6,000
5,000
4,000
3,000
2,000
1,000
0
B01ZOO B02ZOO B03ZOO B04ZOO B05ZOO

Chapter 5
Wet Season EBS Plankton Results
In the wet season EBS, a total of 63 phytoplankton, 63 zooplankton (oblique tow) and 65
zooplankton (vertical haul) taxa were identified in the samples. The phytoplankton
community was dominated by Chaetoceros spp., while Penilia avirostris, Temora stylifera,
and Para-Clausocalanus2 spp. dominated the zooplankton community. The density of
zooplankton obtained by oblique and vertical tows was higher in the latter. P. avirostris
ranked highest, in terms of abundance, in the oblique tow but was second highest in the
vertical haul. This species is mostly epipelagic (Bainbridge, 1972), and the oblique tow, by
its design, samples the upper water column.
Species diversity for phytoplankton and zooplankton collected with oblique tows was highest
off Ghana (Stations G01 and G02), while species diversity for zooplankton collected with
vertical tows was highest off Benin (Figure 5.1-12). Note, however, all samples off Benin
were collected at depths less than 25m, which may have contributed to the high diversity
recorded off Benin.
Figure 5.1-12
Distribution of Species Richness (S) by Country - Wet Season EBS
50
45
40
Species richness (S)
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
Ghana Togo Benin Nigeria
Phytoplankton Zooplankton (oblique) Zooplankton (vertical)
Primary production is linked to the amount of inorganic carbon assimilated by phytoplankton

via the process of photosynthesis in a given volume of water or an area over a given time
period. Typically, productivity in offshore ecosystems range from 10-100 mg
carbon/m2day1 in terms of volume, or from 75-1,000mg C/m2day1 in terms of area. Thus,
the values obtained for the project area (i.e., 4,3055,956mg C/m2day1) indicate a system of
high productivity. This is not surprising since the coastal ecosystem of the Project area
undergo seasonal upwelling commencing every July. It should be noted that the samples
2
Para-Clausocalanus is a combined name for Paracalanus and Clausocalanus. The two genera cannot be
separated using the dissecting microscope.

Chapter 5
were collected in July and thus coincided with the period for the commencement of the
upwelling. The wet season EBS results of primary productivity for Benin are shown in
Table 5.1-16.
Table 5.1-16
Results of Primary Productivity Recorded at Stations
Along the WAGP Pipeline in July, 2003
Country mean productivity
Country Station (mg C/m2day1) Standard error (mg C/m2day1)
2B01 5011.6
2B02 4176.4
Benin 2B03 5011.6 4374 483
2B04 5104.4
2B05 2564.4
5.1.2.2.2 Benthic Organisms
The benthic macrofauna within inshore habitats have been described by Bassindale (1961),
Buchanan (1957), Edmunds (1978), and Evans et al. (1993). The organisms include
polychaetes, arthropods, mollusks, bryozoans, and echinoderms. Edmunds (1978) recorded
68 taxonomic families of mollusks. Some species appear to be declining in abundance (e.g.,
Cymbium spp, a gastropod; and Panulirus spp., the spiny lobster), while others have
disappeared altogether (e.g., Astropecten spp., a sea star). Offshore benthic organisms have
been described by Buchanan (1957, 1958). They include a range of polychaete worms,
ribbon worms, amphipods, bivalves, gastropods, and decapod crustaceans.
Across all stations sampled during the dry season EBS (62 benthic samples representing 50
offshore locations from Nigeria to Ghana), 1,264 individual benthic organisms were
identified. Approximately 220, were polychaete and crustacean species. Other species
include ophiuroids, bivalves, gastropods, sipunculids, and oligochaetes. See Appendix 5-A
for a complete list of species observed.
The number of species and the diversity indices calculated per station for all countries along
the main pipeline route and the lateral are presented in Figures 5.1-13 through 5.1-16.
Stations are arranged from west to east along the main pipeline route and from south to north
(generally corresponding to a trend of deeper water to shallower water) on the laterals.
The diversity indices calculated included species richness (d), Pielous evenness (J), and the
Shannon-Wiener diversity index (H loge). Species richness (as per Margalef) is a measure of
the number of species present, taking into account the number of individuals present.
Pielou's evenness index is a measure of equitability; a measure of how evenly the individuals
are distributed among the different species. These are useful quantitative tools for
establishing baseline conditions of community properties.

Chapter 5
Figure 5.1-13
Benthic Macrofauna Distribution on Main Pipeline Route in Benin
EAST
60
50
Number of Species
40
30
20
10
0
-C
-C
C
C
C
7-
8-
9-
1-
0-
02
03
B0
B0
B0
B0
B1
B
Stations
Total Species Polychaeta Crustacea Others
Figure 5.1-14
Offshore Benthic Macrofauna Diversity Index Distribution
on Main Pipeline Route in Benin
12
10
Diversity index
0
B01-C B02-C B03-C B07-C B08-C B09-C B10-C
Station
Margalef's richness (d) Pielou's evenness (J') Shannon-Wiener index (H')

Chapter 5
Figure 5.1-15
Benthic Macrofauna Distribution Along the Benin Lateral
60 100
50 80
Number of Species
40
Depth (m)
60
30
40
20
10 20
0 0
B04-C B03-C B05-C B06-C
Station
Total Species Polychaeta Crustacea
Others Depth (m)
Figure 5.1-16
Along the Benin Lateral
12
10
Diversity index
0
B04-C B03-C B05-C B06-C
Station
Margalef's richness (d) Pielou's evenness (J') Shannon-Wiener index (H')

Chapter 5
With regard to Benin, 72 taxonomic groups were identified, made up of 50 polychaete

species, 12 crustacean species, and 10 species classified as others. Seven stations were
sampled along the main pipeline route off Benin and four stations were sampled along the
laterals off Benin. The main pipeline route off Benin ranges in depth from 50m to 70m. The
number of species per station showed a gradual decline westward, though Station B07-C,
which is centrally placed, exhibited the lowest number of species. Polychaete species were
dominant in all the stations sampled. No crustaceans were observed at Stations B01-C and
B07-C (Figure 5.1-13).
The diversity index also showed a trend similar to the number of species. Species evenness
(J) was fairly constant across the stations along the main pipeline route.
The number of species recorded along the lateral (Figure 5.1-15), Station B06-C, which was
closest to land, exhibited the lowest count for total species observed and polychaetes.
Stations B03-C and B05-C, on the other hand, exhibited the highest numbers for the total
species observed and the number of polychaetes observed. The species richness (d) and
Shannon-Wiener index showed distributions similar to the number of species counted for
each station. The evenness data as shown is similar for the four stations off the lateral
(Figure 5.1-16).
In the dry season EBS, polychaetes were the dominant organisms of benthic infauna.
Polychaetes occur in two basic forms, errant and sedentary types, based on habits. Errant
types are generally mobile predators with jaws for catching prey. Sedentary types are tube
dwellers and generally are detritivores or filter feeders. A total of 625 individual polychaetes
belonging to 38 families were recorded in the offshore waters. Of this number, a total of 237
individuals (38 percent of the polychaetes by number) belonging to 14 families were errant
polychaetes, while sedentary polychaetes included 388 individuals (62 percent of the
polychaetes by number), comprising 24 families. Polychaete families with counts exceeding
20 individuals were classified as dominant. Based on this classification the dominant
families among the errrants were the Eunicidae, Nephtyidae, and Glyceridae, which
comprised 72 percent of the entire errant forms. Among the sedentary types, the dominant
forms included the Maldanidae, Spionidae, Orbinidae, Cirratulidae, Lumbrinereidae,
Onuphidae, Capitellidae, and Ampharetidae. They constituted 62 percent of the sedentary
forms.
The relative occurrence of the dominant errant and sedentary polychaetes is presented in
Figures 5.1-17 and 5.1-18. Figures 5.1-19 and 5.1-20 also show the hierarchical dominant
errant and sedentary families for the entire offshore study area.

Chapter 5
Figure 5.1-17
Occurrence of Dominant Sedentary Polychaetes by Country
100
80
Percent occurrence
60
40
20
0
Country
Maldanidae Spionidae Orbinidae Cirratulidae

Lumbrinereidae Onuphidae Capitellidae Ampharetidae
Figure 5.1-18
Occurrence of Dominant Errant Polychaetes by Country
100
80
Percent occurrence
60
40
20
0
Country
Eunicidae Nephtyidae Glyceridae

Chapter 5
Figure 5.1-19
Occurrence of Dominant Sedentary Polychaetes (Across All Countries)
100
80
Percent occurrence
60
40
20
0
Eunicidae Nephtyidae Glyceridae
Family
Figure 5.1-20
Occurrence of Dominant Errant Polychaetes (Across All Countries)
20
Percent occurrence
0
Lumbrinereidae
Ampharetidae
Maldanidae
Orbinidae
Cirratulidae
Onuphidae
Capitellidae
Spionidae
Family

Chapter 5
Wet Season EBS Benthic Results
During the wet season EBS, in which 75 benthic samples were analyzed, a total of 3663
individual organisms were identified throughout the WAGP study area. These include
polychaetes, crustaceans, mollusks, and species grouped as others, a category that included
such organisms as echinoderms, oligochaetes, and sipunculids. Overall, polychaetes were
the most dominant taxonomic group, contributing 65.30 percent, followed by the crustacean
(18.90 percent); and others (12.70 percent). Mollusks were the least abundant group,
constituting 3.10 percent.
One hundred ninety-three taxa were identified in Benin during the wet season EBS, including
135 polychaete species (438 individuals), 26 crustacean species (90 individuals), 11
molluscan species (7 individuals), and 21 species classified as others (154 individuals were
sampled). Seven stations were sampled along the main pipeline route off Benin, and four
stations along the laterals.
The number of species and the diversity indices calculated per station in Benin along the
main pipeline route and the lateral are presented in Figures 5.1-21 to 5.1-24. Stations are
arranged from west to east along the main pipeline route, and from south to north (generally
corresponding to a trend of deeper water to shallower water) on the lateral.
Main Pipeline Route
Figures 5.1-21 and 5.1-22 show the number of species and the diversity indices estimated for
the stations off the main pipeline route during the wet season EBS. The main pipeline route
off Benin ranges in depth from 50m to 70m. From the graph, the number of species per
station showed a fluctuating trend. There was a gradual increase westward up to station
2B03-C, then another increase eastward from Stations 2B10-C to 2B08-C. Station B07-C,
which is centrally placed, exhibited low number of species. Polychaetes were dominant in all
the stations sampled. Only at Stations 2B03-C and 2B08-C were molluscan species
observed. The diversity index showed a trend similar to the number of species.
Lateral Route
The number of species recorded along the lateral (Figure 5.1-23) show that Station 2B06-C,
which was shallowest and closest to land, recorded the lowest count for total species
observed and polychaetes, and no value for the mollusk group. Stations 2B03-C on the other
hand recorded the highest numbers for the total species observed and the number of
polychaetes observed as well as the other groups. The species richness (d) and Shannon-
Wiener Index showed distributions similar to the number of species counted for each station
(Figure 5.1-24).

Chapter 5
Figure 5.1-21
Offshore Benthic Macrofauna Distribution
Along the Main Pipeline Route of Benin Wet Season EBS
60
50
Number of species
40
30
20
10
0
2 B01 -C 2 B0 2-C 2 B03 -C 2B07-C 2 B08-C 2B09-C 2B10-C
Station
Total number of species Polychaeta Crustacea Mollusca Others
Figure 5.1-22
Along the Main Pipeline Route of Benin Wet Season EBS
12
10
Diversity index
0
2B09-C
2B10-C
2 B01 -C
2 B0 2-C
2 B03 -C
2 B07-C
2 B08-C
Station
SPECIES RICHNESS SHANNON DIVERSITY

Chapter 5
Figure 5.1-23
Offshore Benthic Macrofauna Distribution
Along the Lateral of Benin Wet Season EBS
60 45
40
50
35
Number of species
40 30
Depth (m)
25
30
20
20 15
10
10
5
0 0
2 B04-C 2 B03 -C 2 B05-C 2 B06-C
Station
Total number of species Polychaeta Crustacea

Mollusca Others Depth
Figure 5.1-24
Along the Benin Lateral Wet Season EBS
12
10
Diversity index
0
2 B04-C 2 B03 -C 2 B05-C 2 B06-C
Station
Speccies richness Shannon diversity

Chapter 5
Sampling Replication
In addition to standard sampling, replicate benthic sampling and analyses were performed at
four randomly chosen stations (2G19-C, 2G06-C, 2T03-C, 2B01-C) in the wet season EBS to
assess the overall repeatability of results. Two stations, 2G06-C and 2B01-C, were shown to
have a very high repeatability using multivariate techniques. The highest similarity in station
replicates was recorded at Station 2B01-C which exhibited a Bray-Curtis similarity of 99
percent. The stations with lower similarity scores were 2G19-C and 2T03-C, with Bray-
Curtis similarity of 91 percent, which is still appreciably high. The results of this replication
suggest that the results of the survey are highly repeatable and can be used to evaluate the
benthic community.
5.1.2.2.3 Fisheries
The composition and abundance of demersal fish fauna on the continental shelf and slope of
the western Gulf of Guinea change with depth (Williams, 1968). Environmental factors are
known to determine what demersal fish occur in an area in the Gulf of Guinea (Longhurst
and Pauly, 1987; Koranteng, 2001). These include the amount of organic mud in the bottom
deposits, the occurrence of isolated patches of rocky bottom, the occurrence of estuarine
conditions associated with lagoons and rivers, and the nature of the oceanic water masses
lying over the continental shelf. As these factors vary from area to area, as do species
compositions, catch rates, and diversity of species.
The dry season EBS investigated the species composition, catch rates (kg/haul), and numbers
of individual species by stations for Ghana, Togo, Benin, and Nigeria. A total of 52 species
belonging to 33 families were recorded off Benin during the survey. There were 8
crustaceans, 2 mollusks, 3 invertebrate species, and 39 finfishes. The crustaceans consisted
of true crabs and shrimps, while mollusks consisted of cuttlefish and squid. Common
cuttlefish (Sepia officinalis), Guinea flathead (Grammoplites gruveli), Syacuim micrurum
(channel flounder), Trigla lyra (piper gurnard, a sea robin), and Citharus linguatula (Atlantic
spotted flounder) occurred at almost all the stations. The most abundant species were
jellyfish (2.08kg/haul), common cuttlefish (0.71kg/haul), Guinea flathead (0.67kg/haul),
piper gurnard (0.46kg/haul, Atlantic spotted flounder (0.31kg/haul), and channel flounder
(0.10kg/haul).
The catch rates in Benin and elsewhere varied with depth. In general, the catch rate
increased with increasing depth (15m to 45m), followed by a decrease at greater depths (50m
to 54m). The most productive area occurred around the 45m depth contour. Note that the
station with the highest catch rate was related to a high catch of jellyfish, which contributed
over 50 percent of the total catch at that station. Figure 5.1-25 shows the variation among
catch rates along the laterals.

Chapter 5
Figure 5.1-25
Catch Rates at Indicated Depth Ranges Along the Laterals
30
Catch Rate (kg/haul)
25
20
15
10
0
Takoradi Tema Togo Benin Nigeria
Laterals
0-20 21-40 41-50
The calculated values of the Shannon Diversity Index on the laterals in each country and
along the main pipeline are presented in Figure 5.1-26. The figure shows that species
diversity was highest off the Nigeria lateral followed by the Tema lateral. The species
diversity was lowest along the Benin and Takoradi laterals.
Figure 5.1-26
Shannon Diversity Index of Fisheries Species
Along the Laterals, By Country, and Main Pipeline (All Countries)
4
Diversity Index
eri
a nin go ma di e
Be To Te ora Lin
Nig T ak ai n
M

Chapter 5
Common cuttlefish was present in most trawl hauls offshore Benin but, unlike the main
pipeline, West African goatfish (Pseudopeneus prayensis) was the least dominant (Figure
5.1-27). Bigeye grunt (Brachydeuterus aurita) was not represented.
Figure 5.1-27
Occurrence of Common Species in Offshore Benin Waters
100
80
% Occurence
60
40
20
0
G. gruveli
T. torpedo
officinalis
T. lyra
linguatula
micrurum
B. aurita
africanus
prayensis
B. p.
S.
S.
C.
P.
Fish Species
Wet Season EBS Fisheries Sampling Results
In total, 124 fish and invertebrate species from 71 families were represented in the wet
season EBS trawl sampling. A total of 63 species belonging to 43 families were recorded off
Benin during the wet season EBS. The total included: 8 crustacean, 5 mollusk, 7 other
invertebrate and 43 fish species. The dominant species were smoothback angelshark
(Squatina oculata; 2.13kg/haul), streaked gurnard (Chelidonichthys lastoviza; 1.98 kg/haul),
Guinea flathead (0.80kg/haul), common cuttlefish (0.72kg/haul), Ghanean comber (Serranus
accraensis; 0.72kg/haul), African sicklefish (Drepane africana; 0.44kg/haul), and brown ray
(Raja miraletus; 0.42kg/haul).
The dominant species, recorded along both the Benin lateral and the entire mainline route,
together with the catch rates are presented in Table 5.1-17.

Chapter 5
Table 5.1-17
Dominant Species Recorded Along the Benin Lateral and
Main WAGP Pipeline Route and their Catch Rates Wet Season EBS
Catch rate
Lateral Species (kg/haul)
Drepane africana 0.73
Chelidonichthys lastoviza 0.47
Grammoplites gruveli 0.43
Cotonou Raja miraletus 0.37
Galeoides decadactylus 0.33
Fistularia petimba 0.23
Brachydeuterus auritus 0.2
Chelidonichthys lastoviza 1.21
Squatina oculata 1.12
Sepia officinalis 0.95
Main Pipeline Route Syacium micrurum 0.95
Pseudupeneus prayensis 0.84
Grammoplites gruveli 0.72
Serranus accraensis 0.61
Eight fish species dominated overall survey catches in terms of numbers and frequency of
occurrence in the hauls. When ranked by catch rate in the whole region, streaked gurnard
emerged as the most abundant and Ghanean comber the least abundant of the eight species.
The species composition varied among the four countries, with the highest number of species
recorded in Ghanaian waters. The number of species also varied among laterals, with the
highest number observed on the Tema lateral. Five out of the 8 dominant fish species found
in the entire region (common cuttlefish, channel flounder, Guinea flathead, streaked gurnard,
and West African goatfish) were present in the hauls made off Ghana and 3 each off Benin,
Nigeria, and Togo. The following species occurred at almost all the stations on the mainline:
streaked gurnard, common cuttlefish, African squid (Alloteuthis=Loligo africana), West
African goatfish, Guinea flathead, channel flounder, and sea star (Astropecten sp.). Species
diversity, as measured by the Shannon Diversity Index, was highest off Lagos and Tema, and
lowest off Takoradi and Cotonou (Figure 5.1-28).

Chapter 5
Figure 5.1-28
Shannon Diversity Index Wet Season EBS
3.2
2.8
2.4
2
Lagos Cotonou Lome Tema Takoradi Main Line
The catch rates, hence abundance of the demersal species, were highest on the laterals off
Ghana (Tema and Takoradi), followed by Togo (Lom), Nigeria (Lagos), and Benin
(Cotonou). For each lateral, catch rates varied with depth. The highest catch rate off Lagos
was recorded in the inshore waters (21m to 40m). Mean catch rates also correlated with
depth, with the highest values recorded in deep waters off Ghana, Togo, and Nigeria
(whereas in Benin the catch rates were highest in inshore waters). Figure 5.1-29 gives the
catch rates along the Benin stations. Figure 5.1-30 gives the catch rates by depth range along
the mainline. Figure 5.1-31 shows the catch rates along all of the laterals, according to depth
category. The highest catch rates were recorded in coastal waters off the Takoradi and
Cotonou laterals (i.e. 0m to 20m) (Figure 5.1-31), while that off Tema and Lom were
recorded in deep waters (41m to 70m).
Figure 5.1-29
Catch Rates at Stations Off Benin
50
45
40
Catch Rates (kg/haul)
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
T06(13 m) T07(21 m) T05(46 m) T09 (50 m)
Stations

Chapter 5
Figure 5.1-30
Catch Rates at Stations Along Main WAGP Pipeline Route Wet Season EBS
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
T04 T05 T09 T10 T14 T15 T19 T20 T21 T24 T26
Stations
Figure 5.1-31
Catch Rates by Depth Range on the Laterals Wet Season EBS
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
Takoradi Tema Lome Cotonou Lagos
0-20 21-40 41-70 Laterals
5.1.2.2.4 Marine Birds, Mammals, Reptiles, and Amphibians
The aquatic birds of the Gulf of Guinea comprise two distinct groups: creek birds (waterfowl,
waders, and fish-eating birds) and oceanic birds that are rarely seen near the seashore
(shearwaters, storm petrels, tropicbirds, frigatebirds, gannets, and boobies). These oceanic
birds do not appear to be as abundant in the Gulf as the coastal species. For instance, records
dating back to the 1960s reveal only limited sightings of a few species (Elgood et al., 1994).

Chapter 5
The rarity of oceanic birds may be attributable to the absence of suitable breeding sites (e.g.,
remote islands and rocky cliffs) in the Gulf of Guinea.
During the dry season EBS fisheries survey, the survey crew recorded several sightings of
black terns (Chlidonias niger) and royal terns (Sterna maxima) as illustrated in Figures
5.1-32 and 5.1-33. (Note: the photographs shown are representative of the species and were
not taken during the survey.)
Figure 5.1-32
Black Tern
Figure 5.1-33
Royal Tern
During the wet season EBS, the survey crew recorded several sightings of black terns
(Chlidonias niger) (Figure 5.1-34), royal terns (Sterna maxima) (Figure 5.1-35), common
tern (Sterna hirundo), and a few sandwich terns (Sterna sandvicensis). The black terns were
recorded mainly at offshore locations close to estuaries and/or lagoons (e.g., 2G02, Keta
lagoon; 2G03, Volta estuary; and 2G13, Korle Lagoon; all in Ghana). These species leave
the onshore areas to feed at sea during the afternoon.

Chapter 5
Figure 5.1-34
Black Tern
Figure 5.1-35
Royal Tern
On 10 December 2003, at 7:45 AM, two humpback whales (Megaptera novaeangliae) and a
calf were sighted approximately one kilometer off the bow of the R/V GeoExplorer at N5
41.78 E0 53.3216, Ghana. Figures 5.1-36 and 5.1-37 provide representative photographs
of the species (not taken by survey personnel). Table 5.1-18 lists other marine mammal
sightings during the dry season EBS. In addition to the four species of cetaceans inventoried
in the dry season, Brydes whale (Balaenoptera edeni), humpback whale (Megaptera
novaeangliae), sperm whale (Physeter macrocephalus), and common dolphin (Delphnis
capensis), the wet season EBS resulted in the addition of the pan-tropical spotted dolphin
(Stenella attenuata) and the bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops truncates). Of these two new
species, the pan-tropical spotted dolphin was accidentally captured in fishermen's nets on
June 6, 2003. As part of the wet season EBS, on 16 July 03, at 1330 and 30 July 03, three
unidentified whales were sighted at approximately 1.2km and 1.0km, respectively, off the
bow of the R/V GeoExplorer at N04 58.77.7, W000 50.27.0 (near G17, some 80km
southwest of Tema) and trawl station 2T23 (off Ghana, about 20km southeast of Takoradi),
respectively. On 20 July 03, at 0535, four common dolphins were spotted at Station 2T06C
(off Togo, about 12km south of Lom).

Chapter 5
Figure 5.1-36
Humpback Whale
Figure 5.1-37
Humpback Whale Breaching
Table 5.1-18
Marine Mammal Sightings During the
October 2002 Geophysical Survey
Date Number of Individuals Species
22 October 2002 2 Unidentified Whale
The Gulf of Guinea serves as an important migration route, feeding ground, and nesting site
for marine turtles. Six species have been identified: loggerhead (Caretta caretta); olive
ridley (Lepidochelys olivacea), Kemps ridley (Lepidochelys kempii), hawksbill
(Eretmochelys imbricata), green (Chelonia mydas), and leatherback (Dermochelys coriacea)

Chapter 5
(Armah et al., 1997a). While they all have international protection status (e.g., Table 5.1-19),
populations have decreased due to poaching and habitat destruction.
Table 5.1-19
State of Knowledge of Sea Turtle Presence in the Project Area and Environs
Species Common Name Benin
Caretta caretta Loggerhead
Chelonia mydas Green Nests in country
Dermochelys coriacea Leatherback Nests in country
Eretmochelys imbricata Hawksbill Found in waters of country
Lepidochelys kempii Kemp's Ridley
Lepidochelys olivacea Olive Ridley Nests in country
Sea turtles nest on sandy beaches, in the spray zone and grassy areas beyond the high tide
mark. Since they always return to the same area to nest, it is important that such beaches are
protected from human activities. The young turtles hatch from eggs from their nests in the
sand, endeavor to reach the water, and swim away in the sea. In Benin, sandy beaches
constitute most of the coastline, and much of it could serve as prime turtle nesting sites. The
nesting period stretches from July to December, with a peak in November (Armah et al.,
1997b). The young turtles begin to appear in the sea in April. The gravid female turtles lay
their eggs in burrow-nests along the sandy beaches during a particular period of the year,
usually starting in the month of August.
There are recent reports of the olive ridley, green, and leatherback nesting on beaches in
Benin (Fretey, 2001). Olive ridley specimens frequent the waters off Benin and are often
caught by fishermen. A specimen of hawksbill was recently captured near Hocognoncodji in
Benin. Loggerhead turtles have been caught off of Guinea Bissau, more than a 1600km to
the west, but they have not been found nesting there nor have they been observed in Benin.
Likewise, there is no record of Kemps ridley populations in Benin (Fretey, 2001).
Additional background on these species may be found in published literature (Fretey, 2001;
Biogeography and Conservation of Marine Turtles of the Atlantic Coast of Africa.
UNEP/CMS Secretariat).
No marine reptiles were observed during the dry season EBS, though the survey work did not
occur during the time of year (August through November) in which sea turtles are generally
present in this region. An onshore sea turtle survey was conducted as part of the wet season
EBS, which employed a simple random sampling methodology (Appendix 5-B). No sea
turtles were observed onshore in Benin or offshore during the wet season EBS offshore
sampling.
5.1.2.2.5 Species and Habitats of Conservation Concerns
There are no designated habitats of special concern in the project area. A Ramsar wetland of
international significance (Ramsar 1017 Site) is located in Benin, but is well outside the
project area. The mangrove ecosystem is a transit zone for numerous fish species and
migratory birds. It is a special habitat for animals such as the royal and African rock

Chapter 5
pythons, the Nile monitor, spitting cobra, Nile crocodile, and the red-bellied and many other
monkeys.
Multiple conventions and treaties, as well as organizations, exist to aid the protection of
species of conservation concern. Some of these include the African Convention on
Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources, the Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of
International Importance, the Berne Convention on Conservation of Migratory Species, and
the International Union for the Conservation of Nature (IUCN; today, the World
Conservation Union). There are no designated habitats of special concern in the project area.
A number of species in the region have international conservation status. Some of these
protected animals have been observed in the study area (Tables 5.1-5 through 5.1-10). The
Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES),
which deals only with organisms involved in international trade, lists species of concern into
three categories, Appendices I through III, with Appendix I species being the most imperiled
by trade. The International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Reserve
(IUCN; today, the World Conservation Union) evaluates the endangerment of taxa
(regardless of trade), placing species of concern into three categories on its so-called Red List
(starting with the most imperiled): critically endangered (CR), endangered (EN), and
vulnerable (VU).
Table 5.1-20 lists the terrestrial species observed in the project area that have conservation
status under IUCN and/or CITES. Many of the marine species listed in the table are known
through IUCN to exist in the waters off Benin. Most marine fish on this list were obtained
from IUCN information; while most marine mammals were obtained from the Ocean
Biogeographic Information System (OBIS).3 Sea turtle information is discussed in the
section above. According to the CITES database, two species of coral, northern star coral
(Astrangia poculata) and an oculinid coral (Schizoculina fissipara), occur in Ghana. They
are presumably listed due to their harvesting for the aquarium trade. Both of these species
can occur throughout the coast of Central West Africa and are restricted to rocky shores and
jetty pilings. While none of the surveys encountered any coral in the project area, if these
species do occur in the project area, they would be limited to the relatively shallow (less than
35m deep), rocky areas.
Table 5.1-20
Species of Concern Known to Occur in the Project Area
IUCN
CITES
Scientific Name Common Name Red List
Status
Status
BIRDS
Accipiter badius shikra II
Ardea cinerea grey heron
Ardea purpurea purple heron
Butorides striatus green-backed heron
3
http://seamap.env.duke.edu/

Chapter 5
Table 5.1-20
IUCN
CITES
Status
Status
Egretta garzetta little egret III
Elanus caeruleus black-shouldered kite II
Falco tinnunculus common kestrel II
Francolinus bicalcaratus double-spurred francolin
Lonchura cucullata bronze manikin III
Milvus migrans black kite II
Ploceus cucculatus village weaver III
Streptopelia semitorquata red-eyed dove
Turtur afer red-billed wood dove III
MARINE MAMMALS
Feresa attenuata Pygmy killer whale DD
Lagenodelphis hosei Fraser's dolphin DD
Sousa teuszii Atlantic hump-backed dolphin DD
Stenella clymene Atlantic spinner dolphin DD
Trichechus senegalensis West African manatee VU II
TERRESTRIAL MAMMALS
Cercopithecus erythrogaster red-bellied monkey EN II
Cricetomys gambianus giant rat
Hystrix cristata North African crested porcupine LR
Potamochoerus porcus bush pig
Tragelaphus scriptus bushbuck
Tragelaphus spekei bushbuck LR III
MARINE REPTILES
Chelonia mydas green sea turtle EN I
Dermochelys coriacea leatherback sea turtle CR I
Eretmochelys imbricata hawksbill sea turtle CR I
Lepidochelys olivacea olive ridley sea turtle EN
TERRESTRIAL REPTILES
Crocodylus niloticus Nile crocodile I & II
Kinixys homeana hinged tortoise DD ll
Naja nigricollis spitting cobra
Python regis royal python III
Python sebae rock python II
Varanus niloticus Nile monitor II
BONY AND CARTILAGINOUS FISHES
Aetobatus narinari spotted eagle ray DD
Carcharhinus leucas bull shark LR
Carcharhinus limbatus blacktip shark LR
Carcharhinus longimanus oceanic whitetip shark LR
Carcharhinus plumbeus sandbar shark LR
Carcharias taurus grey nurse shark VU
Carcharodon carcharias great white shark VU

Chapter 5
Table 5.1-20
IUCN
CITES
Status
Status
Centroscymnus coelolepis Portuguese dogfish NT
Dalatias licha kitefin shark DD
Epinephelus itajara goliath grouper CR
Epinephelus marginatus dusky grouper LR
Heptranchias perlo one-finned shark NT
Hippocampus algiricus West african seahorse DD
Isurus oxyrinchus shortfin mako LR
Leptocharias smithii barbeled houndshark LR
Mycteroperca rubra mottled grouper DD
Prionace glauca blue shark LR
Pristis pectinata smalltooth sawfish EN
Pristis pristis common sawfish CR
Raja clavata thornback skate LR
Rhincodon typus whale shark VU
Rynchops flavirostris African skimmer LR
Sphyrna lewini scalloped hammerhead LR
Squalus mitsukurii green-eye spurdog DD
Sterna balaenarum Damara tern LR
Thunnus alalunga albacore tuna DD
Thunnus obesus bigeye tuna VU
Xiphias gladius swordfish DD
5.1.3 Ecologically Sensitive Areas

As mentioned above, the Ramsar 1017 Site is not within the region of the WAGP project and
is not expected to be impacted in any way.
5.2 Existing Socioeconomic Situation

5.2.1 Introduction on Data Sources and SIA Methodology
The socioeconomic impact assessment in Benin is based on a detailed examination of the
existing social and economic situation in the 13 communities near the proposed pipeline
route in the Atlantique Department of the country. The framework developed for the study
uses primary and secondary data sources to obtain information about demographics, health,
employment, income, education, infrastructure, and sources of energy. Primary data were
collected through conducting household and community surveys. Secondary sources,
including a variety of existing country literature and data sources, were used to supplement
the survey information. International secondary sources included the World Bank, the
United Nations, and the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) World Factbook. These
secondary sources provided the best available socioeconomic data, which allowed for

Chapter 5
consistency and comparisons across countries. Whenever possible, however, the results of
the household and community surveys form the primary basis for the analysis.
With respect to the survey methodology, the study focuses on the project area in and around
the proposed high-pressure pipeline route from offshore, the R&M station near Cococodji,
and the low-pressure link line near Maria Gleta. The Socioeconomic Impact Assessment
(SIA) household survey was carried out in 13 villages4 representing rural fishing, rural non-
fishing, and urban/semi-urban communities. Of the 13 villages surveyed, two are classified
as rural fishing villages: Hio-Houta and Hio-Houegbo. Five villages are classified as rural
non-fishing communities: Awake, Heloutoto, Sodo, Vinawa, and Zoketomey. Six villages
are urban/semi-urban communities: Agbogboville, Akouehonou, Gankon, Gbodje, Maria
Gleta, and Womey Sodo. In general, community sizes vary greatly along the ROW in Benin,
ranging from a cluster of a few houses to full-fledged towns. All villages along the proposed
pipeline route, especially those along the link line portion, are growing due to the regions
rapid urban development.5
Table 5.2-1 shows the list of the communities where the household survey was conducted,
including the number of households surveyed by village and community type. The
proportion of households sampled varied according to community size. For example, since
Hio-Houta is a much larger community than Hio Houegbo, 77.2 percent of households were
sampled compared to 22.8 percent in the smaller community. Additionally, community
surveys were held in the same communities. The survey included communities located
within 200m of both the lateral pipeline and link line. Overall, the survey is considered
representative of the pipeline corridor as a whole.
Table 5.2-1
Distribution of the Survey Households by Village and Community Type
Percent of
Community Type Village
Households Surveyed
Rural Fishing Hio-Houta 77.2
Hio Houegbo 22.8
Total 100.0
Rural Non-fishing Awake 28.2
Heloutoto 14.1
Sodo 25.4
Vinawa 17.5
Zoketomey 14.7
Total 100.0
4
The term village refers to a settlement and is not an administrative definition.
5
This growth could result in changes to the economic, social, and safety conditions of the project area.

Chapter 5
Table 5.2-1
Distribution of the Survey Households by Village and Community Type
Percent of
Community Type Village
Households Surveyed
Urban/Semi-urban Agbogboville 19.1
Akouehonou 17.2
Gankon 15.9
Gbodje 17.2
Maria Gleta 12.7
Womey Sodo 17.8
Total 100.0
Source: ICF Household and Community Survey, 2003
5.2.1.1 Household Survey
The survey was conducted over a period of 10 days. Each questionnaire took about 60 to 90
minutes to complete. The questions in the household survey focused on:
Household description;
Sources and levels of household income;
Spending patterns;
Existing economic activities;
Access to healthcare facilities and their utilization;
Access to education and education levels; and
Energy needs and fuel usage.
There are approximately 1,000 to 1,500 households and 5,500 people living in the surveyed
communities. A random sample of 426 households was selected for interviews for the
household survey. In each of the 13 villages, at least 20 households were surveyed. Based
on these figures, the survey team sampled a statistically significant number of households
from each of the subpopulations (i.e., the three community types), as well as from the overall
population.
The conclusions and assessments of the existing situation reflect the interpretation of
responses from the surveyed households and individuals in the surveyed communities. A
sufficiently large number of households and individuals were surveyed so that the results are
likely, with a 95 percent confidence level, to reflect that of the population of the project area
as a whole. This statistical confidence is due to the randomness of the sample selection,
which attempted to ensure that no bias was introduced, as well as to the relatively large
number of households and individuals surveyed.
5.2.1.2 Community Survey
The community surveys were conducted in the same communities where household surveys
were held. A diverse group of community members was invited to participate in the activity.
The groups generally consisted of 10 to 20 people, covering a wide range of occupations and
educational levels. Groups were usually mixed in terms of gender, though there were

Chapter 5
instances when social norms required otherwise. In those cases, the survey team determined
that it was best to collect information by separating the groups along gender lines.
At the community meetings, the survey team explained the purpose of the meeting and asked
if residents would be willing to answer questions about existing conditions in the community
and about the potential impacts of the pipeline project on the community. Although a
questionnaire was used as a guide by the team, questions were open-ended rather than
multiple choice, which allowed community members to provide free responses. In contrast
to the household surveys (which focused on household-level data) the community surveys
had a broader scope of inquiry and gathered key consensus information about aspects of the
community, such as infrastructure and microeconomic trends. The questions in the
community survey covered the following areas:
Community infrastructure, including markets, transportation, communications,
education, and health care facilities;
Social and cultural institutions;
Gender issues;
Economic and social trends (past five years); and
Input on possible mitigation measures.
Upon completion of the household and community surveys, the local team entered the
collected data into a database. Non-parametric and parametric analyses of the data sets were
performed using Statistics Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS) and the Statistical
Analysis System (SAS). The output of the analysis is presented in the text and tables of this
chapter. Percentages from the survey were calculated among the total number of responses,
including responses that were invalid. Because the invalid responses are not displayed, some
of the tables might not total 100 percent. These invalid responses do not change the overall
results. In addition, percentages from the survey were rounded to the nearest tenth. Thus,
rounding could also be the reason why some of the tables do not total 100 percent.
5.2.1.3 Secondary Sources
Beyond the primary household and community survey data, additional information was
obtained from existing regional data sources, including the BenInfo project. The project is a
database which presents information on social development indicators (e.g., access to health
and sanitation facilities) that is organized by gender, geographic area, time period, and
various other categories.
5.2.2 Background and Geographic Detail

The data provided in this report are at the national and departmental (Provincial) levels, and,
whenever possible, at the local level as well. Benin is divided into 12 separate government
entities called departments. All communities represented in the survey are within the
Atlantique Department of Benin. The departments are further subdivided into communes.
All communities represented in the survey are within two communes, Abomey-Calavi and

Chapter 5
Ouidah. Due to its proximity to the project area, in some cases the data provided cover the
area of Cotonou, the economic capital of Benin. Cotonou constitutes its own department
called the Littoral. The Lower Benin Zone, which refers to a wider set of provinces than
the SIA covered, is used only in absence of local level data.
The proposed pipeline will have an R&M station delivery point at a location west of Cotonou
and will extend south of the railway line and the Lom road (also known as the Benin-
Nigeria highway), 4.5 km from the proposed R&M station to Hio Houta at the coast. To the
north of the R&M Station, a low-pressure link line will be installed. This link line will
extend approximately 9.5 km, with the terminal point located in the community of Maria
Gleta.
The 13 surveyed villages range in size from six households to over 200 households. The
communities have been classified into rural fishing communities, rural non-fishing, and
urban/semi-urban. There are an estimated 5,500 people living in the surveyed communities,
including 795 people residing along and around the first 1.6km of the pipeline, 568 residing
near the section 1.6 km to 3.2 km from the beach, and 910 people residing along the section
stretching 3.2 km from the beach to the R&M station site. The remaining 3,227 residents in
the surveyed communities live along the northern 9.5 km link line portion of the pipeline
between the R&M station site and Maria Gleta. There are approximately 1,000-1,500
buildings, including residential houses, within the surveyed communities.
At the shore, the proposed ROW passes through an upper beach area with patchy grasses, a
coconut plantation, and wetlands used for growing market vegetables and for salt winnowing.
The village of Hio Houta, about 500m to the west, is an established, dense, walled fishing
village predominantly consisting of cinderblock houses with metal roofs. From the beach
area, the ROW crosses the lagoon, and runs through an open marshy area with scattered high
ground to the proposed R&M station. This area contains shrubby savanna interspersed with
patches of cultivated crops (primarily on the higher ground). Two villages are close to the
proposed ROW. Homes in Adjhedji (near the lagoon) is the more rural of the two.
Akadjame is a larger, walled, dense village. Houses in both villages consists predominately
of cinder block with metal roofs. There are no homes near the R&M station. From the R&M
station north of the railroad and highway, the ROW passes close to only two houses before
reaching the edge of an extensive wetland. On the southern side of this wetland, there are
scattered cinder block residences, primarily along roads not in proximity to the ROW. The
ROW then crosses the wetland. On the northern side of the wetland, the ROW passes
through an area of small villages, connected mainly by footpaths, interspersed with farmland.
Where the ROW reaches the transmission line and turns toward the southeast, there are more
farm plots beneath the transmission line. The Maria Gleta area around the proposed CEB site
is relatively densely populated.
Based on a population density survey conducted by the West African Gas Pipeline Company
(WAPCo), facilities within 200m of the proposed lateral ROW (but outside of the actual 25m
ROW) include a school at Akadjamey, a church at Vinawa Adjovicodji, and a recreational
facility and church at Hio Houta.

Chapter 5
The proposed pipeline route, including both the lateral and link line also crosses coconut
plantations, cultivated palm tree stands, cashew nut farms, tomato farms, cornfields, cassava
fields, many roads, a set of railroad tracks, many footpaths, private lands and sections of
swampland and lagoons. The shoreline crossing point for the pipeline in Benin is along a
beach to the west of Cotonou, near Hio Houegbo (Figure 5.1-2). The area is close to several
villages and within a few kilometers of significant tourist activities and infrastructure
including hotels, guesthouses, restaurants, picnic areas, and art displays along the beach.
These facilities cater to both local and international tourists. This area is currently the closest
pristine beach area to Cotonou. The following map shows the beach crossing point
(Figure 5.2-1).
Figure 5.2-1
Beach Crossing Point
infrastructure such as electricity, running water, and roads. Dwelling building materials
generally range from bamboo and palm branches covered with thatched roofs to mud and/or
cement brick covered with corrugated aluminum roofs.
The economy of the rural non-fishing villages is centered on trade and commerce. In the
rural fishing villages, the main economic activity is fishing. Although men and women are
both involved in this activity, the majority of those fishing are men. The women who
participate in fishing tend to assist in pulling in the nets from shore. Fish that are caught are
usually sold to the women in the village, who then dry and sell the final product in the
neighboring markets.
The next group of villages consists of urban/semi-urban communities (Figure 5.2-2).

Households in these areas generally have electricity and some have running water. The
economy consists mainly of trade, various cottage industries, and service industries, which
includes employment in mechanics, hair braiding, and tailoring. Due to the proximity of the
urban/semi-urban areas to the countrys major university (Abomey-Calavi campus), as well
as to a major research institution (International Institute of Tropical Agriculture), some of the
residents of these communities are well educated and have middle to upper class incomes.
Many of these individuals commute to Cotonou for work.

Figure 5.2-2
Communities Along the Proposed WAGP ROW in Benin
Maria-Gleta
Zoketomey
Limit of Available
Satellite Coverage
Awake
Sodo
Gbankanhoue
Dalenou
R&M Station
Akouehonou
Cococodji
Adboganhouhoue
Akpagbegon
Akadjame
Adjahedji
Hio Houta
Ahoungbagbe
Proposed WAGP ROW
Kilometers
0 0.5 1 1.5 2

Chapter 5

Chapter 5
5.2.3 Macroeconomic Overview Benin

Benins economy is dependent on subsistence agriculture, cotton production, and regional
trade. In 2002, the countrys real gross domestic product (GDP) per capita totaled US$439,
an increase of 5.3 percent over 2001. The percentage contributions from agriculture,
industry, and services value-added6 to GDP were 36 percent, 14 percent, and 48 percent,
respectively. Benins gross domestic saving rate of 9.8 percent of GDP in 2002 is less than a
third of the average for all of Africa. However, gross domestic investment, which equalled
17.8 percent of GDP, is much closer to the 21.5 percent average for Africa. Inflation in
Benin, which averaged 4.3 percent over the period from 1995 to 2002, is quite moderate
(World Bank, African Development Indicators, 2004; CIA, 2002a).
Restructuring of the nations external debt was recently completed under the World
Bank/IMF Heavily Indebted Poor Countries (HIPC) Initiative.7 Benins external debt in
2002 was approximately US$272 per capita and the nation debt service payments totaled
US$60 million (World Bank, African Development Indicators, 2004)
5.2.4 Population and Demographics National, Regional, and Local

5.2.4.1 Population
Benins population is estimated to be 6.55 million, and the population growth rate (average
annual percent change) was 3.0 percent in 2002 (World Bank, African Development
Indicators, 2002a). In 2001, 43 percent of the population was urban (World Bank, 2002d).
The United Nations estimates that the countrys urban population will have an average
annual growth rate of 4.53 percent between 2000 and 2005, while the rural population is
projected to grow at a rate of 1.45 percent.
The population of Abomey-Calavi Commune is about 150,000, and that of the Ouidah
Commune is about 75,000. All villages along the proposed pipeline route, especially those
along the link line portion, are growing. This growth is due to the regions rapid urban
development that is being induced by Cotonou.
Based on a population density survey conducted by WAPCo, approximately 2,270 people
live within 200m of the ROW centerline along the lateral pipeline route from the seashore to
the R&M station. An additional 25,750 people live within 200m of the ROW centerline
along the link line from the R&M station to Maria Gleta.
5.2.4.2 Demographics
The surveyed communities have a relatively young population (27.4 percent are less than ten
years old) in which females constitute a slight majority (51 percent). The majority (87
percent) of the household heads are married, with few widowed (6 percent) and single (6
6
Value-added is the net output of a sector after adding up all outputs and subtracting intermediate inputs.
7
The HIPC initiative is aimed at providing debt relief, within an overall poverty reduction strategy, to the
worlds poorest and most heavily indebted countries. A total of 42 countries qualify for relief under the HIPC
initiative34 of these nations are in Africa.

Chapter 5
percent), and even fewer divorced (1 percent). There are some minor differences across
community types. The prevalence of married heads of households is highest in rural non-
fishing (92 percent) and lowest in rural fishing communities (80 percent). Compared to
urban/semi-urban and rural non-fishing communities, the rural fishing communities tend to
have a higher proportion of both unmarried and migrant males. The combination of these
demographic markers might indicate that the residents of the rural fishing communities are
typically more transient. Overall, the survey communities have a similar age, marital, and
migrant profile.
In the rural fishing areas, about 25 percent of the population is less than ten years old, and
49.8 percent are in the age group 10 to 39 years. The populations of the rural non-fishing and
the semi-urban part of the project area are even younger. In the rural non-fishing areas 31.1
percent are less than ten years old and in the semi-urban areas, 27.3 percent are less than ten
years old. These observations are in line with the national population and demographic
trends.
In terms of gender, males constitute a slight majority in rural fishing (51.8 percent) and
urban/semi-urban areas (51.1 percent).
Better labor and employment opportunities associated with fishing and urban/semi-urban
areas could be a factor in the higher distribution of males observed in these types of
communities. A sizeable number of residents in the rural fishing communities and nearly 80
percent of the residents in the urban/semi-urban communities in the Atlantique Department
are migrants.
Migrants tend to change the social structure and bonds in communities by injecting new
ideas, languages, and cultures. Many in the permanent populations view the migrants with
suspicion. Migrants from other communities tend to form the majority in rural non-fishing
and urban/semi-urban communities, while in the rural fishing communities 62 percent of the
people are originally from that community. Overall, only 31 percent of the population in the
entire survey area is living in the community in which they were born. In the urban/semi-
urban area, less than 12 percent of residents are from their original communities
(Table 5.2-2).
Table 5.2-2
Migratory Status of the Population in the Survey Communities
Origin (Percent)
The Same
Community Type A Different
Another The North of Community
Community in the
Country the Country Currently
Southern Region
Living In
Rural Fishing 35.9 2.2 62.0
Rural No-fishing 61.7 3.4 3.4 31.4
Urban/Semi-urban 83.2 1.3 3.9 11.6
All Community Types 64.0 2.4 2.8 30.8

Chapter 5
5.2.5 Ethnic and Cultural Background

5.2.5.1 Ethnic Groups
The population in the Atlantique-Littoral zone are socially, culturally, and linguistically
distinct from other parts of the country. The population in the proposed project zone consists
of Toffin, Fon, Yoruba, Gun, Ouatcchi, Wla, Popo, Mina/Ewe, and Pedah sociocultural
groups. Although no single ethnic group dominates at the national level, the dominant ethnic
group in all of the communities in and around the proposed ROW is the Fon group (Table
5.2-3). No indigenous populations (as defined by World Bank) live in the region of the
proposed pipeline. Non-Beninese residents or migrants (mainly fisherman of Ghanaian
origin and Nigerian businessman) represent a small portion of the population in the Lower
Benin zone.
Table 5.2-3
Ethnic Composition of Survey Communities
Percent of Community
Community Type
Adja/ Fon/Goun/ Yoruba/
Bariba Dendi Other
Mina Oueme Nagot/Holi
Rural Fishing 4.2 0.0 12.6 79.0 0.0 4.2
Rural Non-fishing 17.7 0.0 4.7 62.9 4.7 10.0
Urban/Semi-urban 16.4 0.6 8.2 69.8 2.5 2.5
All Community Types 14.2 0.2 7.8 69.1 2.8 5.9
The major languages spoken in the survey communities are Fon and Adja/Mina. At least 76
percent of the respondents speak Fon at home and it is the native language of 67 percent of
the respondents. In this case, language corresponds with ethnicity. The following table
(Table 5.2-4) presents the ethnic composition of the communities surveyed in terms of
household and native language.
Table 5.2-4
Distribution of the Population by Language
Language Spoken at Home Native Language
Language (Percent of Households) (Percent of households)
Adja/Mina 11.6 15.1
Bariba 0.5 0.7
Dendi 5.9 7.6
Fon 76.6 67.8
Yoruba 1.4 2.4
Other 4.0 6.4
Certain families in the fishing villages are descendents of slaves who migrated into the area
with the founding fathers of the villages. These families are perceived to hold a slightly
lower social status than the rest of the families in the villages. In addition, some households

Chapter 5
in the surveyed communities include house servants known as Vidomegons. These

servants are generally responsible for all household chores, including caring for the children
in the households. They tend to work long hours and receive little to no pay. Vidomegons
generally form a vulnerable group in terms of their socioeconomic status (LARES, 2002).
5.2.5.2 Household Characteristics and Structure
Although men are typically the head of the household in the surveyed communities, females
head nearly 40 percent of households (Table 5.2-5). Among community types covered by the
survey, rural fishing communities are least likely to have a female head of household (under
28 percent). This is due to the more traditional social structure of fishing villages. People in
the other two types of communities tend to be more educated and more liberal about male-
female roles.
Table 5.2-5
Gender of the Head of Households
in Survey Communities
Community Type Gender (Percent)
Female Male
Rural Fishing 27.5 72.5
Rural Non-fishing 41.9 58.1
Urban/Semi-urban 41.3 58.7
All Community Types 38.5 61.5
The average size of households in the surveyed communities is approximately 4.7 persons,
with some variation across community types. Rural non-fishing communities have the
highest average household size, while rural fishing communities have the lowest.
Households often include immediate and extended family members and, in many cases,
servants.
In general, men are expected to be the providers in all communities, and women are expected
to be in charge of raising children and making everyday household decisions with respect to
food, clothing, health, education, and other matters. In Benin, where polygamy is a common
practice, men may have several wives. Results of the community surveys indicated a
perception among many women in the surveyed communities that the men failed to provide
sufficient resources for their families. Despite traditional roles, in a depressed economy it is
frequently the women who tend to take charge as both the providers and the decision-makers
in the households. In the traditional rural areas, women are tradition-bound to assume these
dual roles without seeking to disrupt their marital situation. However, when the newer rural
communities and urban areas where tradition is important combined with generally higher
levels of educational attainment for women, the result is a higher percentage of female-
headed households (note that these females are not necessarily divorced from their
husbands).

Chapter 5
5.2.5.3 Leadership Structure and Governance
As with all twelve of the departments in Benin, the Alantique Department is subdivided into
communes. All communities represented in the survey are located within one of two
communes (Abomey-Calavi or Ouidah). Communes have legal status and financial
autonomy. Each commune has an elected council which, in turn, elects the mayor, who
serves as the chief executive officer of the local government. The communes are further
subdivided into arrondissements. Each arrondissement is headed by an assistant mayor
entitled Chef dArrondissement who is named by the communal council from the elected
councilors of that arrondissement. Within the arrondissement are villages and urban
neighborhoods, which are the smallest administrative units in each department. On occasion,
the Head of the Arrondissement will preside over an arrondissement council made up of
Heads of Villages/Neighborhoods.
All villages and urban neighborhoods have a council with advisory powers, which is headed
by a chief, called Chef de Village. Village/neighborhood councils choose their chiefs.
These chiefs are responsible for administration of the village/neighborhood and thus oversee
those affairs of residents within their village/neighborhood that come within the mandate of
the communal council. The chiefs also hold judicial and security responsibilities within the
villages. Arrondissement chiefs may manage funds received from the communal council.
The council is funded through the tax system. In Benin, communes are supposed to benefit
from taxes on the value of land and built property, although this system is only functional in
the larger urban areas. These funds have been be used for building primary health care and
kindergarten and primary education facilities; social and cultural centers; providing water
supply; car parks and boat piers; building and repairing local roads; drainage works; parks;
markets; and slaughter houses. The mayor is allowed to delegate the management of some of
the communes income to the local chiefs of the villages/neighborhoods for funding activities
that are within the mandate of the local authorities.
Some confusion exists regarding representation at both the arrondissement and village/
neighborhood levels. For example, laws governing the election of the advisory councils do
not yet exist. However, the election of village/neighborhood councils on a quota basis
(which ensured representation of younger people, women, etc.) was abolished in 1990 and
new elections were held. The heads and councils elected at that time are still in place,
although many councils are no longer functional. Another area of confusion is that many of
the elected chiefs are members of the families who are the customary landholders, or
wealthier farmers or traders, in the village. Although the chiefs are responsible for all
residents of their village, in some villages there are newcomers who are not a part of the
traditional structure that the chief represents. In some cases, the newcomers do not
participate in the community meetings set up by the chiefs and they have organized their own
form of governance. These are usually in the form of homeowner associations.
For example, in Akajamay, which is on the lateral pipeline route, the chiefs sphere of
influence includes both long-term residents (mostly the descendants of the same family) and
lands that were subdivided and sold to people moving out from Cotonou. The new residents
are distinguished from the older residents because they are homeowners, not landowners.
They tend to own individual plots of land (often 20m by 25m). Since they do not feel fully

Chapter 5
represented by the chief, the newcomers in Akajamey have organized a homeowners

association to defend their rights within their new homes.
Considerable tension has emerged within this particular community related to the proposed
pipeline. As the administrative head of the village, the Chief of Akajamey has been in
greater contact with WAPCo and others representing the pipeline. When visitors from the
WAGP project come to discuss the pipeline, the chief receives them. However, the
newcomers live much closer to the ROW than the rest of the village (the ROW passes
through some of their lands) and the newcomers do not feel that the chief represents them or
fully communicates information regarding WAGP . The newcomers have therefore
organized within their homeowners group a separate entity for dealing directly with WAPCo
on matters regarding the proposed pipeline.
The problem of representation has also been raised in Akouehonou, a community that is on
the link line, where the Tchadean-European alliance and their allies are challenging the
chiefs authority to enter into agreements in their names. Likewise, in Zokotomey, which is
also on the link line, there are indications of similar representation issues.
5.2.5.4 Religious and Cultural Groups
Benin has a mix of religious beliefs. The greatest proportion of individuals (50 percent) in
Benin practice indigenous beliefs, followed by Christianity (30 percent) and Islam (20
percent) (CIA, 2002a). However, particularly in the area around the pipeline, many people
who say they are Christians also practice traditional religions.
5.2.6 Historical and Cultural Resources

This area has known a quasi-continuous human presence for several centuries (at least since
the 15th) and archaeological data imply human occupation since the end of the Stone Age in
certain places. The fishing villages along the pipeline route were established as a result of
the communities ancestors fleeing the Abomeyian wars that ravaged the inner and coastal
areas of Benin in the 1700s and 1800s. Abomey was the capital of the then powerful
kingdom of Danhomey, which ruled over the central and much of the Southern part of
present day Benin for centuries until its demise with colonization in late 1800s and early
1900s. As a result of this history, most of the families in the fishing villages are descendents
of the same lineage. The exploitation of various resources (salt, fish, mollusks) has been
continued from then until now, particularly fishing in the lagoon and in the ocean. In certain
localities, market gardening and fisheries are also present as are artisanal crafts suited to the
amphibious surroundings such as the weaving of mats. They have carved out certain sites as
sacred, such as a water area near the village of Hio Houta. This particular sacred site, from
which visitors are prohibited, is located more than 100m from the ROW.
A preventative archaeological reconnaissance study was conducted in and near the WAGP
project footprint in Benin (Appendix 5-E). The purpose of this study was to identify and
document physical cultural resources and archaeological sites that could exist on the pipeline
route in Benin.

Chapter 5
Circumstances were such that the archaeological fieldwork had to be undertaken during the
short dry season and in some areas, visual reconnaissance was hampered to some degree by
obstructions such as thick brush and high grass and by obstacles such as flooding in areas by
the edge of swamps and the lagoon. Based on the recommendations of experts who
conducted the survey, additional reconnaissance work will be performed in the areas
inaccessible during the initial field study. Nonetheless, the survey was comprehensive and it
was possible to observe the presence of archaeological remains in the form of pottery shards
on the ground surface at the point on the Terre de Barre plateau near Maria Gleta where the
WAGP footprint and the Communaut lectrique du Bnin electricity lines meet. It is also
worth mentioning that previous studies (not project related) found archaeological remains in
the southern part of the onshore pipeline route, such as heaps of shells, pottery shards and
pipe fragments, in particular in the vicinity of the village of Togbin. Another study
conducted in the 1970s just north of the village of Cocotomey found ceramic materials at one
meter below the surface which carbon dating identified as dating from 724 B.C (120
years) and microlithic materials further down.
5.2.7 Infrastructure and Quality of Life

Many of the communities in and around the proposed pipeline route and link line lack access
to basic social and communal infrastructure, such as electricity, running water, health centers,
schools, public transportation, and adequate roads to access markets (LARES, 2002). In the
rural fishing and non-fishing communities, there is a complete absence of basic amenities
such as electricity, running water, and roads. In the urban/semi-urban areas, electricity and
sometimes running water are generally available to households. Although the level of
infrastructure is relatively better in urban/semi-urban communities, it is still generally poor.
The only major community infrastructure within a 200m distance of the proposed pipeline
route are a school at Akadjamey, a church at Vinawa Adjovidcodji, and a recreational
facility, church, and school at Hio Houta on the coast (WAGP, 2003a).
5.2.7.1 Transportation
Canoes are used in the localities that are surrounded by water. Public transport via
motorcycle-taxis (zemedjion) is also common. Private transportation (car) and walking are
not prevalent because most residents consider motorcycles and canoes to be more practical.
With the exception of the localities situated along the Lom highway, very few roads are
adequate and accessible all year round in the Atlantique Department, particularly in rural
areas (LARES, 2002). This is true of the survey communities. The proposed link line route
crosses the Nigeria-Benin-Togo highway, which is a major thoroughfare linking the three
countries (RNIE 1). The highway is located just to the north of a railroad that also crosses
the proposed link line route, and north of the proposed R&M station. In order to access the
highway, members of the coastal villages must take a boat across the lagoon and sometimes
other waterways between the coast and the villages further inland (north).
The proposed pipeline route enters the Benin project area near a beach at Hio Houta and
crosses the coastal road. This road is very important for residents, since it is the only direct

Chapter 5
route into Cotonou. Community residents further west who do not have access to the
highway must rely on crossing the lagoon in small canoes to reach other roads, which they
can use to reach Cotonou.
Residents in the survey zone regularly cross the proposed pipeline area and link line. People
in the villages of Akadjamey, Vinawa, Sodo, and Maria Gleta travel across the proposed
pipeline route to reach jobs, markets (such as the large ones in Cococodji and Pahou),
Cotonou, schools, relatives, and friends.
5.2.7.2 Telecommunications
Very few people in Benin have access to telephones, and the countrys teledensity of less
than one per 100 people is among the lowest in the world (World Bank/MIGA, 2002). As
indicated in the following table, most rural fishing communities do not have access to public
or private phone lines. This may be due to inadequate telecommunications infrastructure in
these areas. In contrast, a majority of residents in rural non-fishing and urban/semi-urban
communities have access to phones in public areas. The very high level of private line
access in rural non-fishing areas may be attributed to the presence of wealthier residents
(either landowners or newcomers) who have the means to afford this amenity (Table 5.2-6).8
Table 5.2-6
Telecommunications
(percentage of survey communities
in which majority of residents have access)
Phone in Private
Community Type Public Areas Phones
Rural Fishing 28.6 14.3
Rural Non-fishing 60.0 100.0
Urban/Semi-urban 60.0 28.6
5.2.7.3 Housing and Other Building Structures

Within the survey zone of the proposed pipeline route, there are approximately 1,000 to
1,500 buildings, including residential houses. There are additional buildings and houses
beyond the zone, but these are more isolated and scattered on farmlands and family lands. In
addition to the infrastructure noted in Section 5.2.7, the WAGP Population Density Survey
showed that on the link line route, there are 4,640 housing structures with 25,750 people
within a 400m wide corridor (200m on either side of the ROW center line).
The buildings along and around the pipeline are mainly constructed of cement blocks/
concrete (71 percent); coconut leaf/thatch (24 percent); and packing cases, bamboo, or other
materials (5 percent) (WAGP, 2003a). The highest percentage of cement block/concrete
8
The survey did not differentiate between private and cell phone access. Cell phones are now ubiquitous in
Benin. In rural areas, due to lack of private phone access, it is common to find residents using both public and
cell phones.

Chapter 5
buildings is around the portion of the proposed pipeline route just south of the R&M station,
as well as along and around the northernmost section of the link line near the town of Maria
Gleta. Dwellings generally range from being constructed out of bamboo and palm branches
covered with thatched roofs to mud and/or cement brick covered with corrugated aluminum
roofs. Few buildings constructed from packing cases/bamboo are found near the pipeline and
link line.
5.2.7.4 Community Amenities and Facilities
Markets are one of the most important venues for activity and interaction in many of the
survey communities. In addition to trading and commerce purposes, markets provide an
important venue for social exchange, particularly among women (LARES, 2002). None of
the surveyed communities have community centers, town halls, or entertainment halls. In
general, community facilities are rare. However, among the three community types, rural
fishing communities have the greatest number of community facilities. For example, the
rural fishing communities are more closely knit and are more likely to view all members as
part of the same family. They tend to enjoy getting together at such places as temples,
churches, and even the chiefs compound.
In terms of tourism amenities, the pipeline shoreline crossing point in Benin is along a beach
to the west of Cotonou. The area is near several villages and within a few kilometers of
significant tourist activities and the related infrastructure mentioned above.
5.2.7.5 Security Environment and Violent Crimes
Based on the SIA teams knowledge and information about the project area, violent crimes
are low to non-existent in the project area. In Benin, violent crimes tend to be committed in
communities larger than the ones surveyed during the SIA. There was no indication during
the SIA fieldwork to suggest otherwise.
5.2.8 Education
In the Atlantique-Littoral region, there is, on average, less than one school per village.
Classrooms are generally in poor condition and lack basic facilities. For all communities in
the Atlantique Department, more than half of the children attending school (i.e., 56 percent)
must travel more than 1km. The share of students traveling less than 1km to attend school is
highest in the rural fishing communities and lowest in the rural non-fishing communities.
The proposed pipeline and link line routes will intersect the route taken by a significant
number of residents to travel between home and school. Of those attending school, 42
percent of the children in the survey communities cross the proposed pipeline and link line
ROW on their way to school.
Between 1999 and 2000 (school year), Benins gross primary school enrollment (male and
female) was 85.9 percent, and the net primary school enrollment was 70.3 percent (UNESCO
Institute for Statistics, 2002). In the surveyed communities, 70 percent of the school-age
rural fishing population does not currently attend school. Of the almost 30 percent that do
attend, less than a third are female. In the rural non-fishing and urban/semi-urban areas,

Chapter 5
school attendance, particularly the proportion of females participating, is higher

(Table 5.2-7).
Table 5.2-7
School Attendance Among School-Age Children
by Gender and Community Type
Percent of Cildren Attending School
Community Type
Males Females All Children
Rural Fishing 38 20 30
Rural Non-fishing 40 32 36
Urban/Semi Urban 36 31 34
All Community Types 39 30 35
Source: ICF Household and Community Survey, 2003.
The educational outcomes in the Atlantique Department vary according to the community
type and gender, reflecting national educational trends. In Benin, the educational situation is
better in the urban/semi-urban areas, and the lowest educational achievement rates are
generally found in the rural part of the country. Females tend to receive less formal
education than males, with only a small proportion of the population achieving university-
level education.
The survey findings also indicated that among rural community types, the educational
outcomes in rural non-fishing areas differ from those in the rural fishing areas. A higher
share of the adult population has been formally educated in rural non-fishing communities
compared to fishing areas. Also, women receive more formal education in rural non-fishing
communities compared to rural fishing areas. Unlike the rural non-fishing and urban/semi-
urban areas, virtually no fishing community residents have received university education.
The official language of Benin is French, but the survey revealed that more than 63 percent
of the population in the surveyed communities could not read or write in French. This is
almost on par with the national-level illiteracy rate of 62.5 percent in 2000 (CIA, 2002a;
World Bank, 2002e). There are some slight differences in literacy rates among community
types: 50 percent in the rural non-fishing stratum and 45 percent in the semi-urban stratum.
There are more significant differences in literacy rates in terms of gender at both the national
and local levels. Females are less likely to speak French than males. In the surveyed
communities, this is primarily attributed to the lower level of school enrollment for girls.
5.2.9 Land Tenure and Household Ownership

The WAGP Population Density Survey found that the area along and around the lateral
pipeline and link line consists primarily of farming and family-based lands. Most people in
the rural fishing communities (56.8 percent) live on land owned by a member of the
household, compared to 11.8 percent in the rural non-fishing communities and 18.2 percent
in the urban/semi-urban communities. The results also show that larger percentages of
households in rural non-fishing communities (17.2 percent) and urban/semi-urban
communities (18.9 percent) are owners of their places of residence, compared to the rural
fishing communities (6.3 percent). These residences are constructed on land that has been

Chapter 5
given as a gift or acquired through some other type of arrangement (sharecropping, for
example) that does not require cash rental payments. In all types of communities, only about
1 percent of households are currently renting from someone other than the landlord of their
place of residence. The high percentage of Does Not Know responses could reflect that in
some communities people are wary of declaring their ownership status for fear that this
information might find its way to authorities and lead to unwanted consequences, such as
paying property taxes (Table 5.2-8).

Chapter 5
Table 5.2-8
Percent Household Land and/or Water Ownership Type by Community Type
(NOT Landlord of
Landlord/Owner
Landlord/Owner
Land is Included
Included in Rent
of Dwelling and
of Dwelling and
Rented/Leased
Member of the
from Another
Land is NOT
Government
Community
Household
Know/N/A
Dwelling)
Does Not
in Rent
Public
Other
Community Type
Rural Fishing 10.5 6.3 6.3 56.8 1.1 6.3 5.3 7.4
Rural Non-fishing 3.0 17.2 0.6 11.8 1.8 4.1 4.7 56.8
Urban/Semi-urban 0.6 18.9 5.7 18.2 0.0 0.0 2.5 54.1
All Community Types 3.8 15.4 3.8 24.4 1.0 3.1 4.0 44.7
The proposed pipeline route will cross land and/or water belonging to 18 percent of the
survey households. However, in the case of the rural fishing communities, about 49.5
percent of the households surveyed indicated that the proposed pipeline route crosses their
land/water.
The following table (Table 5.2-9) has a high percentage of Does Not Know responses.
This may be due to the fact that the link line ROW physical surveys were being conducted at
the same time as the household survey, and at the time of the household survey many
respondents did not yet know whether the proposed route would cross their property.
Table 5.2-9
Survey Households Indicating that the
Proposed Pipeline Route Crosses Their Land or Water Areas
Response (Percent)
Community Type Yes No Does Not Know/NA
Rural Non-fishing 14.9 32.2 52.9
Urban/Semi-urban 3.3 34.6 62.1
All Community Types 18.2 34.2 47.6
As the following table (Table 5.2-10) shows, household ownership levels are high (above 70
percent) across all surveyed community types. Renting is not very common, except for in the
urban/semi-urban communities where 19 percent of residents rent.

Chapter 5
Table 5.2-10
Ownership Status of Residence in Survey Communities
Ownership Status (Percent of Households)
Resident But Housing as Does
Does Not Part of Not
Community Type Owner Renting Pay Rent Job Other Know
Rural Non-fishing 73.5 11.8 12.9 0.6 1.2
Urban/Semi-urban 71.5 19.0 7.6 0.6 1.3
All Community
75.2 11.8 11.1 0.2 1.2 0.5
Types
5.2.10 Land and Water Use

The surveyed communities along the proposed pipeline ROW have a range of land uses.
This includes areas of swamps and lagoons used for fishing, agricultural land used for tomato
farming and other subsistence agriculture, and other land used for coconut plantations and
sand winning activities. The survey reveals that 47 percent of the households in the survey
zone are able to use the land directly adjacent to their dwelling for farming or grazing, and 21
percent of the households are able to use the water directly adjacent to their dwelling for
fishing.
In terms of land use, 42 percent of households in the survey communities use family land for
subsistence farming and 12 percent of the households are able to use their family land for
farming of crops. Additionally, 14.5 percent of the households are able to use their family
water for subsistence fishing, whereas 11.4 percent can use their family waters for fishing for
trade or sales.
At the subpopulation level, about 64 percent of the rural fishing communities use their land
for subsistence agriculture and 42 percent use their land for commercial agriculture. These
percentages are 38 percent and 6 percent, respectively, for the non-fishing communities, and
33.5 percent and 1.3 percent, respectively, for the semi-urban communities. As for water, the
majority of the households in the rural fishing communities use it for subsistence fishing
purposes (57 percent), but they also use it for commercial purposes.
5.2.11 Energy Consumption

Households in the surveyed communities primarily use the most inexpensive combination of
the following principal energy sources for their domestic needs: fuel wood, petroleum
products, and electricity. Among these, the most accessible, used, and reliable source of
energy across all community types is fuel wood, primarily used for cooking. An estimated
61 percent of the households use fuel wood for their household needs: roughly 80 percent in
the rural fishing communities, 64 percent in the non-fishing communities, and 45 percent in
the urban/semi-urban communities. Approximately 43 percent of the households in the
surveyed communities cross the proposed pipeline route to collect their fuel wood: 67

Chapter 5
percent in the rural fishing communities, 48 percent in the non-fishing communities, and 23
percent in the urban/semi-urban communities.
Petroleum products are important secondary energy sources, and the most important kind in
rural areas. Petroleum products are mainly used for cooking and lighting (kerosene lamps).
Electricity is the most important secondary energy source in urban/semi-urban areas for
lighting but is generally not available in the surveyed communities as a whole as indicated in
the following table (Table 5.2-11).
Table 5.2-11
Source of Electricity in the Survey Communities by Community Type
Response (Percent)
Both National
Electricity Grid National Does Not
Community Type and Generator Generator Electricity Know/NA None
Rural Non-fishing 1.1 10.3 2.3 1.1 85.1
Urban/Semi-urban 0.6 7.1 40.6 51.6
All Community Types 0.7 8.3 15.9 1.2 73.9
Where it is used, the national electricity company is the primary source of electricity. Some
of the households in the fishing villages with electricity use generators to compensate for the
lack of infrastructure. For both grid and generator users, however, the supply is not very
reliable or consistent due to poor infrastructure and cost constraints.
In the rural fishing survey communities, coconut products are preferred to other sources of
energy because they are abundant, readily available at a location adjacent to the
communities, and inexpensive compared to wood and charcoal. Over time, the husk (outer
shell and envelope) of the coconut has become one of the main sources of cooking energy.
Other less important sources for all the survey communities include charcoal and LPG.
Charcoal is used for cooking, and the use is highest in the urban/semi-urban areas because it
is cheaper and more accessible than some alternatives. LPG is used for both cooking and
lighting on a very limited basis in all of the communities.
Regarding the community perception of gas, many within the community think that gas is
beneficial and has significant advantages. In the majority of localities, the populations are
willing to use the products of the gas project to replace the various energy sources currently
used for cooking. There is also an expectation of reduced energy costs, particularly for
industry use that would foster the establishment of new industries. However, the populations
also expressed concerns regarding the potential harmful consequences of gas as an energy
source (LARES, 2002).

Chapter 5
5.2.12 Microeconomic Situation

5.2.12.1 Labor Force and Employment Activities
In the survey communities, 83 percent of the population aged 14 and older is currently
working or economically active. The rural fishing communities have the highest number of
individuals aged 14 and older (88 percent) engaged in labor, compared to the 84 percent in
the urban/semi-urban communities and 80 percent in the rural non-fishing communities.
Employment in many parts of the Atlantique Department, especially rural areas, tends to be
informal employment or self-employment. In many instances, self-employment is not
regarded as a formal source of employment. Therefore, the proportion of those reporting
self-employment, as shown in the following table (Table 5.2-12), may be indicative of the
level of informal employment in these communities. Community members generally
expressed the perception that there are few jobs available to the young once they have
finished school or training.
Table 5.2-12
Employment Distribution by Type of Employer and Community
in the Survey Communities (population aged 14 and over)
Percent of Population
Employer Rural Fishing Rural Non-fishing Urban/Semi-urban All
Private 2.0 10.5 11.5 8.9
Public 1.0 5.4 6.2 4.7
Military 0.9 0.9 0.7
Self 83.5 67.8 66.9 71.1
Other 5.0 1.5 4.0 3.3
N/A 8.5 13.9 10.5 11.4
Of those aged 14 and older who are currently working, commerce and agriculture are the
primary sectors of employment (except in the rural fishing villages where the main economic
activity is fishing). For the rural non-fishing communities on the other hand, economic
activities consist mostly of trade, followed by farming, and weaving/tailoring/hair dressing.
In the urban/semi-urban areas, economic activities consist primarily of market (trade)
activities, various cottage industries, and other professions that include mechanics, hair
braiding, tailoring, and other (Table 5.2-13).

Chapter 5
Table 5.2-13
Employment Distribution by Occupation and
Community in the Survey Communities (age 14 and over)
Percent of Population
Rural Rural Urban/
Occupation Fishing Non-fishing Semi-urban All
Does Not Know / N/A 8.5 13.0 13.3 12.1
Animal Farming 3.5 0.6 0.6 1.3
Crop Farming 35.7 5.7 4.3 12.2
Fishing 11.6 3.6 0.6 4.3
Trade/Commerce 25.1 23.9 28.5 25.9
Carpentry/Furniture 1.5 1.2 1.1
Clothing/Tailoring 1.5 7.0 10.5 7.0
Mechanic/Automotive 0.5 3.0 3.1 2.5
Taxi/Bus Driver 1.5 5.1 6.2 4.7
Delivery Services 0.6 0.9 0.6
Administrative/Managerial 1.0 7.6 8.4 6.3
Household Duties/Domestic 2.0 7.0 3.7 4.6
Worker/Laborer 2.0 6.3 4.6 4.7
Engineering 0.3 0.6 0.4
Construction/Mason 0.5 4.8 4.3 3.6
Manufacturing 5.0 2.7 0.9 2.6
Health Care Professional 0.9 2.2 1.2
Professional Services 0.3 0.9 0.5
Other 1.5 5.4 4.6 4.2
Refused to Answer 0.3 0.3 0.2
In terms of gender, men dominate craftsmanship (e.g., sewing, hairdressing, carpentry,

mechanics) and administration/management. Women in the Lower Benin zone, especially in
the villages along the mangrove lagoons, are typically engaged in food processing and salt
production activities (LARES, 2002). Women typically carry out 60 to 80 percent of the
agricultural work and conduct up to 44 percent of the work necessary for household
subsistence in the rural areas of Benin (UN Food and Agriculture Organization, 1995).
Although information was not captured from the household survey regarding child labor in
the survey communities in the Atlantique Department, there is sufficient evidence at the
national level to suggest that children are economically active in many instances. The World
Bank estimated that children aged 10 to 14 years comprised 46 percent of the countrys labor
force in 2000.
5.2.12.1.1 Agriculture and Fishing
Agriculture and fishing are important activities in the rural communities in and around the
proposed pipeline ROW and portions of the link line. However, agricultural activities have
declined over time due to the degradation of the land and drought.

Chapter 5
Crop Farming
In the surveyed communities a variety of crops are grown, and the major crops vary across
community types, as indicated in the following table (Table 5.2-14). This finding reflects a
national trend in the agriculture sector, where a mix of crops forms the nations agricultural
base. In 2001, the major crops and products in Benin (in decreasing order of importance)
were cotton, corn, cassava (tapioca), yams, beans, palm oil, peanuts, and livestock. Cotton,
palm products, and cocoa are the countrys major cash crops, accounting for three of the four
most important export commodities (the fourth is crude oil) (CIA, 2002a). Among 91
households reporting, annual income from crop farming averaged 122,500 CFAF (range
from 7,500 CFAC to 8 million CFAC).
Table 5.2-14
Crop Production Among Survey Households, by Community Type
Community Type (Percent of Households)
Item Description Rural Rural Urban/
All
Fishing Non Fishing Semi-urban
Beans 29.1 13.4 8.5 14.8
Cassava 27.0 16.4 9.2 16.0
Cocoa 29.1 5.2 0.7 8.5
Cocoyam 1.1 0.6 0.7 0.7
Groundnuts 37.2 11.7 6.6 15.1
Maize 38.6 39.8 32.2 36.7
Other 44.7 5.2 2.7 12.6
Palm Oil 10.5 8.2 5.2 7.5
Plantain 18.4 13.3 3.3 10.7
Sweet Potatoes 4.6 1.7 0.7 1.9
Yams 2.3 1.2 0.7 1.2
While residents in rural fishing communities are able to grow a variety of crops (such as
vegetables, maize, beans, groundnuts, cocoa, and cassava) in the non-fishing and semi-urban
communities, maize remains the major crop. The variability of crops grown in the fishing
areas can be attributed to the considerable landmass that allows for the cultivation of many
types of crops. On the other hand, the rural non-fishing and urban/semi-urban communities
are faced with limited land areas. In such areas, maize is the agricultural product of choice,
since it is a popular food in the south.
Animal Farming
There is a small amount of livestock agriculture in the surveyed communities, consisting

mainly of sheep, goat, chicken, and pig rearing. Animals are typically raised right at home,
though households that can afford increased land areas are able to raise more and larger
livestock. In general, animals are raised primarily for commercial purposes and, for
subsistence, to a lesser extent. Among 18 households reporting, annual income from animal
farming averaged 93,000 CFAC (range from 24,000 CFAC to 1.5 million CFAC).

Chapter 5
Fishing
The overwhelming majority of households (81.6 percent) in the rural fishing communities of
Hio-Houta and Hio Houegbo have at least one member who fishes. In the non-fishing
communities, less than 3 percent of the households indicated that a member in the household
fishes.
Fishing is a predominantly male activity (although females are also involved, particularly in
other auxiliary fishing activities), and is most common among the Gun, Wla, Popo, and
Minna groups, which are located directly along the coast (Table 5.2-15). In the rural fishing
communities of the Atlantique Department, men principally do the fishing. Their catch is
then sold to the women who dry and sell the final product in the neighboring markets.
Fishing tends to be small-scale and within a distance of 3km to 5km from the coastline, using
trawlers. After the catch, the fish are brought in large nets pulled onto shore by lines of men
and women. In addition to sea fishing, a significant number of people in the zone also
conduct freshwater fishing in the lagoons and lakes. Among 77 households reporting, annual
income from fishing averaged 208,000 CFAC to 12 million CFAC).
Table 5.2-15
Fishing Methods Within Survey
Rural Fishing Communities
Percentage of
Fishing Method Fisherfolk
Hand lines 0.0
Hook Lines 0.0
Net Traps 0.0
Seine Nets 0.0
Throw Nets 1.4
Trawling parallel to shore 93.0
Trawling perpendicular to shore 5.6
Other 0.0
5.2.12.1.2 Trade
Women are the largest proportion (76 percent) of the population engaged in trade in the
surveyed communities. Specifically, in the rural fishing communities, trading activity is
primarily based on re-selling fresh and smoked fish and other fish products, as well as on
processing and selling sea salt. In other types of communities, retail trade is most common,
involving the sale of household products, groceries, clothing, and processed foods (LARES,
2002; ICF Household and Community Survey, 2003).
5.2.12.1.3 Industry Mining and Manufacturing
Nationally, textiles, food processing, chemical production, and construction material

production (including a major cement factory at the Onigbolo plant) are the primary
industrial activities in Benin (CIA, 2002). In the Atlantique-Littoral region, mining is an

Chapter 5
important income generating activity, and there are two mines used for excavating salt and
sand. Sand mining is an important source of revenues for mine owners, laborers, and local
tax collectors (LARES, 2002; ICF Household and Community Survey, 2003). Locally, sand
winning activities are conducted at Agboganhouhoue. Women typically engage in salt
mining and have organized womens groups around this activity.
There is a government policy in place to try to diversify the industrial base of the country.
Currently the main cash crop is cotton, which serves as the main input in Benins textile
sector. The cotton industry is failing, however, prompting authorities and private
entrepreneurs to consider alternative industrial sub-sectors, such as mining and agricultural
processing (more than 70 percent of the arable land of the country remains underdeveloped
due to a lack of capital investment). Additional economic activities being considered are the
production of air conditioners and car parts (the latter is taking place in neighboring Nigeria),
and possibly the manufacturing of other appliances. One major industrialist interviewed by
the socioeconomic team (informally, not as part of the household or community surveys, and
outside the survey communities) anticipates growth once cheaper natural gas from WAGP is
available to fuel his factory.
5.2.12.1.4 Government
Less than five percent of the residents in all communities surveyed were employed by the
public sector. The government accounts for some of the employment in
administrative/managerial, health care, and engineering and professional services
occupations. No information was collected on the military sector; indeed, due to the
sensitive nature of such information, none is available for the survey areas.
5.2.12.2 Household Income and Expenditures
5.2.12.2.1 Household Income
The majority of people in the survey communities derive their living and household income
from tomato farming, fishing, trading and commerce, cottage industry, and other vocational
trades. There is also some minor sand winning activity around Agboganhouhoue. A sizable
part of the population in the urban/semi-urban areas is also employed in the formal economy.
Commerce and agriculture occupations combined provide most of the income for the
majority of the people in the surveyed communities, although in the rural non-fishing and
urban/semi-urban communities administrative/managerial positions, construction, and
mechanic/automotive also provide a sizable amount of income.
The number income earners per household ranges up to six in rural fishing and urban/semi-
urban communities in the project area, and as many as eight in rural non-fishing areas. As
the following table (Table 5.2-16) indicates, the majority of households across all community
types have two to three income earners.

Chapter 5
Table 5.2-16
Income Earners per Household
Number of Percent of Households
Income Earners Rural Fishing Rural Non-fishing Urban/Semi-urban
1 17.0 6.2 17.0
2 34.0 29.0 45.2
3 36.2 48.8 28.9
4 10.6 11.7 7.4
5 1.1 3.1 0.7
6 1.1 0.6 0.7
8 0.0 0.6 0.0
In 2001, the annual median income of 37 percent of the population in the general project
region was below the national poverty line of 144,261CFAF (BenInfo, 2003). It should be
noted that for the communities surveyed, the overall annual median household income is
320,000CFAF (Table 5.2-17), which is considerably above the poverty line for the country.
However, community members claim that poverty has increased over the past five years and
that the gap between the rich and poor has widened. The residents perception of growing
poverty may be due to any number of factors, including an increasingly unequal distribution
of income.
Table 5.2-17
Median Household Annual Incomes by Community Type
Community Type Town/Village Name Median, in CFAF*
Rural Fishing Hio Houta 522 500
Hio Houegbo 120 000
Median Rural Fishing 400 000
Rural Non-fishing Awake 123 000
Heloutoto 990 000
Sodo 260 000
Vinawa 160 000
Zoketomey 185 000
Median Rural Non-fishing 235 000
Urban/Semi-urban Agbogboville 212 500
Akouehonou 280 000
Gankon 1 055 000
Gbodje 220 000
Maria Gleta 590 000
Womey Sodo 771 000
Median Urban/Semi-urban 450 000
All Community Types 320 000
* The official exchange rate in 2002 between the CFAF and the US dollar was 697 to 1
(African Development Indicators, 2004).

Chapter 5
As presented in the table (Table 5.2-18) below, the widest household income disparities were
reported in rural non-fishing and urban/semi-urban communities. In these communities, the
largest proportion of households has the lowest incomes, while less than 25 percent of the
households are at the highest income levels. On the other hand, there seems to be less
income inequality in rural fishing communities, where the greatest proportion of households
are at the highest income tier, and more than half of the households are clustered in the upper
half of the income bracket.
Table 5.2-18
Household Annual Income Distribution
Income Groups Percent of Households
(CFAF) Rural Fishing Rural Non-fishing Urban/Semi-urban
<25,000 9.5 51.8 36.0
25,000-50,000 8.3 3.3 5.5
50,000-75,000 10.0 2.1 6.2
75,000-100,000 2.5 2.4 3.9
100,000-200,000 10.7 7.7 9.0
200,000-300,000 13.3 2.0 8.3
300,000-400,000 9.1 3.2 8.3
400,000-500,000 2.5 4.0 5.5
>500,000 34.0 23.5 17.1
5.2.12.2.2 Household Consumption
A survey of sample household consumer goods was taken as an indicator of the level of
affluence/poverty. This showed that a majority of households in the surveyed communities
own at least one bicycle, and approximately 45 percent of them have at least one television.
However, very few households own a car or refrigerator/icebox. There are slight differences
among the survey community types. Rural fishing communities tend to have the fewest
household goods, while rural non-fishing and urban/semi-urban communities were
comparatively better off. For example, only 17 percent of the households in rural fishing
communities have television, compared to 45 percent across all community types.
Food accounts for the largest share of household income expenditures in Benin, and food is
the most important spending priority in all the community types surveyed.
5.2.12.2.3 Local Prices
Community members indicated that the cost of living has increased over the past year
without residents experiencing an increase in their revenue or income status. This trend of
increasing prices is consistent with national level data; in 2002, Benin had an inflation rate of
3.3 percent. Many consumer goods and services have become more expensive, including
food, fuel, education, and health. Although the national inflation rate is modest compared to
the rest of Africa, such increases can create the impression of high inflation.

Chapter 5
5.3 Existing Public Health Situation

This section describes the public health situation in the Atlantique Department of Benin
based on the ICF household and community surveys, as well as secondary sources as
mentioned in Section 5.2 of this chapter. The information focuses on the health
infrastructure for water, sanitation, and health care facilities. This section also discusses the
incidences of illness and the diets in the surveyed communities. Where possible, the
information is disaggregated by community type: rural fishing, rural non-fishing, and
urban/semi-urban. As a comparative point of references for some of the existing conditions
in the survey region, the following discussion also draws on national and regional level data.
5.3.1 Health Infrastructure

5.3.1.1 Water
In 2001, 77.4 percent of the Benin urban population and 51.6 percent of the rural population
had access to potable water. In the Atlantique Department where the WAGP pipeline and
link line will be located, 77.3 percent of the total population had access to potable water in
1996. Typically the wells in the surveyed communities in or adjacent to the WAGP project
footprint are open-air, hand-dug deep holes, with an elevated circular portion that allows
people to draw water using a bucket, rope, and winch or pulley. Such wells are not typically
equipped with pumping or purification systems, and are therefore not counted as improved
water sources.
In general, wells with pumps are found either in very rich communities or in communities
that have benefited from some funding from such organizations as the World Bank. Wells
with pumps are expensive relative to the economies of smaller villages. Wells without pumps
are cheaper and maintenance costs on such wells are very low. The data in the table
(Table 5.3-1) below show that the urban/semi-urban and rural fishing communities use wells
without pumps at about the same rate (80 percent), and the rural non-fishings reliance on
this type of water source is slightly higher (84 percent).
Table 5.3-1
Water: Percent of Surveyed Population Relying on Each Source Type
Bottled Public
Water Piped/Tap
(Store- Public Purchase from Well Well
Community Bought or Private Piped/Tap Vendor or Tap Surface With Without
Type Delivered) Piped/Tap Free Master Water Pump Pump Other
Rural Fishing 0.0 1.4 7.0 4.6 3.0 2.3 80.6 1.0
Rural
0.4 3.3 1.6 10.7 0.0 0.0 84.0 0.1
Non-fishing
Urban/
0.3 5.2 2.7 12.0 0.0 1.3 80.5 0.0
Semi-urban
All Community
0.3 3.6 3.2 9.8 0.7 1.0 81.9 0.2
Types
Note: The above data does not necessarily add up to 100 percent because each question was asked
separately. The data displayed is the percent of respondents who relied on each source type.

Chapter 5
5.3.1.2 Sanitation
Sanitation in Benin is substantially better in urban than in rural areas. In 1996, 5.3 percent of
the rural population in Benin, 44.7 percent of the urban population, and 20.4 percent of the
total population used sanitary means to dispose of human waste. In the Atlantique
Department, 5 percent of the population had sanitary means of sewage disposal. A majority
of the households in the rural non-fishing and urban/semi-urban communities of the
Atlantique Department use pit toilets. The following table (Table 5.3-2) presents data
regarding sanitary waste facilities in the surveyed communities.
Table 5.3-2
Sanitation: Human Waste Disposal Method (Percent)
Community Type Flush Toilet Pit Toilet Other
Rural Non-fishing 5.5 64.2 30.3
Urban/Semi-urban 2.0 55.6 42.4
All Community Types 3.0 35.0 62.0
The other category listed in the above table generally refers to the use of streams, rivers,
the beach or ocean, or dumpsites for human waste disposal. The exact nature of this category
depends on the community and its surroundings. Typically the surveyed communities had
some type of dumpsite that was also used as a human waste disposal site.
The higher utilization of flush toilets in rural non-fishing villages probably reflects that such
villages have a higher portion of migrants from urban areas. Such migrant households often
have the wherewithal, when they move to a rural village, to build houses equipped with
modern amenities, including flush toilets. However, construction of such houses in urban
areas is still prohibitively expensive to many, explaining the lower use of flush toilets in
urban/semi-urban villages.
Since much of the area surveyed is still being settled, an adequate sewage system has yet to
be constructed. Even nearby Cotonou, the largest city in Benin, continues to experience
problems with its sewage system due to overpopulation and inability of the existing
infrastructure to handle current demand. In the specific area surveyed there is no structured
sanitation infrastructure in place.
According to data from 1996, 11.4 percent of the rural population in Benin, 21 percent of the
urban population, and 28 percent of the total population disposed of household garbage
through sanitary means. The following table (Table 5.3-3) presents data regarding disposal
of wastes other than human waste in the surveyed communities.

Chapter 5
Table 5.3-3
Sanitation: Percent of Household (Non-Sewage) Waste Disposal Methods
In the Surveyed Communities
Community Government Official/ Unofficial
Type Incineration Collection Compost Formal dump Dump Other
Rural Fishing 0.0 0.0 9.2 12.6 58.6 19.5
Rural
7.3 1.2 7.9 4.9 57.0 21.8
Non-fishing
Urban/
4.0 3.3 2.0 4.0 70.9 15.9
Semi-urban
All
Community 4.5 1.7 6.0 6.2 62.5 19.1
Types
In the above table the other category includes the dumping of waste in waterways, marsh
areas, around dwellings, and into the ocean.
5.3.1.3 Health Facilities and Personnel
In 2000, there were 909 doctors in Benin, and the persons-per-doctor ratio was 6,787 to 1.
Compared to the national level, the Atlantique-Littoral region, with 610 of the countrys
doctors, had a higher concentration of doctors per capita, with 2,154 persons per doctor. In
1997, national health expenditures per capita amounted to 1,034 CFAF.
With respect to health facilities and infrastructure, there were three government hospitals,
two private hospitals, one faith-based hospital, 18 dental offices, 103 private clinics, 138
birth clinics, and 36 Communal Health Centers in the Atlantique-Littoral region in 1998.
However, in the Atlantique Department alone, there are only a few health clinics and a
couple of hospitals. Therefore, as indicated in Table 5.3-4, the residents living in the
communities in and around the pipeline ROW and link line tend to self-medicate.
However, for serious medical conditions, 60.4 percent of households in these communities
report having sought a doctors help and 76.6 percent report having contacted a nurse.9 In
some of the urban/semi-urban areas, private clinics are being established, which should
alleviate some the health care problems experienced in these communities.
9
These health care sources are not mutually exclusive as one household may use multiple sources of health
care.

Chapter 5
Table 5.3-4
Household Health Care Utilization by Type of Provider and Community
Percent of Households
Rural Rural Urban/
Care Source Fishing Non-fishing Semi-urban All
Doctor 65.9 53.7 64.7 60.4
Herbalist 28.6 7.5 7.1 11.9
Nurse 82.4 77.1 72.7 76.6
Other 3.9 4.1 2.2 3.3
Pharmacist 50.5 36.2 40.8 41.0
Religious leader 8.8 9.9 8.4 9.1
Self Medicate 84.6 71.4 79.7 77.3
Note: Sources not mutually exclusive; households may use multiple providers.
In the rural areas surveyed, 25 to 65 percent of the health care visits (depending on the type
of health care accessed) require respondents to cross the proposed pipeline route. In the
semi-urban communities surveyed 40 to 55 percent of health care visits require crossing the
pipeline route.
Table 5.3-5 indicates that in rural fishing communities, most doctors (61.8 percent) and
nurses (67.8 percent) practice medicine at a hospital. Most pharmacists sell medicine at a
pharmacy. Also in these communities, most religious leaders probably see their patients at a
religious temple or some other house of worship (not specified). In the cases of doctors,
nurses, herbalists, and pharmacists, and for all community types the category Other means,
for the most part, a facility inside the health deliverers home. For example, in the
urban/semi-urban communities, 35.3 percent of doctors see patients at places other than a
hospital or clinic, indicating that the doctors either make home visits or, more likely, see
patients at their own (the doctors) homes. In all communities, the majority of herbalists will
tend to see patients at the herbalists homes, although some also make house calls. Primarily,
people who self-medicate tend to do so at their own homes, although they might do so while
at a relatives house or other locations (such as at an herbalists home).
Table 5.3-5
Distribution of Health Care Utilization by Type of Facility and Community
Healthcare facilities (Percent)
Community Type Your
Care Source Clinic Hospital Pharmacy House Another Religious Other
Rural Fishing
Doctor 5.6 61.8 32.6
Herbalist 11.2 18.0 70.8
Nurse 17.2 67.8 14.9
Other 100.0
Pharmacist 1.1 50.6 48.3
Religious leader 1.1 7.9 91.0
Self Medicate 6.6 78.0 15.4
Rural Non-fishing

Chapter 5
Table 5.3-5
Distribution of Health Care Utilization by Type of Facility and Community
Healthcare facilities (Percent)
Community Type Your
Care Source Clinic Hospital Pharmacy House Another Religious Other
Doctor 6.9 47.7 45.4
Herbalist 0.6 1.7 5.2 0.6 92.0
Nurse 25.9 46.6 0.6 3.4 23.6
Other 1.4 98.6
Pharmacist 0.6 35.3 0.6 0.6 63.0
Self Medicate 0.6 0.6 4.0 64.9 1.7 28.2
Urban/Semi-urban
Doctor 7.2 57.5 35.3
Herbalist 0.6 1.9 4.5 0.6 92.2
Nurse 16.3 54.9 0.7 0.7 27.5
Other 0.7 0.7 98.5
Pharmacist 0.7 2.6 38.2 58.6
Religious leader 8.4 91.6
Self Medicate 1.3 0.6 4.5 72.9 0.6 20.0
All Community Types
Doctor 6.7 54.3 38.9
Herbalist 0.2 0.2 3.8 7.7 0.5 87.5
Nurse 20.5 54.1 0.2 0.5 1.4 23.2
Other 0.3 0.6 0.3 98.8
Pharmacist 0.2 1.5 39.6 0.2 0.2 58.3
Self Medicate 0.7 0.5 4.8 70.7 1.0 22.4
5.3.2 Health Indicators

5.3.2.1 Incidence of Illness and Disease
In the Lower Benin zone, the most common disease is malaria. Other types of illnesses and
diseases common to this area include skin diseases, stomachaches, diarrhea, Human
Immunodeficiency Virus/Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (HIV/AIDS), sexually
transmitted diseases, and bilharziosis (Table 5.3-6) (LARES, 2002). The most common
diseases and illnesses experienced by the population in the surveyed communities last year
include malaria (94.5 percent), stomachaches (72.2 percent), diarrhea (45.1 percent), and skin
infections (25.3 percent).

Chapter 5
Table 5.3-6
Incidence of Illness and Disease in Households, 2002
Percent of Households
Rural Rural Urban/
Ailment Fishing Non-fishing Semi-urban All
Malaria 94.5 88.0 86.9 33.9
Diarrhea 45.1 28.7 33.3 24.6
Skin Infections 25.3 28.0 20.6 1.9
Bilharzias 2.2 2.3 1.3
HIV/AIDS
STDs other than AIDS
Stomachache 72.2 46.3 48.4 24.7
Others 29.1 23.5 23.8 28.3
Note: Data reflects the percent of households in the surveyed communities in which any
member suffered from the ailment.
Although the survey respondents reported no HIV/AIDS or sexually transmitted diseases

infection, it remains the case that throughout the country these diseases, particularly
HIV/AIDS, are an increasing health, social, and economic concern. There may be
underreporting due to the sensitive nature of the question, the stigma associated with the
disease, lack of awareness, and unwillingness to report or admit this type of affliction.
Therefore, it is important to note that the data on HIV/AIDS and STDs presented below may
not reflect the reality in the surveyed communities. In the absence of reliable local
information, national information is informative. Nationwide the adult HIV/AIDS
prevalence rate was 3.6 percent at the end of 2001. The number of people in Benin living
with HIV/AIDS was estimated at 120,000 and the number of HIV/AIDS deaths was 8,100
(World Bank, African Development Indicators, 2004).
5.3.3 Food and Nutrition

The most commonly consumed foods include cereals such as corn and rice; tubers such as
yam, cassava (and cassava based foods such as gari), and sweet potatoes; and vegetables and
fish. For most people, meat, including chicken, is consumed only on special occasions.
Approximately 24 percent of the population in the Atlantique-Littoral region is underweight
according to the 1996 BEN-EDS96 Health and Nutrition Survey. In 1999, in the Atlantique
Department where the pipeline is located, the percentages of children under five years old
who are malnourished include 53 percent of the poor, 41.9 percent of the non-poor, and 48
percent of the rural population. Also, 41.4 percent of the rural populations in the Atlantique
Department are behind in their normal growth process, including 20.7 percent of children
under of the age of three in the Atlantique-Littoral region.
The data indicates that, as expected, rural fishing communities tend to consume the most fish
compared to other types of communities. The rural fishing communities do tend to produce
vegetables, principally tomatoes and carrots, but they often sell these to other communities as

Chapter 5
a source of supplemental income and tend to consume less of these products than do
residents of rural non-fishing villages (Tables 5.3-7 and 5.3-8).
Table 5.3-7
Food/Nutrition: Average Consumption (times per week)
Cereals, Sweets, Vegetables,
Community Grains, Dairy/Dairy Fruits Snacks, Legumes,
Type Beverages Breads Products Fish and Nuts Meats Tobacco Herbs
Rural
0.7 2.4 0.9 3.2 1.8 0.6 1.1 1.3
Fishing
Rural
2.5 2.1 0.7 2.0 1.0 0.8 0.7 2.9
Non-fishing
Urban/
1.6 2.5 0.8 2.7 1.5 0.9 1.0 1.7
Semi-urban
All
Community 1.7 2.3 0.8 2.5 1.3 0.8 0.9 2.1
Types
Table 5.3-8
Food/Nutrition: Average Percentage of Diet
Cereals, Fruits Sweets, Vegetables,
Community Grains, Dairy/Dairy and Snacks, Legumes,
Type Beverages Breads Products Fish Nuts Meats Tobacco Herbs
Rural Fishing 6.8 35.0 7.2 20.9 12.8 4.0 7.7 12.6
Rural
7.3 30.4 5.0 11.0 6.7 5.2 2.7 16.2
Non-fishing
Urban/
8.2 36.5 4.4 13.0 7.6 5.9 6.8 11.4
Semi-urban
All
Community 7.6 34.6 5.3 14.7 8.8 5.2 10.0 12.9
Types
5.4 Existing Safety Situation

5.4.1 Overview
This section addresses the existing institutions, infrastructure, and capacity relating to health
and safety, security, and emergency response in the vicinity of the proposed WAGP project
site in Benin. The information in this section was obtained from the heads and
representatives of the concerned organizations and provided via WAPCo External Affairs.
Included in this assessment are state institutions in charge of health, security, fire outbreak,
and emergency response. In the area of health, the institutions included the Ministry of
Health and its various divisions, especially Health Services (DDS) and the Health Centers,
and the Department of Hygiene and Basic Sanitation (DHAB). The Agencies in charge of

Chapter 5
fire outbreak and emergency response are comprised of the National Fire Service Group of
Benin (GNSPB) and the Office of Prevention and Civil Protection (DPPC). In the security
sector, the Armed Forces can intervene in their mission of protection of strategic
infrastructures, and the police can intervene to maintain order and security of fixtures and
fittings.
5.4.2 Institutions Responsible for Health Care Delivery

This assessment of institutions responsible for health care delivery focuses on sanitary
education and on the DHAB.
5.4.2.1 Health Ministry
The Health Ministry oversees the implementation of the countrys health policy and
education through the DDS. The system consists of private, public, and denominational
providers. The Health Centers at Cocoocdji and Pahou are the closest to the WAGP project
site. They are located at about 3km and 5km respectively from the proposed R&M station
site. These community health centers do not provide major services, but they administer first
aid. These centers would be too small and under-equipped to handle serious injury or larger
emergencies. Such eventualities would have to be handled by the major and better-equipped
hospitals in Cotonou, which are also relatively close to the project site.
5.4.2.2 Office of the Hygiene and of Basic Sanitation (DHAB)
The DHABs mission is to ensure the implementation of the national sanitation policy on
hygiene and basic sanitation. In this regard, it has been charged with drafting health
standards for public and private establishments, developing a household hygiene regulation
project, and ensuring the implementation of these policies through the offices decentralized
units. The office also intervenes in cases of major emergencies with the aim of applying
hygiene and basic sanitation measures. It is also charged with ensuring the compliance of
wastewater with quality standards and ensuring the hygiene of drinking water.
The decentralized units of the DHAB are the Departmental Services, Technical Services, and
the agents of hygiene and sanitation, which are located at the community levels. In the big
cities the operational branch of DHAB is the Sanitary Agency, which is staffed by hygiene
and sanitation agents.
5.4.3 Institutions Responsible for Fire Fighting

5.4.3.1 The National Fire Service Group of Benin (GNSPB)
The GNSPB is the operational branch of the Department of Prevention And Civil Protection.
GNSPB is responsible for both fire fighting and emergency response. The roles of GNSPB
include:
Fighting Fire;
Saving victims (of all kinds of accidents or emergencies);
Assistance to people in danger (e.g. of drowning, other types of danger);

Chapter 5
Securing properties and people at work places and public establishments; and
Special missions.
The GNSPB has decentralized services at departmental levels. Cotonou has two
decentralized intervention sites located on either side of Lac Nokoue, which divides the town
into two (St. Jean and Akpapka). The closest of the intervention base to the WAGP project
site in Cotonou is the one of St. Jean, situated roughly at 25km from the R&M station. Two
additional, very advanced intervention units are under construction at Calavi and Agla
(Cotonou). The Agla unit will be located about 15km from the WAGP Cotonou R&M
station and very close to the pipeline corridor.
GNSPB currently has very limited resources for responding to emergencies. The commander
of GNSPB has indicated that the agency has just received funding for new equipment from
the national budget. The agency is prepared to gear its emergency response capability
according to the emergency management plans drawn up by WAGP. The GNSPB indicated
that WAGP must plan for the proper facilities and means of emergency response on site, and
that GNSPB would lend support through a training agreement and rapid information
dissemination (red telephone).
5.4.4 Institutions Responsible for Disaster Management

5.4.4.1 Department of Prevention and Civil Protection (DPPC)
Based in Cotonou with no decentralized offices, DPPC is a national body set up by the state
for disaster management. Its aim, among others, is to develop, implement, and coordinate
plans for intervention and assistance by all other entities in the country. DPPC developed a
plan for emergencies arising from epidemics in conjunction with the Ministry of Health, and
also put in place an emergency response plan for spills from hydrocarbon tanker ships in
collaboration with the Ministry of Transport and Works. DPPC manages the permanent
secretariat of the National Committee for Prevention and Civil Protection, gives suggestions
in areas of security during the EIA of large-scale projects, controls the development of
emergency plans, and creates establishments that are identified as necessary for prevention
and civil protection.
DPPC is also involved in disaster prevention. In case of disaster, it is responsible for disaster
management, assisting victims, and restoring the environment, property, and health. To this
effect, DPPC collaborates with the Benin Agency for Environment (ABE) and the GNSPB.
Initial response to emergencies or disasters is organized through GNSPB. Disaster recovery
and restoration of the environment is undertaken by the ABE. In times of disaster, the DPPC
collaborates with the Ministries of Public and Family Health and Social Welfare to provide
first aid and material assistance.
The administrative procedures associated with emergency response are as follows. The
Interior Minister introduces a report prepared by the DPPC to the Cabinet. Government must
take a decision that an emergency response is required, and then Government proceeds to
identify funds for its execution. The National Committee for Prevention and Civil Protection

Chapter 5
meets to develop the modalities for the implementations of the governments decision. The
implementation of the said decisions is managed and coordinated by the DPPC.
In times of disaster, philanthropists and other friendly countries also generally help by
donating cash and in-kind assistance.
5.5 Stakeholder Consultations

Through May 2004, WAPCo and the WAGP project team have conducted over 400
consultations in all four WAGP countries. Many of the earlier consultations were focused on
building awareness of the project and educating stakeholders about natural gas and natural
gas pipelines. Stakeholders provided their input on EIA-related concerns, issues, and on
other matters outside the scope of this EIA as presented below in Table 5.5-1.
Table 5.5-1
WAGP Stakeholder Consultation Summary-All WAGP Countries1
No. of Consultations
Issue Category Where Issue Category
Was Raised
EIA Related Issues
Awareness/Education 149
Land Acquisition/Compensation 116
EIA 79
Community Development 52
Safety 34
Community Reactions 34
Land Acquisition/RAP 32
EIA-Fishing Impacts 15
Implementation-Employment 5
Implementation-Contractors 2
Non-EIA Related Issues
Advocacy 69
Gas Market 36
IPA/Regulatory 20
Permitting/FEED (Technical) 15
IPA /TREATY- Ratification 13
Other 11
WAPCo Formation 10
Tariff/Cost/etc 10
Permitting General 7
1
Documented through May 2004
Note that for these and subsequent tables, not all WAGP consultations have been
documented or captured for analysis, although clearly the issues and concerns raised in these
informal meetings follow the same trends as raised in this EIA.
More specifically in Benin the issues and concerns followed similar trends (Table 5.5-2).

Chapter 5
Table 5.5-2
WAGP Stakeholder Consultation Summary Benin1
No. of Consultations
Issue Category
Where Issue is Raised
EIA Related Issues
Awareness/Education 103
Land Acquisition/Compensation 85
EIA 11
Community Development 37
Safety 8
Community Reaction 16
Land Acquisition/RAP 31
EIA-Fishing Impacts 3
Non-EIA Related Issues
Advocacy 36
Gas Market 27
IPA /TREATY- Ratification 4
IPA/Regulatory 12
Other 1
Permitting General 3
Permitting/FEED (Technical) 2
Tariff/Cost/etc. 6
WAPCo Formation 6
1
For Benin, in terms of the types of stakeholders engaged, Table 5.5-3 below provides a
summary of stakeholder group and number of consultations.
Table 5.5-3
WAGP Consultation Summary of Stakeholder Group and
Number of Consultations Benin1
Stakeholder Group Stakeholder Name No. of
Consultations
Business Stakeholders Akouhonou Community 1
Abomey Community 1
Acadjame Community 28
Adjahedji Community 11
Ahouehonou Community 1
Akouhonou Community 41
Awake Community 28
Betib Sarl 1
CEDA 2
Cococodji Community 2
Community Leaders 3
Cotonou Community 2
Fifonsi Community 2
Gankon Community 1
Communities (continued) Hio Houta Community 33

Chapter 5
Table 5.5-3
Consultations
Houto Community 4
Hounmasse Community 2
Land Owners 1
Landowner 1
Landowners 2
Maria Gleta Community 14
New Palmas 1
Ouedo Community 4
Sodo Community 23
Tankpe Community 3
Togba Community 2
Togoudo Community 3
Tokan Community 2
Vinawa Community 10
Zoktom Community 10
Beninoise Parliament/Congress 1
Govt. Parliaments
Parliament/Administration 1
ABE 7
CEDA 2
CNCB 2
DNSP 1
Ecowas/USAID/Nexant 2
General Housing Development 1
Govt. Agencies (Ministries, Ministries of Energy, Environment
1
Local Govt., etc.) and Finance
Ministry of Energy 2
Ministry of Foreign Affairs 1
Ministry of Govt Relations 1
OBRGM 4
Port Autonome 1
Protection and Health Agency 1
Betib Sarl 1
Individuals Individulas 1
SoBeGas 1
Journalists Local Press 2
Media Groups 1
APFEM 1
Benin 21 1
Benin Nature 1
CEVADIS 1
GRABS 1
ID Peche 1
Individuals 1

Chapter 5
Table 5.5-3
Consultations
NGO 1
NGO CRAPE 1
NGO Gankon 1
Projets Verts 1
UNAPEMAB 1
Various OPIC & NGO 1
1
Appendix 5-D provides a summary table of individual consultations and minutes and notes
from a number of the consultations.
5.6 Oversight and Monitoring Agencies

Table 5.6-1 identifies government agencies in Benin responsible for different aspects of
environmental and socioeconomic management and oversight.
Table 5.6-1
Government Agencies and Responsibilities for Regulatory Oversight in Benin
Jurisdiction/Oversight Agency
Pipeline Permitting and Licensing (including Ministre Des Mines de lEnergie et de
Licensing, Design Review, Installation) lHydraulique
Environmental Impact Assessment (Approval, Agence Beninoise pour lEnvironment
Monitoring)
Hazardous Waste Management Agence Beninoise pour lEnvironment
Solid Waste Management (household and non- Agence Beninoise pour lEnvironment
hazardous wastes) Local Government
Clean Up Standards Agence Beninoise pour lEnvironment
Air Quality Agence Beninoise pour lEnvironment
Water Quality Agence Beninoise pour lEnvironment
Effluent Discharge Permits (Offshore, Onshore, Agence Beninoise pour lEnvironment
Sanitary, Stormwater)
Endangered Species Protection (including IUCN, Agence Beninoise pour lEnvironment
CITES, etc.)
Marine Fisheries TBD*
Freshwater Fisheries TBD
Wetlands Protection Agence Beninoise pour lEnvironment
Marine Mammal Protection TBD
Turtle Protection TBD
Inland Waterways, Rivers and Stream Crossings Agence Beninoise pour lEnvironment
Port Authorities Ministere Travaux Publics and Transports
Port Autonome de Cotonou
Marine Safety and Vessel Inspection Benin Navy
MARPOL Compliance Benin Navy

Chapter 5
Table 5.6-1
Government Agencies and Responsibilities for Regulatory Oversight in Benin
Jurisdiction/Oversight Agency
Archeological and Cultural Resources Cultural Heritage Directorate (la Direction du
Patrimoine Culturel (DPC)), part of the Ministry
of Culture, Crafts and Tourism (le Ministre de
la Culture, de lArtisanat et du Tourisme
(MCAT))
Labor Relations TBD
Public Health TBD
Public Safety Ministere de lIntrieur
Ministere de la Dfense
Occupational Safety Ministere Des Mines de lEnergie et de
lHydraulique
Office Beninoise des Recherches Gologiques
and Minires (OBRGM)
Traffic Control TBD
Hazardous Materials Management Ministere des Mines
Office Beninoise des Recherches Gologiques
and Minires (OBRGM)
Emergency Response-Fire National Fire Service Group of Benin (GNSPB)
Emergency Response-Medical TBD
Emergency Response-Oil Spill Agence Beninoise pour lEnvironment
Emergency Response-Disaster Management Department of Prevention and Civil Protection
Land Acquisition Cabinet or Responsible Minister by decree
(compulsory land acquisition; court determines
compensation in event of dispute)
Ministere des Finances and de lEconomie
(Service des Domaines)
Ministere de lEnvironnement (Institut
Gographique Nationale)
Ministere de l Intrieur (Service de Affairs
Domaniales des Prfectures)
Building Permits TBD
Public and Urban Planning (Zoning) TBD
Public Lands Administration TBD
Agricultural Protection Authority TBD
Forestry Resources TBD
Tourism TBD

Chapter 6
Impact Assessment
Overview
The West African Gas Pipeline (WAGP) project as proposed in Benin has the potential to
create a number of beneficial impacts, a few direct negative impacts that can be mitigated to
low levels, some risks associated with emergency and upset conditions, and some secondary
and cumulative impacts.
Beneficial Impacts
WAGP will have a number of significant positive impacts in Benin that provide a clear
justification for the project and in certain respects offset some of the negative impacts. These
include environmental and socioeconomic benefits during the construction as well as the
operation and maintenance periods, and those associated with WAGPs Community
Development Program.
Reduced greenhouse gas emissions are expected to occur as a result of WAGP, and represent
an environmental specifically, global climate change benefit as a result of fuel-switching
that will occur in the power and commercial/industrial sectors when natural gas is used in
Benin.
The majority of beneficial impacts associated with WAGP are socioeconomic effects. The
project will provide an abundant, relatively clean, relatively low-priced source of energy.
Additionally, taxes paid by the West African Pipeline Company (WAPCo) to Benin will help
strengthen the national economy and support economic development. Total tax benefits
received by Benin over the lifetime of the project are expected to be in the range of US$158
million to US$198 million (WAGP, 2004). More socioeconomic benefits both direct and
indirect will be generated through Benins limited participation in the pipeline project and
return on equity investments, and infrastructure improvements. To involve and benefit local
communities, WAPCo has made a commitment to purchase 15 percent of all goods and
services required during construction from local businesses. This local content value for
all construction procurement in Benin (onshore and offshore) is estimated at US$4.3 million.
Short-term employment income perhaps the largest contribution to socioeconomic benefits

at the local level will be generated in communities as local jobs are created both
temporarily during construction and permanently throughout the operation and maintenance
of the project. Workers from surrounding communities will be hired by contractors for
several aspects of construction. In general, increased employment levels are expected to
boost personal income and strengthen the local economy. Moreover, payments for local
contract work will be substantial, generating direct, indirect, and induced benefits for the
surrounding communities.
Chapter 6
Lastly, Community Development and Health and Safety Benefits will occur through
WAGPs planned Community Development Program and improved infrastructure. This
program will target education and healthcare support during the construction period.
Participatory needs assessments have identified future opportunities in terms of income
generation and capacity building that can be incorporated into later year operations.
Direct Negative Impacts

Direct negative impacts associated with the WAGP project include potential onshore and
potential offshore impacts to the environment, socioeconomic conditions, and health and
safety of workers and members of the general public.
Onshore Environmental Impacts
Thirty-two different activities were evaluated in detail across five categories of potential
environmental impacts: land use; habitat and biological resources; soils, topography, and
geology; water resources and hydrology; and air. Of the 160 environmental impact
possibilities that were assessed, 104 (65 percent) were determined to be of negligible concern
and 45 (28 percent) were evaluated as being of low or moderate severity because they are
short-term in duration, reversible, localized in area affected, and/or unlikely to occur given
planned management practices. Many possible high severity impacts have been entirely
avoided through the alternatives review and selection process, described in Chapter 4.
However, some environmental impacts are inevitable with a project of this nature and scale.
As explained in this chapter, the potential environmental impacts of greatest concern in

Benin involve the following.
The conversion of farmland to pipeline right of way (ROW) for the project duration
and perhaps longer. This would include a 25 meter (m) by 400m (1.0ha) stretch on
the barrier island that is currently used as a coconut plantation. Another 12.5ha of
agricultural land would also be taken within the 14.6km pipeline ROW in upland
areas.
Disturbance of habitats and possible changes to hydrology as a result of trenching to

install the pipeline in wetlands areas. Approximately 1.4 kilometers (km) (0.9 mile)
of the pipeline route onshore in Benin will cross streams and pass through wetland
areas.
Disturbance of lagoon bottom habitat as a result of trenching to install the pipeline

across the lagoon separating the barrier island from the mainland near Adjahedji.
This stretch across the lagoon is approximately 455m (1,493 feet (ft)).
Even these impacts, however, would be limited to the small areas noted above and should not
pose any significant concern at a national or regional level. Moreover, the areas affected by
pipeline trenching will be reinstated to the extent possible and should not exhibit long-term
impacts. Overall, the environmental assessment indicates that significant adverse impacts to
individual species, including species of conservation concern (e.g., sea turtles), are not likely.

Chapter 6
During the course of this assessment, as activities of potentially high concern were identified,
already-proposed mitigation and monitoring measures were strengthened (e.g., WAPCo
Turtle Impact Monitoring and Mitigation Plan for Construction and Maintenance
Operations), or entirely new measures developed (e.g., WAGP Storm Water Management
Plan, Air Emissions Management Procedure, Spill Prevention and Control Procedure, and
Procedure for Preventing Salt Water Intrusion into Fresh Water Lagoons and Creeks).
Implementation of these measures will minimize, and in some cases prevent, potential
significant adverse impacts identified in this assessment. See Chapters 7 and 8 for additional
details regarding these mitigation measures.
Onshore Socioeconomic and Health and Safety Impacts
The WAGP project is expected to result in the following categories of negative

socioeconomic impacts to varying degrees: transportation and other infrastructure; social and
cultural conditions; access to goods and services; means of livelihood; and public/worker
health and safety. These impacts are evaluated and assessed in detail, with all impacts
considered to be of low to moderate severity and occurring during the construction phase.
There are no anticipated socioeconomic impacts of high severity associated with the project
in Benin.
The influx of workers and equipment for the onshore pipeline (including the link line) and
for the regulating and metering (R&M) station may increase the pressure on existing
infrastructure systems, particularly transportation. Transport of pipe and other construction-
related materials from the port at Cotonou to the pipeline construction sites will require a
total of 200 truck trips (160 for pipe and 40 for other materials) over a 2 month pipeline
construction period, or roughly 4 to 5 truck trips per workday. Transport of skid-mounted
construction equipment from the port at Cotonou to the R&M site will require a total of 50 to
100 truck trips over a 3 to 4 month construction period or an additional 1 to 2 truck trips
per day on average. Various mitigation measures are planned by WAPCo that will
ameliorate impacts on transportation infrastructure, such as delivery of material during off
peak times and avoidance of congested roads.
In terms of social and cultural conditions, the influx of construction workers at the pipeline
and R&M station construction sites has the potential to result in impacts such as social unrest
due to differentials in incomes and price inflation for surrounding communities. These
effects are expected to be moderate in severity but will be localized to construction areas and
of relatively short duration at any one site.
There is also the potential for disruption of community access to goods and services as the
influx of construction workers places strains on services and results in price inflation and as
the increased construction traffic impedes access. For both the pipeline construction areas
and the R&M station area these impacts are expected to be minor, however.
Means of livelihood may be moderately impacted by the influx of construction workers, by

construction traffic, and by road/pathway obstruction, all of which have the potential to
disrupt economic activity in communities. The clearing of land and preclusion of farming
and other economic activity on the ROW and R&M station footprint is also expected to result

Chapter 6
in some economic displacement. Impacts of economic displacement will be mitigated

through the framework of the Resettlement Action Plan (RAP).
As trenching takes place in wetland areas and across the lagoon, minor impacts to fisheries
and loss of economic activity may occur. The termination of construction may also cause
moderate economic dislocation, both from job losses and the removal of markets for goods
and services.
The increase in accident and illness rates associated with the transportation of equipment
poses a potential impact on public health and safety. Mitigation measures include driver
training and avoidance of congested roads. The influx of construction workers could also
result in increased incidence of life-threatening or incurable illnesses such as HIV/AIDS,
although this increased risk is very low because the project will cause few workers or drivers
to make overnight stays or trips. Potential impacts of HIV/AIDS transmission will be
ameliorated by targeted mitigation measures such as HIV/AIDS awareness programs for
workers. Accidents also pose a potential impact on worker health and safety due to higher
exposure of occupational risk during construction activities, particularly from earthmoving
equipment. However, these risks are mitigated through overt environmental, safety, and
health management system requirements of the Engineering, Procurement, Construction
(EPC) contractors.
Offshore Environmental, Socioeconomic, and Health and Safety Impacts
The 20in (50.8cm) main pipeline will enter the territorial waters of Benin (from the east)
continuing into the waters of Togo, with the 8in (20.3cm) lateral branching onshore west of
the Cotonou port. The total offshore pipeline main trunk length in Benin waters is
approximately 106km (65.8 miles).
None of the activities associated with the offshore pipeline is expected to result in high
severity environmental, socioeconomic, or health and safety impacts. Activities of most
concern include the passive installation of the pipeline in water that is greater than 8m deep
(i.e., the pipeline will be laid on the sea floor in waters this deep), the movement of barges
and vessels near the shoreline and ports, and discharge and treatment of hydrotest waters
used in the commissioning of the Benin lateral. The receptors primarily affected by these
activities are benthic habitats, water quality, and fishing resources.
Overall, 14 offshore activities over the life of the project were analyzed for Benin across 11
different potentially affected media. Of these 154 media and activity combinations, 129
activities (84 percent) were found to have no impacts, 17 (11 percent) low severity impacts,
and 8 (5 percent) moderate severity impacts. None of the proposed offshore activities are
expected to cause high severity impacts.
Emergency and Upset Conditions

Emergency and upset conditions may, in a low probability, high consequence worst-case
scenario, lead to events with a significant potential for impact to human and environmental
receptors. The most significant possible events are:

Chapter 6
Controlled gas release: Blowdowns and other controlled gas releases may occur at
the Cotonou R&M station. Because controlled blowdowns are expected to be very
infrequent and will be conducted at rates that will ensure effective dispersion, the
impacts to environmental receptors and to the health and safety of workers and the
general public are expected to be minor, if any.
Uncontrolled gas release: Uncontrolled gas releases may occur anywhere along the
pipeline due to a rupture, or at WAGP facilities due to a rupture of piping or poor
maintenance. The WAGP pipeline and facilities have been designed with safeguards
to prevent uncontrolled releases and with mitigation measures to minimize their
impacts, should they occur.
Fire: The potential sources of fires include the uncontrolled release of gas or the
ingress of air into piping containing gas. Since the WAGP facilities have been
designed to avoid fire hazards, the likelihood of a fire occurring is considered low to
very low. The significance of any resulting impacts would vary with the size and
duration of a fire, if one occurs. Worst-case conditions could involve significant
impacts to some workers but could affect members of the general public only in the
very unlikely event of a fire extending beyond the R&M station boundaries.
Explosion: The likelihood of an explosion arising from the buried (or submerged),
corrosion-protected pipeline is very low. Also, equipment in the facilities will be
spark-proof in areas where the risk of explosion is significant in order to minimize the
likelihood of explosion. Nevertheless, in the unlikely event of a large explosion,
public health and safety would be of highest concern at the R&M station, given its
proximity to residential and industrial buildings. There also could be a variety of
socioeconomic effects from an explosion.
and is developing an emergency-response strategy and system safeguards.
Secondary and Cumulative Impacts

In addition to the primary, direct impacts, there are various indirect consequences that may
occur. These indirect impacts may occur in areas beyond the immediate influence of the
WAGP Project, at an undetermined time in the future, or as a result of complex pathways
(second- or third-level impacts). Secondary impacts affect the same qualities identified for
direct impacts (e.g., land use, water quality, livelihood, etc.). Many secondary effects were
not considered to be significant. Several identified secondary impacts attributable to the
proposed WAGP project include the following: in the onshore environment, change in land
use within the vicinity of the R&M station, potential for incremental changes in ecology due
to solid waste generation, changes in wetlands vegetation, and decrease in groundwater
quality; and in the offshore environment, the potential for a localized increase in fisheries
production. Secondary downstream impacts associated with induced development are also
addressed, in particular the planned relocation of the CEB plant from Cotonou to Maria-
Gleta.

Chapter 6
Cumulative impacts are the incremental effects of proposed development activities evaluated
in tandem with pre-existing or additional proposed development activities. They may be
considered distinct from direct (primary) and indirect (secondary) impacts from the proposed
project in those cumulative impacts may occur when a receptor is already impacted by
existing sources and/or from other separate, planned sources. Benin has few existing
industrial development projects that are currently additive to any direct WAGP project
impacts. Therefore, few cumulative impacts have been identified; the ones described in this
report consist of short term increased marine traffic and a strain on waste management
infrastructure (more so during construction rather than operations). It is not possible to
assess cumulative impacts from downstream development at this time, other than the CEB
plant relocation and a protection of other power generation or industrial development.
6.1 Introduction
This chapter assesses potential impacts of the West African Gas Pipeline (WAGP) project.
The methodology used for this assessment was designed to ensure a comprehensive and
systematic evaluation of all potential positive and negative effects associated with the
project. A main goal of the assessment is to identify where impact mitigation is needed so
that appropriate control measures (Chapter 7) and monitoring programs (Chapter 8) could be
developed to minimize adverse effects. Where different options remain under consideration
for a given activity in the project, impacts have been assessed for all options to inform the
decision-making.
The impact assessment methodology to be used for this project consists of five major steps:
Step 1: Identification and description of project activities and their interaction with
environmental media;
Step 2: Comprehensive preliminary identification of potential impacts;
Step 3: Screening, or comparative assessment of impact importance; identification of

impacts that are likely to be significant (i.e., identification of focus areas for further
study) through application of a basic set of impact significance criteria to the
preliminary information available about each impact;
Step 4: Detailed assessment of the identified focus area impacts through modeling
and other impact quantification/characterization techniques; quantification of impacts
to the extent possible and rigorous qualitative characterization of impacts that can not
be quantified; and
Step 5: Final assessment of the severity levels of impacts through application of the
results of the rigorous quantitative and qualitative characterization of impacts
developed in Step 4 to a set of objective impact severity criteria; identification of
impacts warranting mitigation.

Chapter 6
These steps are presented in flow chart form in Figure 6.1-1. The summary results of Steps 1
through 3 are presented in Tables 6.3-1 and 6.3-2. The results of the impact severity
assessment in Steps 4 and 5 are found in Tables 6.6-1 and 6.7-1 below.
Figure 6.1-1
Impact Assessment Methodology
Identify
Activities &
Step 1
Media
Impact
Identification/Screening Identify Project
Impacts Step 2
Process
Identify Focus
Areas Step 3
Step 4
Conduct Modeling and
Quantitative Analyses
Apply Additional Mitigation

Impact Severity Measures When Applicable
Assessment (Results in Chapter 7)
Identify Severity
Level
Step 5
Section 6.2, Project Activities and Affected Media, briefly describes the WAGP project
activities that could potentially result in impacts to the surrounding environment. This
represents Step 1 in the impact assessment process. These activities are described in more
detail in Chapter 2, Technical Project Description, but are summarized here to clarify the
basis for subsequent impact identification and assessment steps. Section 6.3, Comprehensive
Impacts Identification/Screening, outlines the process used to comprehensively identify
potential impacts associated with the WAGP project (Step 2). This section also describes the
process used to screen these impacts and identify the most important impacts, or focus areas
for further assessment (Step 3). Tables 6.3-1 and 6.3-2 present the results of this impact
screening step.
Section 6.4 describes the impact severity assessment methodology used in this EIA. A
simplified set of the impact significance criteria listed in this section (i.e., areal extent,
likelihood/duration of occurrence, and magnitude of the impact) were applied in Step 3 in

Chapter 6
order to screen impacts and select the focus areas for further analysis. The full impact
severity assessment methodology described in Section 6.4 was applied in Step 5 to rank the
importance of each impact. In addition to describing the significance and likelihood criteria
that are integral to the severity assessment, Section 6.4 also explains the steps taken to
expand the impacts discussion for presentation in the Final Draft EIA.
Section 6.5, Beneficial Impacts, describes project-wide and Benin-specific positive impacts.
Sections 6.6 and 6.7 (Onshore and Offshore Impacts) present qualitative, and where
available, quantitative descriptions of each of the potential direct negative impacts identified
in Section 6.3 after application of Steps 4 and 5. Sections 6.6 and 6.7 are organized
according to phases of the project, from siting and construction through start-up, operation
and maintenance, and decommissioning. Potential impacts from emergency situations or
upsets are discussed separately in Section 6.8, and potential secondary and cumulative
impacts are discussed qualitatively in Section 6.9.
6.2 Project Activities and Affected Media

6.2.1 Project Activities
Table 6.2-1 provides the basic outline of project activities that have been defined using
information available from the Front End Engineering Design (FEED) process (note that
some of these activities are specific to certain countries and will not occur in Benin). To
further focus the analysis, each of the general project activities listed below was broken down
into more specific activities, as described in Chapter 2 (e.g., pipeline construction in upland
areas includes such specific activities as the influx of workers, clearing of vegetation,
transportation of materials and equipment to the site, etc.). These activities appear in the
impact severity summary tables (Tables 6.6-1 and 6.7-1) in this chapter.
6.2.2 Affected Media

The WAGP project may potentially result in impacts on the environment, socioeconomic
conditions, and/or health and safety. Table 6.2-2 lists the specific media within each of these
impact categories included within the screening step of the impact assessment. The
comprehensive impact identification process described in Section 6.3 was used to evaluate
the potential impacts of each of the project activities listed above on the specific media listed
below in order to initially screen the severity of potential project impacts.
This list was later updated and revised to reflect results from the screening process and to
better distinguish between project activities (e.g., hazardous waste generation and noise
created by earthmoving equipment) and impact receptors within a specific medium. The
revised affected media are listed in Table 6.2-3 and are addressed in the full impact
assessment in Sections 6.5 through 6.9.

Chapter 6
Table 6.2-1
General On- and Offshore Project Activities
Project Phase General Project Activity
ONSHORE
Pipeline construction in upland areas
Pipeline construction in wetland areas
Pipeline construction in lagoons
Pipeline construction across barrier islands, beach, and
nearshore areas
Construction camp/temporary on-site facility
development
Site Preparation and Construction Connection to Tee at Alagbado and related
construction
Compressor station construction at Badagry Beach
(including concrete batching facility and heavy
equipment delivery via access roads and/or Badagry
Creek/Lagos Lagoon pier construction)
R&M station construction (outside of Nigeria)
Pipe cement coating operation (in Ghana and/or Nigeria)
Onshore pipeline testing
Start-up Compressor station, R&M stations, and Alagbado Tee
Connection
Compressor station, R&M stations, and Alagbado Tee
Operations and Maintenance Connection
Onshore Pipeline
Decommissioning of facilities
Decommissioning and Abandonment
Abandonment of onshore pipeline
OFFSHORE
Site preparation and construction in offshore areas (> 8
meters (m) water depth)
Site Preparation and Construction
Site preparation and construction of nearshore areas (<
8m water depth)
On and offshore pipeline testing
Operations and Maintenance
Pigging activities
Decommissioning and Abandonment Decommissioning of main trunk and laterals

Chapter 6
Table 6.2-2
Initial Screening List of Affected Media
Impact Category Specific Medium
Land Use
Habitat and Biological Resources
Topography, Geology, and Soils
Water Resources
Environmental
Air Quality
Noise and Vibration
Solid and Hazardous Waste
Energy Resources
Transportation
Socioeconomic Cultural Resources
Socioeconomics
Health and Safety Health and Safetya
a
Both project personnel and the public.
Table 6.2-3
Post Screening List of Affected Media
Impact Category Specific Medium

Land Use
Habitat and Biological Resources
Environmental Topography, Geology, and Soils
Water Resources and Hydrology
Air Quality
Transportation and Infrastructure
Cultural and Social Conditions
Socioeconomic
Access to Goods and Services
Means of Livelihood
Public Health, Safety, and Security
Health and Safety
Worker Health, Safety, and Security

Chapter 6
6.3 Comprehensive Impacts Identification/Screening

6.3.1 Overview
This section describes the steps used for preliminary identification of potential impacts based
on available information, and the screening of these impacts to identify those that warrant
more detailed analysis. This initial process assisted project proponents by identifying those
impacts that may warrant mitigation measures that could be incorporated into the project
design during detailed engineering design, or those potential impacts that may affect project
implementation or siting.
The preliminary identification and screening of impacts were carried out during FEED and
preliminary EIA stages consistent with the following:
Detailed screening conducted for a Preliminary Impact Assessment Report in Nigeria

(DPR EGAS, 2002);
Project screening, as described in the Ghana EIA Procedures (Ghana EPA, 1999);
Requirements of the United States National Environmental Policy Act1

Environmental Assessment; and
World Banks initial environmental assessment process (World Bank, 1993).
6.3.2 Impact Identification Process

Initial, comprehensive impact identification was conducted for the WAGP project using a
modified Leopold matrix (Leopold, 1971). The matrix arrays project activities against
environmental media, and supports a methodical, comprehensive, and objective identification
of the impacts that each project activity may have on each environmental, socioeconomic,
and health and safety medium. All potential environmental and socioeconomic impacts of
the WAGP project were initially identified through this approach. The matrix used for this
process is presented in Tables 6.3-1 and 6.3-2. The main factors used in determining whether
an impact may occur at each intersection between a project activity and a specific
environmental medium include:
Literature reviews;
Discussion with project proponent health, safety, and environment advisors;
Consultations with local experts;
Experience from similar projects worldwide; and
Professional judgment.
1
42 U.S.C. 4321- 4347.

Chapter 6
Table 6.3-1
Screening Results: Environmental, Socioeconomic, and Health and Safety Impact Focus Areas (March 2003)
Topography, Geology,
Habitat and Biological
Solid and Hazardous

Noise and Vibration
Cultural Resources
Energy Resources
Health and Safety

Water Resources
Socioeconomics
Transportation
General Activity Specific Activity Description
Air Quality
Resources
Land Use
and Soils
Waste
POTENTIAL POSITIVE PROJECT-WIDE IMPACTS
Social Reinvestment Technology transfer and capacity
R
building
Construction camp Temporary employment opportunities
development/occupation (for
R
pipeline and onshore facilities
construction)
General operation of pipeline Use of natural gas as an alternative,
R R R R
and distribution of natural gas lower cost energy source
ONSHORE IMPACTS
Pipeline construction in upland Clearing of vegetation, removal of
areas structures, leveling (including access X R
roads)
Pipeline installation at 1m depth
(including trenching and covering)
Pipeline construction in wetland Option 1: Horizontal directional
X X
areas drilling
Option 2: Trenching X X

Chapter 6
Table 6.3-1
Solid and Hazardous

Noise and Vibration
Cultural Resources
Energy Resources
Health and Safety

Water Resources
Socioeconomics
Transportation
Air Quality
Resources
Land Use
and Soils
Waste
Pipeline construction in lagoons Option 1: Horizontal directional
X X
drilling
Option 2: Trenching of lagoon bed
(including dredging of channel into X X X
lagoon for access by barges)
Pipeline construction across Option 1: Horizontal directional
R R
barrier islands, beach, and drilling
nearshore areas Option 2: Trenching R R X
Construction camp Land leveling and infrastructure
development/occupation (for development
pipeline and onshore facilities
Camp operation X
construction)
Compressor station construction Land take (mainly in wetland) and site
at Badagry Beach (including preparation
access roads and concrete Concrete batching facility
batching facility) Provision of aggregate and fill
Transport of equipment to site Option
1: by road (including widening of
existing roads)
Transport of equipment to site Option
2: by barge (including dredging of
barge canal)
Compressor station construction

Chapter 6
Table 6.3-1
Solid and Hazardous

Noise and Vibration
Cultural Resources
Energy Resources
Health and Safety

Water Resources
Socioeconomics
Transportation
Air Quality
Resources
Land Use
and Soils
Waste
R&M stations construction Land take
Land clearing and preparation
Transport of R&M equipment to sites
Start-up
Compressor station and R&M Liquid waste generation (including
stations high volumes of water from R R R
hydrotesting testing of pipelines)
Gas venting/flaring R R
Filter waste and other solid and
hazardous waste generation
Pipeline "Tee" Connection at
Gas venting
Alagbado

Chapter 6
Table 6.3-1
Solid and Hazardous

Noise and Vibration
Cultural Resources
Energy Resources
Health and Safety

Water Resources
Socioeconomics
Transportation
Air Quality
Resources
Land Use
and Soils
Waste
Compressor station and R&M Solid and hazardous waste
stations management (maintenance lubes, oils,
chemicals, dehydrating liquid and
filter wastes and refuse)
Storm water runoff from impermeable
surfaces
Sewage disposal
Provision of fresh water requirements
Venting/flaring
Air emissions from mobile sources,
back-up generators, compressor
Air emissions and steam condensate
emissions from glycol dehydrator
Pigging wastes
Fuel transport, transfer and storage
Compressor and R&M operation
Pipeline "Tee" Connection at Gas venting
Alagbado Scrubber liquid wastes
Onshore Pipeline Gas venting on 57km pipeline reach
in Nigeria
ROW maintenance
Pipeline at 1m depth R

Chapter 6
Table 6.3-1
Biological Resources
Solid and Hazardous

Noise and Vibration
Geology, and Soils
Cultural Resources
Energy Resources
Health and Safety

Water Resources
Socioeconomics
Transportation
Topography,
Habitat and
Air Quality
Land Use
Waste
OFFSHORE IMPACTS
Site Preparation Trenching and covering of positioned
pipe in nearshore shallow areas R R R R
(between 8m and 30m depth)
Pipe Laying Positioning and repositioning of barge
R R R R
anchors
Positioning of pipe
General barge operation Presence of barges in Gulf waters
Materials/supplies/personnel shuttling
between barges and shore
Sewage/runoff/liquid waste disposal
Air emissions from barge equipment
Solid and hazardous waste
management (maintenance lubes, oils,
chemicals, wastes and refuse)
Potential pipeline damage due to
anchor drag, other navigational Potential pipeline breach
activities or corrosion failure
Pipeline patrol and inspection
Regular deployment of patrol boats
R= Regional issue
X= Issue specific to Benin
Blank = Negligible or of lower significance and screened out for further consideration.

Chapter 6
6.3.3 Impact Screening/Identification of Focus Areas

Following the comprehensive identification of potential impacts, the identified impacts were
screened to distinguish between impacts likely to be negligible or insignificant, and those that
warrant more detailed analysis. This screening process was carried out through comparison
of the preliminary information available about each impact to a basic set of impact
significance criteria (defined below). Through this process, the most significant potential
impacts of the project were identified as focus areas for further analysis.
Sources of information about each potential impact used in the screening step while
qualitatively ranking the importance of the identified impacts included:
Overlaying project components on maps of existing conditions to identify potential
impact areas and environmental media and features that could be affected;
Preliminary field investigation results (e.g., environmental and socioeconomic
baseline surveys);
Consultation with country and regional experts and residents;
Experience from similar projects worldwide;
Detailed discussion with design and construction contractors (FEED);
Review of published and unpublished documents providing guidance on performing
impact analysis for industrial development activities. This includes sources such as:
The World Bank Environmental Assessment Sourcebook;
The EIA provisions of applicable laws and regulations in Benin;
Applicable international accords;
Authoritative texts on performing EIAs (e.g., Canter, 1996); and
Literature regarding environmental conditions in Benin and in the Gulf of Guinea;

and
Professional judgment.
Impacts that were not screened out as being insignificant in Step 3 were designated as focus
areas for additional analysis in subsequent stages of the EIA (i.e., in Steps 4 and 5). As more
quantitative and qualitative information became available regarding each impact, the severity
of each impact was assessed through application of the impact severity assessment
methodology described in Section 6.4 (Step 5). Quantitative information developed about
each impact was compared to quantitative indicators included in the impact significance
criteria, and detailed, specific information regarding impact likelihood was also compared to
the likelihood criteria. This resulted in an assessment of the severity of each impact, and

Chapter 6
supports conclusions regarding the acceptability of impacts and the need for mitigation
measures.
It should be noted that potential impacts were assessed taking into account the mitigation
measures that are part of the project design specifications (as presented in Chapter 2,
Technical Project Description, and further identified in Chapter 7, Mitigating and
Ameliorating Measures). These mitigation measures were assumed to be implemented as
part of the WAGP project. Where no mitigation measures were specified in the project
design specifications, impacts were assessed assuming no mitigation measures are applied.
As the final severity of impacts was assessed in the EIA process (i.e., Step 5) some impacts
were determined to be sufficiently severe to warrant further mitigation. Additional
mitigation measures that were identified through the impact assessment process (and were
not in the initial project design) are described in Chapter 7. Wherever additional mitigation
measures are identified, the impacts were reassessed (i.e., Steps 4 and 5 were carried out
again with respect to that impact) to provide a post-mitigation impact assessment. The
results of post-mitigation assessments are presented in Chapter 7.
6.3.4 Impact Screening Results

Tables 6.3-1 and 6.3-2 (Screening Results: Environmental, Socioeconomic, and Health and
Safety Impact Focus Areas) present the results of Step 3, i.e., the identified focus areas by
project phase (e.g., Site Preparation and Construction), project activity (e.g., pipeline
construction in wetlands), and affected media (e.g., Air Quality). The tables summarize the
identified focus areas at the time of screening (February through March 2003) and were
presented in the Preliminary Draft EIA. Focus areas are indicated by either an R
(regional), for issues that apply to all four countries, or by an X for issues specific to
Benin. If the row associated with a particular activity is blank, the impacts from that activity
were initially considered to be negligible, or of lower significance and screened out of
further consideration. However, as more project design specifications were developed,
specific activities further defined, and impact receptors more clearly separated from
activities, some potential impacts (not screening results) had to be re-introduced and
evaluated as part of the full impact assessment presented in Sections 6.5 through 6.7.
The potential impacts associated with each focus area are qualitatively, and where possible
quantitatively, described and evaluated in the corresponding text under Section 6.5,
Beneficial Impacts, Section 6.6 for potential negative onshore impacts, and under Section 6.7
for negative offshore impacts.
6.4 Impact Severity Assessment Methodology

Various impact assessment guidelines and methodologies have been developed to date and
new ones are continually emerging. As clearly stated by Canter (1996), there is no universal
methodology that can be applied to all project types in all environmental settings. The
United Nations Environmental Programme (UNEP, 1996) also emphasizes the need to use
tools from existing methodologies that best suit the specific project situation.

Chapter 6
These sources of information and professional experience provide a backdrop on which to

apply the following impact severity assessment methodology. This methodology is based on
two sets of criteria (significance and likelihood) that form the basis of the Severity Matrix
(Section 6.4.3). The following sections describe the components of the impact assessment
methodology in detail.
6.4.1 Significance Criteria

To objectively review those issues warranting consideration as potential impacts (previously
identified as focus areas) and to determine the likely significance of those impacts when
compared to baseline conditions, the general significance criteria shown in Table 6.4-1 were
developed. This EIA uses the significance criteria to evaluate impacts, which enables
systematic identification and focus on those resources most likely to be impacted by the
proposed pipeline project. Significance criteria were established to systematically determine
whether potential impacts would likely be positive or negative. Negative impacts were
further classified as major, moderate, minor, or negligible. Those issues determined to be
inconsequential or not applicable after mitigation were eliminated from or screened out
from further consideration and are indicated as such in the discussions under Sections 6.6 and
6.7.
This impact severity assessment takes into account three main categories of significance
criteria: temporal factors, areal extent, and magnitude of the impact. The components to each
of these primary criteria are described below (e.g., temporal factors include duration,
frequency, and reversibility). In addition to the three main significance criteria,
supplementary factors were considered as part of the overall impacts severity assessment:
sensitivity of the receptor, indirect or secondary influences, and cumulative effects.
6.4.1.1 Temporal Factors

An assessment of certain temporal factors associated with potential impacts is presented as
part of the significance criteria listed in Table 6.4-1. The relative significance level (e.g.,
minor, moderate, etc.) described under each affected category (e.g., environment,
socioeconomic, etc.) is a combined assessment of the duration of the impact, the impact
reversibility, and the frequency of the impact.
Duration is defined as the time that is estimated for a population or resource to return to
baseline (pre-project) conditions. The duration is calculated from the time the impact
begins, which may coincide with the start of the activity that causes the impact. The duration
of an impact may be characterized as follows:
Significance Level Description

Long-term impact, recovery not expected to
Major
occur within five years
Moderate-term impact, recovery time between
Moderate
six months and five years
Short-term impact, recovery time within six
Minor
months
Impact or recovery is very short term or
Negligible
immediate

Chapter 6
Characterization of the duration of an impact as major, moderate, or minor includes

consideration of the degree of reversibility of the impact.2 Impacts for which the duration is
classified as major, as defined above, would be long-term impacts.
Frequency is defined as the number of times an impact is expected to occur over the life of
the project. The frequency3 of an impact may be characterized as follows:

Continuous impact, impact will occur
Major
continuously throughout the life of the project
Intermittent impact, impact will occur
Moderate
intermittently over the life of the project
Rarely occurring impact, impact will occur a
Minor
very limited number of times
Very rarely occurring impact, less than twice
Negligible
in a period of one year
6.4.1.2 Areal Extent
Areal extent refers to the location of an impact in terms of the amount of area affected, i.e.,
localized versus widespread. In this EIA, impacts are considered localized if they are
likely to occur only within 100m (328ft) of the impact source, which is generally pipeline or
construction equipment. The extent may be quantified in units of area affected (e.g., square
kilometers). The areal extent of an impact is characterized in general terms as follows:

Impact to the national, regional, or global
Major
environment (e.g., greenhouse gas emissions)
Impact to the general vicinity of the project
Moderate
site or study area
Impact limited to the immediate vicinity of the
Minor
project activity
Impact limited to a very small part of the
Negligible
activity area and is within the project ROW
6.4.1.3 Magnitude
The magnitude of an impact is partially quantifiable in terms of the percent of resource

affected and by the relative concentration at receptor points.
Percent of resource affected is defined as the quantitative intensity of the impact and can be
measured as the percentage of a resource or a population within the study area that may be
affected by an impact. The definitions of major, moderate, minor, and negligible with
2
Degree of reversibility refers to whether or not an adverse or negative impact is reversible or irreversible over
a certain period of time (five years).
3
Note that frequency of the impact is the number of repetitions within a unit of time (i.e., the life of the
project); the likelihood (discussed in Section 6.4.2) is the probability of the impact occurring.

Chapter 6
respect to magnitude may vary depending upon the specific receptor. The magnitude of an
impact is characterized as follows for this EIA:

Large amount of the resource or population is
Major affected
An easily observable and measurable effect
Moderate amount of the resource or population
Moderate is affected
Generally measurable and observable effect
Small amount of the resource or population is
affected
Minor A low magnitude impact may be within the
range of normal variation of background
conditions
The amount of resource or population affected
Negligible
is unnoticeable or immeasurably small
Concentration at receptor points may also be defined with respect to quantitative or semi-
quantitative criteria, if available and applicable (e.g., noise level in units of decibels, or
milligram per cubic meter (mg/m3) of an air pollutant, measured at a particular location).
The identified quantitative criteria (benchmarks) would align with standard best industry
standards (e.g., for noise impacts, noise exposure limits as set by international standards for
worker health and safety), and/or established national standards in the project country. The
concentration factor, when quantifiable, may be characterized as follows:

Exceeds the quantitative or semi-quantitative
Major
benchmark
At or near the quantitative or semi-quantitative
benchmark
Moderate Periodically and briefly exceeds this
benchmark although generally within the
benchmark
Generally only a fraction of (e.g., less than 75
Minor percent) the quantitative or semi-quantitative
benchmark
Impact not detected or at background
conditions, or well below (e.g., less than 10
Negligible
percent of) the quantitative or semi-
quantitative benchmark
6.4.1.4 Additional Factors
The following additional factors were considered while conducting the severity assessment:
sensitivity of the receptor, indirect or secondary influence, and cumulative effects.
Definitions of each additional factor are provided below.

Chapter 6
Sensitivity of the receptor refers to economic, social, and/or environmental/ecological

importance of the receptor, including reliance on the receptor by people for sustenance,
livelihood, or economic activity, and to the importance of direct impacts to persons
associated with the resource. Impacts that directly affect people or vital natural resources are
deemed to be more important than impacts that indirectly affect people or vital resources.
The sensitivity of the receptor criterion also refers to potential impacts to Environmentally
Sensitive Areas and impacts to species, including loss of endangered species, effects of
introduction of invasive species, and similar environmental/ecological impacts.
Indirect or secondary influence of a primary impact is considered as an additional factor

when assessing the significance level of a potential impact. The direct impact of an activity
is assessed by applying the three primary criteria described above. An indirect or secondary
influence are those reasonably foreseeable effects that are expected to be caused by the
proposed action but occur later in time or are removed in distance, such as influences on
adjacent or upstream/downstream areas. Therefore, the secondary nature of the impact is
taken into account when evaluating the temporal factors, areal extent, and magnitude of the
potential impact.
Cumulative effects are those that result from the incremental consequences of an action
when added to other past and reasonably foreseeable future actions. The cumulative effects
of a particular project activity must be considered when assessing the overall significance
level of that impact.
These factors were not assigned specific significance values but were considered to allow for
a realistic impact assessment in cases when the primary significance rankings did not provide
for a complete accounting of all external influences. When the overall impact severity was
adjusted to reflect the influence of one or more of these additional factors, a discussion is
provided explaining the adjustment. In most cases, the additional factors did not change the
impact severity level and therefore are not specifically mentioned in Sections 6.6 and 6.7.
However, secondary and cumulative effects anticipated for the project are important
considerations in their own right and are discussed separately in Section 6.9.
6.4.1.5 Significance Levels and Criteria
Table 6.4-1 is arranged to show the general media category across the rows of the table (i.e.,
Physicochemical Environment, Biological Environment, Socioeconomic Environment, and
Health and Safety). Each significance level category is indicated by a gray separator row,
beginning with negligible, then describing minor, moderate, and major negative
significance. Each major significance level includes a short discussion of the specific criteria
outlined above.
Positive impacts are not ranked in terms of significance levels for this severity assessment. If
an impact is deemed to be positive, rather than neutral or negative for any of the general
media types, it is given a positive label and is described qualitatively and where possible
quantitatively in the impacts discussion in Section 6.5.

Chapter 6
Table 6.4-1
Negative Impact Significance Levels and Criteria
Significance Physicochemical Socioeconomic Health and Safety

Biological Environment
Criteria Environment Environment (Personnel and Public)
Negligible (negative)
Temporal Very temporary effect, even The duration of the effect is likely Temporary influence (impact No discernable health
less significant than periodic to be naturally reversible within a discernable for less than one effects for any period of
stress by nature. The duration short period of time (less than one week). The effects are time.
of the effect is likely to be week). The frequency of the completely reversible and of
naturally reversible within a impact is extremely low (less than extremely low frequency (less
short period of time (less than two times/year). than two times/year).
one week). The frequency of
the impact is extremely low
(less than two times/year).
Areal The impact to the land, air, and Some impact localized on a Localized, isolated change in No discernable health
water is localized, existing only community or organismal level, socioeconomic conditions or effects in any area.
within the pipeline ROW or but not distinguishable from commercial activities; not
facility boundary. natural background perturbation. affecting persons other than
project personnel.
Magnitude Little or no change in physical Little or no change in Unlikely to have any No discernable health
environment, barely measurable biodiversity, habitat availability, measurable impact. effects to any part of the
above background conditions or community structure and population.
(less than five percent change function in comparison to
from background). background levels.
Concentration at receptor points
is well below (e.g., no more
than ten percent of) identified
industry benchmark levels or
established national standards.

Chapter 6
Table 6.4-1

Minor (negative)
Temporal Measurable change lasting only Short-term (less than a few For single events, duration is For single events, duration
a few days to a few months months) local change of species one week to six months, with is one week to six months,
before recovery, with no or population abundance or no observable residual effects with no observable residual
observable residual effects. distribution, habitat availability, outside of the duration of effects outside of the
The duration of the impact is or community structure and impact. Effects are reversible duration of impact. Effects
likely to be totally reversible, function. over time. are reversible over time.
naturally or by intervention
The duration of the effect is likely For recurrent events, duration For recurrent events,
within six months and have a
to be totally reversible, naturally of each impact is brief (less duration of each impact is
moderate frequency of impact
or by intervention within six than two weeks) with no brief (less than two weeks)
(from twice to five times/year).
months and have a moderate observable residual effects with no observable residual
frequency of impact (from twice outside of the duration of effects outside of the
to five times/year). impact. Frequency of impact duration of impact.
is moderate (from twice to Frequency of impact is
five times/year). moderate (from twice to
five times/year).
Areal Localized,a relatively isolated Local change of species or Localized relatively isolated Impact is localized to
change in physicochemical population abundance or change in socioeconomic project personnel and local
environment. Impact distribution, habitat availability, conditions or commercial population living within
consequence is realized within or community structure and activities affecting population 100m of ROW facility
100m (328ft) of ROW or function within 100m of ROW or immediately adjacent to the boundary
facility boundary. facility boundary. project boundaries.

Chapter 6
Table 6.4-1

Magnitude Some measurable change to the No impact at species, population, Some measurable change in Minor injury or illness
affected environment, up to 10 or community level but health of socioeconomic conditions, affecting a small portion of
percent increase/decrease over individual organisms is livelihood, living conditions, the affected population
background conditions when negatively impacted, including or social structure likely to (<15 percent) with some
applicable (i.e., some factors do where organisms avoid project result in only minor hardships cases of very brief lost time
not have associated existing area as habitat. for a small minority of the from work (one to two
background levels). populations of the affected days)
Concentration at receptor points communities. Effects can be
Injuries or illness requiring
is generally well within (e.g., largely overcome with
minor physicians care such
no more than 75 percent of) existing individual or
as outpatient services.
identified industry benchmark community resources.
levels or established national
standards.
Moderate (negative)
Temporal The duration of the effect is The duration of the effect is more For single events, duration of For single events, duration
more than six months but less than six months but less than five the effect is more than six of the effect is more than
than five years and reversible years and reversible within that months but less than five six months but less than
within that period of time. period of time. Frequency of years, and fully reversible five years, and fully
Frequency of impact may occur impact may occur from five to ten after that period of time. reversible after that period
from five to ten times per year. times per year. of time.
For recurrent events, duration
of each event is no more than For recurrent events,
a month, impacts are duration of each event is no
reversible after each event, more than a month, and
and frequency of impact is frequency of impact is from
from five to eight times per five to eight times per year.
year.

Chapter 6
Table 6.4-1

Areal Localized,a relatively isolated Local to widespread change in Impacts affecting not only Impacts affecting not only
change in physicochemical habitat availability or quality, project personnel but also project personnel but also
environment. Impact likely to modify abundance or surrounding population, local surrounding population
consequence is realized up to distribution of species. Impact communities/public up to (public) up to 500m from
500m (1,640ft) from ROW or consequence is realized up to 500m from ROW or facility ROW or facility boundary.
facility boundary. 500m from ROW or facility boundary.
boundary.
Magnitude Local modification of Impact evident at community or Pronounced change in Injury or illness affecting
considerable severity in population level, significant socioeconomic conditions, less than half of the
atmospheric, surface, or change in population density livelihood, living conditions, affected population to a
subsurface conditions. (e.g., decline in fish species or social structure, likely to greater or lesser degree,
Significant measurable change abundance), habitat quality, etc. result in significant hardships with a few cases requiring
from baseline conditions (10 to or reduction in living hospitalization and/or
20 percent change from standards for a significant resulting in long-term
baseline). Concentration at portion (but less than half) of disability.
receptor points is at, near, or the affected community
periodically exceeds identified population. Impacts too
industry benchmark levels or severe to be overcome or
established national standards. ameliorated with existing
individual or community
resources.

Chapter 6
Table 6.4-1

Major (negative)
Temporal The duration of the effect is Long-term (greater than five The effect is long-term or Effects are of long-term
long-term (greater than five years). Modification will persist likely to last more than five duration (more than five
years) or is not reversible beyond the duration of the project years, or is not reversible. years) or permanent, i.e.,
(permanent). Frequency of the or is not reversible. Frequency of For recurrent events, duration not reversible. For
impact may occur more than ten the impact may occur more than of each event is greater than a recurrent events, duration
times/year. ten times/year. month, impact frequency is of each event is greater than
high (more than eight a month, impact frequency
times/year) and impact is high (more than eight
durations may overlap. times/year) and impact
durations may overlap.
Areal Widespread modification of Widespread change in habitat Widespread (possibly even Impacts affecting not only
considerable severity in availability or quality, which beyond study area project personnel but also
atmospheric, surface, or would likely modify natural communities). surrounding population
subsurface conditions. Areal abundance or distribution of (public) more than 500m
extent of impact consequence is species beyond 500m of ROW or from ROW or facility
realized beyond 500m (1,640ft) facility boundary. boundary; may cause
of ROW or facility boundary. regional effects.

Chapter 6
Table 6.4-1

Magnitude Modification of considerable Impact to affect organisms at or Very pronounced change in Impacts affect a large
severity in atmospheric, above the ecosystem level. socioeconomic conditions, portion or even the majority
surface, or subsurface livelihood, living conditions, of the affected population
conditions. Significant, or social structure, likely to to a greater or lesser degree,
measurable change from affect the majority of people with some cases of
baseline conditions (more than in the affected communities permanently disabling
20 percent change from and result in serious injury/illness; chronic and
baseline when applicable). hardships, reduction in living irreversible health impacts
Concentration at receptor points standards, or impoverishment. that may shorten life
exceeds identified industry Impacts overwhelm the expectancy, or immediate
benchmark levels or established ability of individuals or fatalities.
national standards. communities to recover or
overcome.
a
Physicochemical and Biological Impacts are considered localized if they are likely to occur only within 100m (328ft) of the impact source
(pipeline or construction equipment).

Chapter 6
6.4.2 Likelihood Criteria

To obtain a measure of the severity associated with each potential negative impact, the
likelihood criteria shown in Table 6.4-2 were developed. These likelihood criteria were
applied to all potential negative impacts to determine whether they can be prevented,
mitigated, or are unavoidable. The likelihood of the impact occurring, not the activity
occurring, is evaluated here. The severity of an impact is defined by its significance (or
consequence) and its likelihood of occurrence. For example, a moderate impact that has a
high likelihood of occurrence would be more severe than a major impact with a very low
likelihood of occurrence.
Table 6.4-2
Likelihood Criteria
Likelihood Level Definition
Impact has less than 1 or 2 percent likelihood of occurring; impact
Very Low unknown to have previously resulted in similar circumstances in the
industry.
Impact highly unlikely, given the controls in place (e.g., between 2 to
Low 20 percent likelihood of occurring, impact has been known to result, but
only very rarely, in similar circumstances).
Impact could occur infrequently during normal operations, but given a
breakdown of the safeguards and controls (i.e. lack of maintenance for
Medium a protecting device) it could occur more readily (e.g., between 20 to 70
percent likelihood of occurring, impact has been known to result in
many similar circumstances, but does not result routinely).
Given the controls in place, the impact is likely to occur during normal
operations (e.g., over 70 percent likelihood of occurring, impact has
High
been known to result routinely, though not necessarily in all similar
circumstances).
6.4.3 Severity Matrix and Conclusions

The Severity Matrix presented in Figure 6.4-1 is constructed by placing the likelihood
ranking on the y-axis and the impact significance ranking on the x-axis. Assigning a
significance ranking and a likelihood ranking to each impact allows for semi-quantitative
evaluation of the severity of the impact.

Chapter 6
Figure 6.4-1
Severity Matrix
Likelihood High
Medium
Low
Very Low
Beneficial Impact Positive Negligible Minor Moderate Major

Low Severity Impact Significance
Moderate Severity
High Severity
The overall severity of an impact is defined by the magnitude of its consequence

(significance) (Table 6.4-1) and its likelihood of occurrence (Table 6.4-2). Using an
indication of severity (significance and likelihood) to comparatively assess and evaluate
impacts enables this EIA to systematically identify and focus on those resources most likely
to be at risk as a result of the proposed WAGP project.
The overall impact severity level is indicated by the position on the impact severity matrix.
For example, impacts placed within the red boxes have a high likelihood of occurrence and
serious consequence; thus they have a high severity rating. These high-severity impacts
become high priority issues for further evaluation or management action. Similarly, impacts
in the yellow category are moderate impacts, with a medium priority. Impacts in the green
boxes are low and are given lowest priority. Impacts identified by the white boxes indicate
positive or beneficial impacts. The criteria and severity matrix set forth in this section are
widely applicable to all the types of events and impacts identified.
As noted above, impact severity was assessed assuming the execution of project design
mitigation measures and best management practices. When potential impacts were initially
judged to be high or moderate even with the implementation of planned mitigation measures,
additional measures were recommended to reduce the anticipated impacts to lower levels
(Chapters 7 and 8). Therefore, a high severity rating for a given impact in this chapter does
not mean that the project will definitely cause that high impact, but rather the impact is
potentially high and warranted additional mitigation as described in subsequent chapters.
6.4.4 Application of the Severity Assessment Methodology

In the screening stage (Step 3), project information was compared in a qualitative manner to
a basic set of impact significance criteria (i.e., areal extent, likelihood/duration of occurrence,

Chapter 6
and magnitude of the impact) in order to distinguish negligible or unimportant impacts from
those that are important enough to warrant more detailed analysis.
The process of predicting and assessing the severity of impacts was therefore initially
qualitative (Step 3), but as the focus of the assessment is narrowed to the more important
impacts, increasingly rigorous, quantitative techniques were applied. In Step 5,
comprehensive qualitative and quantitative information available about each impact was
used, and the impact severity assessment methodology was applied comprehensively to each
impact, leading to an objective, supportable conclusion regarding the severity of each impact.
This in turn supported further conclusions as to the acceptability of the impact, and the need
for additional mitigation measures.
During Step 4 as much data as possible were collected or developed to characterize each
impact with respect to each significance criteria (temporal, areal, and magnitude). Data
collection focused on: project location; habitat mapping; environmental, household, and
socioeconomic baseline survey results; transportation/political maps; satellite imagery;
vegetation mapping; engineering data; and project design reviews.
Each potential impact was quantified to the greatest extent possible, and the significance
criteria were applied. When appropriate, pollutant pathways, potential for transport through
environmental media, and dispersion and retention rates were evaluated. Modeling was
conducted for some media (e.g., air quality).
Once the potential impact was assigned a significance value (negligible, minor, moderate,
or major), the likelihood of the impact occurring was assessed using available data such as
engineering calculations of probability of occurrence, reported industry rates, hazard
assessment modeling, and best professional judgment.
The following table has been completed for each onshore and offshore activity according to
the impact significance and likelihood criteria presented above. The significance level of the
temporal, areal, and magnitude criteria were assessed individually as negligible, minor,
moderate, or major. The average of these scores then gave the overall impact significance.
Likelihood was given a value of very low, low, medium, or high. Theses two values were
then matched to the corresponding overall impact severity in the matrix presented above, to
give a severity level of low, moderate, or high. The resulting impact severity label and color
is shown in the box on the far right, as in the example below.
Temporal Moderate
Impact Significance Areal Negligible Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Impacts determined to be beneficial have not been assessed in the same way for each of the
significance criteria and are presented separately in Section 6.5.
The combination of data, impact prediction tools, historical information from previous
projects, best professional judgment, and the severity ranking matrix provided a
comprehensive, objective, scientific assessment approach. Best professional judgment was

Chapter 6
used in tandem with quantitative tools such as computer modeling. Impact assessment is a
tool to be used for environmental planning and decision-making to assist project proponents
in focusing resources on the impacts with the potential to cause the largest negative impacts.
For this Final Draft EIA, the results of Step 5 (impact severity ranking) are presented in
Tables 6.6-1 and 6.7-1 by project phase and activity.
The methodology outlined in Sections 6.1 through 6.4 is an iterative process and was applied
on a preliminary basis and after EPC tenders were received. This methodology would be
repeated as part of WAPCos Change Management Process if the project scope or significant
project implementation activities change.
6.4.5 Uncertainties
As discussed in the regional EIA, the Ghana EIA, the Nigeria EIA, and the Togo EIA
supporting the WAGP project, WAPCo is still considering alternatives for some of the
WAGP project details. These are mainly for details in Nigeria, although there is also
remaining uncertainty regarding the identity of approved waste handling and disposal
facilities to be used in Togo and identifying the water supply at all R&M stations. As a
result, those other EIAs evaluated the potential impacts of all project options in order to
envelop all the different ways the project may go with respect to remaining uncertainties.
The only remaining uncertainties associated with the project as proposed in Benin concern
the ability to use different pipeline installation methods in two areas. First, the
environmentally beneficial method of horizontal directional drilling (HDD) is the proposed
and preferred method for installing the pipeline in the shore crossing segment, including the
stretch across the barrier island. Engineering assessment of the shoreline conditions along
the proposed pipeline route indicates that HDD will in fact be feasible in this area. In the
unlikely event that it is not, given some conditions that are presently unforeseen, traditional
trenching along this segment would be used instead.
Second, trenching is the proposed method for installing the pipeline across the lagoon located
on the north side of the barrier island, where the pipeline crosses near Adjahedji.
Engineering assessment also indicates that this method will be feasible, but in the unlikely
event that it turns out not to be due to currently unforeseen conditions, HDD of the lagoon
bed would occur instead.
This EIA evaluates the impacts associated with the preferred methods of HDD in the shore
crossing segment and traditional trenching across the nearby lagoon. Even though
construction engineers could have to resort to alternate methods in these areas due to
conditions discovered in the field, those alternate methods are considered very unlikely at
this stage.
6.5 Beneficial Impacts

WAGP will have a number of significant positive impacts in Benin that provide a clear
justification for the project and in certain respects offset some of the negative impacts.
Significant positive impacts include:

Chapter 6
Environmental Benefits
Significantly reduced greenhouse gas emissions, resulting in global climate

change benefits from fuel-switching that will occur in the power and
commercial/industrial sectors when natural gas is used in Benin.
Socioeconomic Benefits
The project will provide an abundant, relatively clean, relatively low-priced

source of energy. Financial savings of between US$94 million and US$109
million are expected to be realized through the use of natural gas as a less
expensive fuel source as compared to currently used fuels. This is expected to
spur economic and industrial development and raise living standards. [Note to
Reader: Fuel savings were calculated on a discounted real basis, whereas tax
benefits were calculated on an undiscounted nominal basis.].
Taxes paid by WAPCo to Benin will help strengthen the national economy and
support economic development. Total tax benefits received by Benin over the
lifetime of the project are expected in the range of US$158 million to US$198
million (WAGP, 2004).
Direct and indirect economic benefits will be generated for Benin from its share
of participation in the pipeline and return on equity investments.
Employment income will be generated in the surrounding communities as local

jobs are created both temporarily during construction and permanently throughout
the operation and maintenance of WAGP. In Benin, 50 to 100 workers will be
needed for onshore mainline construction and an additional 50 to 100 workers
will be required to construct the R&M station near Cotonou. WAGP has a goal of
hiring 50 percent of the onshore and weight coating construction labor from
surrounding communities in the region, with the majority of unskilled labor from
surrounding communities. It is expected that many R&M station workers will be
recruited from surrounding areas. Increased employment levels will boost
personal income and strengthen the local economy.
A commitment by WAPCo to purchase 15 percent of all goods and services

required during construction (local content as currently defined in the
International Project Agreement) from local businesses in surrounding
communities of the four countries will contribute to regional growth and
economic development. The local content value for onshore construction
procurement in Benin is estimated at US$2.6 million.
Payments for contract work in Nigeria, Benin, Ghana and Togo (including both
labor and local goods/services procurement) during the operation period are
estimated to approach US$20 million, and will generate substantial direct,
indirect, and induced benefits for the surrounding communities.

Chapter 6
Improved transportation infrastructure will result if and where WAGP upgrades

existing transportation infrastructure in Benin, particularly for transportation of
heavy equipment. This improved infrastructure will support economic benefits
through reduced travel times and transportation costs savings.
Community Development/Health and Safety Benefits
Some improvements in health, safety, and emergency management infrastructure

may be realized in the areas immediately surrounding the R&M station near
Cococodji, possibly through community development projects and technology
transfer/ partnership between WAPCo and local authorities.
WAGPs Community Development Program will target education and healthcare

support during the construction period. Participatory needs assessments have
identified future opportunities in terms of income generation and capacity
building that can be incorporated into later year operations.
6.5.1 Beneficial Environmental Impacts

The benefits of the WAGP project caused by the reduction in greenhouse gas emissions are
derived from two sources: (1) the reduction of associated gas flaring in Nigeria; and (2) the
fuel-switching that will occur in the power and commercial/industrial sectors when natural
gas is utilized in the receiving countries. Under the median demand scenario (P50),
greenhouse gas emissions could be reduced by as much as 85.8 million tons (MMT) of
carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2eq) over the first 20 years of WAGP. This estimate assumes
that under the no project scenario, flaring continues to occur in Nigeria through the year
2025 for the percentage of associated gas transported by WAGP, and the P50 forecast (Purvin
and Gertz, 2003) is met in Benin, Ghana, and Togo by the development of new power plants
and industrial fuel users utilizing fuel oil (not burning natural ). As explained in Appendix
2A-1, it was assumed that flaring continues through 2025 (even though there is a planned
2008 flares-out policy) because it is likely that even the gas streams that are currently flared
would have begun to be used for some other purpose after that year in the absence of the
pipeline, e.g., combustion elsewhere in Nigeria or another country. Also, as indicated in
Appendix 2A-2, it is unlikely that flaring can be eliminated without a portfolio of gas
projects like WAGP. The actual emission reduction would depend on how flaring is reduced
in Nigeria (under the base case), the market demand for natural gas in the receiving
countries, and the level of additional power generation and industrial development that would
consume more natural gas rather than fuel oil.
6.5.2 Beneficial Socioeconomic Impacts

Substantial short- and long-term positive socioeconomic impacts are expected as a result of
WAGP operations in Benin both locally and nationally. Of those benefits introduced above,
the most significant are anticipated to occur through increased local employment and
increased personal income and business revenues through the procurement of goods and
services during both the construction and operation phases.

Chapter 6
Overall, WAPCo has committed to a local content target of at least 15 percent in terms of
the total capital cost of the project. Local businesses will be invited to qualify for all
international tenders called by WAPCo; as a result, a significant portion of the goods and
services used in the construction of the pipeline system will be sourced from businesses in
local communities. These businesses will directly benefit from increased revenues as the
project requires the purchase of construction and operation materials. Additional indirect
benefits will occur as local businesses provide goods and services in support of construction,
such as those involved in the production of construction material components and the supply
of related mechanical and engineering services. As detailed in Chapter 8, WAGP is
committed to monitoring and reporting actual local content procured by the project.
As households spend income earned both directly and indirectly from the project on goods
and services, various sectors in the local economies of communities immediately adjacent to
the project sites and facilities may experience increases in revenue and employment (i.e.,
induced effects). However, the extent to which the communities immediately adjacent to the
project can take advantage of these opportunities may be constrained by their economies,
which are not highly developed. In the communities surrounding the ROW in Benin, crop
production and/or fishing are the dominant occupations. The trade/commerce sector is
characterized by small-scale establishments that provide only a limited range of goods and
services. As such, businesses in the surveyed communities that are most likely to benefit
from additional spending include those supplying food products and basic small-scale
household items. Communities adjacent to the ROW that are more developed economically
will be better suited to benefit from increased economic opportunities and will also profit
from the influx of construction workers and construction-related revenues.
During the construction period, key benefits are associated with increases in local
employment for pipeline construction activities, resulting in increased personal incomes.
Businesses in the surrounding communities are also expected to benefit from providing some
material input required for many aspects of this phase. This will provide some limited
business growth and revenue benefits to these communities. There will also be some indirect
beneficial impacts for businesses in the surrounding communities that provide goods and
services in support of direct project construction activities. In addition, the influx of
construction workers and the increased income for both local workers and local businesses
from the influx will temporarily create market opportunities for food and other goods and
services, thereby enhancing income-earning opportunities for local residents that supply
these markets. In particular, spending of income earned directly and indirectly from the
R&M station and onshore pipeline construction may support limited local business growth in
the immediate vicinity.
The operation period will support a limited amount of longer-term employment and income
opportunities for communities near the compressor station. Future local procurement of
goods and services will mean long-term demand for these inputs from surrounding
communities, which may have substantial economic benefits in terms of business revenue
and household income. For example, WAGP intends to contract out a variety of services,
including R&M station and ROW maintenance, PC support, catering, compliance training,
legal, and engineering work. WAGP will also provide training to direct hires, which will
provide an opportunity for technical skills to be transferred to surrounding communities,

Chapter 6
creating human capacity benefits as well as the potential for long term increases in income.
In addition, infrastructure upgrades required by the project, such as road and water supply
improvements (i.e., drilling of drinking water wells), may provide permanent benefits to the
community.
6.5.2.1 Site Preparation and Construction Period Benefits
Employment and Income Benefits
Many of the socioeconomic benefits that will be realized by local communities as a result of
WAGP activities that will occur during the temporary site preparation and construction
periods as a result of local procurement of goods and services. The degree to which local
procurement occurs, however, varies depending on the required skills and available labor
pool for each job. Specific initial estimates of labor requirements that will be filled by
workers from surrounding communities are described by project category (facility/activity) in
the following sections. However, final figures are not available at the time of this writing,
and will become available only after the contract for this work is awarded by WAPCo. In
general, however, it should be noted that, as per WAPCos International Project Agreement
with the states, local goods and services procurement (including labor) will constitute at least
15 percent of capital project costs, and in some cases a much higher percentage. As shown in
Table 6.5-1, the local content value for construction work in Benin is estimated at US$2.6
million for onshore procurement, with total procurement estimated at US$4.3 million.
Table 6.5-1
Local Content Value in Millions of Dollars
(and as percentage of total project capital cost)
Activity Benin
Onshore 2.6 (2.1%)
Offshore 1.7 (1.1%)
Total 4.3 (1.3%)
Source: WAGP, 2004.
In terms of employment, WAPCo maintains as a goal that, at a minimum, 50 percent of the

onshore and weight coating labor force employed in the four states (Benin, Ghana, Nigeria,
and Togo) will be from those states. Moreover, it is envisioned that the majority of unskilled
labor will be employed from closely surrounding communities.
Preliminary information from tendering indicates that the EPC contractors will procure
substantial labor and services from surrounding communities. As far as practical, all civil
construction materials, such as cement, aggregate, reinforcement, and any other available
materials will be locally procured. Certain construction activities such as bush clearing will
be subcontracted to members of local communities as far as practical. Consumables like
fuel, lubricants, industrial gas, catering, etc. will also be procured from surrounding
communities.

Chapter 6
Below, additional information is presented specific to each construction phase job category
and the involvement of local hirees, including the expected duration of jobs and other job
details (as available).
Pipeline Construction
Direct positive impacts will result from pipeline construction activities in Benin, requiring
between 50 to 100 workers for a period of approximately six to nine months. Initial
estimates received by WAPCo from the onshore EPC contractor selected to complete this
work indicate that between 175 and 250 of the 450 to 750 total hired for onshore pipeline
construction in all four states (Nigeria, Benin, Togo, and Ghana) will be hired locally
(WAGP, 2003). This represents a possible range of roughly 20 to 50 percent hired directly
from local communities. The onshore contractor will use labor from the surrounding
communities for pipeline and station facilities welding and installation, driving and
maintenance of vehicles and construction equipment, and for security personnel. Local
contractors will also be used for port handling and customs clearances of imported materials.
The line pipe contractor will use local contractors for port clearance of materials. Additional
activities such as site clearing, trenching, and security services are expected to be provided
entirely by locally hired workers.
Indirect impacts are also expected as local businesses provide goods and services in support
of construction-related activities - such as mechanical, transportation and catering services
and in support of temporarily increased population and resulting commodity demand. In the
rural fishing villages of Hio-Houta and Hio-Houegbo, for example where the majority of
households have at least one member who fishes increased prices could have positive
impacts on household income.
R&M Station Construction
Beneficial employment and income impacts on the local communities will be similar to those
described for pipeline construction, but will be smaller in magnitude; 50 to 100 people are
likely to be employed for construction over a three to four month period. As with pipeline
construction impacts, indirect impacts are expected to affect local businesses that provide
goods and services, such as the production of construction material components and the
supplying of related mechanical and other services. Spending of income earned directly and
indirectly from the R&M station construction may support limited local business growth.
6.5.2.2 Operation and Maintenance Period Benefits
The operation period will support a limited amount of longer-term direct employment and
income opportunities for the communities and businesses near the pipelines facility,
compressor, and R&M stations. An estimated total of 63 personnel will be directly hired by
WAGP in support of annual operations across the four states, with income and benefits
payments approaching US$60 million over the 20-year period (WAGP, 2004). To the extent
that income is earned and used within the region (for example through spending or saving),
these income payments will have substantial direct and indirect economic benefits.

Chapter 6
WAGP intends to contract out a variety of services, including pipeline repair, R&M station
and ROW maintenance, PC support, catering, compliance training, and legal and engineering
work. Total payments for contract work (includes labor and local goods/services
procurement) across the four states are estimated at US$19.3 million (WAGP, 2004), and
will lead to increased incomes for households and businesses in surrounding communities, as
well as the potential for new business establishment.
New ventures and industries that generate employment and income may be established in
response to the additional demand for locally supplied products. There may also be
secondary impacts that result from the additional spending of wages earned in jobs directly
and indirectly created by the project. This spending of income could benefit many types of
local businesses, ranging from suppliers of food to suppliers of electrical household items.
The operation period will also provide permanent benefits to the community from any and all
infrastructure upgrades required by the project, such as road and water supply improvements
(i.e., drilling of drinking water wells).
Employment and Income Benefits
Pipeline
The operation and maintenance of the pipeline will lead to the creation of skilled and
unskilled jobs for the surrounding communities. Skilled jobs will include pipeline
inspection, maintenance, and operator jobs either from direct WAPCo employment or
through regularly scheduled third-party technical services. Unskilled work will include
mowing and maintaining the ROW.
WAPCo will be providing training to direct hires to equip them with the necessary skills.
This will provide an opportunity for technical skills to be transferred into the communities,
creating the potential for long-term increases in income for those who undergo training.
As detailed above, WAGP will contract out a variety of services, which will lead to increased
incomes and business revenues in the surrounding communities. New ventures and
industries that generate employment and income may be established in response to the
additional demand for locally supplied products.
The ongoing needs of the facility could also benefit the economies of surrounding
communities by supporting indirect employment at businesses that support operation and
maintenance activities, for example mechanical service and supply, off-site material
handling, or waste management services. There may also be induced impacts that result from
the additional spending of wages earned in jobs directly and indirectly created by the project.
This spending of income could benefit many types of local businesses in the immediate
vicinity of the project, ranging from suppliers of food to suppliers of electrical household
items.

Chapter 6
R&M Station
The operation and maintenance of the R&M station will require a small permanent staff,
providing limited jobs for the local community and beyond. WAGP may employ or contract
with local third party services for both skilled and non-skilled labor to work in and around
the facility. As with pipeline operation, unskilled work may include grounds maintenance,
and basic maintenance of the facility. Skilled jobs will include operator and more advanced
maintenance work. These more skilled jobs may only be available to members of local
communities who undergo training.
The ongoing needs of the facility could also benefit the local economy by supporting indirect
employment at businesses that supply goods and services, such as those in the offsite
material handling or waste management service sector.
Improved Infrastructure
There will be an increase in mobility/accessibility associated with the maintenance of a

service road parallel to the pipeline, particularly from the R&M station along the link line
route to Communaut Elctrique du Bnin (CEB) in Maria Gleta. Use of this road will be
made available to the local population for limited, light transport (pedestrian, motorcycle,
and in rural areas, cars and light trucks) and may allow for faster and more reliable
movement of goods and people.
In addition, the construction period may result in upgrades to the existing road along the
beach in order to transport equipment required for the construction of the lateral shore
crossing and first one to two kilometers of the onshore lateral. Since this infrastructure
would remain in place after the decommissioning of the project, it would provide long-term
benefit to the community.
The project may also require the drilling of a water borehole in order to provide the
construction process with sufficient water. Since this infrastructure would remain in place
after the decommissioning of the project, it would provide long-term benefit to the
community.
Macroeconomic Benefits
The WAGP project is also expected to confer macroeconomic benefits to Benin through tax
payments to be made by WAPCo throughout the projects period of operation and through
other benefits such as the value of equity investment in the pipeline. These impacts are
expected to benefit many sectors of Benins economy. Whereas the employment and related
benefits presented above have predominantly local impacts, the following will be most
notable at the regional level.
Fuel Savings
Compared to current energy sources (e.g., light crude oil, coal, A-1 kerosene), the WAGP
project will provide an abundant, relatively clean, relatively low-priced source of energy for
Benin. Electricity consumption is the primary driver of energy demand growth in the WAGP

Chapter 6
project region. The analysis of project alternatives has determined the pipeline delivery of
natural gas provided by the WAGP project is the most cost-effective means of satisfying
future regional energy demand.
Financial savings of between US$94 million and US$109 million (WAGP, 2004) are
expected to be realized in Benin through the use of natural gas as a less expensive fuel source
as compared to current use of fuels such as crude oil and coal. [Note to Reader: Fuel savings
were calculated on a discounted real basis, whereas tax benefits were calculated on an
undiscounted nominal basis.] The range reflects different sources and estimation methods as
described in Section 6.5 of the Regional Final EIA (Regional 6.5). These savings are
expected to spur economic and industrial development and raise living standards.
Taxation Benefits
There will be substantial tax and tariff payments by WAPCo to the countries involved.
These payments will help strengthen the economies of the counties and support development.
Total tax benefits received by Benin over the lifetime of the project are expected in the range
of US$158 million to US$198 million (WAGP, 2004).4
Equity Investment
It can be expected that some benefits will accrue based on Benins ownership of the pipeline.
Though not a major share, Societ Beninoise de Gaz SA holds a 2.0% share of the equity
investment in the pipeline. The company is also expected to develop local distribution
systems for gas transported in the WAGP, which will result in economic stimulation
indirectly as a WAGP operation.
6.5.3 Community Development/Health and Safety Benefits

In order to support WAPCos efforts of corporate responsibility to the surrounding
communities in which it operates, a community development program will be established.
This program supplements all compliance requirements to address socioeconomic impacts
and is carried out at the sole discretion of WAPCo but in joint consultation with the
communities as described below. It is recognized that an effective community development
program will be essential to the success of WAPCos operations and in building trust with
the communities.
To date, WAPCo has initiated stakeholder consultations and participatory needs assessments
(PNA) using local social scientists, separate from EIA assessments, to determine an
appropriate direction in line with its evolving Community Development objectives,
including:
Identification of critical needs and high-yielding community development

strategies;
4
The range cited here is based on demand scenarios discussed in Section 6.5 of the Regional Final EIA
(Regional 6.5).

Chapter 6
Local self-reliance and avoidance of paternalism or dependency;
Partnerships with qualified NGOs, other private companies, international agencies,

and other members of civil society who will take the lead in program execution; and
Facilitation for better service delivery to local communities from governments and
development institutions.
WAPCos Community Development Program intends to emphasize capacity-building,

training, and institutional strengthening rather than bricks and mortar projects or activities
that require continued WAGP support. The overall objective is to help communities increase
their productivity and competitiveness in the marketplace so as to capacitate long-term social
and economic improvements.
WAPCos consultations and PNA work validate EIA socioeconomic conclusions in Chapter
5, in that WAGP faces a unique opportunity to promote effective access to clean water,
elementary health, care and education for its neighbors and to improve their quality of life
(Terra, 2003).
WAPCos preliminary efforts have encouraged community members to identify and

prioritize their own needs. These are then filtered through a set of WAPCo value drivers to
determine which projects will have the greatest impact on health, education, income
generation, etc. This approach replaces traditional top-down models of assistance and
corporate philanthropy, in which remote professionals try to guess what will be most
effective or appreciated (Ibid). WAPCo value drivers include:
1. Impact Spread benefits as evenly as possible within impacted

communities with an aim towards poverty alleviation
through high value added social and economic initiatives
2. Sustainability Local ownership of projects, encouraging self-reliance

and avoid dependency
3. Project Management Partnership opportunities, transferability, optimizing

existing resources, and minimize direct WAGP involvement
in implementation
Consultations and the results of the PNA Work indicate the following initial priority areas
during WAGP construction and in the first few years of operation (Ibid):
Youth and development (technical skill training, apprenticeships);

Scholarship programs;
Community and preventive health program (clinics and education); and
Clean drinking water (boreholes).
WAPCos focus during the initial timeframe covering the two year construction period will
be on Education and Healthcare support; overall fixed budget commitments towards these

Chapter 6
objectives are currently being finalized. The PNA work also identified future opportunities
in terms of income generation and capacity building that can be incorporated into later year
operating budgets. Distribution of fixed budget benefits will be based on an overall
geographic allocation in terms of community impact of WAGP operations, allotting 20
percent to Benin.
Implementation Plans are currently being developed, with initial efforts before and after the
Final Investment Decision focused on:
Continuing consultation, communication and feedback to WAGP communities;
Initial and Annual prioritization processes to determine specific communities who

will receive that years benefit and specific projects to implement;
Development of written agreements with communities in terms of benefits and

WAPCos conditions for the communities to receive the benefits;
WAPCo resources, administration and other infrastructure to support a sustainable

Community Development program; and
Further assessment of partnership opportunities, including WAGP EPC contractors,

NGOs and government in terms of general financial support as well as specific
project implementation.
6.6 Potential Onshore Impacts

Onshore activities involve the construction of the pipeline ROW, the R&M station, and
associated infrastructure. The potential impacts anticipated at the onshore locations arise
from site preparation and construction, commissioning and start-up, and operation and
maintenance of the facilities and pipeline.
This section describes the direct negative impacts of the proposed project on onshore
environmental conditions, socioeconomic conditions, and public and worker health, security,
and safety in the WAGP project area in Benin. An impact severity summary table is
presented for each of the activities anticipated to have more than negligible impact with all
environmental factors considered. The conclusions from each of these impact severity tables
are compiled into an overall impact summary table presented directly below (Table 6.6-1).
Cells in this table highlighted in green indicate impacts with low severity, cells in yellow
indicate moderate severity, and cells in red indicate high severity. Intersections of activities
and receptors that are crossed out have not been identified as significant impacts.
As a convenience to the reader, communities adjacent to the particular impact are listed
following the table. The locations are approximated as best possible using project maps and
field data (see Figure 6.6-2). Locations descriptions were added for the onshore portion of
the project only.

Chapter 6
Table 6.6-1
Severity Assessment: Benin Environmental, Socioeconomic, and Health and Safety Impacts
Health and
Environmental Socioeconomic
Safety
Water Resources and
Means of Livelihood
Goods and Services
Social and Cultural
Worker Health and

Geology, and Soils
Transportation and
Public Health and

Infrastructure
Topography,
Habitat and
Air Quality
Conditions
Hydrology
Land Use
Safety
Safety
ONSHORE IMPACTS
Pipeline construction in upland Influx of workers
areas Clearing of vegetation, removal of
structures, leveling (including access
roads)
Transportation of materials and
equipment to site
Generator operation
Operation of earthmoving equipment
Pipeline installation at 1m depth
(trenching and backfilling)
Thrust boring of road crossings
Generation of solid and hazardous
waste and mgt. of hazardous materials
Pipeline construction in wetlands Trenching
Pipeline construction in lagoons Trenching of lagoon bed
Pipeline construction across HDD of shoreline crossing
beach, barrier island, and Generation of solid and hazardous
shoreline areas waste and mgt. of hazardous materials

Chapter 6
Table 6.6-1
Health and
Safety
Water Resources and
Means of Livelihood
Goods and Services
Social and Cultural
Worker Health and

Geology, and Soils
Transportation and
Public Health and

Infrastructure
Topography,
Habitat and
Air Quality
Conditions
Hydrology
Land Use
Safety
Safety
ONSHORE IMPACTS
R&M station construction Influx of workers
Land clearing and preparation
Transport of R&M equipment to sites
Generator operation
Operation of earthmoving equipment
Commissioning and Start-up
Onshore pipeline testing Hydrotesting discussed under Offshore N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
R&M station testing Gas venting
Termination of heavy construction
R&M station Venting of gas
Operation of generators, small
machinery
Pigging of pipeline (wastes)

Chapter 6
Table 6.6-1
Health and
Safety
Water Resources and
Means of Livelihood
Goods and Services
Social and Cultural
Worker Health and

Geology, and Soils
Transportation and
Public Health and

Infrastructure
Topography,
Habitat and
Air Quality
Conditions
Hydrology
Land Use
Safety
Safety
ONSHORE IMPACTS
Onshore Pipeline ROW maintenance
Pipeline at 1m depth
waste, gray water, and storm water
Decommissioning of facilities R&M stations
Abandonment of onshore Void of gas and leave in place
pipeline
Key: High Moderate Low Undetermined

Chapter 6
6.6.1 Site Preparation and Construction

This section describes potential impacts that relate to the site preparation and construction
phase of the onshore Benin lateral and the R&M station for the WAGP project, as well as the
link line from the R&M station to Maria Gleta. The Cotonou R&M station would be located
west of Cotonou, approximately 10km (6 miles) from the city center. The facility footprint
would be 150m by 220m (492ft by 721ft) and occupy 3.3 hectares (ha) (8.1 acres), including
a 25m (82ft) buffer zone that would surround the facility components but be contained within
the facility fenceline. Figure 6.6-1 shows the location of the Cotonou R&M station. Access
to the facility would be from the Lom-Cotonou highway and possibly by rail. To the south
of the station, a 25m-wide and 5.1km-long ROW would be required for the onshore portion
of the high pressure lateral linking the R&M station to the offshore mainline. To the
northeast of the R&M station, a 25m ROW of approximately 9.5km would be required for a
low-pressure link line to a future (relocated) CEB facility at Maria Gleta.
Figure 6.6-1
Location of R&M Station
The ROW for the lateral and link line would traverse several habitat types, including sandy
beach, palm forest, mangrove, marshy swamp, freshwater swamp forest, bush
fallow/farmland/coastal savanna mosaic, and secondary upland forest. The activities that
relate to the site preparation and construction phase of the project include: acquisition of land
for the R&M station and the ROW of the onshore lateral and link line; mobilization of
equipment to site, site clearing, soil compaction, and construction at the R&M station;
trenching along the ROW; and generating and handling solid and hazardous wastes.
6.6.1.1 Land Use
This section assesses the potential for direct negative land use impacts. Potential
socioeconomic and secondary impacts related to land use changes are discussed in Sections
6.6.1.6 through 6.6.1.9 (socioeconomics) and Section 6.9 (secondary impacts). If the land

Chapter 6
will revert to its original use in the post-construction phase, it is considered a negligible land
use impact. Impacts to habitat and biological resources are discussed in Section 6.6.1.2.
For the Site Preparation and Construction phase of the proposed WAGP project, the
following activities could pose a potential negative environmental impact to the current land
use in the study area: pipeline construction in upland areas, pipeline construction at beach
crossings, and R&M station construction. Each is discussed below.
For reference, Figure 6.6-2 depicts the existing baseline land use in the area of Cotonou.
Small-scale agriculture is common in the Benin project area. However, productivity of farms
is limited by arid conditions and poor soil. Cultivation on the barrier island consists
predominately of large-scale coconut plantations, associated with private land ownership.
These plantations provide relatively substantial incomes to the landlords, most of whom are
absent, or else devote their time to fishing in the lagoons or sea. The lagoon is a privileged
place for small-scale fishing for old men and women who are not able to go to the sea.
Along both inland margins of the lagoon, vegetables, grains, and pulses (e.g., cassava, maize
and cowpeas) are grown.
North from the lagoon, toward the R&M station, there is a sandy strip covered with coconut
plantations before reaching the brackish marsh. From there to the R&M station, bordered by
the railway, the land cover is a mosaic of swampy grassland, fallow lands, and food crops.
From the Interstate and Cotonou-Lom railway to the northern upland swamps, Cococodji
City is situated and composed of simple construction housing interrupted by bush. From this
city, the link line to the relocated CEB power plant follows the swamp and traverses farms of
food crops, the upland swampy grassland, and degraded swamp forests.
Pipeline Construction Upland
Conversion of farmlands within the ROW associated with the clearing of vegetation,
removal of structures, leveling, etc. of the ROW in upland areas.
Temporal Major
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood High
Adjacent Communities: All those along ROW
The laying of the 8in (20.3cm) pipeline at a depth of 1m (3.3 ft) below ground surface over a
distance of 5.1km (3.1 miles) from the shore crossing to the proposed R&M station site will
involve clearing a 25m-wide ROW. To the north and east of the R&M station, a 25m ROW
of approximately 9.5km (5.9 miles) is required for the link line to a future CEB facility at
Maria Gleta. Figure 6.6-3 depicts part of the ROW north of the R&M station near the Sodo
village facing north. A small corn farm plot can be seen in the background. Based on a
combined length of 14.6km and a width of 25m, the combined area cleared for the pipeline
ROW is approximately 36.5ha (90 acres). Approximately 12.5ha of this area is currently
used for agricultural purposes.

Chapter 6
This page intentionally left blank.

Figure 6.6-2: Land Use in Benin
ABOMEY CALAVI
Legend
WAGP ROW
UAC Highway
Road - Primary
Road - Secondary
Maria Gleta
Populated Place
Adjakanme
Agrigulture
Lokagbe
Tchangbe Beach
Sahou
Womey Ocean/Water feature
Gbankanhoue
Agonkessa Houindohoue
Dodji
Djetchehoue Mangrove
Dalenou
Tovie
Kossavi Forest
Godomey
Home Home Gbodje
Cemetary
Wetlands
Alesse
Cococodji
Cocotome Cemetary
Gobodje
Cocotome
Agboganhouhoue
Zountakou
Zounga
R&M Station
Akpagbegon Aklakou
Dekounbe
Tannou Yovokodji
Akadjame
Hounguetome
Agbokpanzotome
Togbindenou
Adounko 1 Togbindaho
Adounko 2
Adjahedji
Hio Houegbo
Hio Houta Kilometers
0 1 2 3 4 5

Chapter 6
This page intentionally left blank.

Chapter 6
Figure 6.6-3
ROW North of Cococodji
During construction and pipeline installation activities (approximately two to three months),
the ROW will be continuously cleared. Post-construction, the ROW will be reinstated to
fallow land with grassland cover along the entire length of the ROW. The ROW vegetation
will continue to be cut back and maintained throughout the duration of the WAGP project.
Access to the ROW for maintenance activities will preclude the availability of land within
the ROW for future farming activities, even though the ROW will revert to some level of
natural vegetal cover. No permanent fencing will be installed along the pipeline ROW.
Please refer to the WAGP ROW Access Policy (Appendix 8B3.2) for more details.
Because farmland will be converted to non-farmland, other than grazing, for the duration of
the project, the temporal aspect of this impact is major. All pipeline installation activities
and resulting land use impacts will be contained within the 36.5ha (90 acre) footprint of the
ROW, of which 12.5ha is currently used for agriculture. The areal extent of the impact is
therefore considered negligible. The magnitude of this impact to land use is minor due to
mitigation measures that will be implemented to reinstate the ROW land back to its previous
condition except for the small farm plots. The reinstated land will be open space and
vegetated, rather than being occupied by residential, commercial, or agricultural
development. The entire ROW is not currently farmed, and where farming uses are
displaced, the surrounding areas may instead be cultivated (the project area is not urbanized).
Finally, the likelihood of this impact is high since the pipeline ROW will certainly be altered
from its current land use. Based on this combination of factors, the overall severity of this
impact is rated as moderate.

Chapter 6
Pipeline Construction Wetlands
Approximately 1.4km (0.9 mile) of the pipeline route onshore in Benin will cross streams
and pass through wetland areas. In the high-pressure lateral ROW route, wetland areas occur
mainly within 1km (0.6 mile) of the lagoon to the north of the shore crossing and then along
a considerable stretch of the link line route, north of the Cotonou-Lom road, along the
northwest edge of the proposed pipeline route. Pipeline installation at those locations will be
conducted by excavating trenches and using a traditional push/pull method. Due to the
difficulty of accessing these wetland areas, equipment and construction staff will be present
for several weeks during installation activities (a small portion of the overall construction
phase, which could last for up to three months). The trench will be cut, the pipeline installed,
and then the area will be immediately backfilled. Because wetland areas will be reinstated
and quickly revert back to natural conditions, there will be no conversion of the primary
function of the habitat to a different land use. Therefore the potential land use impact is not
significant. It is noted, however, that this projects ROW access polices cannot impede any
future, encroaching residential development within the wetlands along the fringes of the
ROW.
Pipeline Construction Lagoon
The lagoon located on the north side of the barrier island is approximately 455m (1,492ft)
wide where the pipeline crosses near Adjahedji. Trenching is the preferred technique for
pipeline installation across the lagoon. Engineering assessment indicates that this method
will be feasible, but in the unlikely event that it turns out not to be due to currently
unforeseen conditions, HDD of the lagoon bed would occur. In either case, the barrier island
and areas adjacent to the lagoon banks used as laydown areas during construction will not be
occupied for more than several weeks, and will be reinstated and revert back to natural
conditions very quickly. Because there will be no conversion of the primary function of the
habitat to a different land use, the potential land use impact is not significant.
Pipeline Construction Barrier Island, Beach, Shoreline Areas
HDD is the proposed and preferred method for installing the pipeline in the shore crossing
segment that connects to the sub-sea main trunk pipeline. HDD for the shore crossing will be
performed from the barrier island out to sea but the possibility exists for it to be performed
from the north side of the lagoon directly out to sea, thus bypassing the barrier island.
Engineering assessment of the shoreline conditions along the proposed pipeline route
indicates that HDD will in fact be feasible in this area. In the unlikely event that it is not,
given some conditions that are presently unforeseen, traditional trenching along this segment
would be used instead.
In either case, some area on the barrier island will be used as a temporary work staging and
construction area. The exact location and size of this area will be determined by the EPC
contractor, but is not expected to be larger than 50m by 500m (2.5ha). This area will not be
occupied for more than several weeks, and will be reinstated once the pipeline is installed.
Therefore, it is not expected to result in significant impacts to land use.

Chapter 6
The pipeline ROW, however, will be kept cleared for safety reasons and to allow access for
maintenance throughout the project duration. This ROW maintenance will cause some land
use conversion, as described below.
Conversion of current land use due to HDD pipeline construction method from the barrier
island to offshore.
Temporal Major
Impact Significance Areal Negligible Moderate
High Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood High
Adjacent Communities: Adjahedji, Hio Houta
At the shore crossing, a temporary work staging and construction area (approximately 50m
by 30m) is needed during HDD operations. The exact location and size of this area will be
determined by the EPC contractor, but it is not expected to be larger than 50m by 500m
(2.5ha). If it is that large, half of the footprint of the temporary work staffing and
construction area would lie within the 25m-ROW and the other half (1.25ha) would run
along the outside of the ROW. This area would not be occupied for more than several
weeks, and will be reinstated once the pipeline is installed. Therefore, it is not expected to
result in significant impacts to land use.
At the shore crossing site in Benin, the pipeline ROW stretches for a distance of 0.66km
(0.41 miles) from the lower inter-tidal zone, across the barrier island to the lagoon. The
onshore habitat begins in the beach inter-tidal zone, which accounts for about 20m (66ft) of
the ROW and is unvegetated. Next is a sandy beige-colored upper beach, approximately
40m (131ft) across, which has patchy grasses and coconut trees. Located along the crest of
the beach is an unpaved road, approximately 8m (26ft) wide, that runs from Cotonou to
Ouidah, commonly called the fishermens road. Inland from the road is the beginning of a
coconut plantation that is approximately 400m (1,312ft) from south to north. The land slopes
downward from the coconut plantation toward a lagoon. The land between the coconut
plantation and the lagoon contains wetlands that are used to grow market vegetables and a
mangrove area, which runs along the south edge of a lagoon. The ROW, which will occupy
a footprint of approximately 25m by 660m (1.7ha or 4.2 acres), will be reinstated at the end
of construction, but must remain cleared for maintenance activities for the duration of the
project. Please refer to the WAGP ROW Access Policy (Appendix 8B3.2-C) for more
details.
Because farmland will be converted to non-farmland for the operational life of WAGP (20 or
more years), the temporal aspect of these impacts within the ROW is major. The areal
extent of the impacts, however, is negligible. The magnitude of the impacts is moderate due
to the percentage of land cover that would not be reclaimable as farmland. Finally, the
likelihood of impacts to land use in the affected areas due to HDD is high. Considering all
these factors together, the overall severity of land use impacts from these activities is
expected to be high.

Chapter 6
The proposed R&M station is sited in an upland area that is vegetated by shrubby savanna
(with Annona senegalensi and Rauvolfia vomitoria), interspersed with patches of cultivated
crops. It is bordered by the Interstate Cotonou-Lom railway to the north.
Conversion of current land use due to land clearing for R&M station siting.
Temporal Major
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood High
Adjacent Communities: Agboganhouhoue, Cococodji
Approximately 3.3ha (8.1 acres) of land area will be altered by the installation of the R&M
station, buffer zone, security fence, and other infrastructure throughout the WAGP project
duration. Therefore, the temporal aspect of the land use change is rated as major. The areal
extent of the impact, however, is considered negligible since the area is small and will be
contained within the project boundaries. The siting of the pipeline ROW and R&M station
was purposely routed to take into account existing local development and will therefore
affect croplands only, not any permanent residences. As a result, the magnitude of the
impact is considered minor. The likelihood of this event is high since the taking of land for
the installation of the permanent R&M station facility will definitely occur during the project
construction phase. The overall severity of this impact is thus moderate.
In addition to the R&M station itself, there will be another 3.0ha area that will be used as a
temporary marshalling yard to stage equipment, materials, and temporary field offices for the
construction of the onshore lateral. This yard will be next to the R&M station facility
footprint. Within this yard, a 0.75ha to 0.8ha area will be used as a temporary staging yard to
support the R&M station construction. Because this additional 3.0ha area will be only
temporary and will be reinstated to its original land cover after construction, it is not
expected to cause any significant impacts to land use.
6.6.1.2 Habitat and Biological Resources
Changes to land use during the site preparation and construction phase have the potential to
cause adverse impacts on habitats and biological resources. For example, trenching activities
in the pipeline ROW and site preparation where new facilities are to be built can have
impacts, especially when sensitive biological resources are present. Noise and vibration
during construction can also affect habitat negatively, as can materials transport. In many
cases the impacts on habitat from site preparation and construction activities are negligible
because these activities will stop and lands will revert to their original uses following
construction. Overall, the environmental assessment indicates that significant adverse
impacts to individual species, including species of conservation concern listed in Chapter 5
(e.g., sea turtles), are not likely. To the extent possible, the extent of habitat negatively
impacted is quantified in the assessment.

Chapter 6
Construction of the pipeline and R&M station in Benin will require clearing of vegetation,
removal of structures, and leveling of land for development of infrastructure. These
activities may lead to the loss of natural habitat, changes in habitat quality, and/or increased
disturbance of biological resources in previously undisturbed areas.
The laying of the 8in (20.3cm) pipeline at a depth of 1m (3.3ft) below ground surface over a
distance of 5.1km (3.17 miles) from the shore landing to the R&M station in Benin will
involve clearing and preparation of the 5.1km Beninoise ROW for the pipeline installation in
fallow land, degraded swampy forest, thicket, swampy grassland, mangrove, and coastal
coconut grove, and across a road and a lagoon and will result in some habitat and biological
resource impacts. The link line installation from the R&M station to the future site of the
CEB facility at Maria Gleta will consist of another 9.5km (5.9 miles) of pipeline and ROW
clearance.
The onshore pipeline will be trenched, installed, and buried at an estimated rate of
approximately 7km (4.3 miles) per month. Therefore, the time it will take to construct the
pipeline between the shore crossing and the R&M station will be about one month. The
pipeline construction from the R&M station to Maria Gleta will take between one and two
months. The construction of the R&M facility itself should take no longer than three to four
months.
Clearing and preparation activities involve movement by heavy equipment, clearing of trees
and other vegetation, stripping of soil, and excavation of trenches. The pipeline will traverse
an existing lagoon and wetlands and, if the ROW is not properly reinstated, there could be
long-term degradation of biological resources in these habitats.
The land area affected along the pipeline ROW from the shore crossing to the R&M station
and along the link line from the R&M station to the future site of the CEB facility will be
temporarily disrupted during construction activities and then reinstated and maintained as
grassland after the pipeline has been installed. Although the proposed R&M station will
permanently eliminate 3.3ha (8.1 acres) of habitat, the majority of habitat disruption (36.5ha
(90 acres) along the combined 14.6km (9.1 mile) pipeline ROW, plus a 3ha (7.4 acres)
staging area for R&M station and pipeline construction) by the project will be temporary if
reinstatement is implemented properly (see Appendix 8B2.8.1 for WAGP ROW
Reinstatement Criteria).
The wildlife data collected during the WAGP environmental baseline survey (EBS) is
provided in Section 5.1.2.2, Biological Environment, Species and Habitats of Conservation
Concern. One of the species protected under the African Convention on Conservation of
Nature and Natural Resources, the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species
(CITES), and the World Conservation Union (IUCN) was observed in the study area (Tables
5.1-41 through 5.1-44). That species, the red-bellied monkey (Cercopithecus erythrogaster),
is the only threatened species from the CITES list observed during the onshore EBS. There
were no observations of endangered species from the CITES list during the baseline survey.
More than half of the 20 onshore site preparation and construction activities in Benin
evaluated for impacts on habitat and biological resources were determined to have negligible

Chapter 6
impact potential. All of the activities assessed as having overall low, moderate, or high
impact severity are discussed below. Two activities associated with site preparation and
construction, trenching to install pipeline through small areas of wetlands and trenching to
install pipeline across the lagoon, may result in high-severity impacts on habitat and
biological resources. Although almost certain to occur, the habitat impacts from these
activities are limited in areal extent (assessed as minor) and are considered largely reversible
after construction ends. The habitat areas affected, in addition to being relatively small, are
not unique or rare for the region. Furthermore, as discussed in Chapters 7 and 8, detailed
mitigation measures and monitoring plans have been developed to prevent these impacts
where possible, and in all cases minimize them. No major country-wide impacts on habitat
or biological resources were identified.
Changes to existing habitat and disturbance of biological resources from the clearing of
vegetation, removal of structures, and leveling of land in upland areas.
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Medium
Adjacent Communities: All those along ROWupland of the beach barrier island
The onshore pipeline ROW will be cleared of vegetation and debris, covering a total land
area of 36.5ha (90 acres). There will also be a temporary staging area of 3ha, adjacent to the
R&M station site, to be used for both pipeline and R&M station construction activities. The
25m (82ft) wide ROW strip will be cleared of woody vegetation. Herbaceous vegetation and
topsoil will also be cleared over a 15m (49ft) wide strip where the pipeline will be installed.
Any additional clearing will occur only as necessary to provide marshalling areas for
construction and access for construction vehicles. After construction, a 25m wide service
corridor will be maintained within the upland ROW allowing for vehicle traffic, with regular
brush removal to maintain herb and grass cover.
The pipeline will be buried at 1m (3.3ft) depth to protect it from damage, by both natural and
human causes. The pipe trench will be dug using track mounted trenchers or backhoes from
the working side (20m total, including 10m adjacent to the 15m reserved for pipeline burial
plus 10m within the reserved 15m) of the ROW (Figure 6.6-4).

Chapter 6
Figure 6.6-4
Pipeline Installation in Upland Areas
W e s t A fr
G a s P ip e
The maintenance of a service corridor can affect habitat conditions (Yahner, 1988). One
positive impact is the creation of edge effects, which typically result in increased abundance
and species diversity of birds and other wildlife. However, clearing may also result in habitat
fragmentation that adversely affects biological resources in a forest mosaic.
Site clearing activities will temporarily eliminate wildlife habitat and cause migration out of
the project area. It is likely that the original species will return to the area after construction.
However, invasive species may instead colonize the site post-construction, displace native
species, and thereby adversely affect habitat and biological resources in the project area.
Vegetation clearing along the entire ROW will result in habitat and wildlife impacts and
biological resource loss, e.g., timber, firewood, and non-timber products.
ROW clearing will continue (for service access) for the duration of the project, but the
temporal effect of maintenance is discussed in Section 6.3.1. The temporal impact during the
construction phase will be short-term, six months or less (determined from the short, two- to
three-month construction period, and reinstatement activities thereafter), and therefore,
temporal significance is considered to be minor.
Although land will be affected by ROW clearing, the impact is expected to seldom extend
beyond the 25m width of cleared ROW. The pipeline will produce adverse impacts by
traversing habitat, but the areal extent is considered to be negligible, since the impact will be
confined to the WAPCo ROW.
The magnitude of this impact to biological resources is moderate. Mitigation measures will
be implemented to reinstate the ROW land back to a grassland type habitat (see Appendix
8B2.8.1 for WAGP ROW Reinstatement Criteria). In some cases, this may be similar to the
original habitat, but secondary succession will not occur during the project lifespan due to
continued brush clearing that is part of operations and maintenance (Section 6.6.3). Much of
the upland habitat that will be traversed by the pipeline ROW is fallow land, degraded
swampy forest, thicket, and swampy grassland, which are neither scarce habitats nor ones

Chapter 6
highly susceptible to disruption. No areas of conservation importance are expected to be

affected.
The likelihood of impacts to the habitat and species diversity during the construction of the
pipeline is medium (i.e., approximately 20 to 70 percent probability to occur). Therefore,
the overall severity of habitat and biological resource impacts arising from pipeline
construction in upland areas moderate.
Disturbance of surrounding organisms due to the transportation of materials and

equipment from the port to the site.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Adjacent Communities: All those along ROW and along service roads

Chapter 6

Figure 6.6-5
Location of Port of Cotonou Relative to R&M Station Site
Maria-Gleta
Zoketomey
Limit of Available
Satellite Coverage
Awake
Sodo
Gbankanhoue
Dalenou
R&M Station
Akouehonou
Cococodji
Adboganhouhoue
Akpagbegon
Akadjame
Adjahedji
Port of Cotonou
Approximately
18 km East
Hio Houta
Ahoungbagbe
Proposed WAGP ROW
Kilometers
0 0.5 1 1.5 2

Chapter 6

Chapter 6
Transportation of equipment and materials to the pipeline construction sites will have little
effect on the surrounding environment. The transportation of materials from the Cotonou
port will likely be by truck on the adjacent Cotonou-Lom highway (see Figure 6.6-5 for
location of the port relative to the project area). In some places the materials will travel
along the 25m (82ft) ROW to the construction or staging site. Travel distances are relatively
short, given the total pipeline length of 14.6km (9.1 miles) and the proximity of the port to
the construction area (port approximately 18km (11.2 miles) from R&M station site, where
pipeline staging will take place). The additional traffic on the roadway, estimated to be
roughly 200 trucks total over the two- to three-month construction period, should not be an
impact on traffic since the pipeline is relatively short, and the site is relatively small.
However, the trucks and other equipment traveling on the ROW may cause some animals to
leave the area. After the construction has been completed, and trucks are no longer traveling
the ROW, the animals that have left the area should return.
Since the duration of the pipeline construction is relatively short, two to three months for the
entire length, the temporal impact will be minor. The ROW area will already be cleared by
the earthmoving equipment, and transport will not cause a change in the relatively small
affected area. Although there might be disturbances to the wildlife in the immediate ROW
area, upon completion of the pipeline they should return, and therefore, the areal impact is
negligible. The magnitude of the impact is considered to be minor.
The likelihood of an impact is low, since the additional traffic through the ROW will only
disturb the habitat for a few weeks. The overall severity of the impact is low.
Disturbance to wildlife populations due to noise created by earthmoving equipment and
associated machinery.
Temporal Negligible
Impact Significance Areal Moderate Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Medium

Earthmoving and other heavy equipment will be used for clearing of the ROW and
installation of the pipeline. This equipment will be used for clearing of trees, shrubs,
underbrush, and topsoil (including any grasses). The machinery is louder than the
surrounding habitat and might cause an alteration in migration patterns (daily, seasonally, or
yearly) of species found in the area. It could also affect the hearing of species that use sound
as a manner to hunt or avoid predator detection.
Earthmoving equipment and other related large machinery, which will only be used for a
very short time in any one location along the pipeline, might produce noise levels as high as
91 decibels weighted to A scale (dBA). Table 6.6-2 lists typical construction equipment
and their associated noise levels.

Chapter 6
Table 6.6-2
Construction Equipment Noise Levels
Equipment Type Noise Level at 50ft (15.2m)
Backhoe 85dBA
Tractor 80dBA
Trucks 91dBA
Chipper 85dBA
Chain Saw 76dBA
Source: Bolt, et al., 1971; Federal Transit Administration, 1995.
A background noise-level study was not conducted in Benin; however, the area where the
pipeline will be constructed is relatively undeveloped. Only one major developed installation
will be crossed, the Lom-Cotonou highway. The major highway is the only source of noise
disturbance at the current time. During construction, the machinery will produce additional
noise disturbances to the surrounding habitat.
To gauge the relative significance of the noise impact, an increase in noise of 5dBA over
background levels is distinctly audible and is generally used as the threshold for a significant
noise increase. A 10dBA increase is approximately a doubling of loudness. Some species
are more sensitive noise receptors than others. Manci, et al. (1988) reports that at noise
levels above 90dBA mammals may retreat, freeze, or become startled. For comparison, the
U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) consider exposure to 85dBA
for eight hours or longer detrimental to human health. As another benchmark, World Bank
guidelines are 70dBA for commercial/industrial receptors outside a projects boundaries, and
55/45dBA (day/night) for residential/institutional/educational receptors outside a projects
boundaries (PPAH 1998). No World Bank noise guidelines specific to habitats and biota
were identified.
The expected level of construction noise and associated activity could cause disturbance to
animals, including birds, within and around the construction sites. Disturbance could mean
that their feeding and breeding patterns are disrupted, or it could drive animals and birds
away from areas adjacent to the construction location. Noise from construction equipment
could scare wildlife species away from the area, while the associated vibrations could create
physiological impacts to wildlife. The impacts to biological resources are reversible once the
source of noise is removed. Operations in upland areas will only occur during daylight
hours, and the construction sites will be constantly making linear progress along the ROW,
disturbing any specific area for less than one week. The temporal significance of this impact
is therefore negligible.
Noise from localized sources typically falls off, but only by about 6dBA with each doubling
of distance from source to receptor; therefore, organisms outside of the ROW could be
affected. For instance, assuming a starting level of 83dbA, at 30.5m (100ft) from the
construction site the average noise level would be approximately 77dBA. At 61m (200ft)
from the construction site, the noise levels will have dropped off to approximately 71dBA.
Beyond 100m (328ft) of the pipeline ROW, the noise levels should not be more than 67dBA.
A distance of 350 to 400m is needed to reach the World Bank daytime guideline level of
55dBA for residential/institutional/educational receptors. Given the distance needed for the

Chapter 6
noise to attenuate, the areal extent affected by the increase in noise is moderate. The
magnitude of the impact is minor because individual animals will avoid the area, but wildlife
populations should not be affected.
The likelihood that individuals will avoid the project area because of noise levels is
dependent upon the receptors threshold level and is considered medium, resulting in an
overall moderate impact severity.
Changes to current habitat quality due to trenching across wetlands.
Temporal Moderate
Impact Significance Areal Minor Moderate
High Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood High
Adjacent Communities: Adjehedji, Agbokpanzotome, Akadjame, Akpagbegon, Cococodji,

Gbankanhoue (only near actual wetland areas)
The pipeline ROW will cross wetlands at various locations (wetlands are interspersed with
land at higher elevations). Where trenching occurs during pipeline installation in wetlands,
habitat quality may be degraded. Construction activities associated with pipeline installation
that may lead to negative impacts on wetlands include soil compaction, oxidation of exposed
hydric soil (or oxygen-poor wetland soil), and siltation from trenching waste overflow.
These activities can alter wetland hydrology and negatively affect vegetation communities,
wildlife habitat, and wetland function.
Site-clearing activities and trenching will temporarily eliminate wildlife habitat and cause
wildlife migration out of the project area. It is likely that the original species will re-colonize
soon after construction. However, invasive species may also colonize the site, displace
native species, and thereby adversely affect habitat and biological resources in the project
area.
Trenching and laying the pipeline will only last a few weeks; however, returning the
wetlands to their original state will take more time. The ecological functions of wetlands
(groundwater recharge, flow augmentation, flood attenuation, erosion control, sediment
removal and/or retention, pollutant removal and/or retention, habitat for fauna and flora
including rare, migratory, and usual species) will be adversely affected, at least temporarily.
With proper mitigation measures, reinstatement, careful management of trenching wastes,
and ongoing monitoring, impacts on habitat should be reversible within six months to a few
years. The overall temporal impacts to wetland resources are thus moderate.
The areal extent for the trenching method includes the 25m (82ft) ROW for the length of the
individual wetlands being crossed. The wetlands area that will be affected by trenching
operations is 3.5ha (8.6 acres). Some disruption of the wetlands may occur outside of the
25m ROW due to the presences of barges, mats, and overflow of trenching wastes. The
overall areal impact to the wetlands is minor.

Chapter 6
A measurable change to the wetland baseline conditions is expected due to the trenching and
vegetation removal. One example is the possible change in pH levels of the wetland soils
due to exposure of the highly acidic soils that were previously buried. Even though the
wetlands are to be reinstated and conditions are expected to return to normal, the magnitude
of the impact is considered moderate.
The likelihood of impacts to habitat and biological resources in the wetland areas due to
trenching is high. The overall severity of these impacts is high.
Changes in current habitat quality due to trenching across the lagoon.
Temporal Moderate
High Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood High
Adjacent Communities: Hio Houta, Hio Houuegbo, Adjahedji
Trenching across the lagoon bed in Benin will result in the loss of biological resources such
as fish and benthic organisms by siltation and physical smothering. (If trenching is
discovered not to be technically feasible, which is not expected, then HDD would be used;
see land use discussion for pipeline construction in the lagoon in Section 6.6.1.1.) The
suspension of sediments during trenching operations will indirectly have adverse impacts on
fish populations and aquatic vegetation. Increased suspended sediments can be lethal to
filter-feeding organisms by clogging and damaging their feeding and breathing apparatus.
Excess suspended sediments can clog the gills of young fish and limit their ability to respire,
but adult fish are likely to move away from the area until water quality is restored. However,
in some instances, organic material releases into the water column can represent a food
source that attracts some fish species (UK Marine Special Areas of Conservation, 2003).
Measurements taken in the lagoon in Benin during the second season baseline survey
indicate that the average total suspended sediment (TSS) is approximately 9 parts per million
(ppm). Generally, a large increase in TSS to 80ppm or more would be detrimental to
fisheries habitat, but much lower TSS loads over long periods of time could be similarly
detrimental (DFO, 2000).
Typically, trenching activities do not generate more increased suspended sediments than
normal boat traffic, bottom fishing, or severe storms. The greatest water depth of the lagoon
in Benin is 1.9m (6.2ft). Given the shallow depth of the lagoon, it would be difficult to
distinguish between natural causes of TSS and those caused by trenching operations
(Thales, 2003). Furthermore, the effects of suspended sediments and turbidity are usually
short-term (less than one week after the activity occurs) and localized (less than 1km from
where the activity occurs).
There is the potential for chemical contaminants present in sediments to be released into the
water column during trenching operations. Contaminants of concern, particularly heavy

Chapter 6
metals, which can bioaccumulate in the foodchain, are reported in Chapter 5. Slightly
elevated levels of magnesium and zinc were noted in the Benin lagoon in the first season
EBS, but these levels were not reconfirmed during the second season EBS.
Trenching and laying the pipeline will take at most a few weeks, but returning the lagoon bed
and creek bed to their original states may take six months to a year. Sediment churned up by
pipeline installation activities will settle quickly, but re-colonization of the benthos and
vegetation could take up to a year. The pipeline will be covered with the excavated
sediment, so there will be no need for spoils placement within or outside the lagoon. The
overall temporal impacts to the lagoon bed are moderate for this construction method.
In the Benin lagoon, the areal extent for the trenching method includes a below surface ROW
for the length of the lagoon, approximately 455m (1,493ft). Assuming a 25m (82ft) wide
working area, the total area directly affected by the installation activities is 1.1ha (2.8 acres).
Some disruption may occur outside of the 25m ROW due to the presences of barges, mats,
and other equipment on the edges. The overall areal impact to the lagoon in Benin is minor.
Based on the types of impacts described above, measurable change to the ecological baseline
conditions is expected due to the trenching, removal of vegetation, and disruption of
sediments during installation of the pipeline. The magnitude of the impact to habitat quality
in and around the lagoon is considered moderate. The likelihood of impacts to habitat
quality caused by the trenching is high. Thus, the overall severity of impacts to the habitat
quality of the lagoon in Benin is high.
Pipeline Construction Barrier Island, Beach, and Shoreline Areas
The Gulf of Guinea serves as an important migration route, feeding ground, and nesting site
for marine turtles. Six species have been identified: the loggerhead (Caretta); the olive
ridley (Lepidochelys olivacea); the kemp ridley (Lepidochelys kempii); the hawksbill
(Erectmochelys imbricata); the green turtle (Chelonia mydas); and the leatherback
(Dermochelys coriacea) (Armah et al., 1997a). Additional background on these species may
be found in published literature (Fretey, 2001).
Marine turtles nest on sandy beaches above the high tide mark. Because they often return to
the same area to nest, care should be taken to minimize the impact to beaches where nesting
occurs. Sea turtles are a protected species under several international treaties ratified by
Benin and the other three West African countries covered in this project. Notwithstanding,
populations have decreased due to poaching and habitat destruction.
Portions of Benin shoreline areas are known turtle breeding/nesting sites. Three species of
turtles have been observed nesting on beaches in Benin, including olive ridley, green, and
leatherback (Fretey, 2001). More information is available in Chapter 5. If construction
activities take place during nesting season of sea turtles on beaches where the turtles are
known to nest, then turtle populations could be adversely affected especially if night work
takes place. Trenching and HDD activities in the beach area could also destroy existing
turtle nests and the eggs therein.

Chapter 6
No marine reptiles were observed in the Benin shore crossing area during the First Season
EBS, though the survey work did not occur during the time of year (August through
November) in which sea turtles are generally present in this region. Additional work was
conducted during the nesting season to provide more data on sea turtle nesting use within and
near the project area. Results of this work are provided in Appendix 5-B of this report.
Changes to current habitat due to HDD pipeline construction at the shore landing site.
Temporal Minor
Impact Significance Areal Minor Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Low
Adjacent Communities: Hio Houta
The clearing of habitat will be necessary at the HDD entry point and staging area onshore on
the barrier island. (Based on engineering assessments already completed, HDD at this
location appears technically feasible. In the unlikely event it is not, then trenching methods
will be used.) The size of this temporary work staging and construction area for HDD
operations will be determined by the EPC contractor, but is expected to be no larger than
50m (164ft) wide along a 500m (1,640ft) stretch of the pipeline ROW. If it is that large, the
total footprint of the temporary work staging and construction area will be 2.5ha, but half of
it would be within the 25m (82ft) wide pipeline ROW and the other half (1.25ha) would run
along the outside of the ROW. The area will only be occupied for a few weeks, and it will be
reinstated after the pipeline is installed. The drill site would require leveling, fill, and
compaction in order to support the drilling equipment. For this reason, marshy areas should
not be selected for HDD operations entry locations.
Because the temporary drill site area will be reinstated after construction of the shoreline
pipeline, the habitat will only be temporarily disturbed and should return to its pre-
construction state within six months. Therefore, the temporal extent of the impact on habitat
is minor. Disturbance to the immediate and surrounding habitat from the HDD drill site
entry and staging area will occur over a maximum of 2.5ha, half of which is within the pre-
established ROW. There will be some additional disturbance due to the transport of
equipment to the site, resulting in an overall minor areal extent.
The magnitude of the impacts is moderate because of the fragility of the barrier island
habitat, the 24-hour HDD operations, and the possible presence of marine turtles. The
likelihood of impacts to biological resources in the barrier island shoreline and beach area
due to HDD is low, however, because the HDD drilling equipment and footprint will be
located no closer than 50m to 100m inland from the high tide mark. Given that the beach is
roughly 40m wide, the physical presence of construction equipment and pipeline installation
activities should not disturb any turtle nesting sites that occur (i.e., the beach surface will be
undisturbed). Moreover, the likelihood of any potential adverse impacts on turtles and nests
is expected to be significantly mitigated by adherence to the WAPCo Turtle Impact
Monitoring and Mitigation Plan for Construction and Maintenance Operations (see Appendix
8B2.8.3). This plan specifies daytime and nighttime beach survey procedures, as well as

Chapter 6
near-shore monitoring procedures. If pipeline construction occurs between August 1 and

January 31 (includes period recognized as peak turtle nesting season), then daily visual
surveys will begin two weeks prior to construction, and if turtles are observed outside this
time period, the plan calls for surveys to commence at that time. Mitigation steps are spelled
out in the plan for cases where turtles, turtle hatchlings, turtle nests, and turtle eggs are
observed.
Given the low likelihood and overall minor significance, the overall severity of impacts to
the habitat and biological resources of the barrier island, beach, and shoreline areas resulting
from HDD pipeline installation is low.
The Cotonou R&M station is located west of Cotonou, approximately 10km (6 miles) from
the city center. The facility footprint will be 150m by 220m (492ft by 721ft) and occupy
3.3ha (8.1 acres), including a 25m (82ft) buffer zone that will surround the facility
components but be contained within the facility fence line. An additional 3ha area adjacent
to the footprint will be used as a temporary staging area for both R&M station and pipeline
construction activities. This staging area will be affected during the construction period only.
Chapter 2 contains a site location map for the Cotonou R&M station. Transport of goods to
the facility during the construction phase will likely be by the Cotonou-Lom highway. To
the south of the station, a 25m ROW, approximately 5.1km (3.2 miles) in length is required
for the onshore portion of the high pressure lateral linking the R&M station to the offshore
mainline. To the northeast of the R&M station a 25m ROW of approximately 9.5km (5.9
miles) is required for a low pressure link line to Maria Gleta.
Changes to current habitat from site preparation, including clearing of land, for the R&M
station construction.
Temporal Major
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood High
Clearing of the land for the construction of the R&M station will have a footprint of 150m by
220m (492ft by 721ft) and occupy 3.3ha (8.1 acres). This area of land will be permanently
altered from its pre-construction natural state. The alteration of the area will no longer allow
for native species will to inhabit this plot of land. After the construction phase of the
operation, the land will be clear and will not be allowed to naturally revegetate. An
additional 3ha area adjacent to the R&M station will be used as a temporary staging area for
both R&M station and pipeline construction activities. This land will be reinstated post-
construction.
Site preparation and construction activities at the R&M station are expected to take
approximately three to four months to complete. The temporal impact is expected to be
major because although the disturbance created by the construction is temporary, the impact

Chapter 6
from the loss of habitat at the station will be long-term. The areal impact is negligible due to
the relatively small size of the plot of land the station will occupy.
The magnitude of the impact is minor since the habitat being affected is not unique or rare,
and the size of the land affected will be relatively small. The likelihood of an impact is high
since the cleared land will be permanently altered to allow the R&M station to be situated on
the plot of land. The overall impact severity is moderate.
Disturbance of surrounding habitat and biological resources from the transport of

equipment from the port by existing roads.
Temporal Negligible
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
The temporal impact from the transport of equipment and materials to the R&M construction
site from the port in Cotonou (approximately 18km away; see Figure 6.6-5) for location of
the port relative to the R&M station) via the existing road network will be negligible since
the time required to construct the station will only be three to four months. Areal impacts are
also minor. Due to the proximity of the R&M station site to the existing road network and
the short travel distance from the port, any disturbance will be localized in the vicinity of the
construction site and roadways, and habitats outside of a 100m (328ft) radius would not be
impacted. The magnitude of the impact from construction will also be minor since the road
network traverses an already disturbed area, and the R&M station location is adjacent to an
existing road.
The transport will occur on existing roads that already experience traffic; therefore, the
likelihood of impacts to habitat biological resources from the truck traffic is low. Over the
course of four months a maximum of 100 truck trips delivering the R&M station skid-
mounted modules will be delivered. Even during peak construction periods, the maximum
incremental traffic is expected to be on no more than 10 trucks per day. Since the road is
already heavily trafficked, additional disturbance to biological resources is highly unlikely,
and the overall impact severity is therefore considered low.
Disturbance to wildlife populations due to noise from earthmoving equipment and

associated machinery.
Temporal Negligible
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Medium

Chapter 6
Impacts expected from noise during the R&M station construction are similar to those
described under upland pipeline construction. Operations will occur 12 hours per day as
necessary, and will continue for three to four months during the site construction.
Earthmoving equipment will be used for clearing of trees, shrubs, underbrush, and topsoil in
preparation for the R&M station installation. The machinery is louder than the surrounding
habitat and might cause an alteration in migration patterns (daily, seasonally, or yearly) of
species found in the area. It might also affect the hearing of species that use sound to hunt or
avoid predation.
Earthmoving equipment, the highest noise producer (see Table 6.6-2 for dBA levels), will
only be utilized for several weeks. Construction and traffic noise at the R&M station could
cause disturbance to animals, including birds, within and around the construction sites.
Disturbance could mean that their feeding and breeding patterns are disrupted, or it could
temporarily drive animals and birds away from areas adjacent to the construction site. Noise
from construction equipment could scare wildlife species away from the area, while the
associated vibrations could create physiological impacts to wildlife. The impacts to
surrounding organisms are reversible once the source of noise is removed.
The use of the earthmoving equipment will be brief for the clearance and site preparation for
the R&M station, and the entire construction period is three to four months. Thus, the
temporal impact is negligible. The plot of land affected is small (3.3 ha, or 8.1 acres, plus an
adjacent 3ha staging area), and the use of the earthmoving equipment will only be utilized in
this space. Due to the distance needed for noise attenuation (see discussion above under
upland pipeline construction), the areal extent affected by the increase in noise is moderate.
The magnitude of the impact is minor because individual animals will avoid the area, but
wildlife populations should not be affected.
The likelihood of an impact is medium since the noise generated by the equipment will be
louder than the normal decibel levels found in the undisturbed habitat and likely will cause
disturbances to the wildlife. The overall impact severity is moderate.
6.6.1.3 Topography, Geology, and Soils
The construction ROW for both the high pressure lateral and low pressure link line will be
cleared and graded to remove brush, trees, and roots, and other obstructions such as large
rocks and stumps. Some crops and other non-wooded vegetation may be mowed while other
crops, such as grain, may be left in place to limit soil erosion. The construction ROW will be
graded in places to create a safe working area, accommodate pipe-bending equipment, and
allow the operation and travel of construction equipment. The natural drainage will be
preserved to the extent possible.
Topsoil is the uppermost layer (first several inches) of the soil profile and generally provides
the most fertile growing medium since there are more microorganisms, organic matter, and
nutrients than in the subsoil. Removal of more than several inches of soil during clearing and

Chapter 6
grading activities can lead to the mixing of the subsoil with topsoil; homogenization of the
soil profiles will reduce the overall soil fertility and soil structure.
Soil degradation is indicated by lowered fertility status either by reduction of nutrient levels
or by physical loss of topsoil. Clearing and grading the pipeline ROW can potentially lead to
such changes by mixing topsoil with excavated soil, increasing soil compaction, and
increasing soil erosion (Sorrell, et al., 1982).
Change in soil structure due to clearing and grading activities.
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Medium
The ROW will be 25m (82ft) in width, and the soil will be stripped and stored on the edge of
the ROW, typically within the 5m (16ft) non-working side. When clearing vegetation and
grading occurs in upland and agricultural areas, the excavated topsoil will be segregated and
stored separately from the subsoil.
Soil compaction will result from the movement of heavy construction equipment (e.g.,
bulldozer, backhoe) on the land within the ROW. Soil compaction in turn results in reduced
aeration and permeability, and therefore reduced water holding capacity and plant growth.
Vegetation clearing and grading activities within the ROW may also contribute to an increase
in surface runoff and erosion of the soil and sediment. Upland soils that are denuded of
vegetative cover and root matrices are more prone to erosion by running water and strong
winds. The climate of the project area is such that erosion due to rainfall could be
exacerbated in the construction area. The mean annual rainfall ranges from 500 millimeters
(mm) to 2,000mm (19.7in to 78.7in). The major rainy season normally occurs between April
and July while the minor season occurs in August. Soils in the ROW will be exposed to the
elements (i.e., not covered with vegetation) throughout the construction phase, which will
last approximately two to three months. The vegetation will then be reinstated but
maintained at a short length (along the 15m maintenance corridor) for service access
purposes throughout the duration of the WAGP project. Reinstated vegetation should not
take longer than four months to establish roots and adequate ground cover. The temporal
aspect of this impact is therefore minor.
Because potential adverse impacts to soils are expected only within the 25m (82ft) ROW, the
areal extent of the impact is classified as negligible. This classification is also supported by
the short length of the pipeline in upland areas.
The rate of erosion is dependent upon the following:
Soil erodability factor (i.e., the cohesive of bonding character of a soil type and its
resistance to dislodging and transport due to rain and overland flow);

Chapter 6
Amount of overland flow;
Slope of the land;
Agricultural practices; and
Conservation practices.
Soil particle composition in Benin consists largely of yellow sand, with clay constituting less
than 10 percent (Volkoff, 1976 and Agassounon, 2002). These are very poor soils with low
cation exchange capacity and poor water retention. A complete discussion of the local soils
is given in Section 5.1.
Soils that contain high proportions of silt and very fine sand are generally the most erodable.
The erodability of soils decreases with increasing clay or organic matter, but total organic
carbon content of the soils in Benin was generally less than one percent. Overland flow
parameters would increase due to the compaction of the soil, and could be significant during
the rainy season
The average slope of the land in the Benin project area is 0.13 percent or nearly flat. This
was calculated based on the land elevation of approximately 19m (62ft) at the terminus of the
link line ROW at the CEB and the distance from the shoreline to the terminus of
approximately 14km (8.7 miles). Since the project area is nearly flat, with proper
management during construction the magnitude of this impact to soils is minor.
The likelihood of impacts to soils during the construction of the pipeline is medium. Erosion
or changes in soil structure is likely to occur, especially if construction work is undertaken
during periods of heavy rainfall because the soils will be exposed for approximately two to
three months prior to reinstatement. Considering all of these factors together, the severity of
impacts to soils arising from pipeline construction in upland areas is of moderate severity.
Change in soil structure due to trenching and backfilling to install the pipeline in upland
areas.
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Medium
Adjacent Communities: All those along ROW upland of the beach barrier island
The pipe trench will be dug using track mounted trenchers or backhoes from the working
side (the 10m (33ft) adjacent to the 15m (49ft) reserved for permanent pipeline burial) of
the ROW. Excavated spoils will be placed on the non-working side of the excavation for
reuse as shown in Figure 6.6-4 above.
Once the pipe is in the trench, the trench is backfilled using a backhoe or other suitable
equipment as shown below. Backfill will consist of the materials excavated (spoils) that

Chapter 6
were temporarily stored in the nonworking side of the ROW. In areas where the topsoil was
segregated from the subsoil, the subsoil will be used as fill material first, and then the topsoil
will be placed over the subsoil backfill. Backfilling (see Figure 6.6-6) will occur to pre-
existing grade or slightly higher to accommodate any future soil settlement.
Figure 6.6-6
Backfilling in Upland Construction
West Afr
Gas Pipe
The temporal impact is consistent with clearing and grading activities, described above. The
soils in the ROW will be exposed to wind and rain throughout the construction phase, which
will last approximately two to three months. The vegetation will then be reinstated but
maintained at a short length (along the 15m (49ft) maintenance corridor) throughout the
duration of the WAGP project. The temporal aspect of this impact is therefore minor.
The areal extent of the impact is consistent with clearing and grading activities and is
negligible.
The placement or storage of soils excavated from the pipeline trench within the ROW
exposes that soil to erosion. Similarly, the soils of the open-cut trench would also be
exposed. Backfilling of the site and the presence of heavy equipment could result in soil
compaction, thus making the soil surfaces more impermeable, increasing runoff and the
erodability of the soils. While the trench is open, it functions as a drain, funneling water and
thereby increasing the amount of runoff and soil erosion. Assuming proper management
during construction, the soil impacts compared to the baseline conditions should not be more
than 20 percent in magnitude. The magnitude of this impact to soils is considered moderate.
The likelihood of the impact occurring is also consistent with general clearing and grading
activities (medium). Therefore, the severity of impacts to soils arising from trenching and
backfilling in upland areas is of moderate severity.
Change in soil structure due to thrust boring of road crossings.

Chapter 6
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Negligible
Likelihood Low
The thrust boring method will be employed to install the pipeline underneath one road and
one railroad to avoid disruption of normal traffic patterns. Trenches will be dug on either
side of the road/railroad in the direction of the ROW rather than digging a contiguous open
trench across the road/railroad. A 50m by 30m (164ft by 98ft) footprint for drilling
equipment is required for the thrust-boring location at the entry point, with all but 5m (16ft)
of the footprint within the ROW leading up to the crossing. No extra workspace will be
needed to string the welded pipe.
Impacts from subsoil mixing with topsoil and from soil compaction resulting from the
movement of heavy equipment is the same for the equipment used during clearing and
grading activities, as discussed above.
The duration for thrust boring operations will be from five to 14 days for each crossing,
although seven to ten days is the most common duration for this type of operation.
Therefore, the temporal impact is minor. Even though the majority of the extent of this
impact will be contained within the ROW, it can not occur completely within the ROW,
since the ROW is 25m (82ft) wide and the footprint required is 50m by 30m; thus resulting in
a minor areal significance. Because the rail and road crossings are in flat areas, erosion will
be minimal and the magnitude of the impact should be negligible.
Due to the short duration of the operation, the likelihood of impacts to soils during the
construction of the pipeline is low. It is not likely that the soils could become saturated with
water. Even if construction is undertaken during the rainy season, the drilling areas should
not be susceptible to runoff given the current topography of the crossing sites. The overall
impact severity is therefore low.
Contamination of soils due to management of hazardous materials and the generation of

solid and hazardous wastes during upland pipeline construction.
It is assumed that all project-approved best management practices (BMPs) and mitigation
measures will be implemented during the storage, usage, transport, and disposal of all
hazardous materials and wastes. The impacts from these activities are thus evaluated for the
instances where these practices may fail to protect the surrounding soils and topography, i.e.,
there is a very low to medium likelihood of occurrence. Management of hazardous materials
and wastes and the secondary impacts to Benins infrastructure are discussed as part of
Chapter 8, Environmental Management Plan. This same approach is used to evaluate
impacts under Section 6.6.1.4, Water Resources and Hydrology.

Chapter 6
Temporal Negligible
Low Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Low
Wastes will be treated and disposed of according an approved waste management plan. They
are expected to consist principally of cleared vegetation from the ROW. Other construction
wastes include remnants of piping materials; electrical materials (cables, connections, etc.);
incidental maintenance volumes of solvents, lubricating oils, and grease; and refuse from
food and bottled water supplies for the construction workers. Wastes that could affect soil
quality are primarily solvents, oils, and greases.
If they occur, spills or leakage of these liquids could seep into the surrounding soil and
remain for years if not attended to. Depending upon the toxicity, persistence, and mobility of
the materials spilled, the effects would be reversible only with treatment. However, in the
event of any spill, resulting soil contamination will be excavated from the project site and
hauled to an approved disposal facility rather than treated in-situ. Assuming that spills are
detected quickly, that free liquids are recovered, and that contaminated soils are managed
and/or excavated, the temporal effect to the soils in the project area would be negligible,
lasting for less than a few days. The WAPCo Waste Management Plan will be revised to
include a specific procedure regarding the disposal of contaminated soil.
The areal extent of the impact would depend on the quantity of hazardous materials spilled or
wastes not properly disposed. There will not be large volumes of any one hazardous material
or wastes in general stored on-site during construction. In most cases, spills would occur
within the ROW or nearby the construction site (within 100m (328ft) of the ROW);
therefore, the areal extent of any reasonable mismanagement scenario is considered minor.
In the case of solvents, oils, or grease contamination, the existing soil composition would be
contaminated by hydrocarbons in the spill area. Given the hazardous materials management
methods that will be implemented during the construction phase, the magnitude of such an
impact compared to baseline conditions is expected to be moderate, but would depend upon
the volume spilled and resulting transport through the soil matrix.
The likelihood of a spill or leak during the two to three month onshore construction period is
low if proper management practices are implemented. Considering this low likelihood
together with the above factors, the severity of any soil contamination is rated as low.
Similar to the discussion of pipeline construction in upland areas, pipeline construction in

wetlands can result in mixing topsoil with excavated soil, soil compaction, and increased soil
erosion. In wetlands, soil exposure to oxidizing conditions, which can change the chemical
composition of the soil, is an additional concern. Even though soil will be excavated and

Chapter 6
replaced in the trench, topsoil will be stored separately in zones where there is no standing
water or saturated soils; subsoil that has been excavated will then be used to fill the trench
first with the topsoil being replaced last. Therefore, there should be little mixing of soil
organic matter with soil mineral matter. The soil composition of dredged spoils excavated
from wetlands may be altered by the oxidization of the soil matter and subsequent change in
soil redox state, which would then reduce the soils ability to absorb anions, exchange
cations, and enhance decomposition rates of organic contaminants. These effects will be
long term but localized, and may affect the success of restoration activities post-construction.
A final consideration is that while wetlands are hydraulically connected to large water
bodies, they are not high-energy environments and the natural water influx to these areas
may not be sufficient for natural erosional action to achieve pre-project baseline equilibrium
with the project-induced additional deposition.
Change in soil structure due to trenching and backfilling to install pipeline in wetland
areas.
Temporal Moderate
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Major
Likelihood Medium

The potential for negative impacts to soil due to compaction is greater in wetland areas than
in upland areas. Compared to a typical bulk density of 1.0 gram per cubic centimeter (g/cc)
to 2.0g/cc for mineral (upland soils), wetland soils generally have a bulk density of 0.2g/cc to
0.3g/cc and a porosity of 80 percent or more compared to 45 percent to 55 percent for
mineral soils (Mistsch and Gosselink, 1993). Heavy equipment for trenching (and possibly
stringing and laying in the pipeline) may be used in portions or all of the 25m wetland ROW
areas (the total pipeline ROW footprint estimated to cross wetlands and streams is
approximately 3.5ha).
Soil compaction increases runoff and greatly reduces the water-holding capacity of the
wetland, which in turn can impair or destroy the ecological functions of the wetland. For
example, soil compaction can alter the soils ability to support wetland vegetation. For
wetlands with saturated soils or very shallow standing water, the construction equipment will
be supported on timber mats or on prefabricated equipment mats. These mats spread the
weight of the construction equipment over a broad area, thereby minimizing the impacts to
soil from compaction.
Soils in the marshes within the project area are dominated by a clay fraction. The physical
characteristics of the soil combined with the low relief of the habitat greatly reduce the
potential for erosion due to runoff.
The temporal nature of the impact will be moderate, since wetland reinstatement activities
will extend beyond the duration of the two to three month pipeline construction phase.

Chapter 6
The areal significance will be negligible since the impacts are not expected to occur in
excess of the 25m (82ft) ROW or beyond the total ROW footprint of approximately 3.5ha in
wetland areas. Spoils will be stored on the non-working side of the ROW and then used as
backfill.
The magnitude of the impacts is major since the sensitive wetland habitat serves vital
ecological functions, many of which could be eliminated by small changes in soil structure;
the compounding factors described above are accounted for here (e.g., compaction to soils
can lead to vegetative cover changes).
Assuming the construction protocols are adhered to, the likelihood of impacts to soils in the
wetland areas due to trenching the wetlands is medium. The overall severity of impacts to
the soil quality of wetlands is thus rated as moderate.
Alteration of topography due to trenching and backfilling to install pipeline in wetland

areas.
Temporal Moderate
Impact Significance Areal Moderate Medium
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Major
Likelihood Medium

Small changes in topography can affect sediment erosion, drainage patterns, levels of
inundation and the general hydrologic functions of the wetland habitat. In fact, wetland
hydrology is often sited as the primary factor influencing wetland development, function, and
longevity (Gosselink and Turner, 1978; LaBaugh, 1986; Novitzki, 1989; Sharitz et al., 1990).
In addition, as mentioned above, wetlands are hydraulically connected to large water bodies
but are not a high-energy environment and the natural water influx to these areas may not be
sufficient for natural erosional action to achieve a pre-project baseline equilibrium with the
project-induced additional deposition.
Spoils will be stored on the non-working side of the ROW. Piles of sediment and cleared
brush could interrupt regular tidal inundation or alter regular flooding and drainage patterns
in parts of the various swamps within the area. However, any additional dredged materials
that are not used for backfilling or restoration activities will be disposed of properly so that
spoils piles to not lead to topographical changes that could alter drainage patterns.
Stockpiling of soil will be intermittent (not one contiguous pile) to prevent any change in
surface water sheet flow.
Oxidization of wetland soils causes compaction of the soil so that even post-restoration the
design elevation objectives may not be met. However, the trench will be backfilled as soon
as the pipe is laid to stabilize the pipeline placement, thereby limiting the storage of spoils
outside the wetland environment. Backfill will be either the same material as excavated or a
comparable material that is capable of supporting similar wetland vegetation. Provisions will

Chapter 6
be made to ensure that adequate material will be used to account for settling and compaction
of the material and ensure the proper pre-project elevation is attained.
The temporal nature of the impact would be moderate, since reinstatement activities will
extend beyond the duration of the construction phase and settlement of soil may occur post-
reinstatement as described above.
The areal significance will be moderate due to impacts that can occur in excess of 100m
(328ft) outside of the ROW, particularly if drainage patterns are affected and the lateral
extent of the wetland is greater than 25m or is contiguous with other waterways.
The magnitude of the impacts is major since the sensitive wetland habitat serves vital
ecological functions, many of which could be eliminated by small changes in topography; the
compounding factors described above are accounted for here (e.g., changes in topography
lead to greater hydrological impacts).
The likelihood of the impact occurring is medium. Given the complexity of restoring the
ROW to original elevations, the uncertainty of soil settlement, and the possibility that
existing drainage patterns outside the ROW may be altered during construction activities, it is
likely that along more than 20 percent of the ROW, the topography will not be restored to its
original condition.
The overall severity of impacts to topographic changes in wetlands is therefore rated as

moderate.
Contamination of soils due to generation of solid and hazardous wastes or inappropriate

hazardous materials management during wetland pipeline construction.
Temporal Negligible
Low Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Very Low

The potential for impacts due to the mismanagement of hazardous materials or the
mismanagement of solid or hazardous wastes is very similar to that assessed in upland areas.
Although the amount of waste generated will be less due to the size of the wetland
construction sites compared to those in upland areas, the habitat is more sensitive, thus
retaining a moderate magnitude of impact. However, the likelihood of impacts to wetland
soils from hazardous material releases is downgraded to very low since WAPCo will
minimize the amount of hazardous materials in wetland areas. There will be no fueling of
construction equipment within the wetland areas and no storage of hazardous materials. The
overall severity of impacts is therefore low, assuming proper BMPs are in place and
followed.

Chapter 6
Changes to sediment due to trenching and backfilling to install pipeline across the lagoon.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
The traditional push-method trenching will be used to cross the lagoon. Barges or small
boats would be deployed in the lagoon and the construction equipment would operate from
the barges, thereby minimizing the compaction of benthic sediment in the water body.
Soil erosion in the form of sediment transport within the lagoon is not expected to be
exacerbated by trenching operations. Compaction of soils is not expected to be a potential
impact of concern since the heavy equipment will not be situated on the lagoon bed.
The temporal nature of the impact would be minor, since construction operations will not
last more than a month. Impacts to changes in the vertical sediment composition will be
reversible due to the dynamic nature of the physical environment of lagoons.
The areal extent of any impacts will be negligible since changes are not expected to occur in
excess of the 25m (82ft) ROW and the distance to cross the lagoon is approximately 450m
(1,476ft). Spoils will be stored on the non-working side of the ROW and then used as backfill
The magnitude of the impact is considered minor since mixing of spoils during trenching
and backfilling may result in some measurable change to the affected sediment structure but
should not result in significant ecological effects to the overall lagoon habitat.
The likelihood of impacts to sediment structure within the lagoon is low since it appears that
the sediment composition is homogenous according to sediment sampling results. Therefore,
the overall severity of impacts to the sediment quality of the lagoon is low.
Contamination of soils due to hazardous materials and the generation of solid and
hazardous wastes to install the pipeline across the lagoon.
Temporal Negligible
Low Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Low
The types of impacts due to generation of solid and hazardous wastes are similar to those
assessed in upland areas. Please refer to the more detailed discussion above.

Chapter 6
Pipeline Construction Barrier Island, Beach, and Shoreline
It is expected that HDD techniques will be used to install the shore crossing segment of the
high-pressure lateral pipeline that connects to the sub-sea main trunk pipeline. HDD for the
shore crossing will be performed from the barrier island out to sea, minimizing surface
disturbance to the environment. Traditional trenching would occur only if construction
engineers cannot employ horizontal directional drilling (this is not expected based on
engineering assessment completed to date). In either case, the area on the barrier island used
as staging areas during construction will not be occupied for more than several weeks, and
will be reinstated once the pipeline is installed. The impacts to soils and topography in these
locations are discussed here.
Change in soil structure due to HDD operations in the barrier island area.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Likelihood Low
Adjacent Communities: Hio Houta
Some area on the barrier island will be used as a temporary work staging and construction
area for HDD operations. The size of this area will be determined by the EPC contractor, but
is not expected to be larger than 50m (164ft) wide along a 500m (1,640ft) stretch of the
ROW. If it is that large, the total footprint of the temporary work staging and construction
area will be 2.5ha, but half of it would be within the 25m (82ft) wide ROW and the other half
(1.25ha) would run along the outside of the ROW. The impacts at this location to soil
structure will be similar to those described for thrust boring of road crossings in upland areas,
described above, although drilling mud management practices may lead to slightly higher
impacts in terms of magnitude. Following pipeline installation, the site will be cleaned,
restored, and reinstated. The temporary mud pits used to collect slurry of non-hazardous
muds and drilling fluids will be emptied, and the site will be leveled and remediated.
During the site preparation and construction phase, clearing, grading, and excavation
activities at the Cotonou R&M station could result in soil compaction and soil erosion. As
discussed above, soil compaction increases the permeability of the land surface and increases
runoff. If the excavated soil is not stored properly or disposed of off-site, it can also erode or
be transported and result in siltation and sedimentation of adjacent water bodies or alter
flooding patterns.
It is expected that construction of the R&M station will take three to four months and the
facilities will remain for the duration of the WAGP project and perhaps longer unless the
concrete foundations under each piece of equipment are removed.
The R&M station will be located on upland west of Cotonou, approximately 10km (6 miles)
from the city center. The facility will be 150m by 220m (492ft by 721ft) and occupy 3.3ha

Chapter 6
(8.1 acres). The soils at the R&M station are the classic Benin yellow sands described in
detail in Section 5.1.
Change in soil surface and topography from land clearing and grading activities for R&M
stations construction.
Temporal Major
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood High
Anticipated impacts include potential soil erosion, although with BMPs in place, the potential
impacts of siltation and nutrient loading in adjacent water bodies (discussed below under
Section 6.6.1.4, Water Resources and Hydrology) are very unlikely.
The temporal extent of the alteration to the soils in the project is major. Post-WAGP, the
soils will be compacted to an extent that would render them unusable for non-industrial uses
and could not revert to agriculture or to wetland habitat unless all topsoil was replaced.
Because soil erosion measures will be implemented and the land surface is not sloped, the
impact to soils and adjacent topography will be limited to the immediate vicinity of the
project (within 100m (328ft) of the facility boundary). Therefore, the areal extent of the
impact is considered minor.
The magnitude of this impact is also considered minor since the soils of the existing area are
of mixed-use, and the change to the local topography will be minimal.
Because some change in the soil surface (e.g., open land converted to compacted industrial
use) and topography will undoubtedly occur due to the building of the R&M station, the
likelihood of an impact is high. Considering all of these factors together, the overall severity
of this impact is rated as moderate.
Contamination of soils due to hazardous materials and the generation of solid and
hazardous wastes during R&M station construction activities.
Temporal Negligible
Low Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Low
The types of impacts due to generation of solid and hazardous materials and wastes are
similar to those assessed in upland areas. Please refer to the more detailed discussion above.

Chapter 6
6.6.1.4 Water Resources and Hydrology
Movement and alteration of soil structure during construction (as discussed in the previous
section) could lead to degradation of the hydrology and/or surface water quality in the natural
environment. Changes in surface hydrology can in turn adversely affect conditions that
maintain healthy biological resources. Because site preparation and construction activities
will occur over a limited time period and in a very localized area, however, most of the
water-related impacts are negligible or low.
Freshwater needs during construction will be met in a variety of ways, based upon the
construction location and the availability of local water resources. Depending on the source
of the water chosen and the amount extracted, there could be impacts on the quantity or
quality of the resource and its availability for other uses. The option of new boreholes and
extraction of groundwater to support R&M station construction has the potential to
negatively impact local water supplies. However, studies will be done prior to any
groundwater extraction to ensure that groundwater flows are sufficient to support both local
uses and the project-related uses. If project-related groundwater withdrawals affect local
supplies negatively at any location, such withdrawals will be ended and water will be trucked
in to support project activities.
The onshore pipeline route from the Benin shore landing traverses a barrier island that is
comprised of a beach strand (roughly 40m wide), then an unpaved beach road, and next a
coconut plantation that is approximately 400m (1,312ft) wide and has an herbaceous layer.
The total pipeline length crossing the barrier island is roughly 0.66km (0.41 mile). From
there, the land slopes downward toward a brackish lagoon; this lagoon is approximately
455m (1,493ft) wide (as measured by the engineering survey team). There are brackish
saltmarsh wetlands and patches of isolated mangroves that extend for approximately 1km
(0.6 mile) north of the lagoon. The R&M station area is savanna and a patchwork of
cultivated fields. From the R&M station north, there is a plantation area and then the ROW
continues along the edge of a fresh/brackish marsh. The water resources issue of primary
concern is the preservation of the proper hydrologic functioning of the brackish and
freshwater marshes and the lagoon with its fringe mangroves.
Most of the onshore site preparation and construction activities evaluated for Benin were
determined to have negligible potential impacts on water resources and hydrology. Only one
of the 20 activities evaluated, trenching to install pipeline in wetland areas, has the potential
to result in high severity impacts, as discussed below. A few other activities, also discussed
below, were assessed as having low or moderate severity impacts. Almost all of these
impacts are localized and relatively short in duration and reversible post-construction. No
country-wide adverse impacts on water resources and hydrology were identified. Note that
all point source discharges of sanitary, stormwater, hydrotest, or process effluents will be
managed as permitted by Benins regulations, and consistent with the more stringent of
Benins standards or applicable World Bank Guidelines (PPAH 1998), as specified in the
Environmental Design Basis for this project (Appendix 8-B4.2).

Chapter 6
Water needed for upland pipeline construction activities (e.g., dust control) likely will be
transported to the construction sites by truck and should not have direct impact on local water
supply resources. Impacts on water resources in the project area are therefore negligible.
The source of this water (e.g., purchased from local sources, obtained from the possible new
R&M station borehole) is not determined at this time, but an alternative will be selected such
that there will be no significant detrimental impacts on water resources outside the project
area.
Changes to surface water quality due to earthmoving activities.
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Medium
Adjacent Communities: Gdankanhoue, Sodo Swamp
As discussed in the previous section (Topography, Geology, and Soil), the ROW and staging
sites will be cleared of topsoil and graded, and the pipeline trench will be dug. The intent is
to stockpile soil in the non-working area of the ROW during construction. After construction
the stripped soil will be regarded, and the area will be reinstated with native vegetation.
However, while stockpiled (since pipeline construction will progress linearly, this will be a
period lasting a few weeks, not the entire pipeline construction period of two to three
months), the soil is prone to storm water erosion. This would be an impact of greater
concern during the rainy season. The physical impact of sediment loading to water bodies
near the construction site is an increase in turbidity, biological oxygen demand, and
eutrophication of the aquatic habitat. The water bodies at most risk to sediment loading from
pipeline construction in upland areas are the freshwater-brackish marshes that are adjacent to
the link line ROW north of the R&M station, particularly the portion of the link line that runs
northeast towards Maria Gleta. The marshes are known as the Sodo Swamp, and the pipeline
will be installed adjacent to the marshes over a distance of 7km (4.3 miles) (Figure 6.6-2
depicts the pipeline route and the wetlands habitat). The wetlands, while hydraulically
connected to large water bodies, are not a high-energy environment, and the natural
freshwater influx to these areas may not be sufficient for natural erosional action to achieve
pre-project baseline equilibrium with any project-induced additional deposition (discussed in
the above section, Topography, Geology, and Soil).
The average slope of the land in the Benin project area, as described in the previous section,
is 0.13 percent, or nearly flat. In addition, erosion control measures will be implemented to
contain the cleared topsoil and debris and prevent it from entering the adjacent water bodies.
Therefore, if the construction activities did not occur directly adjacent to a surface water
body, no impacts would be expected, or the likelihood of their occurrence would be very low.
It is the proximity of the pipeline ROW to the marsh habitat that is of concern here.
If siltation of adjacent marsh complex does occur, the temporal effect would be minor; water
quality should return to its previous condition within six months. If soil erosion does occur,

Chapter 6
measures will be taken to minimize it. Therefore, the impact would not continue throughout
the entire construction phase. The areal extent of this impact is of minor significance,
because of the localized nature of the trenching and siltation and the relatively small area
involved. The level of dissolved oxygen in the northern marsh area was measured as less
than 1ppm, which is very low. The total suspended sediment readings taken during the
environmental baseline study were just above 30ppm, which is typical for a wetlands
environment. The magnitude of increased turbidity is considered moderate due to the
shallow water depths in the area and the low baseline dissolved oxygen levels.
The likelihood of impacts to surface water quality from erosion of soils during the
construction of the pipeline is medium, given BMPs and erosion control techniques to be
implemented, but also taking into account the proximity of the pipeline trenching activities to
the wetlands. Therefore, the severity of impacts to surface water quality arising from
earthmoving activities during pipeline construction in upland areas is of moderate severity.
Changes to surface and ground water quality due to generation of solid and hazardous
wastes or inappropriate hazardous material management during upland pipeline
construction.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Low
It is assumed that all project approved BMPs and mitigation measures will be implemented
during the storage, usage, and transport of all wastes (see WAGP Waste Management Plan,5
Appendix 8-B2.6). Management of wastes and the secondary impacts to the countrys
infrastructure are discussed as part of Chapter 8, Health, Safety, and Environmental
Management Plan.
Wastes associated with construction activities will be managed on-site and typically disposed
of off-site according to an approved waste management plan (more details provided in
Chapter 8). They are expected to consist principally of cleared vegetation from the ROW
(i.e., the vegetation cover of the total pipeline ROW area of 36.5ha, or a maximum volume of
400,000 cubic meters (m3)) and debris. Other construction wastes include remnants of piping
materials; electrical materials (cables, connections, etc.); incidental maintenance volumes of
solvents, lubricating oils, and grease; and refuse from food and bottled water supplies for the
construction workers. An inventory of these materials is provided in Appendix 2-B. Wastes
that could degrade water quality are primarily solvents, oils, and greases, when used in
proximity to surface water bodies such as ponds and streams.
5
The WAGP Waste Management Plan and/or operational controls (Chapter 8 and Appendix 8B2.6) will be
revised to incorporate a spoils management program to address temporary management during construction and
permanent disposal as necessary.

Chapter 6
Spills or leakage of these liquids could seep into the surrounding water bodies and remain for
many years if not attended to. Very large spills or leaks of these liquids could penetrate the
soil and leach into adjacent wetlands and/or groundwater, thereby causing contamination of
water resources. However, for upland areas contamination would have to migrate outside of
the ROW to impact waterways. Assuming the spill is identified and managed, the temporal
effect to water quality would be minor because the contamination would not be from an
ongoing release.
Depending on the toxicity of the spilled materials, the effects would be reversible only with
treatment. The areal extent of the impact would depend on the quantity spilled or not
properly disposed. There will not be large volumes of any one hazardous material kept
onsite during construction (please refer to Appendices 2-B and 2-F for a listing of solid and
hazardous wastes associated with the pipeline construction). One to three diesel fuel trucks
to supply generators and construction equipment, each capable of carrying 10,000L of diesel
fuel, will move along with the linear progression of the pipeline construction activities. In
most cases spills would occur within the ROW or nearby the construction site, therefore the
areal extent can be assumed to be minor. In the case of solvents, oils, or grease
contamination, the existing surface water quality would be adversely affected in the spill
area. The magnitude of such an impact would be moderate, but would depend on the
volume spilled into waterways.
The likelihood of a spill or leak occurring during the two- to three-month pipeline
construction period and reaching water resources is low if proper BMPs are implemented.
The overall severity of impacts from solid and hazardous wastes is therefore low.
Water needed for upland pipeline construction activities (e.g., dust control) likely will be
transported to the construction sites by truck and should not have direct impact on local water
supply resources. Impacts on water resources in the project area are therefore negligible.
The source of this water (e.g., purchased from local sources, obtained from the possible new
R&M station borehole) is not determined at this time, but an alternative will be selected such
that there will be no significant detrimental impacts on water resources outside the project
area.
Change in hydrology from trenching across wetlands and streams.
Temporal Minor
Impact Significance Areal Moderate Moderate
High Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood High

Gbankanhoue (only near actual wetland areas see Section 2.8.2.2)
As described in Chapter 2 (Section 2.8.2.2.4), some of the pipeline routes in Benin traverse
wetlands and streams. The engineering survey conducted along the ROW marked the
beginning and end point of each water body within the ROW, and these results are presented

Chapter 6
in Chapter 2. In addition to the area of water bodies within the ROW (3.5ha, or 8.6 acres, of
wetlands and stream crossings), the wetlands generally extend beyond the width of the ROW.
Wetland habitats in the vicinity of the project area were delineated and characterized during
the Second Season EBS (wet season), and the results are contained in Appendix 5-B.
The method for pipeline installation is similar to that employed in the upland habitat, except
for additional measures that address trenching in standing water. For wetlands with saturated
soils or only very shallow water, the construction equipment will be supported on timber
mats or prefabricated equipment mats these mats distribute the weight of the equipment
over a large surface area.
As described in the Topography, Geology, and Soils section, even small changes in soil
structure and drainage patterns in wetland habitats can disrupt hydrology, ecological
function, and quantity and quality of the water resource. The spoils from trenching activities
will be stockpiled on the non-working side of the ROW (Figure 2.8-3 illustrates a typical
trenching operation in wetlands). In open-water situations soil will be stockpiled on barges.
Stockpiles in the ROW, consisting of hydric soil mixed with unconsolidated organic material,
create levies that alter hydrology. The stockpile levies can block natural sources of sediment
and impede overland flow or tidal inundation.
These impacts may be felt well beyond the immediate vicinity of wetlands and water bodies.
Pipeline construction in wetlands has the potential to yield impacts of high severity if
adequate preventive/ameliorating measures are not adopted, especially given the sensitivity
of wetlands to disruption and the ecological benefits they provide. However, the WAGP
EPC contractor will adhere to the following BMPs during construction:
If the bottom of the pipe trench is at a lower elevation than the wetland, a permanent
trench plug will be placed in the trench at the wetland boundary;
The pipeline trench will be backfilled as soon as possible;
Original wetland hydrology will be restored; and
An approved spoils management program will be followed.6 Some BMPs (e.g.,

stockpiling of soil will be interrupted at intervals to prevent change in surface sheet
flow) have already been identified and are discussed in Chapter 8.
The temporal effect of the impacts described above is minor and should be reversible within
six months after exposure, if ROW reinstatement is successfully accomplished. The areal
extent is moderate due to impacts that can occur in excess of 100m (328ft) outside of the
ROW, particularly if the wetland is contiguous with other hydrologic features in the area.
The magnitude of the impacts is moderate because some alteration of hydrology is expected
6
The WAGP Waste Management Plan and/or Operational Controls (Chapter 8 and Appendix 8-B) will be
revised to incorporate a spoils management program to address temporary management during construction and
permanent disposal as necessary.

Chapter 6
to persist indefinitely, and the Sodo Swamp complex, in particular, is linked to a larger water
body in the area and supports the Benin lagoon system with freshwater inputs.
The likelihood of impacts to hydrologic patterns in the wetland area due to trenching is high.
Because of the complexity of restoring the ROW to its original contours and hydrology, the
uncertainty of being able to restore pre-construction soil structure, and the possibility that
existing drainage patterns outside the ROW will be permanently altered along close to 20
percent of the onshore wetlands ROW, the overall severity of impacts to hydrology from
trenching across wetland areas and streams is high.
Changes to surface water quality due to release of solid and hazardous wastes or
inappropriate hazardous material management during wetland pipeline construction.
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Low

Gbankanhoue (only near actual wetland areas see Section 2.8.2.2)
The potential for impacts due to release of solid and hazardous wastes are similar to those
assessed in upland areas. Even though hazardous materials and waste volumes will be
minimized in wetland areas (as discussed in the previous section), this resource is more
sensitive to disruption and any spills will affect it directly. Therefore, the magnitude of
impact is assessed as moderate. In the case of construction in wetlands, the areal extent of
the impact is considered moderate because hazardous material or waste spills in surface
water (versus upland soils) will tend to affect a larger area, even if promptly detected. The
likelihood of this impact remains low, given the additional precautions to be taken with
hazardous materials and wastes in wetlands areas. Assuming proper BMPs are followed, the
overall severity of impacts to surface water quality from release of solid and hazardous
wastes during wetland pipeline construction is moderate.
Changes to surface water quality due to suspended sediment entrainment in the Benin
Lagoon during trenching pipeline installation.
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood High
Disturbance of the lagoon bed sediment during pipeline laying operations in the lagoon will
result in suspension of sediment in the water column, as discussed in Section 6.6.1.2.
Typically, dredging or trenching activities do not generate more suspended sediments than

Chapter 6
normal boat traffic, bottom fishing, or severe storm events. The bathymetry of the entire
lagoon has not been mapped, although the engineering survey measured the cross-section
along the proposed ROW; the greatest water depth within the ROW at the time of the survey
was 1.16m (3.81ft). In the shallower areas, it would be difficult to distinguish between
natural causes of suspended sediment (e.g., wind) and those caused by trenching
operations. Furthermore, the effects of suspended sediments and turbidity are usually short
term (less than one week after the activity occurs) and localized (less than 1km (0.6 mile)
from where the activity occurred) (UK Marine Special Areas of Conservation, 2003).
Because the Benin Lagoon is not a water supply resource for local inhabitants, the adverse
impact of most concern is that of habitat and biological resource degradation resulting from
increases in suspended sediment in the water column (previously discussed).
The temporal effect is minor, since the trenching operations will be limited to several weeks
duration. The areal extent significance of the impact is considered minor, because the
suspended sediment effects will be localized within 500m (1,640ft) of the ROW, and with
the effects rapidly diminishing with distance. Transport of the suspended sediment will be
dependent upon seasonal and tidal influences. The magnitude is considered minor, because
the sediments released into the water column do not contain anthropogenic contamination.
Chemical analysis results from the environmental baseline survey (see Appendix 5-A) show
only background levels of contaminants in the lagoon sediments that would potentially affect
the water column quality if disturbed by trenching operations. A narrow trench will be
installed (not the entire 25m (82ft) width of ROW necessary for pipeline installation in
upland and wetland areas) approximately 646m3 (170,620 gallons) of total sediment
volume would be moved and a small percentage of the moved sediment would be released
to the water column. Construction equipment may operate from floating barges, depending
upon the water levels at the time of construction.
The likelihood of an impact occurring is high, since the water column will be impacted by
disturbed sediment. However, the overall impact severity is moderate.
Change in hydrology from trenching pipeline installation across Benin Lagoon.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
The significance of potential impacts to lagoon hydrology from pipeline trenching across the
Benin Lagoon is similar to that described above for wetlands. At the edge of the lagoon
waterway, which is dominated by mangroves, reinstatement of soils and topography (as
planned for other wetlands areas) will be necessary to ameliorate any adverse impact to
fringe mangrove hydrology. In addition, protective plugs will be provided at the lagoon
edge. The temporary construction plugs will not be completely removed until absolutely
necessary. The open cut trench at the lagoon bank crossing will be backfilled immediately to
avoid erosion and alteration of the lagoon bank. Permanent trench plugs will be installed

Chapter 6
after pipeline installation to prevent hydraulic migration of the lagoon surface waters to
adjacent areas.
Significant changes in the lagoon hydrology itself are not expected. Sediment suspension
and changes in bottom contour should be reversible within six months, from flushing and
passive redeposition of sediment. The lagoon is a relatively low-energy environment;
however, the dredged material will be used to cover the pipeline once it is installed, thereby
mitigating changes in bathymetry. Excess spoils that could significantly alter the original
bathymetry would be disposed of offsite.
The temporal effect of the impacts described above is minor and should be reversible within
six months after trenching activities, if reinstatement is successfully accomplished. The areal
extent significance will be minor because only a small area of fringe wetland might be
adversely affected by altered hydrology. The magnitude of the impacts is also minor
because it is assumed that the original hydrology of the stream will be restored almost
entirely to pre-construction conditions following reinstatement.
The overall likelihood of impacts to hydrologic patterns in the lagoon area due to trenching is
low, if BMPs are employed. As stated previously, restoration of wetland contours and
hydrology to pre-construction conditions can be difficult, but natural hydrologic functions
such as sediment transport and deposition should facilitate the process. Therefore, the
overall impact to the hydrology within the lagoon is low.
The pipeline from the shore landing to an offshore subsea tie-in will be installed using HDD
methods. (Based on engineering assessments already completed, HDD at this location
appears technically feasible. In the unlikely event it is not, then trenching methods will be
used.) The entry point for HDD operations will be 50m to 100m (164ft to 328ft) inland from
the high tide mark. Impacts to shoreline hydrology due to HDD operations are not
significant since the pipeline is installed at a subsurface level and there would be no surface
cuts across the shoreline.
Potential reduction in local water supply resources due to HDD of the shoreline.
A supply of water will need to be obtained for HDD operations, primarily as make-up water
for the drilling muds. Drilling muds are continuously recycled following cuttings removal,
thereby minimizing water usage. Approximately 1,700m3 (449,000 gallons) of water will be
used to mix the non-hazardous bentonite drilling medium. The source of this water is not
determined at this time, but an alternative will be selected such that there will be no
significant detrimental impacts on water resources within or outside the project area. It is
likely that this water will be procured from local commercial sources and transported to the
construction site by truck, or that ocean water will be used. Impacts on water resources in
the project area would therefore be negligible.

Chapter 6
Changes to surface and ground water quality due to generation of solid and hazardous
wastes or inappropriate hazardous material management during HDD operations.
Temporal Negligible
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Wastes associated with construction activities will be treated and disposed of according to an
approved waste management plan. The impact significance due to release of solid and
hazardous wastes or materials is similar to that assessed in upland areas (not significant).
However, additional wastes associated with HDD operations include spent drill cuttings and
muds. The drilling contractor will install a lined return pit to collect the slurry of muds and
cuttings, with sufficient freeboard to prevent stormwater runoff contamination. The slurry is
later pumped to a subsurface containment area, which is first lined to prevent groundwater
contamination. After the pipe segment is installed, the liquid cuttings will be hauled offsite
and disposed of in accordance with the WAGP Waste Management Plan (Appendix 8B2.6).
Non-hazardous solids remaining will be buried in place.
Assuming any spills are identified and managed, the temporal effect to water quality would
be negligible because the contaminant would not permeate to the groundwater table, and
there are no adjacent surface water bodies susceptible to contamination. The areal extent of
the impact would depend on the quantity of the release. At the HDD site, there will be no
storage of hazardous materials. A diesel delivery truck will deliver fuel as needed. Given
the lack of extensive use or storage of hazardous materials, spills would be contained within
the HDD laydown area; therefore, the areal extent is considered minor. In the case of
solvents, oils, or grease contamination, the existing soils would be adversely affected, but
changes to groundwater sources would minimal (but measurable) compared to background
levels. The magnitude of such an impact would be minor.
The likelihood of a spill or leak occurring during the relatively short HDD operations period
and reaching a waterway is low if proper BMPs are implemented. The overall severity of
impacts from solid and hazardous wastes is therefore low.
The current plan is drill a new borehole at the site to obtain the water needed for R&M
station construction activities. However, studies will be done prior to new groundwater
extraction to ensure that groundwater flows are sufficient to support both local uses and the
project-related uses. If project-related groundwater withdrawals from a new borehole affect
local supplies negatively in the vicinity, such withdrawals will be ended and water will be
purchased and trucked in to support project activities. Given the commitment to prior studies
and follow-up monitoring, impacts on water resources in the project area are not expected to
be significant. If it becomes necessary to truck water in, an alternative for the water source
will be selected such that there will be no significant detrimental impacts on water resources
outside the project area.

Chapter 6
Changes to water quality due to generation of solid and hazardous wastes or inappropriate
hazardous material management during R&M station construction.
Temporal Negligible
Low Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Low
The volumes of vegetation debris to be disposed of will be negligible compared to the

amount cleared during the pipeline ROW clearing activities. Temporary sanitation facilities
(for 50 people) will be installed to treat wastewater, and sewage will be collected onsite and
treated and disposed of off-site. The overall severity of this impact is considered low for the
same reasons described above under Pipeline Construction Upland.
Changes to surface water quality due to earthmoving activities.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Very Low
The potential for degradation of surface water quality due to earthmoving activities is similar
to that assessed above under Pipeline Construction -Upland. Even though the likelihood of
erosion is low, as discussed above under Soils, Topography, and Geology, the adjacent
shoreline water bodies are approximately 500m (1,640ft) from the proposed R&M station
area (which is a savanna habitat), and therefore the likelihood of eroded topsoil affecting
surface water quality is very low.
6.6.1.5 Air Quality
Air quality can be affected by a number of activities associated with the site preparation and
construction phase, including land clearing, earth moving and leveling, transport of materials
and workers, mobile generation of electricity, and short-term operation of facilities producing
materials (e.g., concrete) used in construction. The chief concerns for this project are dust
generation and diesel engine exhaust. Concern for dust generation is much lower in wetter
areas and during the rainy season, and during dry seasons dust can be controlled by watering
and other management practices. Emission control measures for fugitive dust and diesel
emissions are described in Appendix 8B2.5.5, WAGP Air Emissions Management
Procedures.
Among the 20 onshore site preparation and construction activities in Benin evaluated for
impacts on air quality, most were determined to have negligible impact potential. No high
severity or country-wide impacts on air quality were identified. The identified low and
moderate severity impacts, which all are discussed below, generally are localized in areal
extent (assessed as negligible or minor) and short-term in duration. The low severity impacts

Chapter 6
typically are assessed as having a low likelihood of causing discernible and persistent
impacts on air quality, while the moderate severity impacts typically are assessed as having a
medium likelihood.
The estimated emissions of selected air pollutants in diesel exhaust from increased truck
traffic and mobile generators during the entire site preparation and construction period were
quantified as part of this assessment (see potential impact discussions below for details), and
the total country-wide emissions are shown in Table 6.6-3. Most (roughly 60 to 90 percent,
depending on the pollutant) of the diesel engine emissions that were estimated quantitatively
are associated with truck transport of pipe and equipment.
Table 6.6-3
Estimated Total Air Emissions for Site Preparation and Construction Phase
(metric tons for entire phase)
Air Pollutant Estimated Emissions Benin
Emissions from Diesel Engines (Mobile and Fixed Sources)a
Carbon monoxide 80
Nitrogen oxides 24
Hydrocarbons 6.9
Particulates 0.74
Emissions from Concrete Batching Operations (at R&M Station Construction Site)
Particulates (as PM10) <0.004
Fugitive Dust from Facility Construction, Pipe Transport, and Pipe Laying
Fugitive dust (as PM10) 9.8
a
Diesel emissions from earthmoving and other mobile construction equipment not quantified and
thus not included in totals.
Additional amounts of particulates will be generated locally from the various land clearing,
earth moving, transport, and concrete batching operations (estimates also shown in
Table 6.6-3). Greater than 99 percent of the fugitive dust emissions estimated for Benin are
from the R&M site construction operations.7
Quantitative air dispersion modeling was not performed on either the diesel exhaust or
particulate/fugitive dust emission estimates, so ambient concentration numbers are not
available, but it is not anticipated that these emission levels will result in any widespread or
long-term changes in ambient air quality in the country. Potential short-term, localized
impacts will be managed consistent with applicable procedures and standards in the
Environmental Design Basis for the project (Appendix 8B4.2). No applicable air emission
standards were identified for either the fugitive dust or diesel exhaust emissions associated
with the site preparation and construction activities, so direct comparisons of the emission
estimates in Table 6.6-3 with applicable standards are not possible.
7
Estimates from West African Gas Pipeline Project Particulate Emissions from Concrete Batch Plants and
from Fugitive Dust from Construction and Pipe Laying Activities, URS Corporation, December 11, 2003.

Chapter 6
Changes in air quality due to clearing of vegetation and leveling along ROW.
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Medium
Clearing of vegetation and leveling of soils will increase dust levels along the proposed
onshore pipeline system route and access routes, especially in the dry season. However, the
effects would not be substantial in wetter areas or during the rainy season.
Increased dust levels will persist during most of the two- to three-month pipeline
construction phase until reinstatement of vegetation is achieved. The location of construction
will progress in a linear fashion along the 14.6km (9.1 miles) pipeline ROW and not remain
fixed during the full time period. Because the duration of work is only two to three months
and recovery will occur within six months, the temporal extent of the impact from dust
creation is minor.
The areal extent of impacts to air quality is three-dimensional. Dispersion of dust will
increase the area affected by the increased dust levels, but dissipate the particulate matter
quickly. With proper management practices in place (such as watering highly dusty areas)
the areal extent should remain within 100m (328ft) of the ROW, resulting in minor
significance.
In the immediate vicinity of the construction, the magnitude of impacts will generally be
moderate. Levels of particulate matter could be measurably elevated over background
levels in some situations.
The likelihood of significant impacts to air quality during construction is medium, especially
if construction is conducted during the dry season. The overall severity of impacts to air
quality from clearing of vegetation is moderate.
Changes in air quality from transportation of materials and equipment to the various
construction sites in the ROW.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Approximately five truck trips per day on average will be necessary to deliver the pipe
segments and other materials from the port at Cotonou to the appropriate construction sites
along the ROW (combined 14.6km; roughly 1,300 12m pipe lengths needed). Other

Chapter 6
materials to be transported include pipe laying equipment and supplies such as diesel fuel and
construction water. Both dust and exhaust emissions from vehicles will add locally to the
level of air pollution. This would be a negative, but temporary effect, given air dilution
capacities. Figure 6.6-5 shows the location of the port at Cotonou relative to the project area.
Duration of impacts from transportation is equivalent to the duration described above for
vegetative clearing and soil grading and thus can be considered minor. The areal extent of
impacts extends beyond the ROW due to existing transport routes that are not contiguous
with the pipe route. Along the routes used for transport, the dust and other pollutant levels
produced by the truck traffic will not extend far beyond the traveled road, and thus the areal
extent can be considered minor.
Assuming that diesel-exhaust emissions will be comparable to US EPA standards for heavy-
duty trucks, emissions will be similar to those shown in Table 6.6-4.8 These estimates, which
are based on the upper limits in U.S. regulatory standards, are provided as benchmark values.
Actual emissions in Benin could be lower or higher depending on the specific trucks and fuel
used, the condition of the trucks, and the operating conditions (e.g., amount of idling).
Table 6.6-4
Diesel Exhaust Emissions Arising from
Truck Movements To and From Upland Construction Sites
Carbon Nitrogen
Hydrocarbons Particulates
Monoxide Oxides
Mass emitted per
kilowatt hour (kWh) 1.74g 20.8g 5.36g 0.134g
(1998 EPA limit)
Mass emitted by a
1,500 kilowatt (kW) 2,610g 31,200g 8,040g 201g
truck in one hour
Total emissions over 4.2tn (metric) 50tn (metric) 13tn (metric) 0.32tn (metric)
a two-month perioda 9,200 pounds (lbs) 110,000lbs 28,000lbs 710lbs
a
Assuming 10 trucks per day for 8 hours per day for 20 days per month for 2 months.
This may represent a substantial increase on background levels for certain roads traveled in
rural areas, but dissipation in the air will dilute increased concentrations very rapidly. The
magnitude of this impact is therefore minor.
The likelihood of a discernible and persistent impact on air quality during transportation is
low. The overall severity of impacts to air quality from clearing of vegetation is low.
8
All emissions factors in this section are from US EPA, 1997, Emission Standards Reference Guide for Heavy-
Duty and Nonroad Engines, EPA420-F-97-014, www.epa.gov/otaq/cert/hd-cert/stds-eng.pdf.

Chapter 6
Changes in air quality due to the operation of mobile generators.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Operation of diesel-fueled construction equipment, including generators, will generate air

emissions and will negatively impact air quality. Current estimates are for one 500kW
generator to operate at various locations along the ROW.
Assuming that diesel-exhaust emissions will be comparable to US EPA standards for non-
road diesel emission standards, emissions will be similar to those shown in Table 6.6-5 (same
source as cited above for truck emission factors).
Table 6.6-5
Mobile Generator Operation at ROW Construction Sites
Carbon Nitrogen
Monoxide Oxides
Mass emitted per kWh
1.3g 11.4g 9.2g 0.54g
(2000 EPA limit)
Mass emitted by a 500kW
650g 5,700g 4,600g 270g
generator in one hour
Total emissions over a 0.21tn (metric) 1.8tn (metric) 1.5tn (metric) 0.086tn (metric)
two-month perioda 460lbs 4,000lbs 3,200lbs 190lbs
a
Assuming 1 generator operating for 8 hours per day for 20 days per month for 2 months.
Duration of the impact to air quality is minor due to rapid dissipation, as described above.
The areal extent for this impact is less the impact from either land clearing or transportation.
Negative impacts to ambient air quality will most likely stay within the ROW and staging
site boundaries, resulting in negligible areal extent. The overall magnitude of these
increased levels is minor due to the continuous movement of air and the dissipation of the
pollutants in a short time period.
The likelihood of a discernible and persistent impact to local air quality is low. The overall
severity of impacts to air quality from generator emissions is also low.
Change in air quality due to the operation of earthmoving and other heavy equipment.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low

Chapter 6
Air emissions will be generated during construction activities from operation of combustion
sources, including diesel-fueled heavy construction and transportation equipment such as
cranes, excavators, and other earthmoving equipment. Emissions from diesel combustion are
similar to those produced from the operation of generators (see Table 6.6-5). There will also
be some dust created from the excavation of land during construction.
Temporal and areal impact significance are the same as for generator operation, minor and
negligible. Magnitude of this impact is greater, however, due to the multiple sources and
creation of dust. Overall the magnitude of this impact is minor.
Similar to generator operation impacts, the likelihood of a discernible and persistent impact
to local air quality is low. The severity of impacts to air quality from heavy equipment
operation is low.
Construction of R&M Station
Change in air quality from land clearing and preparation at the R&M station site.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Clearing of this site will result in impacts to air quality similar to those from upland pipeline
site clearing. Exposing dry upland areas will cause increased dust and particulate matter
levels in the project vicinity.
It is expected that construction of the R&M station will take three to four months. Cleared
areas will be ultimately be covered with gravel to prevent dust creation during operations.
The temporal extent of the impact to the air quality from increased dust levels should not last
longer than six months and is minor.
Plant equipment will be installed and a security fence erected allowing for a 25m (82ft) wide
buffer zone around the facilities. Because increased dust levels during site preparation will
most likely exceed the project boundaries to some extent, the areal impact is minor.
The land occupied by the R&M station will be significantly changed from its current state,
i.e., grassland removed, paved areas and gravel added, with approximately 10 percent of the
footprint containing concrete foundation. Any significant levels of dust created during
construction at the R&M station are expected to dissipate quickly and will be mitigated by
watering of highly dusty areas. The 2003 WAGP particulate emissions study (cited in
introduction to this section) estimated approximately 110 kilograms per day (kg/day) of

Chapter 6
fugitive dust emitted (as PM10) during site preparation and construction activities. The
magnitude of this impact is minor.
The likelihood of discernible impacts to air quality from increased dust levels due to land
clearing and preparation is low. The overall severity of impacts to air quality from site
preparation at the R&M station is low.
Changes in air quality due to the transportation of materials and equipment to the site.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Approximately 50 to 100 trucks (average of one to two per day) will be required to carry
heavy equipment and other construction materials to the R&M station construction site
(approximately 18km (11.2 miles) from the port) during the three- to four-month
construction period. Both dust and emissions from vehicles will add locally to the level of
air pollution. This would be a negative but temporary effect, given air dilution capacities.
Duration of impacts from transportation is equivalent to the duration described above for site
preparation and thus can be considered minor. The areal extent of impacts extends beyond
the construction site itself due to transport occurring along various existing transport routes
from the Cotonou port to the R&M station (approximately 18km; see Figure 6.6-5 for
location of the port relative to the R&M station). Along these routes, the dust and emission
levels produced by the truck traffic will not extend far beyond the traveled road, and thus the
areal extent can be considered minor.
Assuming that diesel-exhaust emissions will be comparable to US EPA standards for heavy-
duty trucks, emissions will be similar to those shown in Table 6.6-6.
Table 6.6-6
Diesel Exhaust Emissions Arising from Truck Movements To and From R&M Station
Carbon Nitrogen
Monoxide Oxides
Mass emitted per kWh (1998
1.74g 20.8g 5.36g 0.134g
EPA limit)
Mass emitted by a 1,500kW
2,610g 31,200g 8,040g 201g
truck in one hour
Total emissions over a four- 2.1tn (metric) 25tn (metric) 6.4tn (metric) 0.16tn (metric)
month perioda 4,600lbs 55,000lbs 14,000lbs 350lbs
a
Assuming total of 100 truck trips of 8 hours each over 4 months.
Dissipation in the air of these emissions will dilute increased concentrations very rapidly.
The magnitude of this impact is therefore low.

Chapter 6
The likelihood of a discernible and persistent impact to air quality during transportation is
low given the mobile nature of the pollution source. The overall severity of impacts to air
quality due to the transport of equipment and materials is low.
Changes in air quality due to the operation of mobile generators.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Operation of diesel-fueled construction equipment, including generators, will generate air

emissions and will negatively impact air quality. Current estimates are for one 500kW
generator to operate during construction at the R&M station.
Assuming that diesel-exhaust emissions will be comparable to US EPA standards for non-
road diesel emission standards, emissions will be similar to those shown in Table 6.6-7.
Table 6.6-7
Mobile Generator Operation at R&M Station
Carbon Nitrogen
Monoxide Oxides
Mass emitted per kWh
1.3g 11.4g 9.2g 0.54g
(2000 EPA limit)
Mass emitted by one
650g 5,700g 4,600g 270g
500kW generator in 1 hour
Total emissions over a 0.42tn (metric) 3.6tn (metric) 2.9tn (metric) 0.17tn (metric)
four-month perioda 920lbs 8,000lbs 6,500lbs 380lbs
a
Assuming 1 generator operating for 8 hours per day for 20 days per month for 4 months.
Duration of the impact to air quality is minor due to rapid dissipation as previously described
above. The areal extent for this impact is less than the impact from either land clearing or
transportation. Negative impacts to ambient air quality will most likely stay within the R&M
station and staging area boundaries, resulting in negligible areal extent. The overall
magnitude of these increased levels is minor due to the continuous movement of air and the
dissipation of the pollutants in a short time period.
The likelihood of a discernible and persistent impact to local air quality is low. The overall
severity of impacts to air quality from generator emissions is low.

Chapter 6
Change in air quality due to the operation of earthmoving and other heavy equipment.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Air emissions will be generated during construction activities from operation of combustion
sources, including diesel-fueled heavy construction and transportation equipment such as
cranes, excavators, and other earthmoving equipment. Emissions from diesel combustion are
similar to those produced from the operation of generators (see Table 6.6-7). There will also
be some dust created from the excavation of land during construction.
Temporal and areal impact significance are the same as for generator operation, minor and
negligible. Magnitude of this impact is greater, however, due to the multiple sources and
creation of dust. Overall the magnitude of this impact is minor.
Similar to generator operation impacts, the likelihood of a discernible and persistent impact
to local air quality is low. The overall severity of impacts to air quality from heavy
equipment operation is low.
6.6.1.6 Transportation and Other Infrastructure
Strains on overall infrastructure resulting from influx of construction workers.
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood High
A single crew of 50 to 100 workers will be used to build the pipeline. As outlined in Chapter
2, certain members of the pipeline construction crew will be recruited from nearby
population centers. Some construction workers may be recruited from the communities
adjacent to the pipeline ROW, while others will probably be recruited from more distant
population centers (e.g., Cotonou) and transported daily to the project site. Communities
adjacent to the pipeline ROW will experience the presence of workers primarily during
working hours. Construction workers will return to their homes in nearby population centers
at the end of each workday.
Communities adjacent to the pipeline ROW will experience the presence of workers only for
the period during which the pipeline is being constructed within or adjacent to their particular
communities. The duration of the entire onshore pipeline construction effort (including the

Chapter 6
link line from the R&M station to Maria Gleta) is expected to be two to three months, but
each community along the ROW will experience the presence of the construction crew for a
shorter period during the overall two month construction period. The crew will be present in
each community for several weeks, as they work on the segment of pipeline passing through
or adjacent to the community.
The influx of construction workers will increase the pressure on existing infrastructures
including transportation infrastructure, water supply, waste and sewage disposal systems, and
communication infrastructure. If this pressure increase were substantial it could potentially
result in a negative socioeconomic impact to members of local communities in two main
ways:
When demand for infrastructure exceeds capacity, users receive a lower level of
service from the infrastructure, resulting in inconvenience and economic dislocation,
and forcing changes in social patterns;
Increased demand on infrastructure can speed deterioration in the infrastructure itself,

resulting in a reduction in the service provided by this infrastructure over a longer
period (until repairs or replacement can be made) or permanently.
Infrastructure in the communities adjacent to the pipeline ROW currently has limited
capacity or is providing a low level of service (based on the ICF household and community
surveys). Any additional stresses on this infrastructure associated with the influx of
construction workers could result in a further reduction in the ability of infrastructure to
meet demand.
However, the impact of the influx of construction workers will be largely ameliorated by:
The fact that construction crews will be present in the communities only during
working hours, and will be occupied on construction activities for the great majority
of that time;
The fact that construction crews will be present in each community for a period of
only several weeks;
Improvements to local infrastructure made by the work crews and contractors during
the construction period in order to facilitate construction or to mitigate negative
impacts to the local communities; and
Improvements to local infrastructure made possible through WAPCos Community

Development programs.
The duration of this impact is minor as the impact in each community will be for just several
weeks. The areal extent is assessed as moderate, as this impact will affect members of
communities all along the ROW. The magnitude of this impact is assessed as minor in view
of the stated ameliorating factors. The likelihood of this impact is high. Overall, this is
assessed as a moderate level impact.

Chapter 6
Strains on transport infrastructure resulting from construction traffic (i.e., transport of

equipment).
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood High
The increased traffic required to support pipeline construction will place some additional
strains on transport infrastructure in the region. Construction traffic will consist of fairly
intensive traffic for one to several days at the beginning and end of the construction phase
while equipment is mobilized and demobilized. At other times during the construction
phase, construction traffic will consist mainly of daily traffic transporting workers to and
from the construction site, and approximately 4 to 5 trucks per day transporting pipe to the
project.
As a mitigation measure to reduce the negative impacts of construction traffic, WAPCo plans
to schedule construction transport to avoid congested roads and periods of high traffic,
particularly in Cotonou, wherever possible. This measure can reduce any effects on transport
infrastructure associated with construction traffic, but may not eliminate them entirely.
The temporal aspect of this impact is assessed as minor because the impact will be relatively
short-term and the impacts reversible (assuming that the roads are properly repaired if there
is any damage). The areal impacts will be moderate because the impacts will be felt by
communities all along access routes throughout the region, but will be localized to the
corridors of these roads. The magnitude is minor because the periods of equipment
mobilization construction traffic will be relatively light. The likelihood of impact is assessed
as high among communities immediately adjacent to key access routes. Overall this impact
is assessed to be of low severity.
Strains on transport infrastructure resulting from road and pathway obstruction from
pipeline installation at 1m depth.
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood High
The pipeline will cross two major roads and a number of footpaths. Major road crossings
will be accomplished using thrust boring, and the roads should not be closed at any time.
Minor roads and footpaths will be obstructed for the period of time necessary to construct the
pipeline across them, generally a matter of a week to several weeks. This impact will be
mitigated through the provision of detours and alternate routes.

Chapter 6
Assuming construction lasts for a maximum of several weeks at each road or footpath
crossing, the temporal aspect would be considered minor. The areal impact will be
moderate as this impact will affect communities using the obstructed roads and pathways.
The magnitude is considered minor because the use of thrust boring at larger highways
crossings and the provision of detours or alternate routes at obstructed roads and footpaths
will reduce the inconvenience and economic hardships to a minimum. Overall, this impact is
flagged as moderate severity.
Strains on infrastructure resulting from influx of construction workers.
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood High
Impacts on roads and infrastructure associated with the influx of construction workers for
R&M station construction will be similar in nature to impacts described above with respect to
influx of workers for pipeline construction. However, the R&M stations will be constructed
over a relatively shorter period. The R&M station will be constructed alongside a major
highway, which transports thousands of people from around the region everyday. The influx
of construction workers will result in minor impacts to the infrastructure in the area.
For these reasons the impacts on means of livelihood associated with the influx of R&M
station construction workers are assessed to be of moderate severity.
Strains on transport infrastructure resulting from construction traffic (i.e., transportation

of materials and equipment to the site).
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
The impacts on infrastructure associated with construction traffic for the R&M station will be
similar in nature to the impacts described above for pipeline construction traffic. Traffic
associated with the R&M station construction will be relatively low volume, and will occur
for a relatively brief period. R&M station construction traffic is expected to affect fewer
roads and road miles than that for the pipeline. It will primarily affect the major highway
passing beside the construction site. Thus the magnitude of this impact for R&M station
construction is likely to be less overall as that for pipeline construction. For these reasons the
impacts on transport infrastructure associated with the construction traffic for the R&M
station are assessed to be of low severity.

Chapter 6
6.6.1.7 Social and Cultural Conditions
Social and cultural effects resulting from influx of construction workers.
Temporal Major
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Medium
The influx of non-local workers to communities adjacent to the pipeline during the
construction phase could potentially result in impacts on the social and cultural conditions in
the communities local to the pipeline ROW. These impacts are reduced by the fact that
influx of workers will be experienced by local communities only during working hours and
commuting periods, and only for the several weeks required for the pipeline to be constructed
through or past each individual community. Potential sources of these impacts include:
Tensions related to the awarding of jobs with the pipeline construction project;
Potential conflict between the social and cultural traditions of outside workers and
those of the local communities, resulting in disruption of the social and cultural
traditions of the communities;
Introduction of a class of workers with higher incomes;
Loss of labor availability for traditional work within local communities;
Increase in the incidence of illness and disease due to introduction of same by outside
workers; and
Potential increase in the incidence of crime/prostitution.
It should be noted that the extent of some of the above impacts will be limited by the fact that
construction workers are expected be recruited from nearby population centers rather than
brought in from entirely different regions. The proximity of worker place of residence to the
impacted communities means that there may be common or similar economic and social
characteristics shared by the groups. As such, tensions relating to the awarding of jobs,
potential conflicts between the social and cultural traditions of outside workers and those of
the local communities, the incidence of illness and disease and the potential increase in crime
and prostitution will be lessened.
Differential incomes. Construction workers tend to have monthly cash incomes while many
people in the local communities (particularly fishing or rural communities) earn their income
on a seasonal basis and in-kind. In addition to cash incomes, the new workers are likely to
have higher overall incomes and more disposable income than local residents. The
differences in income between workers and local people could result in the construction

Chapter 6
workers purchasing and using goods within the local communities that are unaffordable to
the local residents. This could produce local tensions, cause discontent among local
community members, cause community members to seek to change their livelihoods or
lifestyles, and cause strain the existing social conditions.
Reduction in labor availability for traditional work. The lure of higher incomes in
construction work (or in providing support services to the construction crews) may attract
local residents away from such occupations as farming, fishing, local crafts, trade, and even
teaching, thus leading to some occupation change in the area, as well as a reduction in the
labor force available in the area for traditional work. As males are more likely to be attracted
to the construction work, it is particularly likely that males may abandon traditional work,
potentially putting a greater burden on the females of some households to carry out this
traditional work formerly carried out by the males. A reduced labor force available for
traditional labor, shifting gender roles, and hardship for some families would constitute
significant social and cultural change.
Crime and disease. The introduction of non-local workers and income disparities between
construction workers and members of local communities could potentially result in
increasing crime rates and prostitution within the communities adjacent to the ROW. The
influx of workers could also result in a higher incidence of illness and disease among local
community members, as new strains or new diseases are brought in by the workers.
While most of these impacts are likely to be of short duration, the increased incidence of life-
threatening or incurable illnesses (e.g., HIV/AIDS) could have a long-term effect on the
social conditions and of the communities and on the means of livelihood of some households.
These potential secondary impacts represent potential low- to medium-severity impacts on
social and cultural conditions.
Summary. For impacts on cultural and social conditions, the temporal impact is major
since the changes to the social fabric could potentially have lasting impacts on the
surrounding communities. The areal impacts are moderate since effects can extend to
communities some distance from the ROW. The magnitude is minor since impacts will be
limited by the use of regional labor that has common or similar social and cultural
characteristics as impacted communities. The likelihood of this impact is assessed as
medium. Overall, this is flagged as a moderate severity impact.
Disturbance of physical cultural resources due to land clearing and leveling and
disruption of cultural resources due to conversion of land use.
Temporal Major
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Physical cultural resources. The project could potentially disturb physical cultural
resources located within the pipeline ROW during site clearing and trenching for the

Chapter 6
pipeline. Reconnaissance surveys of the project footprint have been carried out by
engineering and design, environmental baseline, socioeconomic, and estate surveying crews.
WAGP commissioned an archeological survey of the project footprint by a qualified
archeologist. While finds were of limited quantity, their presence has warranted that certain
preventative measures be incorporated into the environmental management plan and
implemented before and during the construction phase. The potential also remains for the
presence of significant physical cultural resources below the surface within the ROW. Such
resources would not have been identified through the reconnaissance surveys. As outlined in
Chapter 8, a comprehensive chance finds procedure will be in place during the construction
phase, and adherence to this procedure will be an express condition of the construction
contract. Any physical cultural resources encountered during construction will be handled in
accordance with this procedure, and therefore negative impacts to any such resources (should
they be encountered) would be kept to an absolute minimum.
Impacts to social and cultural conditions would occur only if significant cultural physical
resources were to be encountered during construction, and the chance finds procedure were
to determine that the best way to deal with these resources would be to move or alter them in
some way. This could result in a sense of cultural loss to the local communities.
Other social and cultural land uses. Displacement of current uses of lands resulting from
land clearing within the ROW (after mitigation by the Resettlement Action Plan (RAP)) are
expected to result in changes in the social structure of communities as some families move to
replacement land or purchase and move to new properties in new areas. This impact affects
not only those communities adjacent to the ROW that lose portions of their social structure,
but also more distant communities into which people may move. Any such physical
resettlement is expected to be minimal however.
The temporal aspect of the potential impact on physical cultural resources within the ROW is
major, as disturbance of physical cultural resources could be permanent. The areal extent of
this potential impact is assessed as moderate, as the impact could affect people over a
significant area. The magnitude of this impact is assessed as minor, as it represents an area
of lesser concern (as compared to availability of goods and services, for example) for most
people. The likelihood of this impact is considered very low, or quite remote. In view of the
very low likelihood, this impact is assessed to be of moderate severity. It is expected that
this project will not encounter or disturb physical cultural resources at all.
Disruption of social and cultural conditions by construction traffic (i.e., transport of

materials and equipment).
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low to Medium
The presence of construction traffic, including large trucks on regional and local roads could
potentially result in: increased noise levels; increased traffic danger; and slowing of traffic

Chapter 6
flow. Potential impacts to social and cultural conditions associated with pipeline
construction traffic include: higher transportation costs or longer travel times to
social/cultural events; and disturbance of community tranquility or reduction in the utility of
roadside social or cultural facilities due to increased noise levels.
Impacts of construction traffic will be temporary in nature, with duration depending on road
locations. Roads nearest the pipeline route, serving particular sections of the pipeline will
receive increased traffic for the portion of the construction period. Roads more distant from
the pipeline, serving as main routes to the overall project, will receive increased traffic
throughout the construction period. The impacts of construction traffic will be most
noticeable in rural communities unaccustomed to frequent traffic or large vehicles.
short-term and the impacts reversible (assuming that the roads are properly repaired if there
is any damage). The areal impacts will be moderate because the impacts will be felt by
communities all along access routes throughout the region, but will be localized to the
corridors of these roads. The magnitude is minor because the negative impacts on the
community, after mitigation, are expected to be relatively benign in nature. The likelihood of
impact ranges from low to medium among communities immediately adjacent to key access
routes. The impact overall is categorized as of low severity.
Social and cultural disruption resulting from influx of construction workers.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Impacts on social and cultural conditions associated with the influx of construction workers
for R&M station construction will be similar in nature to impacts described above with
respect to influx of workers for pipeline construction.
R&M station construction workers will be concentrated in a smaller area than is the case with
pipeline construction workers, will be present for a relatively shorter period than is the case
for pipeline construction workers. In addition, the R&M station site is adjacent to a major
international highway, which transports thousands of people form diverse cultures through
the area every day. Thus the communities near the R&M station site are less likely to be
affected socially or culturally by the influx of R&M station construction workers from
nearby population centers.
For these reasons the impact on social and cultural conditions associated with the influx of
R&M station construction workers is are assessed to be of low severity.

Chapter 6
Disturbance of physical cultural resources due to land clearing and leveling.
Temporal Major
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Very Low
The project could potentially disturb physical cultural resources located within the R&M
station footprint during site clearing and trenching for the facility, as described above under
pipeline construction.
The temporal aspect of this impact is major, as disturbance of physical cultural resources
could be permanent. The areal extent of this potential impact is assessed as moderate, as the
impact could affect people over a significant area. The magnitude of this impact is assessed
as minor, as it represents an area of lesser concern (as compared to availability of goods and
services, for example) for most people. The likelihood of this impact is considered very low,
or quite remote. In view of the very low likelihood, this impact is assessed to be of moderate
severity. It is expected that this project will not encounter or disturb physical cultural
resources at all.
Disruption of social and cultural conditions by construction traffic (i.e., transport of

equipment to site).
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low to Medium
The impacts on social and cultural conditions associated with construction traffic for the
R&M station will be similar in nature to the impacts described above for pipeline
construction traffic.
R&M station construction traffic is expected to affect fewer roads than that for the pipeline
primarily just the national highway adjacent to the R&M station site. Thus the duration,
areal extent, and magnitude of this impact for R&M station construction is likely to be less
overall that that for pipeline construction. For these reasons the impacts on means of
livelihood associated with construction traffic for the R&M station are assessed to be of low
severity.

Chapter 6
6.6.1.8 Access to Goods and Services
Increased demand for goods and services resulting from influx of construction workers.
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Medium
The influx of non-local workers to communities near the ROW during the construction phase
will potentially affect the availability of goods and services to local residents in these
communities. Potential sources of this impact include:
Increased demand for food, clothing, and other essential goods and supplies,
potentially resulting in shortages of or price inflation for these goods; and
Increased demand for, and consequent strains on, existing infrastructure and service
facilities.
Inflation or shortages. During the construction phase, communities may experience

shortages of items due to higher than normal demand by construction crews. This shortage
of goods may cause inflation of prices. If there is an inflation effect on essential goods such
as food there will be an overall increase in the costs of living for the local community. Given
that local prices for goods and services have increased significantly over the last five years
(according to survey respondents), any short-term inflation will place additional burdens on
household budgets that are already strained.
This impact will be largely ameliorated by:
The use of construction workers from nearby population centers who will be
transported daily to the site. These workers will increase demand only marginally for
only a limited range of goods and services (e.g., food and beverages rather than
clothing) and only during working hours;
The ability of community vendors and economies to respond to increasing demand,

and to source greater supplies to meet the increased demand;
Increased incomes to members of the communities benefiting from the increased

commerce (particularly vendors selling items required by construction workers); and
Special supply systems established by the work crews and contractors to bring in
supplemental goods from outside of the local communities to meet worker needs.
Strains on services. The influx of construction workers will increase the pressure on
existing infrastructures and services including transportation infrastructure, water supply,

Chapter 6
waste and sewage disposal systems, communication infrastructure, health facilities, and
security services. Increased strains on transportation and other infrastructure are considered
separately above (Section 6.6.1.6, Transportation and Other Infrastructure). Increased strains
on and reduced access to services are considered here.
Services and service facilities in the communities adjacent to the pipeline ROW currently
have limited capacity or are providing a low level of service (based on the ICF household and
community surveys). The additional stresses on these services and facilities associated with
the influx of construction workers could result in a further reduction in the ability of the
services and service facilities to meet demand. In addition, the introduction of new strains of
pathogens by construction workers could cause increased incidence of illness, resulting in
increased strains on health facilities by community members themselves. Any increased
incidence of life-threatening or incurable illnesses (e.g., HIV/AIDS) could have a long-term
effect on the demand for health services.
This impact will be largely ameliorated by:
The use of construction workers from nearby population centers who will be
transported daily to the site. These workers will continue to rely primarily on
services near their residences, and thus will increase pressure only slightly on existing
services in communities near the pipeline ROW, and only during working hours.
Workers from nearby areas are also less likely to bring new pathogens or diseases
into the local communities;
Development of special service facilities or systems by the work crews and

contractors to provide supplemental services to meet worker needs; and
Improvements to local services, facilities, and infrastructure made possible through

WAPCos Community Development programs.
The risk of increased incidence of HIV/AIDS in Benin caused by WAGP is very low, for the
following reasons.
Local construction workers will largely live in their homes and commute to
construction sites. Few local construction workers will stay in accommodations other
than their homes overnight. No construction camps will be established or used.
Materials transport for the project in Benin will not require overnight trips by
truckers. Trucker will make trips of several hours duration at most, and will return to
their homes at night.
No construction workers from the offshore lay barges will come ashore directly in
Benin for vacations.
The risk of increasing HIV/AIDS transmission will be further ameliorated by the fact
WAPCo will develop and implement a plan for the prevention of the spread of
HIV/AIDS associated with project workers, including HIV/AIDS awareness
programs for workers. This plan is described in Chapter 7 of this EIA.

Chapter 6
Considering potential inflation, shortages, and strains of services together; the duration of
these impacts is expected to be minor as it will last in each community only for the several
weeks required to construct the pipeline in or past the community. The areal impact will be
moderate, as the impact will extend to all the communities along the ROW. The magnitude
of the impact is assessed as minor in view of the ameliorating factors listed above. The
likelihood of this impact is medium. Overall severity is assessed as moderate.
Disruption of economic activity by construction traffic (i.e., transport of materials and

equipment).
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Medium
The presence of construction traffic, including large trucks, could potentially result in the
slowing of traffic flow. Goods and service providers must travel to the communities near the
ROW via the affected roads, and members of these communities must use the affected roads
to reach certain services. Any reduction in traffic flow on regional and local roads could
make all such travel more costly or time demanding. This constitutes an impact on the
availability of goods and services to local communities.
The impacts of construction traffic will be temporary in nature. Roads nearest the pipeline
route will receive increased traffic for the portion of the construction period during which the
associated sections of the pipeline are under construction. Roads more distant from the
pipeline, serving as main routes to the overall project, will receive increased traffic
throughout the construction period. The impacts of construction traffic will be most
noticeable in rural communities unaccustomed to frequent traffic or large vehicles.
As a mitigation measure to reduce the negative impacts of construction traffic, WAPCo plans
to avoid congested roads or periods of high traffic. While this can significantly reduce the
socioeconomic impacts of construction traffic, it is not expected to eliminate them entirely.
short-term and reversible (assuming that the roads are properly repaired if there is any
damage). The areal aspect is assessed as moderate because the impact will be felt by
communities all along access routes throughout the region. The magnitude is minor,
because although traffic congestion may be significant in some areas, this is expected to
result in only minor impacts on the availability of goods and services to local communities.
The likelihood of this impact is medium among communities immediately adjacent to key
access routes. The impact is assessed as of moderate severity overall.
This impact is flagged as requiring mitigation measures. Mitigation measures are described
in more detail in Chapter 7.

Chapter 6
Increased demand for goods and services resulting from influx of construction workers.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Impacts on access to goods and services associated with the influx of construction workers
for R&M station construction will be similar in nature to impacts described above with
respect to influx of workers for pipeline construction. This impact is expected to be of
relatively short duration, will be restricted to a smaller area, and will involve fewer workers
as compared to pipeline construction impacts. For these reasons this impact is assessed to be
of low severity.
6.6.1.9 Means of Livelihood
Economic dislocation resulting from influx of construction workers.
Temporal Moderate
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
The influx of non-local workers during the construction phase will potentially result in
impacts on means of livelihood for members of local communities. Causes of this impact
include:
Tensions related to the awarding of jobs with the pipeline construction project;
Loss of labor availability for traditional work within local communities (as local
workers shift away from traditional occupations into temporary jobs with the pipeline
project or ones that support the construction process);
Creation of a large differential in incomes within the community;
The potential increase in the incidence of illness and disease due to introduction of
same by outside workers; and
The potential increase in the incidence of crime and related injuries/loss.

Chapter 6
It should be noted, however, that the extent of some of the above impacts will be limited by
the proposal to recruit construction workers from nearby population centers rather than bring
them in from entirely different regions. The proximity of worker place of residence to the
impacted communities means that there may be common or similar economic and social
characteristics shared by the groups. As such, tensions relating to awarding the awarding of
jobs, the creation of large differential incomes and even the incidence of illness and disease
will be significantly reduced.
Impacts to means of livelihood will also be ameliorated by the facts that:
Construction crews will be present in the communities only during working hours,
and will be occupied on construction activities for the great majority of that time; and
Construction crews will be present in each community for a period of only several
weeks.
Tension related to awarding of jobs. Although the creation of new jobs is a beneficial
impact, it has the potential to produce local tension. Based on experiences with past projects
of a similar nature, jobs created during construction phases of large projects often do not
match local expectations in terms of the number of local hires relative to the total labor pool
and/or the level of pay. Often, low levels of education or skilled training limit the
opportunity for local worker to take advantage of the job opportunities presented by the
project. Tension arises when workers from outside the community are brought in to do jobs
local workers perceive themselves capable of doing.
Local tension is likely to occur if expectations are not properly managed or if jobs are not
distributed in a manner seen by the local communities to be equitable. Based on input
received during the 2003 Household and Community Surveys, there appear to be high
expectations on the part of local workers in the project area that they will be hired during the
construction phase. Although the number of local people hired by the company is dependent
on the company needs and the ability of the local labor force to supply these needs, the
awarding of jobs especially to non-local workers could become a source of dispute if not
carefully managed. This can result in an impact on the means of livelihood of community
members when dissatisfaction, disputes, or inappropriate expectations cause community
members to abandon or lose current means of livelihood but not gain equivalent employment
with the WAGP construction project. This factor is expected to lead to impacts of temporary
duration, localized to communities adjacent to the pipeline, and of minor magnitude and low
to medium likelihood.
Differential incomes. Construction workers tend to have monthly cash incomes while many
people in the local communities (particularly fishing or rural communities) earn their money
on a seasonal basis, and in-kind. In addition to monthly incomes, the new workers are likely
to have higher overall incomes and much more money to spend than local residents. While
this additional spending power may support the growth of locally owned businesses to
provide goods and services, the differences in income could result in the construction
workers purchasing and using goods within the local communities that are unaffordable to
the local residents. This could produce local tensions, cause discontent among local

Chapter 6
community members, and cause community members to seek to change their means of
livelihood or lifestyles. This factor is expected to lead to impacts of moderate duration,
localized to communities adjacent to the pipeline, and of minor magnitude and low to
medium likelihood.
Reduction in available labor for traditional jobs in the community. The lure of higher
incomes in construction work (or in providing support services to the construction crews)
may attract local residents away from such occupations as farming, local crafts, trade and
even teaching, thus leading to some occupation change in the area, as well as a reduction in
the labor force available in the area for traditional work. As males are more likely to be
attracted to the construction work, it is particularly likely that males may abandon traditional
work, potentially putting a greater burden on the females of some households to carry out this
traditional work formerly carried out by the males. People earning cash wages on the WAGP
construction project may not use this income to support their families, with the overall effect
that when some laborers leave traditional work to assume jobs with WAGP, the families may
experience a change in their overall means of livelihood.
This may be a temporary effect, lasting for the duration of the pipeline construction. After
this period, workers may resume their previous traditional work, particularly if they have
planned in advance to make this shift back to their regular means of livelihood. This factor is
expected to lead to impacts of moderate duration in communities adjacent to the pipeline and
possibly more distant communities, and to be of minor magnitude and medium likelihood.
Increase in disease and crime. The introduction of non-local workers and income
disparities between construction workers and members of local communities could
potentially result in increasing crime rates and prostitution within the communities adjacent
to the ROW. The influx of workers could also result in a higher incidence of illness and
disease among local community members, as the workers bring in new strains or new
diseases. While most of these impacts are likely to be of short duration, the increased
incidence of life-threatening or incurable illnesses (e.g., HIV/AIDS) could have a long-term
effect on the means of livelihood of some households. This factor is expected to lead to
impacts of potentially major duration in communities adjacent to the pipeline, of minor
magnitude and medium likelihood. The risk of increased incidence of HIV/AIDS in Benin
caused by WAGP is very low, for the reasons described previously in Section 6.6.1.8. The
risk of HIV/AIDS transmission will be further ameliorated by the fact that WAGP will
develop and implement a plan for the prevention of the spread of HIV/AIDS associated with
project workers, including HIV/AIDS awareness programs for workers. This plan is
described in Chapter 7 of this EIA.
Summary. Impacts on means of livelihood associated with the influx of workers will range
from temporary to longer term in nature, as some (particularly the increased incidence of
incurable disease) will have lingering effects on the community. Thus the overall temporal
aspect of this impact is assessed as moderate. The areal impacts are moderate since effects
will extend to communities all along the ROW. The magnitude is deemed minor for two
reasons. First, the extent of impacts will be limited by the use of regional-based labor that
may have similar economic and social characteristics as residents in impacted communities.
Second, while impacts will be potentially serious on an individual basis, they are unlikely to

Chapter 6
affect a large proportion of residents in the communities. The likelihood is also low.
Overall, this is flagged as a moderate severity impact.
Displacement of economic activity on land within the ROW due to clearing and removal of
structures.
Temporal Moderatea
Impact Significance Areal Moderate Moderatea
Medium Severity
Magnitude Minora
Likelihood Medium
a
After mitigation by the RAP.
At the start of the construction phase all land within the ROW will be closed for access to
local residents. Residents currently using the ROW will be precluded from all use of this
land (except for the use of roads and pathways across the ROW, as discussed below).
Livestock grazing will be permitted on a portion of the ROW after the construction phase.
All other activities will be precluded indefinitely from the start of the construction phase, and
no structures will be permitted on the ROW.
WAPCo is preparing a comprehensive RAP which will lay out detailed plans for
compensation and restitution of means of livelihood for every person whose means of
livelihood is affected by land take for WAGP. Implementation of this RAP is expected to
fully mitigate the great majority of impacts on means of livelihood associated with project
land take.
Residual impacts on means of livelihood resulting from the displacement of current land uses
within the ROW (after mitigation by the RAP) will be related to:
Changes in the economic characteristics of some communities, as some people who

farmed or carried out other types of economic activity on the ROW may decide to use
the money received in the sale of their lands to go into new types of business;
Greater travel times or inconvenience for community members who obtain

replacement lands at a greater distance from their residences than were the lands
within the ROW that they formerly used; and
Secondary reductions in economic activities for those businesses and households that
depend on the production of agricultural goods in affected ROW areas for their means
of livelihoods, e.g., those involved in the processing and selling of coconuts and its
by-products (such as palm oil) for food and energy uses. Such secondary impacts
may not be captured and ameliorated by the RAP.
Although displacement of economic activity (other than livestock grazing) within the ROW
will be permanent, the temporal aspects of the impacts associated with this displacement are
moderate since the RAP will mitigate these impacts within a relatively short period. The

Chapter 6
areal extent of these impacts is moderate as they affect communities all along the ROW.
The magnitude of these impacts is expected to be minor after mitigation by the RAP.
Anticipated residual impacts are expected to be of minor significance to these communities.
Likelihood of impacts is assessed as medium. Overall, this impact is flagged as of moderate
severity.
Disruption of economic activity by construction traffic (i.e., transportation of materials

and equipment).
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Medium
Most negative impacts of construction traffic on means of livelihood will be temporary in

nature, with duration depending on proximity of affected roads and communities to the
pipeline ROW. Roads nearest the ROW, serving particular sections of the ROW, will
receive increased traffic for the several weeks of the construction period during which the
ROW, serving as main routes to the overall project, will receive increased traffic throughout
the two to three month construction period.
The impacts of construction traffic will be most noticeable in rural communities
unaccustomed to frequent traffic or large vehicles. Because the roads in these communities
are unpaved the movement of project-related traffic could generate considerable dust. This
could potentially affect economic activities in these communities, such as in roadside
businesses.
Mitigation measures are available to reduce the negative impacts of construction traffic on
means of livelihood, including: air emission and noise controls; dust suppression measures;
road maintenance and repair; driver training and strict adherence to safety guidelines;
possible beach road upgrade; and avoidance of congested roads or periods of high traffic.
While WAPCo proposes to employ these methods, and thereby significantly reduce the
socioeconomic impacts of construction traffic, these measures are not expected to eliminate
these impacts entirely.
The temporal impact of construction traffic on means of livelihood is minor because the
impact will be relatively short-term and the impacts reversible (assuming that the roads are
properly repaired if there is any damage). The areal impacts will be moderate because the
impacts will be felt by communities all along access routes throughout the region. The
magnitude is moderate because the negative impacts, after mitigation, are expected to have
moderate effect on community members along transport routes. The likelihood of impact is
assessed as medium among communities immediately adjacent to key access routes. The
overall impact level is therefore assessed as moderate.

Chapter 6
This impact is flagged as requiring mitigation measures. Mitigation measures for this impact
are described in more detail in Chapter 7.
Disruption of economic activity due to road and pathway obstruction from installation of
the pipeline at 1m depth.
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood High
Wherever the pipeline ROW crosses major highways, the pipeline will be installed using the
thrust boring method. There will be no need to close these roads during construction. Traffic
flow at thrust-boring crossings may be affected by increased construction traffic around the
crossings (addressed above), and temporarily affected by the maneuvering of equipment at
the crossing, but should never be completely obstructed.
For smaller roads and footpaths, the pipeline will be installed via trenching. This will
necessitate temporary closure of these roads and footpaths, which may result in disturbance
to the daily activities of people in the surrounding communities.
The impacts of road closings will be mitigated by providing well-marked detours, by

providing advance information to affected communities about road and pathway closings,
and by keeping the durations of any such closings to a minimum.
Road and pathway obstruction can affect means of livelihood by:
Temporarily preventing people from reaching places of work or livelihood activity, or

increasing travel times or costs for people traveling to places of work or livelihood
activity, resulting in reduced net gains for time spent at livelihood activities;
Increasing time or cost in the movement of goods and passengers, resulting in costs
for travelers, shippers and receivers of goods, and transport operators; and
Diverting traffic from passing in front of some places of business, causing loss of
customers.
A portion of the residents in the surveyed communities cross the proposed pipeline ROW in
order to get to places of work or economic activity, for commercial travel in and out of the
village, and to collect fuel wood, drinking water, or other resources. People in the villages of
Akadjamey, Vinawa, Sodo, and Maria Gleta indicated that they would have to cross the
pipeline ROW in order to get to various locations, including jobs; markets (the major markets
are in Cococodji and Pahou, and in both cases residents would have to cross the pipeline
ROW to get to these markets); and trips to Cotonou. The portions of residents in each
community who cross the pipeline ROW to reach one of these activities are presented in
Section 5 and Appendix 5-E.

Chapter 6
For communities along the coast, the coastal road south of Hio Houta offers the most direct
route to Cotonou. If this road is obstructed residents further west may have to cross the
lagoon in small canoes in order to reach other roads that provide access to Cotonou. In
addition, there are hotels, guesthouses and restaurants located along the coastal road, which
will experience a decline in revenue should road obstruction impede access to these
businesses.
The proposed link line route crosses the Nigeria-Benin-Togo highway, which is a major
thoroughfare linking the three countries. This highway supports traffic of private
motorcycles and automobiles, public buses, and commercial vehicles. The highways link
Benin to neighboring Nigeria and are important routes for the movement of passengers and
shipment of goods within Benin, as well as between Benin and Nigeria. Residents of the
coastal villages access the highway by taking a boat across the lagoon and sometimes other
waterways between them and the villages further inland (north), and the highway. While the
pipeline will be installed under roads using thrust boring, there may nevertheless be some
temporary disruption of traffic that results from the maneuvering of heavy equipment and
leads to delays.
The temporal impact is considered minor as it should be possible to limit the obstruction
period for any one road or footpath to a matter of days or one to two weeks. The areal
impact on means of livelihood will be moderate because this impact will be felt not only in
communities near the ROW, but also in communities along the corridors of the roads and
paths crossed by the pipeline. Although many economic and social activities requiring travel
across the ROW by members of the surveyed communities, the mitigating factors listed
above make the magnitude of this impact a minor one. The likelihood of this impact is high.
Overall, this impact is flagged as moderate severity.
Reduction in potential for tourism due to HDD at the barrier island beach.
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Medium
Construction activities on the barrier islands and beach have the potential to cause visual
impacts in these areas, which in turn could reduce tourism activities. The pipeline entry
point onshore in Benin is along a beach to the west of Cotonou. The area is close to several
villages and within a few kilometers of significant tourist activities catering to both local and
international tourists. This area is currently the closest pristine beach area to Cotonou.

Chapter 6
Tourism activities could be affected by:
Aesthetic or visual impacts during construction. If the project footprint area becomes
less attractive to tourists, this would result in reduced tourism, and reductions in
income to business owners catering to tourists;
Obstruction of traffic flow along the coastal road to tourist destinations; and
Preclusion of tourism development within the ROW.
Visual or Aesthetic Impacts. Visual or aesthetic impacts from construction equipment and
the transport of materials are expected to be restricted to the construction period. Lesser
visual impacts due to loss of coconut trees from the coconut plantation adjacent to the Beach
Road will extend from the construction phase throughout the life of the project.
The pipeline will be buried and the land returned to its original contour. A service road will
be maintained within the pipeline corridor. This service road represents the only permanent
visual alteration of the land within the ROW. The pipeline will not provide any attraction for
induced development in or near the ROW. Impacts on tourism potential are expected to be
minimal after the construction period. This is the case regardless of whether trenching or
HDD are used.
Obstruction of Tourist Traffic. Tourism may be affected temporarily by the obstruction of

the coastal road. This may affect tourists who are traveling along the coastal road from
Cotonou to areas beyond the pipeline ROW. This impact is will be minor or negligible
however, because:
The main tourist area is between Cotonou and the pipeline ROW; few tourists will
actually need to cross the construction site;
HDD will be the preferred method of pipeline installation at the shore crossing and
road, meaning that pipeline installation under the coastal road will not entail closure
of the road;
Even in the event that trenching is used to install the pipeline across the road, any
traffic impacts will be minimized by constant provision of detours and alternate
routes, which will entail minimal or negligible extra travel.
Preclusion of Tourist Development Within the ROW. Long-term impact on the potential
for tourism could result from the preclusion of tourism structures within the ROW itself.
This impact has been addressed above (under displacement of economic activity from the
ROW), and will be minor to negligible as it affects only a 25m (82ft) section of a beach that
is many miles long i.e., only a very small fraction of the available resource. As yet, no
interest has been shown by local entrepreneurs in developing the area of the beach to be
occupied by the ROW for tourism. The area remains in a semi-natural state, with minimal
development inland of the shore road for scattered garden plots. Even in the event that future
tourism development expands outward from Cotonou to reach the ROW area, and area near
the ROW falls under heavy development pressure, the 25m ROW, by remaining

Chapter 6
undeveloped, can provide a natural break in the development, a remaining green area, and an
accessway to the beach between developments. In other words, the ROW could as easily
become an asset to tourism development as a detriment.
Regardless of whether trenching or HDD are used, the temporal aspect of this impact is
minor. The areal impacts are minor since any impact on tourism activities would be felt
only in nearby tourism facilities and businesses that benefit from the tourist trade. The
magnitude of this impact will be minor, since construction activities are not expected to
significantly affect the current level of tourism visitation and associated revenues. The
likelihood of the impacts occurring is medium. Overall, this constitutes a moderate severity
impact.
Disruption of fishing activities due to HDD in the beach and shoreline areas.
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood High
Pipeline construction across the beach and shoreline areas may affect net fishing activities in
the construction zone. As discussed in the Chapter 5 (Existing Conditions), many fishermen
in this area fish using nets drawn into the beach. During the construction period, fishermen
will not be able to use the stretch of beach and nearshore area within the construction zone.
Any reduction in activities would lead to a reduction in incomes and economic impact among
households relying directly and indirectly on fishing as a means of livelihood.
The temporal impacts on means of livelihood will be minor due to the fact that any loss of
economic activity will be only during the construction period. The areal impacts are minor
because the fishing activities will be precluded only in the ROW itself. Fishing will still be
possible on other portions of the beach. The magnitude is minor because only a small
portion of the overall available beach fishing area will be affected. The likelihood of this
impact is medium while fishing activity will be precluded from the ROW area of the beach
during the construction period, it is not clear that local fishermen will necessarily desire to
fish at this particular location during the several-week construction period. Given this
assessment, the overall impact is rated as moderate severity.

Chapter 6
Economic dislocation resulting from influx of construction workers.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Impacts on means of livelihood associated with the influx of construction workers for R&M
station construction will be similar in nature to impacts described above with respect to
influx of workers for pipeline construction.
R&M station construction workers will be concentrated in a smaller area than is the case with
pipeline construction workers, will be fewer in number than is the case for the pipeline
construction, and will be present for only several weeks.
For these reasons, and for the reasons presented above with respect to the influx of
construction workers for the pipeline, the impacts on means of livelihood associated with the
influx of R&M station construction workers is are assessed to be of low severity.
Displacement of economic activity due to land clearing within the R&M station footprint.
Temporal Moderatea
Impact Significance Areal Minor Minora
Low Severity
Magnitude Minora
Likelihood High
a
After mitigation by the RAP.
The impacts on means of livelihood associated with displacement of economic activity

within the R&M station site will be similar in nature to the impacts described in above for
displacement of economic activity within the ROW.
As stated above, all negative impacts on means of livelihood and standard of living
associated with land take for WAGP are expected to be fully mitigated through the RAP.
The R&M station will be located on land that is now being used for vegetable farming, most
of which is for commercial purposes. Primary crops grown on this land are corn and cassava.
Impacts on means of livelihood are restricted to the loss of the use of the R&M station
footprint for farming since no people or structures will be displaced. In addition, the R&M
station footprint is a relatively smaller piece of land, compared to the ROW. Thus the areal
extent and magnitude of livelihood impacts associated with land take for the R&M station is
significantly lower than that for the ROW.

Chapter 6
Overall, this impact is flagged as a low severity impact.
Disruption of economic activity by construction traffic.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
R&M station construction traffic is expected to affect fewer roads and road miles than that
for the pipeline, especially since the R&M station site is adjacent to the major east-west
highway, and construction traffic will therefore not have to use any small community roads.
Thus the magnitude of this impact for R&M station construction is likely to be the lower
overall than that for pipeline construction. Mitigation measures indicated above for pipeline
construction traffic impacts can also be applied for R&M station construction traffic impacts.
For these reasons the impacts on means of livelihood associated with the construction traffic
for the R&M station are assessed to be of low severity.
6.6.1.10 Public Health, Safety, and Security
Pipeline Construction - Upland and R&M Station Construction
Increased incidence of sexually-related diseases due to the influx of workers.
The influx of workers could result in a higher incidence of illness and disease among local
community members, as the workers bring in new strains or new diseases. While most of
these impacts are likely to be of short duration, the increased incidence of life-threatening or
incurable illnesses, such as HIV/AIDS and other STDs, could have a long-term effect on the
means of livelihood of some households. The risk of increased incidence of HIV/AIDS in
Benin caused by WAGP is very low, for the reasons described previously in Section 6.6.1.8.
The risk of HIV/AIDS transmission will be further ameliorated by the fact that WAGP will
develop and implement a plan for the prevention of the spread of HIV/AIDS associated with
project workers, including HIV/AIDS awareness programs for workers. This plan is
described in Chapter 7 of this EIA.
Increased accident and illness rates due to the transportation of materials and equipment
to construction sites.
Temporal Moderate
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Low

Chapter 6
The construction phase of the WAGP pipeline and R&M station construction will use the
Lom-Cotonou road from the Port of Cotonou to the R&M station for delivery of supplies,
personnel and equipment. Pipeline construction will entail the movement of approximately 4
to 5 trucks per day during a 12 hour daily work period, for 20 days per month, for two
months. The beach road will also be used to some extent to deliver 1km to 3km (0.6 to 1.9
miles) of 8in (20.3cm) pipe, HDD equipment and possibly lagoon and wetland construction
equipment. If the beach road were to be used to deliver 3.2km (2.0 miles) of pipe, there
would be 40 trucks total, or roughly 2 per day over the construction period. R&M station
construction will entail the movement of an additional approximately two trucks daily during
the 8 hour workday, for 20 days per month, for three to four months. While this is a
relatively small incremental increase in traffic on larger and more heavily traveled roads
(particularly the national highway that adjoins the R&M station site), it represents a
significant increase in traffic on the smaller roads, particularly the beach road and footpaths
leading to more rural and remote portions of the pipeline ROW. The presence of this
construction traffic, including large trucks, could potentially result in an increased incidence
of road-related accidents.
The potential for an increase in accidents is greater where roads are narrow, congested, and
unpaved or of poor pavement quality. Also, adding large trucks to the current mix of
vehicles and users on the road (which includes private automobiles, buses, motorbikes and
pedestrians) may increase conflict between the different types of users and result in increased
accident rates.
The incidence of construction-related accidents will be temporary in nature, with duration

depending on the proximity of affected roads and communities to the pipeline ROW.
However, any injuries sustained to the public could range from temporary to permanent in
nature. Roads and footpaths nearest the ROW that serve particular sections of the ROW will
receive increased traffic for the portion of the construction period during which the
ROW, serving as main routes to the overall project, will receive increased traffic throughout
the construction period.
The increase in traffic related to construction will also result in reduced ambient air quality
and increased dust. The severity of ambient air quality degradation associated with
construction traffic has been assessed as low in the environmental impacts section.
Therefore, air quality effects of construction traffic are expected to have low to minimal
impacts on the incidence of respiratory illnesses for persons in communities adjacent to
heavily trafficked roads. An increase in traffic will also result in increased noise levels.
Mitigation measures proposed by WAPCo to reduce the negative impacts of construction

traffic on health and safety include avoidance of congested roads or periods of high traffic.
The temporal impact of construction traffic on health and safety is moderate because the
impact may be medium to long term and irreversible if serious injuries or illnesses are
sustained. The areal impacts will be minor because the impacts will be felt by communities

Chapter 6
that are within or adjacent to the relatively few construction project access routes, and will be
significant mainly on those routes in rural areas. The magnitude is moderate because the
negative effects, after mitigation are expected to have measurable negative effects. The
likelihood of impacts (particularly long-term, permanent, or significant magnitude impacts) is
low for communities adjacent to the key access routes. The overall impact is therefore
assessed as moderate.
Increased illness resulting from solid and hazardous waste generation.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Solid and hazardous waste generation will be handled according to an approved waste-
management plan. Waste is expected to consist principally of cleared vegetation from the
ROW, which is non-hazardous organic waste. Given the expected implementation of the
waste management plan, it is unlikely that this activity will result in substantial health and
safety impacts for the public.
The temporal impact of solid and hazardous waste generation is minor because the impact
will be relatively short-term, during the two to three month pipeline construction period. The
areal impacts will be minor because the impacts will be felt by selected communities where
temporary waste collection sites are located (although most non-vegetative wastes will be
collected and consolidated at the R&M station). The magnitude is minor because the
negative impacts, after mitigation, are expected to have very limited effects on a few
communities. The likelihood of impact is low. The overall impact level is therefore assessed
as low.
6.6.1.11 Worker Health, Safety, and Security

Pipeline Construction - Upland
Increased accident and illness rates due to the transportation of materials and equipment
to construction site.
Temporal Moderate
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Medium
Impacts on workers associated with the transportation of materials and equipment to the
construction site will be similar in nature to the impacts described above with respect to
impacts on public health and safety.

Chapter 6
Increased accident rates due to improper use of equipment (e.g., earthmoving equipment).
Temporal Moderate
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Low
Daily activities in support of the pipeline construction may pose worker safety issues if
equipment is improperly handled or safety procedures not correctly followed. For example,
drilling of hard rocks could result in general occupational hazards and present serious safety
concerns if workers are not adequately protected.
The temporal impact is moderate because the impact may be medium to long term and
irreversible if serious injuries or illnesses are sustained. The areal impact is minor because
the impacts will affect workers in the immediate construction site. The magnitude is
moderate because although injuries sustained at work will be treated immediately in all
possible cases, the magnitude of an incident involving earthmoving equipment could be more
severe than the types of incidents associated with regular construction. The likelihood of
impacts is low as this type of construction activity is not associated with a high incidence of
injuries. The overall impact is therefore assessed as moderate.
Increased illness resulting from solid and hazardous waste generation.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Impacts on workers associated with solid and hazardous waste generation will be similar in
nature to the impacts described above with respect to impacts on public health and safety.
Given that waste generated will be primarily non-hazardous, organic waste, the severity of
this potential impact is assessed as low.
Worker injury resulting from activities associated with the construction of the R&M
station (e.g., earthmoving equipment).
Temporal Moderate
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low

Chapter 6
Construction of the R&M station, which includes a temporary office and sanitation facilities,
may result in construction-related accidents. The need to move and operate earth moving
equipment, a diesel fuel generator, diesel supply tank, and sanitation facilities could result in
injuries to workers if equipment and materials are improperly handled.
The temporal impact of the R&M station construction on health and safety is moderate
because the impact may be medium to long term and irreversible if serious injuries are
sustained. The areal impacts will be minor because the impacts will affect workers in the
immediate construction site. The magnitude is moderate because although injuries sustained
at work will be treated immediately in all possible cases, the magnitude of an incident
involving earth moving equipment could be more severe than the types of impacts associated
with regular construction. The likelihood of impacts is low as this type of construction
activity is associated with a moderate incidence of injuries. The overall impact is therefore
assessed as low.
6.6.2 Commissioning and Start-up

The commissioning and start-up operations involve several steps aimed at preparing the over
600km (373 mile) long pipeline to convey natural gas from Nigeria to the Republics of
Benin, Togo, and Ghana. Impacts from hydrotesting of both the on and offshore pipeline are
discussed under Section 6.7, Offshore Impacts, because the hydrotest water is to be
discharged offshore. After hydrotesting, the pipeline will be dried by using first air and then
nitrogen gas to fill the pipeline and then evacuating it at the terminal end. Start-up will
consist of filling the pipeline with natural gas and ongoing testing and maintenance (e.g., of
R&M stations and control equipment) that will continue from the commissioning phase.
6.6.2.1 Land Use
There are no anticipated negative impacts to land use from start-up activities. This
assessment has been made assuming that the hydrotest water disposal transfer activities in
Cotonou occur within the WAGP facility boundaries. No new land use impact is envisaged
during commissioning and start-up operations.
Machinery movement and vehicular activities during start-up will decrease in comparison
with activities during the construction phase. No new significant habitat loss or disturbance
is envisaged during commissioning and start-up operations.

Chapter 6
R&M Station Testing
Changes in topography and soils due to the generation of solid and hazardous wastes and
hazardous materials management during commissioning and start-up at the R&M station.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Low
Various incidental volumes of lubricants and solvents will be present at the R&M station
during commissioning and start-up. Similar to the analysis conducted for solid and
hazardous wastes produced during the construction phase, BMPs and proper disposal
practices are assumed to be in place. The impacts from solid and hazardous wastes are
evaluated for the instances where these practices fail to protect the surrounding soils and
topography, i.e., either a very low to medium likelihood of occurrence. Wastes that could be
change soil quality are primarily solvents, oils, and greases. Any accumulated liquids from
pigging operation of the Benin lateral will be managed at the R&M station. The main trunk
pigging wastes will be managed at the Takoradi R&M station and are not assessed here.
Liquids accumulated during the commissioning phase, other than hydrotest fluids, should be
minimal. Impacts arising from the discharge of hydrotest fluids are discussed below in
Section 6.7.2.4, Water Quality and Resources.
Spills or leakage of these liquids could seep into the surrounding soil and remain for multiple
years if not attended to. Assuming that spills are detected quickly, free liquids recovered and
contaminated soils removed, the temporal affect to the soil would be minor, lasting for less
than a few days. However, the effects would be reversible only with treatment. The areal
extent of the impact would depend on the hazardous material quantity spilled or wastes not
properly disposed. In most cases spills would occur within the boundaries of the R&M
station, therefore the areal extent can be assumed to be minor. In the case of solvents, oils,
or grease contamination, the existing soil composition would be greatly changed in the spill
area. The magnitude of such an impact would be moderate.
The likelihood of a spill or leak during the few months to conduct commissioning and start-
up procedures is low if proper management practices are implemented. The severity of
impact of solid and hazardous wastes is low.

Chapter 6
R&M Station Testing
Changes in water quality and resources due to the generation of solid and hazardous
wastes and hazardous wastes management during commissioning and start-up at the R&M
station.
Temporal Negligible
Low Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Low
Although the facility will require no process water and so produce no process wastewater,
other wastewater sources will exist, including equipment wash down water and incidental
process-area runoff that may come into contact with operating equipment. To minimize the
later, system components subject to maintenance will be placed under a roof to limit
exposure to rainwater. Waste water from these sources will be gathered beneath the system
components on drip pans and drained via gravity drains to the liquids handling tank where it
will await removal by a waste vendor. Incidental runoff will not be collected and allowed to
flow freely from the facility.
Primary wastes from commissioning and start-up are solvents, oils, and greases. Surface
water bodies such as ponds and streams and groundwater resources would only be affected in
the case of very large spills that could then seep into the surrounding soil and possibly the
groundwater table and remain for multiple years if not attended to. There are no surface
water bodies in the immediate R&M station area. Assuming the spill is recovered and
contaminated soils excavated, the temporal affect to water quality would be negligible
because the contaminant would not permeate to the groundwater level. The areal extent of
the impact would depend on the quantity of hazardous material spilled or wastes not properly
disposed. In most cases spills would occur within the R&M station boundaries, therefore the
areal extent is assumed to be minor. In the case of significant solvents, oils, or grease
contamination, the existing groundwater quality could be affected in the spill area. The
worst-case magnitude of such an impact would be moderate.
The likelihood of a spill or leak during the few months to conduct commissioning and start-
up procedures is low if proper management practices are implemented. The severity of
impact of solid and hazardous wastes is low.
6.6.2.5 Air Quality
R&M Stations
The potential sources of air quality impacts are the venting of dry air and nitrogen during air
testing of the pipeline and other facilities. Approximately 100 million standard cubic feet per

Chapter 6
day (MMscfd) of first air and then nitrogen will be discharged and/or emitted on separate
occasions from the R&M station during commissioning of the Benin lateral.
Impacts on air quality will not be significant for this activity. The overall severity of impact
will be negligible because the polluting agents have little chance of causing any changes to
the existing environment due to the inertness of nitrogen.
6.6.2.6 Transportation and Infrastructure
No new impact on transport or other infrastructure is envisaged during commissioning and

start-up operations.
No new impact on social and cultural conditions is envisaged during commissioning and
start-up operations.
6.6.2.8 Goods and Services
No new impact on access to goods and services is envisaged during commissioning and start-
up operations.
R&M Station Testing
Means of livelihood dislocation due to termination of construction workers.
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood High
Construction job terminations at the completion of the construction phase may have adverse
socioeconomic impacts on households of these workers and their communities. Although the
WAGP construction jobs themselves will be beneficial for the local economy, the temporary
nature of these jobs, and the adjustment in the local economy required to reabsorb local
WAGP construction workers back into the traditional job base after construction jobs end,
will cause economic dislocation and potential hardships after the end of the construction
phase and at the beginning of the commissioning phase. This impact will be exacerbated by
the additional losses in jobs and revenue among services and vendors that support the
construction effort during the construction phase.
Mitigation measures can be implemented to limit the extent of this impact, including
providing full and clear information to construction workers regarding the duration of their
jobs at the time of hiring, and full information to the community regarding the duration of the
construction period.

Chapter 6
This impact will be further ameliorated by the facts that:
Only approximately 50 to 100 construction workers will be hired;
Since construction jobs are only temporary (2 months duration), workers are unlikely
to view them as permanent, and are likely to make provisions for alternate means of
livelihood at the end of the construction period; and
Construction workers will be drawn from diverse population centers, spreading the
impact over a larger area and lessening the impact on any one community.
The temporal aspect of this impact is assessed as minor since negative consequences are
expected to begin at the time of lay-offs, and at least some workers and households are
expected to go through an extended readjustment period before arranging alternate means of
livelihood. The areal extent of the impact will be moderate, as it will affect the diverse
population centers from which workers are hired. The magnitude of the impact is assessed as
minor because due to the ameliorating factors listed above. The likelihood of this impact is
high. Overall this impact is considered of moderate severity.
There are no anticipated negative impacts to public health, safety, and security from start-up
activities. The duration is expected to be of a very short time to be determined.
There are no anticipated negative impacts to worker health, safety, and security from start-up
activities.
6.6.3 Operations and Maintenance

6.6.3.1 Land Use
Onshore Pipeline
Alteration in current land use from ROW maintenance.
Temporal Major
Low Severity
Likelihood Low
During the lifetime of the transmission system, overgrowth will be removed and disposed of
during maintenance of the 25m wide ROW. Vegetation clearance will be performed four
times a year by hand. No pesticides will be used. It is expected that local inhabitants would
remove overgrowth debris from this maintenance for use as firewood. Nonetheless,

Chapter 6
provisions will be made for the management of this overgrowth debris, including possibly
accumulation and burning. Between periods of maintenance, nearby populations may
attempt to reclaim ROW land for agricultural use. While prohibited by WAPCo for public
safety reasons, this type of encroachment on the ROW may occur but would be continuously
disrupted by the clearing of vegetation. No new land would be occupied during the operation
and maintenance phase of WAGP, and ROW land not in the 15m wide burial zone would
also be open to farm animal grazing.
The duration of the continued maintenance of ROW land is major and will last the lifetime
of the project. The areal extent is negligible and will only affect areas within the ROW. The
magnitude of the impact to current land use is also negligible because this land was
previously occupied during the construction phase and no further land use changes are
expected. The likelihood of additional impacts to land use during this phase is low and the
overall impact severity is also low.
R&M Station
Disturbance of nearby habitats from operation of generators and pressure valves.
Temporal Major
Low Severity
Likelihood Low
Two 40kW, 230 volt (V) natural gas powered generator with an emergency 20kW, 230V
diesel generator backup system will provide primary electrical power to the Cotonou R&M
station. The emergency diesel power plant will be provided with a small fuel tank. A 159L
(42 gallon) diesel supply tank will be provided to store diesel fuel and to maintain 24 hours
of continuous operations of the R&M station should the emergency diesel power plant be
required to be operated. Noise levels from these generators can average between 75dBA to
80dBA (Personal communication, David Poole, 20 October 2003). Sound attenuation
devices may need to be employed to reduce the noise level to within acceptable ranges.
The pressure control valves used to reduce the pressure of the natural gas has the potential to
result in the creation of significant, continuous noise. However, the equipment is constructed
in such a way that it incorporates features to mitigate this impact. The control valves will be
designed so that the noise level will be in compliance with World Bank and local regulations:
55dBA/45dBA (daytime/nighttime) for residential, institutional, and educational receptors
and 70dBA at all times for noise for Industrial/Commercial receptors (located outside of the
project property boundary).
Even with design safeguards, both the noise from generator operation and general human
activity could disturb wildlife in nearby areas. The duration of impacts to wildlife from noise
and activity at the R&M station will continue for the life of the project but will be reversible

Chapter 6
immediately following the absence of noise. The temporal extent during operations and
maintenance is therefore major. The areal extent of disturbance of wildlife is negligible
because noise levels above 55dBA are not expected to reach areas outside of the buffer area
during daytime. The magnitude of the impact from noise and activity is negligible. Any
avoidance of the facility sites by wildlife will only affect individual animals, not entire
populations because the noise created will not reach intolerable levels.
The likelihood of measurable impacts to surrounding wildlife communities is low. The

overall impact severity from noise creation from generators and pressure control valves and
other R&M station activities is low.
Onshore Pipeline
Disturbance of surrounding wildlife due to ROW maintenance.
Temporal Major
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Routine maintenance of the servitude corridor along the pipeline ROW would require
intermittent removal of vegetation above a few meters high. The effect of this is the
permanent loss of the original vegetation, which may be replaced with non-native species
leading to a disturbance of original habitat diversity. Also, each time such maintenance
activities are being carried out, the associated noise and human presence could lead to
disturbance of wildlife species in the fringing forests/bushes and their eventual migration
from the area. If this is too frequent, it may lead to their total movement away from the area,
leading to a modification in species composition and diversity. The onshore high pressure
lateral and low pressure link line ROWs total almost 15km, and pass through sandy beach,
palm forest, mangrove, marshy swamp, freshwater swamp forest, bush
fallow/farmland/coastal savanna mosaic, and secondary upland forest. The presence of
various species including rats, squirrels, monkeys, grass snakes, bush pig, red-bellied
monkey, and land turtles have been noted along the ROW. However, the sandy beach area
would not need to be cleared of vegetation, thus disturbance of native sea turtle species is not
expected.
The temporal extent of impacts from maintaining ROW land is major and will last the
lifetime of the project. The areal extent is negligible and will only affect areas within the
ROW. The magnitude of the impact to habitat and wildlife is minor as some changes in
species diversity may occur. The likelihood of impacts to habitat and wildlife not previously
accounted for during the construction phase is low and the overall impact severity is also low.

Chapter 6
R&M Station
Contamination of soils from pigging wastes.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Liquids produced from pigging operations downstream of the Lagos Beach Compressor
Station will be managed at the Takoradi R&M station. Maintenance pigging for the onshore
line from Alagbado to the compressor station is expected to take place annually for the first
five years. The type and quantity of liquids and debris from pigging would determine how
frequently to pig in future years and whether or not to pig the main line downstream from the
compressor station.
As with other transmission systems, undesirable solids or liquids (if any) from upstream
sources will be first removed at a gas scrubber and drained to the facility liquids handling
tank via a pressurized drain system. Liquids from the scrubber are expected to consist of
water and gas condensates, and the solids are expected to consist of pipe scale solids. As
entrained solids and liquids will be present in the gas only during upset conditions, the
quantities involved are expected to be incidental and may accumulate very slowly over time,
although liquid evaporation is more likely. The scrubber will be vented through the vent
system. All accumulated liquids will be sent via a gravity and pressurized drain to a liquid
tank and managed as hazardous waste.
Removed liquids and entrained solids at the gas scrubber or other facility drainage points will
be pressure and gravity drained via a header system and vent stack to a 16,000L (4,200
gallon) liquids handling tank. The liquids handling tank will be placed in a secondary
containment vault. At the tank, liquids will await periodic removal by a local waste removal
vendor. The liquids handling tank will be equipped with a high level gauge and will be
vented to the atmosphere. The secondary contaminant vault will be equipped with a drain
valve that will be operated normally closed.
Pigging wastes from the Benin lateral will be received at the R&M station. Waste volumes
are expected to be minimal due to the short length of pipeline for the on and offshore lateral
and gas treatment operations at the Lagos Beach Compressor Station in Nigeria.
Because pigging wastes are held in handling tanks, the risk of spill or leaks of these wastes to
soils is minimal. Normal handling of these wastes should not result in an impact to
surrounding areas. If a leak or spill does occur, the duration of the impact would be minor
assuming proper and prompt clean up procedures. The areal extent would be negligible and
not exceed facility boundaries. The magnitude of the impact would be minor considering
the nature of wastes generally created from pig runs.

Chapter 6
The likelihood of a spill or leak resulting in adverse impacts to soil from pigging wastes is
low over the life of the project. The overall severity of the impact is low.
Change in soils due to hazardous materials management and the generation of solid,
hazardous wastes, gray water, and runoff.
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Medium
The operation and maintenance of the R&M stations could result various impacts to soil
quality. Solid and hazardous waste management (e.g., maintenance lubes, oils, and filter
wastes and refuse) may have impacts to soil and associated biological resources, if not
properly handled and disposed.
There will be no stormwater accumulation from process areas except for minimal amounts of
sheet runoff from the covered facilities. However, other non-point sources of runoff could
impact soil resources near the R&M station. In addition, the sanitation system for the
permanent workers could cause soil contamination from sewage, and gray water if these
wastes are not handled properly. The quality of soil may degrade as a result of improper
solid waste disposal from the operation of the R&M station.
At the R&M station, sanitary wastewater from occasional usage by up to four workers will be
treated through a septic tank system that is capable of collecting and holding the wastewater.
The design of the sanitary waste septic system will be done in accordance with the design
parameters contained in the environmental standards adopted for this project and applicable
local requirements. It will be sized to cope with up to six facility operators i.e., 1,135L (300
gallons) per day. The preferred option for disposing of treated sanitary wastewater is
discharge into the soil by means of a properly designed and sized drainage field. Other
options for disposing of treated sanitary wastewater are discharging into nearby receiving
waters or hauling offsite for disposal.
Although the facility will require no process water and will not produce any process
wastewater, other wastewater sources will exist, including equipment wash down water and
incidental process-area runoff that may come into contact with operating equipment. To
minimize the latter, system components subject to maintenance will be placed under a roof to
limit exposure to rainwater. Wastewater from these sources will be gathered beneath the
system components on drip pans and drained via gravity drains to the liquids handling tank
where it will await removal be a waste vendor. Incidental facility runoff will not be collected
and allowed to flow freely from the facility.
With the proper BMPs and disposal practices in place, impacts to soils at the facilities should
be minimal. As described under site preparation and construction, there is a risk of
unintentional spills and leaks of liquid wastes as well as failure of the septic/sanitary system.
The impacts to soil are assessed for runoff, spill, or leaks of other liquids.

Chapter 6
Impacts from leaks or spills greatly depend on the quantity of liquid involved and the toxicity
of spilled materials. There will not be large volumes maintenance fluids or lubricants stored
at the R&M station. Spills would therefore have a negligible impact on soil quality if
properly excavated and hauled offsite. Untreated non-point surface runoff from access roads
(dirt or gravel) and other compacted facility surfaces could contaminate surrounding soils if
not properly treated. Accumulation of oils and greases from vehicles and other machinery
could penetrate surrounding soils and take several months to reverse impacts. The temporal
extent of impacts to soil from possible spills and leaks and runoff is minor.
The areal extent is also minor and should not affect soils more than 100m from the facility
boundaries. Magnitude of such an impact to soils could vary depending on the liquid type
and quantity. Most any of the possible fluids mentioned above would cause measurable
change in soil chemistry above normal background conditions. However, as mentioned
above, volumes are expected to be very low. The magnitude of the impact is therefore,
minor.
The likelihood of a hazardous material spill or leak during the lifetime of the project is higher
than that during the construction phase due to the longer time period being assessed. Over an
approximate 20 year span, the likelihood of an impact to soil quality from liquid waste
contamination is medium. The overall severity of this impact is moderate.
R&M Station
A domestic water source will be provided for occasional use by up to four workers. At the
R&M station, this will necessitate the sinking of a well, most likely before construction.
Groundwater will be treated in an onsite treatment plant (including, filtration systems and
reverse-osmosis modules) to applicable treatment standards suitable for its intended use. The
estimated expected daily use of water from the well is 159L (42 gallons) per day per person.
No firewater will be provided at the R&M station. There will be no significant impact to
water resources during normal operation and maintenance conditions.
Changes in water quality from pigging wastes.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
See description of possible spills and leaks under Section 6.6.3.3. Contamination could
occur in the rare instance of direct contact with surface water (e.g., wetlands) or from
seepage from soil into groundwater.

Chapter 6
Changes in water quality from hazardous materials handling or generation of solid and
hazardous wastes, gray water, and runoff.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Similar to the soil quality issues mentioned above, runoff from impermeable (or gravel and
compacted soil) surfaces at the R&M station could also impact surface water and
groundwater. Water contamination from sewage and gray water as described above, could
also occur. The quality of water may degrade as a result of improper solid waste disposal,
particularly from maintenance operations. Risk of impacts to water quality from spills or
leaks are described under Section 6.6.3.3. The low quantities of liquids and hazardous
materials stored at the R&M site are listed in Appendices 2-B and 2-F. Surface water
contamination would be very unlikely because the only nearby water body (lagoon) is several
kilometers from the R&M station, however groundwater contamination is more likely to
occur (although still a low likelihood) due to the shallow water table in coastal Benin.
6.6.3.5 Air Quality
R&M Station
Changes in air quality due to the venting of gas at the R&M stations.
Temporal Negligible
Impact Significance Areal Minor Negligible
Low Severity
Likelihood Low
Though the vent will normally not be operating at the R&M station, to prevent backflash
from an unplanned ignition, a small amount of purge gas will be continuously injected into
the vent header piping at the extremities to ensure that the header system remains free of
oxygen. Purge gas velocity will be approximately 0.05 feet/second (ft/sec) (0.015m/sec).
The R&M station will have a 10in (25.4cm) vent header, which will therefore yield purge gas
at a rate of approximately 155 actual cubic feet per hour (acfh) (equivalent to approximately
0.003 percent of initial pipeline capacity). Purge gas shall be metered and reported for mass
balance documentation.
The temporal extent of impacts to air quality is negligible for this quantity of gas and should
be dissipated within less than a few hours under normal operation and maintenance
conditions. The areal extent is minor due to some changes in air quality being present
outside the facility boundaries but only for very short periods of time. The magnitude of

Chapter 6
impacts is negligible and should not cause more than slight changes in background levels of
combustion or natural gas components, if measurable at all.
The likelihood of significant impacts to air quality from venting and combustion of minimal
purge gas is low, resulting in low impact severity.
Changes in air quality due to the operation of generators and instrumentation.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Natural gas will be taken from the system at R&M station to be used as the control medium
for pneumatic instrumentation, pumps, and some valve actuation. It is expected that the
pneumatic pumps should use approximately 20acfm. The fugitive emissions are not
expected to exceed 5 percent of this usage rate.
The operation of generators, instruments, and other machinery (including small vehicles) will
release emissions into the atmosphere, resulting in possible air quality impacts. The major
air emission will be diesel and natural gas combustion products. Air emissions from
combustion operations for the project would consist mainly of oxides of nitrogen (NOx),
carbon monoxide (CO), CO2, unburned hydrocarbons, and particulate matter, depending on
the ash content of the gas.
Gas will be taken from the system at the R&M station to provide fuel for gas-powered
electrical generators and gas heaters. Fuel gas consumption is expected to total
1.5MMscfd/day. Fugitive emissions are not expected to exceed 5 percent of this figure. Two
40kW, 230V natural gas powered generator with an emergency 20kW, 230V diesel generator
backup system will provide primary electrical power to the R&M station. The emergency
diesel power plant will be provided with a small fuel tank. A 159L (42 gallon) diesel supply
tank will be provided to store diesel fuel and to maintain 24 hours of continuous operations
of the R&M station should the gas fired equipment fail or be taken out of service for
maintenance.
The duration of impacts to air quality from generators and small vehicle emissions at the sites
will continue for the life of the project but will be reversible following the cessation of
combustion and dispersion of gases. The temporal extent during operations and maintenance
is, therefore, minor. The areal extent of air quality changes is minor because high
concentrations of air pollutants are not expected to reach areas beyond 100m of either site.
The magnitude of the impact from the generators and compressors is minor because of the
low volume and likely dissipation of air emissions.
The likelihood of significant impacts to air quality is low. The overall impact severity from
combustion from generators and compressors is low.

Chapter 6
No new impact on transportation and other infrastructure is envisaged during operations

other than incidental deliveries of supplies. The primary power for facility will be provided
by natural gas fueled generators, which will eliminate demand on local power supply
systems. Water supply for the workers and industrial uses is nominal and insignificant in
impact.
No new impacts on social and cultural conditions are envisaged during operations.
6.6.3.8 Goods and Services
No new impacts on goods and services are envisaged during operations.
Potential negative socioeconomic impacts of the operational phase of the pipeline include:
Continued preclusion of local residents from the use of land within the ROW;
Residual effects of the economic dislocation effect surrounding the influx of workers;
and
Secondary upstream impacts associated with the development of new gas supply
facilities induced by the availability of a new market for gas via WAGP.
The first two impacts are addressed fully in Section 6.6.1 (site preparation and construction
impacts). These impacts were identified as beginning during the construction phase, and
were assessed as permanent impacts. Thus impacts during the operations phase were fully
assessed in this previous section and will not be addressed again here.
Secondary impacts, including upstream induced impacts, are addressed in Section 6.9 of this
report.
WAGP operations pose a certain level of risk to health, safety, and security associated with
the possibility of controlled or uncontrolled gas release, fire, or explosion. This risk is
addressed in Section 6.8, Emergency and Upset Conditions, below.

Chapter 6
Injury and illness to workers resulting from the operation of the R&M station.
Temporal Moderate
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Medium
Operation of the R&M station may result in operation-related accidents and illnesses. The
facility will be manned 24 hours per day, seven days per week. Although the level of
staffing is low, there is the potential for work-related injuries to occur as employees operate
and maintain equipment and systems (including the gas scrubber, liquid storage tank,
pressure reduction valve and vent system). Failure of workers to regularly wear safety
clothing and gear such as overcoats, hand gloves, protective goggles, steel-toe boots,
helmets, etc. could result in serious injuries in certain hazardous situations. Since health and
safety protocols will be followed by all WAPCo workers, the occurrence of injury is
expected to be very low.
Operation of the R&M station plant will also result in increased noise levels for the workers
and possible loss of hearing. The pressure control valves used to reduce the pressure of the
natural gas has the potential to result in the creation of significant, continuous noise.
However, the equipment is constructed in such a way that it incorporates features to mitigate
this impact. The control valves will be designed so that the noise level will in compliance
with World Bank and local regulations: 55dBA/45dBA (daytime/nighttime) for residential,
institutional, and educational receptors and 70dBA at all times for noise for industrial/
commercial receptors (located outside of the project property boundary).
The temporal impact of the R&M station operation on health and safety is moderate because
the impact may be medium to long term and irreversible if serious injuries are sustained. The
areal impacts will be minor because the impacts will be felt by workers at the immediate
site. The magnitude is minor because any injuries sustained at work are not likely to be life
threatening and will be treated immediately in all possible cases. The likelihood of impacts is
low as this type of operation is associated with a minimal incidence of injuries. The overall
impact is therefore assessed as low.
6.6.4 Decommissioning and Abandonment

Decommissioning and abandonment is the post-project phase. In general, the impacts from
decommissioning will depend on the quality of the engineering underpinning the project and
proper execution of approved decommissioning plans. As described in the International
Project Agreement, the Joint Venture intends to decommission and abandon the pipeline
consistent with local regulations and accepted industry practices prevailing at the time of
abandonment. In some cases lands are expected to be returned to their pre-WAGP use (e.g.,
agriculture). Detailed plans for facility decommissioning, abandonment and facility/pipeline
reinstatement will be developed toward the end of the lifetime of the project.

Chapter 6
Impacts cannot be assessed quantitatively at this time. However, two activities were
evaluated qualitatively across the 11 environmental, socioeconomic, and public/worker
health media (total of 22 potential impact intersections), with the following results: 16
were assessed as no impact, and six were unable to be evaluated at this time (undetermined).
The types of undetermined impacts are described below.
Short-term increased activities associated with facility decommissioning (e.g., heavy
machinery, traffic) have the potential to create dust and mobile source emissions and can
temporarily disrupt wildlife. Wastes and debris at facility sites can negatively affect soils,
water resources, and habitats if not properly managed. At projects end, it is anticipated that
onshore pipelines will be flushed, capped, and abandoned in place. Pipeline corrosion and
subsequent leaching of metals into surrounding soil and water is a possibility. Job
terminations associated with decommissioning of the pipeline, R&M station, and associated
facilities at the end of the operation phase could possibly have negative socioeconomic
impacts on the households of terminated workers.
6.6.4.1 Land Use

No additional impacts to land use are anticipated at the termination of the project. In some
cases, land occupied by the pipeline or facilities may return to pre-WAGP use (e.g.,
agriculture).

Decommissioning of Facilities
Temporal
Impact Significance Areal
Undetermined
Magnitude
Likelihood
Decommissioning of the R&M stations could cause temporary disruption to wildlife from
increased human activity and noise. The duration of this impact would be short-term. Debris
would need to be properly disposed of and removed from the site to avoid contamination of
nearby habitats. The exact degree of impacts cannot be determined at this time.
Abandonment of Onshore Pipeline
The onshore lateral in Benin will be cut at the beaches, flushed, capped, and abandoned in
place. In this case there will be no significant impact to habitat and biological resources. If
required by the regulations in force at the end of the project lifetime or by the local
communities or stakeholders, then the pipeline will be removed and disposed of according to
a management plan to be developed and approved nearer the time. However, it may be
presumed that the impacts of disinterring an empty gas pipeline would be higher than leaving
it in place.

Chapter 6
Temporal
Undetermined
Magnitude
Likelihood
Possible impacts to topography and soils include contamination from abandoned wastes and
debris that are not properly removed from the facility sites and creation of dust from
increased heavy machinery activity. Severity of these impacts cannot be determined at this
time.
Temporal
Undetermined
Magnitude
Likelihood
Leaving the pipeline in place will generally not create any impacts to soil or topography
along the ROW. There is however a slight possibility that the pipeline could corrode once it
is void of gas and leach metals into the surrounding soil. The severity of this impact is
undetermined.

Decommissioning of Facilities and Abandonment of Onshore Pipeline
Temporal
Undetermined
Magnitude
Likelihood
Possible impacts to water resources and hydrology include contamination from abandoned
wastes and debris that are not properly removed from the facility sites. Severity of these
impacts cannot be determined at this time.

Chapter 6
6.6.4.5 Air Quality
Temporal
Undetermined
Magnitude
Likelihood
Possible impacts to air quality include and creation of dust and mobile source emissions from
increased heavy machinery activity. Severity of these impacts cannot be determined at this
time.
No impacts to air quality are expected from abandonment of the pipeline in situ.
No new impacts on transportation or other infrastructure are envisioned during

decommissioning.
6.6.4.7 Impacts on Social and Cultural Conditions
No new impacts on social and cultural conditions are envisioned during decommissioning.
6.6.4.8 Impacts on Access to Goods and Services
No new impacts on access to goods and services are envisioned during decommissioning.
6.6.4.9 Impacts on Means of Livelihood
No new impacts on means of livelihood are envisioned during decommissioning.
No new impacts on public health, safety, and security are envisioned during
decommissioning.
No new impacts on worker health, safety, and security are envisioned during
decommissioning.

Chapter 6
6.7 Potential Offshore Impacts

The 20in main pipeline will enter the territorial waters of Benin (from the east) continuing
into the waters of Togo, with the 8in lateral branching onshore west of the Cotonou port.
The total offshore pipeline main trunk length in Benin waters is approximately 106km (65.8
miles). In Benin, the pipeline will be constructed in water depths that vary from 0m at the
beach shoreline of the lateral to 71m (233ft) at the deepest point of the main trunk line near
the Nigeria-Benin border. The Benin lateral pipeline is approximately 15km (9.3 miles) long
with less than 250m (0.16 miles) laying in water that is less than 8m (23ft) deep.
Activities of concern include the passive installation of the pipeline in water that is greater
than 8m deep (i.e. the pipeline is not buried compared to burial in water depths shallower
than 8m), the movement of barges and vessels near the shoreline of Benin, and discharge and
treatment of hydrotest waters used in the commissioning of the Benin lateral. The receptors
primarily affected by these activities are benthic habitats, water quality, and fishing
resources.
None of the activities associated with the offshore pipeline resulted in high severity
environmental, socioeconomic, or health and safety impacts.
Table 6.7-1 shows the severity assessment for offshore pipeline activities over the life of the
WAGP project. This table is similar to the structure of the onshore impact table, Table 6.6-1.
General and specific activities are described in the far left-hand column, and the receptors
affected by these activities run across the top of the table. The colors representing the
severity of the impact are identical to those in Section 6.6: green for low severity, yellow for
moderate severity, red for high severity, and gray for undetermined severity. Intersections of
activities and receptors that are crossed out have not been identified as significant impacts.
6.7.1 Site Preparation and Construction

The site preparation and construction phase involves the mobilization of offshore
construction equipment to the site, the preparation of the site for construction activities, the
laying of the pipeline itself, and construction demobilization. Mobilization will include the
movement of barges and other associated vessels to the construction area. Site preparation

Chapter 6
Table 6.7-1
Severity Assessment: Environmental, Socioeconomic, and Health and Safety Impacts
Health and
Safety
Means of Livelihood
Goods and Services
Social and Cultural
Worker Health and

Transportation and
Seafloor Sediment
Water Quality and
Public Health and

Land Use/Water
Bathymetry and
Infrastructure
Habitat and
Air Quality
Conditions
Resources
Activities
Safety
Safety
OFFSHORE IMPACTS
Site Preparation and Presence, movement, and anchoring of
Construction in Offshore Areas barges in Gulf waters; and support
(>8m water depth) vessel movement
Black and gray water and galley waste
disposal
waste and management of hazardous
materials
General operation of vessels and
equipment (e.g., generators)
Passive installation of pipeline in >8m
water depth

Chapter 6
Table 6.7-1
Severity Assessment: Environmental, Socioeconomic, and Health and Safety Impacts
Health and
Safety
Means of Livelihood
Goods and Services
Social and Cultural
Worker Health and

Transportation and
Seafloor Sediment
Water Quality and
Public Health and

Land Use/Water
Bathymetry and
Infrastructure
Habitat and
Air Quality
Conditions
Resources
Activities
Safety
Safety
OFFSHORE IMPACTS
Site Preparation and Presence, movement, and anchoring of
Construction in Nearshore Areas barges nearshore, including to ports
(<8m water depth) Black and gray water and galley waste
disposal
waste and management of hazardous
materials
General operation of vessels and
equipment (e.g., generators)
HDD of shore crossing to exit point at
8m water depth
Commissioning and Start-up
On and offshore pipeline testing Treatment and discharge of hydrotest
waters from lateral
Pipeline Maintenance Pigging of lateral
Exposed pipeline starting at >8m

water depth
Decommissioning of main trunk Void of gas and leave in place
and laterals

Chapter 6
offshore will include drilling of the HDD exit point at the 8m water depth location, and
seafloor leveling. Construction activities will include main trunk and lateral pipe laying,
vessel anchoring on the sea floor, and the subsea connection of the lateral to the main
trunkline. Demobilization will include the removal of construction equipment, barges, and
associated vessels from the construction site.
In Benin, the offshore pipeline will be placed directly on the seafloor in water depths that
exceed 8m (23ft). In sections of the route that are less than 8m deep the pipeline will be
buried below the seafloor by HDD, as is the case for nearshore approaches to beach
crossings. In the discussion below, the potential impacts are categorized based on this
construction difference and are evaluated as Nearshore (<8m) for the lateral approach in
water less than 8m deep and Offshore for the main trunk and lateral approaches in water
depths greater than 8m.
The offshore pipeline will be installed from an anchoring or dynamic positioning system
(DPS) construction vessel mobilized from a location that will be known when the offshore
installation contract has been awarded. A pipe barge, supply vessel, and anchor handling
vessel will support the lay barge. These vessels are likely to mobilize from Tema, Ghana or
Warri or Port Harcourt, Nigeria. A lateral fleet will also be operating at the same time as the
bigger main trunkline lay barge. Both fleets will be supported by the same supply boat, dive
support vessel, and survey vessel. The lay vessel of the lateral fleet will be used to support
HDD shore crossing.
6.7.1.1 Land Use/Water Activities
Site Preparation and Construction in Offshore Areas (>8m water depth)
Change in current water activities due to the presence and movement of barges offshore 24
hours per day, including support vessel movement.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
The laying of the pipeline along the offshore seafloor may temporarily impede fishing
activities and other navigational uses in the area. Artisinal fishing will be affected mostly
along the nearshore areas (see following discussion below). Most of the small fishing vessels
operate in the waters only during the daytime (6:00am to 6:00pm) and return back to land as
the sun is setting. On the other hand, larger vessels, such as fish trawlers and cargo vessels
generally have no time restrictions on their passage. The proper notification of Beninoise
maritime authorities by WAPCo regarding the operation and location of WAGP vessels
during construction is expected to reduce any impact to fishing and navigational activities in
the area. This notification will make full information available to operators of other vessels
in the area. Impacts will be further mitigated through normal safety precautions at sea,
including the use of navigational lights and noise making devices.

Chapter 6
The construction of the offshore pipeline in Benin is expected to take approximately one and
a half to two months (pipeline lay rate of 2km/day to 3km/day), with much of this activity
related to the main trunk in remote offshore areas with low occurrence of vessels. The
impacts from this activity will be reversible almost immediately following the construction
activity. The temporal extent to current water activities is therefore minor. The areal extent
is also minor as pipeline lay vessels are expected to be able to travel as close to the pipeline
as possible, with some impact to fishing activities being noticed within 100m of this area.
The anchoring spread distance for the barge is 10m lateral distance from the barge for every
meter of depth (maximum spread of 710m at the deepest point in Benin). The magnitude of
the impact to current fishing activities is minor and normal marine activities and use should
resume soon after the vessels leave the area.
The likelihood of impacts to water activities is low, based on proximity from land (i.e., more
distant) and EBS observances of few vessels in the area. The overall severity of this impact
is low.
Site Preparation and Construction in Nearshore Areas (<8m water depth)
Change in current water activities due to the presence and movement of barges nearshore
24 hours per day, including to ports.
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood High
The severity assessment for nearshore water activity disturbance is similar to the description
above for offshore construction. The likelihood of impacts is higher nearshore due to the
increased presence of fishing vessels in the nearshore areas, especially near the Cotonou port,
however the overall duration of vessel activity in the nearshore area is much more limited.
Fishing vessels and drift nets were observed during the EBS along the pipeline lateral route.
An example fishing boat is shown in Figure 6.7-1.

Chapter 6
Figure 6.7-1
Multi Person Fishing Boat Typical of Nearshore Area
The HDD breakthrough point will occur at the 8m water depth mark and therefore no jet
trenching is expected to occur. The barges necessary for the HDD exit point offshore will be
in nearshore waters for less than two weeks, but delays could be encountered due to heavy
boat traffic or other fishing activities (e.g., drift nets). The impacts from these activities will
be reversible almost immediately following the construction activity. The temporal extent to
current water activities is therefore minor. The areal extent is also minor as pipeline lay
vessels are expected to be able to travel as close to the pipeline route as possible, with some
impact to fishing activities being noticed within 100m of this area. The anchoring spread
distance for the barge is 10m lateral distance from the barge for every meter of depth. The
magnitude of the impact to current fishing activities is minor and normal marine activities
and use should resume soon after the vessels leave the area.
The likelihood of impacts to water activities is high, as some disturbance will occur due to
the presences of HDD vessels. The overall severity of this impact is moderate.
A survey of fish resources was conducted as part of the EBS. A total of 52 fish and other
marine species belonging to 33 families were recorded off Benin during the survey. There
were eight crustaceans, two molluscs, three invertebrate species, and 39 finfishes. The
crustaceans consisted of true crabs and shrimps, while molluscs consisted of cuttlefish and
squid. Sepia officinalis (common cuttlefish), Grammoplites gruveli (Guinea flathead),
Syacuim micrurum (channel founder), Trigla lyra (piper gurnard, a sea robin), and Citharus
linguatula (Atlantic spotted flounder) occurred at almost all the stations. The most abundant
species were jellyfish, common cuttlefish, Guinea flathead, piper gurnard, spotted flounder,
and spotted flounder.

Chapter 6
The catch rates in Benin varied with depth, in general increasing with depth (15m to 45m),
followed by a decrease at greater depths (50m to 54m). The most productive area occurred
around the 45m depth contour. Note that the station with the highest catch rate was related to
a high catch of jellyfish, which contributed over 50 percent of the total catch at that station.
Plankton populations in the nearshore and offshore environments of Benin are both abundant
and diverse. During the EBS, the number of taxa (mostly species) of phytoplankton and
zooplankton identified were 69 and 52, respectively. Populations increase during the
upwelling that follows the rainy season. (Figure 6.7-2a and b).
In the benthic environment, 72 taxonomic groups of benthic organisms were identified, made
up of 50 polychaete species, 12 crustacean species, and 10 species classified as others.
Seven stations were sampled along the main pipeline route off Benin in water depths ranging
from 50m to 70m, and four stations were sampled along the lateral. The number of species
per station showed a gradual decline westward and the polychaete species were dominant in
all the stations sampled.
The marine birds of Benin include shearwaters, storm petrels, tropicbirds, frigatebirds,
gannets, and boobies. However, they are not commonly seen. Records dating back to the
1960s reveal only limited sightings of a few species (Elgood et al., 1994). The rarity of
oceanic birds may be attributable to the absence of suitable breeding sites (e.g., remote
islands and rocky cliffs) in the Gulf of Guinea.
Figure 6.7-2a
Distribution of Total Phytoplankton Abundance at
Sampling Stations Offshore Benin During the EBS (Dry Season)
160,000
140,000
120,000
100,000
80,000
60,000
40,000
20,000
0
B01PHY B02PHY B03PHY B04PHY B05PHY

Chapter 6
Figure 6-7-2b
Distribution of Total Zooplankton Abundance at
Sampling Stations Offshore Benin During the EBS (Dry Season)
8,000
7,000
6,000
5,000
4,000
3,000
2,000
1,000
0
B01ZOO B02ZOO B03ZOO B04ZOO B05ZOO
Disturbance of benthic communities and wildlife due to the presence and movement of
barges and support vessels in Gulf waters.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Pipeline lay and support vessels installing the main offshore trunkline and the 8in lateral in
the Gulf of Guinea could cause minor disruption to marine mammals and fish species. The
Gulf of Guinea serves as an important migration route for marine turtles and there are recent
reports of the olive ridley, green, and leatherback nesting on beaches in Benin (Fretey, 2001).
Olive ridley specimens frequent the waters off Benin and are often caught by fishermen. A
specimen of hawksbill was recently captured near Hocognoncodji in Benin. All three species
of sea turtles are listed by CITES and National Wildlife Conservation Regulations under
Schedule I. The green turtle is listed by IUCN as endangered, while the hawksbill and
leatherback are listed as critically endangered. However, no marine reptiles were observed in
the offshore project area during the Offshore EBS.
Sea turtles and some deeper water fish species could be affected by the 24 hour per day
construction operations and the lighting that would accompany the pipe-laying activities.

Chapter 6
During the construction of the pipeline, the noise level along the pipeline route will increase
above background levels due to welding activities and also from power generators and vessel
engines. Local noise related impacts, mitigated by minimizing time spent in the area, will
reduce to zero as the lay barge moves east to install the remainder of the main trunkline.
These impacts on the population of aquatic animals such as fishes in the area, though
temporary, may lead to their migration from the area, until conditions normalize. Research
conducted by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration on short-term
behavioral responses of the gray whale to underwater noise associated with aircraft, ships and
seismic explorations indicate a 0.5 probability that whales will respond to continuous
broadband noise (above ca 120dB2) and to intermittent noise (above ca 170dB), usually by
changing their swimming course to avoid the source (Moore and Clarke, 2002). Marine
mammals, however, are highly acoustically oriented, and more research is needed to assess
the potential impacts of noise on these species.
The barges will need to anchor and re-anchor as they are making forward progress along the
main trunkline and the 8in lateral in water depths greater than 8m. (Anchoring Specifications,
Appendix 6-A) Anchoring will disturb sediment on the seafloor and some benthic
communities. The area disturbed will be almost negligible from this activity although the
benthic communities may take several weeks to recover. Overall this impact is not
significant for the further offshore trunk of the pipeline where bottom sediments are soft and
muddy and this issue is discussed more completely under nearshore activities.
For the main trunkline portion of the pipeline, the duration of activities offshore Benin is
approximately one and a half to two months in total. The grouping of ships will continue to
make forward progress along the route at about 2km to 3km per day. The impact to
surrounding species from any given construction point should not last longer than a few
weeks, resulting in a minor temporal significance. The areal extent of impacts to fishes and
other marine mammals will also be minor as effects from the vessels are not expected to
reach further than 100m beyond the pipeline construction zone. The magnitude of this
impact is minor as most wildlife will avoid the immediate construction areas and find other
routes to reach the shoreline or for feeding or breeding activities.
The likelihood that marine wildlife and benthic communities will be disturbed by the
construction activities to a measurable degree is low. The overall severity of the impact to
marine wildlife is low.
Attraction of marine mammals and birds from macerated galley wastes disposed of
overboard.
Black (sewage) and gray waste water from construction vessels will be collected, treated, and
disposed at an onshore facility according to MARPOL standards and will thus not affect
offshore biological communities. Galley wastes (food refuse) will be macerated and
discharged overboard in waters greater than three nautical miles (5.5km) from the shoreline.
Some fish and birds will be attracted to this waste as a source of food and may trail the
vessels, as they would fish trawlers. This impact is not considered to be significant.

Chapter 6
Disturbance of benthic communities and wildlife due to the presence and movement and
anchoring of barges and support vessels nearshore and in ports.
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Medium
In the nearshore environment, biological resources that may be affected by the presence and
anchoring of barges for HDD include the benthic population and fishery resources along the
pipeline route, as well as nesting turtles, especially if construction were to take place during
their breeding season. In Benin, sandy beaches constitute most of the coastline and much of
it could serve as turtle nesting sites. Marine turtles nest on sandy beaches above the high tide
mark. A focused survey of potential turtle breeding areas near the project area was
conducted during the EBS and although no turtles were observed, turtle eggs were found
indicating that the beaches in the area are in fact used by nesting turtles. Because they often
return to the same area to nest, care should be taken to minimize impact to beaches where
nesting occurs and construction schedules should account for the nesting season. Sea turtles
are a protected species under several international treaties ratified by the four West African
countries covered in this project. Notwithstanding, populations have decreased due to
poaching and habitat destruction. The nesting period runs from late July to December, with a
peak in November (Armah et al., 1997b). The young turtles begin to appear in the sea
around April. Because the sea turtles may use the waters nearshore in their approach to the
beach nesting sites, the peak nesting season should be used to guide construction schedules
and activities whenever possible.
Impacts to benthic communities from anchoring are not expected to be long term, in that re-
colonization of an area by benthos is expected to occur almost immediately or very shortly
after the activity. Baseline surveys for the project collected numerous samples in the
nearshore areas which will be useful for any monitoring plan that might need to be
developed. Similarly fishes that may move out of the pipeline vicinity during the activity are
expected to migrate back once construction is completed. In addition, adherence to the
WAPCo Turtle Impact Monitoring and Mitigation Plan (Appendix 8B2.8.3) will minimize
possible disturbances of sea turtles, nests, and eggs (see Chapters 7 and 8 for more
information).
The shore crossing activity offshore is expected to take approximately two weeks although
delays could be encountered due to the heavy boat traffic. The impact to surrounding species
should not last longer than a few weeks, resulting in minor temporal significance. The areal
extent of impacts to fishes, marine mammals, and benthic communities will also be minor as
effects from the vessels, other than possibly anchoring (maximum of 80m lateral distance
from barge for HDD breakthrough), are not expected to reach further than 100m beyond the
pipeline construction zone. Assuming that construction does not take place during the peak
turtle breeding season, the magnitude of this impact is minor and should only affect
individual organisms or schools of fish, but not entire communities or population levels.

Chapter 6
The likelihood that marine wildlife will avoid the construction area to a measurable degree is
medium due to the concentration of marine flora and fauna nearshore. The overall severity
of the impact to marine wildlife is moderate.
Attraction of marine mammals and birds from macerated galley wastes disposed of
overboard.
Disposal practices will limit the discharge of macerated galley waste to areas greater than
5.5km from the shoreline. Therefore galley wastes would not be disposed of overboard in
nearshore areas and thus no additional impact to the marine habitat would be expected. As
described above, black and gray wastewater will be stored and disposed of appropriately at
an onshore facility after treatment.
Disturbance of marine habitat and marine wildlife due to offshore activities associated
with HDD of shore until reaching the exit point at 8m water depth.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
In Benin, the base case is that HDD for the shore crossing will be performed from the barrier
island out to sea as opposed to jet trenching. The incremental effects from this additional
activity are expected to be fairly minor. There will be approximately seven vessels necessary
for the lateral construction and HDD shore crossing including a small lay barge. The shore
crossing is estimated to take two to four weeks to complete. Drilling mud required for HDD
from the beach side of the barrier island is approximately 1700m3. Cuttings are expected to
be approximately 5400m3 and will be managed at the onshore HDD location. There is a risk
of loss of up to 10 percent of the 1700m3 volume of circulating fluid and drill muds to the
aquatic environment in case of an HDD that exits into open water or during the auguring/pipe
push from the lay barge to the onshore HDD location. These fluids and muds could cause
smothering of the benthos in the area of discharge, although the nearshore environment is
active and would likely serve to disperse any lost muds.
Impacts from the presence of vessels for HDD shore crossing to the marine wildlife have
been incorporated into the above discussion for the presence of vessels for nearshore
construction.
The duration of impacts from HDD nearshore to marine communities will be temporary and
should not exceed the construction phase by more than a few weeks. The impacts will be
reversible within the same time frame resulting in minor temporal significance. The areal
extent of impacts depends on the quantity and dispersion of fluids and muds from the drilling
process. A worst-case estimate would result in impacts to benthic communities up to 500m
from the exit site. This range is considered a moderate areal significance. The magnitude of
this impact is minor and is expected to cause only limited smothering of the benthic
community which will recover fully. The likelihood of an impact to benthic communities is
low if the muds selected for use are water-based and non-toxic and the quantity of mud
breakthrough is minimized. The overall impact severity is low.

Chapter 6
6.7.1.3 Bathymetry and Seafloor Sediment
The Benin coastal shelf of sandy deposits ends in water depths of approximately 30m to 35m
and the width varies between 2km in the west and 5km in the east. The continental plateau
extends to depths up to 100m, after which the bottom descends rapidly to around 2000m.
Along the shoreline, winds generate small aeolian sand with grain sizes between 0.2mm to
0.3mm. The seabeds are characterized by a bar in the breaking area of the seabed at 2m to
3m depth. In the breaking area, sediments are sorted by wave action and are coarser. Off the
breaking area and out to 12m depth, the sand is very fine and well classified (between 0.2mm
and 0.06mm). Beyond 12m depth, there are muds with particle sizes smaller than 0.06mm.
Waves break obliquely on the Benin shore and transport sediments generally towards the
east. The shoreline segment where the pipeline will cross, between Djgbadji and Adounko-
Plage, is generally a stable area, although some areas (near Togbin, for example) are
susceptible to erosion.
The sediments throughout the entire pipeline ROW area surveyed ranged from fine-grained
silt-clays, (representing low-energy, depositional environments) to coarse sand or granules on
rippled bottoms or with shell lag deposits at the sediment-water interface (representing high-
energy, sediment transport zones).
An area of hard bottom with ancient fossilized gorgonian coral is located to the east of
Grand-Popo and close to Godomey. Another area of hard bottom is present between Ouidah
and Cotonou in 52m to 56m water depth. Moving from this area up to the edge of the shelf,
there are many pointed rock peaks. These ancient coral formations probably date back to the
Holocene like those studied in Nigeria (Allen and Wells, 1962).
Disturbance of bathymetry and seafloor sediment due to the passive installation of 20in
pipeline in the main trunkline areas and in 8in lateral line areas (greater than 8m water
depth).
Temporal Minor
Impact Significance Areal Negligible Negligible
Low Severity
Likelihood High
When the pipe is simply laid on the existing soft bottom substrate it is anticipated to
eventually settle in the seabed sediments to a depth of 2in to 3in up to one third of its
diameter (approximately 6in). These untrenched pipe segments will rely primarily on natural
settling to reduce any artificial reef effects, physical barrier effects, or boundary layer
effects. The application of concrete mattresses at intervals along untrenched segments,
presence of periodic free span segments, and natural colonization of the pipeline will reduce
the extent to which the untrenched pipe segments may be barriers to the movement of
benthos. It is anticipated that remaining exposed pipe segments will likely become covered
with a veneer of sediment very soon after installation.

Chapter 6
Over time, segments of the pipe are expected to partially settle into bottom sediments in
some areas as well as create spans across others, both scenarios providing potential crossing
opportunities for marine benthos.
The duration of impacts to sediment movement from laying of the pipeline for approximately
106km of the main trunk and 13km of the lateral line along the seafloor are permanent, but
not permanently negative. Locally (i.e., around the immediate area of the pipeline) the
bathymetry will have slightly changed from pre-installation but the overall impact will
dissipate soon after installation is complete, particularly in light of the dynamic sediment
transport environment in the Gulf of Guinea. The temporal significance is minor for this
impact. The areal extent is negligible and impacts should remain within the pipeline vicinity.
The magnitude of impacts to bathymetry and sediment movement is negligible in the context
of the entire Gulf of Guinea seafloor. The likelihood of minimal impacts to the seafloor is
high, but the overall severity of the impact from passive pipe laying is low.
Disturbance of bathymetry and seafloor sediment due to offshore activities associated with
HDD of shore crossing until reaching the exit point at 8m water depth.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Likelihood Low
HDD will begin at an onshore site and exit approximately 250m off the coast of Benin. The
primary impacts associated with the HDD activities onshore have been assessed under
Section 6.6.1.3, Geography, Topography, and Soils. Impacts to bathymetry and sediment at
the exit point offshore will be minor. Some disturbance of the seafloor will occur at the exit
point including sediment dispersion. Turbidity levels near the exit point will temporarily
increase.
The duration of impacts to sediment will be short-lived, primarily occurring during the two
week HDD shore crossing period. Sediment will resettle shortly after breakthrough is
complete, resulting in minor temporal significance.
Significant impacts to bathymetry and sediment are not expected to exceed 100m from the
pipeline construction site and thus a minor areal extent is assigned to this impact.
Relatively elevated concentrations (defined as greater than the region-wide mean plus
standard error, or 7.44ppm) were detected in three of ten Benin locations. On average the
detected PAHs in Benin locations were higher than the region-wide average (average total
PAHs for Benin of 7.02ppm compared to region-wide average total PAH of 5.1ppm). The
concentrations detected, however, do not reach hazardous levels.
For aliphatic hydrocarbons, relatively high levels were detected at the five stations off of
Benin (average of 32.4ppm). Although the pattern detected was not completely consistent
across these five locations all indicated aliphatic hydrocarbons were focused in the heavy

Chapter 6
fuel oil range, from tetradecane (n-C14) through triacontane (n-C30). The fact that heavier
saturated hydrocarbons (i.e., hexatriacontane n-C36) were not detected in these five locations
implies that the hydrocarbon source is primarily petroleum and not due to naturally occurring
(biogenic) sources.
Sediment samples analyzed in the project area were found to be generally free of any
additional chemical contaminants. Therefore resuspension and transport of contaminated
sediments is not a factor for the pipeline construction and the magnitude of this impact is
negligible.
The likelihood of some degree of impacts being realized due to HDD at the nearshore exit
point area is low. The overall severity of impacts to the bathymetry and seafloor sediment is
low.
6.7.1.4 Water Quality and Resources
Turbidity is generally low in nearshore and offshore oceanic waters, except for a slight
contribution from floating planktonic organisms at the surface. Temperatures measured
during the EBS averaged approximately 28EC. In Benin, many deepwater sites exhibited
numerous distinctly stratified thermoclines. Shallow, nearshore sites demonstrated a distinct
primary thermocline followed by a linearly decreasing temperature gradient to the bottom
indicating mixing of stratified layers already present. Nutrient and COD analyses in the
offshore samples analyzed along the pipeline route do not indicate elevated or sharply
contrasted concentrations that might signify impact from either industrial or populated areas.
Concentrations of metals are typical for clean seawater. Figure 6.7-3 shows an example of
one type of water quality determination being made during the First Season EBS.
Figure 6.7-3
Documenting Water Quality (Color) During First Season EBS

Chapter 6
Site Preparation and Construction in the Offshore Area (>8m water depth)
Changes in water quality due to the accidental release of black and gray water wastes
offshore.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Low
Approximately 270 to 380 laborers will be working offshore on various vessels including one
or two lay barges (at different locations). The boats will be staffed and operated 24 hours per
day. Gray and black wastes will be collected, treated, and disposed onshore in compliance
with MARPOL. There should be no impacts to water quality from the back and gray wastes,
except in the case of accidental spills or releases. Macerated galley wastes will be dumped
overboard only when more than 5.5km from the shoreline.
Due to the difficulty in treating spills far offshore, the black or gray wastes would change the
immediate water quality for more than a few weeks and the temporal affect to water quality
would be thus ranked as minor. The large ocean size and constant mixing of the water body
will easily dissipate the increase in suspended solids, bacterial, or pH changes that may arise.
The areal extent of the impact would depend on the quantity spilled or not properly disposed.
In most cases spills would occur near the immediate pipe laying area, therefore the areal
extent can be assumed to be minor. In the case of black or gray water contamination, the
existing surface water quality would be measurably changed in the spill area. The magnitude
of such an impact would be moderate.
The likelihood of a spill or leak during the one and a half to two month Benin offshore
construction period is low if proper management practices are implemented. The severity of
impact from black and gray water wastes is low.
Changes in water quality due to the accidental release in offshore areas of hazardous
materials or solid and hazardous wastes generated offshore.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Low
Impacts from accidental release of hazardous or solid wastes that might be generated
(including maintenance volumes of lubricants, oils, and greases) are almost identical to those
described above for black and gray wastes and are dependent on the volume of material
released. The magnitude of the impact would also be moderate, due to the relatively toxic
nature of some of the onboard maintenance liquids. There could be some mitigative spill
cleanup actions for volumes of oils or greases released overboard that would minimize the
impact to water quality and thus the marine habitat and wildlife. Overall the severity of this
impact is low primarily due to the BMPs, disposal practices, and spill response plans that will
be in place to reduce the chance of an accidental release.

Chapter 6
Changes in water quality due to the passive installation of the 20in pipeline in greater than
8m water depth.
Temporal Negligible
Impact Significance Areal Negligible Negligible
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Medium
Water quality along the pipeline will not be permanently degraded by the pipeline-laying
activity. However, during the process, suspended solids and associated turbidity levels in the
immediate work area will increase. This effect will be transient, short-lived, and confined to
the immediate area of activity. The temporal extent is negligible due to the suspended solids
being quickly absorbed and dissipated by the large water mass. The areal extent is also
negligible as changes in water quality should only occur within 25m of the pipeline. The
magnitude of the impact is minor and the likelihood of an increase in turbidity or other water
chemistry levels is medium. The overall impact severity is moderate.
Changes in water quality due to the accidental release of black and gray water wastes in
the nearshore area.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Low
Gray and black wastes will be collected, treated, and disposed onshore in compliance with
MARPOL. There should be no impacts to water quality from the back and gray wastes,
except in the case of accidental spills or releases. Macerated galley wastes will not be
dumped overboard when less than 5.5km from the shoreline.
See additional discussion for offshore area, above.
Changes in water quality due to the accidental release of hazardous materials or solid and
hazardous wastes generated offshore in the nearshore area.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Low
See discussion for offshore area, above.

Chapter 6
Changes in water quality due to offshore activities associated with HDD of shore crossing
until reaching the exit point at 8m water depth.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
As discussed in Section 6.6.1.2, Habitats and Biological Resources, both drilling mud and
cuttings will be produced from HDD at the shore crossing. The shore crossing is estimated
to take approximately two weeks to complete. Drilling mud required for HDD from the
beach side of the barrier island is approximately 1,700m3. Cuttings are expected to be
approximately 5,400m3 and will be managed at the onshore HDD location. There is a risk of
loss of up to 10 percent of the 1,700m3 volume of circulating fluid and drill muds to the
aquatic environment in case of an HDD that exits into open water or during the auguring/pipe
push from the lay barge to the onshore HDD location. These fluids and muds could cause a
temporary increase in turbidity over the currently low levels and some aquatic toxicity in
nearshore waters.
The duration of impacts from HDD to water quality will be temporary and should not last
more than a few weeks. The impacts will be reversible within the same time frame resulting
in minor temporal significance. The areal extent of impacts depends on the quantity and
dispersion of fluids and muds from the drilling process. The areal extent of impacts depends
on the quantity and dispersion of fluids and muds from the HDD process. A worst-case
estimate would result in impacts to water quality from measurable increased turbidity up to
500m from the construction site. This range is a moderate areal significance. The
magnitude of this impact is minor and is not expected to raise certain water levels (e.g.,
turbidity, pH, and trace metals) by more than 10 to 20 percent for a short duration.
The likelihood of an impact to water quality is low if the quantity of discharge is minimized.
The overall impact severity is low.
6.7.1.5 Air Quality
Site Preparation and Construction in the Offshore Area (>8m water depth)
Changes in air quality due to the general operation of vessels and equipment including
diesel-fueled generators.
Temporal Negligible
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Operation of diesel-fueled vessels and marine construction equipment, including generators,

will generate air emissions and negatively impact air quality. A maximum of 18 vessels will
be part of either offshore fleet. Each vessel will use approximately 7,600L to 9,500L of fuel
per day. Operation of the fleet of boats and associated equipment will take place 24 hours

Chapter 6
per day and in total are estimated to use a maximum of 171,000L diesel fuel per day (145.35
metric tons/day). Air emissions from diesel-fueled equipment include SO2, NOx, CO2, CO,
VOC, and PM (Table 6.7-2). More particulate is released from older, intensively used
engines than from new, low-mileage engines, probably because of a greater consumption of
lubricating oil. Poorly designed and maintained engines may result in as much as three times
the amount of organic compounds emitted in comparison to well maintained engines. In
general, the overall removal rate of diesel particles from the air is estimated to be low,
resulting in an atmospheric lifetime of several days (WHO, 1996).
Table 6.7-2
Air Emissions per Day per Offshore Fleet
Compound Weight (metric tons)
Carbon Dioxide 458
Carbon Monoxide 1.05
Hydrocarbons 0.35
Nitrogen Oxides 12.6
Particulates 0.17
Sulfur Oxides 7.27
Source of emission factors: http://www.epa.gov/region09/air/marinevessel/pdfs/tanwar.pdf.
The construction equipment and associated generators will operate during the offshore
pipeline construction phase of the project. Air emissions impacts from the construction
equipment will be short-term since they are not likely to contribute to cumulative air quality
effects beyond the construction period.
Duration of the impact to air quality is negligible in any one area as the vessels and pipe
laying equipment will be continuously making forward progress. Negative impacts to
ambient air quality levels will most likely stay within 100m of the pipeline and vessel
boundaries, resulting in minor areal extent.
Although emission levels from the generators and other equipment will be high at the source
(vessels and generators), the overall magnitude of these increased levels is minor due to the
continuous movement of air and the dissipation of the pollutants, given the relative carrying
capacity of the atmosphere in the offshore area.
The likelihood of a discernible and persistent impact to local air quality is low. The severity
of impacts to air quality from generator and diesel-fueled equipment emissions is low.
Changes in air quality due to the operation of vessels and equipment including diesel-
fueled generators for nearshore construction.
Temporal Negligible
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low

Chapter 6
The fleet size nearshore will be approximately half of the main trunk fleets. Estimates for
emissions from this size fleet and associated operations are shown in Table 6.7-3. See
description for offshore area air quality directly above.
Table 6.7-3
Air Emissions per Day per Nearshore Fleet
Compound Weight (metric tons)
Carbon Dioxide 0.50
Carbon Monoxide 229
Hydrocarbons 0.18
Nitrogen Oxides 6.3
Particulates 0.09
Sulfur Oxides 3.6
Source of emission factors: http://www.epa.gov/region09/air/marinevessel/pdfs/tanwar.pdf
6.7.1.6 Transportation and Infrastructure

Impacts to navigation and transportation nearshore are similar to those discussed in Section
6.7.1.9, Means of Livelihood, and are not explicitly stated here.
Changes to social and cultural conditions due to activities associated with HDD of shore
crossing until reaching the exit point at 8m water depth.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Nearshore construction activities have the potential to cause a temporary and localized
decline in the local fish population, thus affecting the local residents who rely on fishing in
the affected areas. Changes in the supply or the process of fishing would alter the traditional
social and cultural character of the villages, in which there are clearly defined roles revolving
around fish catches and processing of these catches.
The temporal aspects of this impact are likely to be minor since the changes in fish
populations and catches are expected to be short-lived and reversible. The areal extent of
these impacts would be minor since they would be confined to the coastal communities near
the construction site. The magnitude of this impact is assessed as minor, as the character of
the villages is unlikely to be fundamentally altered. Given current information, the
likelihood of the above impacts occurring is low. Overall this is assessed as an impact of low
severity.

Chapter 6
No impacts to goods and services are expected from this activity.
Reduced fish catches, other economic effects due to presence, movement, and anchoring of
barges in offshore waters, and support vessel movement.
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Medium
The presence and movement of construction barges and support vessels in Gulf waters could
potentially impact navigation and fishing in these waters. This could pose economic
hardship on owners and operators of non-WAGP vessels that may be delayed or detoured,
precluded from fishing grounds, or exposed to increased danger of accidents.
These socioeconomic impacts will be mitigated by the proper notification of the maritime
authorities in Benin by WAPCo regarding the operation and location of WAGP vessels
during construction. This notification will make full information available to operators of
other vessels in the area. Impacts will be further mitigated through normal safety precautions
at sea, including the use of navigational lights and noise making devices.
The temporal aspect of this impact is minor as this impact will last only as long as WAGP
construction vessels are present in Benin waters. The areal impact of this impact is
moderate, due to traffic of non-WAGP vessels in the near the Cotonou port and along the
shoreline area (i.e., vessels likely to traverse or travel near the project site) that may be
affected. The magnitude of this impact is minor, in view of the mitigation measures to be
applied. The likelihood of this impact is medium. Although WAGP construction vessels
will certainly be present in the Gulf of Guinea during the construction phase, the likelihood
that they will affect the means of livelihood of other vessel operators is considered medium
due to the moderate marine traffic. This impact is therefore assessed to be of moderate
severity.
Reduced fish catches, other economic effects due to presence, movement, and anchoring of
barges in nearshore waters, and support vessel movement.
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Medium

Chapter 6
The presence, movement, and anchoring of barges and their construction-related vessels in
the nearshore zone <8m water depth) has the potential for:
temporary and localized impacts on fisheries in the immediate area of the barges (due
to noise, motion, and water quality impacts), possibly resulting in reduced fish
catches and impacts on means of livelihood for households relying on fish catches;
temporary and localized displacement of fishermen from fishing areas, again possibly
resulting in reduced fish catches and impacts on means of livelihood for households
relying on fish catches; and
temporary impacts on navigation, as described above for offshore barge operation.
This also poses the potential for impacts on the means of livelihood of the operators
of non-WAGP vessels.
These potential impacts on means of livelihood will be assessed collectively here. As
indicated the temporal aspects of these impacts are minor, as they will occur only for as long
as the construction barges are in the Benin nearshore area, and they are not expected to cause
any lingering effects after departure of the construction barges. The areal extent of these
impacts is also minor, as all impacts are expected to be localized to fishing communities or
port communities in the immediate vicinity of the construction site. The magnitude of these
impacts is also expected to be minor, given that these impacts affect only a very small
portion of the overall resource (which encompasses the entire nearshore area in Benin). The
likelihood of these impacts is assessed as medium resulting in a moderate severity impact.
Disruption of means of livelihood due to activities associated with HDD of shore crossing
until reaching the exit point at 8m water depth.
Temporal Minor
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Medium
HDD of the shoreline has the potential to disturb local fish populations (these activities are
assessed as likely to have impacts of moderate severity on marine life and habitats in
foregoing sections). This could affect the incomes of the local residents who rely on fishing.
Decline in fish populations could potentially affect the localized economies in fishing
communities nearest the construction sites. Impacts could extend beyond the households of
those who catch fish, to households that derive income from forward-lined activities such as
drying, smoking, and trading in fish products.
This impact is expected to be of short duration. As indicated previously, the environmental,
habitat, and biological impacts of conducting HDD of the nearshore seabed are expected to
be short-lived. Therefore, the associated economic impacts for fishermen will be equally
short-lived. The temporal aspects of this impact are therefore assessed as minor. The areal
extent of this impact is minor as these impacts are expected to affect only nearby fishing
villages. The magnitude of this impact is minor. Although local fishermen and fishing
communities may rely heavily on fish catches for their livelihoods, the project will affect

Chapter 6
only a small portion of the overall fishing resource available to them. Given current
information, the likelihood of the above impacts occurring is medium. The overall impact
on means of livelihood is rated as of moderate severity.

Site Preparation and Construction in Offshore and Nearshore Areas
Increased incidence of accident and injury to the public due to marine navigational
hazards in nearshore and offshore areas.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
The movement of barges and support vessels during pipeline construction will affect the
safety of small fishing boats and other non-WAGP boats navigating in the vicinity. Most of
the small fishing vessels operate in the waters only in the daytime (6:00am to 6:00pm) and
return back to land as the sun is setting. Larger vessels, such as fish trawlers and cargo
vessels, on the other hand, generally have no time restrictions on their passage and increased
marine traffic and offshore construction related hazards may affect the ability of these boats
to safely conduct their activities. This is particularly the case at night when vision is limited.
Although the barges will be well lit, their presence in the water along with the anchor cables
will affect safety. However, it should be noted that since the construction process will
disrupt fishing activities in general, as noted under Section 6.7.1.9. There may be fewer
boats in the water as fishermen may stay away from their traditional fishing grounds during
the construction period.
This impact will be mitigated through use of proper marine safety procedures including
lights, sound making devices as appropriate in times of low visibility, and the notification of
marine authorities of construction operations.
The temporal impact of the offshore construction on health and safety levels is minor
because the impact will be for the duration of the construction period and is thus short term.
The areal impacts will be minor as fishing grounds in the immediate vicinity of offshore
pipeline construction will mainly be affected. The magnitude is minor because it is not
expected that large numbers of fishing boats will be affected, or that many of those affected
will actually be involved in accidents or dangerous incidents. The likelihood of impacts is
low as construction barges and support vessels are expected to take proper precautions to
avoid marine hazards, such as notification of marine authorities of activities and schedules,
showing appropriate lights, and taking appropriate precautions to avoid collisions or
accidents while under way. The overall impact is therefore assessed as low.

Chapter 6

Increased incidence of accident and injury due general operation of vessels and equipment
offshore.
Temporal Moderate
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Low
The operation of barges and support vessels during pipeline construction will pose a risk to
the health and safety workers. Daily activities in support of the pipeline construction may
pose worker safety issues if equipment is improperly handled or safety procedures not
correctly followed. Marine work has inherent risks due to weather and sea condition factors
and the exposed nature of the work.
The temporal impact is moderate because the impact may be medium to long term and
irreversible if serious injuries or illnesses are sustained. The areal impact is minor because
the impacts will affect workers in the immediate construction crew. The magnitude is
moderate although injuries sustained at work will be treated immediately in all possible
cases, the magnitude of an incident involving marine equipment could be more severe than
the types of incidents associated with regular construction.
The likelihood of impacts is low. The overall impact is therefore assessed as moderate.
Increased incidence of accident and injury due general operation of vessels and equipment
nearshore.
Temporal Moderate
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood Low
See offshore description above.
6.7.2 Commissioning and Start-up

Commissioning will be undertaken in all WAGP pipeline segments (offshore mainline,
offshore laterals, and onshore Benin, Ghana, Nigeria, and Togo segments) and will consist of
the following steps:
Flooding, cleaning, and gauging;

Hydrostatic testing;
Dewatering and drying; and
Air expulsion and nitrogen packing.

Chapter 6
It is envisaged that the main pipeline will be commissioned first and then the laterals. See
Chapter 2, Project Description for full details.
6.7.2.1 Land Use/Water Activities
No significant impacts to land use directly related to offshore commissioning and start-up
activities have been identified.
Onshore and Offshore Pipeline Testing
Two separate line fill and discharge events will occur for both the onshore and offshore lines:
Untreated source water used for flooding, cleaning and gauging; and
Biocide-treated source water used for hydrotesting purposes.
The source of the water for the main trunkline is currently undetermined for both the onshore
and offshore hydrotesting procedures but will most likely be from Badagry Creek near the
compressor station in Nigeria. The Atlantic Ocean, however, is the likely source of fill water
for the Benin lateral and the water volume required for each fill event in the Benin lateral is
3,584bbl (540m3).
First fill water (no biocides) used for flooding will be filtered and discharged back to the
Atlantic Ocean. Maximum discharge flow rate is 0.2bbl/s and would take 0.24 days to void
in Benin.
Hydrotesting involves the use of hydrotest water combined with additives which contain anti-
corrosion and anti-biofouling (biocide) agents. High volumes of treated water will be
generated from the hydrotesting of the pipelines. Associated impacts could be significant if
the hydrotest water additives are released to the environment untreated. Possible impacts
associated with the management of hydrotest water include impacts to water quality and
aquatic productivity.
Currently, the proposed plan is to discharge the hydrotest water from the Benin lateral in
nearshore waters. The hydrotest water will be collected onshore, mixed with seawater to a
diluted standard or otherwise treated with hydrogen peroxide, and then discharged into
nearshore waters. Eco-toxicological tests of the anti-corrosion and anti-biofouling agents to
be used (using indigenous species) will be carried out prior to its application.
Appropriate permits will be sought for the discharge of the treated hydrotest water in Benin.
The same maximum discharge flow rate described above applies.

Chapter 6
Possible reduction in abundance of aquatic species from discharge of biocide in hydrotest

water.
Temporal Negligible
Impact Significance Areal Minor Negligible
Low Severity
Likelihood Low
As part of commissioning, each pipeline segment will be flooded with water to test the
mechanical integrity of the pipeline. The water will be treated with a biocide chemical will
be injected downstream of the filters to mitigate the effects of corrosive anaerobic bacteria
entrained within the Badagry Creek water or seawater used for testing activities. The active
ingredient of the biocide is tetrakishydroxymethyl phosphonium sulphate (THPS) is an
effective biocide that does not bioaccumulate, which has biodegradability properties.
In its undiluted state, the chemical THPS (CAS no. 55566-30-8) has been classified with the
following risk and safety phrases: harmful if swallowed; causes burns; risk of serious damage
to eyes; may cause sensitization by skin contact; is very toxic to aquatic organisms, and has
possible risk of harm to the unborn child.
If creek water is used for the offshore segment, the effective concentration of THPS will be
190ppm. Wherever ocean water is used (primarily for the lateral segments) the effective
concentration will be 125ppm THPS. Ecological tests show that the LC50 at 96 hours for
fish is 93ppm, lower than the concentrations that will be used in the treatment prior to
hydrotesting. This will require that certain precautions, including treatment, be taken before
the hydrotest water is discharged in Benin.
To mitigate impacts, the THPS-containing hydrotest water will be appropriately treated in

storage tanks down to appropriate limits prior to discharge. The limits will be defined in the
appropriate discharge permit. Limits will be set using input from the results of a suitable
eco-toxicity testing program approved in Benin following Beninoise protocols, as well as
Nigerian EGAS protocols and West African industry practice. In addition to dilution, the
treatment may likely include hydrogen peroxide contained in tanks by the R&M station.
Sample points will be established at these locations to monitor the discharge. (See Chapter 2
for a description of the management procedures and Appendix 8-B2.2 for details regarding
the likely biocide materials and ecotoxicity testing approach). In addition, Appendix
8B2.5.3, WAGP Wastewater Discharge Controls, describes controls that will be developed as
part of specific applications for Discharge Permits/Approvals within each country.
The treated water will be discharged through multi-point discharges to maximize dispersion
and aeration. Outlets will be below sea level at all times and will be 10m to 15m (33ft to
50ft) offshore. During dewatering, the quantity of discharge water will be metered to insure
discharge rates meet permit requirements.
The potential impact to local aquatic species from the discharge of hydrotest water is
assessed assuming the proper treatment and testing procedures described above. The water
discharged at Cotonou should take approximately six hours. The impact duration from this
discharge would not last beyond the immediate discharge period. Because the surf zone

Chapter 6
discharge area is constantly mixed the effects from the hydrotest water would be reversible
within a short period of time, resulting in negligible temporal significance.
The discharge points at Cotonou are approximately 10m to 15m offshore. Changes in
aquatic species abundance from discharge of the hydrotest water are expected to remain
within 100m of the point source. Dilution should occur in the surf zone rapidly so that
impacts are not observed outside of the 100m perimeter. The areal extent of impacts is
therefore minor.
Assuming that the hydrotest water is treated to non-toxic levels the magnitude of reduction of
aquatic species should be negligible. There may be some local species that exhibit increased
sensitivity to THPS offshore Benin. However, laboratory toxicity testing on local species
will be conducted in advance of discharging hydrotest volumes to assure that the magnitude
of the impact will be negligible.
With proper treatment of the hydrotest water, the likelihood of impacts to the local aquatic
species is low. The overall severity of impacts to the abundance of aquatic species is low.
No significant impacts to bathymetry or seafloor sediment from offshore commissioning and

start-up have been identified.
No significant impacts to water quality and resources from offshore commissioning and start-
up have been identified.
6.7.2.5 Air Quality
No significant impacts to air quality from offshore commissioning and start-up have been
identified.
No new impacts on transportation or other infrastructure are expected from this activity.
No new impacts on social or cultural conditions are expected from this activity.
No new impacts on the access to goods and services are expected from this activity.
No new impacts on means of livelihood are expected from this activity.

Chapter 6
No new impacts to public health, safety, or security are expected from this activity.
No new impacts to worker health, safety, or security are expected this activity.
6.7.3 Operations and Maintenance

With the exception of an upset condition such as during a leak or rupture, there will be no
emissions, including those from solid or liquid sources, from the operation of the offshore
pipeline. Maintenance of the line, however, will release a small amount of gas from the
subsea pig launcher each time it is disconnected from the subsea tie-in during pigging. A
small amount of solid and liquid waste will also be collected onshore during pigging
operations. These impacts have been discussed under Section 6.6, Onshore Impacts.
The laterals will be pigged as needed on the basis of the results of any pigging of the
mainline. The need for digging the mainline will be determined on the basis of digging
Alagbado to Badagry Beach stretch annually for the first five years, and will be adjusted as
necessary thereafter depending on quantities of liquids and solids removed.
6.7.3.1 Land Use/Water Activity
No significant impacts to water activity from offshore operations and maintenance have been
identified. Vessels will traffic the pipeline route intermittently but there occurrence will be
sporadic and are not considered significant.
Fish and other marine wildlife may use the pipeline surfaces as artificial reefs. Note that the
primary impact of an increase of species utilizing the pipeline is not assessed to be
significant. The secondary impact of an increase in fisheries and fishing along the pipeline
nearshore is discussed in Section 6.9, Secondary Impacts.
Because there will be no solid or liquid emissions from the operation of the offshore pipeline,
there will be no significant impacts to the subsea bathymetry and seafloor sediments.
Because there will be no solid or liquid emissions from the operation of the offshore pipeline,
there will be no significant impacts to the water quality.

Chapter 6
6.7.3.5 Air Quality
A small amount of gas (mainly methane) will be released from the subsea pig launcher each
time it is disconnected from the subsea tie-in during pigging, approximately 0.34m3 to
1.27m3 (12ft3 to 45ft3). The impact from this small release is not significant.
No new impacts on transportation or other infrastructure are envisaged as a result of this

activity.
No new impacts on social and cultural conditions are envisaged as a result of this activity.
No new impacts on access to goods and services are envisaged as a result of this activity.
Pipeline Maintenance
Reduction in fish production due to net damage or change in fishing methods or activities
due to presence and maintenance of exposed pipeline on the seafloor.
Temporal Major
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Medium
WAGP has the potential to negatively effect fishing activity and fish production in the area
of the lateral pipeline ROW, near the fishing communities of Hio-Houta and Hio Houegbo.
This is particularly likely if the pipeline is left exposed on the seabed at depths of 8m or
greater. Impacts would be less likely if the pipeline is trenched into the seabed to water
depths of 30m.
One specific impact of the pipeline may be damage to seine drag nets. Often, fishing nets
touch the sea floor in waters of 8m or more (based on the results of ICF household and
community surveys). Exposed pipeline or partially covered pipeline is likely to become
encrusted with sea life, and to develop a rough texture that can snag nets. This could result in
damage to the nets of fishermen using nets near or over the pipeline. Net damage results in
expenses, lost catch, and lost fishing time for fishermen, affecting their means of livelihood.
Another common method of fishing in the area involves large nets pulled onto shore by lines
of men and women. Because of the likelihood of nets snagging on exposed pipeline, exposed
pipeline at shallow depths or near shore would preclude this activity in the vicinity of the
ROW.

Chapter 6
This impact may be mitigated through:
Providing appropriate notification to authorities, so that navigational charts can be

updated to indicate the position of the pipeline through a Notice to Mariners; and
Providing community education regarding the pipeline and avoidance of damage to

fishing equipment.
The process of updating navigational charts takes time, and not all mariners update charts
following a Notice to Mariners. Further, many local fishermen and other mariners in the
region do not use charts, and/or ignore prohibitions or warnings of hazards.
Thus, mitigation could be expected to reduce impacts on means of livelihood, but not to
eliminate these impacts entirely.
The temporal aspect of these impacts would be major since the pipeline will become a
permanent feature in the nearshore area. The areal impact is minor since means of
livelihood would be affected in fishing communities near the pipeline site that utilize the
affected area. The magnitude will be minor since the impacts could cause substantial
hardships for some fishermen, but the pipeline will affect only a very small portion off the
overall resource available to these fishermen. The likelihood of impact on means of
livelihood of local fishermen is assessed as medium. The overall severity is thus rated as
moderate.
WAGP (including the exposed nearshore pipeline) poses a certain level of risk to health,
safety, and security associated with the possibility of uncontrolled gas release, fire, or
explosion. This risk is addressed in Section 6.8, Emergency and Upset Conditions, below.
No new impacts to worker health, safety, or security are expected this activity.
6.7.4 Decommissioning
As described in the International Concession Agreement, the Joint Venture intends to
decommission and abandon the pipeline consistent with local regulations and accepted
industry practices prevailing at the time of abandonment. Detailed plans for facility
decommissioning, abandonment, and facility/pipeline reinstatement will be developed
towards the end of the lifetime of the project.
The main trunk and offshore laterals will most likely be cut at their respective beaches,
flushed, capped, and abandoned in place. No significant impacts are expected during
decommissioning assuming the following procedure is implemented.
The offshore line pipe will be protected from corrosion by a sacrificial-anode cathodic
protection system, in which a sacrificial zinc/aluminum anode will corrode in preference to

Chapter 6
other metal components of the line pipe. Cathodic protection potential measurements will be
performed on the onshore pipeline ends on a periodic basis to ensure that the cathodic system
is protecting the pipeline. After voiding the pipeline, some internal corrosion of the metal
could occur as the anodes age and loose their effectiveness after decommissioning. The
extent and rate of this corrosion cannot be determined at this time. However, as the offshore
pipeline is coated in concrete, the seafloor is protected from any effects and the impacts to
the sediment are not significant.
6.8 Emergency and Upset Conditions

Emergency upsets may, in the worst case, lead to events with a significant potential for
impact on HES receptors. The most significant possible events are:
Gas release (controlled);

Gas release (uncontrolled);
Fire;
Explosion; and
Major offshore spills.
and is developing an emergency-response strategy and system safeguards, which are
discussed in Section 2.6 and Chapter 7 of this report.
6.8.1 Controlled Gas Release

Blowdowns and other controlled gas releases of a pipeline section or a WAGP facility are
discussed in Section 2.6 in the country EIAs. They may occur at the:
Alagbado Tee (Nigeria);

Midline manual venting facility (Nigeria);
Lagos Beach Compressor Station (Nigeria); and
R&M stations (Benin, Ghana, Togo).
The likelihood of a blowdown of a facility is deemed low because it would occur only under
upset conditions. Since pipeline sections require less maintenance than facilities, the
likelihood of the blowdown of a pipeline section is deemed very low. Controlled blowdowns
will be conducted at rates that will ensure effective dispersion (or combustion in the case of
flaring at the Nigeria compressor station), and therefore, the impacts to environmental
receptors and to the health and safety of public and workers are expected to be of low, if any,
severity. Nonetheless, a blowdown of a pipeline section is likely to cause an interruption of
supply to WAGP customers and hence of power supply to industrial and residential
consumers. The severity of impact on the availability of goods and services varies directly
with the duration of the blowdown but is not expected to exceed low as WAPCo will seek to
restore service as soon as it considers it safe to do so.

Chapter 6
6.8.2 Uncontrolled Gas Release

Uncontrolled gas releases may occur anywhere along the pipeline or at WAGP facilities.
Along the pipeline the event causing a release would be a rupture of the pipeline. At the
facilities it may be due to a rupture of the piping or poor maintenance. Underlying causes
have been identified in qualitative risk analyses and are listed in Table 6.8-1.
Table 6.8-1
Possible Causes of an Uncontrolled Gas Release
Onshore Nigeria,
Lagos Beach Offshore
Laterals
Alagbado Tee Compressor Mainline/ R&M Stationsb
Onshore and
Stationa Laterals
Link Lines
Mechanical Sabotage Mechanical Anchor drops Mechanical
failure Corrosion failure and draggingc failure
Poor or Seismic activity Poor or Impacts of Poor or
insufficient insufficient trawler insufficient
maintenance maintenance equipmentd maintenance
Overpressure Overpressure Corrosion Overpressure
Non-compliance Operator error Erosion of Heater failure
of equipment Non-compliance seabed by sea (leading to
with design of equipment currents hydrate
codes with design Seismic activity formation and
codes overpressure)
Sabotage
Operator error
Underpressure
at pressure
reduction valve
Non-compliance
of equipment
with design
codes
a
Identified in WAPCo Qualitative Risk Assessments (QRAs); full text available in Appendix 6-C.
b
Identified in WAPCo QRAs.
c
WAPCo commits to updating British Admiralty and National Navigation charts to include the as built routing of the
entire offshore pipeline and laterals. Further, WAPCo has and will continue consulting with harbor masters and naval
authorities regarding ship traffic management to avoid anchoring impacts.
d
The effects of certain trawler board collisions with the offshore pipeline have been modeled (PCS, 2003), with no impacts
expected to pipe integrity and limited impact to concrete coating integrity, only in the case of repeated, same location
collision.
The WAGP pipeline and facilities have been designed with safeguards to prevent
uncontrolled releases and with mitigation measures to minimize their impacts. It may
therefore be assumed that the likelihood of such a release is low to very low.
Table 6.8-2 shows the receptors that could be potentially impacted by an uncontrolled gas
release at a particular location.

Chapter 6
Table 6.8-2
Receptors Potentially Affected by Gas Release
Habitats and Goods Public Worker
Air
Biological and Health and Health and
Quality
Resources Services Safety Safety
Alagbado Tee X X X
Onshore Nigeria X X X X
Lagos Beach Compressor
X X X X
Station
Offshore Mainline and Laterals X X X
Onshore Laterals and Link
X X X X
Lines
R&M Stations X X X X
The impacts on air quality determine the impact on public health and safety and on habitats
and biological resources (which is essentially the impact of a gas release on local fauna). A
study has been conducted to model the effects on air quality of an uncontrolled full release of
the offshore pipeline at Takoradi R&M station (Appendix 6-B). It concluded that the
maximum concentrations of methane and hexane, the components of the gas presenting the
principal health hazards, would be several orders of magnitude below their respective
threshold levels of concern throughout the duration of the release. It may be assumed
therefore that impacts on air quality, health and safety, and habitats and biological resources
of a simple release would be negligible. The study also modeled an uncontrolled full release
of the onshore pipeline in Nigeria in the vicinity of the isolation valve. It concluded that the
maximum concentrations of methane and hexane would be several orders of magnitude
below their respective threshold levels of concern throughout the duration of this release.
However, an odor nuisance up to 2km downwind of the release would occur. Similarly,
therefore, it may be assumed therefore that impacts on air quality, on health and safety, and
on habitats and biological resources of a simple release would be negligible.
No studies concerning uncontrolled releases elsewhere on the WAGP pipeline or at WAPCo

facilities have been reviewed. However, qualitative risk assessments have been performed;
these suggest that the likelihood of simple gas releases at facilities is low to very low, that
impact significance will be minor and hence impact severity on environmental receptors and
public health and safety will be low.
The exposure of workers at WAPCo facilities to uncontrolled releases will be minimized

through the gas-detection and emergency-shutdown systems described in Section 2.6 and by
providing sufficient means of emergency egress. The significance of impact on worker
health and safety is likely to be minor and, since the likelihood of occurrence is likely to be
low, impact severity will be low.
Potential offshore pipeline breach as a result of anchor drag, impact by boat hulls or
equipment, corrosion failure, and natural disasters such as earthquakes (for which Accra,
Ghana is prone) can release natural gas (methane) into the water column, which will affect
habitats, biological resources , and human health and safety. In Ghana, another potential
source of pipeline breach is the effect of the high energy offshore environment washing away
sediment. Seabed sediment can be scoured away, which can expose previously buried

Chapter 6
pipeline to impact by boats and equipment, and can lead to pipeline free-spanning. Once the
pipeline is no longer supported by the seabed, it is susceptible to breaching.
The likelihood of pipeline breach due to anchor dragging and impact from boat hulls and
equipment can be substantially reduced by burying the pipeline beneath the seabed in areas
that have significant marine traffic, and in common anchorage areas. As a measure to
mitigate this potential impact, WAPCo will conduct more detailed studies to determine the
proper burial depth for each lateral to avoid potential exposure of the pipeline to impact
damage by shipping. Likelihood of pipeline breach due to corrosion, exposure of buried
pipeline, and free-spanning can be greatly minimized through periodic internal and external
inspection of the pipeline. WAPCo will implement an inspection and monitoring program as
a measure to mitigate this potential impact. These mitigation measures are described in
Chapter 7.
Studies on gas accidents in the Sea of Azov give some idea about methane pollution of the
water environment and its possible impact on the benthic and pelagic communities. In this
event, the gas was present in water in concentrations of 4ppm to 6ppm directly near the
accidental well and in concentrations of 0.07ppm to 1.4ppm at a distance of 200m from the
platform. The increased content of the gas (0.35ppm) was also found 500m from the well in
the windward direction. These results suggest that methane and its analogues can stay in the
water environment for a rather long period and spread over considerable distances. The
effects of methane are quite varied. Dense populations of the blue-green alga, Beggiatoa sp.
were found in bottom sediments of areas of methane seepage on the shelf of the North Sea
and near the shore of California. As these microorganisms use gas hydrocarbons as a food
source, they can become the base of the food chain for other benthic organisms, resulting in a
potential positive impact. Releases of this magnitude are not expected with WAGP, thus no
positive impacts are expected.
The results of field studies around the accidental gas well in the Sea of Azov suggest that the
gas affects zoobenthic organisms more than the bacterioplankton and phytoplankton. In
areas with high concentration of methane, the biomass of benthos declined particularly
because of mollusk mortality (Patin, 1999).
Based on the information about the potential impact of methane described above, the
duration of any local changes in species composition and abundance is expected to be short-
term, and the extent should not exceed 500m from the impact source. Both the substratum
and organisms are expected to be adversely affected in the event of pipeline breaches. This
situation results in a moderate impact significance and a low to very low likelihood since its
occurrence is very rare in industry. The overall severity of this impact is moderate due to the
low likelihood of occurrence and the moderate impact significance.
To the extent that an undersea uncontrolled release of gas would affect fisheries, such an
occurrence would be expected to result in socioeconomic impacts to fishermen and coastal
fishing communities relying on these fisheries. Such an uncontrolled release and the
associated repair activity could also affect normal fishing patterns, resulting in hardship to
fishermen traditionally fishing the area of the release.

Chapter 6
The impact of an undersea uncontrolled release on fisheries is considered to be of low

severity (mainly because of the low to very low likelihood of an uncontrolled release
offshore, see above). The socioeconomic impact associated with reduced fish catches would
therefore also be expected to be of low severity. The socioeconomic impact associated with
disruption of normal fishing patterns is also assessed to be of low severity given the short
duration of these impacts, the fact that a very small portion of the overall available resource
would be affected, and the low to very low likelihood of this occurrence.
The severity of impact on the availability of goods and services will vary with duration of
repairs. WAPCo will seek to restore service as soon as it considers it safe to do so.
6.8.3 Fire
The main causes of fires within a facility are from the uncontrolled release of gas or the
ingress of air into piping containing gas. Table 6.8-3 lists possible underlying causes of fires
at WAPCo facilities.
Table 6.8-3
Possible Causes of Fire
Lagos Beach
Alagbado Tee R&M Stationsa
Compressor Stationa
Power outage Power outage Excessive temperature in heaters
Mechanical failure Overpressure Overpressure
Tube rupture Underpressure at compressors Formation of hydrates leading to
Electrical fault Underpressuring at flare overpressure
Operator error Mechanical failure Power outage
Poor or insufficient Tube failure Mechanical failure
maintenance Electrical fault Tube rupture
Loss of fuel/instrument Poor or insufficient Electrical fault
gas maintenance Low liquid level in heaters (leading
Lightning Liquid carryover at vents to formation of hydrates)
(leading to fires on ground) Operator error
Leak from liquids-handling Poor or insufficient maintenance
tanks Loss of fuel/ instrument gas
Lightning Underpressuring downstream of
pressure- reduction valve
Underpressuring at vents
Liquid carryover at vents (leading
to fires on ground)
Lightning
a
Identified by WAPCo QRAs.

Chapter 6
Table 6.8-4 shows the receptors that could be potentially impacted by a fire at a particular
WAPCo facility.
Table 6.8-4
Receptors Potentially Affected by Fire
Habitats and Goods Public Worker
Air
Biological and Health Health and
Quality
Resources Services and Safety Safety
Alagbado Tee X X X X
Lagos Beach
Compressor X X X X X
Station
R&M Stations X X X X X
Facilities have been designed to avoid the risk of fire so the likelihood of a fire occurring is
low to very low. Impact significance will vary with the size and duration of the fire. It is not
expected to be worse than minor for air quality (because the duration of the fire at a facility
is not expected to last more than a day and combustion products will be dissipated rapidly by
air movements). Hence, the impact is the same for habitats and biological resources (for the
same reasons as above and because the fire is not expected to extend as far as 100m from the
facility boundary). Regarding public health and safety, if the fire were to extend beyond a
facility it could begin to directly affect the public (e.g., at Lom it could impact the village of
Gbtsogb). However, the facilities are all sufficiently isolated for the fire not to spread to
centers of population so the impact to health and safety would, in this unlikely event, be
probably from smoke. Hence, impact significance could reach moderate.
Regarding worker health and safety, the worst-case scenario would be a serious injury or
fatality. The impact significance would be major. The severity of impact on the availability
of goods and services will vary with duration of repairs. WAPCo will seek to restore service
as soon as it considers it safe to do so.
Worst-case scenarios are not expected to lead to impacts of more than low severity on any of
the above receptors because the likelihood of a fire is low, and likelihood of large fires is less
than that of smaller, less harmful fires.
6.8.4 Explosion
The possible causes of an explosion at a facility are similar to those for a fire (Table 6.8-3).
At other points along the pipeline, the prerequisites are an uncontrolled release of gas (Table
6.8-1), oxygen availability, and a spark.
Table 6.8-5 shows the receptors that could be potentially impacted by an explosion at a
particular location.

Chapter 6
Table 6.8-5
Receptors Potentially Affected by Explosion
Transportation
Worker Health
Infrastructure
Public Health
Habitats and
Cultural and
Air Quality
Goods and
and Safety
and Safety
Resources
Resources
Biological
Services
Social
and
Alagbado Tee X X X X
X
Onshore Nigeria X X (damage to nearby X X
roads)
Lagos Beach X
Compressor X X (damage to nearby X X X
Station road)
Offshore Mainline
X X X
and Laterals
X
(damage to nearby X
Onshore Laterals
X X roads, especially to (shrines at Gao X X
and Link Lines
Lom-Cotonou and Gbtsogb)
highway)
R&M Station X X X X X
Explosions of gas pipelines can occur on occasion, but the conditions require an uncontrolled
leak of gas leading to an undispersed vapor cloud. Next, the concentration of gas needs to
remain between the upper and lower explosive limits and come into contact with an ignition
source. The likelihood of this arising from a buried, corrosion-protected pipeline is very low.
The equipment in the facilities will be spark-proof in areas where the risk of explosion is
significant in order to reduce the likelihood of explosion. A study has been performed to
model the effects of an explosion at the Lagos Beach Compressor Station. It concluded that
there would be only light-to-moderate structural damage in the central building, implying
that damage to buildings beyond the site would not occur (ChevronTexaco, 2003).
No studies have been reviewed that estimate the effects of an explosion on the above
receptors. However, it is reasonable to assume that impact significance will vary with
explosion size. Impact on public health and safety is of particular concern at the R&M
stations in view of their proximity to residential and industrial buildings.
Socioeconomic impacts of an explosion event would be expected to include:
Disruption of economic activity due to damaged structures or infrastructure;
Loss of the use of damaged residences;
Loss of damaged crops or livestock;
Loss of other properties or goods;

Chapter 6
Loss of means of livelihood for households of injured wage earners or livelihood

earners; and
Disruption of economic activity and traditional social interaction due to fear of further
explosion events, and reluctance to use areas and facilities near the ROW.
These impacts could be expected to be of major magnitude in the immediate area of the
explosion event, and of minor magnitude in communities all along the ROW. The areal
extent of these impacts is therefore major. Affected households and communities could
require years to recover from these impacts, making the temporal duration of these impacts
moderate to major. Therefore, despite the very low likelihood of an explosion event, the
associated socioeconomic impacts are assessed to be of moderate severity.
6.8.5 Offshore Fuel Spills

Potential impacts that could affect the offshore marine environment could be caused by the
accidental release of fuel oil offshore. During the construction phase, the vessel fleet
working along the main trunkline of the offshore pipeline will include up to: 8 to 10 pipe
barges, 1 to 2 lay barges, 2 to 3 anchor handling tugs, 1 supply boat, 1 dive support vessel,
and 1 survey vessel. The fuel requirements for each boat (including generators and
construction equipment) will be 7,600 to 9,500 liters per day.
The lay barges are not expected to require any port visits during the duration of the WAGP
work (lay barge vessels do not come into port unless required by mechanical repairs, vessel
overhauls, or lack of work). Due to the length of time that the lay barge will be in operation
and the large amounts of fuel that will be consumed, there will be a need for offshore
bunkering (refueling) via barge-to-barge transfer. This activity could occur anywhere from
the shoreline to 26km (16 miles) offshore. The bunkering procedures will be consistent with
standard international practice. The EPC contractor will have fuel transfer procedures and a
spill prevention and response plan that will meet or exceed industry code requirements.
Although such refueling operations are common practice and will follow standard
procedures, there is a low likelihood for spills during the transfer. Should a large spill occur,
which is considered very unlikely, the consequences could be significant, especially if the
spill occurred nearshore. The amount of fuel during each transfer and the frequency of fuel
transfers are unknown; but, given the daily fuel consumption of one ship, an approximate
minimum amount of 7,600 liters could be spilled (assuming a refueling ship loses a
significant amount of its fuel cargo). Impacts of a large fuel spill would include water
quality degradation and damage to biological resources. These impacts could be expected to
be of major magnitude in the immediate area of the spill event, since (No. 6) fuel oil (i.e.,
Bunker C fuel) is a persistent oil, does not evaporate quickly, and can combine with the
surface water column (emulsification). Spill trajectories have not been modeled, but oil
recovery by skimmers and vacuum pumps can be very effective early in the spill.
Conversely, the amount of fuel to be transferred could quickly spread 100m beyond the
project construction areas. Therefore, the areal extent of these impacts is considered
moderate. With spill response procedures in place, and given the specific gravity of the fuel

Chapter 6
oil (making it easier to contain and clean-up), the temporal duration of these impacts should
be minor. Therefore, the overall impact severity is assessed as moderate.
6.9 Secondary and Cumulative Impacts

The majority of potential impacts resulting from WAGP have been discussed under the
relevant onshore and offshore sections above. In addition to the primary, direct impacts,
there are various indirect consequences that may occur. These indirect impacts may occur in
areas beyond the immediate influence of the WAGP Project, at an undetermined time in the
future, or as a result of complex pathways (second or third level impacts). These impacts are
generally considered to be secondary impacts. According to the United States Code of
Federal Regulations, secondary effects are those that are "caused by an action and are later in
time or farther removed in distance but are still reasonably foreseeable" (40 CFR 1508.8).
These impacts are generally induced by the initial action (e.g., pipeline construction) but are
not immediately realized or easily quantifiable. Secondary impacts affect the same receptors
identified for direct impacts (e.g., land use, water quality, livelihood, etc.).
Environmental, socioeconomic, and health and safety secondary impacts are discussed
below. These impacts are described qualitatively, highlighting the potential areas of concern.
An exhaustive list of secondary impacts is not provided here, as many secondary effects are
not considered to be significant
6.9.1 Environmental Secondary Impacts

6.9.1.1 Land Use
The potential for direct negative land use impacts arises when land is converted from one use
to another (for example, if agricultural land is converted to industrial use when a new factory
is built). Secondary impacts to land use due to the WAGP project would result from
unplanned, induced industrial or residential development in the project area. Regional land
use or development plans for the area are not available.
Since the regulating and metering (R&M) station site will be situated on the fringe of the
larger Cotonou urban area (approximately 28km west of the town center), there is the
potential for a change in land use. For instance, industries could move their operations or
new industries may develop adjacent to the R&M station due to the availability of a new fuel
supply. If this happens, the existing land use would change from residential and agricultural
to industrial. Currently, the area to the south of the R&M station is primarily agricultural
lands (subsistence and small market farms), the area north of the R&M station is a
commercial palm plantation, and there is low-density residential development and small
businesses to the east and west of the R&M station (especially along the main Cotonou to
Lom highway). There is the potential for the landscape to change from a semi-rural
character to an industrial zone, should the governing authorities in Benin wish to promote
this type of development. The potential impacts associated with downstream development
(particularly at the terminus of the link line, rather that at the R&M station) are discussed
further in Section 6.9.3.

Chapter 6
6.9.1.2 Habitats and Biological Resources
The generation of solid wastes during the construction of the pipeline and facilities could
cause secondary ecological impacts by attracting insects and various small animals, including
rodents. Animals unaccustomed to the human wastes could fall ill, while the increased
rodent population could spread various diseases. These potential impacts are very unlikely to
occur, since the generation of most solid waste occurs during the construction phase (12-15
months) and all operations will adhere to a waste management plan. Biocide agents, such as
mosquito control pesticides and rodenticides, will be used on a limited basis to ensure that no
significant (noticeable beyond background levels) secondary impact of this type occurs.
The WAPCo Reinstatement Guidelines call for restoration along the ROW to pre-project
topographical conditions. However, predicting backfill settlement in the soft wetland soils
will prove difficult, and slight topographic changes due to overcompensation or
undercompensation of predicted time-dependent settlements might occur. In addition,
exposure to air can cause some irreversible oxidation in the wetlands soils. These two
possibilities, slight topographic changes and soil oxidation, could lead to unexpected changes
in vegetative cover in the previously cleared land.
Farming or traffic could increase near construction sites due to improved access, leading to
increases in erosion or dust creation during the dry seasons.
As discussed above under direct impacts, project use of groundwater resources during the
construction phase can reduce the supply available to other users drawing from the same
aquifer. A potential secondary and more subtle impact beyond affected quantity is a
reduction in the water quality (e.g., saltwater intrusion, high concentration of minerals). This
secondary impact could be triggered by a reduction in groundwater resources. However,
steps that will be taken by WAPCo to ensure that local resources are not adversely affected
(described in Chapter 8) should also eliminate any overall reduction in groundwater quality.
6.9.1.5 Air Quality
Air quality will be directly affected by the operation of generators and machinery during the
construction phase of the pipeline. Temporary secondary impacts will result if the vegetation
that is cleared from the ROW is incinerated either onsite by WAPCo, or once removed by
the local population to be used as fuel wood. The influx of workers, camp followers, and
families to the primary construction areas would also result in an increase in open fires for
cooking and related necessities, which could then increase particulate matter levels in the
immediate vicinity. These secondary impacts will be only incremental above background
levels and of short-lived duration (on the order of days or weeks).
In the long-term, the potential for the development of gas and/or electric power distribution
systems in Benin could lead to the replacement of traditional fuels, which would improve
indoor air quality.

Chapter 6
6.9.1.6 Offshore/Marine Environment
The exposed portion of the offshore pipeline will act as an artificial reef, providing many
benthic species (such as barnacles, scallops, clams, and shrimps) a place to attach themselves
to the pipeline or "new substrate." With the aggregation of the benthic community, fishes
will also begin to accumulate in the area of the pipeline. The diameter of the pipeline will
allow for some species, such as frogfishes and shrimps, to congregate at the pipeline-sea
floor interface. The attraction of fishes to this new "habitat" will create greater recruitment
of economically important benthic fishes. A larger recruitment into the area could possibly
be seen in increased catch rates of the artisinal and commercial fishers.
6.9.2 Socioeconomic Secondary Impacts

Most negative socioeconomic impacts are the direct result of other primary impacts or
activities, such as a decrease in water quality leading to a decrease in fisheries available to
local inhabitants. Such secondary socioeconomic impacts result from a primary
environmental impact, and are therefore considered primary from a socioeconomic
perspective. These negative socioeconomic impacts are assessed in Sections 6.6 and 6.7
above.
Positive socioeconomic impacts are expected to result from the additional spending of wages
earned in jobs directly and indirectly created by the project. Local goods and services
procurement (including labor) will constitute at least 15 percent of the project capital costs
during the construction phase, and in some cases an even higher percentage. Increases in
area income are expected to benefit many types of local businesses. The indirect and induced
benefits of increased local employment and income, as well as the influx of additional
resources and personnel during the construction phase and the local content commitment
(as per WAPCos International Project Agreement with the states) are discussed in greater
detail in Section 6.5.
The purpose of the pipeline is to deliver reliable, competitively-priced, cleaner-burning fuel

(natural gas) for electricity and gas to Benin, Ghana, and Togo. Commercial and industrial
fuel use is expected to encourage the growth of new factories and other economic activities
in and outside of project areas (further discussed below), thereby generating substantial
employment, income, and output benefits. Industrial development may also spur economic
and land development, particularly in areas around major towns and cities. These particular
impacts will be addressed comprehensively in an ongoing World Bank Economic and
Financial Assessment.
Secondary socioeconomic impacts resulting from upstream and downstream development

(resulting or induced by the WAGP project) are discussed in the following section.
6.9.3 Upstream and Downstream Development Impacts

Environmental and socioeconomic secondary impacts that could occur upstream or
downstream of the project are discussed in a qualitative manner, below. These impacts

Chapter 6
would not be a direct result of the WAGP project or occur within the WAGP project area,
and hence are either secondary or cumulative in nature.
Given the capital investment, geographic extent of WAGP, and the expected beneficial
impacts associated with the project of regional economic development and contributions to
the West African Power Pool (WAPP), there is obvious speculation around secondary
development and associated socioeconomic benefits. In brief, upstream of the project,
industry may increase oil and gas development in order to supply additional natural gas
through WAGP. Downstream of the project, it is likely that industrial development will be
induced by a reliable, relatively inexpensive fuel source. This is a beneficial economic
impact of the project (particularly in developing countries such as Benin, Ghana, and Togo),
as long as any potential negative environmental impacts are adequately identified, addressed,
and managed.
While many of the upstream and downstream impacts are economic in nature, in some
instances, negative environmental impacts could also occur with this secondary, induced
development. Environmental issues are also addressed in the discussion below.
6.9.3.1 Upstream Development Impacts
Secondary upstream development impacts induced by WAGP would occur in Nigeria only,
and are therefore discussed in the WAGP Nigeria and Regional EIA Reports.
6.9.3.2 Downstream Development Impacts
This section is meant to provide only a brief, high-level summary of potential impacts and is
not meant to give a full understanding of the positive and negative impacts associated with
the potential downstream development projects. It is anticipated that EIAs would be
conducted in accordance with regional, national, and local laws. Regulations for any new
construction and/or expansion of facilities that each of the projects would encompass,
including the delivery of gas from the WAGP R&M Stations. If external funding is sought
from multilateral funding institutions to finance the downstream projects, the development
projects will adhere to World Bank (or other applicable) environmental, social, and health
and safety guidelines.
To further describe positive and negative impacts, potential downstream development

projects were categorized by type of project: either foundation customers/development
projects or non-foundation customers/potential induced development. The first two sub-
sections below describe the known foundation customers and the proposed projects to be
undertaken by these customers. The later two sub-sections attempt to describe the possible
non-foundation customers and additional potential induced development, given the limited
information available at this time.
6.9.3.2.1 Foundation Customers
The foundation market in Benin consists of the customers who are committed to purchasing
gas that will be delivered by WAGP immediately following pipeline commissioning (First
Gas). These customers are pursuing new construction, relocation of existing facilities, or

Chapter 6
capacity expansion within existing footprints in anticipation of the new gas supply.
Foundation customer development that will take place in Benin as a result of WAGP
includes:
Relocation of a 25 megawatt (MW) gas turbine plant by Communaut Elctrique du

Bnin (CEB) in Maria Gleta, Benin.
Electric power generation is expected to account for 85 percent of the market for WAGP gas
throughout the lifetime of WAGP (Nexant, 2002, Purvin and Gertz, 2001). Therefore, the
large majority of any other induced development projects (discussed in Section 6.9.3.2.4,
below) are expected to be similar to the already above identified projects.
The potential environmental, socioeconomic, and health and safety impacts (both positive
and negative) associated with delivering gas to the foundation customers listed above are
addressed as direct impacts in this EIA (e.g., link line construction to CEB in Benin). The
secondary operational impacts associated with conversion from liquid to natural gas fuels are
of a beneficial nature and have also already been discussed in this EIA.
The foundation customer development projects are outside the scope of the WAGP project.
However, the following section identifies at a high-level the potential impacts for each of
these projects, since these impacts are induced and therefore of a secondary nature to the
proposed WAGP project.
6.9.3.2.2 Foundation Customer Development
The foundation customer for natural gas in Benin is the power generator CEB. CEB is a
Benin-Togo joint venture established for the purpose of purchasing electrical energy from the
VRA hydro facilities in Ghana and from other countries. Ghana can only provide a limited
amount of power via CEB (existing transmission lines carrying the electrical supply from
Ghana to Togo have a limited capacity) so the need for further power generation in Benin is
clear. The positive and negative impacts from this future project are outlined in Table 6.9-1.
CEB will prepare an audit and decommissioning plan for the current CEB Power Plant in
Cotonou, and an ESIA and RAP for the relocated CEB Power Plant in Maria Gleta, in
accordance with World Bank safeguards policies and environmental guidelines. WAGP
sponsors would not be responsible for this effort; the World Bank is advising CEB on the
terms of reference for the studies and is exploring options to provide technical and financial
support to CEB to conduct the work.

Chapter 6
Table 6.9-1
Foundation Customer Development
Relocation of Power Plant
Project: Relocation of the existing CEB power plant in Cotonou to Maria Gleta (25MW gas
turbine, possible later addition of a 25 MW Gas Turbine and steam tail for combined cycle
operation-total capacity increasing to 75MW).
Positive Impacts:
Increased availability of electric power with corresponding potential for economic
development and employment creation.
Reduced electrical power costs for Benin.
Reduced smuggling and increased tax revenues (with increased investment in education
and infrastructure).
Eliminate dependence on the CEB plant in Cotonou, which is currently fueled by jet
kerosene, and diesel generators in rural areas, with a potential reduction in air emissions in
a more heavily populated area.
Negative Impacts:
Potential displacement of local population and resettlement issues (note: these issues could
be minimized if CEBs selected plant location is moved 1-2km to the northwest (along the
transmission line), this would then also reduce WAGP's link line impacts).
Potential disruption or aggravation of local traffic conditions.
Disruption of habitat (minimal since this is mostly cultivated savanna).
Air emissions primarily NOx and CO.
Water emissions (primarily heat).
Cooling water consumption (with potential depletion of groundwater or surface water
resources).
Visual and noise impacts.
Residual brownfields environmental impacts (e.g., soil contamination) if
decommissioning and reinstatement plans are not in place.
6.9.3.2.3 Future Non-Foundation Customers
Future non-foundation downstream development is likely to occur in three fundamental ways

(none of which are part of the scope of the WAGP project):
Construction of new power plants or industrial users of gas;
Conversion or expansion of existing power plants and industries; and
Construction of low pressure natural gas distribution systems (likely built by Local
Distribution Companies) to deliver gas to these customers.
Secondary negative impacts associated with future non-foundation customer developments

are akin to potential negative impacts associated with most industrial projects, including:
Environmental emissions;

Chapter 6
Land disturbance (change in use, soils and topography);
Loss of natural habitats, wildlife abundance, or complex ecology;
Community disruption; and
Increased access to lands (potentially sensitive habitats) otherwise not available for
development.
For the future non-foundation customer developments, negative impacts associated with local
distribution line construction are expected to be of minimal significance compared to the
existing conditions, since the WAGP gas is delivered to R&M stations that have been sited
with potential secondary impacts in mind. Siting options, particularly in Cotonou, were
evaluated to ensure that likely non-foundation customers in the Abomey-Calavi area would
have access to the gas supply with minimal environmental disruption via extension of the
link line at CEB. Other Potential Induced Development is described below.
6.9.3.2.4 Non-Foundation Customer Development (Potential Induced Development)
The increased use of and reliance on WAGP gas to generate power could lead to additional
power generators and industrial consumers over time, once WAGP is in place. However,
identifying additional expansion or new customers and the types of industrial development
associated with those new customers is highly speculative at this time. Residential and non-
industrial commercial use is not anticipated for the gas delivered by WAGP because gas is
not considered cost-competitive with traditional fuels and other petroleum-based fuels for
home use. In addition, gas piping distribution infrastructure to individual residences does not
exist.
The impacts of these future, additional induced downstream developments are therefore not
considered to be directly attributable to WAGP. Quantifying the benefits and impacts of any
potential, secondary downstream development is beyond the scope of this EIA, since the
projects themselves have not yet been planned or scoped. It is anticipated that EIAs would
be conducted in accordance with regional, national, and local laws and regulations for any
new facilities. If external funding is sought to finance the downstream projects (e.g.,
multilateral funding institutions), then the development projects will adhere to World Bank
(or other applicable) environmental, social, and health and safety guidelines.
For almost all of the other potential induced development cases, additional low pressure
gas distribution systems would be required. Depending on baseline conditions and delivery
distance, impacts from the secondary network of low-pressure gas pipelines would be
expected to be similar to those described for WAGP. Specific impacts for the secondary
network of gas pipelines are not provided here. However, where an estimate of the pipeline
length is known, it is provided as an estimated distance from the R&M station (Nexant,
2002). A qualitative treatment of the potential impacts that could arise due to further
development of industry and the associated secondary network of gas pipelines or electrical
transmission lines developed to deliver gas or electricity to consumers is provided here,
based upon past experience with these types of projects.

Chapter 6
Additional gas customers may be attracted as a function of price competitiveness and will be
sensitive to the price of competing fuels (e.g. heavy fuel oil) (Table 6.9-2). There are
tentative discussions with Socit Bninoise de Gaz to act as a gas aggregator and distributor
of gas for the country (Nexant, 2002; Purvin and Gertz, 2001).
Table 6.9-2
Other Potential Induced Development
Industrial Users-Conversion to Gas and Potential Expansion of Operations
Project: Customers currently using oil in furnace or boiler operation (to realize this secondary
network requires substantial production growth associated with Socit des Ciments dOnigbolo
(SCO Lafarge).
In Cotonou:
Socit Bninoise des Brasserie (SoBeBra) Boiler Brewery, including converting forklift
diesel to compressed natural gas (~3 km pipeline)
Socit Bninoise des Textiles (~10km pipeline)
Industrie Bninoise des Corps Gras (IBCG) Boilers Cotton (~3km pipeline) and also in
Porto Novo (~25km pipeline)
In Onigbolo:
SCO Lafarge Kiln Clinker/cement in Onigbolo (~100km pipeline) with later expansion
to Porto Novo (~25km pipeline)
Positive Impacts:
Increased fuel supply.
Better opportunities for revenue growth.
Reduced air and water emissions per unit production.
Reduced potential for spills.
Reduced workplace air pollutant concentrations (particularly with CNG substitution at
SoBeBra).
Negative Impacts:
Environmental and socioeconomic impacts associated with expanded pipeline network
(particularly long length to Onigbolo) and expanded industrial operations.
As mentioned above, gas delivery to these potential consumers would be via local
distribution lines from either the R&M station or an extension of the link line from Maria
Gleta. Extending the link line from Maria Gleta would, at first glance, be the preferred
option to minimize certain impacts. With a current capacity of 100MMscfd, there is spare
capacity above the 5MMscfd to 10MMscfd demand currently reserved for CEB. A new link
line from the R&M station to new gas consumers could be installed within the current 25m
link line ROW and would be considered (if economically and commercially viable compared
to extending the existing link line).
In the case of gas demand in Porto Novo or Krake, a second lateral line could be installed
from the main offshore trunkline, with offshore impacts similar to those described in this EIA
report.

Chapter 6
6.9.4 Health and Safety Secondary Impacts

Health, safety, and security impacts are generally the result of other environmental and
socioeconomic factors. Impacts to public and worker health and safety, both primary and
secondary have been described in Sections 6.6, 6.7, and 6.8. In addition, to protect the public
and minimize potential secondary health and safety impacts, public education regarding the
health and safety issues associated with natural gas and natural gas distribution lines will be
conducted in the communities surrounding the WAGP project.
6.9.5 Cumulative Impacts

Cumulative impacts are typically defined as the incremental effects of proposed development
activities evaluated in tandem with pre-existing or additional proposed development
activities. They may be considered distinct from direct (primary) and indirect (secondary)
impacts from the proposed project in that cumulative impacts may occur when a receptor is
already impacted by existing sources and/or from other separate, planned sources. Therefore,
significant cumulative environmental impacts can be the result of: individually insignificant
impacts of the proposed project or additive impacts of more than one project.
Benin has few existing industrial development projects that are currently additive to any
direct WAGP project impacts. Therefore, few cumulative impacts stemming from existing
development are described here. On the other hand, the WAGP project has the potential to
induce future, downstream development. Therefore, the impacts associated with future
projects as described in Section 6.9.3.2.4 would be considered cumulative WAGP project
impacts. It is important to keep in mind that these future downstream development projects
bring with them many secondary socioeconomic benefits. Consider the following excerpt
from United Nations Environmental Programme (UNEP) Environmental Economics Series
Paper No. 6:9
The reason why EIA developed as a negative, or protectionist, instrument, is

connected with the fact that it evolved in highly developed countries. Underlying the
EIA process is an unstated assumption, or supposition, that the socioecological status
quo may be taken as being acceptable - a threshold which is seen as a yardstick
against which negative change must be resisted. This assumption does not apply to
developing countries, because in areas where there has been little or no development,
even a modest development project can bring, and is expected to bring, a dramatic
improvement in the welfare of the affected people. The positive secondary impacts of
a project can far outweigh the negative factors, if the project is well designed.
Cumulative impacts are identified and described in a qualitative manner. Some impacts are
listed here due to stakeholder concerns, even though the cumulative impact is deemed
insignificant. The potential significant cumulative impacts are described below.
9
For Discussion at the UNEP Consultative Meeting "The Future of EIA in Developing Countries" October
1993.

Chapter 6
Reduction in greenhouse gas emissions and improved air quality. Stated previously as a
direct beneficial project impact, this cumulative impact may be offset by future WAGP-
induced industrial development. However, the effects of a cleaner fuel supply (reduced air
emissions) for future development will have positive cumulative effects on future industrial
development even if greenhouse gas emissions are negated in future years (see Appendix 2A-
1 which quantifies the greenhouse gas emissions for WAGP Foundation Customers).
Increase in marine traffic. During construction, pipe laying barges and supply vessels will
be an additional impact to the existing boat traffic movements in the Gulf of Guinea. No
cumulative marine habitat impacts from construction activities are expected.
Strain on waste management infrastructure. All WAGP waste will be handled and
disposed of according to the WAPCo Waste Management Plan (see Chapter 8). No
significant cumulative impacts are expected from construction waste disposal in-region. All
potential disposal facilities will be audited, with secondary plans for proper waste disposal
should those facilities not be able to safely absorb the incremental WAGP waste stream.
Downstream non-foundation customer development. The improved national power

supply resulting from WAGP should promote industrial development, greater economic
prosperity, and migration of people to the vicinity of labor-intensive industrial developments.
However, the location of these future industrial developments has not been determined at this
stage, consequently cumulative environmental impacts cannot be quantified. Secondary
impacts attributable to WAGP from future development projects are identified in Section
6.9.3.2.4.

Chapter 7
Mitigation and Amelioration Measures
7.1 Introduction
In this chapter of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA), mitigation measures are
recommended for the potential negative impacts identified in the previous chapter. When
determining whether to implement a mitigation measure, especially those recommended to
them, the West African Gas Pipeline Company (WAPCo) takes the following factors into
consideration:
Feasibility;
Ease of implementation;
Local suitability;
Institutional requirements;
Training requirements;
Monitoring requirements;
Cost (capital and operating); and
Cost-effectiveness.
The Required General and Specific Mitigation measures, which WAPCo has developed and
committed itself to, apply to all WAPCo onshore and offshore project activities in Benin
including:
Pre-construction;
Site Preparation and Construction;
Commissioning and Start-up;
Operations and Maintenance; and
Decommissioning and Abandonment.
The mitigation measures are presented in Sections 7.2 and 7.3 below. They are categorized
by relevant impact category, potential impact, and affected country. The Required General
and Specific Mitigation measures are divided into three sections, labeled Environmental,
Socioeconomic, and Health and Safety, and subsequently into seven categories of potential
impacts. These categories of impacts by section are:
Environmental
Land Use;
Topography, Geology, and Soils;
Habitats, Biological Resources, Water Resources, and Hydrology; and
Air Quality (including Noise and Vibration).
Socioeconomic
Cultural (and Archaeological) Conditions; and
Chapter 7
Socioeconomic Conditions (including Goods and Services, Means of Livelihood, and

Transportation and Infrastructure).
Health and Safety
Public and Worker Health and Safety.
Required General and Specific Mitigation measures were conceived before or during this
EIA; therefore, the impacts presented in Chapter 6 already take them into account.
Furthermore, these measures were incorporated into ongoing West African Gas Pipeline
(WAGP) design considerations and project implementation planning as reflected in the
following:
WAGP Terms of Reference (WAGP, 2002b-Appendix 1-A to this EIA);
Exhibit F Independent Contractors Health, Safety, and Environmental Guidelines to
the Engineering, Procurement, and Construction (EPC) Request for Tender (WAGP,
2002c); and
WAPCo Operational Controls (Appendix 8-B of this EIA).
Exhibit F lists the formal plans and other submittals and requirements that the EPC
contractors must make to WAPCo. These include:
Site-Specific Health, Safety, and Environmental Protection Work Plans, including:
Environmental Protection Measures;

Emergency Response Plan(s); and
Health, Safety, and Environment (HSE) Inspections, including an inspection prior
to start of works;
Hazard Register;
Monthly HSE Report;
Waste Management Plan (to be submitted at least six weeks prior to mobilization);
Effluent Discharge Plan (to be submitted at least six weeks prior to mobilization);
Stormwater Management Plan (to be submitted at least six weeks prior to start of
work);
Security Plan;
Annual Health Assessment of Food Handlers;
Behavioral Safety Observation Program;
Incident Reporting Procedure; and
Motor Vehicles Inspection and Training.

Chapter 7
Mitigation measures that have been suggested to WAPCo or that WAPCo is considering but
has not committed itself to are discussed in Section 7.4, Potential Mitigation Measures.
Their effect on the potential impacts presented in Chapter 6 is assessed and the residual
impacts presented here.
7.2 Required General Mitigation Measures

For the purpose of this report, Required General Mitigation Measures are those mitigation
measures relating to the construction phase that WAPCo has implemented contractually
and/or that EPC contractors have indicated they will implement. Table 7.2-1 provides a list
of general mitigation measures by impact category, and potential impact.
*Note: WAPCo will compensate for major residual impacts as necessary in accordance with
a Resettlement Action Plan. Such compensation may be for:
Acquisition of land or right of passage;

Merchantable timber removed from private lands during Right of Way (ROW)
construction; and
Disturbed cultural resources and venues.
The value of such lands will be determined based on prevailing prices at the time of
acquisition and will take into due consideration the value of crops, timber, and/or existing
structures present on the lands at the time of acquisition.
7.3 Required Specific Mitigation Measures

For the purpose of this report, Required Specific Mitigation Measures are more detailed
measures that WAPCo and EPC contractors are committed to implementing to avoid or
mitigate adverse impacts. They are presented below in Table 7.3-1, categorized by impact
category and affected country. Please note the abbreviated label for each measure. These
labels are used in the Chapter 8 Environmental Management Plan (EMP) tables (Tables
8.9.1-8.9.9) as part of ensuring regulatory compliance and implementing required mitigation
measures. The labels consist of initial letters (for Specific) followed by a selection of key
letters from the impact category. When the same impact category requires multiple labels, a
number is added at the end.

method
October 2004
upland areas
LAND AND WATER USE
barrier island to offshore

and support vessel movement
material storage and dispersion
TOPOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, AND SOILS
Impacts to soils caused by the HDD pipeline

Alteration of water activities due to presence,
the regulating and metering (R&M) station
Impact Category/Potential Impact
Conversion of current land use due to horizontal

directional drilling (HDD) pipeline construction
Conversion of farmlands within the Right of Way
Impacts to soils caused by the trenching across the

(ROW) associated with the clearing of vegetation,
Impacts to soils at the staging sites used for material

removal of structures, leveling, etc. of the ROW in
Alteration of the land use at the staging sites used for
movement, and anchoring of barges in Gulf waters;

Conversion of current land use for the construction of
construction method from the barrier island to offshore

Avoid sensitive receptors in site and route
design. Observe protective perimeters around
Q
Q
Q
steep and erosion-sensitive gradients, water
supply basins, and wet areas.
Avoid deforestation or other vegetation losses
Q
Q
Q
Q**
and/or reinstate vegetation.
Minimize the footprint in site and route

design. Limit the expropriation of Right of
Q
Q
Q
Q
Benin Final EIA

Ways, fragmentation of properties, agricultural
Table 7.2-1
and forestry areas.

Conserve and reuse topsoil during the burial
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
of the pipe, coordinate the work with other land

users.
Control access to work sites, use adequate road
signs on the routes leading to the work sites.
Establish adequate human and the environment

protection personnel training.
Perform reinstatement and at the end of the

work; clean and return the elements of the
Q
Q
Q
environment that were affected to their original

condition.
Required General Mitigation Measures
Required General Mitigation Measures by Impact Category and Potential Impact
Formulate an emergency action plan in

coordination with the interested authorities in
the event of an accidental spill during the
construction and operational phases.
Develop and maintain alignment sheets that
reduce impacts by making all relevant
Q
Q
Q
operational control information available by

operation and geographic location.
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Compensate for major residual impacts.*

Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Operational Controls (See Chapter 8 EMP)

Chapter 7
7-4
sites
activities
crossings
October 2004
wetland areas
on barrier islands
wetland pipeline construction

trenching and backfilling to install pipeline
conditions associated with clearing and grading

Impacts to soil structure, geology, and topography
and backfilling to install the pipeline in upland or
or hazardous materials associated with upland and

Alteration of bathymetry within Benin Lagoon due to
Soil and sediment erosion due to presence of staging

and grading activities for R&M station construction
Impacts to soils caused by the thrust boring for road
Impacts to soil structure caused by the HDD operations

Impacts to soils and topography caused by the trenching
Impacts to soils due to deposition/release of solid wastes

Change in soil surface and topography from land clearing
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q steep and erosion-sensitive gradients, water
Q
Q
Q
Q

Q
Q
Benin Final EIA

Table 7.2-1
and forestry areas.

Q

users.


Q
Q
Q
Q
Q

condition.

Q
Q

Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q


Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q

Chapter 7
7-5
roads
(m) depth
October 2004
leveling, etc.
on barrier islands
and associated machinery

and equipment to the construction site
Disturbance of surrounding organisms created by
Disturbance of surrounding habitat and biological

earthmoving equipment and associated machinery
resources from transport of equipment via existing
and hazardous wastes during construction activities

to the transportation of large quantities of materials
Disturbance of surrounding species populations due to

Changes in existing ecology and loss of current habitat
Alteration of current habitat due to HDD construction
species due to trenching and backfilling at one meter
noise created from earthmoving equipment operations

from the clearing of vegetation, removal of structures,
Surface water quality impacts due to generation of solid

Alteration of current habitat including migration of some
Disturbance of current habitat and species population due

Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
HABITATS, BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES, WATER RESOURCES, AND HYDROLOGY

Q
Q
Benin Final EIA

Table 7.2-1
and forestry areas.

users.
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q

Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q

condition.

Q


Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q

Chapter 7
7-6
activities
October 2004
construction
resources from trenching
creeks, and/or other bodies of water
waters; and support vessel movement

operation of temporary worker facilities
of solid and hazardous wastes during pipeline

Change in current water quality, hydrology, and
Impacts to water quality and resources due to the
black and gray water and galley waste disposal

Surface water quality impacts due to earthmoving
sediment entrainment in lagoons, rivers, streams,

Surface water quality impacts due to the suspended
passive installation of pipeline in >8m water depth

Changes to current habitat quality due to trenching and
presence, movement, and anchoring of barges in Gulf
Changes in water quality and biological resources due to

Onshore surface water quality impacts due to generation
backfilling in wetlands, lagoons, or other water bodies

Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q


Benin Final EIA

Table 7.2-1
and forestry areas.

users.
Q Establish adequate human and the environment

Q
Q
Q
Q
Q

Q
Q
Q
Q

condition.

Q

Q
Q
Q
Q


Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q

Chapter 7
7-7
leveling
operation
October 2004
preparation
generators
AIR QUALITY
existing roads
infrastructure development
starting at <8m water depth
materials and equipment to the sites

earthmoving and other heavy equipment
Changes in air quality due to the operation of
Changes in air quality from land clearing and

Changes in air quality due to land leveling and
Changes in air quality from temporary facility

and equipment to the various construction sites
HDD or jet trenching and cutting of shoreline
Changes in air quality due to the transportation of

Changes in air quality due to the operation of mobile
Changes in air quality from transport of equipment via

Changes in air quality from transportation of materials
Changes in air quality due to clearing of vegetation and
Q
Q and/or reinstate vegetation.

Benin Final EIA

Table 7.2-1
and forestry areas.

users.
Q
Q

Q
Q
Q
Q

Q
Q
Q
Q

condition.

Q
Q
Q
Q


Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q

Chapter 7
7-8
October 2004
CULTURAL CONDITIONS
support vessel movement

towards workers or pipeline
and controlled blowdowns
during construction activities

SOCIOECONOMIC CONDITIONS
and equipment (e.g., generators)
a recession after construction is over

cultural, historical, or archeological sites
Impairment of maritime traffic from presence,

Acquisition of land displaces people from homes

Incidental destruction or alteration of significant
Land acquisition for ROW creates hostile intentions
Disruption of utility service to a group or population

Changes in air quality from operations venting, flaring,
Negative effects on the traffic patterns of the local area

Changes in air quality from general operation of vessels
Creation of a boom town effect, which is followed by

Disruption of community activities during construction
movement, and anchoring of barges in Gulf waters; and



Benin Final EIA

Table 7.2-1
and forestry areas.

users.
Q
Q
Q
Q Establish adequate human and the environment

Q

condition.

Q
Q

Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q

Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q

Chapter 7
7-9
movement
October 2004
water depth
and equipment
a densely populated area
pipeline in >8m water depth
PUBLIC AND WORKER HEALTH AND SAFETY
Adverse health risk to general population and

Perturbation of fishing from passive installation of
construction workers due to presence, movement, and

construction workers due to gas leak from the pipeline
Adverse health risk to general population from mishaps

associated with passive installation of pipeline in >8m
anchoring of barges in Gulf waters; and support vessel
construction workers due to hazardous material spill in
construction workers due to general operation of vessels



Benin Final EIA

Table 7.2-1
and forestry areas.

users.

Q
Q
Q
Q
Q

** Symbol Q indicates that Potential Impact on vertical columns applies to Impact Category in horizontal rows.
condition.

* WAPCo will provide compensation for major residual impacts as necessary in accordance with a Resettlement Action Plan.

Q
Q

Q

Q

Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q

Chapter 7
7-10
Chapter 7
Table 7.3-1
Required Specific Mitigation Measures by Impact Category
Impact Category/Required Specific Mitigation
LAND USE (WAPCo is in the process of addressing certain Land Use mitigation
measures as part of Resettlement Action Plan development, including community
consultations and negotiations with project affected people, e.g., land owners and
land users.)
Avoid disruption of farming activities by:
SFarm-1: Prior to the start of work, checking with farmers regarding the use that they
intended for their land;
SFarm-2: Performing the work in such a fashion as to harm as little as possible existing
farming practices (duration, timing, magnitude);
SFarm-3: Keeping to a minimum areas in which farming will be impossible during the
work and compensate for losses;
SFarm-4: Maintaining access to isolated areas (restoring access after construction);
SFarm-5: Entering the ROW by the use of existing routes or moving about at the edge of
cultivated land, and, if necessary, coordinating the creation of access roads in cooperation
with farmers;
SFarm-6: Placing the facilities, as much as possible, at the edge of lots or cultivated land
or distribute them in such a way as to occupy as little as possible cultivated land; and
SFarm-7: Loosening soil compacted by machinery and put disturbed production areas
back into production.
Avoid disruption to forestry activities by:
SF-1: Notifying the owners of the neighboring occupied land of work duration; and
SF-2: Providing for coordination mechanisms with the competent authorities for the
disposal of merchantable timber harvested from private lands or with private owners for
the recovery of firewood.
Avoid disruption of tourist activities by:
ST-1: Not encumbering neighboring tourist and recreation areas or by taking the
necessary measures to insure access and safe use during and after the work.
Minimize the disruption from facility siting by:
SFS-1: Using small-footprint facilities to minimize the loss of space; and
SFS-2: Installing, as necessary, noise barriers in order to lessen the acoustic impact.
TOPOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, AND SOILS
Minimize modification of the soil characteristics by:
SS-1: Scarifying, as needed, damaged sites;
SS-2: Re-grading the sites, then replacing the layer of topsoil that was previously put to
the side during construction work or otherwise salvaging all topsoil;
SS-3: Providing accommodations for vehicular traffic anytime there is a risk of
compaction or alteration of the surface;
SS-4: Restoring the operational site by restoring the original profile of the topography
and the soil;
SS-5: Strictly regulating heavy machinery traffic;
SS-6: Restricting the number of traffic lanes and limiting the movement of the machinery
to the work sites and to marked access ways;

Chapter 7
Table 7.3-1
SS-7: Taking all necessary precautions during the refueling of transport vehicles and
machinery at the work site to avoid accidental spills; and
SS-8: Maintaining transportation vehicles and machinery in good working order so as to
avoid oil and fuel leaks and all other pollutants.
Reduce soil erosion and destabilization by:
SSED-1: Mechanically stabilizing the soil in order to reduce the potential of erosion;
SSED-2: Avoiding excavation and burial in steeply sloped ground and avoiding creation
of grade breaks;
SSED-3: Providing for the placement of siltation ponds in areas subject to heavy erosion;
SSED-4: Obtaining the necessary authorizations for work in wetland areas;
SSED-5: Providing for the rehabilitation of the site after the work, including restoring
beds, banks, and flow of waterways as necessary;
SSED-6: Limiting activities in erodable soils;
SSED-7: Selecting vehicles suited to the nature of the soil;
SSED-8: As applicable, avoiding the creation of access ways along the axis of long,
continuous descending grades in favor of a perpendicular or diagonal orientation (no new
access roads anticipated); and
SSED-9: At the completion of the work, leveling the disturbed soil and quickly seeding
or re-planting bushes in order to control soil erosion.
HABITATS, BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES, WATER RESOURCES, AND
HYDROLOGY
Prohibit hazardous chemicals use as part of Product Acceptance by:
SPHCU-1: Prohibiting the use of polychlorinated biphenyls, asbestos, chlorinated
solvents, as well as thinners, halons, and other chlorinated fluorocarbons.
Implement good housekeeping on-site by:
SGH-1: Stacking cut wood away from wetland areas and water bodies;
SGH-2: Collecting, segregating, handling, transporting, and disposing of wastes in
accordance with an approved Waste Management Plan;
SGH-3: Storing and handling hazardous materials in accordance with an approved
Hazardous Materials Management Plan;
SGH-4: Providing secondary containment for liquid waste and hazardous material
storage as part of a Spill Prevention and Control Plan;
SGH-5: Keeping hazardous materials and wastes away from potable water connections;
SGH-6: Operating an approved Stormwater Management Plan in order that stormwater
runoff from sites be free from floating materials and eroded soils and other settleable
materials;
SGH-7: Storing machinery and vehicles in demarcated areas dedicated for that purpose
away from sensitive receptors; and
SGH-8: Collecting, segregating, handling, transporting, and disposing of wastes in
accordance with an approved Waste Management Plan.

Chapter 7
Table 7.3-1
Reduce surface water quality and wetland impacts by:
SQW-1: Controlling traffic in order to avoid leaks and spills of hazardous materials;
SQW-2: Conserving vegetation near waterways and wet areas;
SQW-3: Taking appropriate mitigation measures in the event of accidental
contamination;
SQW-4: Avoiding moving machinery near potable water connections (a security
perimeter should be established and identified around the sites by marking them or by
closing them in by whatever means necessary);
SQW-5: When necessary to cross waterways, implementing all necessary measures (wire
fences, nets, protective panelling, etc.) to avoid having construction materials, wastes, or
wood residues fall into waterways; placing filtration berms and sediment barriers in the
ditches that drain the work sites; providing siltation ponds in areas of heavy erosion;
crossing perpendicularly where the embankments are stable and the waterways are
narrow; using methods that minimize perturbations to aquatic environments and wet
areas; and
SQW-6: Avoiding blocking waterways; removing any debris or temporary installations
used to cross waterways that block the normal flow of surface water; re-establishing, if
necessary, the normal flow of the waterways and restoring the original bed and banks,
taking all necessary precautions during the re-fuelling of transport vehicles and machinery
at the work site to avoid accidental spills; prohibiting the re-fuelling of machinery near
waterways.
Protect the water table by:
SWT-1: Properly sealing wells and boreholes prior to abandonment; and
SWT-2: Using appropriate drilling practices.
Reducing modification of surface water flow by:
SSWF-1: Scheduling intervention periods in areas subject to flooding or in which there is
the likelihood of heavy runoffs at times other than the high water season or heavy rains;
SSWF-2: Not impairing surface water drainage and providing for the means of
restoration;
SSWF-3: Restricting to a minimum vehicular traffic beyond the ROW in order to avoid
the creation of ruts, and consequently, runoff;
SSWF-4: Being mindful of surface drainage at all times;
SSWF-5: Avoiding blocking waterways, trenches, or any other channel, and managing
water quality impacts because people use them as a drinking water resource;
SSWF-6: Removing any debris that blocks the normal flow of surface water; and
SSWF-7: Providing accommodations for vehicular traffic anytime there is a risk of
compaction or alteration of wet areas.
Minimize destruction or modification of the vegetation cover by:
SVC-1: Clearly defining the cut zones in order to limit deforestation and establishing
protective perimeters around productive habitats such as wetland areas and spawning
beds;
SVC-2: Protecting trees from the machinery on the edge of the ROW;

Chapter 7
Table 7.3-1
SVC-3: Restoring the vegetation at end of the work;
SVC-4: Avoiding deforestation and destruction of bordering vegetation, including
clearing the ROW in such a way that trees fall within the ROW and refraining from
disturbing mangrove trees and vegetation outside the ROW;
SVC-5: During cutting operations, providing for wood stacking areas beyond wet areas;
and
SVC-6: Prohibiting the digging of trenches within a one meter of a tree.
Minimize destruction or modification of wildlife habitats by:
SWH-1: Obtaining authorization to perform work within wildlife or ecological preserves;
SWH-2: Not working in breeding grounds during breeding seasons;
SWH-3: Scheduling work and setting the calendar of activities taking into account the
use the wildlife makes of the land;
SWH-4: Protecting known productive habitats, wet areas, and spawning beds;
SWH-5: Not restricting the movement of fish by paying attention to the size of culverts,
the speed of the flow of water, and the water level at the point of minimum flow;
SWH-6: Developing and maintaining WAPCo Policies and related training programs
regarding fishing, hunting, and tree harvesting;
SWH-7: Developing and maintaining effective Sea Turtle Nesting Protection Procedure
that applies to potential encounters while constructing the pipeline across beaches; and
SWH-8: Implementing the Anchor Specification from Chapter 8, which includes detailed
anchoring plans.
AIR QUALITY (including Noise and Vibration)
Reduce changes to air quality and noise and vibration exposure by:
SAQNV-1: Near inhabited areas, avoiding heavy truck traffic and carrying out loud work
outside of normal working hours;
SAQNV-2: Maintaining transportation vehicles and machinery in good working order in
order to minimize gaseous emissions and noise;
SAQNV-3: Using dust-control liquids and dust-recovery machinery; and
SAQNV-4: Erecting noise barriers if there are complaints from surrounding
communities.
CULTURAL (and Archaeological) CONDITIONS
Avoid disruption of known or potential cultural or archeological sites by:
SADCAS-1: Prior to the commencement of the work, undertaking archeological
assessments in identified potential sites and encouraging the appropriate analysis
(including gathering of inventory data by means of mapping and photographic surveys)
and reclamation of archeological artifacts, or avoiding these sites altogether;
SADCAS-2: During the work, examining the work site for artifacts of archeological
importance, and in the event of any discovery, suspending all activities and notifying the
competent authorities;
SADCAS-3: Preventing theft or vandalism by not allowing the general public to know
the exact location of archeological or exceptional sites; and
SADCAS-4: Obtaining the necessary authorizations prior to the execution of the work.

Chapter 7
Table 7.3-1
SOCIOECONOMIC CONDITIONS (including Goods and Services, Means of
Livelihood, and Transportation and Infrastructure)
Minimize perturbation to customs and traditions by:
SCT-1: Providing for a work schedule that will avoid disturbing the traditional life of
communities (e.g. sowing, growing, harvesting seasons in or adjacent to cultivated lands,
or festivals and other celebrations in the places they are held); and
SCT-2: Establishing a communication program to inform communities of on-going work
and establish appropriate measures to minimize the disturbance caused by the work.
Minimize population displacement by:
SP-1: Reaching an agreement with communities with regard to the ways and means of
resettlement and respecting those commitments;
SP-2: Negotiating, if necessary, for the acquisition of land or the right of passage and
providing for adequate compensation; and
SP-3: Guaranteeing access to private property and the safety of residents and passersby
during the course of the work by enacting the appropriate measures (fencing, guards, etc.).
Minimize service interruptions during the work by:
SSI-1: Notifying the concerned jurisdictions and taking the appropriate measures to keep
interruptions to a minimum for the residents of the affected area.
Minimize disruption to road traffic, farming, fishing, forestry, tourist, and other
community activities (by reducing damages to roads, risks of accidents, and traffic
congestion) by:
SRATC-1: Avoiding blocking public access, including blocking access to fishing when
crossing inland surface water;
SRATC-2: Developing and maintaining an external communication procedure that
minimizes impacts through proper training, public notices, designations on nautical maps,
etc.;
SRATC-3: Using road signs to notify work in progress;
SRATC-4: Complying with road bearing capacity and repairing damage caused to roads
during and at the end of the work;
SRATC-5: Circumventing gathering places; and
SRATC-6: Ensure that Construction Contractors implement driver training program and
vehicle monitoring equipment (example Drive Right).
Avoid impeding road traffic and community activities by:
STCA-1: Adjusting work schedules so as not to disturb traffic;
STCA-2: Establishing an adequate system of road signs and detours; and
STCA-3: Notifying communities of pending work scope, duration, and location.
Reduce depletion of energy resources by:
SER-1: Maintaining transportation vehicles, compressor engines, and power generators in
good working order; and
SER-2: Following this approach for all other equipment and machinery needing periodic
inspection and maintenance to attain optimal efficiency and reduction in fuel
consumption.

Chapter 7
Table 7.3-1
PUBLIC AND WORKER HEALTH AND SAFETY (including Emergency
Response)
Optimize public safety and hazardous materials management by:
SPSHM-1: Heightening the safety of workers and of the surrounding communities by
establishing safety and emergency action plans and related training programs;
SPSHM-2: Insuring that all employees adhere to the safety program;
SPSHM-3: Providing for the establishment of emergency plans and action plans in the
event of fire, accidents causing injury, accidental spills of contaminants, or gas leaks;
SPSHM-4: Posting in a location visible to the workers the names and telephone numbers
of the people in charge and describing the alert protocol;
SPSHM-5: Keeping on hand a supply of absorbent materials as well as properly
designated recipients designed to contain petroleum residue and wastes in the event of a
spill;
SPSHM-6: Informing the drivers and operators of machines of the security standards to
be followed at all times;
SPSHM-7: Observing applicable standards in site selection and disposal methods when it
is necessary to remove or contain pollutants or contaminated substances;
SPSHM-8: Providing for storage areas for contaminated products and equipping them
with devices designed to protect against any accidental spills;
SPSHM-9: Communicating with local communities regarding the operations, hazards,
and response plans of the facilities; and
SPSHM-10: Developing and implementing a program for monitoring whether the
pipeline is remaining covered (where it is buried), and not freespanning as a result of
being undermined by sea currents. At the first sign of the pipeline becoming exposed,
relative to as-built specifications, this program will stipulate adequately protecting the
submerged pipeline with cement bags or matting.
Minimize transmission of HIV/AIDS and other communicable disease (see Appendix
7B: WAGP HIV/AIDS Policy) by:
SHIV/AIDS-1: Conduct regular and frequent HIV/AIDS awareness training for
construction workers, with more frequent and focused training for higher at risk workers
(truckers, offshore crew change, etc.);
SHIV/AIDS-2: Regularly distributing HIV/AIDS awareness communications materials;
SHIV/AIDS-3: Implementing labor hiring programs away from construction sites to
reduce the presence of camp followers, prostitutes, drug dealers/users, and other
potential HIV/AIDS carriers;
SHIV/AIDS-4: As applicable, establishing and maintaining closed camps and restricting
access to camps and work locations to authorized personnel;
SHIV/AIDS-5: Monitor the build-up or presence of camp followers, prostitutes,
narcotics dealers/users, and other potential HIV/AIDS carriers who may attempt to access
construction or camp facilities or attempt to interface with contractor or subcontractor
employees; and

Chapter 7
Table 7.3-1
SHIV/AIDS-6: Establishing working relationships between WAPCo, contractors, private
security, surrounding communities, and local law enforcement to quickly disburse
unauthorized personnel from work locations, camp sites, and surrounding communities.
7.4 Potential Mitigation Measures

The potential mitigation measures are ones recommended by the consultant. Discussion
among WAPCo, regulatory authorities and external lenders will result in a decision whether
or not to adopt the measures. The potential mitigation measures are discussed in turn for
each impact category. When determining whether to implement a potential mitigation
measure, WAPCo will take the following factors into consideration:
Feasibility;
Ease of implementation;
Local suitability;
Institutional requirements;
Training requirements;
Monitoring requirements;
Cost (capital and operating); and
Cost-effectiveness.
7.4.1 Utilize Horizontal Directional Drilling for Wetland Crossings

Employing HDD for pipeline construction in Benin
would leave the wetlands relatively untouched. No Habitats and Biological Resources
ROW clearing of habitat is needed for the HDD method, Water Resources and Hydrology
except at entry and exit points. The footprint required for Topography, Geology, and Soils
the HDD entry location is typically 50m by 30m. The
drill site would require leveling, fill, and compaction in order to support the drilling
equipment; consequently, the entry and exit points for this HDD activity would be located
away from the edge of each wetland area. Laydown areas used during HDD would not be
occupied for more than a few weeks. These areas will be reinstated and allowed to revert to
pre-construction conditions.
The hydrological regime would be affected for only the duration of operations (typically less
than a week). Furthermore, HDD would avoid soil compaction (except at the relatively small
equipment installation points) and exposed (unvegetated) soil. Cuttings and waste drilling
liquid would be removed according to the waste management plan and so result in less of a
negative impact than siltation trenching waste overflow.
The duration of impacts to biological resources outside of the ROW (the drill site area)
would be less than six months with proper reinstatement. These impacts will be totally
reversible within the time period, resulting in minor temporal significance. For the reasons

Chapter 7
given above, the duration of impacts to water resources and hydrology and to topography,
geology, and soils are also minor.
The areal significance (for all three receptors) would also be minor and impacts will occur
within 100m outside of the ROW, for a total of 0.15ha (0.37 acres) for the entry location and
a similar area at the exit location. The magnitude of the impact to habitats and biological
resources would be minor, rather than negligible, due to the sensitive nature of the wetland
habitat. Regarding hydrology, it would also be minor, but for topography, geology, and soils
it would be negligible.
Since the wetland environment itself would not be directly touched, the likelihood of any
long-term impact due to HDD is low. The overall impact severity would low.
(Please note that the impacts arising from HDD wastes are essentially the same as those of
trenching wastes, which are discussed under Sections 6.6.1.3, Topography, Geology, and
Soils and 6.6.1.4, Water Quality and Resources. The secondary impact to habitat and
biological resources from solid wastes is discussed as a potential impact under Section 6.9,
Secondary Impacts.)
Habitats and Biological Resources
Impact: Degradation of current habitat quality due to trenching across wetlands.
Temporal Moderate
High Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood High
Alternative Impact: Degradation of current habitat quality due to HDD across

wetlands.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Impact: Degradation of soil structure due to trenching and backfilling to install

pipeline in wetland areas.
Temporal Moderate
Moderate Severity
Magnitude Major
Likelihood Medium

Chapter 7
Alternative Impact: Degradation of soil structure due to HDD to install pipeline in

wetland areas.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
Impact: Change in hydrology from trenching across wetlands and streams.
Temporal Minor
High Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood High
Alternative Impact: Change in hydrology from HDD across wetlands and streams.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
7.4.2 Utilize Horizontal Directional Drilling for Lagoon Crossing

Employing HDD instead of trenching in Benin would
leave the lagoon relatively untouched. No ROW Habitats and Biological Resources
clearing of mangrove habitat on the south end of the Water Resources and Hydrology
lagoon is needed for the HDD method, except at entry
and exit points. The footprint required for the HDD
entry location is typically 50m by 30m. This footprint can also be used for the entry point of
the HDD shore crossing. The drill site would require leveling, fill, and compaction in order
to support the drilling equipment. For this reason, the entry point for this HDD activity will
be placed away from fringe marshlands and mangrove areas.
The lagoon south of the R&M station near Cotonou is approximately 450m wide. HDD
under the Benin Lagoon from the north shore to the barrier island would be expected to take
approximately 15 days if reaming were to be required, or eight days if not. Laydown areas
used during HDD would not be occupied for more than a few weeks. These areas will be
reinstated so that they revert back to pre-construction conditions.
The severity of impacts from HDD to the three receptors affected is the same in lagoons as it
is in wetlands due to the circumventory nature of HDD (Section 6.6.1.1).
Please note that the impacts arising from HDD wastes are essentially the same as those of
trenching wastes, which are discussed in Sections 6.6.1.3 and 6.6.1.4. The secondary impact

Chapter 7
to habitat and biological resources from solid wastes is discussed as a potential impact in
Section 6.9.
Habitats and Biological Resources
Impact: Degradation of current habitat quality due to trenching across wetlands.
Temporal Moderate
High Severity
Magnitude Moderate
Likelihood High
Alternative Impact: Degradation of current habitat quality due to HDD across

wetlands.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
If the HDD alternative were employed, there would be an additional impact on water
resources from water used for drilling:
Additional Alternative Impact: Reduction in local water supply resources.
Temporal Minor
Low Severity
Magnitude Minor
Likelihood Low
If trenching methods are used to install the pipeline across the lagoon, the impacts to local
water supply resources are negligible. If HDD methods are used to install the pipeline
underneath the lagoon and at the beach crossing, a supply of water will need to be obtained,
primarily as make-up water for the drilling muds. The drill cuttings will be recycled in the
drilling operation, thereby minimizing water usage. Approximately 2,200m3 of water from
groundwater sources will be used to mix the non-hazardous bentonite drilling medium.
The temporal effect, areal extent, and magnitude significance of the impacts to local
groundwater resources is minor. The water drawn for HDD will be limited to several weeks
duration, and will be from a well at least 100m deep or other fresh water sources. Therefore,
project demands on groundwater supply will not interfere with the local population, who
draw water from much shallower wells. The incremental amount withdrawn for this
component of the construction phase is incidental. Therefore, the likelihood of an impact
occurring is also low and the overall impact severity is low.

Chapter 8
Health, Safety, and Environmental Management Plan
This chapter describes the Health, Safety, and Environmental Management Plan (HSEMP)
for the West African Gas Pipeline (WAGP) project. The HSEMP is essential to the West
African Gas Pipeline Company (WAPCo) Health, Safety, and Environmental Management
System (HSEMS), described in Section 8.1, and its effectiveness in assuring protection of
health, safety, environment, and socioeconomic conditions.
WAPCo has established and will maintain, as part of its HSEMS, a comprehensive HSEMP
to achieve its health, safety, and environmental (HSE) regulatory compliance objectives,
institutional responsibilities (e.g., World Bank Safeguard Policies and Guidelines), and other
related commitments. Also addressed in the HSEMP are socioeconomic measures that will
reduce negative impacts and provide benefit to affected communities, countries, and the
region. For each potentially severe impact (high or moderate severity), the HSEMP
identifies and describes the linkage between:
Applicable regulatory requirements, institutional responsibilities and other

commitments;
Relevant WAPCo operational controls (e.g., best management practices (BMPs),

construction and operation specifications, procedures, and work instructions);
Monitoring approach and schedule for conformance to operational controls;
Mitigation and regulatory monitoring institutional roles; and
Relevant mitigation measures.
The HSEMP applies to all WAPCo onshore and offshore project activities including:
Pre-construction;
Site Preparation and Construction;
Commissioning and Start-up;
Operations and Maintenance; and
Decommissioning and Abandonment.
The HSEMP is divided into three sections, labeled Environmental, Socioeconomic, and
Health and Safety, and subsequently into seven categories of potentially severe impacts.
These categories of impacts by section are:
Environmental
Land Use;
Topography, Geology, and Soils;
Habitats, Biological Resources, Water Resources, and Hydrology;
Chapter 8
Air Quality (including Noise and Vibration); and

Solid, Liquid, and Hazardous Waste.
Socioeconomic
Cultural (and Archaeological) Conditions and

Socioeconomic Conditions (including Goods and Services, Means of Livelihood, and
Transportation and Infrastructure).
Health and Safety
Public and Worker Health and Safety; and

Emergency Preparedness and Response.
Except for the Solid, Liquid, and Hazardous Waste and Emergency Preparedness and
Response, the HSEMP categories correspond to the affected media categories that were
addressed in Chapter 6. (Even though Solid, Liquid, and Hazardous Waste and Emergency
Preparedness and Response do not represent project affected media, they do represent aspects
of the project that require specific management plans to control activities and mitigate
impacts on other affected media.)
Tables 8.9-1 to 8.9-9, in Section 8.9 below, describe the linkage between each potentially
severe impact and applicable regulatory requirements, other WAPCo commitments, relevant
operational controls, a monitoring approach and schedule, and the relevant mitigation
measures. The tables are structured as depicted below (symbol Q indicates that the WAPCo
Tier 2 Procedure on vertical column applies to Specific Significant Impact in horizontal row).

Chapter 8
Table 8-1
[Impact] Section of the WAPCo HSEMP
Potential Impact: Description of Impact
WAPCo Tier 2 Procedures
Other Operational
Specific Significant
Procedure 10
Procedure 11
Impacts and Related
Procedure 1
Procedure 2
Procedure 3
Procedure 4
Procedure 5
Procedure 6
Procedure 7
Procedure 8
Procedure 9
Procedures
Activities
Impact 1 Q
Impact 2 Q
Impact 3 Q
Applicable Regulatory Requirements/Commitments
Regulation/Commitment 1
Monitoring Approach and Schedule
(Section 8.3)
Pre-construction
Construction
Post-construction
Operations
Mitigation and Regulatory Monitoring Institutional R
General and Specific Mitigation Measures
(Sections 7.2 and 7.3)
8.1 Health, Safety, and Environmental Management System

WAPCo is in the process of finalizing documentation of a project HSEMS that will be
implemented throughout the project to ensure compliance with applicable HSE regulations
and other requirements to which the WAPCo subscribes, and to mitigate significant adverse
impacts. The HSEMS for the proposed project is patterned after and consistent with the
International Organization For Standardization 14001: 1996 Technical Specification and
Guidance for Use (ISO 14001) and the draft standard ISO 18001 (Appendix 8-A: cross
referenced to Chapter 15 of the West African Gas Pipeline Project Execution Plan, Health,
Safety, and Environmental Management System). The outline for the WAPCo HSEMS is
provided below:
1.0 Leadership and Project Team Involvement Addresses managements
commitment to the project HSE policy statement, project team participation and
ownership, and the HSE culture essential to success.
2.0 Policy and Strategic Objectives Addresses the projects HSE intentions, principles,
and high-level objectives.

Chapter 8
3.0 Evaluation and Risk Management Addresses identification and evaluation of HSE
issues and risks for operations and services, and the development and decision making
associated with risk-reduction and management measures. This Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) is a key input to WAPCo Risk Management component of the
WAPCo HSEMS.
4.0 Planning and Resources Addresses the setting of HSE goals and targets and
establishment of resourced work plans to achieve them. Components within this
element of the HSEMS include:
Legal and other requirements;
Goals and targets;
Project team organization, roles, responsibilities and work plans; and
HSEMP, including integration of contractor HSE programs.
5.0 Implement and Operate Addresses common program requirements necessary to

operate in control and to implement defined system and process improvement changes.
Specific elements of this section of the HSEMS include:
Procedures, processes, and operational controls (Section 8.1.1);
Documentation and record keeping;
Training and competence;
Communication and awareness; and
Emergency preparedness and response.
6.0 Monitor and Review Addresses HSE performance monitoring and periodic
assessment of system performance, effectiveness and suitability, including:
HSE performance measurement, including leading indicator metrics;
HSEMS audits;
Management review of the HSEMS; and
Incident investigation, non-conformance and corrective action processes.
The HSEMS also is intended to ensure conformance to socioeconomic objectives of the
proposed project.
WAGP has identified those operations and activities that are associated with potential
moderate and severe impacts. WAGP has planned these activities, including maintenance, in
order to ensure that they are carried out under specified conditions by establishing and
maintaining documented procedures to cover situations where their absence could lead to
deviations from conformance with WAPCos HSEMS Policy (i.e.; deviations from
compliance with WB Safeguard policies, relevant legal requirements, and other commitments
to avoid or mitigate adverse environmental, heath and safety and socioeconomic impacts).
The following operational controls are descriptions of those documented procedures,
presented in their entirety in Appendix 8-B.

Chapter 8
8.1.1 Operational Controls

The purpose of the HSEMS is to identify, plan for, and subsequently minimize potential HSE
and socioeconomic (hereafter HSE) impacts. Each potentially severe HSE impact identified
in this EIA has associated operational controls that specify appropriate procedures, work
instructions, BMPs, roles, responsibilities, authorities, monitoring, measurement, and record
keeping that avoid or reduce impacts. Other WAPCo Operating Procedures will be reviewed
and, where appropriate, amended to include instructions for planning and minimizing HSE
impacts, or to at least reference relevant documents that address HSE impact avoidance and
mitigation. To be comprehensive, suitable, adequate, and effective, the HSEMS will ensure
that operational controls for avoiding and minimizing impacts are properly maintained and
continue throughout the life of the project. Alignment sheets that geospatially reference
relevant operational controls, mitigation and monitoring plans, regulatory requirements,
training needs, and other specifications will be prepared by WAPCo to enhance effectiveness
of the HSEMP.
The operational controls, using the following HSEMS hierarchy, are included as Appendix 8-
B, Operational Controls. And an annotated list of these operational controls is as follows
(outline numbers from Appendix 8-B used for consistency):
8B1.0 Tier 1: WAGP HSE Policy Statement: Commits WAPCo to conduct its business
in a socially responsible and ethical mannerone that is intended to ensure safety and
protect health and the environment. The Policy states that WAPCo strives to be a leader in
this regard within the industry and in the West African sub-region. It outlines specific
objectives to meet the HSE Policy goals.
8B2.0 Tier 2: WAGP HSE Management System Procedures: Are defined and
maintained by WAPCo for the purpose of conforming to its HSE Policy commitments and
objectives. The table of contents for these procedures appears in Appendix 8-B. Of
particular note from this set are three procedures that apply to the management and use of
pesticides and biocides Hazardous Material Communication, Chemical Management Plan,
and Hazardous Material Control Procedures.
8B2.1 WAGP External Communications Procedures: Describes roles, responsibilities,
authorities and required actions for external environmental communication between
WAPCo and interested parties, such as regulatory authorities and the public/local
community groups. This procedure will be finalized following the Final Investment
Decision when Construction Management Staffing is completed (Section 8.3).
8B2.2 HES Training: Describes the WAPCo approach to conducting required safety
training. It applies to all personnel (employees and contractors), involved in work related
to WAPCo owned, operated, or maintained pipelines or facilities. Although it does not
contain all safety rules and regulations, it does provide information on safety rules,
personal protective equipment, hazardous materials/chemicals, and emergency response
procedures. These procedures are being amended to also include training on avoiding
environmental and socioeconomic impacts.

Chapter 8
8B2.3 HES Audit Protocol: (See description under Performance/Implementation

Monitoring in Section 8.2 Monitoring.)
8B2.4 WAGP Management of Change: (See description under Section 8.1.2 Change
Management.)
8B2.5 WAGP Compliance and Permitting Plan: Provides a framework for ensuring that
proper attention is given to licenses, permits and consents required for regulatory
compliance of facility design, construction, installation, commissioning and operation.
The objectives of the program are to: ensure that the Project is designed, built, and
operated in full compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements; identify and
obtain all required permits and approvals for the Projects design, construction,
installation, and operations in a timely manner; and identify the fees and administrative
costs for budgeting purposes and as an input to the International Project Agreement
negotiations. The program will assist the four Countries in developing a common set of
WAPCo Regulations for the construction and operation of the pipeline in accordance
with the International Project Agreement. Through the permitting process, WAPCo will
provide capacity building and/or technology transfer to the countries that are not familiar
with natural gas and/or pipeline facilities, particularly in the areas of hazards assessment
and safety equipment systems.
8B2.5.1 WAGP Project Authorizations: Lists the agencies or ministries responsible
for approval or authorization of different elements of the WAGP EIA and project
implementation. The timing and estimated fees of the approvals are indicated if the
information is available.
8B2.5.2 WAGP Pipelines Hydrotesting Discharge Ecotoxicity Testing Plan
(Rev A): Describes plans (responsibilities, means, time frames, monitoring
requirements, material safety data sheets, etc.) for performing ecotoxicity testing on
biocide amended hydrotest waters that may be discharged from the WAGP pipelines
during commissioning. The purpose of the plan is to ensure compliance with all
applicable national and international discharge requirements and establish the scope
of testing and analysis including potential dispersion modeling. This plan will be
implemented immediately following the Final Investment decision.
8B2.5.3 WAGP Waste Water Discharge Controls: Describes controls that will be
developed based on the results of ecotoxicity and other testing. These controls will
be developed as part of specific applications for Discharge Permits/Approvals within
each country, likely in the 6 to 12 month timeframe following the Final Investment
Decision.
8B2.5.4 WAGP Stormwater Management Plan: Describes controls and procedures
from the Mitigation Measures in Chapter 7, which focuses on Construction and also
includes Operational Stormwater Controls.
8B2.5.5 WAGP Air Emissions Management Procedure: Describes controls and
procedures from the Mitigation Measures in Chapter 7, which focuses on

Chapter 8
Construction Air Emissions (dust, exhaust) and also includes Operational Emissions
Controls to the extent that they can be identified prior to Detailed Design.
8B2.5.6 WAGP Project Execution Plan: Describes development of a WAPCo
organization that is competent in the areas of operations and maintenance, human
resource management, information technology, health, environment, and safety,
technical, finance, commercial and business development and other areas of work
necessary for performing the ongoing natural gas transmission pipeline business
contemplated by WAPCo. Commits WAPCo to having staffing plans, training plans,
policies, processes, commercial agreements, and procedures to allow a smooth
transition from the construction phase to the operational phase with the above
mentioned infrastructure and functions in place. Describes development of
operations and maintenance work plans, procedures, organization design, skill
requirements, recruitment and training plan recommendations for consideration
during and after construction of the pipeline, including development of pipeline
operations and maintenance functions (e.g., mechanic, electrician,
telecommunications, SCADA, rotating equipment, pipeliner, maintenance planner,
measurement, metering station operator, compressor station operator, and
warehousing) and development of operations and maintenance procedure manuals.
8B2.6 WAGP Waste Management Plan: Applies to offshore construction and land-
based sites and is intended for use by parties who manage solid or liquid wastes
generated during construction or operations of WAPCo, including waste from pigging
operations. It also is applicable to operation of the pipeline and permanent facilities. It
describes WAPCos waste management program and provides procedures for routine
waste management issues and for how potentially hazardous and nonhazardous waste
will be managed. It is intended to serve as a primary waste management reference
document that includes compliance requirements in the four countries and as a training
tool. It describes WAPCo alternative approaches to minimizing impacts of project waste
disposal activities if insufficient waste management capability is found to exist in the
region. The list of waste management facilities that WAPCo intends to use appears in the
WMP. WAPCo will audit these facilities to determine whether they have sufficient
capability to handle waste generated by WAGP. If no capable facilities exist, WAPCo
will consider other alternatives including, but not limited to: shipping wastes to facilities
currently used by the sponsors both inside and outside of the region and on-site waste
management following World Bank requirements.
8B2.7 Emergency Response: Assembles plans, preparations, procedures, and training for
responding to emergencies at WAPCo facilities and other emergencies associated with
the project (e.g. releases of hazardous substances, fires, explosions, product spills, gas
releases, bomb threats, hurricanes, and accidents during transport). The WAGP/WAPCo
Emergency Response Plan also serves as a training aid for preparing WAPCo personnel
to respond effectively and safely to emergencies. The plan applies to all personnel at
WAPCo facilities. Some employees may simply need to know where and how to report
for a head count. It includes the following elements:
Plans (made before the actual emergency) for coordinating emergency response with
outside agencies;

Chapter 8
Preventing emergency incidents;

Recognizing emergency situations and alerting others;
Emergency response procedures, especially the lines of authority, means of
communication, and roles of personnel;
Documented training of emergency-response personnel;
Evacuation routes and procedures;
Safe distances and places of refuge;
Personal protective gear and emergency equipment;
Decontamination; and
Emergency medical treatment and first aid, including surveillance of and consultation
with emergency-response personnel.
8B2.7.1 WAGP Spill Prevention and Control Procedure: Describes controls and
procedures from the Mitigation Measures in Chapter 7, which focuses on Spill
Prevention and Control measures and also includes Operational Controls to the extent
that they can be identified prior to Detailed Design.
8B2.8 WAGP Habitat, Biological, Cultural Resource Management Procedures: Outline
specific measures to be taken to mitigate impacts to biological and cultural resources
affected by the construction of the WAGP project. Specific monitoring and mitigation
measures are outlined below for the sea turtle nesting protection procedure (8B2.8.3).
Other specific elements of the habitat, biological, and cultural resource management
procedures are listed here and presented in Appendix 8-B.
8B2.8.1 ROW Reinstatement Criteria
8B2.8.2 Proposed Wetland PL Construction Methods Study
8B2.8.3 WAGP Sea Turtle Nesting Protection Procedure: Describes the plans for
mitigating adverse impacts to sea turtle nesting. Plans for daytime, nighttime and
near shore surveys are described, including responsibilities, schedule, and scope. The
monitoring periods during which mitigation triggers apply are August 1 through
January 31. The mitigation measures include:
Beach Survey and Near-Shore Triggers: If turtles or turtle nesting are observed
in the WAPCo Pipeline ROW beach survey area or in near shore areas two weeks
before and/or during the near-shore activities, then construction activities in the
WAPCo Pipeline ROW near-shore area and onshore beach area that have the
potential to materially disrupt a turtles essential behavior patterns (e.g., activities
that preclude a turtle from reaching the beach and nesting) will be limited to
daylight hours.

Chapter 8
Turtle Hatchlings Trigger: If turtle hatchlings are observed in the WAPCo

Pipeline ROW near-shore area or onshore beach area during the near-shore
activities, construction activities in the WAPCo Pipeline ROW near-shore area
and onshore beach area will avoid physical disturbances (i.e., direct contact) to
any nests or hatchling turtles within the WAPCo Pipeline ROW near-shore area
and onshore beach area and allow the turtle hatchlings to reach the sea and
disperse. If necessary turtle hatchlings that are found will be captured with out
harming them and then notification of the competent local authority will be
initiated to allow them to remove the turtle hatchlings.
Lighting: Additional construction lighting shall be limited to the immediate area
of activities and shall be the minimum lighting required to comply with
appropriate health and safety standards. Lighting associated with any onshore and
offshore activities shall be minimized through reduction, shielding, lowering and
appropriate placement of lights to minimize illumination of the beach and water.
8B2.8.4 WAGP Chance Finds and Archeological Salvage Procedure: (See
description under Section 8.1.3 Biological and Cultural Resource Chance Finds)
8B2.8.5 WAGP Anchor Handling
8B2.8.6 WAGP Pesticide Management Plan
8B2.8.7 WAGP Procedure for Preventing Salt Water Intrusion into Fresh Water
Lagoons and Creeks
8B2.9 Incident Investigation Procedure: Provides guidelines for conducting an
investigation to find and prevent root causes for incidents. The minimum requirements
for an incident investigation are provided in this information. Supervisors have the option
to increase the investigation level through use of the Why Tree schematic if desired.
The HES department has ownership of the process, which includes training,
implementation, documentation, and reporting. It applies to all employees working on
WAPCo-owned, operated, or maintained pipelines or facilities and provides a process to
investigate all incidents and near misses. Investigations must be completed on all
unplanned incidents that may result in a loss of resources, equipment, property, or injury
to personnel. This includes, but is not limited to:
On-the-job injuries, illnesses, and fatalities;
Environmental releases;
Product integrity incidents;
Equipment/property damage;
Third party injuries or complaints;
Mechanical failure;
Business interruption;

Chapter 8
Motor vehicle accidents;

Fires; and
Regulatory violations, or near loss incidents which could have resulted in loss of
resources or injury if conditions had been slightly different.
8B3.0 WAGP Land Acquisition and Right of Way (ROW) Management Procedure:
Outlines the land acquisition process, roles and responsibilities for the WAGP project.
8B3.1 WAGP Resettlement Action Plan: Identifies people and households directly
affected by WAGP that is, those whose land, other assets, or sources of income or
livelihood will be directly affected by the project. Presents a thorough analysis of
WAGPs impacts on these project-affected people (PAP) and their households, and
provides a comprehensive plan for resettlement, compensation, restitution, and/or
restoration of livelihoods for every PAP.
8B3.2 WAGP ROW Access Policy: Describes polices regarding access to the pipeline
ROW by the local population. These access policies are for use in assessing land use and
socioeconomic impacts associated with WAGP, and in assessing the need for
compensation of people using land within the project footprint.
8B4.0 Risk Management: Describe roles, responsibilities, authorities and required actions
for performing HSE and other risk management reviews for the project (i.e., to identify,
assess, evaluate, and develop plans to maintain compliance with legal requirements and to
maximize cost-benefit value by controlling (avoiding, preventing, mitigating, transferring,
or retaining) significant risks (personnel safety, environmental, reputational and financial)).
Risk control measures, particularly in terms of physical asset design (equipment and related
hardware), will be evaluated with an appropriate balance between risks/impacts, cost,
schedule, and operational requirements resulting in the next level of documentation and
guidance to contractors including:
8B4.1 Onshore Pipeline and Facilities Design Basis: Provides technical guidance for
the design, fabrication, construction, start-up and commissioning of the onshore pipeline
system and facilities associated with the WAGP in Nigeria, Benin, Togo and Ghana.
8B4.2 WAGP Environmental Design Basis: Describes activities that the WAGP Project
Team will follow to design, construct and operate all facilities with a goal toward
environmental excellence. It defines practices for complying with applicable national
and state environmental regulations in the four countries associated with the pipeline as
well as relevant sections of the International Project Agreement (IPA) and subsequently
developed WAGP Authority Regulations. Where no regulations exist, the principles of
risk management will be used to determine appropriate levels of environmental
protection. The Environmental Design Basis covers environmental protection
requirements related to the facility design and construction phases of the projects. This
document will be updated at the end of each project phase to include changes or additions
to the requirements and will incorporate and be consistent with the EIA.

Chapter 8
8B4.3 WAGP Loss Prevention Design Basis: Describes relevant standards, good
engineering practices, and principles of risk management to ensure that safety, fire, health
and environmental protection activities are conducted responsibly. This specifically
includes the designs and siting of new facilities and applies to WAGP project owners,
front end engineering, and detailed design contractors. The Loss Prevention and Design
Risk Management Specification provides guidance on how to identify, assess and
mitigate health and safety risks during project design and includes specific requirements
for health, safety, and fire loss prevention (i.e., WAPCo HSE Management Plan
requirements, regulations of the four WAGP countries, and international standards on
loss prevention).
8B4.4 Onshore Offshore Specifications List: Lists the engineering specifications for
both on and offshore construction and operations of the WAGP project. These
specifications, where relevant, include measures for avoiding and mitigating HSE
impacts.
8B5.0 WAGP Contractor Management Procedures: Describe the requirements to which
EPC contractors must adhere during the site preparation and construction phases of the
project. They describe roles, responsibilities, authorities and required actions for performing
all work in a manner that is in compliance with relevant HSE legislation and regulations,
World Bank Safe Guard Policies, WAPCos HSE Policy, and other contractual obligations.
8B5.1 Exhibit F: HSE Standards
8B5.2 Exhibit N: WAGP Security Plan
8B5.3 Exhibit K: Drugs Standard-IFT
The Tier 2 HSEMS procedures and the WAGP Land Acquisition and ROW Management,
Risk Management, Contractor Management, and Other Operation Procedures listed above are
presented in the HSEMP tables (Section 8.9) as column headings (with the exception of the
WAGP Investigation Procedure which applies globally whenever problems are encountered).
Shading in the Section 8.9 tables indicates that the Tier 2 procedure and some or all of the
next lower level procedures, referenced by the Tier 2 procedure that precedes it, apply to the
control of that potentially severe impact. For clarification, the External Communications
Procedure is referenced in the context of proactive communication. Otherwise it is assumed
that WAPCo will react and respond appropriately in the case of stakeholder inquiries. The
WAGP Management of Change and WAGP Chance Finds and Archeological Salvage
Procedure are described in the following sections.
8.1.2 Change Management

The WAGP Management of Change procedure, noted in the list of Operational Controls
presented above is of particular importance to avoid and minimize HSE impacts of the
project. As is the case with any major infrastructure development project, change will be an
ever-present phenomenon. The change management objectives of this procedure are to:
Formally identify changes and conduct an appropriate risk assessment of the
proposed change;

Chapter 8
Effectively manage change to minimize risk and improve business performance;

Streamline the project change process by eliminating non-essential changes and
minimizing changes after a control basis has been set, especially during detailed
engineering and construction;
Ensure that approved changes are implemented (including associated risk mitigation
measures), communicated, and closed out in a timely way;
Close-out, including documentation and establishing a permanent record;
Establish a separate but linked change process within each outside contract for control
of changes against the contract, wherein the contractor will be required to assess the
risk associated with changes; and
Manage temporary and urgent changes within the overall change process.
The project intends to realize these objectives via adherence to the formalized change
management process described in the Change Management Procedure. The six steps for
change management are:
1. Identification of an item/situation potentially requiring some type of change.
2. Preparation of a Change Request Document that:
a. Outlines the nature of the item/situation requiring a change;
b. Presents a justification for the change;
c. Outlines impacts of the change (e.g., cost, schedule, safety, operability);
d. Identifies potential HSE concerns; and
e. Estimates human resources and financial requirements to make the change.
3. Prompt evaluation by appropriate individual(s) to determine whether resources should
be devoted to furthering the change request (i.e., mechanism to filter out proposals of
limited merit).
4. Formal assessment and review of the change request, including:
a. A preliminary assessment at the functional group level;
b. A review for compatibility with the HSEMP Plan and identification of

modifications if appropriate; and
c. A subsequent assessment by a top management where higher approval authority is

required.
5. Documentation of the approval or rejection of the change request.

Chapter 8
6. Implementation of an approved change, including communication to appropriate parties

concerning the nature, scope, and timing of the change.
The formalized change management process requires that HSE and socioeconomic issues be
addressed prior to the approval of any change. All EPC contractors will be required to devise
their own change management procedures that are in harmony with the WAPCo HSEMS.
Contractor change management procedures will also require that HSE and socioeconomic
considerations be factored into the approval of changes.
Certain changes will be communicated to the appropriate regulatory agencies and external
lending institutions (World Bank, MIGA & OPIC), particularly in the detailed engineering
phase, 6 to 9 months following the Final Investment Decision. Likely changes to be
communicated, and, as needed, approved by certain regulatory authorities and/or external
lenders include:
Resolution of Implementation Uncertainties per Chapter 2 (Section 2.8); and
Design changes that could alter the identified socioeconomic, health, environment or
safety impacts and/or affect protective measures associated with these impacts.
8.1.3 Biological and Cultural Resource Chance Finds

As part of the EIA process, WAGP has conducted extensive baseline surveys of biological
resources. WAGP also has commissioned engineering, environmental baseline, estate, and
socioeconomic survey teams to conduct reconnaissance of cultural resources. This
reconnaissance has resulted in a thorough survey of all construction sites. Based on this
reconnaissance and on consultation with stakeholders in and around the project footprint,
WAPCo has identified a limited number of cultural properties on the surface (which are
listed in Chapter 5 and are being addressed by the RAP). WAPCo is in the process of
conducting a literature review for archaeologic resources. This literature review will be
followed by an archaeologic walk-through, which is scheduled to be completed in July 2004.
The findings of biological resource baseline surveys and cultural resource reconnaissance has
been the basis of the impact assessment presented in Chapter 6. If the ongoing archeological
literature review and walk-through uncovers unique resources that will be affected by the
project, then this identification will result in new mitigation measures to protect these. The
HSEMP sections that apply to biological and cultural resources were developed subsequent
to impact assessment and will be implemented to avoid and mitigate potential impacts to
these resources. The WAGP Chance Finds and Archeological Salvage Procedure, which is
one of the WAGP Habitat, Biological, Cultural Resource Management Procedures, describes
a protocol of BMPs, roles, responsibilities, authorities, and record that shall be followed in
the event that project site preparation and construction activities encounter evidence of
significant biological or cultural resources such as endangered species or sacred sites. The
objective of this procedure is to protect those resources by erring on the side of caution. It
directs, as part of site preparation and construction, to scrutinize the work site for artifacts of
archeological importance or biological significance and, in the event of a discovery, suspend
activities and notify the competent authorities.

Chapter 8
The Tier 3 WAGP Chance Finds and Archeological Salvage Procedure identifies impact
avoidance and mitigation measures and follow-up actions for specific resources that project
might encounter, such as sacred sites, including human burial grounds, or turtle nesting sites
(as addressed in the WAGP Sea Turtle Nesting Protection Procedure).
8.2 Monitoring
8.2.1 Performance/Implementation Monitoring
The objective of the monitoring approach prescribed by the HSEMP is to check whether the
WAPCo operational controls and mitigation measures conform to planned arrangements,
including regulatory requirements, and whether they are being properly implemented. This
monitoring will be provided by the WAPCo internal HSEMS audit program. The internal
audit program will schedule audits based on the environmental importance of the activity
concerned and results of previous audits. Audit checklists will be prepared based on
requirements stipulated in the operational controls. Audits will be performed by qualified
staff and results will be provided to WAPCo, WAGP Project Team and Contractor
management. Correction of deficiencies uncovered by the audits and impacts caused by
deficiencies will be mitigated as described in the WAPCo Investigation Procedure.
The Audit Protocol of the HSEMS applies to all requirements stated in the HSEMP and
thereby ensures conformance with all health, safety, and environmental (HSE) regulatory
compliance objectives, institutional responsibilities (e.g., World Bank Safeguard Policies and
Guidelines), WAGP/WAPCo mitigation measures, and other related commitments. The
HSEMS and its Audit Protocol encompasses all WAGP/WAPCo onshore and offshore
project activities including pre-construction; site preparation and construction;
commissioning and start-up; operations and maintenance; and decommissioning and
abandonment and applies to all employees working on WAGP/WAPCo-owned, operated, or
maintained pipelines or facilities.
The Audit Protocol describes the following types of audits:
Level 1 Audit: an evaluation performed by a non-WAGP/WAPCo team designated

by the company to verify WAGP/WAPCo compliance with government HES
legislation and regulations, corporate HES policies, practices, and procedures,
institutional responsibilities and other commitments. External, third-party audits
performed by non-company organizations are considered to be Level 1 audits.
Level 2 Audit: a WAGP/WAPCo internal review conducted across several facilities

and/or departments, by personnel from outside of the audited facility or department.
The purpose of this audit is to provide management with a wider view of compliance
and to conduct an independent check on local audit processes and risks. Country
government HES regulatory staff members are welcome to make arrangements to
participate in these audits.
Level 3 Audit: a self-inspection review of a WAGP/WAPCos department or facility

locations, operations, and practices. Department or area personnel conduct this
inspection to ensure that the operation/facility is in day-to-day compliance with

Chapter 8
company and regulatory requirements. Country government HES regulatory staff

members are welcome to make arrangements to participate in these audits.
Service Contractor Review: a WAGP/WAPCo review of a contractors HES

programs, performance, practices, and facilities, as well as the perceived capability of
the contractor to comply with contractual HES requirements. Service contractor
reviews should be included in Level 3 Audit schedules.
Special Focus Area Audit: a comprehensive review of a particular topic across

several departments. The purpose of this type of review is to bring special emphasis
to a given topic and identify areas and methods to improve processes and
performance.
For Levels 2, 3 Service Contractor Review and Special Focus Area Audits, audit checklists
will be prepared based on requirements stipulated in the operational controls and mitigation
measures. Audits will be performed by qualified staff and results will be provided to
WAGP/WAPCo, WAGP Project Team, and Contractor management. Correction of
deficiencies uncovered by the audits and impacts caused by deficiencies will be mitigated as
described in the WAGP/WAPCo Investigation Procedure.
The Audit Protocol assigns specific responsibilities to each participant. Participants in the
audit process and their overall responsibilities include the following:
Third Party Auditors: Third party, Level 1 audits will be conducted either by
regulatory agencies (as identified in the EIA), World Bank expert panel members,
World Bank/MIGA/OPIC staff members or in the case of HSEMS audits by teams of
auditors that meet the qualifications stated in ISO 19011 with respect to: personal
attributes; knowledge and skills; education, work experience, auditor training and
audit experience; and maintenance and improvement of competence.
General Managers: commission and oversee the Level 1 Audit process. They also
commission the Special Focus Area audit teams based on recommendations from the
division managers
Division Managers: manage the Level 2 Audit process within their areas of operation
and oversee the divisions Level 3 audit process
Department Managers and Superintendents: ensure that effective formal Level 3

audits are annually scheduled and conducted for their facilities and track the
resolution of action items and issues arising from audits
Facility Responsible Supervisors: support Level 3 audits in their facilities and take
actions to correct deficiencies and resolving issues noted during audits
HES Manager: facilitate the Level 1 audit process within WAGP/WAPCo and
provide HES resources to assist division managers with their Level 2 and Level 3
audit schedules

Chapter 8
HES Superintendent: facilitate the Level 2 audit process and provide HES resources
to assist line management with the execution of their Level 3 audit schedules
Audit Team Leader: coordinate all aspects of audits, including organize the team,
plan the audit, oversee audit activities, and ensure that the audit report is published.
Country government HES regulatory staff members perform some of the Level 1
audits and are welcome to make arrangements to participate in Level 2 and 3 audits
As part of the Audit Protocol, Level 1, Third Party audits will be conducted 2 to 3 times
during the 12 to 15 month construction period and thereafter at least once every three years.
The internal audit program, i.e. Levels 2, 3 Service Contractor Review and Special Focus
Area Audit, will be scheduled on the basis of the HES importance of the activity concerned,
results of previous audits, and as per frequencies described in the Stand Alone EMP
(SAEMP). The detailed audit schedule is presented in the SAEMP.
8.2.2 Empirical Monitoring

In addition to performance/implementation monitoring, certain quantitative, empirical
monitoring will occur to ensure that operational controls and mitigation measures are
effective and/or to make appropriate corrections to controls and measures (Table 8.2.1).
Details of the empirical monitoring are described in Tables 8.9-1 to 8.9-9.
Empirical monitoring will be agreed between WAPCo, appropriate regulatory agencies and
other stakeholders and the following measurement parameters have been identified,
consistent with the significant impacts identified in Tables 8.9-1 to 8.9-9. Country
government HES regulatory staff members are welcome to make arrangements to participate
in these audits.
Final specifications for both performance and empirical monitoring, including reporting
requirements, will be arranged by agreement with the appropriate government regulatory
agencies and external lenders and will be incorporated into a final WAPCo HSEMS
Compliance Assurance Monitoring Plan.

Chapter 8
Table 8.2-1
Summary of WAPCo Empirical Monitoring
Aspect to Be Monitored Measurement Frequency Action Level

Pre-Construction None Not applicable Not applicable
Construction
Sanitary and Other Waste Table of Maximum Limits for Effluent Upon discharge from holding Refer to 8B4.2 WAPCo
Effluent for Vessels and Discharges for Nigeria, Benin, Togo, tank Environmental Design Basis
Onshore Facilities and Ghana is provided in 8B4.2
WAPCo Environmental Design Basis.
Initial screening will test the efficacy of
continued testing to ensure compliance
with regard to: BOD5, TSS, Total N,
Fats, Oil, and Grease, pH, Cyanide, As,
Cd, Cr(t, VI, III), Cu, Pb, Hg, Mo, Ni,
Se, Ag, and Zn
Nuisance Noise Levels Measurement for compliance with the Monitoring monthly or as needed
following applicable maximum sound during extremely noisy
level limits for different facility areas: construction operations
Absolute Limit, 115 decibels (dBA)
General work areas, 85dBA
(requiring personal protective
equipment)
Employment and Procurement Maintain agreed to levels of local Quarterly International Project Agreement
(from surrounding content (overall 15 percent) As detailed
communities) following EPC contract award
Onshore Surface Water Measure TSS of water body and As indicated by routine visual Maintain TSS below 80 mg/l
Quality compare to non-effected background inspection or other observation one week after construction
Salt Water Intrusion If trenching across barrier islands and Weekly until one month If the monthly average
adjacent lagoons, monitor lagoon following construction conductivity value increases in
surface water conductivity for signs of Badagry Creek and the Benin
NaCl concentration increase above pre- Lagoon by 10% then find and
construction levels eliminate source of salt water
intrusion

Chapter 8
Table 8.2-1

Waste Characterization See 8B2.6 WAPCo Waste Management For each waste item when Regulatory Requirements
Procedure and Plan for characterization initially encountered during
requirements for ignitable, corrosive, segregation and annually
reactive, toxic, medical and radioactive thereafter
waste streams. The amount of solid
waste generated will be measured by
characterization (especially hazardous
wastes)
Soil at Takoradi Site in Ghana Sampling and analysis to determine if Once prior to construction If contaminants are found,
hazardous conditions exist, including a conduct cleanup to a level that
minimum of 10 soil samples across the protects the environment and
area affected by the ROW and proposed worker health, and take
facility and analysis for TOC, grain measures to ensure that
size, moisture, TPH, and metals (Cd, hazardous contaminants are not
Cr, Hg, Cu, Fe, Mg, Ni, Pb, Zn, V) mobilized and allowed to run
off the site
Population Build-up or Monitoring of local inflationary Monthly during the construction See 8B3.1 WAPCo
Encroachment pressures in villages near the sites of period Resettlement Action Plan
construction camps. Monitoring of the
success of the Compensation and
Resettlement Plan
Post Construction
Surface Water Uptake and Measure TSS of water body near intake Before uptake and once per day Maintain TSS below 80 mg/l
Discharge of Untreated and discharge point and compare to during pipeline filling; before
Hydrotest Water noneffected background discharge and once per day during
discharge
Biocide Treated Hydrotest Indicator test needs to be developed At beginning of the discharge of Use indicator test to ensure
Water Discharge the treated hydrotest water but level is below limit established
before any water is released into by biological toxicity testing.
the environment; daily during See 8B2.5.2 WAPCo Hydrotest
discharge event Effluent Ecotoxicity Testing
Plan

Chapter 8
Table 8.2-1

Vegetation Computer analysis of remote sensing Once at 2.5 and 5 years following Report results to Nigeria
images to detect unexpected changes in construction Federal Ministry of
vegetative cover and/or land use Environment
patterns (Nigeria and Benin only)
Operations
Sanitary and Other Waste Table of Maximum Limits for Effluent Upon discharge from holding Refer to 8B4.2 WAPCo
Effluent for Vessels and Discharges for Nigeria, Benin, Togo, tank Environmental Design Basis
Onshore Facilities and Ghana is provided in 8B4.2
WAPCo Environmental Design Basis.
Initial screening will test the efficacy of
continued testing to ensure compliance
with regard to: BOD5, TSS, Total N,
Fats, Oil, and Grease, pH, Cyanide, As,
Cd, Cr(t, VI, III), Cu, Pb, Hg, Mo, Ni,
Se, Ag, and Zn
Noise Measure for compliance with limits, Annually Refer to 8B4.2 WAPCo
including: Environmental Design Basis
Absolute Limit, 115dBA
General work areas, 85dBA
(requiring personal protective
equipment)
Offices, control rooms, 55dBA
Onshore facility property limit,
50dBA
Condensate Liquid Waste Dew Point Analyzers for delivery of Ongoing Liquid Waste Minimization
off-specification gas. Controls to shut
off gas supply if out of specification

Chapter 8
Table 8.2-1

Ambient Air Quality at Table of Air Emission Limits or Annually for the first 2 years Refer to 8B4.2 WAPCo
Compressor Station Guidelines for Nigeria is provided in during normal operations for Environmental Design Basis
8B4.2 WAPCo Environmental Design screening purposes and daily
Basis. Initial screening will test the during a complete station
efficacy of continued testing to ensure blowdown (flaring)
compliance with the Nigerian Emission
Limits for Stationary Sources (DPR,
1999) with regard to: NO2, CO, THC,
and Total Suspended Particulates as
consistent with EBS measurements
previous taken. Temperature and
ambient wind speed and direction will
also be monitored
Surface Water Quality Oils and greases in water in catch basins During normal operations and Maintain oil and grease less
running off compressor station site (if during rain event (once each per than 10 mg/L
constructed) year)
Waste Characterization See 8B2.6 WAPCo Waste Management For each waste item when As per national and
Procedure and Plan for characterization initially encountered during international regulatory
requirements for ignitable, corrosive, segregation and annually requirements
reactive, toxic, medical and radioactive thereafter
waste streams. The amount of solid
waste generated will be measured by
characterization (especially hazardous
wastes).
Groundwater Usage near Gauge static water levels in production Two times per year (1 each in wet Groundwater monitoring will
Compressor Station and R&M well to ensure that water usage is not and dry seasons) for 5 years; be done if ground can be used
Stations causing excess draw down Annually following 5 years based on the results of
hydrologic assessments. If
wells are drilled, WAPCo will
employ groundwater protection
methods

Chapter 8
Table 8.2-1

Proper burial and support of Dive inspections, side-scan sonar, or Dependant on burial depth study Develop and implement
the offshore pipeline (where it other acceptable methods to identify results operational control for pipeline
is buried) free-spanning or exposed portions of the burial and support inspection
pipeline
Population Build-up or Record new settlements and logging Quarterly Refer to 8B3.1 WAPCo
Encroachment along the pipeline route Resettlement/Action Plan

Chapter 8
8.2.3 Monitoring Oversight Responsibilities

Generally, it is assumed that the overall action party and responsibilities for day-to-day
monitoring described above and in Tables 8.9-1 to 8.9-9 will be WAPCo, however a
layering or hierarchy of oversight responsibilities includes the following:
Chapter 8 EMP
Responsible Party Reference Section Frequency of Monitoring
EPC Contractors and 8.4 Daily
Subcontractors (Tables 8.1 to 8.9)
On-site WAPCo Project Team 8.3 Daily
Inspectors, Field Reps and (Tables 8.1 to 8.9)
Monitors
WAPCo Project Team HES Staff 8.3 Weekly-Monthly
(Tables 8.1 to 8.9)
HSEMS Independent 3rd Party 8.6 2 to 3 Audits during the 12 to 15
Auditors month construction period and
thereafter at least once every 3
years
Regulatory Agencies 8.5 To be determined
World Bank Expert Panel 8.7 Annually
World Bank/MIGA/OPIC Staff 8.2.1 To be determined
8.3 WAPCo Human Resources, Roles, Responsibilities, and Authority

WAPCo is committed to provide resources essential to the implementation and control of the
HSEMS. Resources include human resources and specialized skills. WAPCos Construction
Management Team will have dedicated HSE staff, who are competent on the basis of
appropriate education, training and/or experience, performing management and oversight
during project site preparation and construction and commissioning and start-up phases.
Similarly, WAPCo will have a dedicated HSE staff for the WAGP operations phase. The
organizational structure for HSE management and oversight during these phases is depicted
below in Figures 8.3-1a to c.
The following roles and responsibilities description applies to the Project Construction
Management Agreement organization and Construction HSE staff. WAPCo HSE staff,
reporting to the WAPCo General Manager of Operations, are not likely to be in place at the
start of construction, but are expected to have duties similar to the Construction HSE staff.

Chapter 8
The construction HSE staff will divide their time as needed between the project sites and
WAPCo headquarters, and hire third party HSE inspectors as needed to provide day-to-day
coverage during construction. EPC contractors are required to provide in-country HSE
management and oversight teams (one HSE professional per 50 contractor employees).
Figure 8.3-1a
WAPCo HSE Organization Chart
WAPCo
WAPCo
Managing Director
Managing Director
General Manager
General Manager General Manager General Manager
General Counsel Business and
Operations Finance Corporate Affairs
Commercial Development
Project Director Project Manager

Construction Technical Services
Management Agreement Agreement
Figure 8.3-1b
WAGP Construction Management Agreement Organization
Project Director
Project Director
Construction Management
Construction Management
Agreement
Agreement
To WAPCo GM
Engineering and Health Safety Community Relations Business and
Corporate Affairs
Construction Manager Environment Manager Supervisor Planning Manager
Safety Specialists Community Relations

Rep - Ghana
Environmental Community Relations

Specialist Rep - Togo
Community Relations
Rep - Benin
Community Relations
Rep - Nigeria
To WAPCo GM
Operations Rep Operations
Commissioning and Startup

Team (to be filled by
WAPCo O&M personnel)

Chapter 8
Figure 8.3-1c
WAPCo O&M Organization, Phase 4/5
General
GeneralManager
Manager
Operations
Operations
Information
Operations and
Technology and Mechanical Office
Maintenance Manager
Communications Superintendent Assistant
Superintendent Health, Environment
Superintendent
and Safety
Technical Services
Security
Coordinator
HES Specialist
HES Specialist
Reliability/Mechanical
Engineer
Also included on the organizational chart above are WAPCo Corporate Affairs professionals
and a Construction Community Relations organization. These professionals are crucial to the
success of the socioeconomic monitoring process and the continuation of the stakeholder
consultation process. Additional project professionals will also be present in each country to
manage land use/acquisition and compensation issues reporting to the Engineering and
Construction Manager, but working closely with the WAPCo Corporate Affairs and
Construction Community Relations organizations.
The Construction HSE staff will be responsible for communicating with WAPCo
headquarters, project engineers, EPC contractors, and government regulatory agencies to
ensure that HSEMS regulatory and impact mitigation commitments are met. The
Construction HSE staff will also support WAPCo and Construction line management in
terms of compliance with regulatory reporting requirements. The responsibilities of the HSE
management and oversight team are as follows:
The Construction HSE Manager will:
Provide overall HSE management and guidance for project site preparation and
construction and commissioning and start-up and advise WAPCo and project line
management of the compliance performance of its EPC contractors in terms of legal
requirements and conformance with this HSEMP;
Participate in the selection and supervision of HSE professionals;
Keep WAPCo headquarters HSE staff, Project Management, and EPC contractors
informed regarding the status HSE and socioeconomic matters as well as emerging

Chapter 8
issues through verbal reports, informal written reports, or periodic formal reports, as
appropriate;
Coordinate HSE and socioeconomic-related activities in response to routine or

emerging issues;
Communicate with EPC contractors regarding compliance issues and other BMP
issues, as appropriate; and
Communicate with government regulatory personnel as required on HSE and

socioeconomic issues.
The Construction HSE Manager will be assisted in his job duties by the HSE Professional
Staff. The Construction HSE Professional Staff will have the following general
responsibilities:
Coordinate HSE and socioeconomic activities and functions as WAPCo

representatives at the field level;
Work with EPC contractor HSE personnel, that is, oversee work, do inspections, and
review compliance inspection reports;
Communicate the results of inspections to appropriate offices via transmittal of copies

of original reports, summaries of reports, or periodic formal and informal reports as
appropriate;
Communicate with HSE Managers regarding emerging HSE and socioeconomic-

related issues and areas of concern;
Communicate with the EPC contractor regarding compliance issues; and
Interface as needed with External Affairs staff regarding socioeconomic impacts and
continuing stakeholder engagement.
With regard to health and safety matters, the HSE Professional Staff will:
Conduct assessments and inspections to ensure compliance with applicable

government regulations and World Bank Safeguard Policies and Guidelines
concerning health issues as specified in the HSEMP;
Monitor construction activities regarding health issues and potential impacts,

including the effectiveness of the EPC contractors dust control programs;
Communicate through verbal and written reports to WAPCo and project line
management regarding health and safety issues and areas of concern;
Implement contractor orientation and training from WAPCo, and monitor contractor
training programs with respect to health and safety issues; and

Chapter 8
Provide advice to contractor field personnel concerning health and safety matters and
the interpretation of health and safety regulatory requirements.
With regard to environmental issues, HSE Professional Staff will:
Conduct assessments and inspections to ensure compliance with applicable

government regulations and World Bank Safeguard Policies and Guidelines
concerning environmental issues as specified in the HSEMP;
Observe EPC contractor site clearing, construction activities, erosion

control/mitigation, and site reinstatement activities;
Monitor waste water treatment and solid waste management facilities and observe
EPC contractor waste handling practices. Prior to start of construction WAPCo will
pre-qualify contractors. If no qualified contractors exists, WAPCo will consider other
alternatives including, but not limited: shipping wastes to facilities currently used by
the sponsors both inside and outside of the region and on-site waste management
following WB requirements.
Monitor surface water withdrawal practices and hydrotesting effluent discharges;
Communicate through verbal and written reports to WAPCo and Project Team line
management regarding compliance issues and areas of concern;
Implement contractor orientation and training from WAPCo, and monitor EPC
contractor training programs with respect to environmental issues;
Provide advice to EPC contractor field personnel concerning environmental issues

and the interpretation of environmental regulatory requirements; and
Implement post-construction monitoring programs as appropriate.
With regard to socioeconomic matters, the HSE Professional Staff will interface with the
WAPCo Corporate Affairs and Project Team Community Relations Organizations to:
Ensure compliance with applicable government regulations and World Bank

Safeguard Policies and Guidelines, using assessments and inspections, as specified in
the HSEMP;
Monitor construction activities regarding socioeconomic issues and potential impacts;
Monitor local hiring practices, local purchasing practices, and the WAPCo
Resettlement Action Plan and ROW Policy;
Review activity schedules and assist in communicating pertinent information to local

communities so that conflicts and disruptions can be avoided or minimized;

Chapter 8
Contact and work with appropriate parties if sacred sites or significant archaeological
sites are discovered during construction;
Communicate through verbal and written reports to appropriate offices regarding

socioeconomic issues and areas of concern;
Implement contractor orientation and training from WAPCo and monitor EPC
contractor training programs with respect to socioeconomic issues; and
Provide advice to EPC contractor field personnel concerning socioeconomic matters

and the interpretation of socioeconomic regulatory requirements.
The construction HSE management and oversight team will be staffed commensurate with
work demands, sometimes bringing in qualified third party resources to assist with peak
activity periods. Just prior to site preparation, construction, commissioning, and start-up
phases, the team will be properly trained to conduct required inspections, assessments, and
report submittals. The full construction HSE staff will be actively engaged until near the end
of construction, commissioning, and start-up activities. At that point, the team will
demobilize and transition with WAPCo HSE staff for management and oversight of
operations, maintenance, decommissioning, and abandonment phases. It is anticipated that
some members of the construction HSE staff will transfer to WAPCo HSE staff.
8.4 EPC Contractors

WAPCo, more specifically the Construction Project Management Team, will engage several
EPC contractors during the site preparation and construction phase of the project. EPC
contractors will be responsible for performing all work in a manner that is:
In compliance with relevant HSE legislation and regulations, including World Bank
Safeguard Policies and Guidelines (the most stringent policies and guidelines provide
precedence), and with other requirements to which WAPCo subscribes;
In conformance with WAPCos HSEMS;
In accordance with the technical and quality specifications of WAPCo; and
In compliance with contractual obligations, notably Exhibits F (Independent

Contractors Health Safety & Environmental Guidelines), K (Drug & Alcohol Policy),
and N (Security Plans).
Appendix 8B to the WAGP HSEMP contains relevant HES contractual obligations (Exhibits
F (Appendix 8B5.1), K (Appendix 8B5.2) and N (Appendix 8B5.3). Each EPC contractor
must develop and provide to WAPCo:
Health, Safety and Environment Policy Statements, Programs and Management

Systems;
Health, Safety and Environment Organization;

Chapter 8
Health, Safety and Environment Responsibilities;
Indexes of HSE procedures for design office(s), fabrication yard(s), construction sites
and marine operations;
Outlines for Employee HSE Training Programs;
Waste Management Plans;
Emergency Response/Evacuation Plans;
Land Transportation Safety Management System;
Potable Water Standards;
Hazardous Materials Management Program, including MSDS tracking; and
Industrial Hygiene and Medical Protection Plans.
Site specific HES Plans will also be developed including the following information:
1. Anticipated Local Content
2. Logistics Plans including:
All sources of raw materials, fuel, etc.;
Proposed staging and storage areas for all onshore construction activities;
Anticipated sources of domestic and fresh water supplies;
Anticipated design approach to sanitary and process waste water handling;
Transportation plans for onshore and offshore, including anticipated delivery

methods for all equipment, heavy facility components, etc.;
Anticipated use of port facilities;
All ancillary facilities-temporary access roads, powerlines, waterlines, energy

sources, etc.;
Provisions for labor camp management;
Provisions for health services; and
Provisions for security.
3. Construction methods/equipment along the ROW and at the R&M and compressor
station including:

Chapter 8
Equipment assembly/installation;
Details around proposed concrete batch plant construction or alternative sources

of foundation work cement;
Anticipated measures for erosion control (wind and water);
Pollution Prevention Plans including substitution, containment, spill response,

storage and an assessment of the type and amount of wastes that are likely be
generated during construction, start-up, and operation and maintenance;
Plans to address noise, night time operations and other issues of concern to local
communities;
Anticipated approach to all likely road, river and wetlands crossings;
Clearly defined application of directional drilling or trenching operations; and
Anchoring plans and geo-positioning of barges as applicable.
4. EHSMP oversight and commitment to monitoring consistent with WAPCo mitigation

measures (see Chapter 7, Table 7.1: Required General Mitigation Measures by Impact
Category, Potential Impact, and Affected Country and Table 7.2: Required Specific
Mitigation Measures by Impact Category and Affected Country)
Each EPC contractor will be required to provide resources to manage HSE and
socioeconomic-related aspects of the work to be performed. Depending on the nature and
size of the contractors effort/tasks, the number of HSE personnel will vary, but will not be
less than one HSE professional per 50 contract/subcontract employees. The number of
individuals assigned by the EPC contractors to manage HSE issues will be determined by the
details of the HSEMP. The Construction HSE staff will act as the point of contact for
communication of HSE issues from government regulatory agencies, and WAPCo through
the Construction Project Management Team will be responsible for communicating any
pertinent information arising from such discussions to the appropriate contractors.
8.5 Government Regulatory Agencies

Regulatory requirements relevant to WAPCo and the associated governmental agency and
the World Bank are listed in Section 5.6.
Communications between the Construction HSE staff and government regulatory agencies
during the site preparation and construction phases of the project will occur through a variety
of mechanisms, including written reports and memos, as well as informal and formal
meetings. Meetings will include regularly scheduled sessions as well as additional meetings
called on an as-needed basis. At the field level, formal meetings with government regulatory
agency representatives will be held as needed to discuss scheduling/planning issues, current
areas of concern, and emerging HSE and socioeconomic issues.

Chapter 8
At the management level, formal meetings are expected to occur, but on a less frequent basis.
Informal meetings and communications will also occur as necessary. With respect to formal
meetings, the Construction HSE Manager will meet with government regulatory agency and
World Bank representatives to review HSE and socioeconomic performance based on the
analysis of internal HSEMS audits and field report reports. These meetings can be expected
to include discussion of upcoming work plans and coordination issues and resolution of
problems that could not be adequately addressed at the field level.
During the operations, maintenance, decommissioning, and abandonment phases,

communications and interactions between WAPCo and the government regulatory agencies
and the World Bank Group will occur at all levels, from the field level to the WAPCo
Managing Director level, although the General Manager Operations will be responsible for
day-to-day compliance and HSE performance. In general, communications during the
operations, maintenance, decommissioning, and abandonment phases will involve WAPCo
HSE staff interfacing with appropriate government regulatory agency representatives
depending on the issue involved.
At the field level, government regulatory agency field representatives will inform appropriate
WAPCo representatives if compliance concerns arise. At the management level, regularly
scheduled meetings will occur between HSE Mangers and the appropriate government
regulatory agency representative to review HSE performance, areas of concern, and
emerging issues.
The WAGP Treaty, signed and ratified between the four WAGP countries, and the
International Project Agreement between the WAGP countries and WAPCo, identifies the
creation of a regulatory body to be known as WAGP Authority, reporting to the relevant
Energy Ministries in each State. The WAGP Authority will have a primary regulatory
jurisdiction over WAGP, particularly in terms of health and safety issues; however,
environmental authorities will have direct oversight of environmental managers as dictated
by the environmental laws and regulations in each country. A summary of all jurisdictions
having some potential oversight responsibilities over WAGP is presented in WAGP Project
Authorizations (Appendix 8B2.5.1).
8.6 Financial Resources

WAPCo is committed to provide resources essential to the implementation and control of the
HSEMS. Resources include technology and financial resources. The major costs associated
with HSE management and oversight during the site preparation and construction phases of
the project are for wages, salaries, and benefits. Other significant areas of expense borne by
WAPCo via a Construction Management Agreement and approved by the WAGP Authority
include:
Component Financial Commitment

Human Resources
WAPCo Construction Management HES Staff $ 2,900,000
Third Party HES Inspectors/Monitors $250,000
Technical Expertise including Safety, Greenhouse Gas,
$575,000

Chapter 8
Component Financial Commitment

GIS-Remote Sensing, and Environmental Consultants
Personnel and Asset Security Planning and Implementation $150,000
Drug and Alcohol and Contraband Inspection Resources $50,000
Third Party Auditing (2 to 3 Audits during Construction) $50,000
Hydrotest Effluent-Ecotoxicity Testing and Operational
$100,000
Controls Development
HSE Program Implementation (Communications, Training,
$115,000
and Personal Protective Equipment)
TOTAL $4,340,000
Note that WAGP Construction Contractors have responsibilities for certain HSE costs that
are explicitly required per the terms of the contract (i.e., Waste Management, Medical
Resources, Emergency Response).
Because activity levels are expected to substantially decrease during the operations,
maintenance, decommissioning, and abandonment phases relative to the construction phase,
a smaller HSE management and oversight team will be needed. Application of the HSEMS
will change from construction-focused to operations-focused after the intensity of site
preparation and construction management oversight demands undergo transition to different
needs during operations, maintenance, decommissioning, and abandonment. It is anticipated
that many of the day-to-day, routine HSE field monitoring activities will be incorporated into
the job duties of on-site operations personnel, with two to four WAPCo HSE Professionals
coordinating and overseeing this work and any compliance reporting, plus any HSE business
planning (budget, staffing), consulting, or analysis activities.
As required, operations, maintenance, decommissioning, and abandonment phase HSE
professionals will draw on outside expertise to provide assistance in special situations.
As was the case during the site preparation and construction phases of the project, the major
operations, maintenance, decommissioning, and abandonment phase costs associated with the
HSE management and oversight are for wages, salaries and benefits, and other related costs.
Other significant costs will include:
Annual Financial
HSE Cost Component Commitment
Human Resources
WAPCo HES Staff $512,000
Personnel and Asset Security
$295,000
Planning and Implementation (personnel and hardware)
Drug and Alcohol Testing Resources $15,000
Third Party Auditing (2 to 3 Audits during the 12 to 15 month $25,000
construction period and thereafter at least once every 3 years)
HSE Program Implementation (Communications, Training,
$170,000
and Personal Protective Equipment)
HSE monitoring and reporting software
(Initial Purchase $200,000) $50,000
Annual Management Cost
Emergency Response Resources $115,000

Chapter 8
Annual Financial
HSE Cost Component Commitment
Medical Resources $100,000
Waste Management Services $40,000
TOTAL $1,322,000
The equipment and other physical needs of the HSE management and oversight during
construction include:
Motor vehicles in the field;
Desk-top personal computers and associated printers;
Notebook computers for in-field use;
Office space;
Periodic use of aircraft and/or ground vehicles to perform pipeline surveillance; and
Environmental field measurement kits.
8.7 Institutional Strengthening and Capacity Building

WAPCo will provide fixed financial support for a three-person independent, expert panel
operating under a Terms of Reference (TOR) established by the World Bank. Its purpose is
to provide advice and consultation to government regulatory agencies on HSE and
socioeconomic issues and provide written reports on these efforts and their observations.
The expert panel is intended to be an independent panel, essentially a third-party independent
review board. Although WAPCo provides certain funding for the panel, it has virtually no
control over how it operates or what it does. World Bank will recruit and establish the
panels TOR, but the expert panel is intended to be relatively independent from World Bank
as well. This way it can provide an independent assessment of the success of safeguard
measures and policies. This panel will function in this capacity for up to seven years. It is
expected that most of the consultations will occur during the site preparation and
construction phase of the project. The panels role and frequency of oversight will be
reassessed following construction and the first year of operations. It is suggested that the
panel comprise science and policy professionals who are highly regarded by their peers in
disciplines that include large marine ecosystems (including fisheries, coastal erosion, and
estuarine wetlands), pipeline safety and security, human resettlement planning, and HSE
regulatory program design and implementation. Terms of Reference for the Environment
and Social Advisory panel are presented in Appendix 8-C.
8.8 Reporting
WAPCo will notify the appropriate regulatory authorities as indicated in Section 8.5 and/or
provide written reports as follows:

Chapter 8
Significant Modifications to this HSEMP;
Significant Design, Routing or Implementation Changes per Section 8.1.2 above;
WAPCo Hydrotest Effluent Discharge Work Instruction (Ecotoxicity Testing Plan)

and subsequent Waste Water Discharge Controls Plan and Results;
Chance Finds per Section 8.1.3 above;
Defined Community or HES Incidents including:
o Visible Community Protests and/or Work Stoppages;
o Security Incidents for potential or actual personnel-at-risk, sabotage attempts,

asset losses and fraud/extortion;
o Occupational Lost Work Day cases;
o Occupational Restricted Duty cases;
o Occupational Medical cases;
o Emergency Medical Situations (evacuations, hospitalization, etc.);
o Fires;
o Hazardous Material and Hazardous Waste releases or spills;
o Motor Vehicle Incidents; and
o Deployment of External Emergency Response Resources.
As applicable, Sanitary Waste discharge monitoring results;
Complete Nigeria Onshore Blowdown through the Midline Valve Station;
Full system blowdown through the Nigeria Compressor Station flare or Takoradi
Vent System;
Results from Third Party Independent Monitoring

(as defined in Section 8.9 below, not including EPC contractor monitoring);
Results from Third Party Independent Audits;
WAPCo will make accessible, or provide upon request the following:
Land Acquisition status and other Resettlement Action Plan reporting/monitoring

requirements;

Chapter 8
On-site (daily) Inspection and Monitoring Reports (WAPCo and EPC Contractor);
Internal Audits;
Occupational First Aid and Minor Medical cases;
Investigations and Root Cause Analysis reports;
Reinstatement Assessment Reports;
General Modifications to this HSEMP or the WAPCo HSE Management System;
Waste Management Plan documentation including:
o On-site collection, storage, and inspections; and
o Third party transport, recycling and disposal.
Training Records; and
Completed alignment sheets geospatially referencing operational controls, mitigation

and monitoring plans, regulatory requirements, training needs, etc.
8.9 Health, Safety, and Environment Management Plan Sections

The sections of the HSEMP described below are being incorporated into, and will be
implemented by, the WAPCo HSEMS.
8.9.1 Land Use

This section summarizes the HSEMP section for potential land use impacts for Site
Preparation and Construction, Commissioning and Start-up, Operations and Maintenance,
and Decommissioning and Abandonment in Benin, Ghana, Nigeria, and Togo. The
monitoring approach and schedule are presented in Table 8.9-1 followed by text describing
the particular mitigation measures and BMPs.

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-1a
Land Use Section of the WAPCo HSEMP
Potential Impact: Loss of current land use disruption of farming, forestry, and tourist activities.
Habitat, Biological, Cultural Res. Mgmt.
Land Acquisition & ROW Mgmt.

Compliance & Permitting Plan
External Communications*
Waste Water Management

Specific
Waste Management Plan

Management of Change
Other Operational Procedures
Contractor Management
Significant
Emergency Response
HSE Audit Protocol
Impacts and Related Activities
Risk Management
HSE Training
Conversion of farmlands within the ROW associated with the clearing of vegetation, Not Applicable
removal of structures, leveling, etc. of the ROW in upland areas Q Q Q
-Onshore Pipeline and Facilities Design
Alteration of the land use at the staging sites used for material storage and dispersion Q Q Q Basis
-Construction Practices for Earthwork,
Alteration of the land use for the construction of a dock facility and access road on the Drainage, Roads and Surfacing
north edge of the lagoon in Nigeria Q Q Q Q -Onshore Pipeline and Facilities Design
Basis
Drainage, Roads and Surfacing
Alteration of the land use for the infrastructure development of one semi-permanent -Construction Practices for Concrete
construction camp at the compressor station, at one midline temporary worker facility, Q Q Q Work
at the Tee, and at the Lagos Beach Compressor Station site in Nigeria -Concrete Weight Coating for Line Pipe
Basis
Conversion of current land use due to horizontal directional drilling (HDD) pipeline
construction method in Nigeria and Benin Q Q Q
Conversion of current land use for the construction of the compressor station or R&M
stations Q Q Q
Alteration of water activities due to presence, movement, and anchoring of barges in
Gulf waters; and support vessel movement Q Q Q
*External Communications is employed in this instance as a reactive approach, not proactive.

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-1b
Applicable Regulatory Requirements or Other Commitments
Land Use Act (Nigeria)
Land Use (Validation of Certain Laws) Act (Nigeria)
River Basins Development Authorities Act (Nigeria)
Pre-Construction (FID through FID plus 6 months to 9 months)
Final Selection of Staging, Concrete Batching, Camp, and Compressor Delivery in Nigeria
Implementation of the Resettlement Action Plan (See RAP for additional Monitoring Requirements)
Population Migration and Encroachment along the ROW and near facilities (job seekers, camp followers, etc.)
Construction
Daily: Implementation of Tier 2 Procedures and Other Operational Procedures from above particularly:
Construction Practices for Earthwork, Drainage, Roads and Surfacing, Construction Practices for Concrete Work, Concrete Weight Coating for Line Pipe
Construction operations contained within the ROW and Facility footprints and existing access roads
Mitigation measures (below)
Monthly: Population Migration and Encroachment along the ROW and near facilities (job seekers, camp followers, etc.)
Every 6 months to 9 months: Third Party Independent Audit
Post Construction
Reinstatement Criteria (Appendix 8B2.8.1), particularly land temporarily acquired and for residual edge effects of WAPCo ROW and Facilities that could impact non-WAPCo land use-
Once upon completion and once six months after completion of construction (or once after the first rainy season)
Operations
Monthly: Patrol, Inspection and/or Audits for:
Population Migration and Encroachment along the ROW and near facilities
Erosion along the ROW, Stormwater Management within the R&M and compressor stations
Annually: HESMS Audits

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-1b
Mitigation and Regulatory Monitoring Institutional Roles
AGENCIES
Nigeria Federal Department of Petroleum Resources (NDPR), Nigerian Government Ministries, Department, and Agencies (with responsibilities for land acquisition, forestry tourism)
including State Ministry of Lands and Housing, Bureau for Lands, Office of State Surveyor General, Town Planning Divisions, Forestry Research Institute of Nigeria, State Ministry of
Tourism/ Tourism Board, and local government councils, Benin Ministere de lEnvironnement (BME), Ghana Ministry of Lands And Forestry (Survey Department, Forestry Commission,
Lands Valuation Board, Lands Commission) Ghana Ministry of Environment and Science, Ghana Ministry of Tourism, Ghana Environmental Protection Agency, Tema Development
Corporation, Town and Country Planning Department, Kpone and Tema Traditional Councils, Kpone and Tema Municipal and District Assemblies (Buildings Inspectorate, Waste
Management, and Factories Inspectorate Units) Togo Ministere de lEnvironnement et des Ressources Forestieres (TMERF).
SCOPE
Issue any land use related administrative authorizations and/or permits that are required by the Project in a timely manner. Examine a priori conformity, check implementation, and verify a
posteriori the measures regarding land use changes associated with WAPCo, in particular ensuring that project footprints are minimized. Verify that measures conform to the EMP. Facilitate
relations between WAPCo and other Government Ministries having project-related land use regulatory oversight responsibilities. Communicate to WAPCo in a timely manner any
nonconformance with the EMP regarding land use and check the implementation of corrective actions. At their discretion, periodically inspect the projects measures for mitigating migration,
encroachment, and other land use impacts along the ROW. At their discretion, monitor construction activities, for changes in farming, forestry, and tourism. At their discretion, monitor
activities and practices related to land reclamation of the pipeline route and other project work sites.
FREQUENCY
Subject to Agency discretion it is anticipated that Land Acquisition oversight will occur in the first 6 months to 9 months of project implementation following the Final Investment Decision
Additional oversight, particularly impacts to forestry and/or tourism related impacts would occur 3 to 4 times annually to ensure that impacts are minimized, any unforeseen additional impacts
are mitigated and that restoration is completed following construction (and for 1 year following construction). No monitoring or oversight is anticipated for the operational period.
Specific BMPs (Summarized from Chapter 7)
Avoid disruption of farming activities

Avoid disruption to forestry activities
Avoid disruption of tourist activities
Minimize the disruption from facility siting

Chapter 8
8.9.2 Topography, Geology, and Soils

This section summarizes the HSEMP section for potential Topography, Geology, and Soils
impacts for Site Preparation and Construction, Commissioning and Start-up, Operations and
Maintenance, and Decommissioning and Abandonment in Nigeria, Benin, Togo, and Ghana.
The monitoring approach and schedule are presented in Table 8.9-2 followed by text
describing the particular mitigation measures and BMPs.

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-2a
Topography, Geology, and Soils Section of the WAPCo HSEMP
Potential Impact: Change in topography or soils.


Specific

Significant Other Operational Procedures
Emergency Response
Impacts & Related Activities
HSE Audit Protocol
Risk Management
HSE Training
Changes in soil structure and sediment, and alteration in topography or bathymetry -Construction Practices for Earthwork,
due to construction of a dock, access road, compressor station and concrete batching Drainage, Roads and Surfacing
facility, a potential construction camp at the compressor station and/or midline Q Q Q Q Q Q -Onshore Pipeline and Facilities Design
temporary worker facility, and dredging of a canal for transport of equipment through Basis
Badagry Creek to the Lagos Beach Compressor Station -Environmental Design Basis
Impacts to soils at the staging sites used for material Q Q Q Q -Same as above
Impacts to soils caused by the HDD pipeline construction method from the barrier
Q Q Q Q -Same as above
island to offshore in Nigeria and Benin
Impacts to soils caused by the trenching across the barrier island to offshore Q Q Q Q Q Q -Same as above
Impacts to soil structure, geology, and topography conditions associated with clearing
and grading activities
Impacts to soils caused by the thrust boring of road crossings Q Q Q Q -Same as above
Impacts to soils caused by the trenching and backfilling to install the pipeline in
upland and wetland areas
-Same as above
Impacts to soil structure caused by the HDD operations on barrier islands Q Q Q Q Q -Horizontal Directional Drilling of Shore
Approaches
Alteration of bathymetry within Badagry Creek and the Benin lagoon due to trenching
Q Q Q Q Q Q -Same as above
and backfilling to install pipeline
Change in soil surface and topography from land clearing and grading activities for
Q Q Q Q Q -Same as above
compressor and R&M station construction

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-2a
Potential Impact: Change in topography or soils.


Specific

Emergency Response
Impacts & Related Activities
HSE Audit Protocol
Risk Management
HSE Training
Impacts to soils due to deposition/ release of solid wastes or hazardous materials
associated with upland and wetland pipeline construction, compressor station
Q Q Q Q Q Q Q -Same as above
construction, R&M station construction, construction camps, and at pipe cement
coating facilities
Alteration of topography due to trenching and backfilling to install the pipeline in
upland and wetland areas
Soil and sediment erosion due to presence of staging sites Q Q Q Q -Same as above
Alteration of topography and soil erosion from HDD or jet trenching and cutting of
shoreline starting at <8m water depth

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-2b
Potential Impact: Adverse change in topography or soils.
Land Use Act (Nigeria)
Land Use (Validation of Certain Laws) Act (Nigeria)
River Basins Development Authorities Act (Nigeria)
National Inland Waterways Act (Nigeria)
Convention on Desertification and Drought (Benin)
Pre-Construction
Final Selection of Staging, Concrete Batching, Camp, and Compressor Delivery in Nigeria
Implementation of HSE and Other Training
Construction
General Onshore Pipeline Construction, Construction Practices for Earthwork, Drainage, Roads and Surfacing, Construction Practices for Concrete Work, Concrete Weight
Coating for Line Pipe (Engineering Specifications WAGP-P-Y-SA-0078, WAGP-P-C-SA-0027, WAGP-P-C-SA-0028, WAGP-P-Y-SA-0003/ WAGP-R-X-SA-P00-00-1004)
Horizontal Directional Drilling of Shore Approaches (Engineering Specification WAGP-R-W-SA-P00-00-1012)
Wetland Pipeline Construction Method (WAGP HESEMP Appendix 8B-2.8.2 WAGP Specification WAGP-P-Z-CA-0002-0)
WAPCo and EPC Contractor Hazardous Materials Management Plan
WAPCo and EPC Contractor Waste Management Plans
Construction operations contained within ROW and Facility footprints and existing access roads
Monthly: HSEMS Internal Inspections and Audits for conformance with relevant operational controls and mitigation
Post Construction
Onshore Reinstatement Guidelines (HESEMP Appendix 8B 2.8.1)-Once upon completion and once six months after completion of construction (or once after the first rainy
season)
Wetland Pipeline Construction Method Reinstatement (WAGP HESEMP Appendix 8B-2.8.2 WAGP Specification WAGP-P-Z-CA-0002-0)
Operations
Monthly: Patrol, Inspection and/or Audits especially for:
Erosion along the ROW, Stormwater Management within the R&M and compressor stations
WAPCo Hazardous Materials Management Plan
WAPCo Waste Management Plans
Annually: HESMS Audits (especially regarding WAPCo Hazardous Materials Management Plan and Waste Management Plans)

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-2b
Potential Impact: Adverse change in topography or soils.
AGENCIES
WAGP Authority, Nigeria Federal Ministry of Environment (NFME), Department of Petroleum Resources (NDPR), Benin Ministere de lEnvironnement (BME), Ghana Ministry of
Environment, Science, and Technology (GEST), Environmental Protection Agency (GEPA), Togo Ministere de lEnvironnement et des Ressources Forestieres (TMERF)
SCOPE
Issue any topography, geology, soils related administrative authorizations and/or permits that are required by the Project in a timely manner. Examine a priori conformity, check
implementation, and verify a posteriori the measures regarding topography, geology, and soil changes associated with WAPCo. Verify that measures conform to the EMP. Facilitate relations
between WAPCo and other Government Ministries having project-related topography, geology, soils regulatory oversight responsibilities. Communicate to WAPCo in a timely manner any
nonconformance with the EMP regarding topography, geology, and soils and check the implementation of corrective actions. At their discretion, periodically inspect the projects measures for
mitigating topography, geology, and soils impacts, At their discretion, monitor construction activities, including topsoil removal and stockpiling practices, soil erosion control measures and
appropriate clean-up and restoration following hazardous material spills or releases. At their discretion, monitor activities and practices related to land reclamation of the pipeline route and
other project work sites.
FREQUENCY
Subject to Agency discretion it is anticipated that on-site monitoring would occur 3 to 4 times annually during construction to ensure that impacts are minimized, any unforeseen additional
impacts are mitigated and that restoration is completed following construction (and for 1 year following construction). During WAPCo operations it is anticipated that monitoring and
inspections would occur 1 to 2 times per year, to ensure proper erosion controls and appropriate clean-up and restoration from hazardous materials releases.
Minimize modification of the soil characteristics

Reduce soil erosion and destabilization

Chapter 8
8.9.3 Habitats, Biological Resources, Water Resources, and Hydrology

This section summarizes the HSEMP section for potentially significant habitats, biological
resources, water resource, and hydrology impacts for Site Preparation and Construction,
Operations and Maintenance, and Decommissioning and Abandonment in Nigeria, Benin,
Togo, and Ghana. The monitoring approach and schedule are presented in Table 8.9-3.

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-3a
Habitats, Biological Resources, Water Resources, and Hydrology Section of the WAPCo HSEMP
Potential Impact: Loss or impairment of habitats or resources, including wetlands, onshore and offshore surface water, groundwater, barrier
island, shoreline, and seabeds.


Specific

Emergency Response
HSE Audit Protocol
Risk Management
HSE Training
-Onshore Pipeline & Facilities Design
Basis
Changes in existing ecology and loss of current habitat from the clearing of
Q Q Q Q -Environmental Design Basis
vegetation, removal of structures, leveling etc
Drainage, Roads, and Surfacing
Disturbance of surrounding organisms created by earthmoving equipment and
Q Q -Same as above
associated machinery
-Same as above
Alteration of current habitat due to HDD construction in Nigeria and Benin Q Q Q Q Q Q -Horizontal Directional Drilling of Shore
Approaches
Alteration of current habitat including migration of some species due to trenching and
Q Q -Same as above
backfilling at one meter depth
Loss of current habitat from land leveling and infrastructure development for a
Q Q Q -Same as above
potential construction camp at the compressor station
Disturbance of current habitat and species population due to the transportation of large
Q Q -Same as above
quantities of materials and equipment to the construction site
Disturbance of surrounding species populations due to noise created from earthmoving
Q Q -Same as above
equipment operations and associated machinery
Disturbance of surrounding habitat and biological resources from transport of
Q Q -Same as above
equipment via existing roads

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-3a


Specific

Emergency Response
HSE Audit Protocol
Risk Management
HSE Training
Disturbance of surrounding habitat, hydrology, and biological resources from transport
of equipment through Lagos Lagoon to a newly constructed dock and road to the Q Q -Same as above
compressor station
Disturbance of surrounding habitat and species due to the transport of pipe from Port
Q Q -Same as above
Harcourt to the coating facility to the ROW staging sites
Water quality impacts and resources disruption due to HDD in Nigeria and Benin Q Q Q Q Q Q Q -Same as above
Surface water quality impacts due to generation of solid and hazardous wastes during
Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q -Same as above
construction activities
-Same as above
Change in current water quality, hydrology, and resources from HDD in Nigeria and
Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q -Horizontal Directional Drilling of Shore
Benin
Approaches
Change in current water quality, hydrology, and resources from trenching in Nigeria
Q Q Q Q Q -Same as above
and Benin
Surface and groundwater quality impacts due to generation of solid and hazardous
wastes during pipeline construction
Impacts to surface and groundwater quality and resources due to the operation of
construction camps and temporary worker facilities
Surface and groundwater quality impacts due to generation of solid and hazardous
wastes from onshore construction camps
Impacts to surface and groundwater quality and resources due to facility operation Q Q Q Q Q Q -Same as above

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-3a


Specific

Emergency Response
HSE Audit Protocol
Risk Management
HSE Training
Changes in surface water quality and resources due to construction of a dock, access
road, and dredging of a canal for transport of equipment through Lagos Lagoon to the Q Q Q Q Q Q -Same as above
compressor station
Changes to current habitat quality due to trenching and backfilling in wetlands,
lagoons, or other water bodies
Surface water quality impacts due to earth moving activities Q Q Q Q Q Q -Same as above
Surface water quality impacts due to the suspended sediment entrainment in lagoons,
rivers, streams, creeks, and/or other bodies of water
WAPCo Hydrotest Effluent Discharge
Work Instruction (Ecotoxicity Testing
Marine surface water and biological resource impacts due to hydrotest water discharge Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Plan)
Waste Water Discharge Controls
Changes in marine surface water quality and biological resources due to presence,
Q Q Q Q Q Q Q --Anchoring Specification
movement, and anchoring of barges in Gulf waters; and support vessel movement
Changes in marine surface water quality and biological resources due to black and
Q Q Q Q Q Q Q --Wastewater Discharge Controls
gray water and galley waste disposal
Changes in marine surface water quality and biological resources due to current
Q Q Q Q Q Q --Prevention of Salt Water Intrusion
habitat from passive installation of pipeline in >8m water depth
Changes in onshore surface water quality and biological resources HDD or jet
Q Q Q Q Q Q --Prevention of Salt Water Intrusion
trenching and cutting of shoreline starting at <8m water depth

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-3b
Endangered Species (Control of International Trade & Traffic) Act (Nigeria)

National Parks Decree (No. 36) (Nigeria)
Sea Fisheries Decree (Nigeria)
Oil in Navigable Waters Act (Nigeria)
Subsidiary Legislation: Oil in Navigable Waters Regulations (Nigeria)
Amendment to the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (Art.XXI) (Togo)
Amendments to Articles 6 and 7 of the Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat (Togo)
Convention for Cooperation in the Protection and Development of the Marine and Coastal Environment of the West and Central African Region (All)
Convention on Biological Diversity (All)
Convention on Fishing and Conservation of the Living Resources of the High Seas
Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (Ghana, Nigeria)
Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals (All)
Convention on the Prevention of Marine Wastes and Other Matter (All)
Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat (Togo)
International Plant Protection Convention (Ghana, Togo)
International Tropical Timber Agreement (Ghana, Togo)
Protocol to amend the Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat (Nigeria, Benin and Ghana)
Gulf of Guinea Large Marine Ecosystem Project (GOGLME) (All)
Fight Against Water Pollution and Conservation of Biological Diversity in the Great Marine Ecosystem of the Gulf of Guinea GOG-LME (Benin, program participant)
Convention of Fisheries Cooperation among African States Bordering the Atlantic Ocean (All)
Convention on Trans-frontier Environmental Impact Assessment (Togo)
Convention on Intervention on Open Seas (Benin)
UN Convention on the Law of the Sea (Benin, Nigeria, Togo)
Treaty Banning Placement of Nuclear Arms and Other Weapons of Mass Destruction on or in the Sea or Ocean Floor (Benin)
Convention on Telluric Marine Pollution (Togo)
African Convention on Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (Ghana, Nigeria and Togo)
International Convention for the Conservation of Tuna in the Atlantic (Benin)
Convention on Continental Shelf (Nigeria))

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-3b

Pre-Construction
Final Selection of Staging, Concrete Batching, Camp, and Compressor Delivery in Nigeria.
Final determination of Industrial Water Sources for Construction and Operations and potable water supply, including hydrological data from existing and new, on-site water wells and
boreholes. Groundwater monitoring will be done if groundwater can be used based on the results of hydrologic assessments. If wells are drilled, WAPCo will employ groundwater
protection methods.
Final determination of Aggregate and other Raw Material Sources for Weight Coating.
Final determination for Sanitary Waste Management Systems, including as needed permits for sanitary waste discharge to adjacent water bodies.
WAPCo Hydrotest Effluent Discharge Work Instruction (Ecotoxicity Testing Plan) and subsequent Waste Water Discharge Controls.
Implementation of HSE and Other Training, in particular identification of endangered species, ecological conservation measures, and water protection measures.
Determine whether hazardous contaminants are present in soils to be disturbed at the Takoradi site in Ghana.
Construction
Exhibit F to the Contract (HSE Guidelines)
Horizontal Directional Drilling of Shore Approaches (Engineering Specification WAGP-R-W-SA-P00-00-1012) and Wetland Pipeline Construction Method (WAGP HESEMP
Appendix 8B2.8.2 WAGP Specification WAGP-P-Z-CA-0002-0)
Turbidity and Sediment loading for all watercourse crossings
WAPCo and EPC Contractor Hazardous Materials Management Plan and WAPCo and EPC Contractor Waste Management Plans
WAPCo Sea Turtle Nesting Protection Procedures and WAPCo Chance Finds Procedure
WAPCo Anchoring Specifications
Pesticides Management Plan
Monthly:
As applicable, sanitary waste discharge into adjacent water bodies
HSEMS Internal Inspections and Audits for conformance with relevant operational controls and mitigation

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-3b
Post Construction
Onshore Reinstatement Guidelines (HESEMP Appendix 8B2.8.1)-Once upon completion and once six months after completion of construction (or once after the first rainy season)
Per Wetland Pipeline Construction Method (WAGP HESEMP Appendix 8B2.8.2 WAGP Specification WAGP-P-Z-CA-0002-0), For required reinstatement of forested (mangrove)
wetlands, monitoring by a competent wetland biologists for successful establishment of new wetlands for vegetation cover, species composition, and restored wetland function shall
be conducted once annually for three years. Appropriate corrective action should be pursued during this three-year period to ensure that ecological health (based upon 70 percent
success as estimated by a combined metric involving vegetation cover, species composition, and wetland function) of these wetlands has been properly restored.
Restoration of flow and water quality following creek, river or other watercourse crossings
Impacts (if any) from Badagry Creek water sourcing to fill Nigeria onshore and offshore pipelines
Hydrotest Discharge (To Be Determined)
Operations
Monthly: Patrol, Inspection and/or Audits for/to:
Erosion along the ROW, Stormwater Management within the R&M and Compressor Stations
WAPCo Hazardous Materials Management Plan and WAPCo Waste Management Plans
As applicable, Sanitary Waste Discharge performance
Ensure continued burial of pipeline for all watercourse crossings
Every 6 months to 9 months: Gauge static water levels in production well to ensure that water usage is not causing excess draw down.
Annually: HSEMS Audits (especially regarding WAPCo Hazardous Materials Management Plan and Waste Management Plans)
AGENCIES
Nigeria Federal Ministry of Environment (NFME), Department of Petroleum Resources (NDPR), Benin Ministere de lEnvironnement (BME), Ghana Ministry of Environment, Science, and
Technology (GEST), Environmental Protection Agency (GEPA), Togo Ministere de lEnvironnement et des Ressources Forestieres (TMERF), Togo Ministrere du Commerce, de lIndustrie,
des Transports et du Developpement de la Zone Franche, Nigeria National Inland Waterways Authority, Ghana Marine Fisheries,
SCOPE
Issue any habitat, biological resource, water resource, and hydrology related administrative authorizations and/or permits that are required by the Project in a timely manner. Examine a priori
conformity, check implementation, and verify a posteriori the measures regarding habitat, biological resource, water resource, and hydrological changes associated with WAPCo. Verify that
measures conform to the EMP. Facilitate relations between WAPCo and other Government Ministries having project-related habitat, biological resource, water resource, hydrological
regulatory oversight responsibilities. Communicate to WAPCo in a timely manner any nonconformance with the EMP regarding any habitat, biological resource, water resource, and
hydrology and check the implementation of corrective actions. At their discretion, periodically inspect the projects measures for mitigating impacts to wetlands and turtle populations or
associated with anchoring, waste water discharge, stormwater discharge, river crossing, hydrotest water discharge, and waste management, At their discretion, monitor construction activities,
including wetland, beach, and stream crossing, groundwater extraction, discharging of hydrotest water, and anchor handling. At their discretion, monitor activities and practices related to
wetland and other vegetation reinstatement along the pipeline route and at other project work sites. Respond to WAPCo initiated chance finds communications. Because the pipeline ROW,

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-3b
especially in Nigeria, might increase already intense hunting pressure on endangered species, such as Sitatung and Brush-tailed Porcupine populations, that are much sought after as bushmeat,
the Nigeria Federal Ministry of Environment should be aware of a responsibility to help WAPCo ensure compliance with hunting and fishing policies and prohibitions. This agency should also
take responsibility to assist WAPCo to prevent and mitigate unacceptable levels of new deforestation adjacent to the ROW.
FREQUENCY
impacts are mitigated and that restoration is completed following construction (and for 1 year following construction). During WAPCo operations it is anticipated that monitoring and
inspections would occur 1 to 2 times per year, to ensure proper hazardous materials controls are in place and appropriate clean-up and restoration from hazardous materials releases.
Prohibit hazardous chemical use as part of Product Acceptance

Implement good housekeeping on-site
Reduce surface water quality and wetland impacts
Protect the water table
Reduce modification of surface water flow
Minimize destruction or modification of the vegetation cover
Minimize destruction or modification of wildlife habitats

Chapter 8
8.9.4 Air Quality

This section summarizes the HSEMP section for potentially significant air quality (including
noise and vibration) impacts for Site Preparation and Construction, Commissioning and
Start-up, Operations and Maintenance, and Decommissioning and Abandonment in Nigeria,
Benin, Togo, and Ghana. The monitoring approach and schedule are presented in
Table 8.9-4.

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-4a
Air Quality Section of the WAPCo HSEMP
Potential Impact: Impaired air quality, excess noise and vibration.


Specific

Emergency Response
HSE Audit Protocol
Risk Management
HSE Training
Changes in air quality due to clearing of vegetation and leveling Q Q Basis
-Environmental Design Basis
Changes in air quality from transportation of materials and equipment to the various
Q Q -Same as above
construction sites
Changes in air quality due to the operation of mobile generators Q Q -Same as above
Changes in air quality due to the operation of earthmoving and other heavy equipment Q Q -Same as above
Changes in air quality due to land leveling and infrastructure development Q Q -Same as above
Changes in air quality from worker camp and temporary facility operation Q Q -Same as above
Changes in air quality from land clearing and preparation Q Q -Same as above
Changes in air quality due to the transportation of materials and equipment to the sites Q Q -Same as above
Changes in air quality due to the operation of the concrete batching facility Q Q Q Q -Same as above
Changes in air quality from transport of equipment via existing roads Q Q -Same as above
Changes in air quality due to transport requiring construction of a dock, access road,
and dredging of a canal to move equipment through Lagos Lagoon to the compressor Q Q -Same as above
station
Changes in air quality due to the transport of pipe segments from Port Harcourt to the
Q Q -Same as above
coating facility to the ROW staging sites

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-4a


Specific

Emergency Response
HSE Audit Protocol
Risk Management
HSE Training
Changes in air quality from operations venting, flaring and controlled blowdowns Q Q Q Q -Same as above
Changes in air quality from general operation of vessels and equipment (e.g.,
Q Q Q -Same as above
generators)
*External Communications is employed in this instance as a reactive approach, not proactive

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-4b
Amendment to the Montreal Protocol on Substances that deplete the Ozone Layer (Ghana, Nigeria)
Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer (All)
Protocol on Substances that deplete the Ozone Layer (All, except Benin)
Vienna Convention on the Ozone Layer (Benin and Nigeria)
UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (Benin and Nigeria)
Montreal Protocol on Ozone-Depleting Substances including London Amendment (Benin)
Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer (Togo, Ghana and Nigeria)
Convention on Long Distance, Trans-frontier Atmospheric Pollution (Togo)
Pre-Construction
Final Transportation Plans, particularly Ghana Weight Coating Operations and Nigeria Onshore Pipe and Compressor Station equipment delivery
Final Detailed Design for Stack Emissions and Noise Management
Implementation of HSE and Other Training, in particular WAPCo expectations regarding dust and noise suppression
Construction
Daily: Implementation of Tier 2 Procedures and Other Operational Procedures from above, particularly:
Dust Control
Transportation Plans
Noise Measurements
Monthly:
Traffic Patterns and Impacts, Adjustments to Transportation Plans
Post Construction
Commissioning Plans for displacement of hydrotest fluids with Air, Nitrogen and Line Pack

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-4b
Operations
Daily:
Minimize fugitive emissions, excessive venting/flaring operations
Maintenance Program Implementation
As Needed: Fence line monitoring of noise and emissions from significant Vent or Flare operations
Monthly: Patrol, Inspection and/or Audits
Annual: HESMS Audits (especially regarding Noise Measurements, Ambient Air or Stack Emissions, and Vehicle Maintenance)
AGENCIES
Technology (GEST), Environmental Protection Agency (GEPA), Togo Ministere de lEnvironnement et des Ressources Forestieres (TMERF)
SCOPE
Issue any air quality, noise, and vibration related administrative authorizations and/or permits that are required by the Project in a timely manner. Examine a priori conformity, check
implementation, and verify a posteriori the measures regarding air quality and noise changes associated with WAPCo. Verify that measures conform to the EMP. Facilitate relations between
WAPCo and other Government Ministries having project-related air quality, noise, vibration regulatory oversight responsibilities. Communicate to WAPCo in a timely manner any
nonconformance with the EMP regarding air quality, noise, vibration and check the implementation of corrective actions. At their discretion, periodically inspect the projects measures for
mitigating air quality, noise, and vibration impacts. At their discretion, monitor noise levels associated with construction activities. At their discretion, monitor activities and practices related
to WAPCo air emissions monitoring at the compressor station in Nigeria.
FREQUENCY
Subject to Agency discretion it is anticipated that on-site monitoring would occur 3 to 4 times annually during construction to ensure that impacts are minimized, and that any unforeseen
additional impacts or complaints from surrounding communities are mitigated. During WAPCo operations it is anticipated that monitoring and inspections would occur 1 to 2 times per year, to
ensure proper air emissions controls are in place and functioning and to verify noise measurements at the fenceline.
Reduce changes to air quality and noise and vibration exposure

Chapter 8
8.9.5 Solid, Liquid, and Hazardous Waste

This section summarizes the HSEMP section for potential solid, liquid, and hazardous waste
impacts for Site Preparation and Construction, Commissioning and Start-up, Operations and
Maintenance, and Decommissioning and Abandonment in Nigeria, Benin, Togo, and Ghana.
The WAPCo Waste Management Plan (WMP) addresses impacts related to waste generation,
on-site storage, off-site transport, treatment, and disposal for concrete coating operations,
onshore construction, offshore construction, hydrotesting and commissioning, compressor
station, R&M station and Alagbado Tee operations. The WMP was developed by describing
each of these project processes, i.e., determining what kinds of wastes are generated, what are its
sources, and how is it characterized. The WMP also includes estimates of waste quantities, i.e.,
how much waste is generated, on what schedule, and what are the potential environmental
impacts and cost implications. The WMP addresses the identified impacts and mitigation
measures with respect to solid, liquid, and hazardous waste generation, with special attention to
the management of:
Cleared Woody Vegetation Radioactive Wastes

Scrap Pipe, Steel, and Other Metal Computer Cartridges
Scrap Concrete Coating Wastes
Batteries Domestic Wastes
Contaminated Fuels Used Filters
Detergents Glycol from Gas Dehydration
Infirmary Wastes Hydrotest Water
Oily Rags Packaging Materials
Paint Cans/Drums Refractory/ Lagging Materials
Process Water Sewage
Liquid and Crystallized Condensate Used Drums
Stormwater Used Oils and Lubricants
The WAGP waste management plan follows a standard hierarchy of accepted waste management
principles, such as:
Minimization of waste quantities generated;
Recycling and reuse of waste streams after appropriate treatment;
Use of safe methods of storage and handling;
Effective monitoring, documentation and control of on-site treatment or disposal units (if
any), including use of early warning systems for internal controls;
Initiating inventory controls, auditing and post project evaluation of regulatory trends to
ensure continued compliance; and
Use of qualified off-site waste transporters and reputable third-party waste disposal
facilities including processes for performance monitoring and auditing.
The monitoring approach and schedule are presented in Table 8.9-5.

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-5a
Solid, Liquid, and Hazardous Waste Section of the WAPCo HSEMP
Potential Impact: Over accumulation of solid and liquid wastes and contamination by hazardous wastes.

Specific

Significant
Emergency Response
HSE Audit Protocol
Risk Management
HSE Training
-Sewage and Sanitation System
-Hydrocarbons; Produced Water-Drains
Soils impacts due to generation of solid and hazardous wastes during pipeline 150# ANSI A1
construction Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q -Pipeline Cleaning and Flooding
Basis
-Environmental Design Basis
Soils impacts due to generation of solid, hazardous, and gray wastes at construction
Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q -Same as above
camps
Surface water quality impacts due to generation of solid and hazardous wastes during
pipeline construction
Water quality impacts due to generation of solid and hazardous wastes during pipeline
construction
Water quality impacts due to generation of solid and hazardous wastes from onshore
construction camps
Water quality impacts due to black and gray water and galley waste disposal Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q -Same as above

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-5b

Amendments to the Annexes to the Convention on the Prevention of Marine Pollution by Dumping of Wastes and Other Matter (Nigeria)
Convention on the Ban of the Import of Hazardous Wastes into Africa and on the Control of their Transboundary Movements within Africa (Benin, Togo)
Convention on the Control of Transboundary Movements of Hazardous Wastes and their Disposal (Nigeria)
Convention on the Prevention of Marine Pollution by Dumping of Wastes and Other Matter (Togo)
International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL ) (Benin, Togo)
International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973 ( MARPOL ) Annex III (Togo)
International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution of the Sea by Oil, 1954, as amended in 1962 and 1969 (Nigeria)
International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage (Benin, Nigeria)
International Convention on Oil Pollution Preparedness, Response and Co operation (Ghana, Nigeria)
International Convention on the Establishment of an International Fund for Compensation for Oil Pollution Damage (Benin, Nigeria)
International Convention relating to Intervention on the High Seas in Cases of Oil Pollution Casualties (Benin, Nigeria)
Phytosanitary Convention for Africa (Benin, Togo)
Protocol concerning Co-operation in combating Pollution in cases of Emergency in the West and Central African Region ( Benin, Ghana and Nigeria)
International Oil Pollution Compensation Fund 1992 (IOPC Fund) (Ghana, Nigeria)
Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants (POP) (Togo)
Bamako Convention on Hazardous Wastes (Benin)
International Convention on the Civil Liability due to Hydrocarbons (Benin)
Protocol on Co-operation in Combating Critical Pollution Incidents (Togo)
Pre-Construction
Audits of proposed off-site, Third Party Waste Management facilities and transporters
Final EPC Contractor Waste Management Plans
Final Selection of Staging, Concrete Batching, and Camp locations
Final determination for Sanitary Waste Management Systems, including as needed permits for sanitary waste discharge to adjacent water bodies
WAPCo Hydrotest Effluent Discharge Work Instruction (Ecotoxicity Testing Plan) and subsequent Waste Water Discharge Controls.
Implementation of HSE and Other Training, in particular WAPCo Hazardous Material and Waste Management expectations and details of EPC contractor Waste Management Plan
Construction
Exhibit F to the Contract
Facilities and Environmental Design Basis Documents, including Sewage and Sanitation System, Hydrocarbons; Produced Water-Drains 150# ANSI A1
WAPCo Hazardous Materials Communication, Chemical Management Plan, Hazardous Material Control Procedures and EPC Contractor Plans
WAPCo and EPC Contractor Waste Management Plans, including waste characterization

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-5b

Monthly:
As applicable, sanitary waste discharge into adjacent water bodies
Post Construction
Hydrotest Discharge (To Be Determined)
Operations
o WAPCo Hazardous Materials Communication, Chemical Management Plan, and Hazardous Material Control Procedures
o WAPCo Waste Management Plans including waste characterization
o As applicable, sanitary waste discharge into adjacent water bodies
Annually: HESMS Audits (especially regarding WAPCo Hazardous Materials Management Plan and WAPCo Waste Management Plans including waste characterization)
AGENCIES
Technology (GEST), Environmental Protection Agency (GEPA), Togo Ministere de lEnvironnement et des Ressources Forestieres (TMERF)
SCOPE
Issue any solid and liquid waste and hazardous waste related administrative authorizations and/or permits that are required by the Project in a timely manner. Examine a priori conformity,
check implementation, and verify a posteriori the measures regarding solid and liquid wastes and hazardous wastes associated with WAPCo. Verify that measures conform to the EMP.
Facilitate relations between WAPCo and other Government Ministries having project-solid and liquid waste and hazardous waste regulatory oversight responsibilities. Communicate to
WAPCo in a timely manner any nonconformance with the EMP regarding solid and liquid wastes and hazardous wastes and check the implementation of corrective actions. At their discretion,
periodically inspect the projects measures for mitigating solid and liquid waste and hazardous waste impacts. At their discretion, monitor waste accumulation, storage, transportation,
characterization and disposal associated with construction activities. At their discretion, monitor during WAPCo operations its waste management activities and practices.
FREQUENCY
Subject to Agency discretion it is anticipated that on-site monitoring would occur 3 to 4 times annually during construction to ensure that the Waste Management Plan is being implemented.
During WAPCo operations it is anticipated that monitoring and inspections would occur 1 to 2 times per year, to ensure proper hazardous materials controls are in place and appropriate clean-
up and restoration from hazardous materials releases.

Chapter 8
8.9.6 Cultural Conditions

This section summarizes the HSEMP section for potentially significant cultural and
archaeological impacts for Site Preparation and Construction in Benin, Ghana, Nigeria, and
Togo. The monitoring approach and schedule are presented in Table 8.9-6.

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-6a
Cultural Conditions Section of the WAPCo HSEMP
Potential Impact: Modifying historical sites or buildings. Disrupting cultural or archeological sites.


Specific

Significant
Emergency Response
HSE Audit Protocol
Risk Management
HSE Training
Incidental destruction or alteration of significant cultural, historical, or archeological
Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Basis
sites
-Loss Prevention Design Basis

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-6b

National Commission for Museums and Monuments Act (Nigeria)
National Council for Arts and Culture Act (Nigeria)
National Endowment for the Arts Decree (Nigeria)
Convention concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage (All except Togo)
International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights (Benin, Togo)
Statutes of the International Centre for the Study of the Preservation and Restoration of Cultural Property (All except Togo)
Monitoring Approach & Schedule
Pre-Construction
Final Selection of Staging, Concrete Batching, and Camp locations
Cultural Mitigation (Ghana Baobab Tree)
Implementation of HSE and Other Training, in particular WAPCo expectations regarding respect for local customs, expectations regarding cultural & archeological resources and
WAPCo chance finds procedures
Additional cultural resource reconnaissance work (approximately two days) in the areas inaccessible during the initial field study due to thick brush and high grass.
Construction
Daily: Implementation of Tier 2 Procedures and Other Operational Procedures from above, particularly the Chance Finds Procedure and Mitigation measures (below)
Monthly: HSEMS Internal Inspections and Audits for conformance with relevant operational controls and mitigation
Operations
Annually: HSEMS Audits

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-6b
AGENCY
Cultural Heritage Directorate (la Direction du Patrimoine Culturel (DPC)), part of the Ministry of Culture, Crafts and Tourism (le Ministre de la Culture, de lArtisanat et du Tourisme
(MCAT)).
SCOPE:
Issue any cultural resource waste related administrative authorizations and/or permits that are required by the Project in a timely manner. Examine a priori conformity, check implementation,
and verify a posteriori the measures regarding cultural resources associated with WAPCo. Verify that measures conform to the EMP. Facilitate relations between WAPCo and other
Government Ministries having cultural resource regulatory oversight responsibilities. Communicate to WAPCo in a timely manner any nonconformance with the EMP regarding cultural
resources and check the implementation of corrective actions. At their discretion, periodically inspect the projects measures for mitigating impacts on cultural resource. At their discretion,
monitor treatment of cultural resources, such as the Ghana Baobab tree during construction activities.
FREQUENCY
Subject to Agency discretion it is anticipated that on-site monitoring would occur only from the standpoint of WAPCo initiated Chance Finds or complaints from surrounding communities or
other stakeholders, likely only during construction operations.
Avoid disruption of known or potential cultural or archeological sites

Chapter 8
8.9.7 Socioeconomic Conditions

This section summarizes the HSEMP section for potentially significant socioeconomic
condition, including goods and services, means of livelihood, and transportation and
infrastructure, impacts for Site Preparation and Construction, and Operations and
Maintenance in Benin, Ghana, Nigeria, and Togo. The monitoring approach and schedule
are presented in Table 8.9-7.

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-7a
Socioeconomic Conditions Section of the WAPCo HSEMP
Potential Impacts: Perturbation to livelihoods, customs and traditions. Population displacement. Service interruptions. Visual changes to
known historical sites and monuments. Damage to roads, risks of accidents, and traffic congestion. Impairment of
maritime traffic. Depletion of energy resources.


Specific

Emergency Response
HSE Audit Protocol
Risk Management
HSE Training
Land acquisition for ROW creates hostile intentions towards workers or pipeline -Onshore Pipeline and Facilities Design
Basis
Q Q Q Q Q Q Q -Loss Prevention Design Basis
Security Plan
Acquisition of land displaces people from homes Q Q Q Q Q Q Q -Same as above
Disrupting utility service to a group or population during construction activities Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q -Same as above
Disruption of community activities during construction Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q -Same as above
Negatively affect the traffic patterns of the local area Q Q Q Q Q Q Q -Same as above and Traffic Plan
Creation of a boomtown effect, which is followed by a recession after construction is Q -Same as above and Exit/Demobe Plan
over Q Q Q Q Q Q
Impairment of maritime traffic from presence, movement, and anchoring of barges in -Same as above and Traffic Plan
Gulf waters; and support vessel movement Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Perturbation of fishing from passive installation of pipeline in >8m water depth Q Q Q Q Q Q Q -Same as above

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-7b
Act regarding Navigation and Economic Co operation between the States of the Niger Basin (Nigeria)
Agreement concerning the River Niger Commission and the Navigation and Transport on the River Niger (Nigeria)
Agreement establishing the African Development Bank (All)
Articles of Association for the establishment of an Economic Community of West Africa (All except Benin)
Constitution of the International Labor Organization (All)
Constitution of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (All)
Convention on the Territorial Sea and Contiguous Zone (Nigeria)
Final Selection of Camp facilities in Nigeria
Final Selection of Staging, Concrete Batching, and Compressor Delivery in Nigeria
Implementation of the Resettlement Action Plan (See RAP for additional Monitoring Requirements)
boreholes
Final Transportation Plans, particularly Ghana Weight Coating Operations and Nigeria Onshore Pipe and Compressor Station equipment delivery (including raw materials and
finished products)
Final EPC (Local) Employment and Procurement Plan
Detailed Design of WAPCo Community Development Program
Implementation of HSE and Other Training, in particular WAPCo expectations regarding community relations, worker behaviors, HIV/AIDS mitigation measures, camp procedures,
etc.
Construction
Construction Practices for Earthwork, Drainage, Roads and Surfacing, Construction Practices for Concrete Work, Concrete Weight Coating for Line Pipe
HIV/AIDs Mitigation
Exhibits N (Security Plan) to the Contract
Construction operations contained within the ROW and Facility footprints and existing access roads
Implementation of WAPCo Community Development Program

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-7b
Monthly:
Community Interface to assess conditions, Contractor performance
EPC implementation of (Local) Employment & Procurement Plan, hiring practices, etc.
Compensation Demands and Other Claims (see RAP)
Traffic patterns and impacts and adjustments to transportation plans if problems are detected.
Post Construction
Reinstatement of Access to from and across pipeline ROW and road crossings
Operations
Continued Implementation of WAPCo Community Development Program
Monthly: Patrol, Inspection and/or Audits for:

Community Interface to reinforce Safety and Emergency Response procedures
Annually: HESMS Audits

AGENCIES
WAGP Authority and Ministries of Energy for overall coordination and local government or traditional authorities in the surrounding communities for certain socio-economic/cultural issues.
Local law enforcement for traffic interruption and for maritime issues, National Naval Forces and relevant Port Authorities (local or national) .
SCOPE
Issue any authorizations and/or permits that are required by the Project in a timely manner that are related to socioeconomic conditions, i.e. livelihoods, customs, traditions, population
displacement, service interruptions, changes to historical sites, energy resources and overland and maritime traffic management. Examine a priori conformity, check implementation, and verify
a posteriori the measures regarding socioeconomic conditions associated with WAPCo. Verify that measures conform to the EMP. Facilitate relations between WAPCo and other Government
Ministries having project-related socioeconomic regulatory oversight responsibilities. Communicate to WAPCo in a timely manner any nonconformance with the EMP regarding
socioeconomic conditions and check the implementation of corrective actions. At their discretion, periodically inspect the projects measures for mitigating impacts to livelihoods, customs,
traditions, historical sites, energy resources and overland and maritime traffic management or mitigating impacts from population displacement and service interruptions. At their discretion,

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-7b
monitor HIV/AIDs mitigation measure, containment of construction operations within the ROW and facility footprints, implementation of WAPCo Community Development Program,
mitigation of population migration and encroachment along the ROW and near facilities, EPC implementation of (local) employment and procurement plan, and compensation demands and
other claims (see RAP)
FREQUENCY
impacts are mitigated. Limited if any monitoring during Operations
Minimize perturbation to customs and traditions

Minimize population displacement
Minimizing service interruptions during the work
Minimize visual changes to known historical sites and monuments
Minimize disruption to road traffic, farming, fishing, forestry, tourist, and other community activities (by reducing damages to roads, risks of accidents, and traffic congestion)
Avoid impeding road traffic and community activities
Reduce depletion of energy resources

Chapter 8
8.9.8 Public and Worker Health and Safety

This section summarizes the HSEMP section for potentially significant public and worker
health, safety, and emergency preparedness and response impacts for Site Preparation and
Construction, Commissioning and Start-up, Operations and Maintenance, and
Decommissioning and Abandonment in Nigeria, Benin, Togo, and Ghana. The monitoring
approach and schedule are presented in Table 8.9-8.

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-8a
Public and Worker Health and Safety Section of the WAPCo HSEMP
Potential Impact: Reduced public and worker safety and security.


Specific

Emergency Response
HSE Audit Protocol
Risk Management
HSE Training
Basis
Adverse health risk to general population and construction workers due to hazardous
Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q -Environmental Design Basis
material spill in a densely populated area
-Hazard and Route Survey
-Fire and Gas Detection System
Adverse health risk to general population and construction workers due to gas leak
from the pipeline
Adverse health risk to general population and construction workers due to presence,
movement, and anchoring of barges in Gulf waters; and support vessel movement
Adverse health risk to general population and construction workers due to general
operation of vessels and equipment
Adverse health risk to general population from mishaps associated with passive
installation of pipeline in >8m water depth

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-8b
Convention Concerning the Protection of Workers against Ionizing Radiations ( ILO No. 115) (Ghana)
Convention Concerning the Protection of Workers against Occupational Hazards in the Working Environment due to Air Pollution, Noise and Vibration (ILO No. 148) (Ghana)
International Convention relating to Intervention on the High Seas in Cases of Oil Pollution Casualties (Benin)
International Convention on Standards of Training Certification and Watch-keeping for Seafarer (Nigeria)
International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (Nigeria, Benin)
Convention on the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (Nigeria)
Convention on Facilitation of International Maritime Traffic (Nigeria)
Convention on the High Seas (Nigeria)
Final Selection of Camp facilities in Nigeria
boreholes
Final Transportation Plans
Implementation of HSE and Other Training, in particular WAPCo Exhibit F expectations, WAPCo HES procedures, EPC Contractor HES procedures, Worker Protection Programs,
General Healthcare
Detailed design of WAPCo Community Development Program as it relates to Public Healthcare
Final determination of offshore pipeline burial that will provide adequate safeguard (especially with regard absence of free-spanning)
Construction
Daily:
Detailed design of WAPCo Community Development Program as it relates to Public Healthcare
Implementation of Tier 2 Procedures and Other Operational Procedures from above, particularly:
HIV/AIDs Mitigation

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-8b
Operations
Monthly: Patrol, Inspection and/or Audits of community interface to reinforce Safety and Emergency Response procedures
Annually: HESMS Audits (especially regarding Regulatory Interface to reinforce Safety and Emergency Response procedures, and Preventative Maintenance, Pigging and Mechanical
Integrity Program)
TBD: Dive inspections, side-scan sonar, or other acceptable methods to identify free-spanning or exposed portions of the pipeline
AGENCIES
WAGP Authority and Ministries of Energy for overall coordination, subject to development of the WAGP Regulations. Agency monitoring is likely to also include Ghana Ministry of Labour
Factories Inspectorat Department, Ghana Ministry of Interior, NDPR, Nigeria Ministry of Labour, NAFDAC, Benin and Togo Agencies.
SCOPE
Issue any authorizations and/or permits that are required by the Project in a timely manner that are related to public and worker safety and security. Examine a priori conformity, check
implementation, and verify a posteriori the measures regarding public and worker safety and security associated with WAPCo. Verify that measures conform to the EMP. Facilitate relations
between WAPCo and other Government Ministries having project-related public and worker safety and security regulatory oversight responsibilities. Communicate to WAPCo in a timely
manner any nonconformance with the EMP regarding public and worker safety and security and check the implementation of corrective actions. At their discretion, periodically inspect the
projects measures for mitigating impacts to public and worker safety and security. At their discretion, monitor selection of camp facilities in Nigeria, determination of industrial water sources
for construction and operations and potable water supply, including hydrological data from existing and new, on-site water wells and boreholes, determination for sanitary waste management
systems, including as needed permits for sanitary waste discharge to adjacent water bodies, transportation plans, implementation of HSE and other training, in particular WAPCo Exhibit F
expectations, WAPCo HES procedures, EPC contractor HES procedures, worker protection programs, general healthcare, and design of WAPCo Community Development Program as it
relates to public healthcare.
FREQUENCY
Subject to Agency discretion it is anticipated that on-site monitoring would occur 3 to 4 times annually during construction to ensure that impacts are minimized. During WAPCo operations it
is anticipated that monitoring and inspections would occur 1 to 2 times per year.
Optimize public safety and management of hazardous materials

Chapter 8
8.9.9 Emergency Preparedness and Response

This section summarizes the HSEMP section for potentially significant public and worker health,
safety, and emergency preparedness and response impacts for Site Preparation and Construction,
Commissioning and Start-up, Operations and Maintenance, and Decommissioning and
Abandonment in Nigeria, Benin, Togo, and Ghana. The monitoring approach and schedule are
presented in Table 8.9-9.

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-9a
Emergency Preparedness and Response Section of the WAPCo HSEMP
Potential Impact: Lack of preparedness in the event of an emergency.


Specific

Emergency Response
HSE Audit Protocol
Risk Management
HSE Training
Basis
Adverse health risk due to lack of response in emergency situations Q Q Q Q Q Q Q -Environmental Design Basis
-Hazard and Route Survey
-Fire and Gas Detection System
Adverse health risk due to lack of emergency management plan Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Same as above

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-9b

Convention concerning the Protection of Workers against Ionizing Radiations (ILO No. 115) (Ghana)
Convention concerning the Protection of Workers against Occupational Hazards in the Working Environment due to Air Pollution, Noise and Vibration (ILO No. 148) (Ghana)
International Convention relating to Intervention on the High Seas in Cases of Oil Pollution Casualties (Benin)
Convention on the Trans-boundary Effects of Industrial Accidents, Helsinki Convention (Togo)
International Convention on the Civil Liability due to Hydrocarbons (Benin)
Final Emergency Response Plan Development (WAPCo, EPC Contractor)
Emergency Response Consultations with WAPCo, EPC Contractor, Regulatory Agencies, Communities
Construction
Daily: Implementation of Tier 2 Procedures and Other Operational Procedures from above, particularly:
Operations
Monthly: Patrol, Inspection and/or Audits especially regarding Community Interface to reinforce Safety and Emergency Response procedures
Annually: Internal HESMS Audits (especially regarding Regulatory Interface to reinforce Safety and Emergency Response procedures and Preventative Maintenance, Pigging and
Mechanical Integrity Program

Chapter 8
Table 8.9-9b
AGENCIES
WAGP Authority and Ministries of Energy, Nigeria Federal Fire Service (offices in Ojuelegba, Ota, and Badagry), Nigeria National Emergency Management Agency (NEMA), National Fire
Service Group of Benin (GNSPB--under Department of Prevention and Civil Protection), Benin Department of Prevention and Civil Protection, Benin Ministry of Health, Benin Ministry of
Social Welfare, Benin Ministry of Transport and Works, the Benin Agency for Environment, the Ghana National Fire Service (Ministry of the Interior), Ghana National Disaster Management
Organization (NADMO), Tema Ports and Harbor Authority, Togo National Fire Agency
SCOPE
Issue any authorizations and/or permits that are required by the Project in a timely manner that are related to Emergency Response Plans. Examine a priori conformity, check implementation,
and verify a posteriori implementation of the measures outlined in the Emergency Response Plan associated with WAPCo, including training, drills, resource commitments and maintenance of
on-site emergency response equipment. Verify that measures conform to the EMP. Facilitate relations between WAPCo and other Government Ministries having project-related emergency
preparedness regulatory oversight responsibilities. Communicate to WAPCo in a timely manner any nonconformance with the EMP regarding emergency preparedness and check the
implementation of corrective actions. At their discretion, monitor WAPCo implementation of Emergency Response Plans in the event of an emergency , including Emergency Response Plan
Development (WAPCo, EPC Contractor); emergency response consultations with WAPCo, EPC Contractor, regulatory agencies, and communities; implementation of procedures particularly
Exhibit F to the Contract, Exhibits N (Security Plan) to the Contract. Monitoring should also include emergency prevention measures including but not limited to adequacy of the Preventative
Maintenance, Pigging, and Mechanical Integrity Programs.
FREQUENCY
Subject to Agency discretion it is anticipated that on-site monitoring would occur 1 to 2 times annually during construction and operations.

Chapter 9
Benin Conclusion
The proposal by the West African Gas Pipeline Company Ltd. (WAPCo) to construct the
West African Gas Pipeline (WAGP) represents a significant investment in infrastructure
development in a region that is considered, based on most economic and social indicators,
one of the least developed in the world. WAGP will deliver reliable, competitively priced
natural gas from Nigeria to industrial customers in Benin, Ghana, and Togo. Use of this
natural gas by power plants and other industries will facilitate economic growth in general
and through expansion or creation of existing or new industries. This beneficial use will help
reduce the open flaring of natural gas in Nigeria and thus mitigate greenhouse gas emissions.
WAGP is a major initiative to integrate the regional energy sector. Past experiences suggest
that such regional integration provides benefits of increased flexibility, resilience,
distribution, abundance, and diversity of energy supplies. The development of WAGP to
date has broken new ground in bringing together governments and private sector enterprises,
while generally enhancing regional collaboration in the four countries. The project has
started Benin, Ghana, Nigeria, and Togo on a path of extensive economic cooperation and
energy integration, as well as cooperation and harmonization on many levels. Once
approved, built, and put into operation, WAGP will become a permanent basis for
cooperation among the countries, one that has the potential to lead to broader economic
cooperation and development.
As a nation, Benin will see economic benefits and infusion of funds into the national
economy through income tax on WAPCo operations. WAGP will provide an important
environmental benefit to Benin and globally by providing a means for bringing currently
flared gas to markets. In doing so, WAGP will contribute to the Global Flare Reduction
Initiative, a worldwide initiative led by the World Bank that seeks to eliminate gas flaring
worldwide. In doing it reduces air pollution and related impacts on communities; reduces
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions; and combats global warming.
Analyses of project-level alternatives (Chapter 3) and proper siting and routing (Chapter 4)
have resulted in the avoidance of many potential negative impacts. Additional mitigating
measures were incorporated into the front-end engineering and design phase (Chapter 2,
Chapter 6). Others were incorporated into operational guidelines and policies to be
implemented during construction and over the lifetime of the project (Chapter 8, Chapter 6).
For each phase of the project, WAPCo has developed and committed itself to mitigation
measures for the potential negative impacts identified (Chapter 7). A Resettlement Action
Plan is being developed to ensure that people affected by the project receive compensation
for use of lost resources, including land used by the project.
A Health, Safety, and Environmental Management Plan (HSEMP) has been established for
WAGP (Chapter 8, Operational Controls Appendix 8-B) to achieve its health, safety,
environmental (HSE) regulatory compliance objectives, and other related commitments.
Also addressed in the HSEMP are socioeconomic measures that will reduce negative impacts
Chapter 9
and provide benefit to affected communities, countries, and the region. WAPCo has
committed the financial resources to implement the HSEMP.
For Benin, WAGP has the potential to bring about significant social and economic benefits at
the global, regional, national, and local levels. For a project of its size and complexity, after
application of appropriate mitigation measures WAGPs potential negative impacts are
relatively minor. The project is largely benign from the standpoint of environmental and
socioeconomic impacts. Thus, the significant potential benefits of the project substantially
outweigh the potential negative impacts.

References
ABS (2001). Environmental Considerations in Commercial Marine Industry. Presented at

Conference on Marine Vessels and Air Quality, 1-2 February, 2001, San Francisco.
Accessed at http://www.epa.gov/region09/air/marinevessel/pdfs/tanwar.pdf.
Acres International Limited (1995) Takoradi Thermal Plant: Environmental Impact

Assessment Volume 1, p. 4-29 4-58.
ADB (1996): Asian Development Bank: Economic Evaluation of Environmental Impacts; A

Workbook. March 1996
Adite, A. (2003) The mangrove fishes in the Benin estuarine system (Benin, West Africa):
diversity, degradation and management implications. Paper presented at The Second
International Symposium on the Management of Large Rivers for Fisheries: Sustaining
Livelihoods and Biodiversity in the New Millennium, Mekong River Commission,
Cambodian Department of Fisheries and the Food and Agricultural Organization of the
United Nations, Phnom Penh, Cambodia, February 2003.African Development Bank Group
(2002-2003). Gender, Poverty, and Environmental Indicators on African Countries, 2.6
Access to Health Services. ADB Statistics. Abidjan, Cote DIvoire.
African Development Indicators, 2004. IBRD, World Bank. Washington, DC. 2004.
Agassounon L. C. (2002). Evolution pdosdimentaire du gosystme margino-littoral de

lOum-S au cours de lholocne (Bnin-Afrique de lOuest) Thse de Doctorat en
Sciences de la Terre et de lEnvironnement. 425 pp.
Ajavon A. L. and Amegankpo A. (1998). Contribution lvaluation de la pollution de lair

Cotonou.
Alexanders Gas and Oil Connections (2002). "Tano Energy to invest in exploitation
activities in Ghana" www.gasandoil.com. Volume 7, Issue 17. September 05, 2002.
Allen, J. R. L., and John W. Wells. 1962. Holocene coral banks and subsidence in the Niger
Delta. Jour. Geology 70, no. 4: 381-97.
Allen, J.R. (1964): The Nigerian Continental Margin: bottom sediments, submarine
morphology and geological evolution. Marine Geol. Vol. I, p.298 - 332.
Allersma, E. and Tilmans, W.M.K. (1993). Coastal conditions in West Africa: a review.
Ocean and Coastal Management 19, p. 199-240.
Amiteye, B.T. (2002) Distribution and ecology of nesting sea turtles in Ghana. Unpublished
Thesis, University of Ghana.
References
Anato, C.B., Quignard, J.P., Dossou, C. (1991). Holocentridae (Pisces, Beryciformes) from
the coast of Benin. First Record of Corniger spinosis, Agassiz, 1829, Cybium. Paris, vol.
15, no. 6, pp. 291-298, 1991.
Anderson, D.M., Anderson, P., Bricelj, V.M., Cullen, J.J. and Rensel, J.E. (2001).
Monitoring and management strategies for harmful algal blooms in coastal waters, APEC
#201 MR-01.1, Asia Pacific Economic Program, Singapore, and Intergovernmental
Oceanographic Commission Technical Series No. 59, Paris.
Armah, A. K. and Amlalo, D. S. (1998). Coastal zone profile of Ghana in Gulf of Guinea
Large Marine Ecosystem Project, pp. vii + 111. Accra: Ministry of Environment, Science and
Technology.
Armah, A.K., Darpaah, G.A., Wiafe, G., Adomako, J.K. and Fiagbedzi, S. (1997a). Save sea
turtles - a primer on sea turtle conservation for coastal communities in Ghana. Accra: Royal
Crown Press Ltd.
Armah, A.K., Darpaah, G.A., Wiafe, G., Adomako, J.K., Quartey, S.Q., Abotchie, C., Ansah,
F. and Fiagbedzi, S. (1997b). Traditional and modern perspectives of marine turtle
conservation in Ghana. In Biodiversity Conservation: traditional knowledge and modern
concepts. (ed. Amlalo D.S., L.D. Atsiatorme and C. Fiati), p. 80-87: EPA/MAB/UNESCO.
Assih, B. T., (2001). Estimation des missions de gaz effet de serre au Togo pour la priode
1994-1998 : secteur nergie, mmoire pour l'obtention du diplme d'ingnieur des travaux,
Ecole Suprieure des Techniques Biologiques et Alimentaires, Universit de Lom.
Atti-Mama, C. (1991). Migrations de pcheurs au Bnin et au Togo, in Migrations des

pcheurs en Afrique de lOuest. Programme DIPA, Cotonou. DIPA/WP/36.pp 259-273.
Bernacsek G.M., Faggianelli D.J., Amegavie G.K. et F. Lhomme, 1987. Profil des
ressources halieutiques du togo. FAO, COPACE/TECH/87/82, 91 p.
Bainbridge, V. (1972). The zooplankton of the Gulf of Guinea. Bulletin of Marine Ecology 8,
p. 61-97.
Bassindale, R. (1961). On the marine fauna of Ghana. Proceedings of the Zoological Society
of London 137, pp. 481-510.
Batawila, K. (1997). Recherches sur les formations dgrades et jachres de la plaine ctire
du sud Togo. Mm. DEA. Biol. Dv. Univ. Lom. 65pp.
BenInfo V. 1.0 (2003). Benin National Institute of Statistics and Economic Analysis.
Cotonou, Benin.
Blivi, A. personal communication May 6, 2003.
Blivi, A.B., Anthony, E.J. & Oyede, L.M. (2002). Sand barrier development in the bight of
Benin, West Africa. Journal: Ocean and Coastal Management, vol: 45(2-3) pp 185-200.
October 2004 Benin Final EIA R-2

References
Blivi, A. (1998). Quelques aspects du beach-rock dans le golfe du Bnin; le cas du Togo.
Revue CAMES, srie B, vol. 00, pp 43-56.
Blivi, A. (1993). Vulnerabilite de la Cote Togolaise a L'elevation du Niveau Marin: Une

Analyse de Previsin et D'impact.
Bolt, Beranek, and Newman for the U.S. EPA, December 31, 1971. Noise from
Construction Equipment and Operations, Building Equipment and Home Appliances.
Boskalis Offshore BV (2003). Project Description of the Takoradi Cooling Water Intake and
Discharge Lines for the Volta River Authority. Technical Briefing Paper submitted to
WAGP.
Bowen, Brian H. and F.T. Sparrow (2001). Benins Electricity Trade and Generation Needs
for the Period 2001 to 2020. Purdue University, Power Pool Development Group, West
Lafayette, February 26, 2001.
Buchanan, J.B. (1957). Benthic fauna of the continental edge off Accra, Ghana. Nature
179:634-635.
Buchanan, J.B. (1958). The bottom fauna communities across the continental shelf off Accra,
Ghana (Gold Coast), Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 130 (Part 1):1-56.
Canter, L.W. (1996) Environmental Impact Assessment Publisher, 2nd Edition. Irwin
McGraw-Hill: USA.
ChevronTexaco (1999). Press Release: Chevron Named Project Manager for West African
Gas Pipeline Project. August 16, 1999
www.chevrontexaco.com/news/archive/chevron_press/1999/1999-08-16.asp
CIA (2002a). The World Factbook 2002: Benin.

http://www.cia.gov/cia/publications/factbook/geos/bn.html
CIA (2002d). The World Factbook 2002: Togo.

http://www.cia.gov/cia/publications/factbook/geos/to.html
Corbitt, R.A. (1990). Standard Handbook of Environmental Engineering. New York:

McGraw-Hill.
Economic Implications of the West African Gas Pipeline (1997). Confidential Draft Report.
Dames and Moore.
Department of Energy, Energy Information Administration (2003):
West African Gas Pipeline (WAGP) Project http://www.eia.doe.gov/emeu/cabs/wagp.html

March, 2003

References
DFO, 2000. Effects of sediment on fish and their habitat. DFO Pacific Region Habitat Status
Report 2000/01.
Department of Petroleum Resources (DPR EGAS). 2002. Environmental Guidelines and

Standards for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria. Issued by Department of Petroleum
Resources, Lagos.
ECOWAS, 2000. www.africanhunger.org/nepad/documents/ WESTCOR_PROJECT_2.pdf

Purdue University, Power Pool Development Group.
Edmunds, J. (1978). Sea shells and other mollusks found on West African Coast and
Estuaries. Ghana Universities Press. 164 pp.
Elgood, J. H., Heigham, J.B., Moore, A.M,, Nason, A.M., Sharland, R.E., and N.J Skinner
(1994). The birds of Nigeria, 2nd edition. British Ornithologists' Union Check-list No. 4.
British Ornithologists' Union, Tring.
Environmental Guidelines and Standards for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria (EGASPIN)
(2002). Environmental Guidelines and Regulations. Issued by the Department of Petroleum
Resources, Lagos, 1991. Revised Edition.
WAGP Estate Survey, 2003.
Evans, S.M., Gill, M.E., Hardy, F.G., and Seku, F.O.K. (1993). Evidence of change in some
rocky shore communities on the coast of Ghana. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology
and Ecology 172:129-141.
FAO ANIMAL PRODUCTION AND HEALTH PAPER 41, Integrating crops and livestock
in West Africa, M-61, ISBN 92-5-101443-4, FOOD AND AGRICULTURE
ORGANIZATION OF THE UNITED NATIONS, Rome. FAO 1983
http://www.fao.org/DOCREP/004/X6543E/X6543E01.htm
Federal Office of Statistics (FOS) (1998) Poverty Profile for Nigeria: 1985-1996. Report
available on The World Bank Groups Africa Household Survey Databank. Washington D.C.:
The World Bank
Federal Transit Administration. 1995. Transit noise and vibration impact

assessment. Washington, DC.
Fiogbe, E.D., Emile D., Gbaguidi, A., Hounkpe, C. and Sohou, Z (2003) Ichtyologic fauna
of the continental shelf of Benin and relation weight sizes of the principal exploited species.
Preliminary results.
http://translate.google.con/translate?hl=en&sl=fr&u=http://www.fishbase.org.ph/Training/Ab
stracts/Dakar/Abs_BENIN2.htm&prev=/search%3Fq%3DFioge%2Band%2BSohou%26hl%
3Den%26lr%3D%26ie%DUTF-8%26sa%3DG

References
Fretey J. (2001). Biogeography and conservation of marines turtles of the Altlantic coast of
Africa / Biogographie et conservation des tortues marines de la cote Atlantique de lAfrique.
CMS Technical Srie Publication No. 6 pp. 209-207.
Georgia Straight Crossing (GSX), 2001. Regulatory filings made by GSX PL with the
National Energy Board (NEB) relating to the GSX Pipeline Application, GH-4-
2001.(http://www.gsxreg.com/pdfs/supp_pdfs/volume_4/sec_7_eseia_text.pdf, 7/15/03)
Ghana EPA, 1999 Environmental Assessment Regulations, LI1652
Ghana Statistical Service (GSS) (2002) Ghana Living Standards Survey Round Four
(GLSS 4). GSS, Accra.
Ghana Statistical Service (GSS) (1998) Ghana Demographic and Health Survey (GDHS).
GSS, Accra.
Gosselink, J.G. and R. E. Turner. 1978. The role of hydrology in freshwater wetland
ecosystems. IN: Freshwater Wetlands. (Eds.) R. E. Good, D. F. Whigham and R. L. Simpson.
Academic Press. 63-78.
Holmes (2003). Email communication pertaining to flare study performed as part of Front
End Engineering Design, August 12, 2003.
ICF Consulting (2003). ICF Household and Community Survey. Conducted for the WAGP
Environmental Impact Assessment.
IPCC, 1996. Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Revised 1996 IPCC
Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories.
Jahnke, H.G. 1982 Livestock production systems and livestock development in tropical
Africa. Kieler Wissenschaftsverlag Vang, Kiel
Juo, A.S.R. 1980 Characterization of tropical soils in relation to crop production. Paper
presented at IFDC/University of Nairobi/IITA. Workshop Training Course on Fertilizer
Efficiency Research in the Tropics, Ibadan, 24 Nov.-11 Dec. 1980
Kaldany, Rashad: Global Gas Flaring Reduction Initiative; Presentation in Marrakech,

Nov. 8, 2001.
http://216.239.41.104/search?q=cache:ryMMPKXvgFEJ:www.worldbank.org/ogmc/files/Ma
rRas.pdf+Global+gas+flaring+reduction+Initiative+&hl=en
Keevin and Hempen, 1997. The Environmentl Effects of Underwater Explosions with
Methods to Mitigate Impacts.
https://www.denix.osd.mil/denix/Public/ES-Programs/Conservation/WaterX/
water1.html#damage

References
Koffi-Tessio and M. Egnonto (2000). Human Resource Development for Poverty Reduction
and Household Food Security: Situation of Education and Training in Togo. Lome, Togo:
University of Lome, Advanced School of Agronomy.
Kokou, K. et. al. (1999). Les ilts forestiers au Sud du Togo : Dynamique et relation avec les
vgtations priphriques. Rev. Ecol. (Terre Vie), 54:301-314.
Koranteng, K.A. (2001). Structure and Dynamics of Dermersal Assemblages on the

Continental Shelf and Upper Slope off Ghana, West Africa. Mar-Ecol-Prog-Ser. 2001 Sep
27. 220:1-12.
LaBaugh, J. W. 1986. Wetland ecosystem studies from a hydrologic perspective. Water

Resources Bulletin. AWRA. 22(1):1-10.
Laborataire dAnalyse Regionale et dExpertise Sociale (LARES) (2002). Socio-Economic

Study of the West African Gas Pipeline Project: Knowledge, Attitude, and Perception. Final
Report.
Lae R. (1992). Les pcheries artisanales lagunaires Ouest-Africaines: Echantillonnage et

dynamique de la ressource et de lexploitation. ORSTOM, Coll. Etudes et Theses, Pairs,
201p.
Leopold, L.B., and Clarke, F.E. 1971. A procedure for Evaluating Environmental Impacts.
Geological survey circular 645. Washington D.C. Government Printing Office.
Longhurst, E.R and D. Pauly (1987). Ecology of Tropical Ocean. Academic Press Inc.
Harcourt Brace Jovanovich Publishers, San Diego. 407 pp.
Manci, K.M., Gladwin, D.N., Villella, R. and M.G. Cavendish, 1988. Effects of aircraft noise
and sonic booms on domestic animals and wildlife: A literature synthesis. U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service. National Ecology Research Center, Ft. Collins, CO NERC-88/29. 88 pp.
Mensah and Quaatey (2002). An Overview of Fishery Resources and Fishery Research in the
Gulf of Guinea, in The Gulf of Guinea Large Marine Ecosystem. Environmental Forcing and
Sustainable Development of Marine Resources, ed. J.M. McGlade, K. Koranteng, and P.
Cury, Elsevier Sc. 2002, 392 p.
Mensah, M.A. (1991). The influence of climatic changes on the coastal oceanography of
Ghana. In Pecheries ouest Africaines: variabilite, instabilite et changement (ed. C. Phillipe
and C. Roy), pp. 67-79.
Ministry of Local Government and Rural Development (MLGRD) (2000) Ghana Disticts:
Tema Municipality and Shama/Ahanta Metropolitan Area. Accra: Republic of Ghana.
Mistsch and Gosselink, 1993. Wetlands. 2nd ed. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. 722 pp.
Moore S.E. and Clarke J.T. (2002). Potential impact of offshore human activities on gray
whales (Eschrichtius robustus). J. CETACEAN RES. MANAGE. 4(1):19-25, 2002

References
MPAT/DGPD (1995). Rapport dfinitif du Ministre du Plan et de l'Amnagement du

Territoire/ Direction Gnrale du Plan et du Dveloppement (MPAT/DGPD), 1995 -
Identification d'un programme dans les centres semi-urbains, 142p.
Nexant (2002). West Africa Gas Pipeline Project, Gas Market Promotion Strategies, Draft
Final Report. Prepared for West Africa Gas Pipeline (WAGP) Project implementation
Committee.
Novitzki, R. P. 1989. Wetland hydrology. IN: Wetlands Ecology and Conservation:

Emphasis in Pennsylvania. (Eds.) S. K. Majumdar, R. P. Brooks, F. J. Brenner, and R. W.
Tiner, Jr. Pennsylvania Academy of Science. pp. 47-64.
Oteng-Yeboah, A.A. (1994) Biodiversity in three traditional groves in Guinea

savannah,Ghana, in L. J.G. Van deer Maesen et al.(eds.) The Biodiversity of African
plants,p. 188-197, Kluwer AcademicPublishers, Dordrecht.
Patin, Stanislav. 1999. Environmental Impact of the Offshore Oil and Gas Industry.
EcoMonitor Publishing. East Northport, NY. 425pp.
PLE (1999). West African Gas Pipeline Feasibility Study. PLE 721.12.007.5593.
PNAE/MERF (2002) Monographie nationale sur la diversit biologique. Document

prliminaire, p. 191.
PNUD (1994). Coopration pour le dveloppement : Togo. Rapport 1993. 104 p.
PPAH (Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook) (1998). The World Bank Group in
collaboration with the United Nations Environment Programme and the United Nations
Industrial Development Organization
Poole, David (2003). Poole and Sons, Incorporated. Personal Communication.
Purvin & Gertz, Inc. (2003). West African Gas Pipeline Project Draft Market Report Update.
Prepared for the Sponsors of the West African Gas Pipeline Project (WAGP), August, 2003.
Purvin and Gertz, Inc. (2001). West African Gas Pipeline Project, Draft Market Report
Update, Preliminary Draft. Prepared for the Sponsors of the West African Gas Pipeline
Project (WAGP) August Draft 2001.
Rossi G. et A. Blivi (1989). Lrosion littorale dans le golfe du Bnin : lexemple du Togo
Journes scientifiques lUniversit du Bnin, 21-22 avril, 10 p.
Seaport Links Web Site, 2003. http://maritime.homestead.com/files/port.html Downloaded

on December 11, 2003.
Sgniagbto, G. H (2002). Etudes de distribution, d'exploitation et d'Histoire Naturelles des

Ctacs au Togo. Projet WAFCET-3 de la CMS entre le Togo et le Ghana, Direction de la
Faune et de la Chasse (Ministre de l'Environnement et des Ressources Forestires);

References
Direction de l'Elevage et de la Pche (Ministre de l'Agriculture, de l'Elevage et de la Pche).

Rapport de la premire phase 35 p.
S.G.I. (1981). Etude de la nappe aquifre de Godomey. SBEE (1995) - Adduction d'eau des
villes de Cotonou et Porto-Novo. Socit Gnrale pour l'Industrie Banque Africaine de
Dveloppement-SBEE. Cotonou.
Sharitz, R. R., R. L. Schneider, and L. C. Lee. 1990. Composition and regeneration of a

disturbed river floodplain forest in South Carolina. IN: Ecological Processes and Cumulative
Impacts: Illustrated by Bottomland Hardwood Wetland Ecosystems, (Eds.) J. G. Gosselink,
L. C. Lee, and T. A. Muir. Lewis Publishers. pp. 195-218.
Shell Nigeria Gas Limited, 2000. Environmental Impact Assessment Studies of Agbara/Ota
Gas Distribution Project. Final Revised Report. January 2000.
Sorrell, F.Y., et al., Oil and Gas Pipelines in Coastal North Carolina: Impacts and Routing
Considerations, CEIP Rep., no. 33, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, Dec. 1982.
Souza (de), C., Djaneye-Boundjou, G., Agbeko, K. et Soclo, H. (1998). Evaluation rapide
des sources de pollution atmosphrique, hydrique et tellurique au Togo, Projet EP/INT/UEP,
Food and Agriculture Organisation.
Terra, 2003. The Terra Group: Phase 2 Alternatives Analysis and Considerations
for Community Development for the West Africa Gas Pipeline. 2003.
Thales GeoSolutions, Limited, 2003. Final Report: Badagri Creek, prepared for WAGP.
Tractebel (2000). Etude sur la qualit de lair en milieu urbain: cas de Cotonou. 49 pp., in
MEHU/GTZ (2001) Pollution atmosphrique urbaine au Bnin.
UNDP (2003) UNDPs Work in Africa. United Nations Development Programme, May
2003. http://www.undp.org/dpa/publications/FFafrica090603El.pdf.
UNEP/CMS, ed. (2000). Conservation Measures for Marine Turtles of the Atlantic Coast of
Africa. CMS Technical Series Publication No. 5, UNEP/CMS Secretairat, Bonn, Germany.
United Kingdom (UK) Marine Special Areas of Conservation, Dredging and disposal
impact suspended sediment and turbidity.
http://www.ukmarinesac.org/uk/activities/ports/ph5_2_3.htm
United Nations Economic Commission for Africa (2003). "NICI Indicators 1995-1998."
African Information Society Initiative, National Information and Communication
Infrastructure (NICI) Policies and Plans. Online document.
United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) Institute for
Statistics (2002) Education Sector: Gross and Net Enrollment Ratio at Primary Level by
Country and by Gender for the School Years 1998/1999 and 1999/2000.

References
United Nations Education, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) (1995)

Statistical Yearbook.
United Nations Education, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) (1995) World
Education Report. Publication of UNESCO Publishing.
United Nations Environmental Program (UNEP) (1996) 'Environmental Impact Assessment:

Issues, Trends and Practice', UNEP, Nairobi, Kenya. 96pp.
United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) (2002) Gateway to National
Information on Land, Water, and Plant Nutrition. Land and Water Development Division.
United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization (UN FAO) (1995). A Synthesis Report of
the Africa Region Women, Agriculture and Rural Development. Available on
http://www.fao.org/docrep/x0250e/x0250e03.htm.
United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization (UN FAO) (1994). Prparation dun plan
de restructuration des institutions rurales. Rapport de synthse de la premire tape du projet
analyse-diagnostic et axes de restructuration des institutions rurales. Projet TCP/TOG/4451.
46p. + annexes.
United Nations Statistics Division (UN STATS) (2003). Various indicators and years from
multiple databases located at http://unstats.un.org/unsd/.
United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) (2003). Documentation

Supplement for EPA Modeling Applications (V.2.1.6) Using the Integrated Planning Model,
EPA 430/R-03-007, July 2003.
Universite de Lome (2002). West African Gas Pipeline Project (WAGPP): Awareness,
Attitudes, Acceptance, Perceptions, and Socioeconomic Aspects of the Project in Togo. Final
Report (Draft).
University of Iowa (1999) Art and Life in Africa Online: Peoples Resources. Art and Life in
Africa Project. The School of Art and Art History. Iowa City: University of Iowa.
http://www.uiowa.edu/~africart/toc/index.html.
Van Thielen R., Hounkpe C., Agon G. & Dagba L. (1987). Guide de dtermination des
poissons et crustacs des lagunes et lacs du Bas Benin. Deutsche Gesellschaft Fur Technische
Zusammenarbeit (GTZ)GMBH & Direction des Pches, Cotonou.
Volkoff B. (1976). Carte pdologique de reconnaissance de la Rpublique Populaire du

Bnin. ORSTOM, Paris, Indit.
Waerbeek, K. V. and Ofori-Danson, P. K. (1999). Exploratory survey of cetaceans and their

interactions with fisheries in Ghana and Togo, The Gulf of Guinea, pp. 15: Chicago
Zoological Society and Leopold III Fonds Voor Natuuronderzoek en Natuurbehoud.

References
WAGP (2003a). Report on the Population and Housing Density Survey of the West African
Gas Pipeline: Benin, Cotonou.
WAGP (2003d). Report on the Population and Housing Density Survey of the West African
Gas Pipeline Lome: Togo.
WAGP (2000) Report on Pipeline Routing, Compressor Station and Metering Station
Options. West African Gas Pipeline. WAGP-W-Z-FD-Z-00-00-0002-1.
WAGP (2002) Report of Study on Relation of the West African Gas Pipeline Metering
Station in Benin Republic.
WAGP (2002b) Contract for an Economic and Financial Assessment (West African Gas
Pipeline Project) Terms of Reference, Prepared by Africa Energy Group, International
Development Associates.
WAGP (2002c). Request for Tender - Lump Sum, Engineering, Procurement &
Construction, West African Gas Pipeline Project.
WEC (2003); World Energy Council: The Potential for Regionally Integrated Energy
Development in Africa. Copyright 1999-2003. World Energy Council.
http://www.worldenergy.org/wec-geis/publications/reports/africa/foreword/foreword.asp
Wedepohl, K.H. (1995). The composition of the continental crust. Geochimica and
Cosmochimica Acta. 59:1217-1239.
West African Gas Pipeline Project Draft Market Report Update (2003). Purvin & Gertz, Inc.
August, 2003. 88pp.
Wiafe, G. (2002). Spatial and temporal dynamics of plankton communities in the Gulf of
Guinea ecosystem. In: Oceanography and Fisheries, pp. 188. Legon: University of Ghana.
Williams, F. (1968). Report on the Guinean Trawling Survey, Organisation of African Unity
Scientific and Technical Research Commission (99).
World Bank Group/The Multilateral Investment Agency (MIGA) (2002). Benin: MIGA
Backs New Mobile Phone Network. Press release available on The World Bank Groups
DevNews Media Center.
World Bank Group (2003). Contract for an Economic and Financial Assessment (West
African Gas Pipeline Project) Terms of Reference, Prepared by Africa Energy Group,
International Development Associates, World Bank, 2003 .
World Bank Group (2002a). World Bank Country Data Profile: Benin. Drawn from the
World Development Indicators database, April 2002. Data and Statistics Division.
World Bank Group (2002d). World Bank Country Data Profile: Togo. Drawn from the
World Development Indicators database, April 2002. Data and Statistics Division.

References
World Bank Group (2002e). WB EDSTATS (short for Education Statistics) database.
Developed by the World Banks Education Group of the Human Development Network in
collaboration with Development Data Group in the Development Economics Vice-
Presidency. Data and Statistics Division.
World Bank, 2001. Sub-Saharan Africa Transport Policy Program (SSATP) Technical Note,
No. 33, June 2001.
World Bank (1996). Environmental Assessment Sourcebook Update Number 10.

International Agreements on Environment and Natural Resources: Relevance and
Application in Environmental Assessment.
World Bank (1996b). Environmental Assessment Sourcebook Update Number 17. Analysis
of Alternatives in Environmental Assessment.
World Bank (1993). Environmental Assessment Sourcebook Update Number 2.

Environmental Screening.
World Bank (2004): The World Bank Data & Statistics: Data by Country (web page).
http://www.worldbank.org/data/countrydata/countrydata.html
World Bank (2004a) West Africa Power Pool(WAPP).

http://wbln0018.worldbank.org/esmap/site.nsf/23e5e39594c064ee852564ae004fa010/e42b25
92c9c68cf085256e22005f39f3/$FILE/Michel_Layec_WestAfricaPool.pdf
World Bank 2004b: the World Bank Group: Debt Initiative for Heavily Indebted Poor
Countries. 2004. http://www.worldbank.org/hipc/index.html
World Bank (2004c). WAGP- IPA Draft Economic and Financial Assessment, Draft Report
#1. March 2004.
World Health Organization (WHO) (1996). Environmental health Criteria 171 diesel Fuel
and exhaust emissions. United Nations Environment Programme, International Labour
Organisation, World Health Organization, International Programme on Chemical Safety,
Geneva, Switzerland.
Yahner, R.H. 1988. Changes in wildlife communities near edges. Conservation Biology
2(4): 333-339.
Yartley, Sam; The West Africa Power Pool. ESI Africa, Issue 1, 2003.
http://www.esi.co.za/last/ESI_1_2003/031_38.htm

Appendix 5-E
Archeological Survey
West African Gas Pipeline
ChevronTexaco Global Technology Services Company
West African Gas Pipeline Project
4800 Fournace Place, w942
Bellaire, TX 77401
Re.: West African Gas Pipeline Project

Document Number: WAGP-W-LET-1214
Subject : SERVICE ORDER AGREEMENT N79117-055
Consultants : Dr Obar BAGODO

Dr Alexis ADANDE
Dpartement dHistoire et dArchologie
Universit dAbomey-Calavi
01 BP 526, Cotonou, Rpublique du Bnin
Titre de ltude: RECONNAISSANCE ARCHEOLOGIQUE PREVENTIVE

DANS LA ZONE DEMPRISE DU PROJET GAZODUC DE
LAFRIQUE DE LOUEST (GAO) AU BENIN, DU 16 AU 21
AOUT 2004
Remerciements .............................................................................................................1
Resume ..........................................................................................................................2
1.0 Contexte De Letude ..............................................................................................3
1.1 Articulation des Termes de Rfrences ............................................................. 3
1.2 Justification du contexte documentaire et rglementaire................................... 4
1.3 Cadre physique et humain.................................................................................. 7
2.0 Objectifs et Methodologie Dinvestigation ..........................................................9
2.1 Objectifs de ltude ............................................................................................ 9
2.2 Identification de litinraire et mthode de prospection .................................. 10
3.0 Activites de Terrain et Resultats Obtenus.........................................................11
3.1 Relev des coordonnes du bornage du GOA au GPS .................................... 11
3.2 Occupation actuelle des espaces et indices archologiques............................. 12
4.0 Conclusions et Recommandations ....................................................................13
4.1 Conclusions...................................................................................................... 13
4.2 Recommandations pour des dispositions prendre avant limplantation
du gazoduc ....................................................................................................... 14
5.0 References Bibliographiques .............................................................................14
6.0 Cartes....................................................................................................................19
7.0 Tableaux ...............................................................................................................24
8.0 Planches ...............................................................................................................28
9.0 Liste des personnes contactes et des guides.................................................36
9.1 Liste hirarchique des lus locaux contacts ................................................... 36
9.2 Liste alphabtique des guides ou/et manoeuvres ............................................. 36
Appendix.ArcheologicalSurvey.French.draft.11Oct04.wapco.doc ii
Remerciements
Pour la ralisation de la prsente tude, nous avons bnfici de la comprhension et de la

coopration de M. Dieu-Merci Nouati membre de lEquipe du Projet GAO, en qualit de
Reprsentant du Gouvernement de la Rpublique du Bnin. Avec nos collgues Prof.
Lucien M. Oyd (gologue), Dr Cossi Jean Houndagba (biogographe) et Dr Eustache
Bokonon-Ganta (climatologue), nous avons eu de fructueux changes de vues pour une
prise en compte judicieuse du cadre physique de ltude. Grce une participation active
de Dr Houndagba et de Dr Bokonon-Ganta la sortie prliminaire du 07 aot 2004, il a
t possible de trouver la meilleure formule deffectuer la reconnaissance prventive du
16 au 21 aot 2004.
Nos investigations sur le terrain auraient t plus prouvantes et moins concluantes sans
lassistance parfois enthousiaste des lus locaux et des guides et manuvres dont la liste
est en annexe (cf. 7.1 et 7.2). Grce leur coopration, nous avons bnfici de laccueil
bienveillant des occupants ou riverains de la zone demprise du GAO.
M.Guillaume Montcho cartographe stagiaire au Laboratoire de Biogographie et

dExpertise Environnementale (LABEE) de lUniversit dAbomey-Calavi, en fin de
formation de DEA, a assur avec diligence le relev des coordonnes GPS et la
ralisation des trois cartes du rapport. Pour le traitement des donnes SIG au LABEE, il
sest fait assister de son jeune collgue M. Mama Djaouga, dans le dessein de nous
donner entire satisfaction dans les dlais requis.
Que chacun et tous veuillent accepter que nous leur exprimions ici nos sincres
remerciements.
Appendix.ArcheologicalSurvey.French.draft.11Oct04.wapco.doc 1
Resume
En accord avec les termes de rfrences (TDR) de Service Order Agreement N 79117-
055 pass entre ChevronTexaco Global Technology Services Company et les auteurs du
prsent rapport reprsents par Dr Obar BAGODO, une reconnaissance archologique
prventive a t conduite du 16 au 21 aot 2004 dans la zone demprise du Projet
gazoduc de lAfrique de lOuest (GAO) au Bnin. Lobjet de cette tude ponctuelle est de
localiser dventuels lments de patrimoine culturel tangible sous forme de ressources
culturelles matrielles (RCM) ou de sites archologiques qui pourraient se trouver sur le
trac prvu pour limplantation dudit gazoduc dans la partie bninoise de sa mise en place
sous-rgionale.
Le cadre des investigations se situe dans un contexte gomorphologique connu de la

partie mridionale ctire de la Rpublique du Bnin qui comprend du Nord au Sud :
- le secteur du plateau de "Terre de barre" (marge sud du plateau dAllada) ;

- le secteur du cordon de sables jaunes entrecoup de dpressions marcageuses et
- les cordons des sables gris et de sables bruns spars galement par des
marcages et des lagunes
Cette portion de territoire a connu une prsence humaine quasi-continue depuis plusieurs
sicles (le XVe sicle au moins) et des donnes archologiques laissent entrevoir une
occupation humaine par endroits ds la fin de lge de la pierre. Pour la priode
postrieure, lexploitation des ressources diverses, salicole, halieutique ou malacologique
sest maintenue jusqu nos jours particulirement la pche lagunaire et celle maritime. A
ces activits sajoutent le marachage et la pisciculture dans certaines localits. Un
artisanat adapt ce milieu amphibie et ses ressources comme la confection de nattes.
En ce qui concerne la reconnaissance archologique prventive, dans la zone demprise

du Projet GAO, elle a t mene par la force des circonstances en contre-saison (la petite
saison sche), ce qui a quelque peu gn son bon droulement. Des tronons du parcours,
durant la prospection vue, ont prsent des obstacles comme des fourrs pais, de
hautes herbes ou des passages inonds proximit ou travers les lagunes ou en bordure
des marcages. Toutefois, la prsence de champs cultivs et despaces ouverts a permis
de constater la prsence dindices archologiques sous forme de tessons de poterie en
surface essentiellement sur le plateau de "Terre de barre" la jonction de lemprise du
GAO et des lignes de haute tension de la Communaut Electrique du Bnin (C.E.B.).
Pour terminer, des recommandations sont faites lattention de lquipe de coordination

du Projet GAO, afin que toutes les mesures utiles soient prvues pour une prise en
compte des ressources culturelles matrielles avant et pendant la phase dimplantation du
gazoduc dAfrique de lOuest au Bnin.
1.0 Contexte De Letude
1.1 Articulation des Termes de Rfrences
1. Le Projet Gazoduc de lAfrique de lOuest (GAO), connu sous le sigle anglais de West
African Gas Pipeline Project (WAGP) implique les quatre pays de la Baie du Bnin que
sont, dune part le Nigeria comme pays fournisseur du gaz, dautre part le Bnin, le
Ghana et le Togo comme pays rcepteurs. Sur le total de 617 km dinterconnexion, la
majeure partie du gazoduc a une implantation sous-marine. Les portions dimplantation
terrestre dans chacun des quatre pays ont dj fait lobjet dtudes dimpact
environnemental (EIE). LAccord de Projet international (API) et les Rglements
subsquents du GAO ont prvu des Termes de Rfrences (TDR) dune procdure
prventive dinvestigations archologiques et dtudes des ressources culturelles
matrielles (RCM) pour prvenir des dcouvertes inattendues dobjets, de structures ou
de sites archologiques lors des travaux de construction du gazoduc.
2. Les grands axes darticulation de ces termes de rfrences sont les suivants:
une EIE de pr-construction du GAO dj ralise et qui est soumise une audience
et une lecture publiques depuis juillet 2004, et de la laquelle il ressort quaucun site
archologique ou culturel na t identifi au Nigeria, au Bnin et au Togo, alors
quun sanctuaire religieux identifi au Ghana a fait dvier lemplacement de la station
de rgulation et de surveillance de Tema ainsi que la voie daccs lemprise du
gazoduc;
en complment lEIE, une reconnaissance archologique prventive va consister en

une valuation rapide des potentialits et du positionnement des RCM et des sites
archologiques avant le dmarrage effectif des travaux de construction. Cette
valuation prventive a pour but de minimiser les risques de dcouvertes ou de
destructions fortuites desdits sites et RCM, ou de raliser temps des tracs de
contournement en vue dassurer leur sauvegarde. Dans le cas du Bnin, cette
reconnaissance rapide vient dtre effectue du 16 au 21 aot 2004 et est lobjet du
prsent rapport.
une gestion des risques et conformit: (i) dans le respect des lois et rglements des
quatre pays, comme une alternative labsence de lgislation spcifique pour la
protection des RCM et du patrimoine archologique dans certains Etats ouest-
africains; (ii) la prise en compte des meilleurs pratiques internationales applicables
pour compenser linexistence de norme internationale spcifique;
une rfrence aux critres de dfinition des RCM et des donnes archologiques
retenus par la Banque Mondiale en vue de la meilleure sauvegarde possible desdites
RCM et donnes archologiques: (i) les RCM sont des objets, sites ou structures
mobiles ou inamovibles, ayant une signification archologique, palontologique,
historique, architecturale, religieuse ou esthtique etc., et ayant un intrt local,
national ou international; il sagit souvent de bois sacrs, de grottes ou deaux bnites;
(ii) alors que larchologie est ltude des cultures humaines du pass partir dun
site o sont prservs des objets lmentairement manipuls (e.g. galets amnags,
nuclus ou clats) ou ceux laborieusement fabriqus (e.g. bifaces et pointes en pierre,
objets cramiques ou mtalliques) et qui sont appels des artefacts, site o sont aussi
fossiliss des lments cologiques dsigns sous le vocable decofacts. Avec ou sans
contexte stratigraphique, un site est archologique si son abandon date de plus de
cinquante annes;
1.2 Justification du contexte documentaire et rglementaire
3. Au Bnin, ltude dimpact environnemental (EIE), dnomme en langue anglaise

"Environmental Impact Assessment" (EIA) est dj ralise et sa version dfinitive est
rendue disponible en juin 2004 (Projet GAO, 2004a-b). Immdiatement en juillet 2004,
elle a t soumise en audience publique l Institut des Etudes et Echanges Endognes
(IDEE) Ouidah. Depuis lors, elle est laisse en lecture publique lAgence Bninoise
de lEnvironnement (ABE), au Ministre de lEnvironnement, de lHabitat et de
lUrbanisme (MEHU) et au Ministre des Mines, de lEnergie et de lHydraulique
(MMEH). Cette EIE est dabord dnue de toute investigation darchologie et de RCM.
Aussi, la conclusion susvise en rubrique "enqute de pr-construction", selon laquelle
aucun site archologique na t identifi dans le pays, reste-t-elle nuancer. Mme la
reconnaissance archologique prventive et rapide qui vient dtre faite en ce mois daot
2004 ne permet pas de tirer une conclusion aussi htive que catgorique.
4. Cette reconnaissance archologique prliminaire nen demeure pas moins opportune

parce quelle permet de satisfaire un critre de qualification positive de lEIE susvise,
et par consquent de faciliter le financement et la construction du GAO au regard des
conditionnalits internationales auxquelles est de plus en plus soumise toute mise en
oeuvre de grands projets ou programmes dquipement ou de dveloppement. En effet,
depuis bientt trois dcennies, sous les pressions de diverses forces cologiques et des
comportements co-citoyens dans les pays industrialiss, des institutions du systme
onusien tels que la Banque Mondiale et lUnesco ont russi rendre progressivement
obligatoires des EIE avec des volets dtudes prventives en RCM et en archologie en
amont de la mise en uvre de tels projets ou programmes. Ainsi a t mis en place un
contexte rglementaire et documentaire qui a acquis dsormais qualit et comptence de
fait de jurisprudence difficile contourner. Il sen est suivi ladoption dune vision
globale et des stratgies sectorielles de dveloppement durable (Banque Mondiale, 1991;
1992 ; 2003). Le Projet GAO ne pouvait que se conformer cette norme thique
internationale qui dispose dsormais dun support rglementaire et documentaire solide
dans nombre de pays de par le monde, ainsi quen Afrique de lOuest et dans les quatre
pays concerns par le GAO. Aussi, convient-il de rendre toute relative lopinion exprime
dans la rubrique "gestion des risques et conformit" des TDR, opinion selon laquelle il y
aurait absence de lgislation spcifique pour les RCM et le patrimoine archologique
dans certains pays ouest-africains. Mme le contexte rglementaire bninois ci-dessous
rfrenc (cf. paragraphe 8) autorise une telle nuance.
5. En effet, les professionnels en archologie et en gestion du patrimoine culturel, tout

comme les bureaux dtudes crdits dun professionnalisme et dune exprience avrs,
sont parfaitement au courant que, depuis dj deux dcennies pour la Banque Mondiale
(1992; Goodland, 1988: 48-49) et sa filiale International Finance Corporation IFC
(1999), et bien avant pour lUnesco, tout accord de financement international des EIE de
projets est conditionn par une prise en compte obligatoire du volet darchologie et de
RCM. Dans ce sens, en Europe, depuis avant les annes 1980, dans les financements
nationaux, multilatraux ou croiss des grands programmes damnagement territorial,
les EIE et leurs volets connexes darchologie et de RCM sont pris obligatoirement en
compte (Bernadini et al, 1987: 46-49 ; Lasfargues, 1987: 9-23 ; Bostyn et Vallin, 1989:
10-12 ; Laprade, 1989: 5-11). Paralllement, il sest amorc un mouvement similaire de
pense et daction aux Etats-Unis dAmrique (Wesler, 1990), surtout partir du
National Environment Policy Act qui, depuis 1969, fait obligation dinclure les RCM
dans les EIE des programmes fdraux. Dans la premire moiti des annes 1970, cette
rglementation fdrale fut renforce, dabord par le Prsident Richard Nixons
Executive Order 11593 de 1972 qui prescrit un inventaire des RCM sur toutes les
proprits domaniales fdrales, ensuite par le Archeological and Historic Preservation
Act de 1974 qui lgalise les prospections prliminaires de sauvegarde des RCM et sites
archologiques avant lexcution de tout projet susceptible daltrer le cadre physique
(Wesler, 1990 : 82). A partir du milieu des annes 1980, lOrganisation des Etats
Amricains sengage dans le mme mouvement, travers une stratgie de confrences
priodiques sur larchologie de sauvetage dont les secondes assises eurent lieu
Dallas (USA) en 1984 (Wilson, 1987).
6. En Afrique, la construction du haut barrage hydrolectrique dAssouan (Egypte) de

1947 1970, a suscit un courant mondial dopinion mue qui a permis lUnesco de
mobiliser des comptences et des ressources pour le sauvetage des monuments
pharaoniques de Nubie et dEgypte. Dans la Baie du Bnin, aussi tt que dans les annes
1960, la construction du barrage hydrolectrique dAkosombo (Ghana) a eu la chance de
bnficier dun programme darchologie prventive dans le cadre du Volta Basin
Research Project achev en 1969 et souvent cit en rfrence comme exprience
exemplaire par de nombreux aspects (Shaw, 1970: 3; Shinnie, 1966: 26; Davies, 1971;
York, 1966; Adand et Bagodo, 1991: 53-55). Il est parfois aussi fait mention du Kainji
Rescue Archaeology Project (Nigeria) comme une exprience moins heureuse depuis le
mode de financement jusquaux rsultats obtenus (Shaw, 1970: 3-4; Breternitz, 1968: 31;
1975: 91-151; Hartle, 1970: 7; 11; Adand et Bagodo, 1991: 55-56).
7. De telles valuations professionnalises des deux expriences contrastes

darchologie de sauvetage dans la Baie du Bnin sont faites dans les annes 1960,
dabord dans les colonnes de The West African Archaeological Newsletter (WAAN)
ayant paru de 1965 1970, ensuite dans celles de West African Journal of Archaeology
(WAJA) en parution annuelle depuis 1971. Sur la mme lance, au milieu des annes
1990, le n24 de WAJA a spcifiquement publi une rflexion associant impact
environnemental et sauvegarde du patrimoine archologique et culturel en vue dun
projet doloduc dans la rgion du Delta au Nigeria (Oyelaran, 1994: 130-136). Par
ailleurs, lAssociation Ouest-Africaine dArchologie (AOAA) qui fut cre en 1976, na
cess depuis lors de tenir des colloques bi-annuels au cours desquels ont toujours t
dbattus de faon complmentaire, les problmes d impact environnemental et de
sauvegarde du patrimoine archologique et culturel de la conception la ralisation des
projets et programmes de dveloppement durable (Dognon, Millogo et al. 1994: 15-16,
recommandations ns3a-b et i-j; Adand, Bagodo et al.; 1996 ; Sowunmi, Fatunsin et al.,
1999: 14, recommandation n1).
8. Dans le cadre spcifique du Bnin, des rflexions et des actions similaires ont
galement exist, surtout depuis dj une dcennie et demie. Ainsi, en 1990, les
archologues bninois membres de lEquipe de Recherche Archologique Bninoise
(ERAB) et leurs collgues togolais membres du Programme Archologique Togolais
(PAT) ont russi signer avec la Communaut Electrique du Bnin (CEB) une
Convention darchologie de sauvetage dans le cadre dun projet de construction de
barrage hydrolectrique Adjarala sur le cours infrieur du fleuve Mono (Adand et
Bagodo, 1991: 56-58 ; Bagodo, 1993: 24-36), et dont le financement fut autoris par la
Banque Mondiale. Les membres de lERAB ont par ailleurs contribu activement aux
activits de lAOAA surtout depuis les annes 1990. Au niveau de la gouvernance
tatique au Bnin, il a exist dans la dcennie 1980-1990 une Direction des Muses,
Monuments et Sites qui a t fondue dans les annes 1990 dans la Direction du
Patrimoine Culturel (DPC) au Ministre de la Culture, de lArtisanat et du Tourisme
(MCAT). A cette DPC, lOrdonnance N35/PR/MENJS du 1er juin 1968 confre la
protection du patrimoine archologique et culturel. Ce dispositif rglementaire
exceptionnel, aprs avoir perdur plus dun tiers de sicle depuis 1968, a fini par devenir
caduc. Aussi, la DPC a-t-elle d initier depuis 2002 un Avant Projet de Loi portant
protection du patrimoine culturel et du patrimoine naturel caractre culturel. Toujours
au plan institutionnel tatique, la Loi-cadre sur lenvironnement (1999) indique en son
Titre V, Ch.I, Art. 87-90 (pp. 48-49) la procdure des tudes dimpact, et au Ch.III, Art.
96-98 (pp. 52-53) la procdure des audiences publiques pour une implication de la
population. LAgence Bninoise pour lEnvironnement (ABE) au Ministre de
lEnvironnement, de lHabitat et lUrbanisme (MEHU), a publi en 2001 un Guide
gnral de ralisation dune EIE, avec spcification du contenu et de la dmarche des EIE
(ABE, 2001: 32-33), ainsi que lobligation dy soumettre tout programme dexploration
ou dexploitation du ptrole ou du gaz naturel (Annexe 1. VII.1, p.67).
9. LABE (2001) a par ailleurs rendu disponible une srie de guides sectoriels, tous
rfrencs dans le Guide gnral. Un guide sectoriel dtude dimpact sur
lenvironnement des projets de gazoducs est de la srie. Dans ce guide sectoriel dEIE, il
est demand de prendre en compte pour la rubrique libelle "milieu humain" les
possibilits de perturbation de sites archologiques reconnus ou potentiels ou de
modification de sites ou btiments historiques reconnus (ABE, n.d. : 16, Tableau 2).
Ainsi donc, il ressort clairement quau double plan rglementaire et documentaire, le
dispositif institutionnel et administratif bninois depuis 1990 ne favorise plus des EIE qui
ignorent, vitent, minimisent ou omettent les menaces potentielles sur le patrimoine
archologique et culturel. Si une telle pratique a eu lieu ou est en cours, ce serait par
mauvaise gouvernance sectorielle ou gnrale lgitimement passible de poursuites et de
sanctions lgales prvues.
1.3 Cadre physique et humain
10. En mme temps que le contexte rglementaire et documentaire, le cadre physique et

humain constitue un paramtre dterminant pour une valuation adquate du potentiel
darchologie et de RCM de lEIE du Projet GAO au Bnin comme dans les autres pays.
Il en est ainsi : (i) dabord parce que le dveloppement durable auquel est appel
contribuer le Projet GAO doit tre en adquation avec la vision "Bnin 2025 : Alafia"
(NLTPS-Bnin 2025, 2000: 107-114), en reposant sur le principe cardinal de la
valorisation interactive de lhomme et de son cadre physique de vie ; (ii) ensuite partir
dun modle de pense et daction qui depuis un quart de sicle conoit et pratique
larchologie comme une discipline environnementale ou une cologie humaine du pass
au prsent depuis 2,5 millions dannes (Butzer, 1982; Clarke 1978: 84-148; Renfrew and
Bahn, 1997: 221-294). De faon spcifique, pour et dans une tude archologique et une
histoire des RCM, les aspects essentiels recherchs dans lenvironnement physique sont
les donnes gologiques, gomorphologiques, climatiques, vgtales et fauniques, les
unes et les autres tant toujours dtermines par la situation en latitude et longitude.
11. De ce point de vue, comme lindiquent les cartes de situation et de contexte

gomorphologique (Figs.1 et 2), la zone dimplantation du Projet GAO se trouve dans la
partie mridionale ctire de la Rpublique du Bnin, avec comme limite sud lOcan
Atlantique. Elle stend en latitude de 62037 Hio Houta 62606 au sud-ouest de
Houto, et en longitude de 21517 Hio Houta 21826 Maria Glta. Par rapport
de telles coordonnes gographiques dans le double contexte physique de lAfrique de
lOuest et de la Baie du Bnin, les conditions bio-climatiques qui y rgnent de nos jours
sont qualifies de "diagonale de scheresse" (Bokonon-Ganta, 1984) ; ou de "Dahomey
Gap" (Adand, 1986), voire de "corridor de savanne" (Dupont et Weinelt, 1999). Il sagit
en effet dune anomalie bio-climatique dont une tude palynologique rcente fait
remonter les dbuts 2500 BP (Tossou, 2002) ; pendant que des phases humides et
sches antrieures semblent avoir altern depuis 150 000 BP en faisant disparatre ou
restaurer cette anomalie bio-climatique (Dupont et Weinelt, 1999 ; Tossou, 2002 ;
Bagodo, 2004 : 50-98 ; 256-322). La tendance sche actuelle est caractrise
annuellement par une isohyte moyenne de 1.200 mm en relation avec une grande saison
pluvieuse (avril juillet) et une petite saison humide (septembre octobre), toutes deux
respectivement intercales dune grande saison sche (novembre mars) et dune petite
saison frache et sche (en aot). La vgtation naturelle est compose de pelouses
littorales, fourrs littoraux, prairies, mangroves et forts marcageuses, avec une varit
despces telles que Cyperus maritimus, Remirea maritimus, Diospyros tricolor,
Paspalum vaginatum, Rhizophora racemosa, Avicennia africana, Borasus aethiopum,
Lophira lanceolata, Elaeis guineensis (Mondjannagni, 1969; Tossou, 2002: 11-16). Elle
est de plus en plus remplace par une vgtation anthropique (Tossou, 2002: 16; Fig.3)
constitue de champs de manioc (Manihot esculenta; cf. Planche III- Photo n8) ou de
mas (Zea mays ; cf. Planche V- Photo 16), de cocoteraies (Cocos nucifera L. ; Planche
I- Photo 3), palmeraies (Elaeis guineensis, cf. Planche IV- Photos 11 et 12), teckeraies
(Tectona grandis L.), voire de cultures marachres (cf. Planche IV- Photo 13 ; Planche
II- Photo 4).
12. Sur le plan topographique (Figs.1 et 2), partir de lOcan Atlantique, la zone du
GAO traverse la plaine littorale et la partie mridionale du plateau dAllada. Les altitudes
y sont gnralement comprises entre 1 et 7 m ; mais elles peuvent parfois atteindre les 10
m comme cest le cas au SE du village Akadjam. Cette plaine littorale ou ctire large
de 5 km environ, est constitue des units morphologiques suivantes: la plage actuelle
suivie de la lagune Djssi, un cordon littoral rcent spar dun cordon littoral ancien par
des marcages. Le secteur du plateau avec des altitudes variant de 15 27 m, comprend
le sommet et des versants sur les cts ouest, sud et est, ainsi que le long des bras SW-NE
et SE-NW de la dpression Djonou.
13. Sur le plan gologique, la plaine littorale est appele "domaine margino-littoral"
(Oyd, 1991). Elle constitue, avec des plateaux mridionaux dont celui dAllada, la
dpression de la Lama et des plateaux septentrionaux dont celui dAbomey, ce quon
appelle le bassin sdimentaire ctier (Slansky, 1962). Dans la zone restreinte du GAO,
cette structure gologique prsente, du nord au sud, la chronologie des units
morphogntiques suivantes, des plus anciennes aux plus rcentes:
(i) la terre de barre qui recouvre le secteur de plateau. Son paisseur peut atteindre les 30
m. Maria Glta, Houto et Abomey-Calavi y sont situs (cf. Figs.1 et 2). Elle est une
formation sablo-argileuse plus ou moins rubfie qui proviendrait du dmantlement
dun ancien sol. Prsentant des caractres sdimentologiques trs accuss, elle est
appele un sidrolithique (Oyd, 1994: 92 ; Houessou et Lang, 1978). Parce qutant
dune gochimie inapproprie pour les mthodes de datation en vigueur et en
perfectionnement depuis les annes 1950, son ge exact reste encore indtermin.
Aussi, la priode de sa mise en place est-elle approximativement attribue au
Quaternaire ancien avec des remaniements postrieurs en nombre dendroits (Oyd,
1994: 95-96). Sur le plateau voisin de Com (ou de Bopa) lOuest (Houndagba et
Bokonon-Ganta, 1994 : 122-124), cette formation contient en disposition disparate
des fragments de silex et de quartzite (Bagodo, 1994 : 31-36). Il est souhaitable que
les investigations soient poursuivies et affines avec lespoir que ces lments
lithiques fragments soient trouvs dans un horizon archologique stratifi pour quils
puissent tre accepts sans quivoque comme des artefacts (Bagodo, 2004: 102-108) ;
(ii) un cordon de sables jaunes, qui est spar du plateau par la dpression Djonou
(encore appele Djou, Linhouin, Sodo ou Ahouangan selon les localits riveraines), et
qui est bord au sud par une seconde dpression appele Wgba ou Outobo. Ce
cordon de sables jaunes stend de Cotonou Ouidah. Cest la plus ancienne des
diffrentes formations lithostratigraphiques postrieures la "Terre de barre". Cest
une formation dorigine marine et dge holocne moyen (Oyd, 1991: 30-32; 34-
35). Des localits comme Godomey, Cocotomey, Cococodji, Djakotokou et
Akandjam sont situs sur ce cordon littoral ancien de sables jaunes ( Fig.2);
(iii)un cordon mdian de sables gris qui stend du sud de la dpression Wgba au nord
de la Lagune Djssi. Il sagit en fait dune srie daccumulations sableuses plus ou
moins circulaires qui sont intercales par des marcages. Ces accumulations sableuses
rsulteraient des dernires oscillations marines de lHolocne rcent (Oyd, 1991: 32
; 34-35). Elles sont dans lensemble inondes en saison de crues. Les villages
Vinawa, Adjahdji et Togbin sont implants sur les crtes non inondables de ce
cordon littoral rcent (Fig. 2) ;
(iv) un cordon subactuel de sables bruns, qui correspond la plage actuelle et qui stire
du sud de la lagune Djssi lOcan Atlantique. Le village Hio Houta sy situe
(Fig.2).
14. Lhistoire du peuplement de la zone attend encore dtre clarifie, tant par les facteurs
et mcanismes que par les phases, tant au cours de lHolocne que durant les priodes
prhistoriques plus anciennes du Quaternaire. Dans ce sens, la piste palynologique
rcente (Tossou, 2002: 106-110) indiquant la jonction des massifs forestiers congolais et
guinen dans le Dahomey Gap lHolocne moyen (7500 2500 BP) et la rinstallation
du type de savane actuelle depuis 2500 BP jusqu nos jours, pourrait tre approfondie et
mise contribution en vue dtablir la chronostratigraphie radiomtrique des trois
cordons littoraux. Il pourrait en rsulter une interprtation archo-paloenvironnementale
dune occupation humaine continue ou discontinue jusqu la priode contemporaine,
ainsi quune rtrospective quelque peu probable des stratgies successives de genres de
vie fonds sur le ramassage, la cueillette, la chasse et ultrieurement la production
programme de ressources consommables. Mais le but et les objectifs assigns la
prsente reconnaissance archologique prventive sont dabord en de de telles
proccupations scientifiques ; il faudrait alors quadviennent des dcouvertes inattendues
de site(s) prhistorique(s) exceptionnel(s) lors des travaux de construction du gazoduc
pour y revenir. Pour le stade actuel, il sagit de vrifier la prsence ou labsence dindices
de RCM ou darchologie dont la mise en pril lserait et frustrerait les occupants actuels
de la zone demprise du gazoduc.
15. Cette population locale actuelle se compose en majorit de Fon et de minorits

Weme, Aja, Yoruba, Popo et Gen. Lhistoire de la mise en place de ces diffrents
groupes ethniques dans lespace de la Baie du Bnin est assez bien connue parfois depuis
le XIe sicle, gnralement depuis le XVe sicle jusqu nos jours ; dans une vision
souvent pique par rfrence mythique Ile Ife ou lgendaire Tado. Ce sont surtout les
ralits et scnarios des sicles et millnaires antrieurs au XIe sicle particulirement
ceux prhistoriques qui posent problme. Les activits conomiques essentielles de
cette population actuelle sont lagriculture (cf. Fig. 3 et Planches), la pche et lextraction
du sel. Pour chacune de ces activits productives, sur la base dtudes
ethnoarchologiques (Rivallain, 1977: 147-149) appuyes entre autres disciplines de
larchobotanique en gnral et de la palynologie en particulier, il pourrait tre possible
de remonter jusquaux modes de vie ayant eu cours lHolocne moyen et ancien, sinon
ceux des temps palolithiques (Bagodo, 2004 : 279-322).
2.0 Objectifs et Methodologie Dinvestigation
2.1 Objectifs de ltude
16. Les TDR tels que dj articuls en quatre axes (cf. paragraphe 2.) assignent deux
objectifs majeurs la prsente tude prventive en archologie et RCM. Primo, aider
lquipe de ralisation du Projet GAO se conformer aux lois et rglements de protection
des RCM et du patrimoine archologique en vigueur en Rpublique du Bnin. Secundo,
conduire des investigations archologiques rapides qui, sans garantir le risque zro,
permettront de rduire au strict minimum les risques de dcouvertes ou de destructions
inattendues dobjets, de structures ou de sites de RCM ou de patrimoine archologique.
La justification rglementaire et documentaire de ltude prventive en a fait ressortir son
poids dans la qualification positive de lEIE et la facilitation subsquente du financement
du projet (cf. paragraphes 3, 4 et 5). La prise en compte du cadre physique est faite dans
une optique de pratique de larchologie comme une cologie humaine soucieuse de la
sauvegarde durable de lenvironnement (cf. paragraphe 10).
17. Sur la base de telles proccupations, deux objectifs sont spcifiquement cibls pour
mener les investigations de terrain. Le premier de ces objectifs spcifiques consiste
reprer et localiser avec la prcision requise, tous les indices rflecteurs directs ou
indirects des objets, structures ou sites de RCM ou darchologie en surface ou
probablement enfouis le long du primtre dimplantation et demprise du gazoduc (Fig.
3). Le second objectif, connexe au premier, consiste raliser une cartographie des
donnes de RCM les plus significatives in situ ou/et symboliquement, ainsi que des
tmoins ou traces archologiques les plus remarquables la vue ou en contexte
stratigraphique partiellement rod ou entaill.
2.2 Identification de litinraire et mthode de prospection
18. Lidentification de litinraire est faite en respectant les 25 m despace de protection

scuritaire, au milieu et le long duquel le gazoduc de 76 cm de diamtre sera mis en terre
sur une profondeur de 100 cm. Cette bande de 25 m de large et de 14,5 km de long
environs, est dlimite sur les deux bords par des bornes numrotes et marques du sigle
en langue anglaise du Projet GAO (i.e. WAGP). Le trac de cette bande de 14,5 km est
clairement ressorti en couleur vive sur une carte de localisation mise notre disposition
par lEquipe du GAO. La seconde carte nous remise est rfrence WAGP-W-Z-YA-
Z00-00-0011.pfd 0020pfd et donne des dtails sur les proprits foncires sur les 5 km
de trac entre Hio Houta, partir du rebord nord de la "Route des pches" longeant la
plage entre Cotonou et Ouidah, jusqu Cococodji au sud de la voie ferre Cotonou-
Parakou. Ces deux cartes du GAO ont complt le fonds cartographique du Laboratoire
de Biogographie et dExpertise Environnementale (LABEE) de lUniversit dAbomey-
Calavi, dans la ralisation de nos cartes respectives de situation de la zone dimplantation
du GAO (Fig.1), du contexte gomorphologique (Fig. 2) et du trac dtaill du GAO
(Fig. 3).
19. Sur la base du systme de bornage du trac du GAO et du support cartographique,

une mthode de prospection rapide est conue et mise en uvre. En conformit tant avec
les objectifs majeurs que ceux spcifiques dj prsents ci-dessus (cf. paragraphes 16 et
17), la mthode adopte consiste parcourir le primtre de trac et demprise du
gazoduc en observant au pas pas devant et autour de soi en vue de reprer tous les
indices visibles de RCM et darchologie. Ladoption de cette mthode a par ailleurs tenu
compte des avis de deux collgues gographes sollicits pour la sortie hors contrat
GAO, effectue le samedi 7 aot 2004, en vue de statuer sur le principe et les modalits
de faisabilit de la reconnaissance en contre-saison. Etant deux archologues devant faire
face lobstruction des hautes herbes par endroits, ainsi quaux contraintes de
rentabilisation optimale des six jours dobservation sur le terrain, nous avons opt de
solliciter lassistance dun stagiaire du LABEE en fin de formation de DEA, en lui
assignant la mission spcifique denregistrement systmatique des coordonnes GPS de
toutes les bornes repres et des traits paysagers en vue de llaboration de cartes
illustratives dont il avait en mme temps la charge. Il a t par ailleurs envisag de
solliciter partout o besoin sera le service de guides et de manuvres pour gagner du
temps dans le reprage et la coordination GPS des bornes. Enfin, il a t programm que
tous les trois nous avancions en ligne tout le long du parcours afin de synchroniser
lenregistrement des coordonnes GPS des points de reprage dindices archologiques,
de bornes et de paysages caractristiques. Ce faisant, il a t projet une collecte de
donnes susceptibles daider une cartographie et une analyse appropries.
3.0 Activites de Terrain et Resultats Obtenus
3.1 Relev des coordonnes du bornage du GOA au GPS
20. La grande contrainte des activits de reprage des bornes et de prospection

archologique est davoir t effectues en contre- saison, savoir en petite saison sche
alors que la vgtation naturelle est par endroits dense et que les abords des marcages
que ctoie le trac du gazoduc restent encore inonds. La prsence frquente de champs
de cultures (Fig. 3) naura t quun facteur attnuant de ces obstacles la visibilit dans
le reprage des bornes et la recherche dindices archologiques dans la zone demprise du
gazoduc. La reconnaissance a donc pu tre effectue selon litinraire et la dmarche
mthodologique dcrits ci-dessus (cf. paragraphes 18-19).
21. Sur la base des constats faits lors de la sortie prliminaire du samedi 7 aot 2004, les
travaux de terrain effectus du lundi 16 au samedi 21 aot ont ainsi consist en une
identification du trac de la zone dimplantation du GAO Bnin depuis la plage louest
de Hio Houta jusqu laire prvue pour limplantation de la future Station de conversion
du GAO Maria Glta, un quartier du village Houto travers par les lignes de haute
tension lectrique de la Communaut Electrique du Bnin (C.E.B.). Pour chaque borne du
Projet GAO qui a pu tre repre, les coordonnes gographiques ont t prises au GPS.
22. Ainsi donc, la carte dtaille (Fig. 3) de litinraire suivi met en dispositions
successives, de Hio Houta au sud Maria Glta au nord-est:
(i) un premier tronon du GAO orient SSW-NNE entre Hio Houta et le rebord sud de la
dpression Djonou au NW de Cococodji. De part et dautre de ce premier tronon, les
bornes repres sont rfrences par notre quipe de A1 A23 sur la gauche et de B1
B23 sur la droite, tout en enregistrant les rfrences WAGP correspondantes (cf.
Tableau 1);
(ii) un deuxime tronon du GAO orient SW-NE et longeant la dpression Djonou
jusquau niveau des lignes de haute tension de la CEB au SW de Houto (Figs.1 et 2),
en continuant avec la mme rfrence de bornage de A24 A52 et de B22 B52 (cf.
bornes WAGP correspondantes au Tableau 2);
(iii)un troisime et dernier tronon orient NW-SE jusqu Maria Glta et marqu par
nous des bornes A53 A60 et B53 B60 (cf. bornes WAGP correspondantes au
Tableau 3)
3.2 Occupation actuelle des espaces et indices archologiques
23. Paralllement au relev des coordonnes au GPS, une observation a t faite de ltat
actuel doccupation de lespace parcouru et des traits paysagers tels que la vgtation
naturelle, les aires de cultures ou de jachres (cf. Fig. 3 et Planches), tout en plaant dans
leur contexte physique les vestiges archologiques reprs en surface. Mais en raison de
la priode dvolue aux activits de terrain, la petite saison sche, les friches couvertes de
fourrs ont constitu des obstacles au parcours pied. Naturellement les bords des marais
et la traverse des bras de lagune sont hors de porte de la reconnaissance. De la plage
Hio Houta en direction du secteur du plateau de "Terre de barre" o se situe Maria Glta,
ont t distingus divers couverts vgtaux et lexploitation des ressources locales. A Hio
Houta, la grve sableuse ne prsente pas de traits particuliers dans le secteur prvu pour
le passage du gazoduc, ni sous la plantation de cocotiers ; alors qu proximit de la
lagune Djssi se trouvent un maracher et une installation plus ou moins labandon
dune exploitation salicole base de saumure (Planche I, Photos 1 et 2).
24. Il convient de mentionner que dans cette partie mridionale du parcours du gazoduc,
le secteur qui est mieux connu sous lappellation de la "Route des pches" parce que
parsem encore de hameaux de pcheurs pratiquant la senne, a antrieurement rvl des
vestiges archologiques sous forme damas coquillers, de tessons de poterie voire de
fragments de pipes importes (Adagba, 1987 ; Adand, 1980 ; Rivallain, 1982),
particulirement proximit du village de Togbin. Par ailleurs lapproche de Ouidah
plage, les activits salicoles ont laiss des traces nettement perceptibles quand elles ne
sont pas toujours vivaces comme Djgbadji (Rivallain, 1977).
25. Au Nord de la lagune Djssi, le trac du gazoduc passe proximit du village

Adjahdji et longe une zone marcageuse qui est exploite pour ses plantes aquatiques
(Cyperus articulatus) dont on fait des nattes une fois coupes et sches (Planche II-
Photo 6). De mme il y a des installations pour la production de sel. Le gazoduc
traversera des jardins marachers qui non plus nont rvl aucun indice archologique en
surface. En remontant, les friches succdant des champs de culture jusqu la latitude de
Cococodji, lobservation au sol na t possible que dans les aires mises en culture mais
na pas permis de localiser dindice archologique significatif. Au del de la Route
Nationale Inter-Etats (RNIE 1) Cotonou-Lom, le trac longe du sud au nord une
proprit de plusieurs hectares (cf. Titre foncier n 635 tabli au nom de Adjovi Alain)
jusqu atteindre la dpression marcageuse Djonou. De l commence le deuxime
tronon du GAO (cf. Fig. 3 et paragraphe 22) qui se prolonge SW-NE en bordure de la
dpression marcageuse Djonou jusquau pied du plateau dAllada. Ce tronon est mis en
valeur par des marachers et mme par des trous poisson ou tangs de pisciculture (cf.
Planche III- Photo 7). Des habitations de construction apparemment rcente constellent le
paysage. Au sol, sur les aires ouvertes, il ny a pas de vestiges archologiques
significatifs dans lemprise du trac du futur gazoduc. Toutefois au Nord du village de
Cocotomey, dans une carrire de sable jaune au lieu-dit Tannou, Guilhen Paradis, un
chercheur franais en poste lUniversit nationale du Bnin dans les annes 70, avait
identifi un mtre de la surface actuelle, un niveau cramique dat au radiocarbone de
724 120 av. J.C. (Rivallain, 1981: 259). Sur la mme coupe stratigraphique, il a relev
plus bas un niveau de microlithes qui na pas pu tre dat. Lexistence de ces indices
archologiques enfouis vient nous rappeler que les vidences archologiques ne sont pas
toujours visibles en surface.
26. Cest sur le plateau de "Terre de barre" que des vidences archologiques ont t
releves au cours de la reconnaissance (cf. Tableau 3 et Fig. 3- troisime tronon du
GAO au paragraphe 22), sous forme de tessons de poterie dcors divers. Comme en
certains autres points, lobservation au sol dans ce secteur de Maria Glta na pas
toujours t aise, en raison des hautes herbes qui occupent les friches qui entrecoupent
les aires de mise en culture (Planche V- Photos 15 et 16).
4.0 Conclusions et Recommandations
4.1 Conclusions
27.Loption des parties prenantes au Projet GAO de complter lEIE par des
investigations darchologie et de RCM dans chacun des quatre pays concerns sinscrit
positivement dans la logique des stratgies et conditionnalits dun dveloppement
durable de plus en plus souhait de par le monde. Loption est particulirement bnfique
pour un pays comme le Bnin o, malgr lexistence dun dispositif rglementaire et dun
contexte documentaire incitatifs, la gouvernance semble encore hsiter gnraliser une
telle pratique. Cest donc juste titre que lAssociation Ouest-Africaine dArchologie
(AOAA), qui bnficie depuis 1993 du statut dobservateur auprs de la Communaut
des Etats de lAfrique de lOuest (CEDEAO), na de cesse que les normes lmentaires
qui ont cours sur les autres continents du globe en matire dEIE prenant en compte
larchologie et les RCM aient leur application en Afrique et particulirement dans notre
rgion.
28.La reconnaissance archologique prventive effectue pour le compte du Projet GAO

au Bnin na pas rvl, ce stade liminaire, de sites spectaculaires mais les quelques
indices relevs nous indiquent quil est ncessaire de formuler des recommandations
lendroit de lquipe de coordination du Projet GAO convie se mettre en partenariat
davantage interactif avec les gouvernants bninois et la CEB.
4.2 Recommandations pour des dispositions prendre avant limplantation du
gazoduc
29. Plusieurs facteurs ont rduit la visibilit dindices archologiques ventuels lors de la
reconnaissance archologique prventive conduite du 16 au 21 Aot 2004 au titre de
consultation pour le Projet GAO au Bnin. Par ailleurs, comme il est constamment
rappel aux apprenants de la discipline: labsence dindices en surface nest pas la
preuve de labsence absolue de sites archologiques dans un secteur gographique donn
. En effet, loccupation des territoires ou des terroirs nest pas ncessairement continue
dans le temps et, de plus, dans des espaces comme la zone dimplantation du GAO, la
mthode dobservation de surface pour reprer des indices archologiques a ses limites.
Aussi, pour que la dmarche de consultation prliminaire limplantation du gazoduc ne
soit pas une simple formalit pour lobtention dune autorisation dimplantation, importe-
t-il :
- que pendant la prochaine grande saison sche, de dcembre 2004 mars 2005 : (i)
deux journes soient consacres une reconnaissance intensive dans le primtre
du plateau de "Terre de barre" Maria Glta o ont t reprs les tessons de
poterie, et des enqutes orales documentaires; (ii) un parcours complmentaire
de deux journes puisse tre fait sur les secteurs de terre exonde mais rendus
inaccessibles du fait des hautes herbes des friches ;
- quun archologue soit associ la phase dimplantation du gazoduc pour suivre

les travaux de creusement des tranches et autres actions de BTP relative au projet
GOA
5.0 References Bibliographiques
Adagba C. E. 1987. Recherche archologique en Rpublique Populaire du Bnin,

Cahier des Archives du Sol n1, ERAB/UNB, pp. 125-153
Adand A. 1980. La carte archologique du Bnin mridional. Contribution

llaboration de la carte archologique de la Rpublique Populaire du Bnin,
rapport de D.E.A. Universit de Paris I, Panthon-Sorbonne
Adand A.B.A. 1986. Le Dahomey Gap : une question de palo-environnement dans

le Golfe du Bnin. In M. Schvoerer (dir), Archologie africaine et sciences de la
nature appliques larchologie, 1er symposium international, Bordeaux 1983,
Paris-Bordeaux III: ACCT/CNRS/CRIAA, pp. 369-381
Adand A.B.A. and Bagodo O. 1991. Urgence dune archologie de sauvetage dans le
Golfe du Bnin: cas des valles du Mono et de lOum. W. Afr. J. Archaeol. 21:
49-72
Adand A.B.A. et Bagodo O. (publis par) 1996. Archologie et sauvetage du
patrimoine, Actes du VIe Colloque, de l Association Ouest-africaine
dArchologie, Cotonou (Bnin) 28 mars 2 avril 1994, Ibadan: Maclintho
Productions Press
Agence Bninoise de lEnvironnement 2001. Guide gnral de ralisation dune tude

dimpact sur lenvironnement, Cotonou
Agence Bninoise de lEnvironnement (n.d.). Guide sectoriel dtude dimpact sur

lenvironnement des projets de gazoduc, Cotonou
Bagodo O. 1993. Archaeological Reconnaissance of the Lower Mono Valley: A

Preliminary Report, W. Afr. J. Archaeol. 23: 24-36
Bagodo O. 1994a. Reconnaissance de la basse valle du Mono: contribution ltude du

peuplement prhistorique de la rgion mridionale des Rpubliques du Bnin et
du Togo. In Gayibor, N.L. et al. (publis par), Actes des Journes Scientifiques de
lU.B. (23-28 mai 1994) 5 Vol. I, Lom : Presses de lUniversit du Bnin, pp.
157-177
Bagodo O. 1994b. Les sciences de la nature appliques la recherche prhistorique dans

le bassin infrieur du Mono: rflexion mthodologique et thmatique pour une
prospection archologique interdisciplinaire. In O. Bagodo (prsent par),
Recherches sur lvolution quaternaire et la prhistoire du bassin infrieur du
Mono, pp. 14-56
Bagodo O. (prsent par) 1994c. Recherches sur lvolution quaternaire et la prhistoire

du bassin infrieur du Mono : rapport scientifique prliminaire de prospection
archologique interdisciplinaire, saison 1992-93, Cotonou
Bagodo O. 2004. The Palaeolithic Settlement Archaeology of Selected Parts of Bight of

Benin, With Special Reference to Ajibode Lower Terrace Sites, Ibadan, Nigeria.
Ph D Dissertation in the Department of Archaeology and Anthropology,
submitted to the Faculty of Science, University of Ibadan Banque Mondiale 1991.
Development Strategies, Annual Report, Washington, D.C.
Banque Mondiale 1992. Development and Environment, Annual Report, Washington,

D.C.
Banque Mondiale 2003. Dveloppement durable dans un monde dynamique. Amliorer

les institutions, la croissance et la qualit de vie, Washington, D.C.
Bnin (Rpublique du, ex Dahomey) 1968. Ordonnance N35/PR/MENJS du 1er juin,

Cotonou
Bnin (Rpublique du) 1999. Loi-cadre sur lenvironnement en Rpublique du Bnin, 12
fvrier, Cotonou
Bnin (Rpublique du) 2000. Etudes nationales de perspectives long terme - NLTPS -
Bnin 2025: Alafia (Stratgies de dveloppement du Bnin long terme),
Cotonou
Bernardini O., Bostyn F., de Klijn H. et Vallin L. 1987. Archologie et grands travaux: le
lien fixe transmanche, Nouvelles de lArchologie, N26: 46-49
Bostyn F et Vallin L. 1988. Archologie et grands travaux: ouvrons le dbat, Les

Nouvelles de lArchologie, N32: 10-12
Breterniz D. A. 1968 Interim Report of the University of Colorado-Kainji Rescue

Archaeology Project 1968, The West African Archaeological Newsletter
(WAAN) N10: 31
Breterniz D. A. 1975. Rescue Archaeology in Kainji Reservoir Area, 1968, W. Afr. J.

Archaeol.15: 91-151
Bokonon-Ganta E.B. 1984. La diagonale de scheresse climatique du Golfe du Bnin,

Mmoire de DEA, Universit de Paris IV-Sorbonne
Butzer K.W. 1982. Archaeology as human ecology. Method and theory for a contextual
approach, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
Clarke D.L. 1978. Analytical Archaeology, London: Methuen CO Ltd, Second Edition
Davies O. 1971. The Archaeology of the flooded Volta Basin, University of Ghana
Occasional Papers in Archaeology, N1
Dognon H., Millogo A.K., Adand A.B.A.et Bagodo O. 1994c. VIe Colloque de
lAssociation Ouest-africaine dArchologie et Assemble gnrale
extraordinaire. Document final, Porto-Novo
Dupont L.M. and Weinelt M 1996. Vegetation history of the savanna corridor between
the Guinean and the Congolian rain forest during the last 150,000 years, Veget.
Hist. Archaeobot., 5: 273-292
Goodland R. 1988. La gestion du patrimoine culturel dans les projets de la Banque

Mondiale, Finances et Dveloppement, Mars, pp. 48-49
Hartle D.D. 1970. Preliminary Report of the University of Ibadans Kainji Rescue
Archaeology Project 1968, The W.A.A.N., N12: 7-19
Houessou A et Lang J. 1979. La Terre de barre dans le Bnin mridional (Afrique de
lOuest) Bull. ASEQUA, N 56-57: 49-60
Houndagba C.J. et Bokonon-Ganta E. 1994. Aspects gomorphologiques et paloclimati-

ques du bassin infrieur du Mono. In O. Bagodo (prs. par) Recherches sur
lvolution quaternaire et la prhistoire du basin infrieur du Mono : rapport
scientifique prliminaire de prospection archologique interdisciplinaire, saison
1992-93, pp. 102-130
International Finance Corporation 1999. Project Finance in Developing Countries,

Lessons of Experience, N7, Washington, D.C.
Laprade B. M. 1989. LArchologie de sauvetage. Synthses des conclusions, Les

Nouvelles de lArchologie, N37: 5-11
Lasfargues J. 1987. Le financement de larchologie de terrain en France, Nouvelles de

lArchologie, N29: 9-23
Mondjannagni A 1969. Contribution ltude des paysages vgtaux du bas-Dahomey.

Annales de lUniversit dAbidjan, Srie G. Tome 1- Fasicule 2
Oyd L.M. 1991. Dynamique sdimentaire actuelle et messages enregistrs dans les
squences quaternaires et nognes du domaine margino-littoral du Bnin
(Afrique de lOuest), Thse de Doctorat, Universit de Bourgogne et Universit
Nationale du Bnin, Abomey-Calavi
Oyd L.M. 1994. Dynamique sdimentaire actuelle et squence quaternaire dans le

bassin infrieur du Mono, In O. Bagodo (prs. par) Recherches sur lvolution
quaternaire et la prhistoire du basin infrieur du Mono: rapport scientifique
prliminaire de prospection archologique interdisciplinaire, saison 1992-93, pp.
75-100
Oyelaran P.A. 1994. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and

Archaeological/Cultural Elements: A case Study of a Proposed Oil Pipeline
Project in the Delta Area of Nigeria, W. Afr. J. Archaeol., 24: 130-136
Paradis G. et E. Adjanohoun 1974. Limpact de la fabrication du sel sur la vgtation de

mangrove et la gomorphologie dans le Bas Dahomey, Annales de lUniversit
dAbidjan, srie E, VII, pp. 599-612
Projet Gazoduc dAfrique de lOuest 2004a. Etude dimpact environnemental. Version

dfinitive pour le Bnin. Rv.1 (Rubrique 8.95 et Tableaux 8.9-6a-b)
Projet Gazoduc dAfrique de lOuest 2004b. Etude dimpact environnemental.

Appendices,Vol.1 de 3 (Appendice 1-A; TDR de lE.I.E: principes communs
(pp.1-40); Bnin. Avant Projet de TDR (40p.)
Renfrew C. and Bahn P. 1997. Archaeology. Theories, Methods, and Practice, London:
Thames and Hudson, Reprinted Second Edition
Rivallain J. 1977. Le sel dans les villages ctiers et lagunaires du Bas-Dahomey : sa

fabrication, sa place dans le circuit du sel africain, W.Afr.J.Archaeol., 7 :143-169
Rivallain J. 1981. Un artisanat ancien: la poterie dans le sud du Bnin. In 2000 ans
dhistoire africaine. Le sol, la parole et lcrit, mlanges en hommage Raymond
Mauny, t. 1, Paris, Socit franaise dhistoire dOutre-mer, pp. 247-63
Rivallain J. 1982. Pipes importes trouves dans le Sud du Bnin. Description,

identification, rle, Annales de lUniversit dAbidjan, srie I (histoire), t. X, pp.
87-102
Shaw T. 1970. Editorial, The WAAN, N12: 3-4
Shinnie P.L. 1966. Recent Developments in Archaeology in Ghana, The WAAN, N5: 26
Sowunmi M.A., Fatunsin A.K. Folorunso C.A. and Bagodo O. (eds)1999. The Past as a
key to Present and Future: Culture for Development in West Africa, Final
Document of the 7th Biannual Conference of the West African Archaeological
Association, Ibadan, November 25-29, Ibadan
Tognimassou G. 1993. Recherches archologiques au Bnin et au Togo: un essai

dvaluation, Abomey-Calavi, mmoire de matrise, UNB/FLASH/DHA
Tossou M.G. (2002) Recherche palynologique sur la vgtation holocne du sud-Bnin

(Afrique de lOuest), Thse de Doctorat de lUniversit de Lom
Wesler K.M. 1990. The Current State of Cultural Resource Management in the United
States. In B.W. Andah (ed) Cultural Resource Management : An African
Dimension, Special Book Issue, W. Afr. J. Archaeol. 20: 80-88.
Wilson R. L. (ed) 1987. Rescue Archaeology. Proceedings of the Second New World
Conference on Rescue Archaeology, Dallas Southern Methodist University Press
York R.N. 1966. The Volta Basin Research Project, Ghana, The WAAN, N5: 27-29
6.0 Cartes
Figure 1: Situation de lazoned'implantation du Projet GAO
NIGER
BURKINAFASO
A F RI Q UE ALIBORI
ATACORA
BORGOU
Bnin DONGA N
I
T G
O E
G R
O I
COLLINES A
N
ZOU PLATEAU
Zone du
COUFFO
Gazoduc
ATL.
MONO OUEME
LITTORAL
OCEANATLANTIQUE
#
#
####
# #
#
#
#
#
#
#
Oudo
#
#
### #
## #
# # #
# # # ##
# #
# ## # #
# # #
# # # # ### #
# # # #
# #
# # # ##
# # # #
###
##
#
# #
# #
#
##
### ABOMEYCALAVI #
#
#
##
## #
# #
#
Gbgbonou # #
# #
##
# # ##
# #
#
Adjokom #
#
Zoktom # #
# HOUETO
Houngkanvi #
#
#
Adovi # #
#
# Maria Glta
#
##
#
#
#
#
Dikouikom
#
# ##
# # ##
#
6
###
####
Alichilokpo
Lac 6
25' ##
Awak #
Nokou 25'
#
Onhouing # Agonkam
##
#
## #
# # ### # #
## #
#
#
Tchangb #
# #
#
# #
Sodo
##
Wom
# Lokokodji #
#
##
Dpression Djonou
#
# #
# ##
Cocotomey GODOMEY ##
# #
# ##
###
Djakotokou #
# #
### # #
#
#
# ##
#
#
#
# # # # ##
## # # # #
# # # # # # # # #
# # # ## # #
# # # ### # #
## # ##
Cococodji # ##
# #
# ### #
## # #
#
#
Zounga ##
###
# # Lokozoumpa
### ##
Amahou Zogbonda ## Godomey-Gare

#
##
Dpression Wgba #
#
Hdomey Dkoungb
# ## #
Akadjam Aklakou
# #
# ## # #
Djkpota
##
Vinawa
##
##
# Togbin
Lissssa
Adjahdji ##
#
#### # #
#
Adounko
# #
##
LaguneDjessi Hounddji
# Hio Houta
6 6
20' 20
OCE AN A T L A NT I QUE
2 15' 2 20'
0 9Km
LEGENDE
Trac du Gazoduc Courbe de niveau intercalaire
#
Village Cours d'eau

Piste Agglomration
Route non bitume Zone marcageuse et zone inondable
Route bitume Cordon littoral
Haute tension Terre exonde
Cheminde fer Plan d'eau
Courbe de niveau Plantation
Fig. 2 : Contexte gomorphologique et indices archologiques
dans la zone d'implantation du projet GAO au Bnin
#
#
# # ##
#
# #
#
#
#
#
#
Oudo
#
# ##
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# ##
# #
#
#
#
16 #
#
#
ABOMEY CALAVI #
#
#
##
#
# #
#
#
# # # # # #
# # # # #
# #
# # # # # #
#
25 # #
#
# # #
# #
#
# #
# #
## #
# # #
#
# #
#
Gbgbonou # # #
# #
# # # #
21 # #
#
#
HOUETO
Adjokom Zoktom #
#
#
#
##
S
#S
SSr S
#
#S ##
S #
S Maria Glta
Houngkanvi S#S
# rSS
## # ##
Adovi # #
S
S #
S 18 #
Dikouikom
# #
#
#
# #
#
# #
S #
S
# # #
23 #
#
#
S
S
# #
## #
#
S S
# 21
rS#
# # #
Alichilokpo S# #
#
# #
S
# #
# # #
4 S
#
6
# #
#
S
21 #
S 6
25' # #
##
Awak 25'
27
#
S #
#
Agonkam Lac
#
#
S
Onhouing
#
# #
#
#
S 24
#
#
15
#
#
Nokou
#S
# ##
# ## #
# #
S # #
#
#
#
# #
#
Tchangb #
S Lokokodji
Wom #
#
S #
#
Sodo # #
3 #
#
#S
S
S#
#
# #
Dpression Djonou
#
#S
#S
S## S
#S
S # #S
S #S #
#
# #
#
#
#
#
# # #
Djakotokou
# S#
##
#
7 #
#
#
# Cocotomey
# GODOMEY #
#
#
#
# #
# #
###
#
2
2
# S
SS
#
# #
# #
#
#
# #
#
##
#
# S# #
#
# # # #
#
#S
# # # # # #
# # # ## # # #
S Cococodji
#
# #
#
# #
#
## #
#
#
#
# #
#
# #
# 7 # # # # #
S #
#
##
# #
#
S
# # # #
## Lokozoumpa
#S
S#
#
### Zounga #
2
##
# #
#
Godomey-Gare
Akadjam Dpression Wgba
S#
S
# # ## #
#
Dkoungb
# Aklakou #
#
Amahou Zogbonda ##
#
#
#
#
## 10
S Hdomey
#S
S#
#
S
# Vinawa Djkpota
# #
#
S
#
S
4 #
Togbin 5
#
S 1 # ##
#
#
Lissssa # # Adounko
Adjahdji # #
#
# #
# #
#
3 # #
3
##
S ##
#
#
Hounddji
##
S Lagune Djessi
#
S Hio Houta
#
S
##
S
S
##
#
6 6
20' 20'
O C E A N A T L A N T I Q U E
2 15' 0 2 20' 9 Km
LEGENDE
N
r Indice archologique Courbe de niveau intercalaire
S
# Bornes du projet GAO Courbe de niveau
#
Point cot Agglomration
#
Village Plan d'eau
Piste Marcage et zone inondable
Route non bitume Plage actuelle (sable brun)
Route bitume Cordon littoral rcent (sable gris)
Ligne haute tension Cordon littoral ancien (sable jaune)
Chemin de fer Versant du plateau
Cours d'eau Sommet de plateau
Source : Fond topographiique IGN - 1992 - Travaux de terrain 2003 - 2004 Ralisation : LABEE/FLASH/UAC - 2004
F ig u r e 3 : S ch m a d u t r a c d u G A O
A52 B 53
A51 S
# S
# B52 A 5 3 #S S
#
# Pa
S + Ni Pa + N i Pa + N i Ma Ma B54
A 5 0 #S S B50 r S
#
M
#
V A 5 4 #S
os
A 4 9 #S Ja Ja Ma Ja Ja S B49
# B55
a
A 5 5 #S J S
#
q
B56
r
ue
S
#
A 4 7 #S Pl Pl S B47
# A56
S
#
S B57
ja
#
Ja
c
A 4 6 #S Ja S B46
# S
#
h
A57
re
N A 4 5 #S Pa + N i Ba Ba S
# B45 B58
s
Ma
cu
S
# S
#
A 4 4 #S Pl A58 B59
l tu
Pl Pl S
#
Pl B44 S
# S
#
re
A 4 3 #S Pl S B43
# A59
s
A 4 2 #S
Pl Pl A 6 0 #S
r S
# B60
S B42
#
J J Pa Pa S B41
#
A40 S
# Ja $ S B40
#
A39 S
#
Pl S B39
# S
#
A w ak
e
ag
C y c l o s o r u s s t ri a t u s , Pl
c
Pl S B38
#
ar
Ta l li a e t T if a - P a l m i e r $ S
#
M
B37
$ S
# B36
Co Co S
# B 35
Pl Pl S B 34
#
S
#
B 33
Pl Pl
S
# B32
ve r s Ma
H v A 3 1 #S $ S
#
B31
i A 3 0 #S S B30
#
Pl Pl
B29 S
#
A29 So d o
A24 A 2 8 #S #S B23 B 24 Mc Ma #
S
S
#
A 2 3 #S S
# A25 A27 #
S S
# S
# B28
S
# A 2 6#S S
# S
#
A 2 2 #S S
# B 25 S
#
Pk Pk T Ma B22 B26 B27
Mc Mc LE G E N D E
A21
Ma
# B 21
A 2 0 #S #S J $ B 2 0 #S S
SA 1 9
# Ma J S B19
#
SB 1 8
#
A 1 8 #S v e rs
A 1 7 #S B 1 7 #S
C o co c o d ji r In d ic e a r c h o lo g iq ue
S B16
# $ C o n ce s s io n
A 1 6 #S
Pl Pl
Ma Ma S B15
# S
# V il lag e S
#
B o r ne s du P ro je t G A O
A 1 5 #S
S B14
A 1 4 #S Ro Ro Pl
#
Pa : P a p a ye r
S B13
#
A13 S
#
F o u r R o u te bi tum e
T
Pl Ro c ry s o ba la n us : M a s
Pl Ma
Ma
Pk R o u te no n bi tum e
Pk S B12
#
Mc : M a nio c
A 1 2 #S S
# A k a d ja m
Co Pl
Pl
S B11
#
: J ach re C h e m in d e f e r
A 1 1 #S
S B10
#
J
A 1 0 #S Ja Ja
Co S
#
A 9 #S
Pl B9
Ja : J a r di n Zo n e pe u h u m a n is e
P p i n i re Co
S B8
#
S
# V in a w a
A 8 #S
Pk Pk Pk S B7
# Pl : P a lm ie r M a r c a ge
A 7 #S
S B6
# Ro : R ni e r M os a q ue c u ltu r e s e t ja c h r e s
A 6 #S
Pk : P a ste k
E sp c e s p io nn i r e s
S B5
# S
# A d ja h d j i
A 5 #S
Pl
Eu c al ip tu s Pl S B4
# Co : C o c o tie r
A 4 #S P la n d'e a u
L a g u n e D j s s i
S B3
#
Ba : B a n a n ie r
A 3 #S T T S B2
#
- E u ca lip tu s S
# H io H o uta
A 2 #S C a ct u s - R m ir a o co ti er S
#
A za d ir ac h ta - C B1
A 1 #S
R o u te 25 m So u rc e : T r a v ea u d e t er ra i n
O C EA N AT L A N T IQ U E de s p c h es R a l is ati o n : L A B E E / FL A S H / U A C - 2 0 0 4
7.0 Tableaux
Tableau 1: liste des numros de bornes et de leurs coordonnes respectives

Primtre1: A1-B1 / A23-B23
Coordonnes des
Bornes WAGP bornes Observations
N N
relevs attribus X Y
29 A1 215'15.9'' 620'39.7'' Plage
28 B1 215'16.9'' 620'38.2'' Plage
30 A2 215'16.3 620'44.4''
27 B2 215'17.2'' 620'44.8''
31 A3 215'07.2'' 620'48.4''
26 B3 215'08.6'' 620'48.6''
33 A4 215'08.4'' 621'05.7''
23 B4 215'09.5'' 621'06.5''
34 A5 215'08.6'' 621'09.5''
22 B5 215'09.5'' 621'09.4''
36 A6 215'19.3'' 621'25.1''
21 B6 215'20.0'' 621'25.0''
38 A7 215'20.2'' 621'38.2''
19 B7 215'20.9'' 621'38.4''
39 A8 215'20.3'' 621'44.8''
18 B8 215'21.3'' 621'44.8''
41 A9 215'21.4'' 621'57.5''
16 B9 215'22.4'' 621'57.2''
42 A10 215'24.4'' 622'04.0''
15 B10 215'26.1'' 622'03.5''
43 A11 215'22.5'' 622'10.5''
14 B11 215'23.1'' 622'10.5''
45 A12 215'22.6'' 622'22.2''
12 B12 215'24.0'' 622'21.7''
B A13 215'24.6'' 622'43.1''
9 B13 215'25.6'' 622'43.2''
24Wt A14 215'25.7'' 622'49.4 Future
8 B14 215'25.9'' 622'49.6'' Station
50 A15 215'25.4'' 622'55.7'' de pompage
7 B15 215'26.3'' 622'55.8'' WAGP
52 A16 215'26.2'' 623'08.3''
A5 B16 215'26.9'' 623'08.2''
5a A17 215'29.5'' 623'12.1''
4a B17 215'29.6'' 623'12.2''
55 A18 215'29.8'' 623'15.2''
88 B18 215'29.8'' 623'15.2''
56 A19 215'29.8'' 623'17.4''
87 B19 215'29.8'' 623'17.2''
57 A20 215'29.1'' 623'19.1''
86 B20 215'30.4'' 623'18.8''
Coordonnes des
N N
relevs attribus X Y
58 A21 215'31.6'' 623'21.0''
85 B21 215'32.5'' 623'20.4
60 A22 215'34.1'' 623'34.6''
83 B22 215'35.0'' 623'34.6''
61 A23 215'34.0'' 623'38.6''
82 B23 215'34.7'' 623'37.8''

Primtre 2: A24-B24 / A52-B52
Coordonnes des
N N
relevs attribus X Y
62 A24 215'40.3'' 623'38.1''
81 B24 215'40.4'' 623'37.6''
63 A25 215'46.0'' 623'37.3''
80 B25 215'46.0'' 623'37.1''
65 A26 216'00.4'' 623'35.4''
78 B26 216'00.3'' 623'34.5''
66 A27 216'08.5 623'37.0'' Etang poissons
77 B27 216'08.8'' 623'36.2''
68 A28 216'16.1'' 623'40.7''
75 B28 216'16.8'' 623'40.3''
74 A29 216'17.9'' 623'41.8''
69 B29 216'17.9'' 623'41.8''
90 A30 216'46.3'' 623'56.5''
161 B30 216'47.2'' 623'56.2''
91 A31 216'45.0'' 623'59.2''
160 B31 216'45.9'' 623'59.4''
159 B32 216'45.1'' 624'06.2''
156 B33 216'55.9'' 624'22.2''
155 B34 216'59.4'' 624'27.7''
154 B35 217'02.3'' 624'32.1''
153 B36 217'07.4'' 624'37.9''
152 B37 217'10.4'' 624'44.1''
151 B38 217'13.5 624'50.1''
103 A39 217'21.7'' 625'05.4''
148 B39 217'21.7'' 625'05.4''
104 A40 217'22.1'' 625'12.3''
147 B40 217'22.8'' 625'12.1''
146 B41 217'21.8'' 625'17.3''
106 A42 217'23.0'' 625'23.5''
145 B42 217'23.5'' 625'22.8''
Coordonnes des
N N
relevs attribus X Y
107 A43 217'24.7'' 625'28.4''
144 B43 217'25.2'' 625'27.4''
108 A44 217'28.5'' 625'33.5''
143 B44 217'29.1'' 625'33.0''
109 A45 217'31.4'' 625'38.6''
142 B45 217'32.4'' 625'38.6''
110 A46 217'35.0'' 625'44.1''
141 B46 217'35.8'' 625'43.9''
111 A47 217'36.3 625'48.7''
140 B47 217'37.9'' 625'48.9''
113 A49 217'39.4'' 625'56.9''
138 B49 217'40.1'' 625'56.5''
114 A50 217'41.2'' 626'00.7''
137 B50 217'42.0'' 626'00.3''
115 A51 217'43.5'' 626'03.7''
Tesson de
116 A52 217'48.7'' 626'05.8'' poterie
135 B52 217'48.4'' 626'04.9''

Primtre 3: A53-B53 / A60-B60
Bornes WAGP Coordonnes des bornes Observations
N N
relevs attribus X Y
117 A53 217'53.6'' 625'59.9''
134 B53 217'53.1'' 625'59.0''
Tesson de
118 A54 217'57.8'' 625'54.8'' poterie
133 B54 217'57.0'' 625'54.5''
119 B55 218'02.0'' 625'48.2''
132 A55 218'01.4'' 625'49.5''
120 A56 218'06.3' 625'44.9'' Future
131 B56 218'05.8 625'44.4'' Station
121 A57 218'10.4'' 625'40.4'' de conversion
130 B57 218'09.9'' 625'39.5'' de la CEB
Tesson de
123 A58 218'19.0'' 625'30.1'' poterie
128 B58 218'18.4'' 625'29.3''
124 A59 218'23.1'' 625'25.1''
127 B59 218'22.4'' 625'24.8''
125 A60 218'27.5'' 625'20.1''
126 B60 218'26.6'' 625'19.6''
Tableau 4 : Indices archologiques
Sites Coordonnes Observations
X Y
Archo.1 218'19.0'' 625'30.1'' Tessons de poterie
8.0 Planches
Planche I
Photo 1. Hio Houta : Relev des coordonnes des bornes A3 (21507.2 et 62048.4) et
B3 (21508.6 et 62048.6) en bordure de la lagune Djssi
Photo 2. Hio Houta : Recherche de bornes et prospection dans un jardin de tomates avec des
pieds de cocotiers (Cocos nucifera) et bananiers au sud de la lagune
Djssi
z
Photo 3. Hio Plage : Relev des coordonnes des bornes A1 (21515.9 et 62039.7) et
B1(21516.9 et 62038.2) et une cocoteraie (Cocos nucifera)
longeant la Route des pches
Planche II
Photo 4 : Au nord du village Adjahdji et dun bras de la lagune Djssi, relev des coordonnes
des bornes A6 (21519.3 et 62125.1) et B6 (21520.0 et 62125.0)
et prospection dans un jardin maracher
Photo 5 : Au nord du village Adjahdji, recherche de bornes aux abords du bras de
la lagune Djssi : le jardin maracher et un fourr sont vus de loin
Photo 6 : Au nord du village Adjahdji, schage de joncs (Cyperus articulatus)

destins la fabrication de nattes
Planche III
Photo 7 : Au nord de Cococodji et au sud de Hvi, un tang poissons sur le ct sud de la

dpression Djonou ; relev des coordonnes des bornes A27 (21608.5 et 62337.0)
et B27 (21608.8 et 62336.2)
Photo 8 : A Cococodji relev des coordonnes de bornes et prospection dans un champ de

manioc (Manihot esculenta)
Photo 9 : Au SW de Cococodji, dans laire de la future Station de pompage du GAO,
recherche de bornes et prospection dans une aire de jachres
Planche IV
Photo 10 : Au lieu-dit Sodo (Fig.3) au nord de la Photo 11 : A Sodo, reprage de bornes dans une
dpression Djonou, reprage des bornes plantation rurale de palmiers
A30 (21646.3 et 62356.5) et B30 (Elaeis guineensis)
(21647.2) avec laide dune rsidente
Photo 12 : Au lieu-dit Awak (Fig.3), reprage Photo 13 : A Awak (Fig.3) reprage dune
dune borne dans une habitation avec des borne dans un jardin maracher
pieds de palmiers (Elaeis guineensis )
Planche V
Photo 15 : Prospection et reprage de bornes le long des lignes de haute

tension de la CEB Maria Glta ( Fig.3; tronon 3)
Photo 16 : Prospection et relev de coordonnes de bornes dans un champ de
mas (Za mays) Maria Glta ( Fig.3 ; tronon 3)
Planche VI
Photo 17 : Reprage de tessons de poterie et relev de leurs coordonnes

(Archo.1: 21819.0et 62530.1) Maria Glta (Fig.3, tronon 3)
Photo 18 : Reprage de tessons de poterie et relev Photo 19 : Reprage de tessons de poterie et relev de
de leurs coordonnes (Archo. 2 : leurs coordonnes (Archo.3 : 21748.7 et
21757.8et 62554.7) Maria Glta 62605.8) Maria Glta (Fig.3, tronon 3)
(Fig.3, tronon 3)
9.0 Liste des personnes contactes et des guides
9.1 Liste hirarchique des lus locaux contacts
M. Germain CADJADODO, Chef Arrondissement Godomey

M. Nicolas ADANMENOU , Chef Village Hio Houta
M. Jrme A. AGBESSI, Chef Village Akadjam
M. Jrme ADANHOUEGNON, Prsident Quartier Maria Glta
M. Adjikp AVIAGLO, Conseiller du Chef Quartier Womey
9.2 Liste alphabtique des guides ou/et manoeuvres
M. Bruno AGBESSI, Village Akadjam

M. Augustin AGOSSOU, Village Adjahdji
M. Florent AGOSSOU, Village Adjahdji
M. Honor ALEDOME, Village Cococodji
M. Mohamed BONI, Village Cococodji
Mme GNANSOUNON (pouse GNANSOUNON Jrme), Village Cococodji
M. Vincent MEDAGBE, Village Cococodji
M. Arsne WANOU, Village Womey

West Africa Gas Pipeline - Benin EIA

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

West Africa Gas Pipeline - Benin EIA

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Disclosure Locations

Country Event or Disclosure Locations Date or Location

UNITED STATES Public Display Start 07 July 2004

World Bank Offices Washington, DC

BENIN Public Notice Period 4 May to 14 May 2004

Public Display Period 30 April to 14 May 2004

Public Hearings 15 May and 29 May 2004

WAGP EA Rep Office Cotonou

Documentation Center of the Ministry of Environment, of Cotonou

Documentation Center of Ministry of Mines, Energy and Cotonou

Mayoralty of Ouidah Ouidah

Institute of Endogenous Development and Exchanges Ouidah

Executive Summary ......................................................................................................... ES-1

Chapter 1 Introduction....................................................................................................... 1-1

Chapter 2 Project Description ........................................................................................... 2-1

Chapter 3 Project Alternatives .......................................................................................... 3-1

October 2004 Benin Final EIA ii

3.1 Introduction................................................................................................... 3-1

Chapter 4 Project Design Alternatives ............................................................................. 4-1

October 2004 Benin Final EIA iii

4.8 Project Operations....................................................................................... 4-23

Chapter 5 Existing Situation.............................................................................................. 5-1

Chapter 6 Impact Assessment............................................................................................ 6-1

October 2004 Benin Final EIA iv

Emergency and Upset Conditions................................................................. 6-4

Chapter 7 Mitigation and Amelioration Measures.......................................................... 7-1

October 2004 Benin Final EIA v

7.3 Required Specific Mitigation Measures........................................................ 7-3

Chapter 8 Health, Safety, and Environmental Management Plan................................. 8-1

Chapter 9 Benin Conclusion .............................................................................................. 9-1

Appendix 1-A: EIA Terms of Reference

October 2004 Benin Final EIA vi

Appendix 2-D: Potential Hazardous Materials

October 2004 Benin Final EIA vii

8B3.1 WAGP Resettlement Action Plan

October 2004 Benin Final EIA viii

Figure 1.1-1 West African Gas Pipeline Project Route................................................ 1-3

Figure 1.1-2 WAGP Onshore Route in Benin .............................................................. 1-5

Figure 1.1-4 WAGP Reserved Capacity No VALCO Scenario ............................ 1-9

Figure 2.1-2 Overall WAGP System Schematic Diagram ........................................... 2-5

Figure 2.4-1 Cotonou R&M Station ........................................................................... 2-17

Figure 2.8-1 Pipeline Installation Methods in Uplands: Trenching ........................... 2-44

Figure 2.8-3 Typical Trenching Operation in Wetlands............................................. 2-49

Figure 2.8-4 Typical HDD Operation......................................................................... 2-51

Figure 2.8-5 Shore Crossing by HDD ........................................................................ 2-57

Figure 3.5-1 Overall Routing Options ........................................................................ 3-20

Figure 4.3-1 Benin Onshore Routing Alternatives ....................................................... 4-9

Figure 5.1-1 Location of the WAGP Project in Benin ................................................. 5-5

Figure 5.1-2 WAGP Proposed ROW in Benin............................................................. 5-7

Figure 5.1-3b Measured and Estimated Annual NOx Emissions.................................. 5-20

Figure 5.1-4 Offshore Sampling Locations ................................................................ 5-39

Figure 5.1-5 Offshore Stations Surface Water Metal Concentrations....................... 5-41

October 2004 Benin Final EIA ix

Figure 5.1-6 Offshore Stations Surface Water Nutrient Concentrations................... 5-41

Figure 5.1-7 Offshore Stations Surface Water Alkalinity and

Figure 5.1-8 Distribution of Aliphatic Hydrocarbons for Station B01....................... 5-43

Figure 5.1-10 Distribution of Total Phytoplankton Abundance at Sampling

Figure 5.1-11 Distribution of Total Zooplankton Abundance at Sampling

Figure 5.1-14 Offshore Benthic Macrofauna Diversity Index Distribution on

Figure 5.1-16 Offshore Benthic Macrofauna Diversity Index Distribution

Figure 5.1-17 Occurrence of Dominant Sedentary Polychaetes by Country................ 5-54

Figure 5.1-18 Occurrence of Dominant Errant Polychaetes by Country...................... 5-54

Figure 5.1-19 Occurrence of Dominant Sedentary Polychaetes................................... 5-55